From 203c019e61c2ea0913f30b01ecd822f83543d13c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: =?UTF-8?q?=E4=BB=98=E5=B3=A5?= Date: Thu, 6 Sep 2018 11:53:51 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 001/246] first commmit --- ...eb File Manager With Console And Editor.md | 83 ++++++++++--------- 1 file changed, 42 insertions(+), 41 deletions(-) diff --git a/sources/tech/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md b/sources/tech/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md index 0b842e32b1..3e6d24ca67 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md +++ b/sources/tech/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md @@ -1,37 +1,38 @@ fuzheng1998 translating ====== -Cloud Commander – A Web File Manager With Console And Editor +Cloud Commander – 一个有控制台和编辑器在Web 上的文件管家 ====== ![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/05/Cloud-Commander-A-Web-File-Manager-With-Console-And-Editor-720x340.png) -**Cloud commander** is a web-based file manager application that allows you to view, access, and manage the files and folders of your system from any computer, mobile, and tablet Pc via a web browser. It has two simple and classic panels, and automatically converts it’s size as per your device’s display size. It also has two built-in editors namely **Dword** and **Edward** with support of Syntax-highlighting and one **Console** with support of your system’s command line. So you can edit your files on the go. Cloud Commander server is a cross-platform application that runs on Linux, Windows and Mac OS X operating systems, and the client will run on any web browser. It is written using **JavaScript/Node.Js** , and is licensed under **MIT**. +**Cloud Commander** 是一个基于 web 的文件管理程序，它允许你通过任何计算机、移动端或平板电脑的 web 浏览器查看、访问或管理系统文件或文件夹。他有两个简单而又经典的面板，并且会自动。It has two simple and classic panels, and automatically converts it’s size as per your device’s display size. It also has two built-in editors namely **Dword** and **Edward** with support of Syntax-highlighting and one **Console** with support of your system’s command line. So you can edit your files on the go. Cloud Commander server is a cross-platform application that runs on Linux, Windows and Mac OS X operating systems, and 客户端将在任何一款浏览器上运行the client will run on any web browser. 它是用 **JavaScript/Node.Js**，and is licensed under **MIT**. -In this brief tutorial, let us see how to install Cloud Commander in Ubuntu 18.04 LTS server. +在这个简易教程中，让我们看一看如何在 Ubuntu 18.04 LTS 服务器上安装 Cloud Commander。 -### Prerequisites +### 前提条件 -As I mentioned earlier, Cloud Commander is written using Node.Js. So, in order to install Cloud Commander we need to install Node.Js first. To do so, refer the following guide. +像我之前提到的，是用 Node.js 写的。所以为了安装 Cloud Commander，我们需要首先安装 Node.js。To do so, refer the following guide. -### Install Cloud Commander +### 安装 Cloud Commander -After installing Node.Js, run the following command to install Cloud Commander: +在安装 Node.js 之后，运行下列命令安装 Cloud Commander: ``` $ npm i cloudcmd -g ``` -Congratulations! Cloud Commander has been installed. Let us go ahead and see the basic usage of Cloud Commander. +祝贺！Cloud Commander 已经被安装了。让我们往下继续看看 Cloud Commander 的基本使用。 -### Getting started with Cloud Commander +### 开始使用 Cloud Commander -Run the following command to start Cloud Commander: +运行以下命令启动 Cloud Commander: ``` $ cloudcmd ``` -**Sample output:** +**输出示例：** + ``` url: http://localhost:8000 @@ -43,82 +44,82 @@ From now on, you can create, delete, view, manage files or folders right in the ![][2] -As you can see in the above screenshot, Cloud Commander has two panels, ten hotkeys (F1 to F10), and Console. +当你看见上面的截图时，Clouder Commander 有两个面板，十个热键 (F1 to F10)，和控制台。 -Each hotkey does a unique job. +每个热键执行的都是一个任务。 - * F1 – Help - * F2 – Rename file/folder - * F3 – View files and folders - * F4 – Edit files - * F5 – Copy files/folders - * F6 – Move files/folders - * F7 – Create new directory - * F8 – Delete file/folder - * F9 – Open Menu - * F10 – Open config + * F1 – 帮助 + * F2 – 重命名文件/文件夹 + * F3 – 查看文件/文件夹 + * F4 – 编辑文件 + * F5 – 复制文件/文件夹 + * F6 – 移动文件/文件夹 + * F7 – 创建新目录 + * F8 – 删除文件/文件夹 + * F9 – 打开菜单 + * F10 – 打开设置 -#### Cloud Commander console +#### Cloud Commmander 控制台 -Click on the Console icon. This will open your default system’s shell. +点击控制台图标。 This will open your default system’s shell. ![][3] -From this console you can do all sort of administration tasks such as installing packages, removing packages, update your system etc. You can even shutdown or reboot system. Therefore, Cloud Commander is not just a file manager, but also has the functionality of a remote administration tool. +在此控制台中，您可以执行各种管理任务，例如安装软件包，删除软件包，更新系统等。您甚至可以关闭或重新引导系统。 因此，Cloud Commander 不仅仅是一个文件管理器，还具有远程管理工具的功能。 -#### Creating files/folders +#### 创建文件/文件夹 -To create a new file or folder Right click on any empty place and go to **New - >File or Directory**. +要创建新的文件或文件夹 Right click on any empty place and go to **New - >File or Directory**. ![][4] -#### View files +#### 查看文件 -You can view pictures, watch audio and video files. +你可以查看图片，查看音视频文件。 ![][5] -#### Upload files +#### 上传文件 -The other cool feature is we can easily upload a file to Cloud Commander system from any system or device. +另一个很酷的特性是我们可以从任何系统或设备简单地上传一个文件到 Cloud Commander 系统。 -To upload a file, right click on any empty space in the Cloud Commander panel, and click on the **Upload** option. +要上传文件，右键单击 Cloud Commander 面板的任意空白处，并且单击**上传**选项。 ![][6] -Select the files you want to upload. +选择你想要上传的文件。 Also, you can upload files from the Cloud services like Google drive, Dropbox, Amazon cloud drive, Facebook, Twitter, Gmail, GtiHub, Picasa, Instagram and many. -To upload files from Cloud, right click on any empty space in the panel and select **Upload from Cloud**. +要从云端上传文件, 右键单击面板的任意空白处，并且右键单击面板任意空白处并选择**从云端上传**。 ![][7] -Select any web service of your choice, for example Google drive. Click **Connect to Google drive** button. +选择任意一个你选择的网络服务，例如谷歌云盘。点击**连接到谷歌云盘**按钮。 ![][8] -In the next step, authenticate your google drive with Cloud Commander. Finally, select the files from your Google drive and click **Upload**. +下一步，用 Cloud Commander 验证你的谷歌云端硬盘，从谷歌云端硬盘选择文件并点击**上传**。 ![][9] -#### Update Cloud Commander +#### 更新 Cloud Commander -To update Cloud Commander to the latest available version, run the following command: +要更新到最新的可提供版本，执行下面的命令： ``` $ npm update cloudcmd -g ``` -#### Conclusion +#### 总结 As far as I tested Cloud Commander, It worked like charm. I didn’t face a single issue during the testing in my Ubuntu server. Also, Cloud Commander is not just a web-based file manager, but also acts as a remote administration tool that performs most Linux administration tasks. You can create a files/folders, rename, delete, edit, and view them. Also, You can install, update, upgrade, and remove any package as the way you do in the local system from the Terminal. And, of course, you can even shutdown or restart the system from the Cloud Commander console itself. What do you need more? Give it a try, you will find it useful. That’s all for now. I will be here soon with another interesting article. Until then, stay tuned with OSTechNix. -Cheers! +祝贺！ From d0c0dd2ec55644b3b68629443c6a2a890b9a1fe9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: z52527 Date: Sun, 16 Sep 2018 22:52:54 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 002/246] Update 20180828 A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit 【翻译中】20180828 A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md --- ...A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180828 A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md b/sources/tech/20180828 A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md index bddc4cac5b..d71bf7f93a 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180828 A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180828 A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration.md @@ -1,3 +1,6 @@ +Translating by z52527 + + A Cat Clone With Syntax Highlighting And Git Integration ====== From 0eae334bed982aace2d227a231e3644c41ca98e8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Sun, 16 Sep 2018 22:54:40 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 003/246] PRF:20180904 8 Linux commands for effective process management.md MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit @heguangzhi 请提交译文时再校对一遍。 --- ...mmands for effective process management.md | 106 +++++++----------- 1 file changed, 39 insertions(+), 67 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180904 8 Linux commands for effective process management.md b/translated/tech/20180904 8 Linux commands for effective process management.md index cefd79adac..5f17d5832d 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180904 8 Linux commands for effective process management.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180904 8 Linux commands for effective process management.md @@ -1,17 +1,15 @@ -heguangzhi Translating - -8个Linux命令用于有效的进程管理 +8 个用于有效地管理进程的 Linux 命令 ====== +> 通过这些关键的命令来全程管理你的应用。 + ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/command_line_prompt.png?itok=wbGiJ_yg) -一般来说，应用程序的生命周期有三种主要状态:启动、运行和停止。如果我们想成为称职的管理员，每个状态都可以而且应该得到认真的管理。这八个命令可用于管理进程的整个生命周期。 - +一般来说，应用程序进程的生命周期有三种主要状态：启动、运行和停止。如果我们想成为称职的管理员，每个状态都可以而且应该得到认真的管理。这八个命令可用于管理进程的整个生命周期。 ### 启动进程 - -启动进程的最简单方法是在命令行中键入其名称，然后按 Enter 键。如果要启动 Nginx web 服务器，请键入 **nginx** 。也许您只是想看看其版本。 +启动进程的最简单方法是在命令行中键入其名称，然后按回车键。如果要启动 Nginx web 服务器，请键入 `nginx` 。也许您只是想看看其版本。 ``` alan@workstation:~$ nginx @@ -20,10 +18,9 @@ alan@workstation:~$ nginx -v nginx version: nginx/1.14.0 ``` +### 查看您的可执行路径 -### 查看您的可执行路径 - -以上启动进程的演示是假设可执行文件位于您的可执行路径中。理解这条路径是是否启动和管理进程的关键。管理员通常会为他们想要的目的定制这条路径。您可以使用 **echo $PATH** 查看您的可执行路径。 +以上启动进程的演示是假设可执行文件位于您的可执行路径中。理解这个路径是可靠地启动和管理进程的关键。管理员通常会为他们想要的目的定制这条路径。您可以使用 `echo $PATH` 查看您的可执行路径。 ``` alan@workstation:~$ echo $PATH @@ -32,35 +29,29 @@ alan@workstation:~$ echo $PATH #### WHICH - -使用 which 命令查看可执行文件的完整路径。 +使用 `which` 命令查看可执行文件的完整路径。 ``` -alan@workstation:~$ which nginx                                                     +alan@workstation:~$ which nginx /opt/nginx/bin/nginx ``` - -我将使用流行的 web 服务器软件 Nginx 作为我的例子。假设安装了 Nginx。如果执行 **which nginx** 的命令什么也不返回，那么 Nginx 就找不到了，因为它只搜索您指定的可执行路径。有三种方法可以补救一个进程不能简单地通过名字启动的情况。首先是键入完整路径。虽然，我不情愿输入全部路径，您会吗？ - +我将使用流行的 web 服务器软件 Nginx 作为我的例子。假设安装了 Nginx。如果执行 `which nginx` 的命令什么也不返回，那么是找不到 Nginx 了，因为它只搜索您指定的可执行路径。有三种方法可以补救一个进程不能简单地通过名字启动的情况。首先是键入完整路径 —— 虽然，我不情愿输入全部路径，您会吗？ ``` alan@workstation:~$ /home/alan/web/prod/nginx/sbin/nginx -v nginx version: nginx/1.14.0 ``` +第二个解决方案是将应用程序安装在可执行文件路径中的目录中。然而，这有时可能是办不到的，特别是如果您没有 root 权限。 -第二个解决方案是将应用程序安装在可执行文件路径中的目录中。然而，这可能是不可能的，特别是如果您没有 root 权限。 - - -第三个解决方案是更新您的可执行路径环境变量，包括要使用的特定应用程序的安装目录。这个解决方案是 shell-dependent。例如，Bash 用户需要在他们的 .bashrc 文件中编辑 PATH= line。 +第三个解决方案是更新您的可执行路径环境变量，包括要使用的特定应用程序的安装目录。这个解决方案是与 shell 相关的。例如，Bash 用户需要在他们的 `.bashrc` 文件中编辑 `PATH=` 行。 ``` PATH="$HOME/web/prod/nginx/sbin:$PATH" ``` - -现在，重复您的 echo 和 which命令或者尝试检查版本。容易多了！ +现在，重复您的 `echo` 和 `which` 命令或者尝试检查版本。容易多了！ ``` alan@workstation:~$ echo $PATH @@ -77,22 +68,21 @@ nginx version: nginx/1.14.0 #### NOHUP +注销或关闭终端时，进程可能不会继续运行。这种特殊情况可以通过在要使用 `nohup` 命令放在要运行的命令前面让进程持续运行。此外，附加一个`&` 符号将会把进程发送到后台，并允许您继续使用终端。例如，假设您想运行 `myprogram.sh` 。 -注销或关闭终端时，进程可能不会继续运行。这种特殊情况可以通过在要使用 nohup 命令放在要运行的命令前面让进程持续运行。此外，附加一个&符号将会把进程发送到后台，并允许您继续使用终端。例如，假设您想运行 myprogram.sh 。 ``` nohup myprogram.sh & ``` -nohup 会返回运行进程的PID。接下来我会更多地谈论PID。 +`nohup` 会返回运行进程的 PID。接下来我会更多地谈论 PID。 ### 管理正在运行的进程 - 每个进程都有一个唯一的进程标识号 (PID) 。这个数字是我们用来管理每个进程的。我们还可以使用进程名称，我将在下面演示。有几个命令可以检查正在运行的进程的状态。让我们快速看看这些命令。 #### PS -最常见的是 ps 命令。ps 的默认输出是当前终端中运行的进程的简单列表。如下所示，第一列包含PID。 +最常见的是 `ps` 命令。`ps` 的默认输出是当前终端中运行的进程的简单列表。如下所示，第一列包含 PID。 ``` alan@workstation:~$ ps @@ -101,8 +91,8 @@ PID TTY          TIME CMD 24148 pts/0    00:00:00 ps ``` +我想看看我之前启动的 Nginx 进程。为此，我告诉 `ps` 给我展示每一个正在运行的进程（`-e`）和完整的列表（`-f`）。 -我想看看我之前开始的 Nginx 进程。为此，我告诉 ps 给我展示每一个正在运行的进程( **-e** ) 和完整的列表 ( **-f** )。 ``` alan@workstation:~$ ps -ef UID        PID  PPID  C STIME TTY          TIME CMD @@ -128,20 +118,19 @@ alan     20536 20526  0 10:39 pts/0    00:00:00 pager alan     20564 20496  0 10:40 pts/1    00:00:00 bash ``` +您可以在上面 `ps` 命令的输出中看到 Nginx 进程。这个命令显示了将近 300 行，但是我在这个例子中缩短了它。可以想象，试图处理 300 行过程信息有点混乱。我们可以将这个输出输送到 `grep`，过滤一下仅显示 nginx。 -您可以在上面 ps 命令的输出中看到 Nginx 进程。这个命令显示了将近300行，但是我在这个例子中缩短了它。可以想象，试图处理300行过程信息有点混乱。我们可以将这个输出输送到 grep, 过滤一下仅显示 nginx。 ``` alan@workstation:~$ ps -ef |grep nginx alan     20520  1454  0 10:39 ?        00:00:00 nginx: master process nginx alan     20521 20520  0 10:39 ?        00:00:00 nginx: worker process ``` - -确实更好了。我们可以很快看到，Nginx 有20520和2052的PIDs。 +确实更好了。我们可以很快看到，Nginx 有 20520 和 20521 的 PID。 #### PGREP -pgrep 命令更加简化单独调用 grep 遇到的问题。 +`pgrep` 命令更加简化单独调用 `grep` 遇到的问题。 ``` alan@workstation:~$ pgrep nginx @@ -149,7 +138,7 @@ alan@workstation:~$ pgrep nginx 20521 ``` -假设您在一个托管环境中，多个用户正在运行几个不同的 Nginx 实例。您可以使用 **-u** 选项将其他人排除在输出之外。 +假设您在一个托管环境中，多个用户正在运行几个不同的 Nginx 实例。您可以使用 `-u` 选项将其他人排除在输出之外。 ``` alan@workstation:~$ pgrep -u alan nginx @@ -160,7 +149,8 @@ alan@workstation:~$ pgrep -u alan nginx #### PIDOF -另一个好用的是pidof。此命令将检查特定二进制文件的 PID，即使另一个同名进程正在运行。为了建立一个例子，我将我的 Nginx 复制到第二个目录，并以相应的前缀集开始。在现实生活中，这个实例可能位于不同的位置，例如由不同用户拥有的目录。如果我运行两个 Nginx 实例，则pidof 输出显示它们的所有进程。 +另一个好用的是 `pidof`。此命令将检查特定二进制文件的 PID，即使另一个同名进程正在运行。为了建立一个例子，我将我的 Nginx 复制到第二个目录，并以相应的路径前缀启动。在现实生活中，这个实例可能位于不同的位置，例如由不同用户拥有的目录。如果我运行两个 Nginx 实例，则`pidof` 输出显示它们的所有进程。 + ``` alan@workstation:~$ ps -ef |grep nginx alan     20881  1454  0 11:18 ?        00:00:00 nginx: master process ./nginx -p /home/alan/web/prod/nginxsec @@ -169,7 +159,7 @@ alan     20895  1454  0 11:19 ?        00:00:00 nginx: master process ng alan     20896 20895  0 11:19 ?        00:00:00 nginx: worker process ``` -使用 grep 或 pgrep 将显示 PID 数字，但我们可能无法辨别哪个实例是哪个。 +使用 `grep` 或 `pgrep` 将显示 PID 数字，但我们可能无法辨别哪个实例是哪个。 ``` alan@workstation:~$ pgrep nginx @@ -179,7 +169,7 @@ alan@workstation:~$ pgrep nginx 20896 ``` -pidof 命令可用于确定每个特定 Nginx 实例的PID。 +`pidof` 命令可用于确定每个特定 Nginx 实例的 PID。 ``` alan@workstation:~$ pidof /home/alan/web/prod/nginxsec/sbin/nginx @@ -191,7 +181,8 @@ alan@workstation:~$ pidof /home/alan/web/prod/nginx/sbin/nginx #### TOP -top 命令已经有很长时间了，对于查看运行进程的细节和快速识别内存消耗等问题是非常有用的。其默认视图如下所示。 +`top` 命令已经有很久的历史了，对于查看运行进程的细节和快速识别内存消耗等问题是非常有用的。其默认视图如下所示。 + ``` top - 11:56:28 up 1 day, 13:37,  1 user,  load average: 0.09, 0.04, 0.03 Tasks: 292 total,   3 running, 225 sleeping,   0 stopped,   0 zombie @@ -210,7 +201,8 @@ KiB Swap:        0 total,        0 free,        0 used. 14176540 ava     7 root      20   0       0      0      0 S   0.0  0.0   0:00.08 ksoftirqd/0 ``` -可以通过键入字母 **s** 和您喜欢的更新秒数来更改更新间隔。为了更容易监控我们的示例 Nginx 进程，我们可以使用 **-p** 选项调用top并通过PID。这个输出要干净得多。 +可以通过键入字母 `s` 和您喜欢的更新秒数来更改更新间隔。为了更容易监控我们的示例 Nginx 进程，我们可以使用 `-p` 选项并传递 PID 来调用 `top`。这个输出要干净得多。 + ``` alan@workstation:~$ top -p20881 -p20882 -p20895 -p20896 @@ -226,16 +218,13 @@ KiB Swap:        0 total,        0 free,        0 used. 14177928 ava 20896 alan      20   0   12460   1628    912 S   0.0  0.0   0:00.00 nginx ``` -在管理进程，特别是终止进程时，正确确定PID是非常重要。此外，如果以这种方式使用top，每当这些进程中的一个停止或一个新进程开始时，top都需要被告知有新的更新。 +在管理进程，特别是终止进程时，正确确定 PID 是非常重要。此外，如果以这种方式使用 `top`，每当这些进程中的一个停止或一个新进程开始时，`top` 都需要被告知有新的进程。 ### 终止进程 #### KILL -Interestingly, there is no stop command. In Linux, there is the kill command. Kill is used to send a signal to a process. The most commonly used signal is "terminate" (SIGTERM) or "kill" (SIGKILL). However, there are many more. Below are some examples. The full list can be shown with **kill -L**. - - -有趣的是，没有 stop 命令。在 Linux中，有 kill 命令。kill 用于向进程发送信号。最常用的信号是“终止”( SIGTERM )或“杀死”( SIGKILL )。然而，还有更多。下面是一些例子。完整的列表可以用 **kill -L** 显示。 +有趣的是，没有 `stop` 命令。在 Linux 中，有 `kill` 命令。`kill` 用于向进程发送信号。最常用的信号是“终止”（`SIGTERM`）或“杀死”（`SIGKILL`）。然而，还有更多。下面是一些例子。完整的列表可以用 `kill -L` 显示。 ```  1) SIGHUP       2) SIGINT       3) SIGQUIT      4) SIGILL       5) SIGTRAP @@ -244,10 +233,7 @@ Interestingly, there is no stop command. In Linux, there is the kill command. Ki ``` -Notice signal number nine is SIGKILL. Usually, we issue a command such as **kill -9 20896**. The default signal is 15, which is SIGTERM. Keep in mind that many applications have their own method for stopping. Nginx uses a **-s** option for passing a signal such as "stop" or "reload." Generally, I prefer to use an application's specific method to stop an operation. However, I'll demonstrate the kill command to stop Nginx process 20896 and then confirm it is stopped with pgrep. The PID 20896 no longer appears. - -注意第九号信号是 SIGKILL。通常，我们会发布一个命令，比如 **kill -9 20896** 。默认信号是15，这是SIGTERM。请记住，许多应用程序都有自己的停止方法。Nginx 使用 **-s** 选项传递信号，如“停止”或“重新加载”。“通常，我更喜欢使用应用程序的特定方法来停止操作。然而，我将演示 kill 命令来停止 Nginx process 20896，然后用 pgrep 确认它已经停止。PID 20896 就不再出现。 - +注意第 9 号信号是 `SIGKILL`，通常，我们会发出比如 `kill -9 20896` 这样的命令。默认信号是 15，这是 `SIGTERM`。请记住，许多应用程序都有自己的停止方法。Nginx 使用 `-s` 选项传递信号，如 `stop` 或 `reload`。通常，我更喜欢使用应用程序的特定方法来停止操作。然而，我将演示用 `kill` 命令来停止 Nginx 进程 20896，然后用 `pgrep` 确认它已经停止。PID 20896 就不再出现。 ``` alan@workstation:~$ kill -9 20896 @@ -261,19 +247,14 @@ alan@workstation:~$ pgrep nginx #### PKILL -The command pkill is similar to pgrep in that it can search by name. This means you have to be very careful when using pkill. In my example with Nginx, I might not choose to use it if I only want to kill one Nginx instance. I can pass the Nginx option **-s** **stop** to a specific instance to kill it, or I need to use grep to filter on the full ps output. - -命令 pkill 类似于 pgrep，因为它可以按名称搜索。这意味着在使用 pkill 时必须非常小心。在我的 Nginx 示例中，如果我只想杀死一个 Nginx 实例，我可能不会选择使用它。我可以将 Nginx 选项 **-s** **stop** 传递给特定的实例来消除它，或者我需要使用grep来过滤整个 ps 输出。 +命令 `pkill` 类似于 `pgrep`，因为它可以按名称搜索。这意味着在使用 `pkill` 时必须非常小心。在我的 Nginx 示例中，如果我只想杀死一个 Nginx 实例，我可能不会选择使用它。我可以将 Nginx 选项 `-s stop` 传递给特定的实例来消除它，或者我需要使用 `grep` 来过滤整个 `ps` 输出。 ``` /home/alan/web/prod/nginx/sbin/nginx -s stop - /home/alan/web/prod/nginxsec/sbin/nginx -s stop ``` -If I want to use pkill, I can include the **-f** option to ask pkill to filter across the full command line argument. This of course also applies to pgrep. So, first I can check with **pgrep -a** before issuing the **pkill -f**. - -如果我想使用 pkill，我可以包括 **-f** 选项，让 pkill 过滤整个命令行参数。这当然也适用于 pgrep。所以，在执行 **pkill -f** 之前，首先我可以用 **pgrep -a** 确认一下。 +如果我想使用 `pkill`，我可以包括 `-f` 选项，让 `pkill` 过滤整个命令行参数。这当然也适用于 `pgrep`。所以，在执行 `pkill -f` 之前，首先我可以用 `pgrep -a` 确认一下。 ``` alan@workstation:~$ pgrep -a nginx @@ -283,10 +264,7 @@ alan@workstation:~$ pgrep -a nginx 20896 nginx: worker process ``` -I can also narrow down my result with **pgrep -f**. The same argument used with pkill stops the process. - -我也可以用 **pgrep -f** 缩小我的结果。pkill 使用的相同参数会停止该进程。 - +我也可以用 `pgrep -f` 缩小我的结果。`pkill` 使用相同参数会停止该进程。 ``` alan@workstation:~$ pgrep -f nginxsec @@ -295,15 +273,9 @@ alan@workstation:~$ pgrep -f nginxsec alan@workstation:~$ pkill -f nginxsec ``` -The key thing to remember with pgrep (and especially pkill) is that you must always be sure that your search result is accurate so you aren't unintentionally affecting the wrong processes. +`pgrep`（尤其是 `pkill`）要记住的关键点是，您必须始终确保搜索结果准确性，这样您就不会无意中影响到错误的进程。 -pgrep (尤其是pkill )要记住的关键点是，您必须始终确保搜索结果准确性，这样您就不会无意中影响到错误的进程。 - -Most of these commands have many command line options, so I always recommend reading the [man page][1] on each one. While most of these exist across platforms such as Linux, Solaris, and BSD, there are a few differences. Always test and be ready to correct as needed when working at the command line or writing scripts. - - - -大多数这些命令都有许多命令行选项，所以我总是建议阅读每一个命令的 [man page][1]。虽然大多数这些都存在于 Linux、Solaris 和 BSD 等平台上，但也有一些不同之处。在命令行工作或编写脚本时，始终测试并随时准备根据需要进行更正。 +大多数这些命令都有许多命令行选项，所以我总是建议阅读每一个命令的 [man 手册页][1]。虽然大多数这些命令都存在于 Linux、Solaris 和 BSD 等平台上，但也有一些不同之处。在命令行工作或编写脚本时，始终测试并随时准备根据需要进行更正。 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -311,8 +283,8 @@ via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/linux-commands-process-management 作者：[Alan Formy-Duval][a] 选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +译者：[heguangzhi](https://github.com/heguangzhi) +校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From fe51b00b8da37fb5e3b5748dc28f74d9a78ff0ab Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Sun, 16 Sep 2018 22:55:17 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 004/246] PUB:20180904 8 Linux commands for effective process management.md @heguangzhi https://linux.cn/article-10020-1.html --- .../20180904 8 Linux commands for effective process management.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180904 8 Linux commands for effective process management.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180904 8 Linux commands for effective process management.md b/published/20180904 8 Linux commands for effective process management.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180904 8 Linux commands for effective process management.md rename to published/20180904 8 Linux commands for effective process management.md From b0ec8a54eace58e6b9f23e169ffe32296c0fa791 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Ryze-Borgia <42087725+Ryze-Borgia@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Sun, 16 Sep 2018 23:39:25 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 005/246] Update 20180915 Linux vs Mac- 7 Reasons Why Linux is a Better Choice than Mac.md apply for translating this passage --- ...x vs Mac- 7 Reasons Why Linux is a Better Choice than Mac.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/talk/20180915 Linux vs Mac- 7 Reasons Why Linux is a Better Choice than Mac.md b/sources/talk/20180915 Linux vs Mac- 7 Reasons Why Linux is a Better Choice than Mac.md index ab2e0633b8..42f842a803 100644 --- a/sources/talk/20180915 Linux vs Mac- 7 Reasons Why Linux is a Better Choice than Mac.md +++ b/sources/talk/20180915 Linux vs Mac- 7 Reasons Why Linux is a Better Choice than Mac.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +Translating by Ryze-Borgia + Linux vs Mac: 7 Reasons Why Linux is a Better Choice than Mac ====== Recently, we highlighted a few points about [why Linux is better than Windows][1]. Unquestionably, Linux is a superior platform. But, like other operating systems it has its drawbacks as well. For a very particular set of tasks (such as Gaming), Windows OS might prove to be better. And, likewise, for another set of tasks (such as video editing), a Mac-powered system might come in handy. It all trickles down to your preference and what you would like to do with your system. So, in this article, we will highlight a number of reasons why Linux is better than Mac. From a8af9e896f94bf5d7d7d8e73ff1716638fe3ef5d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: sd886393 Date: Mon, 17 Sep 2018 09:26:28 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 006/246] =?UTF-8?q?=E6=B7=BB=E5=8A=A0=E7=AC=AC=E4=B8=80?= =?UTF-8?q?=E6=AE=B5=E7=9A=84=E7=BF=BB=E8=AF=91=E5=86=85=E5=AE=B9?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...180929 Getting started with the i3 window manager on Linux.md | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180929 Getting started with the i3 window manager on Linux.md b/translated/tech/20180929 Getting started with the i3 window manager on Linux.md index ade4e98fcc..9aa4e80b3c 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180929 Getting started with the i3 window manager on Linux.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180929 Getting started with the i3 window manager on Linux.md @@ -1,6 +1,7 @@ [sd886393]翻译中 Getting started with the i3 window manager on Linux ====== +本篇文章会介绍如何在Fedora系统中，安装、配置、使用i3桌面管理器。 ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/windows-tiling-windows-wall.png?itok=mTH7uVrn) From a72d95ffed2d08b0f58bac4909d185db1051c304 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: geekpi Date: Mon, 17 Sep 2018 09:44:39 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 007/246] translated --- ...ntu 18.04 and other Linux Distributions.md | 70 ------------------- ...ntu 18.04 and other Linux Distributions.md | 68 ++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 68 insertions(+), 70 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180831 How to Create a Slideshow of Photos in Ubuntu 18.04 and other Linux Distributions.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180831 How to Create a Slideshow of Photos in Ubuntu 18.04 and other Linux Distributions.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180831 How to Create a Slideshow of Photos in Ubuntu 18.04 and other Linux Distributions.md b/sources/tech/20180831 How to Create a Slideshow of Photos in Ubuntu 18.04 and other Linux Distributions.md deleted file mode 100644 index 3dc6a33407..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180831 How to Create a Slideshow of Photos in Ubuntu 18.04 and other Linux Distributions.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,70 +0,0 @@ -translating---geekpi - -How to Create a Slideshow of Photos in Ubuntu 18.04 and other Linux Distributions -====== -Creating a slideshow of photos is a matter of a few clicks. Here’s how to make a slideshow of pictures in Ubuntu 18.04 and other Linux distributions. - -![How to create slideshow of photos in Ubuntu Linux][1] - -Imagine yourself in a situation where your friends and family are visiting you and request you to show the pictures of a recent event/trip. - -You have the photos saved on your computers, neatly in a separate folder. You invite everyone near the computer. You go to the folder, click on one of the pictures and start showing them the photos one by one by pressing the arrow keys. - -But that’s tiring! It will be a lot better if those images get changed automatically every few seconds. - -That’s called a slideshow and I am going to show you how to create a slideshow of photos in Ubuntu. This will allow you to loop pictures from a folder and display them in fullscreen mode. - -### Creating photo slideshow in Ubuntu 18.04 and other Linux distributions - -While you could use several image viewers for this purpose, I am going to show you two of the most popular tools that should be available in most distributions. - -#### Method 1: Photo slideshow with GNOME’s default image viewer - -If you are using GNOME in Ubuntu 18.04 or any other distribution, you are in luck. The default image viewer of Gnome, Eye of GNOME, is well capable of displaying the slideshow of pictures in the current folder. - -Just click on one of the pictures and you’ll see the settings option on the top right side of the application menu. It looks like three bars stacked over the top of one another. - -You’ll see several options here. Check the Slideshow box and it will go fullscreen displaying the images. - -![How to create slideshow of photos in Ubuntu Linux][2] - -By default, the images change at an interval of 5 seconds. You can change the slideshow interval by going to the Preferences->Slideshow. - -![change slideshow interval in Ubuntu][3]Changing slideshow interval - -#### Method 2: Photo slideshow with Shotwell Photo Manager - -[Shotwell][4] is a popular [photo management application for Linux][5]. and available for all major Linux distributions. - -If it is not installed already, search for Shotwell in your distribution’s software center and install it. - -Shotwell works slightly different. If you directly open a photo in Shotwell Viewer, you won’t see preferences or options for a slideshow. - -For slideshow and other options, you have to open Shotwell and import the folders containing those pictures. Once you have imported the folder in here, select that folder from left side-pane and then click on View in the menu. You should see the option of Slideshow here. Just click on it to create the slideshow of all the images in the selected folder. - -![How to create slideshow of photos in Ubuntu Linux][6] - -You can also change the slideshow settings. This option is presented when the images are displayed in the full view. Just hover the mouse to the lower bottom and you’ll see a settings option appearing. - -#### It’s easy to create photo slideshow - -As you can see, it’s really simple to create slideshow of photos in Linux. I hope you find this simple tip useful. If you have questions or suggestions, please let me know in the comment section below. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://itsfoss.com/photo-slideshow-ubuntu/ - -作者：[Abhishek Prakash][a] -选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/ -[1]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/Create-photos-Slideshow-Linux.png -[2]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/create-slideshow-photos-ubuntu-gnome.jpeg -[3]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/change-slideshow-interval-gnome-image.jpeg -[4]: https://wiki.gnome.org/Apps/Shotwell -[5]: https://itsfoss.com/linux-photo-management-software/ -[6]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/create-slideshow-photos-shotwell.jpeg diff --git a/translated/tech/20180831 How to Create a Slideshow of Photos in Ubuntu 18.04 and other Linux Distributions.md b/translated/tech/20180831 How to Create a Slideshow of Photos in Ubuntu 18.04 and other Linux Distributions.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2109a450fa --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180831 How to Create a Slideshow of Photos in Ubuntu 18.04 and other Linux Distributions.md @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +如何在 Ubuntu 18.04 和其他 Linux 发行版中创建照片幻灯片 +====== +创建照片幻灯片只需点击几下。以下是如何在 Ubuntu 18.04 和其他 Linux 发行版中制作照片幻灯片。 + +![How to create slideshow of photos in Ubuntu Linux][1] + +想象一下，你的朋友和亲戚正在拜访你，并请求你展示最近的活动/旅行照片。 + +你将照片保存在计算机上，并整齐地放在单独的文件夹中。你邀请计算机附近的所有人。你进入该文件夹​​，单击其中一张图片，然后按箭头键逐个显示照片。 + +但那太累了！如果这些图片每隔几秒自动更改一次，那将会好很多。 + +这称之为为幻灯片，我将向你展示如何在 Ubuntu 中创建照片幻灯片。这能让你在文件夹中循环播放图片并以全屏模式显示它们。 + +### 在 Ubuntu 18.04 和其他 Linux 发行版中创建照片幻灯片 + +虽然有几种图像浏览器可以做到，但我将向你展示大多数发行版中应该提供的两种最常用的工具。 + +#### 方法 1：使用 GNOME 默认图像浏览器浏览照片幻灯片 + +如果你在 Ubuntu 18.04 或任何其他发行版中使用 GNOME，那么你很幸运。Gnome 的默认图像浏览器，Eye of GNOME，能够在当前文件夹中显示图片的幻灯片。 + +只需单击其中一张图片，你将在程序的右上角菜单中看到设置选项。它看起来像三条横栏堆在彼此的顶部。 + +你会在这里看到几个选项。勾选幻灯片选项，它将全屏显示图像。 + +![How to create slideshow of photos in Ubuntu Linux][2] + +默认情况下，图像以 5 秒的间隔变化。你可以进入 Preferences->Slideshow 来更改幻灯片放映间隔。 + +![change slideshow interval in Ubuntu][3]Changing slideshow interval + +#### 方法 2：使用 Shotwell Photo Manager 进行照片幻灯片放映 + +[Shotwell][4] 是一种流行的[ Linux 照片管理程序][5]。适用于所有主要的 Linux 发行版。 + +如果尚未安装，请在你的发行版软件中心中搜索 Shotwell 并安装。 + +Shotwell 的运行略有不同。如果你在 Shotwell Viewer 中直接打开照片，则不会看到首选项或者幻灯片的选项。 + +对于幻灯片放映和其他选项，你必须打开 Shotwell 并导入包含这些图片的文件夹。导入文件夹后，从左侧窗格中选择该文件夹，然后单击菜单中的 “View”。你应该在此处看到幻灯片选项。只需单击它即可创建所选文件夹中所有图像的幻灯片。 + +![How to create slideshow of photos in Ubuntu Linux][6] + +你还可以更改幻灯片设置。当图像以全屏显示时，将显示此选项。只需将鼠标悬停在底部，你就会看到一个设置选项。 + +#### 创建照片幻灯片很容易 + +如你所见，在 Linux 中创建照片幻灯片非常简单。我希望你觉得这个简单的提示有用。如果你有任何问题或建议，请在下面的评论栏告诉我们。 + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://itsfoss.com/photo-slideshow-ubuntu/ + +作者：[Abhishek Prakash][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/ +[1]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/Create-photos-Slideshow-Linux.png +[2]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/create-slideshow-photos-ubuntu-gnome.jpeg +[3]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/change-slideshow-interval-gnome-image.jpeg +[4]: https://wiki.gnome.org/Apps/Shotwell +[5]: https://itsfoss.com/linux-photo-management-software/ +[6]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/create-slideshow-photos-shotwell.jpeg From 1456f08a739e87e9452f12c1118d666103e25383 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: geekpi Date: Mon, 17 Sep 2018 09:49:33 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 008/246] translating --- ...How To Configure Mouse Support For Linux Virtual Consoles.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180912 How To Configure Mouse Support For Linux Virtual Consoles.md b/sources/tech/20180912 How To Configure Mouse Support For Linux Virtual Consoles.md index c8b495cebe..3a4412e5c1 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180912 How To Configure Mouse Support For Linux Virtual Consoles.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180912 How To Configure Mouse Support For Linux Virtual Consoles.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +translating---geekpi + How To Configure Mouse Support For Linux Virtual Consoles ====== From 67fa76bddde2b3b0c2664cf98fbedc168449235d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: belitex Date: Mon, 17 Sep 2018 10:54:09 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 009/246] =?UTF-8?q?=E7=94=B3=E9=A2=86=E7=BF=BB=E8=AF=91=20?= =?UTF-8?q?How=20to=20get=20into=20DevOps?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- sources/talk/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/sources/talk/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md b/sources/talk/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md index 09e50ae4f2..184b18b1d1 100644 --- a/sources/talk/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md +++ b/sources/talk/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +belitex 翻译中 How to get into DevOps ====== ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/rh_003784_02_os.comcareers_resume_rh1x.png?itok=S3HGxi6E) From 38fce5ec189d7ec1c5e4a5b85b008c24c9f8164d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: sd886393 Date: Mon, 17 Sep 2018 15:07:21 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 010/246] =?UTF-8?q?=E4=B8=BA=E4=BE=BF=E4=BA=8E=E7=90=86?= =?UTF-8?q?=E8=A7=A3=EF=BC=8C=E5=B0=86=E6=8C=87=E5=AE=9A=E7=9A=84=E8=B6=85?= =?UTF-8?q?=E9=93=BE=E6=8E=A5=E7=BF=BB=E8=AF=91?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...80929 Getting started with the i3 window manager on Linux.md | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180929 Getting started with the i3 window manager on Linux.md b/translated/tech/20180929 Getting started with the i3 window manager on Linux.md index 6f23ea6606..8a14891ce6 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180929 Getting started with the i3 window manager on Linux.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180929 Getting started with the i3 window manager on Linux.md @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/windows-tiling-windows-wall.png?itok=mTH7uVrn) -在我的文章[5 reasons the i3 window manager makes Linux better][1]，我分享了选择 [i3 window manager][2] 作为一种Linux桌面替代方案的最主要五个理由。 +在我的文章[i3 桌面让Linux更好的5个理由][1]，我分享了选择 [i3 桌面管理器][2] 作为一种Linux桌面替代方案的最主要五个理由。 在本篇文章中，我将向大家展示，如何在 Fedora 28 上安装与配置 i3。 ### 1\. 安装 From c141769e439b8c82f192506d265f8c8ee35c0123 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Y.C.S.M" Date: Mon, 17 Sep 2018 15:50:24 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 011/246] =?UTF-8?q?=E5=AE=8C=E6=88=90=E7=BF=BB=E8=AF=91?= =?UTF-8?q?=EF=BC=8C=E5=88=A0=E9=99=A4=E5=8E=9F=E6=96=87=20(#10234)?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit * 翻译部分内容 * 继续翻译一小部分 * 翻译第四部分（未完成） * 完成翻译 * 优化翻译 * 完成翻译：5 tips to improve productivity with zsh * 从source中删除文章 * 删除原文，保留翻译结果 --- ...5 tips to improve productivity with zsh.md | 292 ---------------- ...5 tips to improve productivity with zsh.md | 313 ++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 313 insertions(+), 292 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180905 5 tips to improve productivity with zsh.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180905 5 tips to improve productivity with zsh.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180905 5 tips to improve productivity with zsh.md b/sources/tech/20180905 5 tips to improve productivity with zsh.md deleted file mode 100644 index 0de2e6a05c..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180905 5 tips to improve productivity with zsh.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,292 +0,0 @@ -5 tips to improve productivity with zsh -====== - -### **[翻译中] by tnuoccalanosrep** - -![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/features_solutions_command_data.png?itok=4_VQN3RK) - -The Z shell known as [zsh][1] is a [shell][2] for Linux/Unix-like operating systems. It has similarities to other shells in the `sh` (Bourne shell) family, such as as `bash` and `ksh`, but it provides many advanced features and powerful command line editing options, such as enhanced Tab completion. - -It would be impossible to cover all the options of zsh here; there are literally hundreds of pages [documenting][3] its many features. In this article, I'll present five tips to make you more productive using the command line with zsh. - -### 1\. Themes and plugins - -Through the years, the open source community has developed countless themes and plugins for zsh. A theme is a predefined prompt configuration, while a plugin is a set of useful aliases and functions that make it easier to use a specific command or programming language. - -The quickest way to get started using themes and plugins is to use a zsh configuration framework. There are many available, but the most popular is [Oh My Zsh][4]. By default, it enables some sensible zsh configuration options and it comes loaded with hundreds of themes and plugins. - -A theme makes you more productive as it adds useful information to your prompt, such as the status of your Git repository or Python virtualenv in use. Having this information at a glance saves you from typing the equivalent commands to obtain it, and it's a cool look. Here's an example of [Powerlevel9k][5], my theme of choice: - -![zsh Powerlevel9K theme][7] - -The Powerlevel9k theme for zsh - -In addition to themes, Oh My Zsh bundles tons of useful plugins for zsh. For example, enabling the Git plugin gives you access to a number of useful aliases, such as: -``` -$ alias | grep -i git | sort -R | head -10 -g=git -ga='git add' -gapa='git add --patch' -gap='git apply' -gdt='git diff-tree --no-commit-id --name-only -r' -gau='git add --update' -gstp='git stash pop' -gbda='git branch --no-color --merged | command grep -vE "^(\*|\s*(master|develop|dev)\s*$)" | command xargs -n 1 git branch -d' -gcs='git commit -S' -glg='git log --stat' -``` - -There are plugins available for many programming languages, packaging systems, and other tools you commonly use on the command line. Here's a list of plugins I use in my Fedora workstation: -``` -git golang fedora docker oc sudo vi-mode virtualenvwrapper -``` - -### 2\. Clever aliases - -Aliases are very useful in zsh. Defining aliases for your most-used commands saves you a lot of typing. Oh My Zsh configures several useful aliases by default, including aliases to navigate directories and replacements for common commands with additional options such as: -``` -ls='ls --color=tty' -grep='grep  --color=auto --exclude-dir={.bzr,CVS,.git,.hg,.svn}' -``` - -In addition to command aliases, zsh enables two additional useful alias types: the suffix alias and the global alias. - -A suffix alias allows you to open the file you type in the command line using the specified program based on the file extension. For example, to open YAML files using vim, define the following alias: -``` -alias -s {yml,yaml}=vim -``` - -Now if you type any file name ending with `yml` or `yaml` in the command line, zsh opens that file using vim: -``` -$ playbook.yml -# Opens file playbook.yml using vim -``` - -A global alias enables you to create an alias that is expanded anywhere in the command line, not just at the beginning. This is very useful to replace common filenames or piped commands. For example: -``` -alias -g G='| grep -i' -``` - -To use this alias, type `G` anywhere you would type the piped command: -``` -$ ls -l G do -drwxr-xr-x.  5 rgerardi rgerardi 4096 Aug  7 14:08 Documents -drwxr-xr-x.  6 rgerardi rgerardi 4096 Aug 24 14:51 Downloads -``` - -Next, let's see how zsh helps to navigate the filesystem. - -### 3\. Easy directory navigation - -When you're using the command line, navigating across different directories is one of the most common tasks. Zsh makes this easier by providing some useful directory navigation features. These features are enabled with Oh My Zsh, but you can enable them by using this command: -``` -setopt  autocd autopushd \ pushdignoredups -``` - -With these options set, you don't need to type `cd` to change directories. Just type the directory name, and zsh switches to it: -``` -$ pwd -/home/rgerardi -$ /tmp -$ pwd -/tmp -``` - -To move back, type `-`: - -Zsh keeps the history of directories you visited so you can quickly switch to any of them. To see the list, type `dirs -v`: -``` -$ dirs -v -0       ~ -1       /var/log -2       /var/opt -3       /usr/bin -4       /usr/local -5       /usr/lib -6       /tmp -7       ~/Projects/Opensource.com/zsh-5tips -8       ~/Projects -9       ~/Projects/ansible -10      ~/Documents -``` - -Switch to any directory in this list by typing `~#` where # is the number of the directory in the list. For example: -``` -$ pwd -/home/rgerardi -$ ~4 -$ pwd -/usr/local -``` - -Combine these with aliases to make it even easier to navigate: -``` -d='dirs -v | head -10' -1='cd -' -2='cd -2' -3='cd -3' -4='cd -4' -5='cd -5' -6='cd -6' -7='cd -7' -8='cd -8' -9='cd -9' -``` - -Now you can type `d` to see the first ten items in the list and the number to switch to it: -``` -$ d -0       /usr/local -1       ~ -2       /var/log -3       /var/opt -4       /usr/bin -5       /usr/lib -6       /tmp -7       ~/Projects/Opensource.com/zsh-5tips -8       ~/Projects -9       ~/Projects/ansible -$ pwd -/usr/local -$ 6 -/tmp -$ pwd -/tmp -``` - -Finally, zsh automatically expands directory names with Tab completion. Type the first letters of the directory names and `TAB` to use it: -``` -$ pwd -/home/rgerardi -$ p/o/z (TAB) -$ Projects/Opensource.com/zsh-5tips/ -``` - -This is just one of the features enabled by zsh's powerful Tab completion system. Let's look at some more. - -### 4\. Advanced Tab completion - -Zsh's powerful completion system is one of its hallmarks. For simplification, I call it Tab completion, but under the hood, more than one thing is happening. There's usually expansion and command completion. I'll discuss them together here. For details, check this [User's Guide][8]. - -Command completion is enabled by default with Oh My Zsh. To enable it, add the following lines to your `.zshrc` file: -``` -autoload -U compinit -compinit -``` - -Zsh's completion system is smart. It tries to suggest only items that can be used in certain contexts—for example, if you type `cd` and `TAB`, zsh suggests only directory names as it knows `cd` does not work with anything else. - -Conversely, it suggests usernames when running user-related commands or hostnames when using `ssh` or `ping`, for example. - -It has a vast completion library and understands many different commands. For example, if you're using the `tar` command, you can press Tab to see a list of files available in the package as candidates for extraction: -``` -$ tar -xzvf test1.tar.gz test1/file1 (TAB) -file1 file2 -``` - -Here's a more advanced example, using `git`. In this example, when typing `TAB`, zsh automatically completes the name of the only file in the repository that can be staged: -``` -$ ls -original  plan.txt  zsh-5tips.md  zsh_theme_small.png -$ git status -On branch master -Your branch is up to date with 'origin/master'. - -Changes not staged for commit: -  (use "git add ..." to update what will be committed) -  (use "git checkout -- ..." to discard changes in working directory) - -        modified:   zsh-5tips.md - -no changes added to commit (use "git add" and/or "git commit -a") -$ git add (TAB) -$ git add zsh-5tips.md -``` - -It also understands command line options and suggests only the ones that are relevant to the subcommand selected: -``` -$ git commit - (TAB) ---all                  -a       -- stage all modified and deleted paths ---allow-empty                   -- allow recording an empty commit ---allow-empty-message           -- allow recording a commit with an empty message ---amend                         -- amend the tip of the current branch ---author                        -- override the author name used in the commit ---branch                        -- show branch information ---cleanup                       -- specify how the commit message should be cleaned up ---date                          -- override the author date used in the commit ---dry-run                       -- only show the list of paths that are to be committed or not, and any untracked ---edit                 -e       -- edit the commit message before committing ---file                 -F       -- read commit message from given file ---gpg-sign             -S       -- GPG-sign the commit ---include              -i       -- update the given files and commit the whole index ---interactive                   -- interactively update paths in the index file ---message              -m       -- use the given message as the commit message -... TRUNCATED ... -``` - -After typing `TAB`, you can use the arrow keys to navigate the options list and select the one you need. Now you don't need to memorize all those Git options. - -There are many options available. The best way to find what is most helpful to you is by using it. - -### 5\. Command line editing and history - -Zsh's command line editing capabilities are also useful. By default, it emulates emacs. If, like me, you prefer vi/vim, enable vi bindings with the following command: -``` -$ bindkey -v -``` - -If you're using Oh My Zsh, the `vi-mode` plugin enables additional bindings and a mode indicator on your prompt—very useful. - -After enabling vi bindings, you can edit the command line using vi commands. For example, press `ESC+/` to search the command line history. While searching, pressing `n` brings the next matching line, and `N` the previous one. Most common vi commands work after pressing `ESC` such as `0` to jump to the start of the line, `$` to jump to the end, `i` to insert, `a` to append, etc. Even commands followed by motion work, such as `cw` to change a word. - -In addition to command line editing, zsh provides several useful command line history features if you want to fix or re-execute previous used commands. For example, if you made a mistake, typing `fc` brings the last command in your favorite editor to fix it. It respects the `$EDITOR` variable and by default uses vi. - -Another useful command is `r`, which re-executes the last command; and `r `, which executes the last command that contains the string `WORD`. - -Finally, typing double bangs (`!!`) brings back the last command anywhere in the line. This is useful, for instance, if you forgot to type `sudo` to execute commands that require elevated privileges: -``` -$ less /var/log/dnf.log -/var/log/dnf.log: Permission denied -$ sudo !! -$ sudo less /var/log/dnf.log -``` - -These features make it easier to find and re-use previously typed commands. - -### Where to go from here? - -These are just a few of the zsh features that can make you more productive; there are many more. For additional information, consult the following resources: - -[An Introduction to the Z Shell][9] - -[A User's Guide to ZSH][10] - -[Archlinux Wiki][11] - -[zsh-lovers][12] - -Do you have any zsh productivity tips to share? I would love to hear about them in the comments below. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/tips-productivity-zsh - -作者：[Ricardo Gerardi][a] -选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]: https://opensource.com/users/rgerardi -[1]: http://www.zsh.org/ -[2]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shell_(computing) -[3]: http://zsh.sourceforge.net/Doc/Release/zsh_toc.html -[4]: https://ohmyz.sh/ -[5]: https://github.com/bhilburn/powerlevel9k -[7]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/zsh_theme_small.png (zsh Powerlevel9K theme) -[8]: http://zsh.sourceforge.net/Guide/zshguide06.html#l144 -[9]: http://zsh.sourceforge.net/Intro/intro_toc.html -[10]: http://zsh.sourceforge.net/Guide/ -[11]: https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/zsh -[12]: https://grml.org/zsh/ diff --git a/translated/tech/20180905 5 tips to improve productivity with zsh.md b/translated/tech/20180905 5 tips to improve productivity with zsh.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..05c7e845ab --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180905 5 tips to improve productivity with zsh.md @@ -0,0 +1,313 @@ +用 zsh 提高生产力的5个 tips +====== + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/features_solutions_command_data.png?itok=4_VQN3RK) + +Z shell (亦称 zsh) 是 *unx 系统中的命令解析器 。 它跟 `sh` (Bourne shell) 家族的其他解析器 ( 如 `bash` 和 `ksh` ) 有着相似的特点，但它还提供了大量的高级特性以及强大的命令行编辑功能（选项？），如增强版tab补全。 + +由于 zsh 有好几百页的文档去描述他的特性，所以我无法在这里阐明 zsh 的所有功能。在本文，我会列出5个 tips，让你通过使用 zsh 来提高你的生产力。 + +### 1\. 主题和插件 + +多年来，开源社区已经为 zsh 开发了数不清的主题和插件。主题是预定义提示符的配置，而插件则是一组常用的别名命令和功能，让你更方便的使用一种特定的命令或者编程语言。 + +如果你现在想开始用 zsh 的主题和插件，那么使用 zsh 的配置框架 (configuiration framework) 是你最快的入门方式。在众多的配置框架中，最受欢迎的则是 [Oh My Zsh][4]。在默认配置中，他就已经为 zsh 启用了一些合理的配置，同时它也自带多个主题和插件。 + +由于主题会在你的命令行提示符之前添加一些常用的信息，比如你 Git 仓库的状态，或者是当前使用的 Python 虚拟环境，所以它会让你的工作更高效。只需要看到这些信息，你就不用再敲命令去重新获取它们，而且这些提示也相当酷炫。 +下图就是我（作者）选用的主题 [Powerlevel9k][5] + +![zsh Powerlevel9K theme][7] + +zsh 主题 Powerlevel9k + +除了主题，Oh my Zsh 还自带了大量常用的 zsh 插件。比如，通过启用 Git 插件，你可以用一组简便的命令别名操作 Git， 比如 + +``` +$ alias | grep -i git | sort -R | head -10 +g=git +ga='git add' +gapa='git add --patch' +gap='git apply' +gdt='git diff-tree --no-commit-id --name-only -r' +gau='git add --update' +gstp='git stash pop' +gbda='git branch --no-color --merged | command grep -vE "^(\*|\s*(master|develop|dev)\s*$)" | command xargs -n 1 git branch -d' +gcs='git commit -S' +glg='git log --stat' +``` + +zsh 还有许多插件是用于多种编程语言，打包系统和一些平时在命令行中常用的工具。 +以下是我（作者） Ferdora 工作站中用到的插件表： + +``` +git golang fedora docker oc sudo vi-mode virtualenvwrapper +``` + +### 2\. 智能的命令别名 + +命令别名在 zsh 中十分常用。为你常用的命令定义别名可以节省你的打字时间。Oh My Zsh 默认配置了一些常用的命令别名，包括目录导航命令别名，为常用的命令添加额外的选项，比如： + +``` +ls='ls --color=tty' +grep='grep  --color=auto --exclude-dir={.bzr,CVS,.git,.hg,.svn}' +``` + + +除了命令别名意外， zsh 还自带两种额外常用的别名类型：后缀别名和全局别名。 + +后缀别名可以让你在基于文件后缀的前提下，在命令行中利用指定程序打开这个文件。比如，要用 vim 打开 YAML 文件，可以定义以下命令行别名： + +``` +alias -s {yml,yaml}=vim +``` + +现在，如果你在命令行中输入任何后缀名为 `yml` 或 `yaml` 文件， zsh 都会用 vim 打开这个文件 + +``` +$ playbook.yml +# Opens file playbook.yml using vim +``` + +全局别名可以让你在使用命令行的任何时刻创建命令别名，而不仅仅是在开始的时候。这个在你想替换常用文件名或者管道命令的时候就显得非常有用了。比如 + +``` +alias -g G='| grep -i' +``` + +要使用这个别名，只要你在想用管道命令的时候输入 `G` 就好了： + +``` +$ ls -l G do +drwxr-xr-x.  5 rgerardi rgerardi 4096 Aug  7 14:08 Documents +drwxr-xr-x.  6 rgerardi rgerardi 4096 Aug 24 14:51 Downloads +``` + +接着，我们就来看看 zsh 是如何导航文件系统的。 + +### 3\. 便捷的目录导航 + +当你使用命令行的时候， 在不同的目录之间切换访问是最常见的工作了。 zsh 提供了一些十分有用的目录导航功能来简化这个操作。这些功能已经集成到 Oh My Zsh 中了， 而你可以用以下命令来启用它 + +``` +setopt  autocd autopushd \ pushdignoredups +``` + +使用了上面的配置后，你就不用输入 `cd` 来切换目录了，只需要输入目录名称，zsh 就会自动切换到这个目录中： + +``` +$ pwd +/home/rgerardi +$ /tmp +$ pwd +/tmp +``` + +如果想要回退，只要输入 `-`: + +Zsh 会记录你访问过的目录，这样下次你就可以快速切换到这些目录中。如果想要看这个目录列表，只要输入 `dirs -v`： + +``` +$ dirs -v +0       ~ +1       /var/log +2       /var/opt +3       /usr/bin +4       /usr/local +5       /usr/lib +6       /tmp +7       ~/Projects/Opensource.com/zsh-5tips +8       ~/Projects +9       ~/Projects/ansible +10      ~/Documents +``` + +如果想要切换到这个列表中的其中一个目录，只需输入 `~#` （`#` 代表目录在列表中的序号）就可以了。比如 + +``` +$ pwd +/home/rgerardi +$ ~4 +$ pwd +/usr/local +``` + +你甚至可以用别名组合这些命令，这样切换起来就变得更简单： + +``` +d='dirs -v | head -10' +1='cd -' +2='cd -2' +3='cd -3' +4='cd -4' +5='cd -5' +6='cd -6' +7='cd -7' +8='cd -8' +9='cd -9' +``` + +现在你可以通过输入 `d` 来查看这个目录列表的前10个，然后用目录的序号来进行切换： + +``` +$ d +0       /usr/local +1       ~ +2       /var/log +3       /var/opt +4       /usr/bin +5       /usr/lib +6       /tmp +7       ~/Projects/Opensource.com/zsh-5tips +8       ~/Projects +9       ~/Projects/ansible +$ pwd +/usr/local +$ 6 +/tmp +$ pwd +/tmp +``` + +最后，你可以在 zsh 中利用 Tab 来自动补全目录名称。你可以先输入目录的首字母，然后用 `TAB` 来补全它们： + +``` +$ pwd +/home/rgerardi +$ p/o/z (TAB) +$ Projects/Opensource.com/zsh-5tips/ +``` + +以上仅仅是 zsh 强大的 Tab 补全系统中的一个功能。接来下我们来探索它更多的功能。 + +### 4\. 先进的 Tab 补全 + +Zsh 强大的补全系统是它其中一个卖点。为了简便起见，我称它为 Tab 补全，然而在系统底层，它不仅仅只做一件事。这里通常包括扩展以及命令的补全，我会在这里同时讨论它们。如果想了解更多，详见 [用户手册][8] ( [User's Guide][8] )。 + +在 Oh My Zsh 中，命令补全是默认可用的。要启用它，你只要在 `.zshrc` 文件中添加以下命令： +``` +autoload -U compinit +compinit +``` + +Zsh 的补全系统非常智能。他会根据当前上下文来进行命令的提示——比如，你输入了 `cd` 和 `TAB`，zsh 只会为你提示目录名，因为它知道 +当前的 `cd` 没有任何作用。 + +反之，如果你使用 `ssh` 或者 `ping` 这类与用户或者主机相关的命令， zsh 便会提示用户名。 + +`zsh` 拥有一个巨大而又完整的库，因此它能识别许多不同的命令。比如，如果你使用 `tar` 命令， 你可以按 Tab 键，他会为你展示一个可以用于解压的文件列表: + +``` +$ tar -xzvf test1.tar.gz test1/file1 (TAB) +file1 file2 +``` + +如果使用 `git` 的话，这里有个更高级的示例。在这个示例中，当你按 `TAB` 键， zsh 会自动补全当前库可以操作的文件： + +``` +$ ls +original  plan.txt  zsh-5tips.md  zsh_theme_small.png +$ git status +On branch master +Your branch is up to date with 'origin/master'. + +Changes not staged for commit: +  (use "git add ..." to update what will be committed) +  (use "git checkout -- ..." to discard changes in working directory) + +        modified:   zsh-5tips.md + +no changes added to commit (use "git add" and/or "git commit -a") +$ git add (TAB) +$ git add zsh-5tips.md +``` + +zsh 还能识别命令行选项，同时他只会提示与选中子命令相关的命令列表： + +``` +$ git commit - (TAB) +--all                  -a       -- stage all modified and deleted paths +--allow-empty                   -- allow recording an empty commit +--allow-empty-message           -- allow recording a commit with an empty message +--amend                         -- amend the tip of the current branch +--author                        -- override the author name used in the commit +--branch                        -- show branch information +--cleanup                       -- specify how the commit message should be cleaned up +--date                          -- override the author date used in the commit +--dry-run                       -- only show the list of paths that are to be committed or not, and any untracked +--edit                 -e       -- edit the commit message before committing +--file                 -F       -- read commit message from given file +--gpg-sign             -S       -- GPG-sign the commit +--include              -i       -- update the given files and commit the whole index +--interactive                   -- interactively update paths in the index file +--message              -m       -- use the given message as the commit message +... TRUNCATED ... +``` + +在按 `TAB` 键之后，你可以使用方向键来选择你想用的命令。现在你就不用记住所有的 Git 命令项了。 + +zsh 还有很多有用的功能。当你用它的时候，你就知道哪些对你才是最有用的。 + +### 5\. 命令行编辑与历史记录 + +Zsh 的命令行编辑功能也十分有效。默认条件下，他是模拟 emacs 编辑器的。如果你是跟我一样更喜欢用 vi/vim，你可以用以下命令启用 vi 编辑。 + +``` +$ bindkey -v +``` + +如果你使用 Oh My Zsh，`vi-mode` 插件可以启用额外的绑定，同时会在你的命令提示符上增加 vi 的模式提示--这个非常有用。 + +当启用 vi 的绑定后，你可以再命令行中使用 vi 命令进行编辑。比如，输入 `ESC+/` 来查找命令行记录。在查找的时候，输入 `n` 来找下一个匹配行，输入 `N` 来找上一个。输入 `ESC` 后，最常用的 vi 命令有以下几个，如输入 `0` 跳转到第一行，输入 `$` 跳转到最后一行，输入 `i` 来插入文本，输入 `a` 来追加文本等等，一些直接操作的命令也同样有效，比如输入 `cw` 来修改单词。 + +除了命令行编辑，如果你想修改或重新执行之前使用过的命令，zsh 还提供几个常用的命令行历史功能。比如，你打错了一个命令，输入 `fc`，你可以在你偏好的编辑器中修复最后一条命令。使用哪个编辑是参照 `$EDITOR` 变量的，而默认是使用 vi。 + +另外一个有用的命令是 `r`， 他会重新执行上一条命令；而 `r ` 则会执行上一条包含 `WORD` 的命令。 + +最后，输入两个感叹号( `!!` )，可以在命令行中回溯最后一条命令。这个十分有用，比如，当你忘记使用 `sudo` 去执行需要权限的命令时： + +``` +$ less /var/log/dnf.log +/var/log/dnf.log: Permission denied +$ sudo !! +$ sudo less /var/log/dnf.log +``` + +这个功能让查找并且重新执行之前命令的操作更加方便。 + +### 何去何从？ + +这里仅仅介绍了几个可以让你提高生产率的 zsh 特性；其实还有更多功能带你发掘；想知道更多的信息，你可以访问以下的资源： + +[An Introduction to the Z Shell][9] + +[A User's Guide to ZSH][10] + +[Archlinux Wiki][11] + +[zsh-lovers][12] + +你有使用 zsh 提高生产力的tips可以分享吗？我（作者）很乐意在下方评论看到它们。 + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/tips-productivity-zsh + +作者：[Ricardo Gerardi][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[tnuoccalanosrep](https://github.com/tnuoccalanosrep) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/rgerardi +[1]: http://www.zsh.org/ +[2]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shell_(computing) +[3]: http://zsh.sourceforge.net/Doc/Release/zsh_toc.html +[4]: https://ohmyz.sh/ +[5]: https://github.com/bhilburn/powerlevel9k +[7]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/zsh_theme_small.png (zsh Powerlevel9K theme) +[8]: http://zsh.sourceforge.net/Guide/zshguide06.html#l144 +[9]: http://zsh.sourceforge.net/Intro/intro_toc.html +[10]: http://zsh.sourceforge.net/Guide/ +[11]: https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/zsh +[12]: https://grml.org/zsh/ From db0fd0446520ae89e4c5aa707ca2fed904edab95 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Mon, 17 Sep 2018 17:28:53 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 012/246] PRF:20180929 Getting started with the i3 window manager on Linux.md MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit @sd886393 恭喜你，完成了第一篇翻译贡献！ --- ...ted with the i3 window manager on Linux.md | 62 ++++++++++--------- 1 file changed, 33 insertions(+), 29 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180929 Getting started with the i3 window manager on Linux.md b/translated/tech/20180929 Getting started with the i3 window manager on Linux.md index 8a14891ce6..2aa0df4c6b 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180929 Getting started with the i3 window manager on Linux.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180929 Getting started with the i3 window manager on Linux.md @@ -1,31 +1,34 @@ -在Linux上使用 i3 作为窗口管理器的入门教程 +i3 窗口管理器入门 ====== -本篇文章会介绍如何在Fedora系统中，安装、配置、使用i3桌面管理器。 + +> 本篇文章会介绍如何在 Fedora 系统中，安装、配置、使用 i3 瓦片式桌面管理器。 ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/windows-tiling-windows-wall.png?itok=mTH7uVrn) -在我的文章[i3 桌面让Linux更好的5个理由][1]，我分享了选择 [i3 桌面管理器][2] 作为一种Linux桌面替代方案的最主要五个理由。 -在本篇文章中，我将向大家展示，如何在 Fedora 28 上安装与配置 i3。 +在我的文章 [i3 桌面让 Linux 更好的 5 个理由][1]，我分享了选择 [i3 桌面管理器][2] 作为一种 Linux 桌面替代方案的最主要五个理由。 -### 1\. 安装 +在本篇文章中，我将向大家展示，如何在 Fedora 28 上安装与简单配置 i3。 + +### 1、 安装 首先进入 Fedora 系统中，打开一个终端。使用 `dnf` 来安装需要的软件包，如下： + ``` [ricardo@f28i3 ~]$ sudo dnf install -y i3 i3-ipc i3status i3lock dmenu terminator --exclude=rxvt-unicode Last metadata expiration check: 1:36:15 ago on Wed 08 Aug 2018 12:04:31 PM EDT. Dependencies resolved. ================================================================================================ - Package                     Arch         Version                           Repository     Size + Package Arch Version Repository Size ================================================================================================ Installing: - dmenu                       x86_64       4.8-1.fc28                        fedora         33 k - i3                          x86_64       4.15-1.fc28                       fedora        323 k - i3-ipc                      noarch       0.1.4-12.fc28                     fedora         14 k - i3lock                      x86_64       2.9.1-2.fc28                      fedora         33 k - i3status                    x86_64       2.12-1.fc28                       updates        62 k - terminator                  noarch       1.91-4.fc28                       fedora        570 k + dmenu x86_64 4.8-1.fc28 fedora 33 k + i3 x86_64 4.15-1.fc28 fedora 323 k + i3-ipc noarch 0.1.4-12.fc28 fedora 14 k + i3lock x86_64 2.9.1-2.fc28 fedora 33 k + i3status x86_64 2.12-1.fc28 updates 62 k + terminator noarch 1.91-4.fc28 fedora 570 k Installing dependencies: - dzen2                       x86_64       0.8.5-21.20100104svn.fc28         fedora         60 k + dzen2 x86_64 0.8.5-21.20100104svn.fc28 fedora 60 k ... Skipping dependencies/install messages @@ -37,55 +40,56 @@ Complete! 据用户目前的系统状态，在命令执行过程中可能会安装很多依赖。等待所有的依赖安装完成，之后重启你的电脑。 -### 2. 登录与初始化 +### 2、 首次登录与初始化 -在你的机器重启之后，你便可以第一次体验 i3 了。在 GNOME Display Manager （GDM），选择你的用户名，之后先别着急输密码，点击下方的密码输入框下方的小齿轮，之后选择 i3 ，像下方这样： +在你的机器重启之后，你便可以第一次体验 i3 了。在 GNOME 显示管理器（GDM）屏幕，选择你的用户名，之后先别着急输密码，点击下方的密码输入框下方的小齿轮，之后选择 i3 而不是 GNOME，像下方这样： ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/i3_first_login_small.png) -输入你的密码，并点击 `Sign In`。在你第一次登入之后，会先看到 i3 的配置界面： +输入你的密码，并点击 “Sign In”。在你第一次登入之后，会先看到 i3 的配置界面： ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/i3_first_configuration_small.png) -点击 `ENTER` 就会在 `$HOME/.config/i3` 生成一个配置文件，之后你可以通过这个配置文件来定制化 i3's 的一些行为。 +点击回车键就会在 `$HOME/.config/i3` 生成一个配置文件，之后你可以通过这个配置文件来定制化 i3 的一些行为。 -在下一屏，你需要选择你的 `Mod` 键。这一步很关键，因为 `Mod` 键通常都会作为 i3's 命令快捷键的发起键。按 `ENTER` 会选择 `Win` 键作为默认的 `Mod` 键。如果你的键盘没有 `Win` 键，用 `Alt` 键做替代，用方向键键选择后按 `ENTER` 确认。 +在下一屏，你需要选择你的 `Mod` 键。这一步很关键，因为 `Mod` 键通常都会作为 i3 命令快捷键的发起键。按回车会选择 `Win` 键作为默认的 `Mod` 键。如果你的键盘没有 `Win` 键，用 `Alt` 键做替代，用方向键键选择后按回车键确认。 ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/i3_generate_config_small.png) -现在你就登录到了 i3 的系统中。由于 i3 是一个最小化的窗口管理器，你会看到一个黑屏窗口，以及屏幕底端显式的状态栏： +现在你就登录到了 i3 的系统中。由于 i3 是一个极简的窗口管理器，你会看到一个黑屏窗口，以及屏幕底端显示的状态栏： ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/i3_start_small.png) 接下来，让我们看看 i3 的如何实际使用。 -### 3\. 基本的快捷键 +### 3、 基本的快捷键 -现在你已经登录到了 i3 的会话中，你需要几个基本的快捷键来应对基本的操作。 +现在你已经登录到了 i3 会话中，你需要几个基本的快捷键来应对基本的操作。 大多数的 i3 快捷键都会用到之前配置的 `Mod` 键。在下面的例子中，当我提到 `Mod` 键，请根据情况使用你定义的做替换。通常使用 `Win` 键或者 `Alt` 键。 -首先，打开一个终端，使用 `Mod+ENTER`。重复打开几个终端，观察 i3 是如何自动将它们在桌面中排列。默认情况下， i3 会在水平的方向分割屏幕；使用 `Mod + v` 来垂直分割，再按 `Mod + h` 会恢复水平分割模式。 +首先，要打开一个终端，可以使用 `Mod+ENTER`。重复打开几个终端，观察 i3 是如何自动将它们在桌面中排列。默认情况下， i3 会在水平的方向分割屏幕；使用 `Mod + v` 来垂直分割，再按 `Mod + h` 会恢复水平分割模式。 ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/i3_3terminal_tiled_small.png) -当需要启动其他的应用，按 `Mod + d` 来打开 `dmenu`，一个简单的文字应用菜单。默认情况下，`dmenu` 会呈现出所有在你 `$PATH` 中设置的应用。使用方向键来选择你想启动的应用，同时你可以键入应用的名称，来缩小选择的范围，之后按 `ENTER` 来启动选择的应用。 +当需要启动其他的应用，按 `Mod + d` 来打开 `dmenu`，一个简单的文字应用菜单。默认情况下，`dmenu` 会呈现出所有在你 `$PATH` 中设置的应用。使用方向键来选择你想启动的应用，同时你可以键入应用的名称，来缩小选择的范围，之后按回车键来启动选择的应用。 ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/i3_dmenu.png) 如果你的应用没有提供退出的方法，你可以使用 i3 来关闭对应的窗口，通过按 `Mod + Shift +q`。注意，你可能会丢失未保存的工作内容。 -最后，当你想关闭会话并退出 i3，按 `Mod + Shift +e`。之后会在窗口的上方提示你是否退出。点击 `Yes, exit i3` 退出，或选择 `X` 来取消。 +最后，当你想关闭会话并退出 i3，按 `Mod + Shift +e`。之后会在窗口的上方提示你是否退出。点击 “Yes, exit i3” 退出，或选择 “X” 来取消。 ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/i3_exit_small.png) -这些就是 i3 中最基本的快捷键，如果想了解更多，请查阅官方文档 [documentation][3]。 +这些就是 i3 中最基本的快捷键，如果想了解更多，请查阅官方[文档][3]。 -### 4\. 替换GDM +### 4、 替换 GDM -使用 i3 window manager 会降低你操作系统的内存占用；然而，Fedora 依然会使用 GDM 作为登录的窗口。GDM 会载入几个与 GNOME 相关的库从而占用内存。 +使用 i3 窗口管理器会降低你操作系统的内存占用；然而，Fedora 依然会使用 GDM 作为登录屏。GDM 会载入几个与 GNOME 相关的库从而占用内存。 + +如果你想进一步的降低你的内存占用，你可以使用一些更轻量级的显示管理器来替换 GDM，比如 lightdm ： -如果你想进一步的降低你的内存占用，你可以使用一些更轻量级的窗口管理器来替换 GDM，比如 `lightdm`： ``` [ricardo@f28i3 ~]$ sudo dnf install -y lightdm [ricardo@f28i3 ~]$ sudo systemctl disable gdm @@ -108,7 +112,7 @@ via: https://opensource.com/article/18/8/getting-started-i3-window-manager 作者：[Ricardo Gerardi][a] 选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者：[sd886393](https://github.com/sd886393) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From f53c3f747c7d64e75f2ffaaf5de9eb96db01f324 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Mon, 17 Sep 2018 17:30:37 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 013/246] PUB:20180929 Getting started with the i3 window manager on Linux.md MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit @sd886393 本文首发地址： https://linux.cn/article-10021-1.html 您的 LCTT 专页地址： https://linux.cn/lctt/sd886393 请登录 LCTT 贡献平台领取 LCCN ：https://lctt.linux.cn/ --- ...0180929 Getting started with the i3 window manager on Linux.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180929 Getting started with the i3 window manager on Linux.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180929 Getting started with the i3 window manager on Linux.md b/published/20180929 Getting started with the i3 window manager on Linux.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180929 Getting started with the i3 window manager on Linux.md rename to published/20180929 Getting started with the i3 window manager on Linux.md From 1beb6d2638e8257357a9582255beaca2b54240a7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Mon, 17 Sep 2018 23:22:09 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 014/246] PRF&PUB:20180518 Mastering CI CD at OpenDev (#10236) MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit * PRF:20180518 Mastering CI-CD at OpenDev.md @jamelouis 恭喜你完成了第一篇翻译贡献（虽然这篇消息已经过时了，但是翻译的不错） * PUB: 20180518 Mastering CI-CD at OpenDev.md @jamelouis 本文首发地址： https://linux.cn/article-10023-1.html 您的 LCTT 专页地址： https://linux.cn/lctt/jamelouis 请在 LCTT 平台上注册以领取 LCCN： https://lctt.linux.cn/ --- .../20180518 Mastering CI-CD at OpenDev.md | 53 +++++++++++++++++++ .../20180518 Mastering CI-CD at OpenDev.md | 52 ------------------ 2 files changed, 53 insertions(+), 52 deletions(-) create mode 100644 published/20180518 Mastering CI-CD at OpenDev.md delete mode 100644 translated/talk/20180518 Mastering CI-CD at OpenDev.md diff --git a/published/20180518 Mastering CI-CD at OpenDev.md b/published/20180518 Mastering CI-CD at OpenDev.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5418e196e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/published/20180518 Mastering CI-CD at OpenDev.md @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +在 OpenDev 大会上学习 CI/CD +====== +> 未来的开发工作需要非常精通 CI/CD 流程。 + +![在OpenDev上，掌握CI/CD](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/BUSINESS_opennature_3.png?itok=J1OSECM_) + +在 2017 年启动后，OpenDev 大会现在已是一个年度活动。在去年 9 月的首届活动上，会议的重点是边缘计算。今年的活动，于 5 月 22 - 23 日举行，会议的重点是持续集成和持续发布 (CI/CD)，并与 OpenStack 峰会一起在温哥华举行。 + +基于我在 OpenStack 项目的 CI/CD 系统的技术背景和我近期进入容器下的 CI/CD 方面的经验，我被邀请加入 OpenDev CI/CD 计划委员会。今天我经常借助很多开源技术，例如 [Jenkins][3]、[GitLab][2]、[Spinnaker][4] 和 [Artifactory][5] 来讨论 CI/CD 流程。 + +这次活动对我来说是很激动人心的，因为我们将在这个活动中融合两个开源基础设施理念。首先，我们将讨论可以被任何组织使用的 CI/CD 工具。为此目的，在 [讲演][6] 中，我们将听到关于开源 CI/CD 工具的使用讲演，一场来自 Boris Renski 的关于 Spinnaker 的讲演，和一场来自 Jim Blair 的关于 [Zuul][7] 的讲演。同时，讲演会涉及关于开源技术的偏好的高级别话题，特别是那种跨社区的和本身就是开源项目的。从Fatih Degirmenci 和 Daniel Farrel 那里，我们将听到关于在不同社区分享持续发布实践经历，接着 Benjamin Mako Hill 会为我们带来一场关于为什么自由软件需要自由工具的分享。 + +在分享 CI/CD 相对新颖的特性后，接下来的活动是对话、研讨会和协作讨论的混合组合。当从人们所提交的讲座和研讨会中进行选择，并提出协作讨论主题时，我们希望确保有一个多样灵活的日程表，这样任何参与者都能在 CI/CD 活动进程中发现有趣的东西。 + +这些讲座会是标准的会议风格，选择涵盖关键主题，如制定 CI/CD 流程，在实践 DevOps 时提升安全性，以及更具体的解决方案，如基于容器关于 Kubernetes 的 [Aptomi][8] 和在 ETSI NFV 环境下 CI/CD。这些会话的大部分将会是作为给新接触 CI/CD 或这些特定技术的参与者关于这些话题和理念的简介。 + +交互式的研讨会会持续相对比较长的时间，参与者将会在思想上得到特定的体验。这些研讨会包括 “[在持续集成任务中的异常检测][9]”、“[如何安装 Zuul 和配置第一个任务][10]”，和“[Spinnake 101：快速可靠的软件发布][11]”。（注意这些研讨会空间是有限的，所以设立了一个 RSVP 系统。你们将会在会议的链接里找到一个 RSVP 的按钮。) + +可能最让我最兴奋的是协作讨论，这些协作讨论占据了一半以上的活动安排。协作讨论的主题由计划委员会选取。计划委员会根据我们在社区里所看到来选取对应的主题。这是“鱼缸”风格式的会议，通常是几个人聚在一个房间里围绕着 CI/CD 讨论某一个主题。 + +这次会议风格的理念是来自于开发者峰会，最初是由 Ubuntu 社区提出，接着 OpenStack 社区也在活动上采纳。这些协作讨论的主题包含不同的会议，这些会议是关于 CI/CD 基础，可以鼓励跨社区协作的提升举措，在组织里推行 CI/CD 文化，和为什么开源 CI/CD 工具如此重要。采用共享文档来做会议笔记，以确保尽可能的在会议的过程中分享知识。在讨论过程中，提出行动项目也是很常见的，因此社区成员可以推动和所涉及的主题相关的倡议。 + +活动将以联合总结会议结束。联合总结会议将总结来自协同讨论的关键点和为即将在这个领域工作的参与者指出可选的职业范围。 + +可以在 [OpenStack 峰会注册页][13] 上注册参加活动。或者可以在温哥华唯一指定售票的会议中心购买活动的入场券，价格是 $199。更多关于票和全部的活动安排见官网 [OpenDev 网站][1]。 + +我希望你们能够加入我们，并在温哥华渡过令人激动的两天，并且在这两天的活动中学习，协作和在 CI/CD 取得进展。 + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/5/opendev + +作者：[Elizabeth K.Joseph][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[jamelouis](https://github.com/jamelouis) +校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]:https://opensource.com/users/pleia2 +[1]:http://2018.opendevconf.com/ +[2]:https://about.gitlab.com/ +[3]:https://jenkins.io/ +[4]:https://www.spinnaker.io/ +[5]:https://jfrog.com/artifactory/ +[6]:http://2018.opendevconf.com/schedule/ +[7]:https://zuul-ci.org/ +[8]:http://aptomi.io/ +[9]:https://www.openstack.org/summit/vancouver-2018/summit-schedule/events/21692/anomaly-detection-in-continuous-integration-jobs +[10]:https://www.openstack.org/summit/vancouver-2018/summit-schedule/events/21693/how-to-install-zuul-and-configure-your-first-jobs +[11]:https://www.openstack.org/summit/vancouver-2018/summit-schedule/events/21699/spinnaker-101-releasing-software-with-velocity-and-confidence +[12]:https://www.openstack.org/summit/vancouver-2018/summit-schedule/events/21831/opendev-cicd-joint-collab-conclusion +[13]:https://www.eventbrite.com/e/openstack-summit-may-2018-vancouver-tickets-40845826968?aff=VancouverSummit2018 diff --git a/translated/talk/20180518 Mastering CI-CD at OpenDev.md b/translated/talk/20180518 Mastering CI-CD at OpenDev.md deleted file mode 100644 index 74e6d1c972..0000000000 --- a/translated/talk/20180518 Mastering CI-CD at OpenDev.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,52 +0,0 @@ -在OpenDev上，掌握CI/CD(持续集成/持续发布) -====== - -![在OpenDev上，掌握CI/CD](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/BUSINESS_opennature_3.png?itok=J1OSECM_) - -在2017年启动后，OpenDev会议现在是一个年度活动。在去年9月的首届活动上，会议的重点是边缘计算。今年的活动，将于5月22-23日举行，会议的重点是持续集成和持续发布 (CI/CD)，并将与OpenStack峰会一起在温哥华举行。 - -基于我在OpenStack项目的CI/CD系统的技术背景和近期进入容器下的CI/CD方面的经验，我被邀请加入OpenDev CI/CD的编程委员会。今天我经常通过很多开源技术，例如[Jenkins][3] [GitLab][2],[Spinnaker][4],和[Artifactory][5],来讨论CI/CD流水管线。 - -这次活动对我来说是很激动人心的，因为我们将在这个活动中融合两个开源基础设施理念。首先，我们将讨论可以被任何组织使用的CI/CD工具。为此目的，在[keynotes][6],我们将听到关于开源CI/CD工具的使用讲座，一场来自Boris Renski的关于Spinnaker的和一场来自Jim Blair的关于[Zuul][7]的。同时，讲座会涉及关于开源技术的偏好的高级别话题，特别是那种跨社区的和本身就是开源项目的。从Fatih Degirmenci和Daniel Farrel那里，我们将听到关于在不同社区分享持续发布实践经历，接着Benjamin Mako Hill会为我带来一场关于为什么免费软件需要免费工具的分享。 - -在分享CI/CD相对新颖特性后，接下来的活动是对话，研讨会和协作讨论的混合组合。当从所提交的讲座和研讨会选择，并提出协作讨论主题时，我们希望确保有一个多样灵活的日程表，这样任何参与者都能在CI/CD活动进程中发现有趣的东西。 - -这些讲座会是标准的会议风格，选择以涵盖关键主题，如制作CI/CD管线，在实践DevOps时提升安全性，以及更具体的解决方案，如基于容器关于Kubernetes的[Aptomi][8]和在ETSI NFV环境下CI/CD。这些会话的大部分将会是作为给新接触CI/CD或这些特定技术的参与者关于这些话题和理念的简介。 - -交互式的研讨会会持续相对比较长的时间，参与者将会在思想上得到特定的体验。这些研讨会包括"[Anomaly Detection in Continous Integration Jobs(在持续集成任务中的异常检测)][9]","[How to Install Zuul and Configure Your First Jobs(如何安装Zuul和配置第一个任务)][10]",和"[Spinnake 101: Releasing Software with Velocity and Confidence(Spinnake 101:快速可靠的软件发布)][11]."(注意这些研讨会空间是有限的，所以设立了一个RSVP系统。你们将会在会议的链接里找到一个RSVP的按钮。) - -可能最让我最兴奋的是协作讨论，这些协作讨论占据了一半以上的活动安排。协作讨论的主题由编程委员会选取。编程委员会是根据我们在社区里所看到选取对应的主题。这是“鱼缸”风格式的会议，通常是几个人聚在一个房间里围绕着CI/CD讨论某一个主题。 - -这次会议风格的理念是来自于开发者峰会，最初是由Ubuntu社区提出，接着OpenStack社区在活动上采纳。这些协作讨论的主题包含不同的会议，这些会议是关于CI/CD基础，可以鼓励跨社区协作的提升举措，在组织里推行CI/CD文化，和为什么开源CI/CD工具如此重要。采用共享文档来做会议笔记，以确保尽可能的在会议的过程中分享知识。在讨论过程中，提出行动项目也是很常见的，因此社区成员可以推动和所涉及的主题相关的倡议。 - -活动将以联合总结会议结束。联合总结会议将总结来自协同讨论的关键点和为即将在这个领域工作的参与者指出可选的职业范围。 - -可以在[OpenStack Summit registration(OpenStack峰会注册)][13]上注册参加活动。或者可以在温哥华唯一指定售票的会议中心购买活动的入场券，价格是$199。更多关于票和全部的活动安排见官网[OpenDev website][1]。 - -我希望你们能够加入我们，并在温哥华渡过令人激动的两天，并且在这两天的活动中学习，协作和在CI/CD取得进展。 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://opensource.com/article/18/5/opendev - -作者：[Elizabeth K.Joseph][a] -选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者：[jamelouis](https://github.com/jamelouis) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]:https://opensource.com/users/pleia2 -[1]:http://2018.opendevconf.com/ -[2]:https://about.gitlab.com/ -[3]:https://jenkins.io/ -[4]:https://www.spinnaker.io/ -[5]:https://jfrog.com/artifactory/ -[6]:http://2018.opendevconf.com/schedule/ -[7]:https://zuul-ci.org/ -[8]:http://aptomi.io/ -[9]:https://www.openstack.org/summit/vancouver-2018/summit-schedule/events/21692/anomaly-detection-in-continuous-integration-jobs -[10]:https://www.openstack.org/summit/vancouver-2018/summit-schedule/events/21693/how-to-install-zuul-and-configure-your-first-jobs -[11]:https://www.openstack.org/summit/vancouver-2018/summit-schedule/events/21699/spinnaker-101-releasing-software-with-velocity-and-confidence -[12]:https://www.openstack.org/summit/vancouver-2018/summit-schedule/events/21831/opendev-cicd-joint-collab-conclusion -[13]:https://www.eventbrite.com/e/openstack-summit-may-2018-vancouver-tickets-40845826968?aff=VancouverSummit2018 From 56ba34b3f5f1b369c8e901a163f0012f207da791 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: geekpi Date: Tue, 18 Sep 2018 08:43:55 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 015/246] translated --- ...ow to build a URL shortener with Apache.md | 84 ------------------- ...ow to build a URL shortener with Apache.md | 82 ++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 82 insertions(+), 84 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180720 How to build a URL shortener with Apache.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180720 How to build a URL shortener with Apache.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180720 How to build a URL shortener with Apache.md b/sources/tech/20180720 How to build a URL shortener with Apache.md deleted file mode 100644 index 2599b9ecca..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180720 How to build a URL shortener with Apache.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,84 +0,0 @@ -translating---geekpi - -How to build a URL shortener with Apache -====== - -![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/openweb-osdc-lead.png?itok=yjU4KliG) - -Long ago, folks started sharing links on Twitter. The 140-character limit meant that URLs might consume most (or all) of a tweet, so people turned to URL shorteners. Eventually, Twitter added a built-in URL shortener ([t.co][1]). - -Character count isn't as important now, but there are still other reasons to shorten links. For one, the shortening service may provide analytics—you can see how popular the links are that you share. It also simplifies making easy-to-remember URLs. For example, [bit.ly/INtravel][2] is much easier to remember than . And URL shorteners can come in handy if you want to pre-share a link but don't know the final destination yet. - -Like any technology, URL shorteners aren't all positive. By masking the ultimate destination, shortened links can be used to direct people to malicious or offensive content. But if you surf carefully, URL shorteners are a useful tool. - -We [covered shorteners previously][3] on this site, but maybe you want to run something simple that's powered by a text file. In this article, we'll show how to use the Apache HTTP server's mod_rewrite feature to set up your own URL shortener. If you're not familiar with the Apache HTTP server, check out David Both's article on [installing and configuring][4] it. - -### Create a VirtualHost - -In this tutorial, I'm assuming you bought a cool domain that you'll use exclusively for the URL shortener. For example, my website is [funnelfiasco.com][5] , so I bought [funnelfias.co][6] to use for my URL shortener (okay, it's not exactly short, but it feeds my vanity). If you won't run the shortener as a separate domain, skip to the next section. - -The first step is to set up the VirtualHost that will be used for the URL shortener. For more information on VirtualHosts, see [David Both's article][7]. This setup requires just a few basic lines: -``` -    - -        ServerName funnelfias.co - -    - -``` - -### Create the rewrites - -This service uses HTTPD's rewrite engine to rewrite the URLs. If you created a VirtualHost in the section above, the configuration below goes into your VirtualHost section. Otherwise, it goes in the VirtualHost or main HTTPD configuration for your server. -``` -    RewriteEngine on - -    RewriteMap shortlinks txt:/data/web/shortlink/links.txt - -    RewriteRule ^/(.+)$ ${shortlinks:$1} [R=temp,L] - -``` - -The first line simply enables the rewrite engine. The second line builds a map of the short links from a text file. The path above is only an example; you will need to use a valid path on your system (make sure it's readable by the user account that runs HTTPD). The last line rewrites the URL. In this example, it takes any characters and looks them up in the rewrite map. You may want to have your rewrites use a particular string at the beginning. For example, if you wanted all your shortened links to be of the form "slX" (where X is a number), you would replace `(.+)` above with `(sl\d+)`. - -I used a temporary (HTTP 302) redirect here. This allows me to update the destination URL later. If you want the short link to always point to the same target, you can use a permanent (HTTP 301) redirect instead. Replace `temp` on line three with `permanent`. - -### Build your map - -Edit the file you specified on the `RewriteMap` line of the configuration. The format is a space-separated key-value store. Put one link on each line: -``` -    osdc https://opensource.com/users/bcotton - -    twitter https://twitter.com/funnelfiasco - -    swody1 https://www.spc.noaa.gov/products/outlook/day1otlk.html - -``` - -### Restart HTTPD - -The last step is to restart the HTTPD process. This is done with `systemctl restart httpd` or similar (the command and daemon name may differ by distribution). Your link shortener is now up and running. When you're ready to edit your map, you don't need to restart the web server. All you have to do is save the file, and the web server will pick up the differences. - -### Future work - -This example gives you a basic URL shortener. It can serve as a good starting point if you want to develop your own management interface as a learning project. Or you can just use it to share memorable links to forgettable URLs. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://opensource.com/article/18/7/apache-url-shortener - -作者：[Ben Cotton][a] -选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]:https://opensource.com/users/bcotton -[1]:http://t.co -[2]:http://bit.ly/INtravel -[3]:https://opensource.com/article/17/3/url-link-shortener -[4]:https://opensource.com/article/18/2/how-configure-apache-web-server -[5]:http://funnelfiasco.com -[6]:http://funnelfias.co -[7]:https://opensource.com/article/18/3/configuring-multiple-web-sites-apache diff --git a/translated/tech/20180720 How to build a URL shortener with Apache.md b/translated/tech/20180720 How to build a URL shortener with Apache.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8a88338a9c --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180720 How to build a URL shortener with Apache.md @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +如何使用 Apache 构建 URL 缩短器 +====== + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/openweb-osdc-lead.png?itok=yjU4KliG) + +很久以前，人们开始在 Twitter 上分享链接。140 个字符的限制意味着 URL 可能消耗一条推文的大部分（或全部），因此人们使用 URL 缩短器。最终，Twitter 加入了一个内置的 URL 缩短器（[t.co][1]）。 + +字符数现在不重要了，但还有其他原因要缩短链接。首先，缩短服务可以提供分析 - 你可以看到你分享的链接的受欢迎程度。它还简化了制作易于记忆的 URL。例如，[bit.ly/INtravel][2] 比更容易记住。如果你想预先共享一个链接，但还不知道最终地址，这时 URL 缩短器可以派上用场。。 + +与任何技术一样，URL 缩短器并非都是正面的。通过屏蔽最终地址，缩短的链接可用于指向恶意或冒犯性内容。但是，如果你仔细上网，URL 缩短器是一个有用的工具。 + +我们之前在网站上[发布过缩短器的文章][3]，但也许你想要运行一些由简单的文本驱动的缩短器。在本文中，我们将展示如何使用 Apache HTTP 服务器的 mod_rewrite 功能来设置自己的 URL 缩短器。如果你不熟悉 Apache HTTP 服务器，请查看 David Both 关于[安装和配置][4]的文章。 + +### 创建一个 VirtualHost + +在本教程中，我假设你购买了一个很酷的域名，你将它专门用于 URL 缩短器。例如，我的网站是 [funnelfiasco.com][5]，所以我买了 [funnelfias.co][6] 用于我的 URL 缩短器（好吧，它不是很短，但它可以满足我的虚荣心）。如果你不将缩短器作为单独的域运行，请跳到下一部分。 + +第一步是设置将用于 URL 缩短器的 VirtualHost。有关 VirtualHosts 的更多信息，请参[ David Both 的文章][7]。这步只需要几行： +``` +    + +        ServerName funnelfias.co + +    + +``` + +### 创建 rewrite + +此服务使用 HTTPD 的重写引擎来重写 URL。如果你在上面的部分中创建了 VirtualHost，则下面的配置跳到你的 VirtualHost 部分。否则跳到服务器的 VirtualHost 或主 HTTPD 配置。 +``` +    RewriteEngine on + +    RewriteMap shortlinks txt:/data/web/shortlink/links.txt + +    RewriteRule ^/(.+)$ ${shortlinks:$1} [R=temp,L] + +``` + +第一行只是启用重写引擎。第二行在文本文件构建短链接的映射。上面的路径只是一个例子。你需要使用系统上使用有效路径（确保它可由运行 HTTPD 的用户帐户读取）。最后一行重写 URL。在此例中，它接受任何字符并在重写映射中查找它们。你可能希望重写时使用特定的字符串。例如，如果你希望所有缩短的链接都是 “slX”（其中 X 是数字），则将上面的 `(.+)` 替换为 `(sl\d+)`。 + +我在这里使用了临时 （HTTP 302） 重定向。这能让我稍后更新目标 URL。如果希望短链接始终指向同一目标，则可以使用永久 （HTTP 301） 重定向。用 `permanent` 替换第三行的 `temp`。 + +### 构建你的映射 + +编辑配置文件 “RewriteMap” 行中的指定文件。格式是空格分隔的键值存储。在每一行上放一个链接： +``` +    osdc https://opensource.com/users/bcotton + +    twitter https://twitter.com/funnelfiasco + +    swody1 https://www.spc.noaa.gov/products/outlook/day1otlk.html + +``` + +### 重启 HTTPD + +最后一步是重启 HTTPD 进程。这是通过 `systemctl restart httpd` 或类似命令完成的（命令和守护进程名称可能因发行版而不同）。你的链接缩短器现已启动并运行。当你准备编辑映射时，无需重新启动 Web 服务器。你所要做的就是保存文件，Web 服务器将获取到差异。 + +### 未来的工作 + +此示例为你提供了基本的 URL 缩短器。如果你想将开发自己的管理接口作为学习项目，它可以作为一个很好的起点。或者你可以使用它分享容易记住的链接到那些容易忘记的 URL。 + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/7/apache-url-shortener + +作者：[Ben Cotton][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]:https://opensource.com/users/bcotton +[1]:http://t.co +[2]:http://bit.ly/INtravel +[3]:https://opensource.com/article/17/3/url-link-shortener +[4]:https://opensource.com/article/18/2/how-configure-apache-web-server +[5]:http://funnelfiasco.com +[6]:http://funnelfias.co +[7]:https://opensource.com/article/18/3/configuring-multiple-web-sites-apache From c2d1a21552004cc2f6b7b5043abdb27f09f04d75 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: geekpi Date: Tue, 18 Sep 2018 08:48:15 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 016/246] translating --- sources/tech/20180913 ScreenCloud- The Screenshot-- App.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180913 ScreenCloud- The Screenshot-- App.md b/sources/tech/20180913 ScreenCloud- The Screenshot-- App.md index 147937ab14..f7bab2090a 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180913 ScreenCloud- The Screenshot-- App.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180913 ScreenCloud- The Screenshot-- App.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +translating---geekpi + ScreenCloud: The Screenshot++ App ====== [ScreenCloud][1] is an amazing little app, that you don’t even know you need. The default screenshot procedure on desktop Linux is great (Prt Scr Button) and we even have some[powerful screenshot utilities][2]like [Shutter][3]. But ScreenCloud brings one more really simple yet really convenient feature that I just fell in love with. But before we get into it, let’s catch a little backstory. From 6a6008ac7634b5bbc0991e931f652629475a2a79 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: geekpi Date: Tue, 18 Sep 2018 09:02:45 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 017/246] translated (#10238) --- ...ow to build a URL shortener with Apache.md | 84 ------------------- ...ow to build a URL shortener with Apache.md | 82 ++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 82 insertions(+), 84 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180720 How to build a URL shortener with Apache.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180720 How to build a URL shortener with Apache.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180720 How to build a URL shortener with Apache.md b/sources/tech/20180720 How to build a URL shortener with Apache.md deleted file mode 100644 index 2599b9ecca..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180720 How to build a URL shortener with Apache.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,84 +0,0 @@ -translating---geekpi - -How to build a URL shortener with Apache -====== - -![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/openweb-osdc-lead.png?itok=yjU4KliG) - -Long ago, folks started sharing links on Twitter. The 140-character limit meant that URLs might consume most (or all) of a tweet, so people turned to URL shorteners. Eventually, Twitter added a built-in URL shortener ([t.co][1]). - -Character count isn't as important now, but there are still other reasons to shorten links. For one, the shortening service may provide analytics—you can see how popular the links are that you share. It also simplifies making easy-to-remember URLs. For example, [bit.ly/INtravel][2] is much easier to remember than . And URL shorteners can come in handy if you want to pre-share a link but don't know the final destination yet. - -Like any technology, URL shorteners aren't all positive. By masking the ultimate destination, shortened links can be used to direct people to malicious or offensive content. But if you surf carefully, URL shorteners are a useful tool. - -We [covered shorteners previously][3] on this site, but maybe you want to run something simple that's powered by a text file. In this article, we'll show how to use the Apache HTTP server's mod_rewrite feature to set up your own URL shortener. If you're not familiar with the Apache HTTP server, check out David Both's article on [installing and configuring][4] it. - -### Create a VirtualHost - -In this tutorial, I'm assuming you bought a cool domain that you'll use exclusively for the URL shortener. For example, my website is [funnelfiasco.com][5] , so I bought [funnelfias.co][6] to use for my URL shortener (okay, it's not exactly short, but it feeds my vanity). If you won't run the shortener as a separate domain, skip to the next section. - -The first step is to set up the VirtualHost that will be used for the URL shortener. For more information on VirtualHosts, see [David Both's article][7]. This setup requires just a few basic lines: -``` -    - -        ServerName funnelfias.co - -    - -``` - -### Create the rewrites - -This service uses HTTPD's rewrite engine to rewrite the URLs. If you created a VirtualHost in the section above, the configuration below goes into your VirtualHost section. Otherwise, it goes in the VirtualHost or main HTTPD configuration for your server. -``` -    RewriteEngine on - -    RewriteMap shortlinks txt:/data/web/shortlink/links.txt - -    RewriteRule ^/(.+)$ ${shortlinks:$1} [R=temp,L] - -``` - -The first line simply enables the rewrite engine. The second line builds a map of the short links from a text file. The path above is only an example; you will need to use a valid path on your system (make sure it's readable by the user account that runs HTTPD). The last line rewrites the URL. In this example, it takes any characters and looks them up in the rewrite map. You may want to have your rewrites use a particular string at the beginning. For example, if you wanted all your shortened links to be of the form "slX" (where X is a number), you would replace `(.+)` above with `(sl\d+)`. - -I used a temporary (HTTP 302) redirect here. This allows me to update the destination URL later. If you want the short link to always point to the same target, you can use a permanent (HTTP 301) redirect instead. Replace `temp` on line three with `permanent`. - -### Build your map - -Edit the file you specified on the `RewriteMap` line of the configuration. The format is a space-separated key-value store. Put one link on each line: -``` -    osdc https://opensource.com/users/bcotton - -    twitter https://twitter.com/funnelfiasco - -    swody1 https://www.spc.noaa.gov/products/outlook/day1otlk.html - -``` - -### Restart HTTPD - -The last step is to restart the HTTPD process. This is done with `systemctl restart httpd` or similar (the command and daemon name may differ by distribution). Your link shortener is now up and running. When you're ready to edit your map, you don't need to restart the web server. All you have to do is save the file, and the web server will pick up the differences. - -### Future work - -This example gives you a basic URL shortener. It can serve as a good starting point if you want to develop your own management interface as a learning project. Or you can just use it to share memorable links to forgettable URLs. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://opensource.com/article/18/7/apache-url-shortener - -作者：[Ben Cotton][a] -选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]:https://opensource.com/users/bcotton -[1]:http://t.co -[2]:http://bit.ly/INtravel -[3]:https://opensource.com/article/17/3/url-link-shortener -[4]:https://opensource.com/article/18/2/how-configure-apache-web-server -[5]:http://funnelfiasco.com -[6]:http://funnelfias.co -[7]:https://opensource.com/article/18/3/configuring-multiple-web-sites-apache diff --git a/translated/tech/20180720 How to build a URL shortener with Apache.md b/translated/tech/20180720 How to build a URL shortener with Apache.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8a88338a9c --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180720 How to build a URL shortener with Apache.md @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +如何使用 Apache 构建 URL 缩短器 +====== + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/openweb-osdc-lead.png?itok=yjU4KliG) + +很久以前，人们开始在 Twitter 上分享链接。140 个字符的限制意味着 URL 可能消耗一条推文的大部分（或全部），因此人们使用 URL 缩短器。最终，Twitter 加入了一个内置的 URL 缩短器（[t.co][1]）。 + +字符数现在不重要了，但还有其他原因要缩短链接。首先，缩短服务可以提供分析 - 你可以看到你分享的链接的受欢迎程度。它还简化了制作易于记忆的 URL。例如，[bit.ly/INtravel][2] 比更容易记住。如果你想预先共享一个链接，但还不知道最终地址，这时 URL 缩短器可以派上用场。。 + +与任何技术一样，URL 缩短器并非都是正面的。通过屏蔽最终地址，缩短的链接可用于指向恶意或冒犯性内容。但是，如果你仔细上网，URL 缩短器是一个有用的工具。 + +我们之前在网站上[发布过缩短器的文章][3]，但也许你想要运行一些由简单的文本驱动的缩短器。在本文中，我们将展示如何使用 Apache HTTP 服务器的 mod_rewrite 功能来设置自己的 URL 缩短器。如果你不熟悉 Apache HTTP 服务器，请查看 David Both 关于[安装和配置][4]的文章。 + +### 创建一个 VirtualHost + +在本教程中，我假设你购买了一个很酷的域名，你将它专门用于 URL 缩短器。例如，我的网站是 [funnelfiasco.com][5]，所以我买了 [funnelfias.co][6] 用于我的 URL 缩短器（好吧，它不是很短，但它可以满足我的虚荣心）。如果你不将缩短器作为单独的域运行，请跳到下一部分。 + +第一步是设置将用于 URL 缩短器的 VirtualHost。有关 VirtualHosts 的更多信息，请参[ David Both 的文章][7]。这步只需要几行： +``` +    + +        ServerName funnelfias.co + +    + +``` + +### 创建 rewrite + +此服务使用 HTTPD 的重写引擎来重写 URL。如果你在上面的部分中创建了 VirtualHost，则下面的配置跳到你的 VirtualHost 部分。否则跳到服务器的 VirtualHost 或主 HTTPD 配置。 +``` +    RewriteEngine on + +    RewriteMap shortlinks txt:/data/web/shortlink/links.txt + +    RewriteRule ^/(.+)$ ${shortlinks:$1} [R=temp,L] + +``` + +第一行只是启用重写引擎。第二行在文本文件构建短链接的映射。上面的路径只是一个例子。你需要使用系统上使用有效路径（确保它可由运行 HTTPD 的用户帐户读取）。最后一行重写 URL。在此例中，它接受任何字符并在重写映射中查找它们。你可能希望重写时使用特定的字符串。例如，如果你希望所有缩短的链接都是 “slX”（其中 X 是数字），则将上面的 `(.+)` 替换为 `(sl\d+)`。 + +我在这里使用了临时 （HTTP 302） 重定向。这能让我稍后更新目标 URL。如果希望短链接始终指向同一目标，则可以使用永久 （HTTP 301） 重定向。用 `permanent` 替换第三行的 `temp`。 + +### 构建你的映射 + +编辑配置文件 “RewriteMap” 行中的指定文件。格式是空格分隔的键值存储。在每一行上放一个链接： +``` +    osdc https://opensource.com/users/bcotton + +    twitter https://twitter.com/funnelfiasco + +    swody1 https://www.spc.noaa.gov/products/outlook/day1otlk.html + +``` + +### 重启 HTTPD + +最后一步是重启 HTTPD 进程。这是通过 `systemctl restart httpd` 或类似命令完成的（命令和守护进程名称可能因发行版而不同）。你的链接缩短器现已启动并运行。当你准备编辑映射时，无需重新启动 Web 服务器。你所要做的就是保存文件，Web 服务器将获取到差异。 + +### 未来的工作 + +此示例为你提供了基本的 URL 缩短器。如果你想将开发自己的管理接口作为学习项目，它可以作为一个很好的起点。或者你可以使用它分享容易记住的链接到那些容易忘记的 URL。 + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/7/apache-url-shortener + +作者：[Ben Cotton][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]:https://opensource.com/users/bcotton +[1]:http://t.co +[2]:http://bit.ly/INtravel +[3]:https://opensource.com/article/17/3/url-link-shortener +[4]:https://opensource.com/article/18/2/how-configure-apache-web-server +[5]:http://funnelfiasco.com +[6]:http://funnelfias.co +[7]:https://opensource.com/article/18/3/configuring-multiple-web-sites-apache From 80d0a2502088249e3f4c70ebd34be65cb6dfa085 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: geekpi Date: Tue, 18 Sep 2018 09:04:13 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 018/246] translating (#10239) --- sources/tech/20180913 ScreenCloud- The Screenshot-- App.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180913 ScreenCloud- The Screenshot-- App.md b/sources/tech/20180913 ScreenCloud- The Screenshot-- App.md index 147937ab14..f7bab2090a 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180913 ScreenCloud- The Screenshot-- App.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180913 ScreenCloud- The Screenshot-- App.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +translating---geekpi + ScreenCloud: The Screenshot++ App ====== [ScreenCloud][1] is an amazing little app, that you don’t even know you need. The default screenshot procedure on desktop Linux is great (Prt Scr Button) and we even have some[powerful screenshot utilities][2]like [Shutter][3]. But ScreenCloud brings one more really simple yet really convenient feature that I just fell in love with. But before we get into it, let’s catch a little backstory. From aa7b4cef62182ef6c5e7da4a22641ae445a7f561 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Tue, 18 Sep 2018 09:04:58 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 019/246] PRF&PUB:20180804 Installing Andriod on VirtualBox (#10237) MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit * PRF:20180804 Installing Andriod on VirtualBox.md @jrglinux 欢迎回来~ * PUB:20180804 Installing Andriod on VirtualBox.md @jrglinux https://linux.cn/article-10024-1.html --- ...180804 Installing Andriod on VirtualBox.md | 162 ++++++++++++++++++ ...180804 Installing Andriod on VirtualBox.md | 160 ----------------- 2 files changed, 162 insertions(+), 160 deletions(-) create mode 100644 published/20180804 Installing Andriod on VirtualBox.md delete mode 100644 translated/tech/20180804 Installing Andriod on VirtualBox.md diff --git a/published/20180804 Installing Andriod on VirtualBox.md b/published/20180804 Installing Andriod on VirtualBox.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..19aa27d4f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/published/20180804 Installing Andriod on VirtualBox.md @@ -0,0 +1,162 @@ +在 VirtualBox 中安装 Andriod 系统 +====== + +如果你正在开发 Andriod 应用，也许会遇到小麻烦。诚然，ios 移动开发有 macOS 系统平台为其提供友好便利性， Andriod 开发仅有支持少部分 Andriod 系统（其中还包括可穿戴设备系统）的 Andriod Studio 工具。 + +毋庸置疑，所有的二进制工具、SDK 工具、开发框架工具以及调试器都会产生大量日志和其他各种文件，使得你的文件系统很混乱。一个有效的解决方法就是在 VirtualBox 中安装 Andriod 系统，这样还解决了 Andriod 开发中最为棘手问题之一 —— 设备模拟器。你可以在该虚拟机里测试应用程序，也可以使用 Andriod 的内部功能。因此，让我们迫不及待的开始吧！ + +### 准备工作 + +首先，你需要在你的系统上安装 VirtualBox，可从[这里][1]下载 Windows 版本、macOS 版本或者各种 Linux 版本的 VitualBox。然后，你需要一个能在 x86 平台运行的 Andriod 镜像，因为 VirtualBox 为虚拟机提供运行 x86 或者 x86\_64（即 AMD64）平台的功能。 + +虽然大部分 Andriod 设备都在 ARM 上运行，但我们依然可以从 [Andriod on x86 项目][2] 中获得帮助。这些优秀的开发者已经将 Andriod 移植到 x86 平台上运行（包括实体机和虚拟机），我们可以下载最新版本的 Andriod 7.1。你也可以用之前更为稳定的版本，本文写作时最新稳定版是 Andriod 6.0。 + +### 创建 VM 虚拟机 + +打开 VirtualBox，单击左上角的 “新建” 按钮，在弹出的窗口中选择 “类型：Linux” ，然后根据下载的 ISO 镜像来确定版本，x86 对应 “32-bit”，x86_64 对应 “64-bit”，此处选择 “Linux 2.6 / 3.x / 4.x (64-bit)”。 + +RAM 大小设置为 2 GB 到你系统能提供的最大内存之间。如果你想模拟真实的使用环境你可以设置 6 GB RAM 和 32 GB ROM。 + +![][3] + +![][4] + +创建完成后，你还需要做一些设置，添加更多的处理器核心，提高开机显示内存。在 VM 上打开设置选项，“设置 -> 系统 -> 处理器”，如果硬件条件允许，可以多分配一些处理器。 + +![][5] + +在 “设置 -> 显示 -> 显存大小” 中，你可以分配一大块内存并开启 3D 加速功能。 + +![][6] + +现在我们可以启动 VM 虚拟机了。 + +### 安装 Andriod + +首次启动 VM 虚拟机，VirtualBox 会提示你需要提供启动媒介，选择之前下载好的Andriod 镜像。 + +![][7] + +下一步，如果想长时间使用 Andriod，选择 “Installation” 选项，你也可以选择 Live 模式体验 Andriod 环境。 + +![][8] + +按回车键。 + +#### 分区 + +分区是通过文本界面操作，并没有友好的 GUI 界面，所以每个操作都需要小心对待。例如，在第一屏中还没有创建分区并且只检测到原始（虚拟）硬盘时显示如下。 + +![][9] + +红色字母 `C` 和 `D` 表明 `C` 开头选项可以创建或者修改分区，`D` 开头选项可以检测设备。你可以选择 `D` 开头选项，然后它就会检测硬盘，也可不进行这步操作，因为在启动的时候它会自动检测。 + +我们选择 `C` 开头选项，在虚拟盘中创建分区。官方不推荐使用 GPT 格式，所以我们选择 “No” 并按回车键。 + +![][10] + +现在你被引导到 fdisk 工具页面。 + +![][11] + +为了简洁起见，我们就只创建一个较大的分区，使用方向键来选择 “New” ，然后选择 “Primary”，按回车键以确认。 + +![][12] + +分区大小系统已经为你计算好了，按回车键确认。 + +![][13] + +这个分区就是 Andriod 系统所在的分区，所以需要它是可启动的。选择 “Bootable”，然后按回车键（上方表格中 “Flags” 标志下面会出现 “boot” 标志），进一步，选择 “Write” 选项，保存刚才的操作记录并写入分区表。 + +![][14] + +现在你可以选择退出分区工具，然后继续安装过程。 + +![][15] + +#### 文件系统格式化为 EXT4 并安装 Android + +在“Choose Partition”分区页面上会出现一个刚刚我们创建的分区，选择它并点击“OK”进入。 + +![][16] + +在下一个菜单中选择 Ext4 作为实际的文件系统，在下一页中选择 “Yes” 然后格式化开始。会提示是否安装 GRUB 引导工具以及是否允许在目录 `/system` 进行读写，都选择 “Yes” 。现在，安装进程开始。 + +安装完成后，当系统提示可以重启的时候你可以安全地重启系统。在重启之前，你可以先关机，然后在 VitualBox 的 “设置 -> 存储” 中检查 Andriod iso 镜像是否还连接在虚拟机上，如果在，将它移除。 + +![][17] + +移除安装媒介并保存修改，再去启动 VM 虚拟机。 + +#### 运行 Andriod + +在 GRUB 引导界面，有调试模式和普通模式的选项。我们选择默认选项，如下图所示。 + +![][18] + +如果一切正常，你将会看到如下界面： + +![][19] + +如今的 Andriod 系统使用触摸交互而不是鼠标。不过 Andriod-x86 平台提供了鼠标操作支持，但开始时可能需要方向键来辅助操作。 + +![][20] + +移动到”let’s go“按钮并按下回车键。选择 “Set up as new” 选项，回车确认。 + +![][21] + +在提示用谷歌账户登陆之前，系统检查更新并检测设备信息。你可以跳过这一步，直接去设置日期和时间、用户名等。 + +还有一些其他的选项，和让你设置一个新的 Andriod 设备类似。选择 “I Agree” 选项同意有关更新、服务等的相应的选项，当然谷歌的服务条款是不得不同意的。 + +![][22] + +在这之后，因为它是个虚拟机，所以可能需要添加额外的 email 账户来设置 “On-body detection”，大部分的选项对我们来说都没有多大作用，因此可以选择 ”All Set“。 + +接下来，它会提示你选择主屏应用，这个根据个人需求选择。现在我们进入了一个虚拟的 Android 系统。 + +![][23] + +如果你需要在 VM 做一些交互测试，有个可触摸屏幕会提供很大的方便，因为那样才更接近真实使用环境。 + +希望这篇教程会给你带来帮助。 + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://linuxhint.com/install_android_virtualbox/ + +作者：[Ranvir Singh][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[jrglinux](https://github.com/jrglinux) +校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]:https://linuxhint.com/author/sranvir155/ +[1]:https://www.virtualbox.org/wiki/Downloads +[2]:http://www.android-x86.org/ +[3]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a.png +[4]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a1.png +[5]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a2.png +[6]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a3.png +[7]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a4.png +[8]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a5.png +[9]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a6.png +[10]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a7.png +[11]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a8.png +[12]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a9.png +[13]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a10.png +[14]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a11.png +[15]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a12.png +[16]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a13.png +[17]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a14.png +[18]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a16.png +[19]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a17.png +[20]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a18.png +[21]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a19.png +[22]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a20.png +[23]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a21.png + + diff --git a/translated/tech/20180804 Installing Andriod on VirtualBox.md b/translated/tech/20180804 Installing Andriod on VirtualBox.md deleted file mode 100644 index 7c70925a86..0000000000 --- a/translated/tech/20180804 Installing Andriod on VirtualBox.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,160 +0,0 @@ -在VirtualBox中安装Andriod系统 -====== - -如果你正在开发安卓 app 应用，也许会遇到小麻烦。诚然，ios 移动开发有 macOS 系统平台为其提供友好便利性，安卓开发仅有支持少部分安卓系统（其中还包括可穿戴设备系统）的 Andriod Studio 工具。 - -毋庸置疑，所有的二进制工具、SDK 工具、开发框架工具以及调试器都会产生大量日志和其他各种文件来使得你的文件系统很混乱。一个有效的解决方法就是在 VirtualBox 中安装 Andriod 系统，这样还解决了 Andriod 开发中最为棘手问题之一——设备模拟器。你可以在该虚拟机里测试应用程序，也可以使用 Andriod 的内部功能。因此，让我们迫不及待的开始吧！ - -### 准备工作 - -首先，你需要在你的系统上安装 VirtualBox，可从[这里][1]下载 windows 版本、macOS 版本或者各种 Linux 版本的 VitualBox。然后，你需要一个能在 x86 平台运行的 Andriod 镜像，因为 VirtualBox 为虚拟机提供运行 x86 或者 x86_64（包括 AMD64）平台的功能。 - -虽然大部分 Andriod 设备都在 ARM 上运行，但我们依然可以在 x86 平台上获得 [Andriod 项目帮助][2]。这些优秀的开发者已经将 Andriod 移植到 x86 平台上运行（包括实体机和虚拟机），我们可以下载最新版本的 Andriod 7.1。你也可以用之前更为稳定的版本，本文写作时最新稳定版是 Andriod 6.0。 - -### 创建 VM 虚拟机 - -打开 VirtualBox，单击左上角的 ” 新建 ” 按钮，在弹出的窗口中选择 “ 类型：Linux ” ，然后根据下载的ISO镜像来确定版本，x86 对应 32-bit，x86_64 对应 64-bit，此处选择 Linux 2.6 / 3.x / 4.x (64-bit)。 - -RAM 大小设置 2 GB 到你系统能提供的最大内存之间。如果你想模拟真实的使用环境你可以设置 6 GB RAM和 32 GB ROM。 - -![][3] - -![][4] - -创建完成后，你还需要做一些设置，添加核心处理器，提高开机显示内存。在 VM 上打开设置选项，“ 设置 -> 系统 -> 处理器 ”，如果硬件条件允许，可以多分配一些处理器。 - -![][5] - -在 “ 设置 -> 显示 -> 显存大小 ” 中，你可以分配一大块内存并开启 3D 加速功能。 - -![][6] - -现在我们可以启动 VM 虚拟机了。 - -### 安装 Andriod - -首次启动 VM 虚拟机，VirtualBox 会提示你需要提供启动媒介，选择之前下载好的Andriod 镜像。 - -![][7] - -下一步，如果想长时间使用 Andriod，选择 Installation 选项，你也可以选择 Live 模式体验 Andriod 环境。 - -![][8] - -##### 分区 - -分区是通过文本界面操作，并没有友好的 GUI 界面，所以每个操作都需要小心对待。例如，在首页中还没有创建分区并且只检测到很少的虚拟硬盘时显示如下。 - -![][9] - -红色字母 C 和 D 提示 C 开头选项可以创建或者修改分区，D 开头选项可以检测设备。你可以选择 D 开头选项，然后它就会检测硬盘，也可不进行这步操作，因为在启动的时候它会自动检测。 - -我们选择 C 开头选项，在虚拟盘中创建分区。官方不推荐使用 GPT 格式，所以我们选择 No。 - -![][10] - -现在你被引导到 fdisk 工具页面。 - -![][11] - -为了简洁，我们就只创建一个较大的分区，使用方向键来选择 “ New ” ，然后选择“ Primary ”，确认。 - -![][12] - -分区大小系统已经为你计算好了，确认。 - -![][13] - -这个分区就是 Andriod 系统所在的分区，所以需要它是可启动的。选择 “ Bootable ”，然后 enter（上方表格中 Flags 标志下面会出现 boot 标志），进一步，选择 “ Write ” 选项，保存刚才的操作记录并写入分区表。 - -![][14] - -现在你可以选择退出分区工具，然后继续安装过程。 - -![][15] - -##### 文件系统格式化 - -在分区页面上会出现一个刚刚我们创建的分区，选择它并进入。 - -![][16] - -选择 Ext4 文件系统，在下一页中选择 Yes 然后格式化开始。会提示是否安装 GRUB 引导工具以及是否允许在根目录 / 进行读写，都选择 Yes 。现在，安装进程开始。 - -安装完成后，当系统提示可以 reboot 的时候你可以 reboot 系统。在重启之前，你可以先关机，然后在 VitualBox 的 ” 设置 -> 存储 ” 中检查 Andriod iso 镜像是否还依附在虚拟机上，如果在，将它移除。 - -移除安装镜像并保存，再去启动 VM 虚拟机。 - -![][17] - -##### 运行 Andriod - -在 GRUB 引导界面，有 debug 模式和 normal 模式的选项。我们选择默认选项，如下图所示。 - -![][18] - -如果一切正常，你将会看到如下界面： - -![][19] - -如今的 Andriod 系统使用触摸交互而不是鼠标。不过Andriod-x86 平台提供了鼠标操作支持，但开始时可能需要方向键来辅助操作。 - -![][20] - -选择 “ Set up as new ” 选项，回车确认。 - -![][21] - -在提示用谷歌账户登陆之前，系统检查更新并检测设备信息。你可以跳过这一步，直接去设置日期和时间、用户名等。 - -还有一些其他的选项，和让你选择创建一个新的 Andriod 设备类似。选择 “ I Agree ” 选项同意有关更新、服务等的 policy。 - -![][22] - -在这之后，因为它是个虚拟机，所以可能需要添加额外的 email 账户来设置 “ On-body detection "，大部分的选项对我们来说都没有多大作用，因此可以选择 ” All Set “。 - -接下来，它会提示你选择家庭 App。这个根据个人需求选择。 - -![][23] - -如果你需要在 VM 做一些交互测试，有个可触摸屏幕会提供很大的方便，因为那样才更接近真实使用环境。 - -希望这篇教程会给你带来帮助。如果还有类似的教程写作需求，欢迎联系我们。 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://linuxhint.com/install_android_virtualbox/ - -作者：[Ranvir Singh][a] -选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者：[jrglinux](https://github.com/jrglinux) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]:https://linuxhint.com/author/sranvir155/ -[1]:https://www.virtualbox.org/wiki/Downloads -[2]:http://www.android-x86.org/ -[3]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a.png -[4]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a1.png -[5]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a2.png -[6]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a3.png -[7]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a4.png -[8]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a5.png -[9]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a6.png -[10]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a7.png -[11]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a8.png -[12]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a9.png -[13]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a10.png -[14]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a11.png -[15]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a12.png -[16]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a13.png -[17]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a14.png -[18]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a16.png -[19]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a17.png -[20]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a18.png -[21]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a19.png -[22]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a20.png -[23]:https://linuxhint.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/a21.png - - From 21722140ba84e072b0d1f269eacf94b62e00527b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Tue, 18 Sep 2018 10:38:07 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 020/246] PRF:20180804 Installing Andriod on VirtualBox.md (#10241) --- ...180804 Installing Andriod on VirtualBox.md | 26 +++++++++---------- 1 file changed, 13 insertions(+), 13 deletions(-) diff --git a/published/20180804 Installing Andriod on VirtualBox.md b/published/20180804 Installing Andriod on VirtualBox.md index 19aa27d4f9..5f69eee83a 100644 --- a/published/20180804 Installing Andriod on VirtualBox.md +++ b/published/20180804 Installing Andriod on VirtualBox.md @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -在 VirtualBox 中安装 Andriod 系统 +在 VirtualBox 中安装 Android 系统 ====== -如果你正在开发 Andriod 应用，也许会遇到小麻烦。诚然，ios 移动开发有 macOS 系统平台为其提供友好便利性， Andriod 开发仅有支持少部分 Andriod 系统（其中还包括可穿戴设备系统）的 Andriod Studio 工具。 +如果你正在开发 Android 应用，也许会遇到小麻烦。诚然，ios 移动开发有 macOS 系统平台为其提供友好便利性， Android 开发仅有支持少部分 Android 系统（其中还包括可穿戴设备系统）的 Android Studio 工具。 -毋庸置疑，所有的二进制工具、SDK 工具、开发框架工具以及调试器都会产生大量日志和其他各种文件，使得你的文件系统很混乱。一个有效的解决方法就是在 VirtualBox 中安装 Andriod 系统，这样还解决了 Andriod 开发中最为棘手问题之一 —— 设备模拟器。你可以在该虚拟机里测试应用程序，也可以使用 Andriod 的内部功能。因此，让我们迫不及待的开始吧！ +毋庸置疑，所有的二进制工具、SDK 工具、开发框架工具以及调试器都会产生大量日志和其他各种文件，使得你的文件系统很混乱。一个有效的解决方法就是在 VirtualBox 中安装 Android 系统，这样还解决了 Android 开发中最为棘手问题之一 —— 设备模拟器。你可以在该虚拟机里测试应用程序，也可以使用 Android 的内部功能。因此，让我们迫不及待的开始吧！ ### 准备工作 -首先，你需要在你的系统上安装 VirtualBox，可从[这里][1]下载 Windows 版本、macOS 版本或者各种 Linux 版本的 VitualBox。然后，你需要一个能在 x86 平台运行的 Andriod 镜像，因为 VirtualBox 为虚拟机提供运行 x86 或者 x86\_64（即 AMD64）平台的功能。 +首先，你需要在你的系统上安装 VirtualBox，可从[这里][1]下载 Windows 版本、macOS 版本或者各种 Linux 版本的 VitualBox。然后，你需要一个能在 x86 平台运行的 Android 镜像，因为 VirtualBox 为虚拟机提供运行 x86 或者 x86\_64（即 AMD64）平台的功能。 -虽然大部分 Andriod 设备都在 ARM 上运行，但我们依然可以从 [Andriod on x86 项目][2] 中获得帮助。这些优秀的开发者已经将 Andriod 移植到 x86 平台上运行（包括实体机和虚拟机），我们可以下载最新版本的 Andriod 7.1。你也可以用之前更为稳定的版本，本文写作时最新稳定版是 Andriod 6.0。 +虽然大部分 Android 设备都在 ARM 上运行，但我们依然可以从 [Android on x86 项目][2] 中获得帮助。这些优秀的开发者已经将 Android 移植到 x86 平台上运行（包括实体机和虚拟机），我们可以下载最新版本的 Android 7.1。你也可以用之前更为稳定的版本，本文写作时最新稳定版是 Android 6.0。 ### 创建 VM 虚拟机 @@ -31,13 +31,13 @@ RAM 大小设置为 2 GB 到你系统能提供的最大内存之间。如果你 现在我们可以启动 VM 虚拟机了。 -### 安装 Andriod +### 安装 Android -首次启动 VM 虚拟机，VirtualBox 会提示你需要提供启动媒介，选择之前下载好的Andriod 镜像。 +首次启动 VM 虚拟机，VirtualBox 会提示你需要提供启动媒介，选择之前下载好的Android 镜像。 ![][7] -下一步，如果想长时间使用 Andriod，选择 “Installation” 选项，你也可以选择 Live 模式体验 Andriod 环境。 +下一步，如果想长时间使用 Android，选择 “Installation” 选项，你也可以选择 Live 模式体验 Android 环境。 ![][8] @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ RAM 大小设置为 2 GB 到你系统能提供的最大内存之间。如果你 ![][13] -这个分区就是 Andriod 系统所在的分区，所以需要它是可启动的。选择 “Bootable”，然后按回车键（上方表格中 “Flags” 标志下面会出现 “boot” 标志），进一步，选择 “Write” 选项，保存刚才的操作记录并写入分区表。 +这个分区就是 Android 系统所在的分区，所以需要它是可启动的。选择 “Bootable”，然后按回车键（上方表格中 “Flags” 标志下面会出现 “boot” 标志），进一步，选择 “Write” 选项，保存刚才的操作记录并写入分区表。 ![][14] @@ -83,13 +83,13 @@ RAM 大小设置为 2 GB 到你系统能提供的最大内存之间。如果你 在下一个菜单中选择 Ext4 作为实际的文件系统，在下一页中选择 “Yes” 然后格式化开始。会提示是否安装 GRUB 引导工具以及是否允许在目录 `/system` 进行读写，都选择 “Yes” 。现在，安装进程开始。 -安装完成后，当系统提示可以重启的时候你可以安全地重启系统。在重启之前，你可以先关机，然后在 VitualBox 的 “设置 -> 存储” 中检查 Andriod iso 镜像是否还连接在虚拟机上，如果在，将它移除。 +安装完成后，当系统提示可以重启的时候你可以安全地重启系统。在重启之前，你可以先关机，然后在 VitualBox 的 “设置 -> 存储” 中检查 Android iso 镜像是否还连接在虚拟机上，如果在，将它移除。 ![][17] 移除安装媒介并保存修改，再去启动 VM 虚拟机。 -#### 运行 Andriod +#### 运行 Android 在 GRUB 引导界面，有调试模式和普通模式的选项。我们选择默认选项，如下图所示。 @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ RAM 大小设置为 2 GB 到你系统能提供的最大内存之间。如果你 ![][19] -如今的 Andriod 系统使用触摸交互而不是鼠标。不过 Andriod-x86 平台提供了鼠标操作支持，但开始时可能需要方向键来辅助操作。 +如今的 Android 系统使用触摸交互而不是鼠标。不过 Android-x86 平台提供了鼠标操作支持，但开始时可能需要方向键来辅助操作。 ![][20] @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ RAM 大小设置为 2 GB 到你系统能提供的最大内存之间。如果你 在提示用谷歌账户登陆之前，系统检查更新并检测设备信息。你可以跳过这一步，直接去设置日期和时间、用户名等。 -还有一些其他的选项，和让你设置一个新的 Andriod 设备类似。选择 “I Agree” 选项同意有关更新、服务等的相应的选项，当然谷歌的服务条款是不得不同意的。 +还有一些其他的选项，和让你设置一个新的 Android 设备类似。选择 “I Agree” 选项同意有关更新、服务等的相应的选项，当然谷歌的服务条款是不得不同意的。 ![][22] From d2c45c2c6345ac1777c7daf81f9108fa09632d7c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: HankChow <280630620@qq.com> Date: Tue, 18 Sep 2018 10:38:28 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 021/246] translated --- ... Screenshot in Linux [GUI and Terminal].md | 224 ------------------ ... Screenshot in Linux [GUI and Terminal].md | 211 +++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 211 insertions(+), 224 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180901 5 Ways to Take Screenshot in Linux [GUI and Terminal].md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180901 5 Ways to Take Screenshot in Linux [GUI and Terminal].md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180901 5 Ways to Take Screenshot in Linux [GUI and Terminal].md b/sources/tech/20180901 5 Ways to Take Screenshot in Linux [GUI and Terminal].md deleted file mode 100644 index 6f91b77563..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180901 5 Ways to Take Screenshot in Linux [GUI and Terminal].md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,224 +0,0 @@ -HankChow translating - -5 Ways to Take Screenshot in Linux [GUI and Terminal] -====== -Here are several ways you can take screenshots and edit the screenshots by adding text, arrows etc. Instructions and mentioned screenshot tools are valid for Ubuntu and other major Linux distributions. - -![How to take screenshots in Ubuntu Linux][1] - -When I switched from Windows to Ubuntu as my primary OS, the first thing I was worried about was the availability of screenshot tools. Well, it is easy to utilize the default keyboard shortcuts in order to take screenshots but with a standalone tool, I get to annotate/edit the image while taking the screenshot. - -In this article, we will introduce you to the default methods/tools (without a 3rd party screenshot tool) to take a screenshot while also covering the list of best screenshot tools available for Linux. - -### Method 1: The default way to take screenshot in Linux - -Do you want to capture the image of your entire screen? A specific region? A specific window? - -If you just want a simple screenshot without any annotations/fancy editing capabilities, the default keyboard shortcuts will do the trick. These are not specific to Ubuntu. Almost all Linux distributions and desktop environments support these keyboard shortcuts. - -Let’s take a look at the list of keyboard shortcuts you can utilize: - -**PrtSc** – Save a screenshot of the entire screen to the “Pictures” directory. -**Shift + PrtSc** – Save a screenshot of a specific region to Pictures. -**Alt + PrtSc** – Save a screenshot of the current window to Pictures. -**Ctrl + PrtSc** – Copy the screenshot of the entire screen to the clipboard. -**Shift + Ctrl + PrtSc** – Copy the screenshot of a specific region to the clipboard. -**Ctrl + Alt + PrtSc** – Copy the screenshot of the current window to the clipboard. - -As you can see, taking screenshots in Linux is absolutely simple with the default screenshot tool. However, if you want to immediately annotate (or other editing features) without importing the screenshot to another application, you can use a dedicated screenshot tool. - -#### **Method 2: Take and edit screenshots in Linux with Flameshot** - -![flameshot][2] - -Feature Overview - - * Annotate (highlight, point, add text, box in) - * Blur part of an image - * Crop part of an image - * Upload to Imgur - * Open screenshot with another app - - - -Flameshot is a quite impressive screenshot tool which arrived on [GitHub][3] last year. - -If you have been searching for a screenshot tool that helps you annotate, blur, mark, and upload to imgur while being actively maintained unlike some outdated screenshot tools, Flameshot should be the one to have installed. - -Fret not, we will guide you how to install it and configure it as per your preferences. - -To install it on Ubuntu, you just need to search for it on Ubuntu Software center and get it installed. In case you want to use the terminal, here’s the command for it: -``` -sudo apt install flameshot - -``` - -If you face any trouble installing, you can follow their [official installation instructions][4]. After installation, you need to configure it. Well, you can always search for it and launch it, but if you want to trigger the Flameshot screenshot tool by using **PrtSc** key, you need to assign a custom keyboard shortcut. - -Here’s how you can do that: - - * Head to the system settings and navigate your way to the Keyboard settings. - * You will find all the keyboard shortcuts listed there, ignore them and scroll down to the bottom. Now, you will find a **+** button. - * Click the “+” button to add a custom shortcut. You need to enter the following in the fields you get: -**Name:** Anything You Want -**Command:** /usr/bin/flameshot gui - * Finally, set the shortcut to **PrtSc** – which will warn you that the default screenshot functionality will be disabled – so proceed doing it. - - - -For reference, your custom keyboard shortcut field should look like this after configuration: - -![][5] -Map keyboard shortcut with Flameshot - -### **Method 3: Take and edit screenshots in Linux with Shutter** - -![][6] - -Feature Overview: - - * Annotate (highlight, point, add text, box in) - * Blur part of an image - * Crop part of an image - * Upload to image hosting sites - - - -[Shutter][7] is a popular screenshot tool available for all major Linux distributions. Though it seems to be no more being actively developed, it is still an excellent choice for handling screenshots. - -You might encounter certain bugs/errors. The most common problem with Shutter on any latest Linux distro releases is that the ability to edit the screenshots is disabled by default along with the missing applet indicator. But, fret not, we have a solution to that. You just need to follow our guide to[fix the disabled edit option in Shutter and bring back the applet indicator][8]. - -After you’re done fixing the problem, you can utilize it to edit the screenshots in a jiffy. - -To install shutter, you can browse the software center and get it from there. Alternatively, you can use the following command in the terminal to install Shutter in Ubuntu-based distributions: -``` -sudo apt install shutter - -``` - -As we saw with Flameshot, you can either choose to use the app launcher to search for Shutter and manually launch the application, or you can follow the same set of instructions (with a different command) to set a custom shortcut to trigger Shutter when you press the **PrtSc** key. - -If you are going to assign a custom keyboard shortcut, you just need to use the following in the command field: -``` -shutter -f - -``` - -### Method 4: Use GIMP for taking screenshots in Linux - -![][9] - -Feature Overview: - - * Advanced Image Editing Capabilities (Scaling, Adding filters, color correction, Add layers, Crop, and so on.) - * Take a screenshot of the selected area - - - -If you happen to use GIMP a lot and you probably want some advance edits on your screenshots, GIMP would be a good choice for that. - -You should already have it installed, if not, you can always head to your software center to install it. If you have trouble installing, you can always refer to their [official website for installation instructions][10]. - -To take a screenshot with GIMP, you need to first launch it, and then navigate your way through **File- >Create->Screenshot**. - -After you click on the screenshot option, you will be greeted with a couple of tweaks to control the screenshot. That’s just it. Click “ **Snap** ” to take the screenshot and the image will automatically appear within GIMP, ready for you to edit. - -### Method 5: Taking screenshot in Linux using command line tools - -This section is strictly for terminal lovers. If you like using the terminal, you can utilize the **GNOME screenshot** tool or **ImageMagick** or **Deepin Scrot** – which comes baked in on most of the popular Linux distributions. - -To take a screenshot instantly, enter the following command: - -#### GNOME Screenshot (for GNOME desktop users) -``` -gnome-screenshot - -``` - -To take a screenshot with a delay, enter the following command (here, **5** – is the number of seconds you want to delay) - -GNOME screenshot is one of the default tools that exists in all distributions with GNOME desktop. -``` -gnome-screenshot -d -5 - -``` - -#### ImageMagick - -[ImageMagick][11] should be already pre-installed on your system if you are using Ubuntu, Mint, or any other popular Linux distribution. In case, it isn’t there, you can always install it by following the [official installation instructions (from source)][12]. In either case, you can enter the following in the terminal: -``` -sudo apt-get install imagemagick - -``` - -After you have it installed, you can type in the following commands to take a screenshot: - -To take the screenshot of your entire screen: -``` -import -window root image.png - -``` - -Here, “image.png” is your desired name for the screenshot. - -To take the screenshot of a specific area: -``` -import image.png - -``` - -#### Deepin Scrot - -Deepin Scrot is a slightly advanced terminal-based screenshot tool. Similar to the others, you should already have it installed. If not, get it installed through the terminal by typing: -``` -sudo apt-get install scrot - -``` - -After having it installed, follow the instructions below to take a screenshot: - -To take a screenshot of the entire screen: -``` -scrot myimage.png - -``` - -To take a screenshot of the selected aread: -``` -scrot -s myimage.png - -``` - -### Wrapping Up - -So, these are the best screenshot tools available for Linux. Yes, there are a few more tools available (like [Spectacle][13] for KDE-based distros), but if you end up comparing them, the above-mentioned tools will outshine them. - -In case you find a better screenshot tool than the ones mentioned in our article, feel free to let us know about it in the comments below. - -Also, do tell us about your favorite screenshot tool! - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://itsfoss.com/take-screenshot-linux/ - -作者：[Ankush Das][a] -选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/ -[1]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Taking-Screenshots-in-Linux.png -[2]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/flameshot-pic.png -[3]: https://github.com/lupoDharkael/flameshot -[4]: https://github.com/lupoDharkael/flameshot#installation -[5]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/flameshot-config-default.png -[6]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/shutter-screenshot.jpg -[7]: http://shutter-project.org/ -[8]: https://itsfoss.com/shutter-edit-button-disabled/ -[9]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/gimp-screenshot.jpg -[10]: https://www.gimp.org/downloads/ -[11]: https://www.imagemagick.org/script/index.php -[12]: https://www.imagemagick.org/script/install-source.php -[13]: https://www.kde.org/applications/graphics/spectacle/ diff --git a/translated/tech/20180901 5 Ways to Take Screenshot in Linux [GUI and Terminal].md b/translated/tech/20180901 5 Ways to Take Screenshot in Linux [GUI and Terminal].md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b8872981fe --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180901 5 Ways to Take Screenshot in Linux [GUI and Terminal].md @@ -0,0 +1,211 @@ +5 种在 Linux 图形界面或命令行界面截图的方法 +====== +下面介绍几种获取屏幕截图并对其编辑的方法，而且其中的屏幕截图工具在 Ubuntu 和其它主流 Linux 发行版中都能够使用。 + +![在 Ubuntu Linux 中如何获取屏幕截图][1] + +当我的主力操作系统从 Windows 转换到 Ubuntu 的时候，首要考虑的就是屏幕截图工具的可用性。尽管使用默认的键盘快捷键也可以获取屏幕截图，但如果使用屏幕截图工具，可以更方便地对屏幕截图进行编辑。 + +本文将会介绍在不适用第三方工具的情况下，如何通过系统自带的方法和工具获取屏幕截图，另外还会介绍一些可用于 Linux 的最佳截图工具。 + +### 方法 1: 在 Linux 中截图的默认方式 + +你是否需要截取整个屏幕？屏幕中的某个区域？某个特定的窗口？ + +如果只需要获取一张屏幕截图，不对其进行编辑的话，那么键盘的默认快捷键就可以满足要求了。而且不仅仅是 Ubuntu ，绝大部分的 Linux 发行版和桌面环境都支持以下这些快捷键： + +**PrtSc** – 获取整个屏幕的截图并保存到 Pictures 目录。 +**Shift + PrtSc** – 获取屏幕的某个区域截图并保存到 Pictures 目录。 +**Alt + PrtSc** –获取当前窗口的截图并保存到 Pictures 目录。 +**Ctrl + PrtSc** – 获取整个屏幕的截图并存放到剪贴板。 +**Shift + Ctrl + PrtSc** – 获取屏幕的某个区域截图并存放到剪贴板。 +**Ctrl + Alt + PrtSc** – 获取当前窗口的 截图并存放到剪贴板。 + +如上所述，在 Linux 中使用默认的快捷键获取屏幕截图是相当简单的。但如果要在不把屏幕截图导入到其它应用程序的情况下对屏幕截图进行编辑，还是使用屏幕截图工具比较方便。 + +#### **方法 2: 在 Linux 中使用 Flameshot 获取屏幕截图并编辑** + +![flameshot][2] + +功能概述 + + * 注释 (高亮、标示、添加文本、框选) + * 图片模糊 + * 图片裁剪 + * 上传到 Imgur + * 用另一个应用打开截图 + + + +Flameshot 在去年发布到 [GitHub][3]，并成为一个引人注目的工具。如果你需要的是一个能够用于标注、模糊、上传到 imgur 的新式截图工具，那么 Flameshot 是一个好的选择。 + +下面将会介绍如何安装 Flameshot 并根据你的偏好进行配置。 + +如果你用的是 Ubuntu，那么只需要在 Ubuntu 软件中心上搜索，就可以找到 Flameshot 进而完成安装了。要是你想使用终端来安装，可以执行以下命令： +``` +sudo apt install flameshot + +``` + +如果你在安装过程中遇到问题，可以按照[官方的安装说明][4]进行操作。安装完成后，你还需要进行配置。尽管可以通过搜索来随时启动 Flameshot，但如果想使用 PrtSc 键触发启动，则需要指定对应的键盘快捷键。以下是相关配置步骤： + + * 进入系统设置中的键盘设置 + * 页面中会列出所有现有的键盘快捷键，拉到底部就会看见一个 **+** 按钮 + * 点击 “+” 按钮添加自定义快捷键并输入以下两个字段： +**名称:** 任意名称均可 +**命令:** /usr/bin/flameshot gui + * 最后将这个快捷操作绑定到 **PrtSc** 键上，可能会提示与系统的截图功能相冲突，但可以忽略掉这个警告。 + + + +配置之后，你的自定义快捷键页面大概会是以下这样： + +![][5] +将键盘快捷键映射到 Flameshot + +### **方法 3: 在 Linux 中使用 Shutter 获取屏幕截图并编辑** + +![][6] + +功能概述: + + * 注释 (高亮、标示、添加文本、框选) + * 图片模糊 + * 图片裁剪 + * 上传到图片网站 + + + +[Shutter][7] 是一个对所有主流 Linux 发行版都适用的屏幕截图工具。尽管最近已经不太更新了，但仍然是操作屏幕截图的一个优秀工具。 + +在使用过程中可能会遇到这个工具的一些缺陷。Shutter 在任何一款最新的 Linux 发行版上最常见的问题就是由于缺少了任务栏上的程序图标，导致默认禁用了编辑屏幕截图的功能。 对于这个缺陷，还是有解决方案的。下面介绍一下如何[在 Shutter 中重新打开这个功能并将程序图标在任务栏上显示出来][8]。问题修复后，就可以使用 Shutter 来快速编辑屏幕截图了。 + +同样地，在软件中心搜索也可以找到进而安装 Shutter，也可以在基于 Ubuntu 的发行版中执行以下命令使用命令行安装： +``` +sudo apt install shutter + +``` + +类似 Flameshot，你可以通过搜索 Shutter 手动启动它，也可以按照相似的方式设置自定义快捷方式以 **PrtSc** 键唤起 Shutter。 + +如果要指定自定义键盘快捷键，只需要执行以下命令： +``` +shutter -f + +``` + +### 方法 4: 在 Linux 中使用 GIMP 获取屏幕截图 + +![][9] + +功能概述： + + * 高级图像编辑功能（缩放、添加滤镜、颜色校正、添加图层、裁剪等） + * 截取某一区域的屏幕截图 + + + +如果需要对屏幕截图进行一些预先编辑，GIMP 是一个不错的选择。 + +通过软件中心可以安装 GIMP。如果在安装时遇到问题，可以参考其[官方网站的安装说明][10]。 + +要使用 GIMP 获取屏幕截图，需要先启动程序，然后通过 **File-> Create-> Screenshot** 导航。 + +打开 Screenshot 选项后，会看到几个控制点来控制屏幕截图范围。点击 **Snap** 截取屏幕截图，图像将自动显示在 GIMP 中可供编辑。 + +### 方法 5: 在 Linux 中使用命令行工具获取屏幕截图 + +这一节内容仅适用于终端爱好者。如果你也喜欢使用终端，可以使用 **GNOME 截图工具**或 **ImageMagick** 或 **Deepin Scrot**，大部分流行的 Linux 发行版中都自带这些工具。 + +要立即获取屏幕截图，可以执行以下命令： + +#### GNOME Screenshot（可用于 GNOME 桌面） +``` +gnome-screenshot + +``` + +GNOME Screenshot 是使用 GNOME 桌面的 Linux 发行版中都自带的一个默认工具。如果需要延时获取屏幕截图，可以执行以下命令（这里的 **5** 是需要延迟的秒数）： + +``` +gnome-screenshot -d -5 + +``` + +#### ImageMagick + +如果你的操作系统是 Ubuntu、Mint 或其它流行的 Linux 发行版，一般会自带 [ImageMagick][11] 这个工具。如果没有这个工具，也可以按照[官方安装说明][12]使用安装源来安装。你也可以在终端中执行这个命令： +``` +sudo apt-get install imagemagick + +``` + +安装完成后，执行下面的命令就可以获取到屏幕截图（截取整个屏幕）： + +``` +import -window root image.png + +``` + +这里的“image.png”就是屏幕截图文件保存的名称。 + +要获取屏幕一个区域的截图，可以执行以下命令: +``` +import image.png + +``` + +#### Deepin Scrot + +Deepin Scrot 是基于终端的一个较新的截图工具。和前面两个工具类似，一般自带于 Linux 发行版中。如果需要自行安装，可以执行以下命令： +``` +sudo apt-get install scrot + +``` + +安装完成后，使用下面这些命令可以获取屏幕截图。 + +获取整个屏幕的截图： +``` +scrot myimage.png + +``` + +获取屏幕某一区域的截图： +``` +scrot -s myimage.png + +``` + +### 总结 + +以上是一些在 Linux 上的优秀截图工具。当然还有很多截图工具没有提及（例如 [Spectacle][13] for KDE-distros），但相比起来还是上面几个工具更为好用。 + +如果你有比文章中提到的更好的截图工具，欢迎讨论！ + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://itsfoss.com/take-screenshot-linux/ + +作者：[Ankush Das][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/ +[1]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Taking-Screenshots-in-Linux.png +[2]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/flameshot-pic.png +[3]: https://github.com/lupoDharkael/flameshot +[4]: https://github.com/lupoDharkael/flameshot#installation +[5]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/flameshot-config-default.png +[6]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/shutter-screenshot.jpg +[7]: http://shutter-project.org/ +[8]: https://itsfoss.com/shutter-edit-button-disabled/ +[9]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/gimp-screenshot.jpg +[10]: https://www.gimp.org/downloads/ +[11]: https://www.imagemagick.org/script/index.php +[12]: https://www.imagemagick.org/script/install-source.php +[13]: https://www.kde.org/applications/graphics/spectacle/ + From c06a2a964a97dd2c24be7945dc3309b3c619ddfe Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Tue, 18 Sep 2018 11:58:06 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 022/246] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20Linus,=20His=20Ap?= =?UTF-8?q?ology,=20And=20Why=20We=20Should=20Support=20Him?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ... Apology, And Why We Should Support Him.md | 54 +++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 54 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/talk/20180916 Linus, His Apology, And Why We Should Support Him.md diff --git a/sources/talk/20180916 Linus, His Apology, And Why We Should Support Him.md b/sources/talk/20180916 Linus, His Apology, And Why We Should Support Him.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c3c159aa30 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/talk/20180916 Linus, His Apology, And Why We Should Support Him.md @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +Linus, His Apology, And Why We Should Support Him +====== + +![](https://i1.wp.com/www.jonobacon.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Linus-Torvalds-640x353.jpg?resize=640%2C353&ssl=1) + +Today, Linus Torvalds, the creator of Linux, which powers everything from smartwatches to electrical grids posted [a pretty remarkable note on the kernel mailing list][1]. + +As a little bit of backstory, Linus has sometimes come under fire for the ways in which he has expressed feedback, provided criticism, and reacted to various scenarios on the kernel mailing list. This criticism has been fair in many cases: he has been overly aggressive at times, and while the kernel maintainers are a tight-knit group, the optics, particularly for those new to kernel development has often been pretty bad. + +Like many conflict scenarios, this feedback has been communicated back to him in both constructive and non-constructive ways. Historically he has been seemingly reluctant to really internalize this feedback, I suspect partially because (a) the Linux kernel is a very successful project, and (b) some of the critics have at times gone nuclear at him (which often doesn’t work as a strategy towards defensive people). Well, things changed today. + +In his post today he shared some self-reflection on this feedback: + +> This week people in our community confronted me about my lifetime of not understanding emotions. My flippant attacks in emails have been both unprofessional and uncalled for. Especially at times when I made it personal. In my quest for a better patch, this made sense to me. I know now this was not OK and I am truly sorry. + +He went on to not just share an admission that this has been a problem, but to also share a very personal acceptance that he struggles to understand and engage with people’s emotions: + +> The above is basically a long-winded way to get to the somewhat painful personal admission that hey, I need to change some of my behavior, and I want to apologize to the people that my personal behavior hurt and possibly drove away from kernel development entirely. I am going to take time off and get some assistance on how to understand people’s emotions and respond appropriately. + +His post is sure to light up the open source, Linux, and tech world for the next few weeks. For some it will be celebrated as a step in the right direction. For some it will be too little too late, and their animus will remain. For some they will be cautiously supportive, but defer judgement until they have seen his future behavior demonstrate substantive changes. + +### My Take + +I wouldn’t say I know Linus very closely; we have a casual relationship. I see him at conferences from time to time, and we often bump into each other and catch up. I interviewed him for my book and for the Global Learning XPRIZE. From my experience he is a funny, genuine, friendly guy. Interestingly, and not unusually at all for open source, his online persona is rather different to his in-person persona. I am not going to deny that when I would see these dust-ups on LKML, it didn’t reflect the Linus I know. I chalked it down to a mixture of his struggles with social skills, dogmatic pragmatism, and ego. + +His post today is a pretty remarkable change of posture for him, and I encourage that we as a community support him in making these changes. + +**Accepting these personal challenges is tough, particularly for someone in his position**. Linux is a global phenomenon. It has resulted in billions of dollars of technology creation, powering thousands of companies, and changing the norms around of how software is consumed and created. It is easy to forget that Linux was started by a quiet Finnish kid in his university dorm room. It is important to remember that **just because Linux has scaled elegantly, it doesn’t mean that Linus has been able to**. He isn’t a codebase, he is a human being, and bugs are harder to spot and fix in humans. You can’t just deploy a fix immediately. It takes time to identify the problem and foster and grow a change. The starting point for this is to support people in that desire for change, not re-litigate the ills of the past: that will get us nowhere quickly. + +[![Young Linus Torvalds][2]][3] + +I am also mindful of ego. None of us like to admit we have an ago, but we all do. You don’t get to build one of the most fundamental technologies in the last thirty years and not have an ego. He built it…they came…and a revolution was energized because of what he created. While Linus’s ego is more subtle, and thankfully doesn’t extend to faddish self-promotion, overly expensive suits, and forays into Hollywood (quite the opposite), his ego has naturally resulted in abrupt opinions on how his project should run, sometimes plugging fingers in his ears to particularly challenging viewpoints from others. **His post today is a clear example of him putting Linux as a project ahead of his own personal ego**. + +This is important for a few reasons. Firstly, being in such a public position and accepting your personal flaws isn’t a problem many people face, and isn’t a situation many people handle well. I work with a lot of CEOs, and they often say it is the loneliest job on the planet. I have heard American presidents say the same in interviews. This is because they are the top of the tree with all the responsibility and expectations on their shoulders. Put yourself in Linus’s position: his little project has blown up into a global phenomenon, and he didn’t necessarily have the social tools to be able to handle this change. Ego forces these internal struggles under the surface and to push them down and avoid them. So, to accept them as publicly and openly as he did today is a very firm step in the right direction. Now, the true test will be results, but we need to all provide the breathing space for him to accomplish them. + +So, I would encourage everyone to give Linus a shot. This doesn’t mean the frustrations of the past are erased, and he has acknowledged and apologized for these mistakes as a first step. He has accepted he struggles with understanding other’s emotions, and a desire to help improve this for the betterment of the project and himself. **He is a human, and the best tonic for humans to resolve their own internal struggles is the support and encouragement of other humans**. This is not unique to Linus, but to anyone who faces similar struggles. + +All the best, Linus. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.jonobacon.com/2018/09/16/linus-his-apology-and-why-we-should-support-him/ + +作者：[Jono Bacon][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.jonobacon.com/author/admin/ +[1]: https://lkml.org/lkml/2018/9/16/167 +[2]: https://i1.wp.com/www.jonobacon.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/linus.jpg?resize=499%2C342&ssl=1 +[3]: https://i1.wp.com/www.jonobacon.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/linus.jpg?ssl=1 From e4e88586f4aa54f6aa1fdcec2009f1fd54b6391e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Tue, 18 Sep 2018 12:00:26 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 023/246] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20Freespire=20Linux?= =?UTF-8?q?:=20A=20Great=20Desktop=20for=20the=20Open=20Source=20Purist?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...reat Desktop for the Open Source Purist.md | 114 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 114 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180914 Freespire Linux- A Great Desktop for the Open Source Purist.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180914 Freespire Linux- A Great Desktop for the Open Source Purist.md b/sources/tech/20180914 Freespire Linux- A Great Desktop for the Open Source Purist.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..baaf08e92d --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180914 Freespire Linux- A Great Desktop for the Open Source Purist.md @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +Freespire Linux: A Great Desktop for the Open Source Purist +====== + +![](https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/freespire.jpg?itok=ReIrw_11) + +Quick. Click on your Linux desktop menu and scan through the list of installed software. How much of that software is strictly open sources To make matters a bit more complicated, have you installed closed source media codecs (to play the likes of MP3 files perhaps)? Is everything fully open, or do you have a mixture of open and closed source tools? + +If you’re a purist, you probably strive to only use open source tools on your desktop. But how do you know, for certain, that your distribution only includes open source software? Fortunately, a few distributions go out of their way to only include applications that are 100% open. One such distro is [Freespire][1]. + +Does that name sound familiar? It should, as it is closely related to[Linspire][2]. Now we’re talking familiarity. Remember back in the early 2000s, when Walmart sold Linux desktop computers? Those computers were powered by the Linspire operating system. Linspire went above and beyond to create an experience that would be similar to that of Windows—even including the tools to install Windows apps on Linux. That experiment failed, mostly because consumers thought they were getting a Windows desktop machine for a dirt cheap price. After that debacle, Linspire went away for a while. It’s now back, thanks to [PC/OpenSystems LLC][3]. Their goal isn’t to recreate the past but to offer two different flavors of Linux: + + * Linspire—a commercial distribution of Linux that includes proprietary software and does have an associated cost ($39.99 USD for a single license). + + * Freespire—a non-commercial distribution of Linux that only includes open source software and is free to download. + + + + +We’re here to discuss Freespire and why it is an outstanding addition to the Linux community, especially those who strive to use only free and open source software. This version of Freespire (4.0) was released on August 20, 2018, so it’s fresh and ready to go. + +Let’s dig into the operating system and see what makes this a viable candidate for open source fans. + +### Installation + +In keeping with my usual approach, there’s very little reason to even mention the installation of Freespire Linux. There is nothing out of the ordinary here. Download the ISO image, burn it to a USB Drive (or CD/DVD if you’re dealing with older hardware), boot the drive, click the Install icon, answer a few simple questions, and wait for the installation to prompt for a reboot. That’s how far we’ve come with Linux installations… they are simple, and rarely will you have a single issue with the process. In the end, you’ll be presented with a simple (modified) Mate desktop (Figure 1) that makes it easy for any user (of any skill level) to feel right at home. + +![](https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/freespire.jpg?itok=ReIrw_11) + +### Software Titles + +Once you’ve logged into the desktop, you’ll find a main menu where you can view all of the installed applications. That list of software includes: + + * Geary + + * Chromium Browser + + * Abiword + + * Gnumeric + + * Calendar + + * Audacious + + * Totem Video Player + + * Software Center + + * Synaptic + + * G-Debi + + + + +Also rolled into the system is support for both Flatpak and Snap applications, so you shouldn’t miss out on any software you need, which brings me to the part when purists might want to look away. + +Just because Freespire is marketed as a purely open source distribution, it doesn’t mean users are locked down to only open source software. In fact, if you open the Software Center, you can do a quick search for Spotify (a closed source application with an available Linux desktop client) and there it is! (Figure 2). + +![Spotify][5] + +Figure 2: The closed source Spotify client available for installation. + +[Used with permission][6] + +Fortunately, for those productive-minded folks, the likes of LibreOffice (which is not installed by default) is open source and can be installed easily from the Software Center. That doesn’t mean you must install other software, but those who need to do serious business-centric work (such as collaborating on documents), will likely want/need to install a more powerful office suite (as Abiword won’t cut it as a business-level word processor). + +For those who tend to work long hours on the Linux desktop and want to protect their eyes from extended strain, Freespire does include a nightlight tool that can adjust the color temperature of the interface. To open this tool, click on the main desktop menu and type night in the Search bar (Figure 3). + +![Night Light][8] + +Figure 3: Opening the Night Light tool. + +[Used with permission][6] + +Once opened, Night Light will automatically adjust the color temperature, based on the time of day. From the notification tray, you can click the icon to suspend Night Light, set it to autostart, and close the service (Figure 4). + +![Night Light controls.][10] + +Figure 4: The Night Light controls. + +[Used with permission][6] + +### Beyond the Mate Desktop + +As is, Mate fans might not exactly recognize the Freespire desktop. The developers have clearly given Mate a significant set of tweaks to make it slightly resemble the Mac OS desktop. It’s not quite as elegant as, say, Elementary OS, but this is certainly an outstanding take on the Linux desktop. Whether you’re a fan of Mate or Mac OS, you should feel immediately at home on the desktop. On the top bar, the developers have included an appmenu that changes, based on what application you have open. Start any app and you’ll find that app’s menu appears in the top bar. This active menu makes the desktop quite efficient. + +### Are you ready for Freespire? + +Every piece of the Freespire puzzle is equally as user-friendly as it is intuitive. The developers of Freespire have gone to great lengths to make this pure open source distribution a treat to use. Even if a 100% open source desktop isn’t your thing, Freespire is still a worthy contender in the world of desktop Linux. It’s clean and stable (as it’s based on Ubuntu 18.04) and able to help you be efficient and productive on the desktop. + +Learn more about Linux through the free ["Introduction to Linux" ][11]course from The Linux Foundation and edX. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.linux.com/learn/intro-to-linux/2018/9/freespire-linux-great-desktop-open-source-purist + +作者：[Jack Wallen][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.linux.com/users/jlwallen +[1]: https://www.freespirelinux.com/ +[2]: https://www.linspirelinux.com/ +[3]: https://www.pc-opensystems.com +[5]: https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/freespire_2.jpg?itok=zcr94Dk6 (Spotify) +[6]: /licenses/category/used-permission +[8]: https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/freespire_3.jpg?itok=aZYtBPgE (Night Light) +[9]: /files/images/freespire4jpg +[10]: https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/freespire_4.jpg?itok=JCcQwmJ5 (Night Light controls.) +[11]: https://training.linuxfoundation.org/linux-courses/system-administration-training/introduction-to-linux From e1685a35f5162c90ec4f82e8786457285061920b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Tue, 18 Sep 2018 12:02:00 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 024/246] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20Getting=20started?= =?UTF-8?q?=20with=20openmediavault:=20A=20home=20NAS=20solution?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...ith openmediavault- A home NAS solution.md | 74 +++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 74 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180917 Getting started with openmediavault- A home NAS solution.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180917 Getting started with openmediavault- A home NAS solution.md b/sources/tech/20180917 Getting started with openmediavault- A home NAS solution.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7f5b29c092 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180917 Getting started with openmediavault- A home NAS solution.md @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +Getting started with openmediavault: A home NAS solution +====== +This network-attached file server offers a solid array of features and is easy to install and configure. + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/bus-cloud.png?itok=vz0PIDDS) + +With so many cloud storage options readily available, some folks might question the value of having a home NAS (network-attached storage) server. After all, with your files on the cloud, you don't have to worry about managing the maintenance, updates, and security of your own server. + +But that's not entirely true, is it? You have a home network, so you've got to pay at least some attention to that network's health and security. Assuming you're already keeping on top of that, then [a home NAS][1] really isn't adding that much additional hassle. And there are all kinds of benefits to gain from that minor amount of work. + +You can have a local backup of every computer in your house (you can also back up off-site). Have a media server that holds movies, music, and photos regardless of whether your internet connection flakes out. Work on large files on multiple computers in your home without waiting for them to traverse from some random computer somewhere else on the internet. Plus, you can have your NAS pull double duty with other services, like hosting local email or a household wiki. Perhaps most importantly, with a home NAS, your data is your data—under your control and always accessible. + +The follow-on question is which NAS solution to choose. Sure, you could buy a pre-built solution and call it a day, but what fun is that? And practically speaking, although it's great to have an appliance that handles everything for you, it's often better to have a rig that you can fix and upgrade yourself. This is the situation I found myself in recently. I chose to install and set up [openmediavault][2]. + +### Why openmediavault? + +There are a few open source NAS solutions out there, some arguably more popular than openmediavault. When I asked around, for instance, [FreeNAS][3] was recommended the most. So why didn't I go with that? After all, it is more widely used, includes more features, and offers more support options, [according to a comparison on the FreeNAS website][4]. That's certainly all true. But openmediavault is no slouch. It's actually based on an earlier version of FreeNAS, and while its numbers are lower in terms of downloads and features, they're more than adequate for my needs. + +Another factor was a simple matter of comfort. Openmediavault's underlying operating system is [Debian][5], whereas FreeNAS sits atop [FreeBSD][6]. I'm personally not as familiar with FreeBSD, so that would make it more difficult for me to fix things if my NAS starts misbehaving. It also makes it more difficult for me to tweak things or add my own services to the machine if I want. Sure, I could learn FreeBSD and get more familiar with it, but I'm already home-building this NAS; I've found that projects tend to be more successful if you limit the number of "learning opportunities" you give yourself to complete them. + +Every situation is different, of course, so do your research and decide what seems to be the best fit for you. FreeNAS looks like the right solution for a lot of people. Openmediavault was the right one for me. + +### Installation and configuration + +The installation process is pretty well covered in the [openmediavault documentation][7], so I won't rehash that here. If you've ever installed a Linux distribution, most of the steps should look familiar to you (though with a somewhat uglier [Ncurses][8] interface than you might see on modern distributions). I installed it using the [dedicated drive][9] instructions. However, those instructions, while good, are rather spartan. When you're done, you have a base system installed, but there's more to do before you can actually use your NAS to store any files. For instance, the dedicated drive instructions install openmediavault on a hard drive, but that's the operating system drive, not the one with the shared space that's accessible to other computers on your network. You need to walk yourself through setting that up and configuring it. + +The first thing you should do is load up the administrative web interface and change the default password. This password is different from the root password you set during the installation process. It's the administrative account for the web interface, and the default username and password are `admin` and `openmediavault`, respectively—definitely something you'll want to change immediately after logging in. + +#### Set up your drives + +Once you've installed openmediavault, you need it to actually do stuff for you. The first logical step is to set up the drives that you're going to use for storage. I'm assuming that you've already got them physically installed, so all you have to do at this point is get openmediavault to recognize them and configure them. The first step is making sure those disks are visible. The sidebar menu has a lot of options, but it's very sensibly organized. Go to **Storage - > Disks**. Once you click that, you should see all of the drives you've installed on your server, including the one where you actually installed openmediavault. If you don't see all of your drives there, click the Scan button to see if it picks them up. Usually, it's not a problem. + +You could mount these drives individually to set them up as your file share, but for a file server, you'll want some redundancy. You want to be able to treat multiple drives as a single volume and recover your data if a drive fails or add new drives when you start running out of space. That means you're going to want a [RAID][10]. The topic of what specific type of RAID configuration you want is a deep rabbit hole that deserves an article all of its own (and many have been written), but suffice it to say that you'll need more than one drive, and in the best case, all of your drives store the same amount of data. + +Openmediavault supports all standard RAID levels, so you're good to go there. Configure your RAID in **Storage - > RAID Management**. Configuration is absurdly simple: Click the Create button, choose the disks you want in your RAID array, the RAID level you want to use, and a name for the array. Openmediavault handles the rest for you. There's no messing around at the command line, trying to remember which flags to use with the `mdadm` command. In my specific case, I have six 2-TB drives that I've set up as RAID 10. + +With your RAID set up, you've almost got a place to store things. You just need to set up a file system. Just like your desktop computer, a hard drive doesn't do you any good until you format it. So the next place to go in openmediavault's control panel is **Storage - > File Systems**. Just like configuring your RAID, click the Create button and follow the prompts. In this case, you choose the device to format. If you have only the one RAID on your server, it should be something like `md0`. You'll also need to choose the filesystem type. If you're not sure, just use the standard ext4 type. + +#### Define your shares + +Sweet! You've got a place to store files. Now you just need to make it visible on your home network. Configure this from the **Services** section of the openmediavault control panel. When it comes to setting up a file share on a network, there are really two main choices: NFS or SMB/CIFS. As a rule of thumb, if all of the computers on your network are running Linux distributions, then you're probably better off using NFS. However, if your home network is a mixed environment with a combination of Linux, Windows, Mac OS, and embedded devices, then SMB/CIFS is probably the right choice. + +These options aren't mutually exclusive. You could actually run both services on your server and get the best of both worlds. Or you could mix it up if you have specific devices dedicated to particular tasks. Whatever your usage scenario, configuring these services is dirt simple. Click on the service you want, enable it from its Settings, and define the shared folders you want visible on the network. In the case of SMB/CIFS shares, there are a few more settings available than with NFS, but most of the defaults are fine to start with. The cool thing is that since it's so easy to configure, it's also pretty easy to change on the fly. + +#### Configure users + +You're almost done. You've configured your drives in a RAID. You've formatted that RAID with a file system. And you've defined shared folders on that formatted RAID. The only thing left is saying who can access those shares and how much. This is handled from the **Access Rights Management** section. Use the **User** and **Group** sections to define the users who connect to your shared folders and the permissions they have with the files in those folders. + +Once you do that, you're pretty much good to go. You'll need to access your shares from your various client machines, but that's a topic for another article. + +Have fun! + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/openmediavault + +作者：[Jason van Gumster][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/mairin +[1]: https://opensource.com/article/18/8/automate-backups-raspberry-pi +[2]: https://openmediavault.org +[3]: https://freenas.org +[4]: http://www.freenas.org/freenas-vs-openmediavault/ +[5]: https://www.debian.org/ +[6]: https://www.freebsd.org/ +[7]: https://openmediavault.readthedocs.io/en/latest/installation/index.html +[8]: https://invisible-island.net/ncurses/ +[9]: https://openmediavault.readthedocs.io/en/latest/installation/via_iso.html +[10]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/RAID From b0813db05d9b32be52ec749ad056f3f93363e40b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Tue, 18 Sep 2018 12:04:00 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 025/246] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20How=20gaming=20tu?= =?UTF-8?q?rned=20me=20into=20a=20coder?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...80917 How gaming turned me into a coder.md | 103 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 103 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/talk/20180917 How gaming turned me into a coder.md diff --git a/sources/talk/20180917 How gaming turned me into a coder.md b/sources/talk/20180917 How gaming turned me into a coder.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f5675c4628 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/talk/20180917 How gaming turned me into a coder.md @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +How gaming turned me into a coder +====== + +Text-based adventure gaming leads to a satisfying career in tech. + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/keyboard_numbers_letters_type_game.jpg?itok=fLlWGw1K) + +I think the first word I learned to type fast—and I mean really fast—was "fireball." + +Like most of us, I started my typing career with a "hunt-and-peck" technique, using my index fingers and keeping my eyes focused on the keyboard to find letters as I needed them. It's not a technique that allows you to read and write at the same time; you might call it half-duplex. It was okay for typing **cd** and **dir** , but it wasn't nearly fast enough to get ahead in the game. Especially if that game was a MUD. + +### Gaming with multi-user dungeons + +MUD is short for multi-user dungeon. Or multi-user domain, depending on who (and when) you ask. MUDs are text-based adventure games, like [Colossal Cave Adventure][1] and Zork, which you may have heard about in Season 2 [Episode 1][2] of [Command Line Heroes][3]. But MUDs have an extra twist: you aren't the only person playing them. They allow you to group with others to tackle particularly nasty beasts, trade goods, and make new friends. They were the great granddaddies of modern massively multiplayer online role-playing games (MMORPGs) like Everquest and World of Warcraft. And, for an aspiring command-line hero, they offered an experience those modern games still don't. + +My "home MUD" was NyxMud, which you could access by telnetting to port 2000 of nyx.cs.du.edu. It was the first command line I ever mastered. In a lot of ways, it allowed me to be a hero—or at least play the part of one. + +One special quality of NyxMud was that every time you connected to play, you started with an empty inventory. The gold you collected was still there from your last session, but none of your hard-won weapons, armor, or magical items were. So, at the end of every session, you had to make it back to a store to sell everything… and you would get a fraction of what you paid. If you were killed, the first player who encountered your lifeless body could take everything you had. + +![dying and losing everything in a MUD.][5] + +This shows what it looks like when you die and lose everything in a MUD + +This made the game extremely sticky. Selling everything and quitting was a horrible thing to do, fiscally speaking. It meant that your session had to be profitable. If you didn't earn enough gold through looting and quests between the time you bought and sold your gear, you wouldn't be able to equip yourself as well the next time you played. If you died, it was even worse: You might find yourself killing balls of slime with a newbie sword as you scraped together enough gold for better gear. + +I never wanted to "pay the store tax" by selling my gear, which meant a lot of late nights and sleeping through morning biology classes. Every modern game designer wants you to say, "I can't have dinner now, Dad, I have to keep playing or I'm in big trouble." NyxMud had me so hooked that I was saying that several decades ago. + +So when it came time to "cast fireball" or die an imminent and ruinous death, I was forced to learn how to type properly. It also forced me to take a social approach to the game—having friends around to fight off scavengers allowed me to reclaim my gear when I died. + +Command-line heroes all have some things in common: They work with others and they type wicked fast. NyxMud trained me to do both. + +### From gamer to creator + +NyxMud was not the largest MUD by any measure. But it was still an expansive world filled with hundreds of areas and dozens of epic adventures, each one tailored to a different level of a player's advancement. Over time, it became apparent that not all these areas were created by the same person. The term "user-generated content" was yet to be invented, but the concept was dead simple even to my young mind: This entire world was created by a group of people, other players. + +Once you completed each of the challenging quests and achieved level 20, you became a wizard. This was a singularity of sorts, beyond which existed a reality known only to a few. During lunch breaks at school, my circle of friends would muse about the powers of a wizard; you see, we knew wizards could create rooms, beasts, items, and quests. We knew they could kill players at will. We really didn't know much else about their powers. The whole thing was shrouded in mystery. + +In our group of high school friends, Eddie was the first to become a wizard. His flaunting and taunting threw us into overdrive, and Jared was quick to follow. I was last, but only by a day or two. Now that 25 years have passed, let's just call it a three-way tie. We discovered it was pretty much what we thought. We could create rooms, beasts, items, and quests. We could kill players. Oh, and we could become invisible. In NyxMud, that was just about it. + +![a wizard’s private workroom][7] + +This shows a wizard’s private workroom. + +Wizards used the Wand of Creation, an item invented by Quasi (rhymed with "crazy"), the grand wizard. He alone had access to the code for the engine, due to a strict policy set by the administrator of the Nyx system where it ran. So, he created a complicated, magical object that would allow users to generate new game elements. This wand, when invoked, ran the wizard through a menu-based workflow for creating rooms and objects, establishing quest objectives, and designing terrible monsters. + +Having that magical wand was enough. I immediately set to work creating new lands and grand adventures across a series of islands, each with a different, exotic climate and theme. I found immense pleasure in hovering, invisible, as the savage beasts from my imagination would slay intrepid adventurers over and over again. But it was even better to see players persevere after a hard battle, knowing I had tweaked and tuned my quests to be just within the realm of possibility. + +Being accepted into this elite group of creators was one of the more rewarding and satisfying moments of my young life. Each new wizard would have to pass my test, spending countless hours and sleepless nights, just as I did, to complete the quests of the wizards before me. I had proven my value through dedication and contribution. It was just a game, but it was also a community—the first one I encountered, and the one that showed me how powerful a properly run [meritocracy][8] could be. + +### From creator to coder + +NyxMud was based on the LPMud codebase, which was created by Lars Pensjö. LPMud was not the first MUD software developed, but it contained one very important innovation: It allowed players to code the game from within the game. It accomplished this by separating the mudlib, which contained all the content and user-facing functionality, from the driver, which acted as a real-time interpreter for the mudlib and provided access to basic network and storage resources. This architecture meant the mudlib could be edited on-the-fly by virtually untrusted people (e.g., players like me) who could augment the game experience without being able to do anything particularly harmful to the server it was running on. The driver provided an "air gap." + +This air gap was not enough for NyxMud; it was allowed to exist only if a single person could be trusted to write all the code. In most LPMud systems, players who became wizards could use **ls** , **cd** , and **ed** to traverse the mudlib and modify files, all from the same command line they had used countless times for casting fireballs and drinking potions. Quasi went to great lengths to modify the Nyx mudlib so wizards couldn't traipse around the system with a full set of sharp tools. The Wand of Creation was born. + +As a wizard who hadn't played any other MUDs, I didn't miss what I never had. Besides, I didn't have a way to access any systems at the time—telnet was disabled on Nyx, which was my only connection to the internet. But I did have access to Usenet, which provided me with [The Totally Unofficial List of Internet Muds][9]. It was clear there was more of the MUD universe for me to discover. I read all the documentation about mudlibs I could get my hands on and got some exposure to [LPC][10], the niche programming language used to create new content. + +I convinced my dad to make an investment in my future by paying for a shell account at Netcom (remember that?). With that account, I could connect to any MUD I wanted, and, based on several strong recommendations, I chose Viking MUD. It still [exists today][11]. It was a real MUD, the bleeding edge, and it showcased the true potential of a universe built with code instead of the limited menu system of a magical wand. But, to be honest, I never got very far as a player. I really wanted to learn how to code, and I didn't want to slay slimeballs with a noobsword for hours to get there. + +There was a very small window of time—between February and August 1992, according to Lauren P. Burka's [Mud Timeline][12]—where the perfect place existed for my exploration. The Mud Institute (TMI for short) was a very special MUD designed to teach people how to program in LPC, illuminating the darkest corners of the mudlib. It offered immediate omnipotence to all who applied and built a community for the development of a new generation of LPMuds. + +![a snippet of code from the wizard's workroom][14] + +This is a snippet of code from the wizard's workroom. + +This was my first exposure to C programming, as LPC was essentially a flavor of C that shared the same types, control structures, and syntax. It was C with training wheels, designed for rapid creation of content but allowing coders to develop intricate game scenarios (if they had the chops). I had always seen the curly brace on my keyboard, and now I knew what it was used for. The only thing I can remember creating was a special vending machine, somewhat inspired by the Wand of Creation, that would create the monster of your choice on-the-spot. + +TMI was not a long-lasting phenomenon; in fact, it was gone almost before I had a chance to discover it. It quickly abandoned its educational charter, although its efforts were ultimately productive with the release of [MudOS][15]—which still lives through its modern-day descendant, [FluffOS][16]. But what a treasure trove of knowledge about a highly specific subject! Immediately after logging in, I was presented with a complete set of developer tools, a library of instructional materials, and a ton of interesting sample code to learn from. + +I never talked to anyone or asked for any help, and I never had to. The community had published just enough resources for me to get started by myself. I was able to learn the basics of structured programming without a textbook or teacher, all within the context of a fantastical computer game. As a result, I have had a long and (mostly) fulfilling career in technology. + +The line from Field of Dreams, "if you build it, they will come," is almost certainly untrue for communities.** **The folks at The Mud Institute built the makings of a great community, but I can't say they were successful. They didn't become a widely known wizarding school—in fact, it's really hard to find any information about TMI at all. If you build it, they may not come; if they do, you may still fail. But it still accomplished something wonderful that its creators never thought to predict: It got me excited about programming. + +For more on the gamer-to-coder phenomenon and its effect on open source community culture, check out [Episode 1 of Season 2 of Command Line Heroes][2]. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/gamer-coder + +作者：[Ross Turk][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/rossturk +[1]: https://opensource.com/article/17/6/revisit-colossal-cave-adventure-open-adventure +[2]: https://www.redhat.com/en/command-line-heroes/season-2/press-start +[3]: https://www.redhat.com/en/command-line-heroes +[4]: /file/409311 +[5]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/sourcecode_wizard_workroom.png (dying and losing everything in a MUD) +[6]: /file/409306 +[7]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/wizard_workroom.png (a wizard’s private workroom) +[8]: https://opensource.com/open-organization/16/8/how-make-meritocracy-work +[9]: http://textfiles.com/internet/mudlist.txt +[10]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/LPC_(programming_language) +[11]: https://www.vikingmud.org +[12]: http://www.linnaean.org/~lpb/muddex/mudline.html +[13]: /file/409301 +[14]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/firstroom_newplayer.png (a snippet of code from the wizard's workroom) +[15]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/MudOS +[16]: https://github.com/fluffos/fluffos From 4ec4f5d7e6e12ea3b399766db9e70ef033b46ac4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: heguangzhi <7731226@qq.com> Date: Tue, 18 Sep 2018 15:03:21 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 026/246] translated MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit 3个开源日志聚合工具 --- ...910 3 open source log aggregation tools.md | 112 ----------------- ...910 3 open source log aggregation tools.md | 117 ++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 117 insertions(+), 112 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180910 3 open source log aggregation tools.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180910 3 open source log aggregation tools.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180910 3 open source log aggregation tools.md b/sources/tech/20180910 3 open source log aggregation tools.md deleted file mode 100644 index de41debf57..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180910 3 open source log aggregation tools.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,112 +0,0 @@ -heguangzhi Translating - -3 open source log aggregation tools -====== -Log aggregation systems can help with troubleshooting and other tasks. Here are three top options. - -![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/data_metrics_analytics_desktop_laptop.png?itok=9QXd7AUr) - -How is metrics aggregation different from log aggregation? Can’t logs include metrics? Can’t log aggregation systems do the same things as metrics aggregation systems? - -These are questions I hear often. I’ve also seen vendors pitching their log aggregation system as the solution to all observability problems. Log aggregation is a valuable tool, but it isn’t normally a good tool for time-series data. - -A couple of valuable features in a time-series metrics aggregation system are the regular interval and the storage system customized specifically for time-series data. The regular interval allows a user to derive real mathematical results consistently. If a log aggregation system is collecting metrics in a regular interval, it can potentially work the same way. However, the storage system isn’t optimized for the types of queries that are typical in a metrics aggregation system. These queries will take more resources and time to process using storage systems found in log aggregation tools. - -So, we know a log aggregation system is likely not suitable for time-series data, but what is it good for? A log aggregation system is a great place for collecting event data. These are irregular activities that are significant. An example might be access logs for a web service. These are significant because we want to know what is accessing our systems and when. Another example would be an application error condition—because it is not a normal operating condition, it might be valuable during troubleshooting. - -A handful of rules for logging: - - * DO include a timestamp - * DO format in JSON - * DON’T log insignificant events - * DO log all application errors - * MAYBE log warnings - * DO turn on logging - * DO write messages in a human-readable form - * DON’T log informational data in production - * DON’T log anything a human can’t read or react to - - - -### Cloud costs - -When investigating log aggregation tools, the cloud might seem like an attractive option. However, it can come with significant costs. Logs represent a lot of data when aggregated across hundreds or thousands of hosts and applications. The ingestion, storage, and retrieval of that data are expensive in cloud-based systems. - -As a point of reference from a real system, a collection of around 500 nodes with a few hundred apps results in 200GB of log data per day. There’s probably room for improvement in that system, but even reducing it by half will cost nearly $10,000 per month in many SaaS offerings. This often includes retention of only 30 days, which isn’t very long if you want to look at trending data year-over-year. - -This isn’t to discourage the use of these systems, as they can be very valuable—especially for smaller organizations. The purpose is to point out that there could be significant costs, and it can be discouraging when they are realized. The rest of this article will focus on open source and commercial solutions that are self-hosted. - -### Tool options - -#### ELK - -[ELK][1], short for Elasticsearch, Logstash, and Kibana, is the most popular open source log aggregation tool on the market. It’s used by Netflix, Facebook, Microsoft, LinkedIn, and Cisco. The three components are all developed and maintained by [Elastic][2]. [Elasticsearch][3] is essentially a NoSQL, Lucene search engine implementation. [Logstash][4] is a log pipeline system that can ingest data, transform it, and load it into a store like Elasticsearch. [Kibana][5] is a visualization layer on top of Elasticsearch. - -A few years ago, Beats were introduced. Beats are data collectors. They simplify the process of shipping data to Logstash. Instead of needing to understand the proper syntax of each type of log, a user can install a Beat that will export NGINX logs or Envoy proxy logs properly so they can be used effectively within Elasticsearch. - -When installing a production-level ELK stack, a few other pieces might be included, like [Kafka][6], [Redis][7], and [NGINX][8]. Also, it is common to replace Logstash with Fluentd, which we’ll discuss later. This system can be complex to operate, which in its early days led to a lot of problems and complaints. These have largely been fixed, but it’s still a complex system, so you might not want to try it if you’re a smaller operation. - -That said, there are services available so you don’t have to worry about that. [Logz.io][9] will run it for you, but its list pricing is a little steep if you have a lot of data. Of course, you’re probably smaller and may not have a lot of data. If you can’t afford Logz.io, you could look at something like [AWS Elasticsearch Service][10] (ES). ES is a service Amazon Web Services (AWS) offers that makes it very easy to get Elasticsearch working quickly. It also has tooling to get all AWS logs into ES using Lambda and S3. This is a much cheaper option, but there is some management required and there are a few limitations. - -Elastic, the parent company of the stack, [offers][11] a more robust product that uses the open core model, which provides additional options around analytics tools, and reporting. It can also be hosted on Google Cloud Platform or AWS. This might be the best option, as this combination of tools and hosting platforms offers a cheaper solution than most SaaS options and still provides a lot of value. This system could effectively replace or give you the capability of a [security information and event management][12] (SIEM) system. - -The ELK stack also offers great visualization tools through Kibana, but it lacks an alerting function. Elastic provides alerting functionality within the paid X-Pack add-on, but there is nothing built in for the open source system. Yelp has created a solution to this problem, called [ElastAlert][13], and there are probably others. This additional piece of software is fairly robust, but it increases the complexity of an already complex system. - -#### Graylog - -[Graylog][14] has recently risen in popularity, but it got its start when Lennart Koopmann created it back in 2010. A company was born with the same name two years later. Despite its increasing use, it still lags far behind the ELK stack. This also means it has fewer community-developed features, but it can use the same Beats that the ELK stack uses. Graylog has gained praise in the Go community with the introduction of the Graylog Collector Sidecar written in [Go][15]. - -Graylog uses Elasticsearch, [MongoDB][16], and the Graylog Server under the hood. This makes it as complex to run as the ELK stack and maybe a little more. However, Graylog comes with alerting built into the open source version, as well as several other notable features like streaming, message rewriting, and geolocation. - -The streaming feature allows for data to be routed to specific Streams in real time while they are being processed. With this feature, a user can see all database errors in a single Stream and web server errors in a different Stream. Alerts can even be based on these Streams as new items are added or when a threshold is exceeded. Latency is probably one of the biggest issues with log aggregation systems, and Streams eliminate that issue in Graylog. As soon as the log comes in, it can be routed to other systems through a Stream without being processed fully. - -The message rewriting feature uses the open source rules engine [Drools][17]. This allows all incoming messages to be evaluated against a user-defined rules file enabling a message to be dropped (called Blacklisting), a field to be added or removed, or the message to be modified. - -The coolest feature might be Graylog’s geolocation capability, which supports plotting IP addresses on a map. This is a fairly common feature and is available in Kibana as well, but it adds a lot of value—especially if you want to use this as your SIEM system. The geolocation functionality is provided in the open source version of the system. - -Graylog, the company, charges for support on the open source version if you want it. It also offers an open core model for its Enterprise version that offers archiving, audit logging, and additional support. There aren’t many other options for support or hosting, so you’ll likely be on your own if you don’t use Graylog (the company). - -#### Fluentd - -[Fluentd][18] was developed at [Treasure Data][19], and the [CNCF][20] has adopted it as an Incubating project. It was written in C and Ruby and is recommended by [AWS][21] and [Google Cloud][22]. Fluentd has become a common replacement for Logstash in many installations. It acts as a local aggregator to collect all node logs and send them off to central storage systems. It is not a log aggregation system. - -It uses a robust plugin system to provide quick and easy integrations with different data sources and data outputs. Since there are over 500 plugins available, most of your use cases should be covered. If they aren’t, this sounds like an opportunity to contribute back to the open source community. - -Fluentd is a common choice in Kubernetes environments due to its low memory requirements (just tens of megabytes) and its high throughput. In an environment like [Kubernetes][23], where each pod has a Fluentd sidecar, memory consumption will increase linearly with each new pod created. Using Fluentd will drastically reduce your system utilization. This is becoming a common problem with tools developed in Java that are intended to run one per node where the memory overhead hasn’t been a major issue. - - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/open-source-log-aggregation-tools - -作者：[Dan Barker][a] -选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]: https://opensource.com/users/barkerd427 -[1]: https://www.elastic.co/webinars/introduction-elk-stack -[2]: https://www.elastic.co/ -[3]: https://www.elastic.co/products/elasticsearch -[4]: https://www.elastic.co/products/logstash -[5]: https://www.elastic.co/products/kibana -[6]: http://kafka.apache.org/ -[7]: https://redis.io/ -[8]: https://www.nginx.com/ -[9]: https://logz.io/ -[10]: https://aws.amazon.com/elasticsearch-service/ -[11]: https://www.elastic.co/cloud -[12]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Security_information_and_event_management -[13]: https://github.com/Yelp/elastalert -[14]: https://www.graylog.org/ -[15]: https://opensource.com/tags/go -[16]: https://www.mongodb.com/ -[17]: https://www.drools.org/ -[18]: https://www.fluentd.org/ -[19]: https://www.treasuredata.com/ -[20]: https://www.cncf.io/ -[21]: https://aws.amazon.com/blogs/aws/all-your-data-fluentd/ -[22]: https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/agent/ -[23]: https://opensource.com/resources/what-is-kubernetes diff --git a/translated/tech/20180910 3 open source log aggregation tools.md b/translated/tech/20180910 3 open source log aggregation tools.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..99a365e042 --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180910 3 open source log aggregation tools.md @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +heguangzhi Translating + + +3个开源日志聚合工具 +====== + +日志聚合系统可以帮助我们故障排除并进行其他的任务。以下是三个主要工具介绍。 + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/data_metrics_analytics_desktop_laptop.png?itok=9QXd7AUr) + + + +指标聚合与日志聚合有何不同？日志不能包括指标吗？日志聚合系统不能做与指标聚合系统相同的事情吗？ + +这些是我经常听到的问题。我还看到供应商推销他们的日志聚合系统作为所有可观察问题的解决方案。日志聚合是一个有价值的工具，但它通常对时间序列数据的支持不够好。 + +时间序列指标聚合系统中几个有价值的功能为规则间隔与专门为时间序列数据定制的存储系统。规则间隔允许用户一次性地导出真实的数据结果。如果要求日志聚合系统定期收集指标数据，它也可以。但是，它的存储系统没有针对指标聚合系统中典型的查询类型进行优化。使用日志聚合工具中的存储系统处理这些查询将花费更多的资源和时间。 + +所以，我们知道日志聚合系统可能不适合时间序列数据，但是它有什么好处呢？日志聚合系统是收集事件数据的好地方。这些是非常重要的不规则活动。最好的例子为 web 服务的访问日志。这些都很重要，因为我们想知道什么东西正在访问我们的系统，什么时候访问。另一个例子是应用程序错误记录——因为它不是正常的操作记录，所以在故障排除过程中可能很有价值的。 + +日志记录的一些规则: + + * 包含时间戳 + * 包含 JSON 格式 + * 不记录无关紧要的事件 + * 记录所有应用程序的错误 + * 记录警告错误 + * 日志记录开关 + * 以可读的形式记录信息 + * 不在生产环境中记录信息 + * 不记录任何无法阅读或无反馈的内容 + + +### 云的成本 + +当研究日志聚合工具时，云可能看起来是一个有吸引力的选择。然而，这可能会带来巨大的成本。当跨数百或数千台主机和应用程序聚合时，日志数据是大量的。在基于云的系统中，数据的接收、存储和检索是昂贵的。 + +作为一个真实的系统，大约500个节点和几百个应用程序的集合每天产生 200GB 的日志数据。这个系统可能还有改进的空间，但是在许多 SaaS 产品中，即使将它减少一半，每月也要花费将近10，000美元。这通常包括仅保留30天，如果你想查看一年一年的趋势数据，就不可能了。 + +并不是要不使用这些系统，尤其是对于较小的组织它们可能非常有价值的。目的是指出可能会有很大的成本，当这些成本达到时，就可能令人非常的沮丧。本文的其余部分将集中讨论自托管的开源和商业解决方案。 + + +### 工具选择 + +#### ELK + +[ELK][1] ，简称 Elasticsearch、Logstash 和 Kibana，是最流行的开源日志聚合工具。它被Netflix、Facebook、微软、LinkedIn 和思科使用。这三个组件都是由 [Elastic][2] 开发和维护的。[Elasticsearch][3] 本质上是一个NoSQL，Lucene 搜索引擎实现的。[Logstash][4] 是一个日志管道系统，可以接收数据，转换数据，并将其加载到像 Elasticsearch 这样的应用中。[Kibana][5] 是 Elasticsearch 之上的可视化层。 + +几年前，Beats 被引入。Beats 是数据采集器。它们简化了将数据运送到日志存储的过程。用户不需要了解每种日志的正确语法，而是可以安装一个 Beats 来正确导出 NGINX 日志或代理日志，以便在Elasticsearch 中有效地使用它们。 + +安装生产环境级 ELK stack 时，可能会包括其他几个部分，如 [Kafka][6], [Redis][7], and [NGINX][8]。此外，用 Fluentd 替换 Logstash 也很常见，我们将在后面讨论。这个系统操作起来很复杂，这在早期导致很多问题和投诉。目前，这些基本上已经被修复，不过它仍然是一个复杂的系统，如果你使用少部分的功能，建议不要使用它了。 + +也就是说，服务是可用的，所以你不必担心。[Logz.io][9] 也可以使用，但是如果你有很多数据，它的标价有点高。当然，你可能没有很多数据，来使用用它。如果你买不起 Logz.io，你可以看看 [AWS Elasticsearch Service][10] (ES) 。ES 是 Amazon Web Services (AWS) 提供的一项服务，它使得 Elasticsearch 很容易快速工作。它还拥有使用 Lambda 和 S3 将所有AWS日志记录到 ES 的工具。这是一个更便宜的选择，但是需要一些管理操作，并有一些功能限制。 + + +Elastic [offers][11] 的母公司提供一款更强大的产品，它使用开放核心模型，为分析工具和报告提供了额外的选项。它也可以在谷歌云平台或 AWS 上托管。由于这种工具和托管平台的组合提供了比大多数 SaaS 选项更加便宜，这将是最好的选择并且具有很大的价值。该系统可以有效地取代或提供[security information and event management][12] ( SIEM )系统的功能。 + +ELK 栈通过 Kibana 提供了很好的可视化工具，但是它缺少警报功能。Elastic 在付费的 X-Pack 插件中提供了提醒功能，但是在开源系统没有内置任何功能。Yelp 已经开发了一种解决这个问题的方法，[ElastAlert][13], 不过还有其他方式。这个额外的软件相当健壮，但是它增加了已经复杂的系统的复杂性。 + +#### Graylog + +[Graylog][14] 最近越来越受欢迎，但它是在2010年 Lennart Koopmann 创建并开发的。两年后，一家公司以同样的名字诞生了。尽管它的使用者越来越多，但仍然远远落后于 ELK 栈。这也意味着它具有较少的社区开发特征，但是它可以使用与 ELK stack 相同的 Beats 。Graylog 由于 Graylog Collector Sidecar 使用 [Go][15] 编写所以在 Go 社区赢得了赞誉。 + +Graylog 使用 Elasticsearch、[MongoDB][16] 并且 提供 Graylog Server 。这使得它像ELK 栈一样复杂，也许还要复杂一些。然而，Graylog 附带了内置于开源版本中的报警功能，以及其他一些值得注意的功能，如 streaming 、消息重写 和 地理定位。 + +streaming 能允许数据在被处理时被实时路由到特定的 Streams。使用此功能，用户可以在单个Stream 中看到所有数据库错误，在不同的 Stream 中看到 web 服务器错误。当添加新项目或超过阈值时，甚至可以基于这些 Stream 提供警报。延迟可能是日志聚合系统中最大的问题之一，Stream消除了灰色日志中的这一问题。一旦日志进入，它就可以通过 Stream 路由到其他系统，而无需全部处理。 + +消息重写功能使用开源规则引擎 [Drools][17] 。允许根据用户定义的规则文件评估所有传入的消息，从而可以删除消息(称为黑名单)、添加或删除字段或修改消息。 + +Graylog 最酷的功能是它的地理定位功能，它支持在地图上绘制 IP 地址。这是一个相当常见的功能，在 Kibana 也可以这样使用，但是它增加了很多价值——特别是如果你想将它用作 SIEM 系统。地理定位功能在系统的开源版本中提供。 + +Graylog 如果你想要的话，它会对开源版本的支持收费。它还为其企业版提供了一个开放的核心模型，提供存档、审计日志记录和其他支持。如果你不需要 Graylog (the company) 支持或托管的，你可以独立使用。 + +#### Fluentd + +[Fluentd][18] 是 [Treasure Data][19] 开发的，[CNCF][20] 已经将它作为一个孵化项目。它是用 C 和 Ruby 编写的，并由[AWS][21] 和 [Google Cloud][22]推荐。fluentd已经成为许多装置中logstach的常用替代品。它充当本地聚合器，收集所有节点日志并将其发送到中央存储系统。它不是日志聚合系统。 + +它使用一个强大的插件系统，提供不同数据源和数据输出的快速和简单的集成功能。因为有超过500个插件可用，所以你的大多数用例都应该包括在内。如果没有，这听起来是一个为开源社区做出贡献的机会。 + +Fluentd 由于占用内存少(只有几十兆字节)和高吞吐量特性，是 Kubernetes 环境中的常见选择。在像 [Kubernetes][23] 这样的环境中，每个pod 都有一个 Fluentd sidecar ，内存消耗会随着每个新 pod 的创建而线性增加。在这中情况下，使用 Fluentd 将大大降低你的系统利用率。这对于Java开发的工具来说，这是一个常见的问题，这些工具旨在为每个节点运行一个工具，而内存开销并不是主要问题。 + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/open-source-log-aggregation-tools + +作者：[Dan Barker][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/barkerd427 +[1]: https://www.elastic.co/webinars/introduction-elk-stack +[2]: https://www.elastic.co/ +[3]: https://www.elastic.co/products/elasticsearch +[4]: https://www.elastic.co/products/logstash +[5]: https://www.elastic.co/products/kibana +[6]: http://kafka.apache.org/ +[7]: https://redis.io/ +[8]: https://www.nginx.com/ +[9]: https://logz.io/ +[10]: https://aws.amazon.com/elasticsearch-service/ +[11]: https://www.elastic.co/cloud +[12]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Security_information_and_event_management +[13]: https://github.com/Yelp/elastalert +[14]: https://www.graylog.org/ +[15]: https://opensource.com/tags/go +[16]: https://www.mongodb.com/ +[17]: https://www.drools.org/ +[18]: https://www.fluentd.org/ +[19]: https://www.treasuredata.com/ +[20]: https://www.cncf.io/ +[21]: https://aws.amazon.com/blogs/aws/all-your-data-fluentd/ +[22]: https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/agent/ +[23]: https://opensource.com/resources/what-is-kubernetes From b1c5388ba2eae11a756bd9d708395de269aa2f08 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Andrew Lyu Date: Tue, 18 Sep 2018 15:04:49 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 027/246] Proof: Turn your vi editor into a productivity powerhouse --- ... your vi editor into a productivity powerhouse.md | 12 +++++------- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180903 Turn your vi editor into a productivity powerhouse.md b/translated/tech/20180903 Turn your vi editor into a productivity powerhouse.md index e1bbd55920..e2e209017f 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180903 Turn your vi editor into a productivity powerhouse.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180903 Turn your vi editor into a productivity powerhouse.md @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ - - 增强 Vim 编辑器，提高编辑效率 ====== @@ -27,11 +25,11 @@ * 首先，[安装 gvim][1] * 打开 `gvim` - * 单击 `编辑` -> `启动设置`，打开 `.vimrc` 文件 - * 复制本文最后的 `选项列表` 粘贴到 `.vimrc` 文件 + * 单击 `编辑` -> `启动设置`，打开 `_vimrc` 文件 + * 复制本文最后的 `选项列表` 粘贴到 `_vimrc` 文件 * 单击 `文件` -> `保存` -译者注：此处应注意不要使用 `Windows` 自带的记事本编辑该 `.vimrc` 文件。 +译者注：此处应注意不要使用 `Windows` 自带的记事本编辑该 `_vimrc` 文件。 下面，我们将深入研究提高 `Vim` 编辑效率的选项。主要分为以下几类： @@ -348,9 +346,9 @@ via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/vi-editor-productivity-powerhouse 作者：[Girish Managoli][a] 选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者：[idea2act](https://github.com/idea2act) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对：[apemost](https://github.com/apemost) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 [a]: https://opensource.com/users/gammay -[1]: https://www.vim.org/download.php#pc \ No newline at end of file +[1]: https://www.vim.org/download.php#pc From 7c733c7bd6329ef2862e61ab0453c54fdb9c66f1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: sd886393 Date: Tue, 18 Sep 2018 15:30:02 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 028/246] =?UTF-8?q?=E3=80=90=E8=AE=A4=E9=A2=8620180907=20W?= =?UTF-8?q?hat=20do=20open=20source=20and=20cooking=20have=20in=20common.m?= =?UTF-8?q?d=E3=80=91?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- .../20180907 What do open source and cooking have in common.md | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/sources/talk/20180907 What do open source and cooking have in common.md b/sources/talk/20180907 What do open source and cooking have in common.md index 4dacfe62f0..173eab02d9 100644 --- a/sources/talk/20180907 What do open source and cooking have in common.md +++ b/sources/talk/20180907 What do open source and cooking have in common.md @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +【tranlating by sd886393】 What do open source and cooking have in common? ====== From 326cf0172a6e2fe504ea00cd1c9989108f0b4cb8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Tue, 18 Sep 2018 15:49:54 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 029/246] Rename 20180901 5 Ways to Take Screenshot in Linux [GUI and Terminal].md to 20180901 5 Ways to Take Screenshot in Linux GUI and Terminal.md --- ...180901 5 Ways to Take Screenshot in Linux GUI and Terminal.md} | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename translated/tech/{20180901 5 Ways to Take Screenshot in Linux [GUI and Terminal].md => 20180901 5 Ways to Take Screenshot in Linux GUI and Terminal.md} (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180901 5 Ways to Take Screenshot in Linux [GUI and Terminal].md b/translated/tech/20180901 5 Ways to Take Screenshot in Linux GUI and Terminal.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180901 5 Ways to Take Screenshot in Linux [GUI and Terminal].md rename to translated/tech/20180901 5 Ways to Take Screenshot in Linux GUI and Terminal.md From 0de6dfe349bcbfc028cb935d2253a099ddf8b984 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Tue, 18 Sep 2018 16:58:26 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 030/246] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20Backup=20Installe?= =?UTF-8?q?d=20Packages=20And=20Restore=20Them=20On=20Freshly=20Installed?= =?UTF-8?q?=20Ubuntu?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...estore Them On Freshly Installed Ubuntu.md | 107 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 107 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180915 Backup Installed Packages And Restore Them On Freshly Installed Ubuntu.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180915 Backup Installed Packages And Restore Them On Freshly Installed Ubuntu.md b/sources/tech/20180915 Backup Installed Packages And Restore Them On Freshly Installed Ubuntu.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d5927effee --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180915 Backup Installed Packages And Restore Them On Freshly Installed Ubuntu.md @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ +Backup Installed Packages And Restore Them On Freshly Installed Ubuntu +====== + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/apt-clone-720x340.png) + +Installing the same set of packages on multiple Ubuntu systems is time consuming and boring task. You don’t want to spend your time to install the same packages over and over on multiple systems. When it comes to install packages on similar architecture Ubuntu systems, there are many methods available to make this task easier. You could simply migrate your old Ubuntu system’s applications, settings and data to a newly installed system with a couple mouse clicks using [**Aptik**][1]. Or, you can take the [**backup entire list of installed packages**][2] using your package manager (Eg. APT), and install them later on a freshly installed system. Today, I learned that there is also yet another dedicated utility available to do this job. Say hello to **apt-clone** , a simple tool that lets you to create a list of installed packages for Debian/Ubuntu systems that can be restored on freshly installed systems or containers or into a directory. + +Apt-clone will help you on situations where you want to, + + * Install consistent applications across multiple systems running with similar Ubuntu (and derivatives) OS. + * Install same set of packages on multiple systems often. + * Backup the entire list of installed applications and restore them on demand wherever and whenever necessary. + + + +In this brief guide, we will be discussing how to install and use Apt-clone on Debian-based systems. I tested this utility on Ubuntu 18.04 LTS system, however it should work on all Debian and Ubuntu-based systems. + +### Backup Installed Packages And Restore Them Later On Freshly Installed Ubuntu System + +Apt-clone is available in the default repositories. To install it, just enter the following command from the Terminal: + +``` +$ sudo apt install apt-clone +``` + +Once installed, simply create the list of installed packages and save them in any location of your choice. + +``` +$ mkdir ~/mypackages + +$ sudo apt-clone clone ~/mypackages +``` + +The above command saved all installed packages in my Ubuntu system in a file named **apt-clone-state-ubuntuserver.tar.gz** under **~/mypackages** directory. + +To view the details of the backup file, run: + +``` +$ apt-clone info mypackages/apt-clone-state-ubuntuserver.tar.gz +Hostname: ubuntuserver +Arch: amd64 +Distro: bionic +Meta: +Installed: 516 pkgs (33 automatic) +Date: Sat Sep 15 10:23:05 2018 +``` + +As you can see, I have 516 packages in total in my Ubuntu server. + +Now, copy this file on your USB or external drive and go to any other system that want to install the same set of packages. Or you can also transfer the backup file to the system on the network and install the packages by using the following command: + +``` +$ sudo apt-clone restore apt-clone-state-ubuntuserver.tar.gz +``` + +Please be mindful that this command will overwrite your existing **/etc/apt/sources.list** and will install/remove packages. You have been warned! Also, just make sure the destination system is on same arch and same OS. For example, if the source system is running with 18.04 LTS 64bit, the destination system must also has the same. + +If you don’t want to restore packages on the system, you can simply use `--destination /some/location` option to debootstrap the clone into this directory. + +``` +$ sudo apt-clone restore apt-clone-state-ubuntuserver.tar.gz --destination ~/oldubuntu +``` + +In this case, the above command will restore the packages in a folder named **~/oldubuntu**. + +For more details, refer help section: + +``` +$ apt-clone -h +``` + +Or, man pages: + +``` +$ man apt-clone +``` + +**Suggested read:** + ++ [Systemback – Restore Ubuntu Desktop and Server to previous state][3] ++ [Cronopete – An Apple’s Time Machine Clone For Linux][4] + +And, that’s all for now. Hope this was useful. More good stuffs to come. Stay tuned! + +Cheers! + + + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.ostechnix.com/backup-installed-packages-and-restore-them-on-freshly-installed-ubuntu-system/ + +作者：[SK][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ +[1]: https://www.ostechnix.com/how-to-migrate-system-settings-and-data-from-an-old-system-to-a-newly-installed-ubuntu-system/ +[2]: https://www.ostechnix.com/create-list-installed-packages-install-later-list-centos-ubuntu/#comment-12598 + +[3]: https://www.ostechnix.com/systemback-restore-ubuntu-desktop-and-server-to-previous-state/ + +[4]: https://www.ostechnix.com/cronopete-apples-time-machine-clone-linux/ From 882cc5270ab4909fd6dee2a0bd71fe0b0817bb98 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: =?UTF-8?q?=E4=BB=98=E5=B3=A5?= Date: Tue, 18 Sep 2018 18:12:03 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 031/246] =?UTF-8?q?As=20far=20as=20I=20tested=20Cloud=20Co?= =?UTF-8?q?mmander,=20It=20worked=20like=20charm.=E6=B2=A1=E7=BF=BB?= =?UTF-8?q?=E8=AF=91=E5=A5=BD?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...eb File Manager With Console And Editor.md | 24 +++++++++---------- 1 file changed, 12 insertions(+), 12 deletions(-) diff --git a/sources/tech/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md b/sources/tech/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md index 3e6d24ca67..50e4987973 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md +++ b/sources/tech/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md @@ -5,13 +5,13 @@ Cloud Commander – 一个有控制台和编辑器在Web 上的文件管家 ![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/05/Cloud-Commander-A-Web-File-Manager-With-Console-And-Editor-720x340.png) -**Cloud Commander** 是一个基于 web 的文件管理程序，它允许你通过任何计算机、移动端或平板电脑的 web 浏览器查看、访问或管理系统文件或文件夹。他有两个简单而又经典的面板，并且会自动。It has two simple and classic panels, and automatically converts it’s size as per your device’s display size. It also has two built-in editors namely **Dword** and **Edward** with support of Syntax-highlighting and one **Console** with support of your system’s command line. So you can edit your files on the go. Cloud Commander server is a cross-platform application that runs on Linux, Windows and Mac OS X operating systems, and 客户端将在任何一款浏览器上运行the client will run on any web browser. 它是用 **JavaScript/Node.Js**，and is licensed under **MIT**. +**Cloud Commander** 是一个基于 web 的文件管理程序，它允许你通过任何计算机、移动端或平板电脑的浏览器查看、访问或管理系统文件或文件夹。他有两个简单而又经典的面板，并且会像你设备的显示尺寸一样自动转换大小。它也拥有两款内置的叫做 **Dword** 和 **Edward** 的文本编辑器，它们支持语法高亮和带有一个支持系统命令行的控制台。因此，您可以随时随地编辑文件。Cloud Commander 服务器是一款在 Linux，Windows，Mac OS X 运行的跨平台应用，而且该应用客户端将在任何一款浏览器上运行。它是用 **JavaScript/Node.Js** 写的，并使用 **MIT** 许可。 在这个简易教程中，让我们看一看如何在 Ubuntu 18.04 LTS 服务器上安装 Cloud Commander。 ### 前提条件 -像我之前提到的，是用 Node.js 写的。所以为了安装 Cloud Commander，我们需要首先安装 Node.js。To do so, refer the following guide. +像我之前提到的，是用 Node.js 写的。所以为了安装 Cloud Commander，我们需要首先安装 Node.js。要执行安装，参考下面的指南。 ### 安装 Cloud Commander @@ -38,13 +38,13 @@ url: http://localhost:8000 ``` -Now, open your web browser and navigate to the URL: ** ****. +现在，打开你的浏览器并转到链接：**http://localhost:8000** or ****. -From now on, you can create, delete, view, manage files or folders right in the web browser from the local system or remote system, or mobile, tablet etc. +从现在开始，您可以直接在本地系统或远程系统或移动设备，平板电脑等Web浏览器中创建，删除，查看，管理文件或文件夹。 ![][2] -当你看见上面的截图时，Clouder Commander 有两个面板，十个热键 (F1 to F10)，和控制台。 +当你看见上面的截图时，Clouder Commander 有两个面板，十个热键 (F1 to F10)，还有控制台。 每个热键执行的都是一个任务。 @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ From now on, you can create, delete, view, manage files or folders right in the #### Cloud Commmander 控制台 -点击控制台图标。 This will open your default system’s shell. +点击控制台图标。这即将打开系统默认的命令行界面。 ![][3] @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ From now on, you can create, delete, view, manage files or folders right in the #### 创建文件/文件夹 -要创建新的文件或文件夹 Right click on any empty place and go to **New - >File or Directory**. +要创建新的文件或文件夹就右键单击任意空位置并找到 **New - >File or Directory**。 ![][4] @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ From now on, you can create, delete, view, manage files or folders right in the 选择你想要上传的文件。 -Also, you can upload files from the Cloud services like Google drive, Dropbox, Amazon cloud drive, Facebook, Twitter, Gmail, GtiHub, Picasa, Instagram and many. +另外，你也可以上传来自像 Google 云盘, Dropbox, Amazon 云盘, Facebook, Twitter, Gmail, GtiHub, Picasa, Instagram 还有很多的云服务上的文件。 要从云端上传文件, 右键单击面板的任意空白处，并且右键单击面板任意空白处并选择**从云端上传**。 @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ Also, you can upload files from the Cloud services like Google drive, Dropbox, A #### 更新 Cloud Commander -要更新到最新的可提供版本，执行下面的命令： +要更新到最新的可用版本，执行下面的命令： ``` $ npm update cloudcmd -g @@ -115,9 +115,9 @@ $ npm update cloudcmd -g #### 总结 -As far as I tested Cloud Commander, It worked like charm. I didn’t face a single issue during the testing in my Ubuntu server. Also, Cloud Commander is not just a web-based file manager, but also acts as a remote administration tool that performs most Linux administration tasks. You can create a files/folders, rename, delete, edit, and view them. Also, You can install, update, upgrade, and remove any package as the way you do in the local system from the Terminal. And, of course, you can even shutdown or restart the system from the Cloud Commander console itself. What do you need more? Give it a try, you will find it useful. +据我测试，它运行地像魔幻一般。在我的Ubuntu服务器测试期间，我没有遇到任何问题。此外，Cloud Commander不仅是基于 Web 的文件管理器，还充当执行大多数Linux管理任务的远程管理工具。 您可以创建文件/文件夹，重命名，删除，编辑和查看它们。此外，您可以像在终端中在本地系统中那样安装，更新，升级和删除任何软件包。当然，您甚至可以从 Cloud Commander 控制台本身关闭或重启系统。 还有什么需要的吗？ 尝试一下，你会发现它很有用。 -That’s all for now. I will be here soon with another interesting article. Until then, stay tuned with OSTechNix. +目前为止就这样吧。 我将很快在这里发表另一篇有趣的文章。 在此之前，请继续关注 OSTechNix。 祝贺！ @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ via: https://www.ostechnix.com/cloud-commander-a-web-file-manager-with-console-a 作者：[SK][a] 选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +译者：[fuzheng1998](https://github.com/fuzheng1998) 校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From 19c4671fdaf63fd06b8499b098ed5fa3d1658b05 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: =?UTF-8?q?=E4=BB=98=E5=B3=A5?= Date: Tue, 18 Sep 2018 18:13:21 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 032/246] delete username head --- ...ud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md | 2 -- 1 file changed, 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/sources/tech/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md b/sources/tech/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md index 50e4987973..335fdd59b1 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md +++ b/sources/tech/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -fuzheng1998 translating -====== Cloud Commander – 一个有控制台和编辑器在Web 上的文件管家 ====== From 498f37c1627b1c9aa7da0d54ed466f8318f0be97 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: =?UTF-8?q?=E4=BB=98=E5=B3=A5?= Date: Tue, 18 Sep 2018 18:23:00 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 033/246] move files to translated --- ...loud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {sources/tech => translated}/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md (100%) diff --git a/sources/tech/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md b/translated/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md similarity index 100% rename from sources/tech/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md rename to translated/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md From 58cd79764c0922a38a2a8678b18117ce6a4fe0ca Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: =?UTF-8?q?=E4=BB=98=E5=B3=A5?= <24203166+fuzheng1998@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Tue, 18 Sep 2018 19:03:30 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 034/246] Update 20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md --- ...ud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/translated/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md b/translated/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md index 335fdd59b1..2854b9d4ad 100644 --- a/translated/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md +++ b/translated/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Cloud Commander – 一个有控制台和编辑器在Web 上的文件管家 +Cloud Commander – 一个有控制台和编辑器在 Web 上的文件管家 ====== ![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/05/Cloud-Commander-A-Web-File-Manager-With-Console-And-Editor-720x340.png) From 4ffee71be9214979b4e070c73c1acd66c6ff523e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Tue, 18 Sep 2018 20:28:26 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 035/246] Rename translated/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md to translated/tech/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md --- ...loud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename translated/{ => tech}/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md b/translated/tech/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md rename to translated/tech/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md From 71629b05645aae1ae9aa8ff1de734d626c37d162 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: sd886393 Date: Tue, 18 Sep 2018 21:30:15 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 036/246] =?UTF-8?q?=E3=80=90=E7=BF=BB=E8=AF=91=E5=AE=8C?= =?UTF-8?q?=E6=AF=95=E3=80=91talk-20180907-what=20do=20open=20source=20and?= =?UTF-8?q?=20cooking=20have=20in=20common?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ... open source and cooking have in common.md | 79 ------------------- ... open source and cooking have in common.md | 79 +++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 79 insertions(+), 79 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/talk/20180907 What do open source and cooking have in common.md create mode 100644 translated/talk/20180907 What do open source and cooking have in common.md diff --git a/sources/talk/20180907 What do open source and cooking have in common.md b/sources/talk/20180907 What do open source and cooking have in common.md deleted file mode 100644 index 4dacfe62f0..0000000000 --- a/sources/talk/20180907 What do open source and cooking have in common.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,79 +0,0 @@ -What do open source and cooking have in common? -====== - -![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/waffles-recipe-eggs-cooking-mix.png?itok=Fp06VOBx) - -What’s a fun way to promote the principles of free software without actually coding? Here’s an idea: open source cooking. For the past eight years, this is what we’ve been doing in Munich. - -The idea of _open source cooking_ grew out of our regular open source meetups because we realized that cooking and free software have a lot in common. - -### Cooking together - -The [Munich Open Source Meetings][1] is a series of recurring Friday night events that was born in [Café Netzwerk][2] in July 2009. The meetings help provide a way for open source project members and enthusiasts to get to know each other. Our motto is: “Every fourth Friday for free software.” In addition to adding some weekend workshops, we soon introduced other side events, including white sausage breakfast, sauna, and cooking. - -The first official _Open Source Cooking_ meetup was admittedly rather chaotic, but we’ve improved our routine over the past eight years and 15 events, and we’ve mastered the art of cooking delicious food for 25-30 people. - -Looking back at all those evenings, similarities between cooking together and working together in open source communities have become more clear. - -### FLOSS principles at play - -Here are a few ways cooking together is like working together on open source projects: - - * We enjoy collaborating and working toward a result we share. - * We’ve become a community. - * As we share a common interest and enthusiasm, we learn more about ourselves, each other, and what we’re working on together. - * Mistakes happen. We learn from them and share our knowledge to our mutual benefit, so hopefully we avoid repeating the same mistakes. - * Everyone contributes what they’re best at, as everyone has something they’re better at than someone else. - * We motivate others to contribute and join us. - * Coordination is key, but a bit chaotic. - * Everyone benefits from the results! - - - -### Smells like open source - -Like any successful open source-related meetup, open source cooking requires some coordination and structure. Ahead of the event, we run a _call for recipes_ in which all participants can vote. Rather than throwing a pizza into a microwave, we want to create something delicious and tasty, and so far we’ve had Japanese, Mexican, Hungarian, and Indian food, just to name a few. - -Like in real life, cooking together requires having respect and mutual understanding for each other, so we always try to have dishes for vegans, vegetarians, and people with allergies and food preferences. A little beta test at home can be helpful (and fun!) when preparing for the big release. - -Scalability matters, and shopping for our “build requirements” at the grocery store easily can eat up three hours. We use a spreadsheet (LibreOffice Calc, naturally) for calculating ingredient requirements and costs. - -For every dinner course we have a “package maintainer” working with volunteers to make the menu in time and to find unconventional solutions to problems that arise. - -Not everyone is a cook by profession, but with a little bit of help and a good distribution of tasks and responsibilities, it’s rather easy to parallelize things — at some point, 18kg of tomatoes and 100 eggs really don’t worry you anymore, believe me! The only real scalability limit is the stove with its four hotplates, so maybe it’s time to invest in an infrastructure budget. - -Time-based releasing, on the other hand, isn’t working as reliably as it should, as we usually serve the main dish at a rather “flexible” time between 21:30 und 01:30, but that’s not a release blocker, either. - -And, as with in many open source projects, cooking documentation has room for improvement. Cleanup tasks such as washing the dishes, surely can be optimized further, too. - -### Future flavor releases - -Some of our future ideas include: - - * cooking in a foreign country, - * finally buying and cooking that large 700 € pumpkin, and - * find a grocery store that donates a percentage of our purchases to a good cause. - - - -The last item is also an important aspect about the free software movement: Always remember there are people who are not living on the sunny side, who do not have the same access to resources, and who are otherwise struggling. How can the open nature of what we’re doing help them? - -With all that in mind, I am looking forward to the next Open Source Cooking meetup. If reading about them makes you hungry and you’d like to run own event, we’d love to see you adapt our idea or even fork it. And we’d love to have you join us in a meetup, and perhaps even do some mentoring and QA. - -Article originally appeared on [blog.effenberger.org][3]. Reprinted with permission. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/open-source-cooking - -作者：[Florian Effenberger][a] -选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]: https://opensource.com/users/floeff -[1]: https://www.opensourcetreffen.de/ -[2]: http://www.cafe-netzwerk.de/ -[3]: https://blog.effenberger.org/2018/05/28/what-do-open-source-and-cooking-have-in-common/ diff --git a/translated/talk/20180907 What do open source and cooking have in common.md b/translated/talk/20180907 What do open source and cooking have in common.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2f5f150f1a --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/talk/20180907 What do open source and cooking have in common.md @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +开源与烹饪有什么相似之处？ +====== + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/waffles-recipe-eggs-cooking-mix.png?itok=Fp06VOBx) + +有什么好的方法，既可以宣传开源的精神又不用写代码呢？这里有个点子：“开源食堂”。在过去的8年间，这就是我们在慕尼黑做的事情。 + +开源食堂已经是我们常规的开源宣传活动了，因为我们发现开源与烹饪有很多共同点。 + +### 协作烹饪 + +[慕尼黑开源聚会][1]自2009年7月在[Café Netzwerk][2]创办以来，已经组织了若干次活动，活动一般在星期五的晚上组织。该聚会为开源项目工作者或者开源爱好者们提供了相互认识的方式。我们的信条是：“每四周的星期五属于免费软件（Every fourth Friday for free software）”。当然在一些周末，我们还会举办一些研讨会。那之后，我们很快加入了很多其他的活动，包括白香肠早餐、桑拿与烹饪活动。 + +事实上，第一次开源烹饪聚会举办的有些混乱，但是我们经过这8年来以及15次的组织，已经可以为25-30个与会者提供丰盛的美食了。 + +回头看看这些夜晚，我们愈发发现共同烹饪与开源社区协作之间，有很多相似之处。 + +### 烹饪步骤中的开源精神 + +这里是几个烹饪与开源精神相同的地方： + + * 我们乐于合作且朝着一个共同的目标前进 + * 我们成立社区组织 + * 由于我们有相同的兴趣与爱好，我们可以更多的了解我们自身与他人，并且可以一同协作 + * 我们也会犯错，但我们会从错误中学习，并为了共同的李医生去分享关于错误的经验，从而让彼此避免再犯相同的错误 + * 每个人都会贡献自己擅长的事情，因为每个人都有自己的一技之长 + * 我们会动员其他人去做出贡献并加入到我们之中 + * 虽说协作是关键，但难免会有点混乱 + * 每个人都会从中收益 + + + +### 烹饪中的开源气息 + +同很多成功的开源聚会一样，开源烹饪也需要一些协作和组织结构。在每次活动之前，我们会组织所有的成员对菜单进行投票，而不单单是直接给每个人分一角披萨，我们希望真正的作出一道美味，迄今为止我们做过日本、墨西哥、匈牙利、印度等地区风味的美食，限于篇幅就不一一列举了。 + +就像在生活中，共同烹饪一样需要各个成员之间相互的尊重和理解，所以我们也会试着为素食主义者、食物过敏者、或者对某些事物有偏好的人提供针对性的事物。正式开始烹饪之前，在家预先进行些小规模的测试会非常有帮助（乐趣！） + +可扩展性也很重要，在杂货店采购必要的食材很容易就消耗掉3个小时。所以我们使用一些表格工具（自然是 LibreOffice Calc）来做一些所需要的食材以及相应的成本。 + +我们会同志愿者一起，为每次晚餐准备一个“包管理器”，从而及时的制作出菜单并在问题产生的时候寻找一些独到的解决方法。 + +虽然不是所有人都是大厨，但是只要给与一些帮助，并比较合理的分配任务和责任，就很容易让每个人都参与其中。某种程度上来说，处理 18kg 的西红柿和 100 个鸡蛋都不会让你觉得是件难事，相信我！唯一的限制是一个烤炉只有四个灶，所以可能是时候对基础设施加大投入了。 + +发布有时间要求，当然要求也不那么严格，我们通常会在21:30和01:30之间的相当“灵活”时间内供应主菜，即便如此，这个时间也是硬性的发布规定。 + +最后，想很多开源项目一样，烹饪文档同样有提升的空间。类似洗碟子这样的扫尾工作同样也有可优化的地方。 + +### 未来的一些新功能点 + +我们预计的一些想法包括： + + * 在其他的国家开展活动 + * 购买和烹饪一个价值 700 欧元的大南瓜，并且 + * 找家可以为我们采购提供折扣的商店 + + +最后一点，也是开源软件的动机：永远记住，还有一些人们生活在阴影中，他们为没有同等的权限去访问资源而苦恼着。我们如何通过开源的精神去帮助他们呢？ + +一想到这点，我便期待这下一次的开源烹饪聚会。如果读了上面的东西让你觉得不够完美，并且想自己运作这样的活动，我们非常乐意你能够借鉴我们的想法，甚至抄袭一个。我们也乐意你能够参与到我们其中，甚至做一些演讲和问答。 + +Article originally appeared on [blog.effenberger.org][3]. Reprinted with permission. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/open-source-cooking + +作者：[Florian Effenberger][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/sd886393) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/floeff +[1]: https://www.opensourcetreffen.de/ +[2]: http://www.cafe-netzwerk.de/ +[3]: https://blog.effenberger.org/2018/05/28/what-do-open-source-and-cooking-have-in-common/ +[4]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Free_and_open-source_software From f98ec0c834674efc3e9b0e938f1801157c085c02 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: jamelouis Date: Tue, 18 Sep 2018 22:24:20 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 037/246] translating nas --- ...7 Getting started with openmediavault- A home NAS solution.md | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180917 Getting started with openmediavault- A home NAS solution.md b/sources/tech/20180917 Getting started with openmediavault- A home NAS solution.md index 7f5b29c092..42bb1bfe17 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180917 Getting started with openmediavault- A home NAS solution.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180917 Getting started with openmediavault- A home NAS solution.md @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +[translating by jamelouis] Getting started with openmediavault: A home NAS solution ====== This network-attached file server offers a solid array of features and is easy to install and configure. From 00a321afa3ae08194407543d9c4a218f48eb642b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Tue, 18 Sep 2018 22:28:57 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 038/246] PRF&PUB:20180808 5 applications to manage your to do list on Fedora (#10251) * PRF:20180808 5 applications to manage your to-do list on Fedora.md @geekpi * PUB:20180808 5 applications to manage your to-do list on Fedora.md @geekpi https://linux.cn/article-10025-1.html --- ...ons to manage your to-do list on Fedora.md | 26 +++++++++---------- 1 file changed, 12 insertions(+), 14 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180808 5 applications to manage your to-do list on Fedora.md (58%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180808 5 applications to manage your to-do list on Fedora.md b/published/20180808 5 applications to manage your to-do list on Fedora.md similarity index 58% rename from translated/tech/20180808 5 applications to manage your to-do list on Fedora.md rename to published/20180808 5 applications to manage your to-do list on Fedora.md index dbd9aac972..99a163bf4f 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180808 5 applications to manage your to-do list on Fedora.md +++ b/published/20180808 5 applications to manage your to-do list on Fedora.md @@ -3,46 +3,45 @@ ![](https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/todoapps-816x345.jpg) -有效管理待办事项可以为你的工作效率创造奇迹。有些人更喜欢在文本中保存待办事项，甚至只使用记事本和笔。对于需要更多待办事项功能的用户，他们通常会使用应用程序。在本文中，我们将重点介绍 4 个图形程序和一个基于终端的工具来管理待办事项。 +有效管理待办事项（to-do）可以为你的工作效率创造奇迹。有些人更喜欢在文本中保存待办事项，甚至只使用记事本和笔。对于需要更多待办事项功能的用户，他们通常会使用应用程序。在本文中，我们将重点介绍 4 个图形程序和一个基于终端的工具来管理待办事项。 ### GNOME To Do -GNOME To Do][1] 是专为 GNOME 桌面（Fedora Workstation 的默认桌面）设计的个人任务管理器。将 GNOME To Do 与其他程序进行比较时，它有一系列简洁的功能。 +[GNOME To Do][1] 是专为 GNOME 桌面（Fedora Workstation 的默认桌面）设计的个人任务管理器。GNOME To Do 与其他程序进行比较，它有一系列简洁的功能。 -GNOME To Do 提供列表形式的任务组织，并能为该列表指定颜色。此外，可以为各个任务分配截止日期和优先级，以及每项任务的注释。此外，GNOME To Do 还支持扩展，能添加更多功能，包括支持 [todo.txt][2] 以及与 [todoist][3] 等在线服务同步。 +GNOME To Do 提供列表形式的任务组织方式，并能为该列表指定颜色。此外，可以为各个任务分配截止日期和优先级，以及每项任务的注释。此外，GNOME To Do 还支持扩展，能添加更多功能，包括支持 [todo.txt][2] 以及与 [todoist][3] 等在线服务同步。 ![][4] 使用软件中心或者在终端中使用下面的命令安装 GNOME To Do： + ``` sudo dnf install gnome-todo - ``` ### Getting things GNOME! -、在 GNOME To Do 存在之前，在 GNOME 上追踪任务的首选程序是 [Getting things GNOME!][5] 这个稍来的 GNOME 程序有多个窗口层，能然你同时显示多个任务的细节。GTG 没有任务列表，它能在任务中添加子任务，甚至在子任务中添加子任务。GTG 同样能添加截止日期和开始日期。通过插件同步其他程序和服务也是可能的。 +在 GNOME To Do 出现之前，在 GNOME 上追踪任务的首选程序是 [Getting things GNOME!][5] 这个老式的 GNOME 程序采用多窗口布局，能让你同时显示多个任务的细节。GTG 没有任务列表，它能在任务中添加子任务，甚至在子任务中添加子任务。GTG 同样能添加截止日期和开始日期。也可以通过插件同步其他程序和服务。 ![][6] 在软件中心或者在终端中使用下面的命令安装 Getting Things GNOME： + ``` sudo dnf install gtg - ``` ### Go For It! -[Go For It!][7] 是一个超级简单的任务管理程序。它能简单地创建一个任务列表，并在完成后标记它们。它没有组任务，也不能创建子任务。默认 Go For It! 将任务存储在 todo.txt 中，这能更方便地同步到在线服务或者其他程序中。额外地，Go For It! 包含了一个简单定时器来追踪你在当前任务花费了多少时间。 +[Go For It!][7] 是一个超级简单的任务管理程序。它能简单地创建一个任务列表，并在完成后标记它们。它不能将任务分组，也不能创建子任务。Go For It! 默认将任务存储为 todo.txt 格式，这能更方便地同步到在线服务或者其他程序中。额外地，Go For It! 包含了一个简单定时器来追踪你在当前任务花费了多少时间。 ![][8] -Go For It 能在 Flathub 应用仓库中找到。要安装它，只需[启用 Flathub 作为软件源][9]，接着在软件中心中安装。 - +Go For It! 能在 Flathub 应用仓库中找到。要安装它，只需[启用 Flathub 作为软件源][9]，接着在软件中心中安装。 ### Agenda -如果你在寻找一款非常简单的待办应用，[Agenda][10] 非常合适。创建任务，标记完成，接着从列表中删除它们。Agenda 会在你删除它们之前显示所有任务（完成或者进行中）。 +如果你在寻找一款非常简单的待办应用，非 [Agenda][10] 莫属。创建任务，标记完成，接着从列表中删除它们。Agenda 会在你删除它们之前一直显示所有任务（完成的或者进行中）。 ![][11] @@ -57,12 +56,11 @@ Agenda 能从 Flathub 应用仓库下载。要安装它，只需[启用 Flathub ![][14] 在终端中使用这个命令安装 Taskwarrior： + ``` sudo dnf install task - ``` - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- via: https://fedoramagazine.org/5-tools-to-manage-your-to-do-list-on-fedora/ @@ -70,7 +68,7 @@ via: https://fedoramagazine.org/5-tools-to-manage-your-to-do-list-on-fedora/ 作者：[Ryan Lerch][a] 选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对：[wxy](https://github.com/校对者ID) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 @@ -88,4 +86,4 @@ via: https://fedoramagazine.org/5-tools-to-manage-your-to-do-list-on-fedora/ [11]:https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/agenda.png [12]:https://taskwarrior.org/ [13]:https://fedoramagazine.org/getting-started-taskwarrior/ -[14]:https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/taskwarrior.png \ No newline at end of file +[14]:https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/taskwarrior.png From c9f615c7cd12cbfa714254ea87655a94e895d3a4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Tue, 18 Sep 2018 23:06:49 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 039/246] PRF&PUB:20180831 6 open source tools for making your own VPN (#10254) MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit * PRF:20180831 6 open source tools for making your own VPN.md @heguangzhi 翻译的很好~ * PUB:20180831 6 open source tools for making your own VPN.md @heguangzhi https://linux.cn/article-10026-1.html --- ...en source tools for making your own VPN.md | 109 ++++++++++++++ ...en source tools for making your own VPN.md | 137 ------------------ 2 files changed, 109 insertions(+), 137 deletions(-) create mode 100644 published/20180831 6 open source tools for making your own VPN.md delete mode 100644 translated/tech/20180831 6 open source tools for making your own VPN.md diff --git a/published/20180831 6 open source tools for making your own VPN.md b/published/20180831 6 open source tools for making your own VPN.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..19e668c20c --- /dev/null +++ b/published/20180831 6 open source tools for making your own VPN.md @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +6 个打造你自己的 VPN 的开源工具 +====== + +> 想尝试建立您自己的 VPN，但是不确定从哪里开始吗？ + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/vpn_scrabble_networking.jpg?itok=pdsUHw5N) + +如果您想尝试建立您自己的 VPN，但是不确定从哪里开始，那么您来对地方了。我将比较 6 个在您自己的服务器上搭建和使用 VPN 的最好的自由和开源工具。不管您是想为您的企业建立站点到站点的 VPN，还是只是想创建一个远程代理访问以解除访问限制并对 ISP 隐藏你的互联网流量，都可以通过 VPN 来达成。 + +根据您的需求和条件，并参考您自己的技术特长、环境以及您想要通过 VPN 实现的目标。需要考虑以下因素： + + * VPN 协议 + * 客户端的数量和设备类型 + * 服务端的兼容性 + * 需要的技术专业能力 + +### Algo + +[Algo][1] 是从下往上设计的，可以为需要互联网安全代理的商务旅客创建 VPN 专用网。它“只包括您所需要的最小化的软件”，这意味着为了简单而牺牲了可扩展性。Algo 是基于 StrongSwan 的，但是删除了所有您不需要的东西，这有另外一个好处，那就是去除了新手可能不会注意到的安全漏洞。 + +作为额外的奖励，它甚至可以屏蔽广告！ + +Algo 只支持 IKEv2 协议和 Wireguard。因为对 IKEv2 的支持现在已经内置在大多数设备中，所以它不需要像 OpenVPN 这样的客户端应用程序。Algo 可以使用 Ansible 在 Ubuntu (首选选项)、Windows、RedHat、CentOS 和 FreeBSD 上部署。 使用 Ansible 可以自动化安装，它会根据您对一组简短的问题的回答来配置服务。卸载和重新部署也非常容易。 + +Algo 可能是在本文中安装和部署最简单和最快的 VPN。它非常简洁，考虑周全。如果您不需要其他工具提供的高级功能，只需要一个安全代理，这是一个很好的选择。请注意，Algo 明确表示，它不是为了解除地理封锁或逃避审查，主要是为了加密。 + +### Streisand + +[Streisand][2] 可以使用一个命令安装在任何 Ubuntu 16.04 服务器上；这个过程大约需要 10 分钟。它支持 L2TP、OpenConnect、OpenSSH、OpenVPN、Shadowsocks、Stunnel、Tor bridge 和 WireGuard。根据您选择的协议，您可能需要安装客户端应用程序。 + +在很多方面，Streisand 与 Algo 相似，但是它提供了更多的协议和定制。这需要更多的工作来管理和维护，但也更加灵活。注意 Streisand 不支持 IKEv2。因为它的多功能性，我认为 Streisand 在某国和土耳其这样的地方绕过审查制度更有效，但是 Algo 的安装更容易和更快。 + +使用 Ansible 可以自动化安装，所以不需要太多的专业技术知识。通过向用户发送自定义生成的连接指令，包括服务器 SSL 证书的嵌入副本，可以轻松添加更多用户。 + +卸载 Streisand 是一个快速无痛的过程，您也可以随时重新部署。 + +### OpenVPN + +[OpenVPN][3] 要求客户端和服务器应用程序使用其同名的协议建立 VPN 连接。OpenVPN 可以根据您的需求进行调整和定制，但它也需要更多专业技术知识。它支持远程访问和站点到站点配置；如果您计划使用 VPN 作为互联网代理，前者是您所需要的。因为在大多数设备上使用 OpenVPN 需要客户端应用程序，所以最终用户必须保持更新。 + +服务器端您可以选择部署在云端或你自己的 Linux 服务器上。兼容的发行版包括 CentOS 、Ubuntu 、Debian 和 openSUSE。Windows 、MacOS 、iOS 和 Android 都有客户端应用程序，其他设备也有非官方应用程序。企业可以选择设置一个 OpenVPN 接入服务器，但是对于想要使用社区版的个人来说，这可能有点过分。 + +OpenVPN 使用静态密钥加密来配置相对容易，但并不十分安全。相反，我建议使用 [easy-rsa][4] 来设置它，这是一个密钥管理包，可以用来设置公钥基础设施（PKI）。这允许您一次连接多个设备，并因此得到完美前向保密perfect forward secrecy和其他好处的保护。OpenVPN 使用 SSL/TLS 进行加密，而且您可以在配置中指定 DNS 服务器。 + +OpenVPN 可以穿透防火墙和 NAT 防火墙，这意味着您可以使用它绕过可能会阻止连接的网关和防火墙。它同时支持 TCP 和 UDP 传输。 + +### StrongSwan + +您可能会遇到一些名称中有 “Swan” 的各种 VPN 工具。FreeS/WAN 、OpenSwan、LibreSwan 和 [strongSwan][5] 都是同一个项目的分叉，后者是我个人最喜欢的。在服务器端，strongSwan 可以运行在 Linux 2.6、3.x 和 4x 内核、Android、FreeBSD、macOS、iOS 和 Windows 上。 + +StrongSwan 使用 IKEv2 协议和 IPSec 。与 OpenVPN 相比，IKEv2 连接速度更快，同时提供了很好的速度和安全性。如果您更喜欢不需要在客户端安装额外应用程序的协议，这将非常有用，因为现在生产的大多数新设备都支持 IKEv2，包括 Windows、MacOS、iOS 和 Android。 + +StrongSwan 并不特别容易使用，尽管文档不错，但它使用的词汇与大多数其他工具不同，这可能会让人比较困惑。它的模块化设计让它对企业来说很棒，但这也意味着它不是很精简。这当然不像 Algo 或 Streisand 那么简单。 + +访问控制可以基于使用 X.509 属性证书的组成员身份，这是 strongSwan 独有的功能。它支持用于集成到其他环境（如 Windows Active Directory）中的 EAP 身份验证方法。strongSwan 可以穿透NAT 网络防火墙。 + +### SoftEther + +[SoftEther][6] 是由日本筑波大学的一名研究生发起的一个项目。SoftEther VPN 服务器和 VPN 网桥可以运行在 Windows、Linux、OSX、FreeBSD 和 Solaris 上，而客户端应用程序可以运行在 Windows、Linux 和 MacOS 上。VPN 网桥主要用于需要设置站点到站点 VPN 的企业，因此单个用户只需要服务器和客户端程序来设置远程访问。 + +SoftEther 支持 OpenVPN、L2TP、SSTP 和 EtherIP 协议，由于采用“基于 HTTPS 的以太网”伪装，它自己的 SoftEther 协议声称能够免疫深度数据包检测。SoftEther 还做了一些调整，以减少延迟并增加吞吐量。此外，SoftEther 还包括一个克隆功能，允许您轻松地从 OpenVPN 过渡到 SoftEther。 + +SoftEther 可以穿透 NAT 防火墙并绕过防火墙。在只允许 ICMP 和 DNS 数据包的受限网络上，您可以利用 SoftEther 的基于 ICMP 或 DNS 的 VPN 方式来穿透防火墙。SoftEther 可与 IPv4 和 IPv6 一起工作。 + +SoftEther 比 OpenVPN 和 strongSwan 更容易设置，但比 Streisand 和 Algo 要复杂。 + +### WireGuard + +[WireGuard][7] 是这个名单上最新的工具；它太新了，甚至还没有完成。也就是说，它为部署 VPN 提供了一种快速简便的方法。它旨在通过使 IPSec 更简单、更精简来改进它，就像 SSH 一样。 + +与 OpenVPN 一样，WireGuard 既是一种协议，也是一种用于部署使用所述协议的 VPN 的软件工具。一个关键特性是“加密密钥路由”，它将公钥与隧道内允许的 IP 地址列表相关联。 + +WireGuard 可用于 Ubuntu、Debian、Fedora、CentOS、MacOS、Windows 和安卓系统。WireGuard 可在 IPv4 和 IPv6 上工作。 + +WireGuard 比大多数其他 VPN 协议轻得多，它只在需要发送数据时才发送数据包。 + +开发人员说，WireGuard 还不应该被信任，因为它还没有被完全审计过，但是欢迎你给它一个机会。这可能是下一个热门！ + +### 自制 VPN vs. 商业 VPN + +制作您自己的 VPN 为您的互联网连接增加了一层隐私和安全，但是如果您是唯一一个使用它的人，那么装备精良的第三方，比如政府机构，将很容易追踪到你的活动。 + +此外，如果您计划使用您的 VPN 来解锁地理锁定的内容，自制的 VPN 可能不是最好的选择。因为您只能从一个 IP 地址连接，所以你的 VPN 服务器很容易被阻止。 + +好的商业 VPN 不存在这些问题。有了像 [ExpressVPN][8] 这样的提供商，您可以与数十甚至数百个其他用户共享服务器的 IP 地址，这使得跟踪一个用户的活动几乎变得不可能。您也可以从成百上千的服务器中选择，所以如果其中一台被列入黑名单，你可以切换到另一台。 + +然而，商业 VPN 的权衡是，您必须相信提供商不会窥探您的互联网流量。一定要选择一个有明确的无日志政策的信誉良好的供应商。 + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/8/open-source-tools-vpn + +作者：[Paul Bischoff][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[heguangzhi](https://github.com/heguangzhi) +校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/paulbischoff +[1]: https://blog.trailofbits.com/2016/12/12/meet-algo-the-vpn-that-works/ +[2]: https://github.com/StreisandEffect/streisand +[3]: https://openvpn.net/ +[4]: https://github.com/OpenVPN/easy-rsa +[5]: https://www.strongswan.org/ +[6]: https://www.softether.org/ +[7]: https://www.wireguard.com/ +[8]: https://www.comparitech.com/vpn/reviews/expressvpn/ diff --git a/translated/tech/20180831 6 open source tools for making your own VPN.md b/translated/tech/20180831 6 open source tools for making your own VPN.md deleted file mode 100644 index 0ff7ad847e..0000000000 --- a/translated/tech/20180831 6 open source tools for making your own VPN.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,137 +0,0 @@ -heguangzhi Translating - -6个开源工具制作自己的VPN -====== - - - - -![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/vpn_scrabble_networking.jpg?itok=pdsUHw5N) - -如果您想尝试建立您自己的 VPN，但是不确定从哪里开始，那么您来对地方了。我将挑选6个最好的免费和开源工具在您自己的服务器上搭建和使用 VPN。这些 VPN 软件不管您是想为您的企业建立站点到站点的，还是仅创建远程代理访问以解除访问限制，并隐藏来自ISP的互联网流量都可以得到解决。 - -根据您的需求和条件，并参考您自己的技术特长，环境以及您想要通过 VPN 实现的目标。需要考虑以下因素： - - * VPN 协议 - * 客户端的数量和设备类型 - * 服务端的兼容性 - * 技术专业的能力 - -### Algo - - -[Algo][1] 是从下往上的设计的，为需要互联网安全代理的企业创建 VPN 专用网。它“只包括您需要的最小化的软件”，这意味着您为了简单而牺牲了可扩展性。Algo 是基于 StrongSwan 的，但是删除了所有您不需要的东西，这有另外一个好处，那就是删除了新手可能不会注意到的安全漏洞。 - - -作为额外的奖励，它甚至屏蔽了广告！ - -Algo supports only the IKEv2 protocol and Wireguard. Because IKEv2 support is built into most devices these days, it doesn’t require a client app like OpenVPN. Algo can be deployed using Ansible on Ubuntu (the preferred option), Windows, RedHat, CentOS, and FreeBSD. Setup is automated using Ansible, which configures the server based on your answers to a short set of questions. It’s also very easy to tear down and re-deploy on demand. - - -Algo 只支持 IKEv2 协议和 Wireguard 。因为 IKEv2 支持现在已经内置在大多数设备中，所以它不需要像 OpenVPN 这样的客户端应用程序。Algo 可以使用 Ansible 在 Ubuntu (首选选项)、Windows、RedHat、CentOS 和 FreeBSD 上部署。自动化的安装 Ansible，它根据您对一组简短问题的回答来配置服务。终止和重新部署也非常容易。 - - -Algo 可能是在本篇文章中安装和部署的最简单和最快的VPN。它非常简洁，考虑周全。如果您不需要其他工具提供的任何更高级的功能，只需要一个安全的代理，这是一个很好的选择。请注意，Algo 明确表示，它不是为了解除地理封锁或逃避审查，主要是为了加密。 - -### Streisand - - - -[Streisand][2] 可以使用一个命令安装在任何 Ubuntu 16.04 服务器上；这个过程大约需要10分钟。它支持 L2TP、OpenConnect、OpenSSH、OpenVPN、Shadowsocks、Stunnel、Tor bridge 和 WireGuard。根据您选择的协议，您可能需要安装客户端应用程序。 - - -在很多方面，Streisand 与 Algo 相似，但是它提供了更多的协议和定制。这需要更多的工作来管理和维护，但也更加灵活。注意 Streisand 不支持 IKEv2 。我认为 Streisand 在中国和土耳其这样的地方绕过审查制度更有效，因为它的多功能性，但是 Algo 更容易和更快地安装。 - - -使用 Ansible 可以自动化安装，所以不需要太多的专业技术知识。通过向用户发送自定义生成的连接指令，包括服务器 SSL 证书的嵌入副本，可以轻松添加更多用户。 - - -卸载 Streisand 是一个快速无痛的过程，您可以按需重新部署。 - -### OpenVPN - - -[OpenVPN][3] 要求客户端和服务器应用程序使用同名协议建立 VPN 连接。OpenVPN 可以根据您的需求进行调整和定制，但它也需要更多专业技术知识。支持远程访问和站点到站点配置；如果您计划使 VPN 作为互联网的代理，前者是您需要的。因为客户端应用程序需要在大多数设备上使用 OpenVPN ，最终用户必须保持更新。 - - -在服务器端，您可以选择部署在云中或 Linux 服务器上。兼容的发行版包括 CentOS 、Ubuntu 、Debian 和 openSUSE。Windows 、MacOS 、iOS 和 Android 都有客户端应用程序，其他设备也有非官方应用程序。企业可以选择设置一个 OpenVPN 接入服务器，但是对于想要社区版的个人来说，这可能太过分了。 - - -OpenVPN 相对容易配置静态密钥加密，但并不完全安全。相反，我建议使用 [easy-rsa][4] 来设置它，这是一个密钥管理包，可以用来设置公钥基础设施。这允许您一次连接多个设备，并以完美的前向保密和其他好处来保护它们。OpenVPN 使用 SSL/TLS 进行加密，您可以在配置中指定 DNS 服务器。 - - -OpenVPN 可以穿越防火墙和 NAT 防火墙，这意味着您可以使用它绕过网关和防火墙，否则它们可能会阻止连接。它同时支持 TCP 和 UDP 传输。 - -### StrongSwan - -您可能会遇到一些不同的 VPN 工具，名称中有“Swan”。FreeS/WAN, 、OpenSwan、LibreSwan和[strongSwan][5] 都是同一个项目的分叉，后者是我个人最喜欢的。服务器端，strongSwan 运行在 Linux 2.6、3.x和4x内核、Android、FreeBSD、macOS、iOS 和 Windows上。 - - -StrongSwan 使用 IKEv2 协议和 IPSec 。与 OpenVPN 相比，IKEv2 连接速度更快，同时提供了很好的速度和安全性。如果您更喜欢不需要在客户端安装额外应用程序的协议，这将非常有用，因为现在生产的大多数新设备都支持 IKEv2,，包括 Windows、MacOS、iOS和Android。 - -StrongSwan 并不特别容易使用，尽管文档不错，但它使用的词汇与大多数其他工具不同，这可能会让人比较困惑。它的模块化设计让它对企业来说很棒，但这也意味着它不是最精简。这当然不像 Algo 或Streisand 那么简单。 - - -访问控制可以基于使用X.509 属性证书的组成员身份，这是 strongSwan 独有的功能。它支持用于集成到其他环境(如Windows Active Directory )中的EAP身份验证方法。strongSwan可以穿越NAT 网络防火墙。 - -### SoftEther - - -[SoftEther][6] 是由日本筑波大学的一名研究生发起的一个项目。SoftEther VPN 服务器和 VPN网桥在 Windows、Linux、OSX、FreeBSD 和 Solaris 上运行，而客户端应用程序在Windows、Linux和 MacOS 上运行。VPN 网桥主要用于需要设置站点到站点VPN的企业，因此单个用户只需要服务器和客户端程序来设置远程访问。 - - -SoftEther 支持 OpenVPN、L2TP、SSTP 和 EtherIP 协议，由于“基于HTTPS的以太网”伪装，它自己的 SoftEther 协议声称能够免疫深度数据包检测。SoftEther 还做了一些调整，以减少延迟并增加吞吐量。此外，SoftEther 还包括一个克隆功能，允许您轻松地从 OpenVPN 过渡到SoftEther。 - -SoftEther 可以穿透 NAT 防火墙并绕过防火墙。在只允许 ICMP 和 DNS 数据包的受限网络上，您可以通过 ICMP 利用SoftEther的VPN 或者通过 DNS 利用 VPN 选项来穿透防火墙。SoftEther 可与IPv4 和IPv6 一起工作。 - - -SoftEther 比 OpenVPN 和strongSwan更容易设置，但比 Streisand 和 Algo 更复杂。 - -### WireGuard - - -[WireGuard][7] 是这个名单上最新的工具；它太新了，甚至还没有完成。也就是说，它为部署VPN提供了一种快速简便的方法。它旨在通过使 IPSec 更简单、更精简来改进它，就像SSH一样。 - -与OpenVPN一样，WireGuard 既是一种协议，也是一种软件工具，用于部署使用所述协议的VPN。一个关键特性是“加密密钥路由”，它将公钥与隧道内允许的 IP 地址列表相关联。 - - -WireGuard可用于 Ubuntu、Debian、Fedora、CentOS、MacOS、Windows 和安卓系统。WireGuard可在 IPv4和 IPv6 上工作。 - -WireGuard比大多数其他VPN协议轻得多，它只在需要发送数据时才发送数据包。 - - -开发人员说，WireGuard还不应该被信任，因为它还没有被完全审计过，但是欢迎你给它一个机会。这可能是下一件大事！ - -### 自制 VPN vs. 商业 VPN - -制作您自己的 VPN 为您的互联网连接增加了一层隐私和安全，但是如果您是唯一一个使用它的人，那么装备精良的第三方，比如政府机构，将很容易追踪到你的活动。 - -此外，如果您计划使用您的 VPN 来解锁地理锁定的内容，自制的VPN可能不是最好的选择。因为您只能从一个IP地址连接，所以你的 VPN 服务器很容易被阻止。 - - -好的商业 VPN 不存在这些问题。有了像[ExpressVPN][8]这样的提供商，您可以与数十甚至数百个其他用户共享服务器的IP地址，这使得跟踪一个用户的活动几乎变得不可能。您也可以从成百上千的服务器中选择，所以如果其中一台被列入黑名单，你可以切换到另一台。 - - -然而，商业VPN的权衡是，您必须相信提供商不会窥探您的互联网流量。一定要选择一个有明确的无日志政策的信誉良好的供应商。 - - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://opensource.com/article/18/8/open-source-tools-vpn - -作者：[Paul Bischoff][a] -选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]: -[1]: https://blog.trailofbits.com/2016/12/12/meet-algo-the-vpn-that-works/ -[2]: https://github.com/StreisandEffect/streisand -[3]: https://openvpn.net/ -[4]: https://github.com/OpenVPN/easy-rsa -[5]: https://www.strongswan.org/ -[6]: https://www.softether.org/ -[7]: https://www.wireguard.com/ -[8]: https://www.comparitech.com/vpn/reviews/expressvpn/ From 89a6d1efcf43c800103ec0cdbbde6f6e9cbeaf11 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: pityonline Date: Tue, 18 Sep 2018 23:12:49 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 040/246] =?UTF-8?q?PRF:=20#10184=20=E6=A0=A1=E5=AF=B9?= =?UTF-8?q?=E5=B9=B6=E5=88=9D=E6=AD=A5=E8=B0=83=E6=95=B4=E6=A0=BC=E5=BC=8F?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...0180308 What is open source programming.md | 39 ++++++++++--------- 1 file changed, 20 insertions(+), 19 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/talk/20180308 What is open source programming.md b/translated/talk/20180308 What is open source programming.md index ad732e1996..4791a64aab 100644 --- a/translated/talk/20180308 What is open source programming.md +++ b/translated/talk/20180308 What is open source programming.md @@ -1,10 +1,11 @@ -何谓开源编程? +何谓开源编程？ ====== + > 开源就是丢一些代码到 GitHub 上。了解一下它是什么，以及不是什么？ ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/code_computer_development_programming.png?itok=4OM29-82) -最简单的来说，开源编程就是编写一些大家可以随意取用、修改的代码。但你肯定听过关于 Go 语言的那个老笑话，说 Go 语言“简单到看一眼就可以明白规则，但需要一辈子去学会运用它”。其实写开源代码也是这样的。往 GitHub、Bitbucket、 SourceForge 等网站或者是你自己的博客或网站上丢几行代码不是难事，但想要卓有成效，还需要个人的努力付出和高瞻远瞩。 +最简单的来说，开源编程就是编写一些大家可以随意取用、修改的代码。但你肯定听过关于 Go 语言的那个老笑话，说 Go 语言“简单到看一眼就可以明白规则，但需要一辈子去学会运用它”。其实写开源代码也是这样的。往 GitHub、Bitbucket、SourceForge 等网站或者是你自己的博客或网站上丢几行代码不是难事，但想要卓有成效，还需要个人的努力付出和高瞻远瞩。 ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/panopoly_image_original/public/u128651/floorgoban.jpeg?itok=r8gA5jOk) @@ -12,29 +13,29 @@ 首先我要说清楚一点：把你的代码放在 GitHub 的公开仓库中并不意味着把你的代码开源了。在几乎全世界，根本不用创作者做什么，只要作品形成，版权就随之而生了。在创作者进行授权之前，只有作者可以行使版权相关的权力。未经创作者授权的代码，不论有多少人在使用，都是一颗定时炸弹，只有愚蠢的人才会去用它。 -有些创作者很善良，认为“很明显我的代码是免费提供给大家使用的。”，他也并不想起诉那些用了他的代码的人，但这并不意味着这些代码可以放心使用。不论在你眼中创作者们多么善良，他们都是*有权力*起诉任何使用、修改代码，或未经明确授权就将代码嵌入的人。 +有些创作者很善良，认为“很明显我的代码是免费提供给大家使用的。”，他也并不想起诉那些用了他的代码的人，但这并不意味着这些代码可以放心使用。不论在你眼中创作者们多么善良，他们都是 *有权力* 起诉任何使用、修改代码，或未经明确授权就将代码嵌入的人。 很明显，你不应该在没有指定开源许可证的情况下将你的源代码发布到网上然后期望别人使用它并为其做出贡献，我建议你也尽量避免使用这种代码，甚至疑似未授权的也不要使用。如果你开发了一个函数和例程，它和之前一个疑似未授权代码很像，源代码作者就可以对你就侵权提起诉讼。 -举个例子， Jill Schmill 写了 AwesomeLib 然后未明确授权就把它放到了 GitHub 上，就算 Jill Schmill 不起诉任何人，只要她把 AwesomeLib 的完整版权都卖给 EvilCorp，EvilCorp 就会起诉之前违规使用这段代码的人。这种行为就好像是埋下了计算机安全隐患，总有一天会为人所用。 - +举个例子，Jill Schmill 写了 AwesomeLib 然后未明确授权就把它放到了 GitHub 上，就算 Jill Schmill 不起诉任何人，只要她把 AwesomeLib 的完整版权都卖给 EvilCorp，EvilCorp 就会起诉之前违规使用这段代码的人。这种行为就好像是埋下了计算机安全隐患，总有一天会为人所用。 + 没有许可证的代码的危险的，切记。 - + ### 选择恰当的开源许可证 假设你正要写一个新程序，而且打算让人们以开源的方式使用它，你需要做的就是选择最贴合你需求的[许可证][1]。和宣传中说的一样，你可以从 GitHub 所支持的 [choosealicense.com][2] 开始。这个网站设置得像个简单的问卷，特别方便快捷，点几下就能找到合适的许可证。 -警示：在选择许可证时不要过于自负，如果你选的是 [Apache 许可证][3] 或者 [GPLv3][4] 这种广为使用的许可证，人们很容易理解其对于权利的规划，你也不需要请律师来排查其中的漏洞。你选择的许可证使用的人越少，带来的麻烦越多。 +警示：在选择许可证时不要过于自负，如果你选的是 [Apache 许可证][3]或者 [GPLv3][4] 这种广为使用的许可证，人们很容易理解其对于权利的规划，你也不需要请律师来排查其中的漏洞。你选择的许可证使用的人越少，带来的麻烦越多。 -最重要的一点是：*千万不要试图自己编造许可证！*自己编造许可证会给大家带来更多的困惑和困扰，不要这样做。如果在现有的许可证中确实找不到你需要的条款，你可以在现有的许可证中附加上你的要求，并且重点标注出来，提醒使用者们注意。 +最重要的一点是： *千万不要试图自己编造许可证！* 自己编造许可证会给大家带来更多的困惑和困扰，不要这样做。如果在现有的许可证中确实找不到你需要的条款，你可以在现有的许可证中附加上你的要求，并且重点标注出来，提醒使用者们注意。 我知道有些人会说：“我才懒得管什么许可证，我已经把代码发到公开领域public domain了。”但问题是，公开领域的法律效力并不是受全世界认可的。在不同的国家，公开领域的效力和表现形式不同。有些国家的政府管控下，你甚至不可以把自己的源代码发到公开领域中。万幸，[Unlicense][5] 可以弥补这些漏洞，它语言简洁，使用几个词清楚地描述了“就把它放到公开领域”，但其效力为全世界认可。 ### 怎样引入许可证 -确定使用哪个许可证之后，你需要清晰而无疑义地指定它。如果你是在 GitHub、 GitLab 或 BitBucket 这几个网站发布，你需要构建很多个文件夹，在根文件夹中，你应把许可证创建为一个以 `LICENSE.txt` 命名的明文文件。 +确定使用哪个许可证之后，你需要清晰而无疑义地指定它。如果你是在 GitHub、GitLab 或 BitBucket 这几个网站发布，你需要构建很多个文件夹，在根文件夹中，你应把许可证创建为一个以 `LICENSE.txt` 命名的明文文件。 -创建 `LICENSE.txt` 这个文件之后还有其他事要做。你需要在每个有效文件的页眉中添加注释块来申明许可证。如果你使用的是一现有的许可证，这一步对你来说十分简便。一个 `# 项目名 (c)2018 作者名, GPLv3 许可证，详情见 https://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-3.0.en.html` 这样的注释块比隐约指代的许可证的效力要强得多。 +创建 `LICENSE.txt` 这个文件之后还有其他事要做。你需要在每个有效文件的页眉中添加注释块来申明许可证。如果你使用的是一现有的许可证，这一步对你来说十分简便。一个 `# 项目名 (c)2018 作者名，GPLv3 许可证，详情见 https://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-3.0.en.html` 这样的注释块比隐约指代的许可证的效力要强得多。 如果你是要发布在自己的网站上，步骤也差不多。先创建 `LICENSE.txt` 文件，放入许可证，再表明许可证出处。 @@ -46,19 +47,19 @@ 你的源代码也可能逼疯你，尤其是在你一遍又一遍地修改错误的函数或是子过程后，终于出现了你希望的结果，这时你不会叹口气就继续下一个任务，你会把过程清理干净，因为你不会愿意别人看出你一遍遍尝试的痕迹。比如你会把 `$variable`、`$lol` 全都换成有意义的 `$iterationcounter` 和 `$modelname`。这意味着你要认真专业地进行注释（尽管对于头脑风暴中的你来说它并不难懂），但为了之后有更多的人可以使用你的代码，你会尽力去注释，但注意适可而止。 -这个过程难免有些痛苦沮丧，毕竟这不是你常做的事，会有些不习惯。但它会使你成为一位更好的程序员，也会让你的代码升华。即使你的项目只有你一位贡献者，清理代码也会节约你后期的很多工作，相信我一年后你更新 app 时，你会庆幸自己现在写下的是 `$modelname`，还有清晰的注释，而不是什么不知名的数列，甚至连 `$lol`也不是。 +这个过程难免有些痛苦沮丧，毕竟这不是你常做的事，会有些不习惯。但它会使你成为一位更好的程序员，也会让你的代码升华。即使你的项目只有你一位贡献者，清理代码也会节约你后期的很多工作，相信我一年后你更新 app 时，你会庆幸自己现在写下的是 `$modelname`，还有清晰的注释，而不是什么不知名的数列，甚至连 `$lol` 也不是。 ### 你并不是为你一人而写 开源的真正核心并不是那些代码，是社区。更大的社区的项目维持的时间更长，也更容易为人们接受。因此不仅要加入社区，还要多多为社区发展贡献思路，让自己的项目能够为社区所用。 -蝙蝠侠为了完成目标暗中独自花了很大功夫，你用不着这样，你可以登录 Twitter、 Reddit，或者给你项目的相关人士发邮件，发布你正在筹备新项目的消息，仔细聊聊项目的设计初衷和你的计划，让大家一起帮忙，向大家征集数据输入，类似的使用案例，把这些信息整合起来，用在你的代码里。你不用看所有的回复，但你要对它有个大概把握，这样在你之后完善时可以躲过一些陷阱。 +蝙蝠侠为了完成目标暗中独自花了很大功夫，你用不着这样，你可以登录 Twitter、Reddit，或者给你项目的相关人士发邮件，发布你正在筹备新项目的消息，仔细聊聊项目的设计初衷和你的计划，让大家一起帮忙，向大家征集数据输入，类似的使用案例，把这些信息整合起来，用在你的代码里。你不用看所有的回复，但你要对它有个大概把握，这样在你之后完善时可以躲过一些陷阱。 不发首次通告这个过程还不算完整。如果你希望大家能够接受你的作品，并且使用它，你就要以此为初衷来设计。公众说不定可以帮到你，你不必对公开这件事如临大敌。所以不要闭门造车，既然你是为大家而写，那就开设一个真实、公开的项目，想象你在社区的监督下，认真地一步步完成它。 ### 建立项目的方式 -你可以在 GitHub、 GitLab 或 BitBucket 上免费注册账号来管理你的项目。注册之后，创建知识库，建立 `README` 文件，分配一个许可证，一步步写入代码。这样可以帮你建立好习惯，让你之后和现实中的团队一起工作时，也能目的清晰地朝着目标稳妥地进行工作。这样你做得越久，就越有兴趣。 +你可以在 GitHub、GitLab 或 BitBucket 上免费注册账号来管理你的项目。注册之后，创建知识库，建立 `README` 文件，分配一个许可证，一步步写入代码。这样可以帮你建立好习惯，让你之后和现实中的团队一起工作时，也能目的清晰地朝着目标稳妥地进行工作。这样你做得越久，就越有兴趣。 用户们会开始对你产生兴趣，这会让你开心也会让你不爽，但你应该亲切礼貌地对待他们，就算他们很多人根本不知道你的项目做的是什么，你可以把文件给他们看，让他们了解你在干什么。有些还在犹豫的用户可以给你提个醒，告诉你最开始设计的用户范围中落下了哪些人。 @@ -80,9 +81,9 @@ via: https://opensource.com/article/18/3/what-open-source-programming 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 -[a]:https://opensource.com/users/jim-salter -[1]:https://opensource.com/tags/licensing -[2]:https://choosealicense.com/ -[3]:https://choosealicense.com/licenses/apache-2.0/ -[4]:https://choosealicense.com/licenses/gpl-3.0/ -[5]:https://choosealicense.com/licenses/unlicense/ +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/jim-salter +[1]: https://opensource.com/tags/licensing +[2]: https://choosealicense.com/ +[3]: https://choosealicense.com/licenses/apache-2.0/ +[4]: https://choosealicense.com/licenses/gpl-3.0/ +[5]: https://choosealicense.com/licenses/unlicense/ From 5c70bc587ba8e62856b0e626fdd192d183161d79 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Tue, 18 Sep 2018 23:35:52 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 041/246] PRF:20180829 Add GUIs to your programs and scripts easily with PySimpleGUI.md MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit @pinewall 翻译的很棒 --- ...ams and scripts easily with PySimpleGUI.md | 60 ++++++++++--------- 1 file changed, 31 insertions(+), 29 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180829 Add GUIs to your programs and scripts easily with PySimpleGUI.md b/translated/tech/20180829 Add GUIs to your programs and scripts easily with PySimpleGUI.md index ce4a4c2b08..9eff0b65d3 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180829 Add GUIs to your programs and scripts easily with PySimpleGUI.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180829 Add GUIs to your programs and scripts easily with PySimpleGUI.md @@ -1,31 +1,33 @@ 使用 PySimpleGUI 轻松为程序和脚本增加 GUI ====== +> 五分钟创建定制 GUI。 + ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/web_browser_desktop_devlopment_design_system_computer.jpg?itok=pfqRrJgh) -对于 `.exe` 类型的程序文件，我们可以通过双击鼠标左键打开；但对于 `.py` 类型的 Python 程序，几乎不会有人尝试同样的操作。对于一个（非程序员类型的）典型用户，他们双击打开 `.exe` 文件时预期弹出一个可以交互的窗体。基于 `Tkinter`，可以通过标准 Python 安装standard Python installations的方式提供 GUI，但很多程序都不太可能这样做。 +对于 `.exe` 类型的程序文件，我们可以通过双击鼠标左键打开；但对于 `.py` 类型的 Python 程序，几乎不会有人尝试同样的操作。对于一个（非程序员类型的）典型用户，他们双击打开 `.exe` 文件时预期弹出一个可以交互的窗体。基于 Tkinter，可以通过标准 Python 安装standard Python installations的方式提供 GUI，但很多程序都不太可能这样做。 如果打开 Python 程序并进入 GUI 界面变得如此容易，以至于真正的初学者也可以掌握，会怎样呢？会有人感兴趣并使用吗？这个问题不好回答，因为直到今天创建自定义 GUI 布局仍不是件容易的事情。 -在为程序或脚本增加 GUI 这件事上，似乎存在能力的“错配”。（缺乏这方面能力的）真正的初学者被迫只能使用命令行方式，而很多（具备这方面能力的）高级程序员却不愿意花时间创建一个 `Tkinter` GUI。 +在为程序或脚本增加 GUI 这件事上，似乎存在能力的“错配”。（缺乏这方面能力的）真正的初学者被迫只能使用命令行方式，而很多（具备这方面能力的）高级程序员却不愿意花时间创建一个 Tkinter GUI。 ### GUI 框架 -Python 的 GUI 框架并不少，其中 `Tkinter`，`wxPython`，`Qt` 和 `Kivy` 是几种比较主流的框架。此外，还有不少在上述框架基础上封装的简化框架，例如 `EasyGUI`，`PyGUI` 和 `Pyforms` 等。 +Python 的 GUI 框架并不少，其中 Tkinter，wxPython，Qt 和 Kivy 是几种比较主流的框架。此外，还有不少在上述框架基础上封装的简化框架，例如 EasyGUI，PyGUI 和 Pyforms 等。 但问题在于，对于初学者（这里是指编程经验不超过 6 个月的用户）而言，即使是最简单的主流框架，他们也无从下手；他们也可以选择封装过的（简化）框架，但仍难以甚至无法创建自定义 GUI 布局layout。即便学会了某种（简化）框架，也需要编写连篇累牍的代码。 -[`PySimpleGUI`][1] 尝试解决上述 GUI 难题，它提供了一种简单明了、易于理解、方便自定义的 GUI 接口。如果使用 `PySimpleGUI`，很多复杂的 GUI 也仅需不到 20 行代码。 +[PySimpleGUI][1] 尝试解决上述 GUI 难题，它提供了一种简单明了、易于理解、方便自定义的 GUI 接口。如果使用 PySimpleGUI，很多复杂的 GUI 也仅需不到 20 行代码。 ### 秘诀 -`PySimpleGUI` 极为适合初学者的秘诀在于，它已经包含了绝大多数原本需要用户编写的代码。`PySimpleGUI` 处理按钮回调callback，无需用户编写代码。对于初学者，在几周内掌握函数的概念已经不容易了，要求其理解回调函数似乎有些强人所难。 +PySimpleGUI 极为适合初学者的秘诀在于，它已经包含了绝大多数原本需要用户编写的代码。PySimpleGUI 会处理按钮回调callback，无需用户编写代码。对于初学者，在几周内掌握函数的概念已经不容易了，要求其理解回调函数似乎有些强人所难。 -在大部分 GUI 框架中，布局 GUI 小部件widgets通常需要写一些代码，每个小部件至少 1-2 行。`PySimpleGUI` 使用了“auto-packer”技术，可以自动创建布局。因而，布局 GUI 窗口不再需要 `pack` 或 `grid` 系统。 +在大部分 GUI 框架中，布局 GUI 小部件widgets通常需要写一些代码，每个小部件至少 1-2 行。PySimpleGUI 使用了 “auto-packer” 技术，可以自动创建布局。因而，布局 GUI 窗口不再需要 pack 或 grid 系统。 -（LCTT 译注：这里提到的 `pack` 和 `grid` 都是 `Tkinter` 的布局管理器，另外一种叫做 `place`） +（LCTT 译注：这里提到的 pack 和 grid 都是 Tkinter 的布局管理器，另外一种叫做 place 。） -最后，`PySimpleGUI` 框架编写中有效利用 Python 语言特性，降低用户代码量并简化GUI 数据返回的方式。在窗体form布局中创建小部件时，小部件会被部署到对应的布局中，无需额外的代码。 +最后，PySimpleGUI 框架编写中有效地利用了 Python 语言特性，降低用户代码量并简化 GUI 数据返回的方式。在窗体form布局中创建小部件时，小部件会被部署到对应的布局中，无需额外的代码。 ### GUI 是什么？ @@ -37,13 +39,13 @@ button, values = GUI_Display(gui_layout) 绝大多数 GUI 支持的用户行为包括鼠标点击（例如，“确认”，“取消”，“保存”，“是”和“否”等）和内容输入。GUI 本质上可以归结为一行代码。 -这也正是 `PySimpleGUI` （简单 GUI 模式）的工作原理。当执行命令显示 GUI 后，除非点击鼠标关闭窗体，否则不会执行任何代码。 +这也正是 PySimpleGUI （的简单 GUI 模式）的工作原理。当执行命令显示 GUI 后，除非点击鼠标关闭窗体，否则不会执行任何代码。 -当然还有更复杂的 GUI，其中鼠标点击后窗口并不关闭；例如，机器人的远程控制界面，聊天窗口等。这类复杂的窗体也可以用 `PySimpleGUI` 创建。 +当然还有更复杂的 GUI，其中鼠标点击后窗口并不关闭；例如，机器人的远程控制界面，聊天窗口等。这类复杂的窗体也可以用 PySimpleGUI 创建。 ### 快速创建 GUI -`PySimpleGUI` 什么时候有用呢？显然，是你需要 GUI 的时候。仅需不超过 5 分钟，就可以让你创建并尝试 GUI。最便捷的 GUI 创建方式就是从 [PySimpleGUI 经典实例][2]中拷贝一份代码。具体操作流程如下： +PySimpleGUI 什么时候有用呢？显然，是你需要 GUI 的时候。仅需不超过 5 分钟，就可以让你创建并尝试 GUI。最便捷的 GUI 创建方式就是从 [PySimpleGUI 经典实例][2]中拷贝一份代码。具体操作流程如下： * 找到一个与你需求最接近的 GUI * 从经典实例中拷贝代码 @@ -93,13 +95,14 @@ button, (name,) = form.LayoutAndRead(layout) ### 5 分钟内创建一个自定义 GUI -在简单布局的基础上，通过修改经典实例中的代码，5 分钟内即可使用 `PySimpleGUI` 创建自定义布局。 +在简单布局的基础上，通过修改经典实例中的代码，5 分钟内即可使用 PySimpleGUI 创建自定义布局。 -在 `PySimpleGUI` 中，小部件widgets被称为元素elements。元素的名称与编码中使用的名称保持一致。 +在 PySimpleGUI 中，小部件widgets被称为元素elements。元素的名称与编码中使用的名称保持一致。 -（LCTT 译注：`Tkinter` 中使用小部件这个词） +（LCTT 译注：Tkinter 中使用小部件这个词） #### 核心元素 + ``` Text InputText @@ -121,7 +124,7 @@ Column #### 元素简写 -`PySimpleGUI` 还包含两种元素简写方式。一种是元素类型名称简写，例如 `T` 用作 `Text` 的简写；另一种是元素参数被配置了默认值，你可以无需指定所有参数，例如 `Submit` 按钮默认的文本就是“Submit”。 +PySimpleGUI 还包含两种元素简写方式。一种是元素类型名称简写，例如 `T` 用作 `Text` 的简写；另一种是元素参数被配置了默认值，你可以无需指定所有参数，例如 `Submit` 按钮默认的文本就是 “Submit”。 ``` T = Text @@ -164,9 +167,9 @@ RealtimeButton （LCTT 译注：其实就是返回 `Button` 类实例的函数） -上面就是 `PySimpleGUI` 支持的全部元素。如果不在上述列表之中，就不会在你的窗口布局中生效。 +上面就是 PySimpleGUI 支持的全部元素。如果不在上述列表之中，就不会在你的窗口布局中生效。 -（LCTT 译注：上述都是 `PySimpleGUI` 的类名、类别名或返回实例的函数，自然只能使用列表内的。） +（LCTT 译注：上述都是 PySimpleGUI 的类名、类别名或返回实例的函数，自然只能使用列表内的。） #### GUI 设计模式 @@ -182,7 +185,7 @@ form = sg.FlexForm('Simple data entry form') button, values = form.LayoutAndRead(layout) ``` -（LCTT 译注：这段代码无法运行，只是为了说明每个程序都会用到的设计模式） +（LCTT 译注：这段代码无法运行，只是为了说明每个程序都会用到的设计模式。） 对于绝大多数 GUI，编码流程如下： @@ -190,7 +193,7 @@ button, values = form.LayoutAndRead(layout) * 以“列表的列表”的形式定义 GUI * 展示 GUI 并获取元素的值 -上述流程与 `PySimpleGUI` 设计模式部分的代码一一对应。 +上述流程与 PySimpleGUI 设计模式部分的代码一一对应。 #### GUI 布局 @@ -201,7 +204,6 @@ button, values = form.LayoutAndRead(layout) ``` layout = [  [Text('Row 1')],             [Text('Row 2'), Checkbox('Checkbox 1', OK()), Checkbox('Checkbox 2'), OK()] ] - ``` 上述布局对应的效果如下： @@ -220,24 +222,24 @@ button, values = form.LayoutAndRead(layout) 窗体返回的结果由两部分组成：一部分是被点击按钮的名称，另一部分是一个列表，包含所有用户输入窗体的值。 -在这个例子中，窗体显示后用户直接点击 `OK` 按钮，返回的结果如下： +在这个例子中，窗体显示后用户直接点击 “OK” 按钮，返回的结果如下： ``` button == 'OK' values == [False, False] ``` -`Checkbox` 类型元素返回 `True` 或 `False` 类型的值。由于默认处于未选中状态，两个元素的值都是 `False`。 +Checkbox 类型元素返回 `True` 或 `False` 类型的值。由于默认处于未选中状态，两个元素的值都是 `False`。 ### 显示元素的值 一旦从 GUI 获取返回值，检查返回变量中的值是个不错的想法。与其使用 `print` 语句进行打印，我们不妨坚持使用 GUI 并在一个窗口中输出这些值。 -（LCTT 译注：考虑使用的是 Python 3 版本，`print` 应该是函数而不是语句） +（LCTT 译注：考虑使用的是 Python 3 版本，`print` 应该是函数而不是语句。） -在 `PySimpleGUI` 中，有多种消息框可供选取。传递给消息框（函数）的数据会被显示在消息框中；函数可以接受任意数目的参数，你可以轻松的将所有要查看的变量展示出来。 +在 PySimpleGUI 中，有多种消息框可供选取。传递给消息框（函数）的数据会被显示在消息框中；函数可以接受任意数目的参数，你可以轻松的将所有要查看的变量展示出来。 -在 `PySimpleGUI` 中，最常用的消息框是 `MsgBox`。要展示上面例子中的数据，只需编写一行代码： +在 PySimpleGUI 中，最常用的消息框是 `MsgBox`。要展示上面例子中的数据，只需编写一行代码： ``` MsgBox('The GUI returned:', button, values) @@ -245,7 +247,7 @@ MsgBox('The GUI returned:', button, values) ### 整合 -好了，你已经了解了基础知识，让我们创建一个包含尽可能多 `PySimpleGUI` 元素的窗体吧！此外，为了更好的感观效果，我们将采用绿色/棕褐色的配色方案。 +好了，你已经了解了基础知识，让我们创建一个包含尽可能多 PySimpleGUI 元素的窗体吧！此外，为了更好的感观效果，我们将采用绿色/棕褐色的配色方案。 ``` import PySimpleGUI as sg @@ -284,7 +286,7 @@ button, values = form.LayoutAndRead(layout) sg.MsgBox(button, values) ``` -看上面要写不少代码，但如果你试着直接使用 `Tkinter` 框架实现同样的 GUI，你很快就会发现 `PySimpleGUI` 版本的代码是多么的简洁。 +看上面要写不少代码，但如果你试着直接使用 Tkinter 框架实现同样的 GUI，你很快就会发现 PySimpleGUI 版本的代码是多么的简洁。 ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/pysimplegui-everything.jpg) @@ -317,7 +319,7 @@ else: #### 安装方式 -支持 `Tkinter` 的系统就支持 `PySimpleGUI`，甚至包括树莓派Raspberry Pi，但你需要使用 Python 3。 +支持 Tkinter 的系统就支持 PySimpleGUI，甚至包括树莓派Raspberry Pi，但你需要使用 Python 3。 ``` pip install PySimpleGUI @@ -336,7 +338,7 @@ via: https://opensource.com/article/18/8/pysimplegui 作者：[Mike Barnett][a] 选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者：[pinewall](https://github.com/pinewall) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From 3f58d297e99748103be940fb24c6355e2b69663e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Tue, 18 Sep 2018 23:36:30 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 042/246] PUB:20180829 Add GUIs to your programs and scripts easily with PySimpleGUI.md @pinewall https://linux.cn/article-10027-1.html --- ...d GUIs to your programs and scripts easily with PySimpleGUI.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180829 Add GUIs to your programs and scripts easily with PySimpleGUI.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180829 Add GUIs to your programs and scripts easily with PySimpleGUI.md b/published/20180829 Add GUIs to your programs and scripts easily with PySimpleGUI.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180829 Add GUIs to your programs and scripts easily with PySimpleGUI.md rename to published/20180829 Add GUIs to your programs and scripts easily with PySimpleGUI.md From 51deb395463ecdaa1d17aa1644ebcd24bcfda24e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Wed, 19 Sep 2018 08:12:25 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 043/246] PRF:20180910 Randomize your MAC address using NetworkManager.md @HankChow --- ...e your MAC address using NetworkManager.md | 39 ++++++++----------- 1 file changed, 17 insertions(+), 22 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180910 Randomize your MAC address using NetworkManager.md b/translated/tech/20180910 Randomize your MAC address using NetworkManager.md index 1b9eeece65..54485e6ca4 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180910 Randomize your MAC address using NetworkManager.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180910 Randomize your MAC address using NetworkManager.md @@ -5,13 +5,13 @@ 今时今日，无论在家里的沙发上，还是在外面的咖啡厅，只要打开笔记本电脑，连上 Wi-Fi，就能通过网络与外界保持联系。但现在的 Wi-Fi 热点们大都能够通过[每张网卡对应的唯一 MAC 地址][1]来追踪你的设备。下面就来看一下如何避免被追踪。 -现在很多人已经开始注重个人隐私这个问题。个人隐私问题并不仅仅指防止他人能够访问到你电脑上的私有内容（这又是另一个问题了），而更多的是指可追踪性，也就是是否能够被轻易地统计和追踪到。大家都应该[对此更加重视][2]。同时，这方面的底线是，服务提供者在得到了用户的授权后才能对用户进行追踪，例如机场的计时 Wi-Fi 只有在用户授权后才能够使用。 +现在很多人已经开始注重个人隐私这个问题。个人隐私问题并不仅仅指防止他人能够访问到你电脑上的私有内容（这又是另一个问题了），而更多的是指可追踪性legibility，也就是是否能够被轻易地统计和追踪到。大家都应该[对此更加重视][2]。同时，这方面的底线是，服务提供者在得到了用户的授权后才能对用户进行追踪，例如机场的计时 Wi-Fi 只有在用户授权后才能够使用。 -因为固定的 MAC 地址能被轻易地追踪到，所以应该定时进行更换，随机的 MAC 地址是一个好的选择。由于 MAC 地址一般只在局域网内使用，因此随机的 MAC 地址也不太容易产生[冲突][3]。 +因为固定的 MAC 地址能被轻易地追踪到，所以应该定时进行更换，随机的 MAC 地址是一个好的选择。由于 MAC 地址一般只在局域网内使用，因此随机的 MAC 地址也不大会产生[冲突][3]。 ### 配置 NetworkManager -要将随机的 MAC 地址默认应用与所有的 Wi-Fi 连接，需要创建 /etc/NetworkManager/conf.d/00-macrandomize.conf 这个文件： +要将随机的 MAC 地址默认地用于所有的 Wi-Fi 连接，需要创建 `/etc/NetworkManager/conf.d/00-macrandomize.conf` 这个文件： ``` [device] @@ -21,51 +21,47 @@ wifi.scan-rand-mac-address=yes wifi.cloned-mac-address=stable ethernet.cloned-mac-address=stable connection.stable-id=${CONNECTION}/${BOOT} - ``` 然后重启 NetworkManager ： ``` systemctl restart NetworkManager - ``` -以上配置文件中，将 cloned-mac-address 的值设置为 stable 就可以在每次 NetworkManager 激活连接的时候都生成相同的 MAC 地址，但连接时使用不同的 MAC 地址。如果要在每次激活连接时获得随机的 MAC 地址，需要将 cloned-mac-address 的值设置为 random。 +以上配置文件中，将 `cloned-mac-address` 的值设置为 `stable` 就可以在每次 NetworkManager 激活连接的时候都生成相同的 MAC 地址，但连接时使用不同的 MAC 地址。如果要在每次激活连接时也获得随机的 MAC 地址，需要将 `cloned-mac-address` 的值设置为 `random`。 -设置为 stable 可以从 DHCP 获取相同的 IP 地址，也可以让 Wi-Fi 的强制主页根据 MAC 地址记住你的登录状态。如果设置为 random ，在每次连接的时候都需要重新认证（或者点击“我同意”），在使用机场 Wi-Fi 的时候会需要到这种 random 模式。可以在 NetworkManager 的[博客文章][4]中参阅到有关使用 nmcli 从终端配置特定连接的详细说明。 +设置为 `stable` 可以从 DHCP 获取相同的 IP 地址，也可以让 Wi-Fi 的[强制主页](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Captive_portal)captive portal根据 MAC 地址记住你的登录状态。如果设置为 `random` ，在每次连接的时候都需要重新认证（或者点击“我同意”），在使用机场 Wi-Fi 的时候会需要到这种 `random` 模式。可以在这篇 NetworkManager 的[博客文章][4]中参阅到有关使用 `nmcli` 从终端配置特定连接的详细说明。 -使用 ip link 命令可以查看当前的 MAC 地址，MAC 地址将会显示在 ether 一词的后面。 +使用 `ip link` 命令可以查看当前的 MAC 地址，MAC 地址将会显示在 `ether` 一词的后面。 ``` $ ip link 1: lo: mtu 65536 qdisc noqueue state UNKNOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 - link/loopback 00:00:00:00:00:00 brd 00:00:00:00:00:00 + link/loopback 00:00:00:00:00:00 brd 00:00:00:00:00:00 2: enp2s0: mtu 1500 qdisc fq_codel state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 - link/ether 52:54:00:5f:d5:4e brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff + link/ether 52:54:00:5f:d5:4e brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff 3: wlp1s0: mtu 1500 qdisc mq state UP mode DORMANT group default qlen 1000 - link/ether 52:54:00:03:23:59 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff - + link/ether 52:54:00:03:23:59 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff ``` ### 什么时候不能随机化 MAC 地址 -当然，在某些情况下确实需要能被追踪到。例如在家用网络中，可能需要将路由器配置为对电脑分配一致的 IP 地址以进行端口转发；再例如公司的雇主可能需要根据 MAC 地址来提供 Wi-Fi 服务，这时候就需要进行追踪。要更改特定的 Wi-Fi 连接，请使用 nmcli 查看 NetworkManager 连接并显示当前设置： +当然，在某些情况下确实需要能被追踪到。例如在家用网络中，可能需要将路由器配置为对电脑分配一致的 IP 地址以进行端口转发；再例如公司的雇主可能需要根据 MAC 地址来提供 Wi-Fi 服务，这时候就需要进行追踪。要更改特定的 Wi-Fi 连接，请使用 `nmcli` 查看 NetworkManager 连接并显示当前设置： ``` $ nmcli c | grep wifi -Amtrak_WiFi 5f4b9f75-9e41-47f8-8bac-25dae779cd87 wifi -- -StaplesHotspot de57940c-32c2-468b-8f96-0a3b9a9b0a5e wifi -- -MyHome e8c79829-1848-4563-8e44-466e14a3223d wifi wlp1s0 +Amtrak_WiFi 5f4b9f75-9e41-47f8-8bac-25dae779cd87 wifi -- +StaplesHotspot de57940c-32c2-468b-8f96-0a3b9a9b0a5e wifi -- +MyHome e8c79829-1848-4563-8e44-466e14a3223d wifi wlp1s0 ... $ nmcli c show 5f4b9f75-9e41-47f8-8bac-25dae779cd87 | grep cloned -802-11-wireless.cloned-mac-address: -- +802-11-wireless.cloned-mac-address: -- $ nmcli c show e8c79829-1848-4563-8e44-466e14a3223d | grep cloned -802-11-wireless.cloned-mac-address: stable - +802-11-wireless.cloned-mac-address: stable ``` -以下这个例子使用 Amtrak 的完全随机 MAC 地址（使用默认配置）和 MyHome 的永久 MAC 地址（使用 stable 配置）。永久 MAC 地址是在硬件生产的时候分配到网络接口上的，网络管理员能够根据永久 MAC 地址来查看[设备的制造商 ID][5]。 +这个例子在 Amtrak 使用完全随机 MAC 地址（使用默认配置）和 MyHome 的永久 MAC 地址（使用 `stable` 配置）。永久 MAC 地址是在硬件生产的时候分配到网络接口上的，网络管理员能够根据永久 MAC 地址来查看[设备的制造商 ID][5]。 更改配置并重新连接活动的接口： @@ -76,7 +72,6 @@ $ nmcli c down e8c79829-1848-4563-8e44-466e14a3223d $ nmcli c up e8c79829-1848-4563-8e44-466e14a3223d $ ip link ... - ``` 你还可以安装 NetworkManager-tui ，就可以通过可视化界面菜单来编辑连接。 @@ -92,7 +87,7 @@ via: https://fedoramagazine.org/randomize-mac-address-nm/ 作者：[sheogorath][a],[Stuart D Gathman][b] 选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者：[HankChow](https://github.com/HankChow) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From 77c339d08117f0d03e8e877ae18c476af4c70279 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Wed, 19 Sep 2018 08:13:11 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 044/246] PUB:20180910 Randomize your MAC address using NetworkManager.md @HankChow https://linux.cn/article-10028-1.html --- .../20180910 Randomize your MAC address using NetworkManager.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180910 Randomize your MAC address using NetworkManager.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180910 Randomize your MAC address using NetworkManager.md b/published/20180910 Randomize your MAC address using NetworkManager.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180910 Randomize your MAC address using NetworkManager.md rename to published/20180910 Randomize your MAC address using NetworkManager.md From 38cb6a75edd0395758ca0f40641b451e889597a6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Wed, 19 Sep 2018 08:28:46 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 045/246] PRF:20171003 Trash-Cli - A Command Line Interface For Trashcan On Linux.md @ucasFL --- ...nd Line Interface For Trashcan On Linux.md | 22 +++++++------------ 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+), 14 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20171003 Trash-Cli - A Command Line Interface For Trashcan On Linux.md b/translated/tech/20171003 Trash-Cli - A Command Line Interface For Trashcan On Linux.md index 198c8d0ffa..b6bb716ece 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20171003 Trash-Cli - A Command Line Interface For Trashcan On Linux.md +++ b/translated/tech/20171003 Trash-Cli - A Command Line Interface For Trashcan On Linux.md @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Trash-Cli : Linux 上的命令行回收站工具 +Trash-Cli：Linux 上的命令行回收站工具 ====== 相信每个人都对回收站trashcan很熟悉，因为无论是对 Linux 用户，还是 Windows 用户，或者 Mac 用户来说，它都很常见。当你删除一个文件或目录的时候，该文件或目录会被移动到回收站中。 @@ -33,31 +33,27 @@ $ sudo apt install trash-cli ``` $ sudo yum install trash-cli - ``` 对于 Fedora 用户，使用 [dnf][6] 命令来安装 Trash-Cli： ``` $ sudo dnf install trash-cli - ``` 对于 Arch Linux 用户，使用 [pacman][7] 命令来安装 Trash-Cli： ``` $ sudo pacman -S trash-cli - ``` 对于 openSUSE 用户，使用 [zypper][8] 命令来安装 Trash-Cli： ``` $ sudo zypper in trash-cli - ``` -如果你的发行版中没有提供 Trash-Cli 的安装包，那么你也可以使用 pip 来安装。为了能够安装 python 包，你的系统中应该会有 pip 包管理器。 +如果你的发行版中没有提供 Trash-Cli 的安装包，那么你也可以使用 `pip` 来安装。为了能够安装 python 包，你的系统中应该会有 `pip` 包管理器。 ``` $ sudo pip install trash-cli @@ -66,7 +62,6 @@ Collecting trash-cli Installing collected packages: trash-cli Running setup.py bdist_wheel for trash-cli ... done Successfully installed trash-cli-0.17.1.14 - ``` ### 如何使用 Trash-Cli @@ -81,7 +76,7 @@ Trash-Cli 的使用不难，因为它提供了一个很简单的语法。Trash-C 下面，让我们通过一些例子来试验一下。 -1)删除文件和目录：在这个例子中，我们通过运行下面这个命令，将 2g.txt 这一文件和 magi 这一文件夹移动到回收站中。 +1) 删除文件和目录：在这个例子中，我们通过运行下面这个命令，将 `2g.txt` 这一文件和 `magi` 这一文件夹移动到回收站中。 ``` $ trash-put 2g.txt magi @@ -89,7 +84,7 @@ $ trash-put 2g.txt magi 和你在文件管理器中看到的一样。 -2)列出被删除了的文件和目录：为了查看被删除了的文件和目录，你需要运行下面这个命令。之后，你可以在输出中看到被删除文件和目录的详细信息，比如名字、删除日期和时间，以及文件路径。 +2) 列出被删除了的文件和目录：为了查看被删除了的文件和目录，你需要运行下面这个命令。之后，你可以在输出中看到被删除文件和目录的详细信息，比如名字、删除日期和时间，以及文件路径。 ``` $ trash-list @@ -97,7 +92,7 @@ $ trash-list 2017-10-01 01:40:50 /home/magi/magi/magi ``` -3)从回收站中恢复文件或目录：任何时候，你都可以通过运行下面这个命令来恢复文件和目录。它将会询问你来选择你想要恢复的文件或目录。在这个例子中，我打算恢复 2g.txt 文件，所以我的选择是 0 。 +3) 从回收站中恢复文件或目录：任何时候，你都可以通过运行下面这个命令来恢复文件和目录。它将会询问你来选择你想要恢复的文件或目录。在这个例子中，我打算恢复 `2g.txt` 文件，所以我的选择是 `0` 。 ``` $ trash-restore @@ -106,7 +101,7 @@ $ trash-restore What file to restore [0..1]: 0 ``` -4)从回收站中删除文件：如果你想删除回收站中的特定文件，那么可以运行下面这个命令。在这个例子中，我将删除 magi 目录。 +4) 从回收站中删除文件：如果你想删除回收站中的特定文件，那么可以运行下面这个命令。在这个例子中，我将删除 `magi` 目录。 ``` $ trash-rm magi @@ -118,11 +113,10 @@ $ trash-rm magi $ trash-empty ``` -6)删除超过 X 天的垃圾文件：或者，你可以通过运行下面这个命令来删除回收站中超过 X 天的文件。在这个例子中，我将删除回收站中超过 10 天的项目。 +6)删除超过 X 天的垃圾文件：或者，你可以通过运行下面这个命令来删除回收站中超过 X 天的文件。在这个例子中，我将删除回收站中超过 `10` 天的项目。 ``` $ trash-empty 10 - ``` Trash-Cli 可以工作的很好，但是如果你想尝试它的一些替代品，那么你也可以试一试 [gvfs-trash][9] 和 [autotrash][10] 。 @@ -133,7 +127,7 @@ via: https://www.2daygeek.com/trash-cli-command-line-trashcan-linux-system/ 作者：[2daygeek][a] 译者：[ucasFL](https://github.com/ucasFL) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From 72e286c05658b08f3403957bc90e605ed685d170 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Wed, 19 Sep 2018 08:29:19 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 046/246] PUB:20171003 Trash-Cli - A Command Line Interface For Trashcan On Linux.md @ucasFL https://linux.cn/article-10029-1.html --- ... Trash-Cli - A Command Line Interface For Trashcan On Linux.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20171003 Trash-Cli - A Command Line Interface For Trashcan On Linux.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20171003 Trash-Cli - A Command Line Interface For Trashcan On Linux.md b/published/20171003 Trash-Cli - A Command Line Interface For Trashcan On Linux.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20171003 Trash-Cli - A Command Line Interface For Trashcan On Linux.md rename to published/20171003 Trash-Cli - A Command Line Interface For Trashcan On Linux.md From 5d19bdeef6365a8976cd2d4273600921aace3a3f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: heguangzhi <7731226@qq.com> Date: Wed, 19 Sep 2018 08:29:31 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 047/246] Translated MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit 在文章后面修改了 翻译ID --- .../tech/20180910 3 open source log aggregation tools.md | 5 +++-- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180910 3 open source log aggregation tools.md b/translated/tech/20180910 3 open source log aggregation tools.md index 99a365e042..a026b47625 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180910 3 open source log aggregation tools.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180910 3 open source log aggregation tools.md @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -heguangzhi Translating + 3个开源日志聚合工具 @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/open-source-log-aggregation-tools 作者：[Dan Barker][a] 选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +译者：[heguangzhi](https://github.com/heguangzhi) 校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 @@ -115,3 +115,4 @@ via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/open-source-log-aggregation-tools [21]: https://aws.amazon.com/blogs/aws/all-your-data-fluentd/ [22]: https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/agent/ [23]: https://opensource.com/resources/what-is-kubernetes + From 452a7fe4669302353e405e1ae70dce2001be53ee Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: geekpi Date: Wed, 19 Sep 2018 08:54:09 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 048/246] translated --- ...ouse Support For Linux Virtual Consoles.md | 126 ------------------ ...ouse Support For Linux Virtual Consoles.md | 124 +++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 124 insertions(+), 126 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180912 How To Configure Mouse Support For Linux Virtual Consoles.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180912 How To Configure Mouse Support For Linux Virtual Consoles.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180912 How To Configure Mouse Support For Linux Virtual Consoles.md b/sources/tech/20180912 How To Configure Mouse Support For Linux Virtual Consoles.md deleted file mode 100644 index 3a4412e5c1..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180912 How To Configure Mouse Support For Linux Virtual Consoles.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,126 +0,0 @@ -translating---geekpi - -How To Configure Mouse Support For Linux Virtual Consoles -====== - -![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/GPM-1-720x340.png) - -I use Oracle VirtualBox to test various Unix-like operating systems. Most of my VMs are headless servers that does not have graphical desktop environment. For a long time, I have been wondering how can we use the mouse in the text-based terminals in headless Linux servers. Thanks to **GPM** , today I learned that we can use Mouse in virtual consoles for copy and paste operations. **GPM** , acronym for **G** eneral **P** urpose **M** ouse, is a daemon that helps you to configure mouse support for Linux virtual consoles. Please do not confuse GPM with **GDM** (GNOME Display manager). Both serves entirely different purpose. - -GPM is especially useful in the following scenarios: - - * New Linux server installations or for systems that cannot or do not use an X windows system by default, like Arch Linux and Gentoo. - * Use copy/paste operations around in the virtual terminals/consoles. - * Use copy/paste in text-based editors and browsers (Eg. emacs, lynx). - * Use copy/paste in text file managers (Eg. Ranger, Midnight commander). - - - -In this brief tutorial, we are going to see how to use Mouse in Text-based terminals in Unix-like operating systems. - -### Installing GPM - -To enable mouse support in Text-only Linux systems, install GPM package. It is available in the default repositories of most Linux distributions. - -On Arch Linux and its variants like Antergos, Manjaro Linux, run the following command to install GPM: - -``` -$ sudo pacman -S gpm -``` - -On Debian, Ubuntu, Linux Mint: - -``` -$ sudo apt install gpm -``` - -On Fedora: - -``` -$ sudo dnf install gpm -``` - -On openSUSE: - -``` -$ sudo zypper install gpm -``` - -Once installed, enable and start GPM service using the following commands: - -``` -$ sudo systemctl enable gpm -$ sudo systemctl start gpm -``` - -In Debian-based systems, gpm service will be automatically started after you installed it, so you need not to manually start the service as shown above. - -### Configure Mouse Support For Linux Virtual Consoles - -There is no special configuration required. GPM will start working as soon as you installed it and started gpm service. - -Have a look at the following screenshot of my Ubuntu 18.04 LTS server before installing GPM: - -![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Ubuntu-18.04-CLI.png) - -As you see in the above screenshot, there is no visible Mouse pointer in my Ubuntu 18.04 LTS headless server. Only a blinking cursor and it won’t let me to select a text, copy/paste text using mouse. In CLI-only Linux servers, the mouse is literally not useful at all. - -Now check the following screenshot of Ubuntu 18.04 LTS server after installing GPM: - -![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/GPM.png) - -See? I can now be able to select the text. - -To select, copy and paste text, do the following: - - * To select text, press the left mouse button and drag the mouse. - * Once you selected the text, release the left mouse button and paste text in the same or another console by pressing the middle mouse button. - * The right button is used to extend the selection, like in `xterm’. - * If you’re using two-button mouse, use the right button to paste text. - - - -It’s that simple! - -Like I already said, GPM works just fine and there is no extra configuration needed. Here is the sample contents of GPM configuration file **/etc/gpm.conf** (or `/etc/conf.d/gpm` in some distributions): - -``` -# protected from evaluation (i.e. by quoting them). -# -# This file is used by /etc/init.d/gpm and can be modified by -# "dpkg-reconfigure gpm" or by hand at your option. -# -device=/dev/input/mice -responsiveness= -repeat_type=none -type=exps2 -append='' -sample_rate= -``` - -In my example, I use USB mouse. If you’re using different mouse, you might have to change the values of **device=/dev/input/mice** and **type=exps2** parameters. - -For more details, refer man pages. - -``` -$ man gpm -``` - -And, that’s all for now. Hope this was useful. More good stuffs to come. Stay tuned! - -Cheers! - - - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://www.ostechnix.com/how-to-configure-mouse-support-for-linux-virtual-consoles/ - -作者：[SK][a] -选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ diff --git a/translated/tech/20180912 How To Configure Mouse Support For Linux Virtual Consoles.md b/translated/tech/20180912 How To Configure Mouse Support For Linux Virtual Consoles.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a01ffa267c --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180912 How To Configure Mouse Support For Linux Virtual Consoles.md @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ +如何为 Linux 虚拟控制台配置鼠标支持 +====== + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/GPM-1-720x340.png) + +我使用 Oracle VirtualBox 来测试各种类 Unix 操作系统。我的大多数虚拟机都是无头服务器，它们没有图形桌面环境。很长一段时间，我一直想知道如何在无头 Linux 服务器的基于文本的终端中使用鼠标。感谢 **GPM**，今天我了解到我们可以在虚拟控制台中使用鼠标进行复制和粘贴操作。 **GPM**，**G** eneral **P** urpose **M** ouse 的首字母缩写，它是一个守护程序，可以帮助你配置 Linux 虚拟控制台的鼠标支持。请不要将 GPM 与 **GDM**（GNOME 显示管理器）混淆。两者有完全不同的用途。 + +GPM 在以下场景中特别有用： + + * 新的 Linux 服务器安装或默认情况下不能或不使用 X Windows 的系统，如 Arch Linux 和 Gentoo。 + * 在虚拟终端/控制台中使用复制/粘贴操作。 + * 在基于文本的编辑器和浏览器中使用复制/粘贴（例如，emacs、lynx）。 + * 在文本文件管理器中使用复制/粘贴（例如 Ranger、Midnight commander）。 + + + +在这个简短的教程中，我们将看到如何在类 Unix 操作系统中在基于文本的终端中使用鼠标。 + +### 安装 GPM + +要在纯文本 Linux 系统中启用鼠标支持，请安装 GPM 包。它在大多数 Linux 发行版的默认仓库中都有。 + +在 Arch Linux 及其变体如 Antergos、Manjaro Linux 上，运行以下命令来安装 GPM： + +``` +$ sudo pacman -S gpm +``` + +在 Debian、Ubuntu、Linux Mint 中： + +``` +$ sudo apt install gpm +``` + +在 Fedora 上： + +``` +$ sudo dnf install gpm +``` + +在 openSUSE 上： + +``` +$ sudo zypper install gpm +``` + +安装后，使用以下命令启用并启动 GPM 服务： + +``` +$ sudo systemctl enable gpm +$ sudo systemctl start gpm +``` + +在基于 Debian 的系统中，gpm 服务将在你安装后自动启动，因此你无需如上所示手动启动服务。 + +### 为 Linux 虚拟控制台配置鼠标支持 + +无需特殊配置。GPM 将在你安装并启动 gpm 服务后立即开始工作。 + +在安装 GPM 之前，看下我的 Ubuntu 18.04 LTS 服务器的屏幕截图： + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Ubuntu-18.04-CLI.png) + +正如你在上面的截图中看到的，我的 Ubuntu 18.04 LTS 无头服务器中没有可见的鼠标指针。只有一个闪烁的光标，它不能让我选择文本，使用鼠标复制/粘贴文本。在仅限 CLI 的 Linux 服务器中，鼠标根本没用。 + +在安装 GPM 后查看 Ubuntu 18.04 LTS 服务器的以下截图： + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/GPM.png) + +看见了吗？我现在可以选择文字了。 + +要选择，复制和粘贴文本，请执行以下操作： + + * 要选择文本，请按下鼠标左键并拖动鼠标。 + * 选择文本后，放开鼠标左键，并按下中键在同一个或另一个控制台中粘贴文本。 + * 右键用于扩展选择，就像在 `xterm` 中。 + * 如果你使用的是双键鼠标，请使用右键粘贴文本。 + + + +就这么简单！ + +就像我已经说过的那样，GPM 工作得很好，并且不需要额外的配置。以下是 GPM 配置文件 **/etc/gpm.conf**（或在某些发行版中是 `/etc/conf.d/gpm`）的示例内容： + +``` +# protected from evaluation (i.e. by quoting them). +# +# This file is used by /etc/init.d/gpm and can be modified by +# "dpkg-reconfigure gpm" or by hand at your option. +# +device=/dev/input/mice +responsiveness= +repeat_type=none +type=exps2 +append='' +sample_rate= +``` + +在我的例子中，我使用 USB 鼠标。如果你使用的是其他鼠标，则可能需要更改 **device=/dev/input/mice** 和 **type=exps2** 参数的值。 + +有关更多详细信息，请参阅手册页。 + +``` +$ man gpm +``` + +就是这些了。希望这个有用。还有更多的好东西。敬请期待！ + +干杯! + + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.ostechnix.com/how-to-configure-mouse-support-for-linux-virtual-consoles/ + +作者：[SK][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ From 194865841d6732f9ba5aee581dd334dffb5a300e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Wed, 19 Sep 2018 09:02:26 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 049/246] PRF:translated/tech/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md @fuzheng1998 --- ...eb File Manager With Console And Editor.md | 63 +++++++++---------- 1 file changed, 31 insertions(+), 32 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md b/translated/tech/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md index 2854b9d4ad..ff9792dbea 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md +++ b/translated/tech/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -Cloud Commander – 一个有控制台和编辑器在 Web 上的文件管家 +Cloud Commander：一个有控制台和编辑器的 Web 文件管理器 ====== ![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/05/Cloud-Commander-A-Web-File-Manager-With-Console-And-Editor-720x340.png) -**Cloud Commander** 是一个基于 web 的文件管理程序，它允许你通过任何计算机、移动端或平板电脑的浏览器查看、访问或管理系统文件或文件夹。他有两个简单而又经典的面板，并且会像你设备的显示尺寸一样自动转换大小。它也拥有两款内置的叫做 **Dword** 和 **Edward** 的文本编辑器，它们支持语法高亮和带有一个支持系统命令行的控制台。因此，您可以随时随地编辑文件。Cloud Commander 服务器是一款在 Linux，Windows，Mac OS X 运行的跨平台应用，而且该应用客户端将在任何一款浏览器上运行。它是用 **JavaScript/Node.Js** 写的，并使用 **MIT** 许可。 +**Cloud Commander** 是一个基于 web 的文件管理程序，它允许你通过任何计算机、移动端或平板电脑的浏览器查看、访问或管理系统文件或文件夹。它有两个简单而又经典的面板，并且会像你设备的显示尺寸一样自动转换大小。它也拥有两款内置的叫做 **Dword** 和 **Edward** 的文本编辑器，它们支持语法高亮，并带有一个支持系统命令行的控制台。因此，您可以随时随地编辑文件。Cloud Commander 服务器是一款在 Linux、Windows、Mac OS X 运行的跨平台应用，而且该应用客户端可以在任何一款浏览器上运行。它是用 **JavaScript/Node.Js** 写的，并使用 **MIT** 许可证。 在这个简易教程中，让我们看一看如何在 Ubuntu 18.04 LTS 服务器上安装 Cloud Commander。 @@ -11,53 +11,52 @@ Cloud Commander – 一个有控制台和编辑器在 Web 上的文件管家 像我之前提到的，是用 Node.js 写的。所以为了安装 Cloud Commander，我们需要首先安装 Node.js。要执行安装，参考下面的指南。 +- [如何在 Linux 上安装 Node.js](https://www.ostechnix.com/install-node-js-linux/) + ### 安装 Cloud Commander 在安装 Node.js 之后，运行下列命令安装 Cloud Commander: + ``` $ npm i cloudcmd -g - ``` -祝贺！Cloud Commander 已经被安装了。让我们往下继续看看 Cloud Commander 的基本使用。 +祝贺！Cloud Commander 已经安装好了。让我们往下继续看看 Cloud Commander 的基本使用。 ### 开始使用 Cloud Commander -运行以下命令启动 Cloud Commander: +运行以下命令启动 Cloud Commander： + ``` $ cloudcmd - ``` **输出示例：** ``` url: http://localhost:8000 - ``` -现在，打开你的浏览器并转到链接：**http://localhost:8000** or ****. +现在，打开你的浏览器并转到链接：`http://localhost:8000` 或 `http://IP-address:8000`。 从现在开始，您可以直接在本地系统或远程系统或移动设备，平板电脑等Web浏览器中创建，删除，查看，管理文件或文件夹。 ![][2] -当你看见上面的截图时，Clouder Commander 有两个面板，十个热键 (F1 to F10)，还有控制台。 +如你所见上面的截图，Clouder Commander 有两个面板，十个热键 （`F1` 到 `F10`），还有控制台。 每个热键执行的都是一个任务。 - * F1 – 帮助 - * F2 – 重命名文件/文件夹 - * F3 – 查看文件/文件夹 - * F4 – 编辑文件 - * F5 – 复制文件/文件夹 - * F6 – 移动文件/文件夹 - * F7 – 创建新目录 - * F8 – 删除文件/文件夹 - * F9 – 打开菜单 - * F10 – 打开设置 - - + * `F1` – 帮助 + * `F2` – 重命名文件/文件夹 + * `F3` – 查看文件/文件夹 + * `F4` – 编辑文件 + * `F5` – 复制文件/文件夹 + * `F6` – 移动文件/文件夹 + * `F7` – 创建新目录 + * `F8` – 删除文件/文件夹 + * `F9` – 打开菜单 + * `F10` – 打开设置 #### Cloud Commmander 控制台 @@ -65,11 +64,11 @@ url: http://localhost:8000 ![][3] -在此控制台中，您可以执行各种管理任务，例如安装软件包，删除软件包，更新系统等。您甚至可以关闭或重新引导系统。 因此，Cloud Commander 不仅仅是一个文件管理器，还具有远程管理工具的功能。 +在此控制台中，您可以执行各种管理任务，例如安装软件包、删除软件包、更新系统等。您甚至可以关闭或重新引导系统。 因此，Cloud Commander 不仅仅是一个文件管理器，还具有远程管理工具的功能。 #### 创建文件/文件夹 -要创建新的文件或文件夹就右键单击任意空位置并找到 **New - >File or Directory**。 +要创建新的文件或文件夹就右键单击任意空位置并找到 “New - >File or Directory”。 ![][4] @@ -83,39 +82,39 @@ url: http://localhost:8000 另一个很酷的特性是我们可以从任何系统或设备简单地上传一个文件到 Cloud Commander 系统。 -要上传文件，右键单击 Cloud Commander 面板的任意空白处，并且单击**上传**选项。 +要上传文件，右键单击 Cloud Commander 面板的任意空白处，并且单击“Upload”选项。 ![][6] 选择你想要上传的文件。 -另外，你也可以上传来自像 Google 云盘, Dropbox, Amazon 云盘, Facebook, Twitter, Gmail, GtiHub, Picasa, Instagram 还有很多的云服务上的文件。 +另外，你也可以上传来自像 Google 云盘、Dropbox、Amazon 云盘、Facebook、Twitter、Gmail、GitHub、Picasa、Instagram 还有很多的云服务上的文件。 -要从云端上传文件, 右键单击面板的任意空白处，并且右键单击面板任意空白处并选择**从云端上传**。 +要从云端上传文件, 右键单击面板的任意空白处，并且右键单击面板任意空白处并选择“Upload from Cloud”。 ![][7] -选择任意一个你选择的网络服务，例如谷歌云盘。点击**连接到谷歌云盘**按钮。 +选择任意一个你选择的网络服务，例如谷歌云盘。点击“Connect to Google drive”按钮。 ![][8] -下一步，用 Cloud Commander 验证你的谷歌云端硬盘，从谷歌云端硬盘选择文件并点击**上传**。 +下一步，用 Cloud Commander 验证你的谷歌云端硬盘，从谷歌云端硬盘选择文件并点击“Upload”。 ![][9] #### 更新 Cloud Commander 要更新到最新的可用版本，执行下面的命令： + ``` $ npm update cloudcmd -g - ``` #### 总结 -据我测试，它运行地像魔幻一般。在我的Ubuntu服务器测试期间，我没有遇到任何问题。此外，Cloud Commander不仅是基于 Web 的文件管理器，还充当执行大多数Linux管理任务的远程管理工具。 您可以创建文件/文件夹，重命名，删除，编辑和查看它们。此外，您可以像在终端中在本地系统中那样安装，更新，升级和删除任何软件包。当然，您甚至可以从 Cloud Commander 控制台本身关闭或重启系统。 还有什么需要的吗？ 尝试一下，你会发现它很有用。 +据我测试，它运行很好。在我的 Ubuntu 服务器测试期间，我没有遇到任何问题。此外，Cloud Commander 不仅是基于 Web 的文件管理器，还可以充当执行大多数 Linux 管理任务的远程管理工具。 您可以创建文件/文件夹、重命名、删除、编辑和查看它们。此外，您可以像在终端中在本地系统中那样安装、更新、升级和删除任何软件包。当然，您甚至可以从 Cloud Commander 控制台本身关闭或重启系统。 还有什么需要的吗？ 尝试一下，你会发现它很有用。 -目前为止就这样吧。 我将很快在这里发表另一篇有趣的文章。 在此之前，请继续关注 OSTechNix。 +目前为止就这样吧。 我将很快在这里发表另一篇有趣的文章。 在此之前，请继续关注我们。 祝贺！ @@ -128,7 +127,7 @@ via: https://www.ostechnix.com/cloud-commander-a-web-file-manager-with-console-a 作者：[SK][a] 选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者：[fuzheng1998](https://github.com/fuzheng1998) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From 1ac085dcbc42ac311cf36d448d7be2d853735b6c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: geekpi Date: Wed, 19 Sep 2018 09:02:30 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 050/246] translating --- ...8 How to Play Windows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180828 How to Play Windows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play.md b/sources/tech/20180828 How to Play Windows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play.md index e0eea91e8b..d4ff9692d6 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180828 How to Play Windows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180828 How to Play Windows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +translating---geekpi + How to Play Windows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play ====== The new experimental feature of Steam allows you to play Windows-only games on Linux. Here’s how to use this feature in Steam right now. From 91f43ff50ccee0c3b0cb7a935f9dcc082be08333 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Wed, 19 Sep 2018 09:02:54 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 051/246] PUB:20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md @fuzheng1998 https://linux.cn/article-10030-1.html --- ...loud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md b/published/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md rename to published/20160503 Cloud Commander - A Web File Manager With Console And Editor.md From a3d2ba325fc73d47837d1cd94544cdc29a68cac3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: heguangzhi <7731226@qq.com> Date: Wed, 19 Sep 2018 09:42:11 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 052/246] heguangzhi Translating --- ...0180916 Linus, His Apology, And Why We Should Support Him.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/talk/20180916 Linus, His Apology, And Why We Should Support Him.md b/sources/talk/20180916 Linus, His Apology, And Why We Should Support Him.md index c3c159aa30..5794aaa635 100644 --- a/sources/talk/20180916 Linus, His Apology, And Why We Should Support Him.md +++ b/sources/talk/20180916 Linus, His Apology, And Why We Should Support Him.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +heguangzhi translating + Linus, His Apology, And Why We Should Support Him ====== From 8aa4e068c342ddae4e41ca4a1581106bea421752 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: heguangzhi <7731226@qq.com> Date: Wed, 19 Sep 2018 09:44:58 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 053/246] heguangzhi translating Linus, His Apology, And Why We Should Support Him --- ...20180916 Linus, His Apology, And Why We Should Support Him.md | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/sources/talk/20180916 Linus, His Apology, And Why We Should Support Him.md b/sources/talk/20180916 Linus, His Apology, And Why We Should Support Him.md index 5794aaa635..e2bf768324 100644 --- a/sources/talk/20180916 Linus, His Apology, And Why We Should Support Him.md +++ b/sources/talk/20180916 Linus, His Apology, And Why We Should Support Him.md @@ -1,5 +1,6 @@ heguangzhi translating + Linus, His Apology, And Why We Should Support Him ====== From 41f4e466e874319b665c0759f8aa0996352ee897 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: David Chen Date: Wed, 19 Sep 2018 10:39:40 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 054/246] 20171124 How do groups work on Linux.md --- .../20171124 How do groups work on Linux.md | 143 ---------------- .../20171124 How do groups work on Linux.md | 152 ++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 152 insertions(+), 143 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20171124 How do groups work on Linux.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20171124 How do groups work on Linux.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20171124 How do groups work on Linux.md b/sources/tech/20171124 How do groups work on Linux.md deleted file mode 100644 index 5071c7a8a3..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20171124 How do groups work on Linux.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,143 +0,0 @@ -Translating by DavidChen - -How do groups work on Linux? -============================================================ - -Hello! Last week, I thought I knew how users and groups worked on Linux. Here is what I thought: - -1. Every process belongs to a user (like `julia`) - -2. When a process tries to read a file owned by a group, Linux a) checks if the user `julia` can access the file, and b) checks which groups `julia` belongs to, and whether any of those groups owns & can access that file - -3. If either of those is true (or if the ‘any’ bits are set right) then the process can access the file - -So, for example, if a process is owned by the `julia` user and `julia` is in the `awesome` group, then the process would be allowed to read this file. - -``` -r--r--r-- 1 root awesome 6872 Sep 24 11:09 file.txt - -``` - -I had not thought carefully about this, but if pressed I would have said that it probably checks the `/etc/group` file at runtime to see what groups you’re in. - -### that is not how groups work - -I found out at work last week that, no, what I describe above is not how groups work. In particular Linux does **not** check which groups a process’s user belongs to every time that process tries to access a file. - -Here is how groups actually work! I learned this by reading Chapter 9 (“Process Credentials”) of [The Linux Programming Interface][1] which is an incredible book. As soon as I realized that I did not understand how users and groups worked, I opened up the table of contents with absolute confidence that it would tell me what’s up, and I was right. - -### how users and groups checks are done - -They key new insight for me was pretty simple! The chapter starts out by saying that user and group IDs are **attributes of the process**: - -* real user ID and group ID; - -* effective user ID and group ID; - -* saved set-user-ID and saved set-group-ID; - -* file-system user ID and group ID (Linux-specific); and - -* supplementary group IDs. - -This means that the way Linux **actually** does group checks to see a process can read a file is: - -* look at the process’s group IDs & supplementary group IDs (from the attributes on the process, **not** by looking them up in `/etc/group`) - -* look at the group on the file - -* see if they match - -Generally when doing access control checks it uses the **effective** user/group ID, not the real user/group ID. Technically when accessing a file it actually uses the **file-system** ids but those are usually the same as the effective uid/gid. - -### Adding a user to a group doesn’t put existing processes in that group - -Here’s another fun example that follows from this: if I create a new `panda` group and add myself (bork) to it, then run `groups` to check my group memberships – I’m not in the panda group! - -``` -bork@kiwi~> sudo addgroup panda -Adding group `panda' (GID 1001) ... -Done. -bork@kiwi~> sudo adduser bork panda -Adding user `bork' to group `panda' ... -Adding user bork to group panda -Done. -bork@kiwi~> groups -bork adm cdrom sudo dip plugdev lpadmin sambashare docker lxd - -``` - -no `panda` in that list! To double check, let’s try making a file owned by the `panda`group and see if I can access it: - -``` -$ touch panda-file.txt -$ sudo chown root:panda panda-file.txt -$ sudo chmod 660 panda-file.txt -$ cat panda-file.txt -cat: panda-file.txt: Permission denied - -``` - -Sure enough, I can’t access `panda-file.txt`. No big surprise there. My shell didn’t have the `panda` group as a supplementary GID before, and running `adduser bork panda` didn’t do anything to change that. - -### how do you get your groups in the first place? - -So this raises kind of a confusing question, right – if processes have groups baked into them, how do you get assigned your groups in the first place? Obviously you can’t assign yourself more groups (that would defeat the purpose of access control). - -It’s relatively clear how processes I **execute** from my shell (bash/fish) get their groups – my shell runs as me, and it has a bunch of group IDs on it. Processes I execute from my shell are forked from the shell so they get the same groups as the shell had. - -So there needs to be some “first” process that has your groups set on it, and all the other processes you set inherit their groups from that. That process is called your **login shell** and it’s run by the `login` program (`/bin/login`) on my laptop. `login` runs as root and calls a C function called `initgroups` to set up your groups (by reading `/etc/group`). It’s allowed to set up your groups because it runs as root. - -### let’s try logging in again! - -So! Let’s say I am running in a shell, and I want to refresh my groups! From what we’ve learned about how groups are initialized, I should be able to run `login` to refresh my groups and start a new login shell! - -Let’s try it: - -``` -$ sudo login bork -$ groups -bork adm cdrom sudo dip plugdev lpadmin sambashare docker lxd panda -$ cat panda-file.txt # it works! I can access the file owned by `panda` now! - -``` - -Sure enough, it works! Now the new shell that `login` spawned is part of the `panda` group! Awesome! This won’t affect any other shells I already have running. If I really want the new `panda` group everywhere, I need to restart my login session completely, which means quitting my window manager and logging in again. - -### newgrp - -Somebody on Twitter told me that if you want to start a new shell with a new group that you’ve been added to, you can use `newgrp`. Like this: - -``` -sudo addgroup panda -sudo adduser bork panda -newgrp panda # starts a new shell, and you don't have to be root to run it! - -``` - -You can accomplish the same(ish) thing with `sg panda bash` which will start a `bash` shell that runs with the `panda` group. - -### setuid sets the effective user ID - -I’ve also always been a little vague about what it means for a process to run as “setuid root”. It turns out that setuid sets the effective user ID! So if I (`julia`) run a setuid root process (like `passwd`), then the **real** user ID will be set to `julia`, and the **effective** user ID will be set to `root`. - -`passwd` needs to run as root, but it can look at its real user ID to see that `julia`started the process, and prevent `julia` from editing any passwords except for `julia`’s password. - -### that’s all! - -There are a bunch more details about all the edge cases and exactly how everything works in The Linux Programming Interface so I will not get into all the details here. That book is amazing. Everything I talked about in this post is from Chapter 9, which is a 17-page chapter inside a 1300-page book. - -The thing I love most about that book is that reading 17 pages about how users and groups work is really approachable, self-contained, super useful, and I don’t have to tackle all 1300 pages of it at once to learn helpful things :) - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://jvns.ca/blog/2017/11/20/groups/ - -作者：[Julia Evans ][a] -译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]:https://jvns.ca/ -[1]:http://man7.org/tlpi/ diff --git a/translated/tech/20171124 How do groups work on Linux.md b/translated/tech/20171124 How do groups work on Linux.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ace322775a --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20171124 How do groups work on Linux.md @@ -0,0 +1,152 @@ +"组"在 Linux 上到底是怎么工作的? +============================================================ + + +你好！就在上周，我还自认为对 Linux 上的用户和组的工作机制了如指掌。我认为它们的关系是这样的： + +1. 每个进程都属于一个用户( 比如用户`julia`) + +2. 当这个进程试图读取一个被某个组所拥有的文件时， Linux 会 a）先检查用户`julia` 是否有权限访问文件。(LCTT译注：检查文件的所有者是否就是`julia`) b）检查`julia` 属于哪些组，并进一步检查在这些组里是否有某个组拥有这个文件或者有权限访问这个文件。 + +3. 如果上述a,b任一为真（ 或者`其他`位设为有权限访问）,那么这个进程就有权限访问这个文件。 + +比如说，如果一个进程被用户`julia`拥有并且`julia` 在`awesome`组，那么这个进程就能访问下面这个文件。 + +``` +r--r--r-- 1 root awesome 6872 Sep 24 11:09 file.txt + +``` + +然而上述的机制我并没有考虑得非常清楚，如果你硬要我阐述清楚，我会说进程可能会在**运行时**去检查`/etc/group` 文件里是否有某些组拥有当前的用户。 + +### 然而这并不是Linux 里“组”的工作机制 + +我在上个星期的工作中发现了一件有趣的事，事实证明我前面的理解错了，我对组的工作机制的描述并不准确。特别是Linux**并不会**在进程每次试图访问一个文件时就去检查这个进程的用户属于哪些组。 + +我在读了[The Linux Programming +Interface][1]这本书的第九章后才恍然大悟（这本书真是太棒了。）这才是组真正的工作方式！我意识到之前我并没有真正理解用户和组是怎么工作的，我信心满满的尝试了下面的内容并且验证到底发生了什么，事实证明现在我的理解才是对的。 + +### 用户和组权限检查是怎么完成的 + +现在这些关键的知识在我看来非常简单! 这本书的第九章上来就告诉我如下事实：用户和组ID是**进程的属性**，它们是： + +* 真实用户ID和组ID； + +* 有效用户ID和组ID； + +* 被保存的set-user-ID和被保存的set-group-ID; + +* 文件系统用户ID和组ID（特定于 Linux); + +* 增补的组ID； + +这说明Linux**实际上**检查一个进程能否访问一个文件所做的组检查是这样的： + +* 检查一个进程的组ID和补充组ID（这些ID就在进程的属性里，**并不是**实时在`/etc/group`里查找这些ID） + +* 检查要访问的文件的访问属性里的组设置 + + +* 确定进程对文件是否有权限访问（LCTT 译注：即文件的组是否是以上的组之一） + +通常当访问控制的时候使用的是**有效**用户/组ID，而不是**真实**用户/组ID。技术上来说当访问一个文件时使用的是**文件系统**ID,他们实际上和有效用户/组ID一样。（LCTT译注：这句话针对 Linux 而言。） + +### 将一个用户加入一个组并不会将一个已存在的进程（的用户）加入那个组 + +下面是一个有趣的例子：如果我创建了一个新的组:`panda` 组并且将我自己(bork)加入到这个组，然后运行`groups` 来检查我是否在这个组里：结果是我（bork）竟然不在这个组？！ + + +``` +bork@kiwi~> sudo addgroup panda +Adding group `panda' (GID 1001) ... +Done. +bork@kiwi~> sudo adduser bork panda +Adding user `bork' to group `panda' ... +Adding user bork to group panda +Done. +bork@kiwi~> groups +bork adm cdrom sudo dip plugdev lpadmin sambashare docker lxd + +``` + +`panda`并不在上面的组里！为了再次确定我们的发现，让我们建一个文件，这个文件被`panda`组拥有，看看我能否访问它。 + + +``` +$ touch panda-file.txt +$ sudo chown root:panda panda-file.txt +$ sudo chmod 660 panda-file.txt +$ cat panda-file.txt +cat: panda-file.txt: Permission denied + +``` + +好吧，确定了，我(bork)无法访问`panda-file.txt`。这一点都不让人吃惊,我的命令解释器并没有`panda` 组作为补充组ID，运行`adduser bork panda`并不会改变这一点。 + + +### 那进程一开始是怎么得到用户的组的呢？ + + +这真是个非常令人困惑的问题，对吗？如果进程会将组的信息预置到进程的属性里面，进程在初始化的时候怎么取到组的呢？很明显你无法给你自己指定更多的组（否则就会和Linux访问控制的初衷相违背了。。。） + +有一点还是很清楚的：一个新的进程是怎么从我的命令行解释器（/bash/fish）里被**执行**而得到它的组的。（新的）进程将拥有我的用户 ID（bork），并且进程属性里还有很多组ID。从我的命令解释器里执行的所有进程是从这个命令解释器里`复刻`而来的，所以这个新进程得到了和命令解释器同样的组。 + +因此一定存在一个“第一个”进程来把你的组设置到进程属性里，而所有由此进程而衍生的进程将都设置这些组。而那个“第一个”进程就是你的**登录命令**,在我的笔记本电脑上，它是由‘登录’程序(`/bin/login`)实例化而来。` 登录程序` 以root身份运行,然后调用了一个 C 的库函数-`initgroups`来设置你的进程的组（具体来说是通过读取`/etc/group` 文件）,因为登录程序是以root运行的，所以它能设置你的进程的组。 + + +### 让我们再登录一次 + +好了！既然我们的`login shell`正在运行,而我又想刷新我的进程的组设置，从我们前面所学到的进程是怎么初始化组ID的，我应该可以通过再次运行`login` 程序来刷新我的进程组并启动一个新的`login shell`！ + +让我们试试下边的方法: + +``` +$ sudo login bork +$ groups +bork adm cdrom sudo dip plugdev lpadmin sambashare docker lxd panda +$ cat panda-file.txt # it works! I can access the file owned by `panda` now! + +``` + +当然，成功了！现在由登录程序衍生的程序的用户是组`panda`的一部分了！太棒了！这并不会影响我其他的已经在运行的登录程序（及其子进程），如果我真的希望“所有的”进程都能对`panda` +组有访问权限。我必须完全的重启我的登陆会话，这意味着我必须退出我的窗口管理器然后再重新`login`。(LCTT译注：即更新进程树的树根进程，这里是窗口管理器进程。) + +### newgrp命令 + + +在 Twitter 上有人告诉我如果只是想启动一个刷新了组信息的命令解释器的话，你可以使用`newgrp`（LCTT译注：不启动新的命令解释器）,如下： + +``` +sudo addgroup panda +sudo adduser bork panda +newgrp panda # starts a new shell, and you don't have to be root to run it! + +``` + + +你也可以用`sg panda bash` 来完成同样的效果，这个命令能启动一个`bash` 登录程序，而这个程序就有`panda` 组。 + +### seduid 将设置有效用户 ID + +其实我一直对一个进程如何以`setuid root`的权限来运行意味着什么有点似是而非。现在我知道了，事实上所发生的是：setuid 设置了`有效用户ID`! 如果我（'julia'）运行了一个`setuid root` 的进程（ 比如`passwd`）,那么进程的**真实**用户 ID 将为`julia`,而**有效**用户 ID 将被设置为`root`。 + +`passwd` 需要以root权限来运行，但是它能看到进程的真实用户ID是`julia` ,是`julia`启动了这个进程，`passwd`会阻止这个进程修改除了`julia`之外的用户密码。 + +### 就是这些了！ + +在 Linux Programming Interface 这本书里有很多Linux上一些功能的罕见使用方法以及Linux上所有的事物到底是怎么运行的详细解释，这里我就不一一展开了。那本书棒极了，我上面所说的都在该书的第九章，这章在1300页的书里只占了17页。 + +我最爱这本书的一点是我只用读17页关于用户和组是怎么工作的内容，而这区区17页就能做到内容完备，详实有用。我不用读完所有的1300页书就能得到有用的东西，太棒了！ + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://jvns.ca/blog/2017/11/20/groups/ + +作者：[Julia Evans ][a] +译者：[DavidChen](https://github.com/DavidChenLiang) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]:https://jvns.ca/ +[1]:http://man7.org/tlpi/ From 6e8c6ad7387ce68be19644107bd4a54c92b3be7d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Wed, 19 Sep 2018 19:18:42 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 055/246] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=204=20scanning=20to?= =?UTF-8?q?ols=20for=20the=20Linux=20desktop?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ... 4 scanning tools for the Linux desktop.md | 72 +++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180917 4 scanning tools for the Linux desktop.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180917 4 scanning tools for the Linux desktop.md b/sources/tech/20180917 4 scanning tools for the Linux desktop.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a239c87768 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180917 4 scanning tools for the Linux desktop.md @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +4 scanning tools for the Linux desktop +====== +Go paperless by driving your scanner with one of these open source applications. + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/osdc-photo-camera-blue.png?itok=AsIMZ9ga) + +While the paperless world isn't here quite yet, more and more people are getting rid of paper by scanning documents and photos. Having a scanner isn't enough to do the deed, though. You need software to drive that scanner. + +But the catch is many scanner makers don't have Linux versions of the software they bundle with their devices. For the most part, that doesn't matter. Why? Because there are good scanning applications available for the Linux desktop. They work with a variety of scanners and do a good job. + +Let's take a look at four simple but flexible open source Linux scanning tools. I've used each of these tools (and even wrote about three of them [back in 2014][1]) and found them very useful. You might, too. + +### Simple Scan + +One of my longtime favorites, [Simple Scan][2] is small, quick, efficient, and easy to use. If you've seen it before, that's because Simple Scan is the default scanner application on the GNOME desktop, as well as for a number of Linux distributions. + +Scanning a document or photo takes one click. After scanning something, you can rotate or crop it and save it as an image (JPEG or PNG only) or as a PDF. That said, Simple Scan can be slow, even if you scan documents at lower resolutions. On top of that, Simple Scan uses a set of global defaults for scanning, like 150dpi for text and 300dpi for photos. You need to go into Simple Scan's preferences to change those settings. + +If you've scanned something with more than a couple of pages, you can reorder the pages before you save. And if necessary—say you're submitting a signed form—you can email from within Simple Scan. + +### Skanlite + +In many ways, [Skanlite][3] is Simple Scan's cousin in the KDE world. Skanlite has few features, but it gets the job done nicely. + +The software has options that you can configure, including automatically saving scanned files, setting the quality of the scan, and identifying where to save your scans. Skanlite can save to these image formats: JPEG, PNG, BMP, PPM, XBM, and XPM. + +One nifty feature is the software's ability to save portions of what you've scanned to separate files. That comes in handy when, say, you want to excise someone or something from a photo. + +### Gscan2pdf + +Another old favorite, [gscan2pdf][4] might be showing its age, but it still packs a few more features than some of the other applications mentioned here. Even so, gscan2pdf is still comparatively light. + +In addition to saving scans in various image formats (JPEG, PNG, and TIFF), gscan2pdf also saves them as PDF or [DjVu][5] files. You can set the scan's resolution, whether it's black and white or color, and paper size before you click the Scan button. That beats going into gscan2pdf's preferences every time you want to change any of those settings. You can also rotate, crop, and delete pages. + +While none of those features are truly killer, they give you a bit more flexibility. + +### GIMP + +You probably know [GIMP][6] as an image-editing tool. But did you know you can use it to drive your scanner? + +You'll need to install the [XSane][7] scanner software and the GIMP XSane plugin. Both of those should be available from your Linux distro's package manager. From there, select File > Create > Scanner/Camera. From there, click on your scanner and then the Scan button. + +If that's not your cup of tea, or if it doesn't work, you can combine GIMP with a plugin called [QuiteInsane][8]. With either plugin, GIMP becomes a powerful scanning application that lets you set a number of options like whether to scan in color or black and white, the resolution of the scan, and whether or not to compress results. You can also use GIMP's tools to touch up or apply effects to your scans. This makes it great for scanning photos and art. + +### Do they really just work? + +All of this software works well for the most part and with a variety of hardware. I've used them with several multifunction printers that I've owned over the years—whether connecting using a USB cable or over wireless. + +You might have noticed that I wrote "works well for the most part" in the previous paragraph. I did run into one exception: an inexpensive Canon multifunction printer. None of the software I used could detect it. I had to download and install Canon's Linux scanner software, which did work. + +What's your favorite open source scanning tool for Linux? Share your pick by leaving a comment. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/linux-scanner-tools + +作者：[Scott Nesbitt][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/scottnesbitt +[1]: https://opensource.com/life/14/8/3-tools-scanners-linux-desktop +[2]: https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/simple-scan +[3]: https://www.kde.org/applications/graphics/skanlite/ +[4]: http://gscan2pdf.sourceforge.net/ +[5]: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/DjVu +[6]: http://www.gimp.org/ +[7]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Scanner_Access_Now_Easy#XSane +[8]: http://sourceforge.net/projects/quiteinsane/ From cbefc1020a5e1e7ef1fff71950b9dd0266b566ba Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Wed, 19 Sep 2018 19:23:12 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 056/246] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20Linux=20firewalls?= =?UTF-8?q?:=20What=20you=20need=20to=20know=20about=20iptables=20and=20fi?= =?UTF-8?q?rewalld?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...ed to know about iptables and firewalld.md | 168 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 168 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180918 Linux firewalls- What you need to know about iptables and firewalld.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180918 Linux firewalls- What you need to know about iptables and firewalld.md b/sources/tech/20180918 Linux firewalls- What you need to know about iptables and firewalld.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1297916194 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180918 Linux firewalls- What you need to know about iptables and firewalld.md @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +Linux firewalls: What you need to know about iptables and firewalld +====== +Here's how to use the iptables and firewalld tools to manage Linux firewall connectivity rules. + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/openwires_fromRHT_520_0612LL.png?itok=PqZi55Ab) +This article is excerpted from my book, [Linux in Action][1], and a second Manning project that’s yet to be released. + +### The firewall + +A firewall is a set of rules. When a data packet moves into or out of a protected network space, its contents (in particular, information about its origin, target, and the protocol it plans to use) are tested against the firewall rules to see if it should be allowed through. Here’s a simple example: + +![firewall filtering request][3] + +A firewall can filter requests based on protocol or target-based rules. + +On the one hand, [iptables][4] is a tool for managing firewall rules on a Linux machine. + +On the other hand, [firewalld][5] is also a tool for managing firewall rules on a Linux machine. + +You got a problem with that? And would it spoil your day if I told you that there was another tool out there, called [nftables][6]? + +OK, I’ll admit that the whole thing does smell a bit funny, so let me explain. It all starts with Netfilter, which controls access to and from the network stack at the Linux kernel module level. For decades, the primary command-line tool for managing Netfilter hooks was the iptables ruleset. + +Because the syntax needed to invoke those rules could come across as a bit arcane, various user-friendly implementations like [ufw][7] and firewalld were introduced as higher-level Netfilter interpreters. Ufw and firewalld are, however, primarily designed to solve the kinds of problems faced by stand-alone computers. Building full-sized network solutions will often require the extra muscle of iptables or, since 2014, its replacement, nftables (through the nft command line tool). + +iptables hasn’t gone anywhere and is still widely used. In fact, you should expect to run into iptables-protected networks in your work as an admin for many years to come. But nftables, by adding on to the classic Netfilter toolset, has brought some important new functionality. + +From here on, I’ll show by example how firewalld and iptables solve simple connectivity problems. + +### Configure HTTP access using firewalld + +As you might have guessed from its name, firewalld is part of the [systemd][8] family. Firewalld can be installed on Debian/Ubuntu machines, but it’s there by default on Red Hat and CentOS. If you’ve got a web server like Apache running on your machine, you can confirm that the firewall is working by browsing to your server’s web root. If the site is unreachable, then firewalld is doing its job. + +You’ll use the `firewall-cmd` tool to manage firewalld settings from the command line. Adding the `–state` argument returns the current firewall status: + +``` +# firewall-cmd --state +running +``` + +By default, firewalld will be active and will reject all incoming traffic with a couple of exceptions, like SSH. That means your website won’t be getting too many visitors, which will certainly save you a lot of data transfer costs. As that’s probably not what you had in mind for your web server, though, you’ll want to open the HTTP and HTTPS ports that by convention are designated as 80 and 443, respectively. firewalld offers two ways to do that. One is through the `–add-port` argument that references the port number directly along with the network protocol it’ll use (TCP in this case). The `–permanent` argument tells firewalld to load this rule each time the server boots: + +``` +# firewall-cmd --permanent --add-port=80/tcp +# firewall-cmd --permanent --add-port=443/tcp +``` + +The `–reload` argument will apply those rules to the current session: + +``` +# firewall-cmd --reload +``` + +Curious as to the current settings on your firewall? Run `–list-services`: + +``` +# firewall-cmd --list-services +dhcpv6-client http https ssh +``` + +Assuming you’ve added browser access as described earlier, the HTTP, HTTPS, and SSH ports should now all be open—along with `dhcpv6-client`, which allows Linux to request an IPv6 IP address from a local DHCP server. + +### Configure a locked-down customer kiosk using iptables + +I’m sure you’ve seen kiosks—they’re the tablets, touchscreens, and ATM-like PCs in a box that airports, libraries, and business leave lying around, inviting customers and passersby to browse content. The thing about most kiosks is that you don’t usually want users to make themselves at home and treat them like their own devices. They’re not generally meant for browsing, viewing YouTube videos, or launching denial-of-service attacks against the Pentagon. So to make sure they’re not misused, you need to lock them down. + +One way is to apply some kind of kiosk mode, whether it’s through clever use of a Linux display manager or at the browser level. But to make sure you’ve got all the holes plugged, you’ll probably also want to add some hard network controls through a firewall. In the following section, I'll describe how I would do it using iptables. + +There are two important things to remember about using iptables: The order you give your rules is critical, and by themselves, iptables rules won’t survive a reboot. I’ll address those here one at a time. + +### The kiosk project + +To illustrate all this, let’s imagine we work for a store that’s part of a larger chain called BigMart. They’ve been around for decades; in fact, our imaginary grandparents probably grew up shopping there. But these days, the guys at BigMart corporate headquarters are probably just counting the hours before Amazon drives them under for good. + +Nevertheless, BigMart’s IT department is doing its best, and they’ve just sent you some WiFi-ready kiosk devices that you’re expected to install at strategic locations throughout your store. The idea is that they’ll display a web browser logged into the BigMart.com products pages, allowing them to look up merchandise features, aisle location, and stock levels. The kiosks will also need access to bigmart-data.com, where many of the images and video media are stored. + +Besides those, you’ll want to permit updates and, whenever necessary, package downloads. Finally, you’ll want to permit inbound SSH access only from your local workstation, and block everyone else. The figure below illustrates how it will all work: + +![kiosk traffic flow ip tables][10] + +The kiosk traffic flow being controlled by iptables. + +### The script + +Here’s how that will all fit into a Bash script: + +``` +#!/bin/bash +iptables -A OUTPUT -p tcp -d bigmart.com -j ACCEPT +iptables -A OUTPUT -p tcp -d bigmart-data.com -j ACCEPT +iptables -A OUTPUT -p tcp -d ubuntu.com -j ACCEPT +iptables -A OUTPUT -p tcp -d ca.archive.ubuntu.com -j ACCEPT +iptables -A OUTPUT -p tcp --dport 80 -j DROP +iptables -A OUTPUT -p tcp --dport 443 -j DROP +iptables -A INPUT -p tcp -s 10.0.3.1 --dport 22 -j ACCEPT +iptables -A INPUT -p tcp -s 0.0.0.0/0 --dport 22 -j DROP +``` + +The basic anatomy of our rules starts with `-A`, telling iptables that we want to add the following rule. `OUTPUT` means that this rule should become part of the OUTPUT chain. `-p` indicates that this rule will apply only to packets using the TCP protocol, where, as `-d` tells us, the destination is [bigmart.com][11]. The `-j` flag points to `ACCEPT` as the action to take when a packet matches the rule. In this first rule, that action is to permit, or accept, the request. But further down, you can see requests that will be dropped, or denied. + +Remember that order matters. And that’s because iptables will run a request past each of its rules, but only until it gets a match. So an outgoing browser request for, say, [youtube.com][12] will pass the first four rules, but when it gets to either the `–dport 80` or `–dport 443` rule—depending on whether it’s an HTTP or HTTPS request—it’ll be dropped. iptables won’t bother checking any further because that was a match. + +On the other hand, a system request to ubuntu.com for a software upgrade will get through when it hits its appropriate rule. What we’re doing here, obviously, is permitting outgoing HTTP or HTTPS requests to only our BigMart or Ubuntu destinations and no others. + +The final two rules will deal with incoming SSH requests. They won’t already have been denied by the two previous drop rules since they don’t use ports 80 or 443, but 22. In this case, login requests from my workstation will be accepted but requests for anywhere else will be dropped. This is important: Make sure the IP address you use for your port 22 rule matches the address of the machine you’re using to log in—if you don’t do that, you’ll be instantly locked out. It's no big deal, of course, because the way it’s currently configured, you could simply reboot the server and the iptables rules will all be dropped. If you’re using an LXC container as your server and logging on from your LXC host, then use the IP address your host uses to connect to the container, not its public address. + +You’ll need to remember to update this rule if my machine’s IP ever changes; otherwise, you’ll be locked out. + +Playing along at home (hopefully on a throwaway VM of some sort)? Great. Create your own script. Now I can save the script, use `chmod` to make it executable, and run it as `sudo`. Don’t worry about that `bigmart-data.com not found` error—of course it’s not found; it doesn’t exist. + +``` +chmod +X scriptname.sh +sudo ./scriptname.sh +``` + +You can test your firewall from the command line using `cURL`. Requesting ubuntu.com works, but [manning.com][13] fails. + +``` +curl ubuntu.com +curl manning.com +``` + +### Configuring iptables to load on system boot + +Now, how do I get these rules to automatically load each time the kiosk boots? The first step is to save the current rules to a .rules file using the `iptables-save` tool. That’ll create a file in the root directory containing a list of the rules. The pipe, followed by the tee command, is necessary to apply my `sudo` authority to the second part of the string: the actual saving of a file to the otherwise restricted root directory. + +I can then tell the system to run a related tool called `iptables-restore` every time it boots. A regular cron job of the kind we saw in the previous module won’t help because they’re run at set times, but we have no idea when our computer might decide to crash and reboot. + +There are lots of ways to handle this problem. Here’s one: + +On my Linux machine, I’ll install a program called [anacron][14] that will give us a file in the /etc/ directory called anacrontab. I’ll edit the file and add this `iptables-restore` command, telling it to load the current values of that .rules file into iptables each day (when necessary) one minute after a boot. I’ll give the job an identifier (`iptables-restore`) and then add the command itself. Since you’re playing along with me at home, you should test all this out by rebooting your system. + +``` +sudo iptables-save | sudo tee /root/my.active.firewall.rules +sudo apt install anacron +sudo nano /etc/anacrontab +1 1 iptables-restore iptables-restore < /root/my.active.firewall.rules + +``` + +I hope these practical examples have illustrated how to use iptables and firewalld for managing connectivity issues on Linux-based firewalls. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/linux-iptables-firewalld + +作者：[David Clinton][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/remyd +[1]: https://www.manning.com/books/linux-in-action?a_aid=bootstrap-it&a_bid=4ca15fc9&chan=opensource +[2]: /file/409116 +[3]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/iptables1.jpg (firewall filtering request) +[4]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Iptables +[5]: https://firewalld.org/ +[6]: https://wiki.nftables.org/wiki-nftables/index.php/Main_Page +[7]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Uncomplicated_Firewall +[8]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Systemd +[9]: /file/409121 +[10]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/iptables2.jpg (kiosk traffic flow ip tables) +[11]: http://bigmart.com/ +[12]: http://youtube.com/ +[13]: http://manning.com/ +[14]: https://sourceforge.net/projects/anacron/ From 5665b57292c11fbe777e5958ff861e62e093a4ea Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Wed, 19 Sep 2018 19:28:29 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 057/246] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20Cozy=20Is=20A=20N?= =?UTF-8?q?ice=20Linux=20Audiobook=20Player=20For=20DRM-Free=20Audio=20Fil?= =?UTF-8?q?es?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...diobook Player For DRM-Free Audio Files.md | 73 +++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 73 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180918 Cozy Is A Nice Linux Audiobook Player For DRM-Free Audio Files.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180918 Cozy Is A Nice Linux Audiobook Player For DRM-Free Audio Files.md b/sources/tech/20180918 Cozy Is A Nice Linux Audiobook Player For DRM-Free Audio Files.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..93d6399267 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180918 Cozy Is A Nice Linux Audiobook Player For DRM-Free Audio Files.md @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +Cozy Is A Nice Linux Audiobook Player For DRM-Free Audio Files +====== +[Cozy][1] **is a free and open source audiobook player for the Linux desktop. The application lets you listen to DRM-free audiobooks (mp3, m4a, flac, ogg and wav) using a modern Gtk3 interface.** + +![](https://4.bp.blogspot.com/-A1TWkOasR7s/W6DevbmTH9I/AAAAAAAABho/VSjQkiDeWK49xzJ2MXvvwk0T_AhGWqQRgCLcBGAs/s1600/cozy-audiobook-player.png) + +You could use any audio player to listen to audiobooks, but a specialized audiobook player like Cozy makes everything easier, by **remembering your playback position and continuing from where you left off for each audiobook** , or by letting you **set the playback speed of each book individually** , among others. + +The Cozy interface lets you browse books by author, reader or recency, while also providing search functionality. **Books front covers are supported by Cozy** \- either by using embedded images, or by adding a cover.jpg or cover.png image in the book folder, which is automatically picked up and displayed by Cozy. + +When you click on an audiobook, Cozy lists the book chapters on the right, while displaying the book cover (if available) on the left, along with the book name, author and the last played time, along with total and remaining time: + +![](https://4.bp.blogspot.com/-hqBITKAiYaM/W6De4HzckRI/AAAAAAAABhs/GxSjfpND4hkk6ZM29TKfwB1zzXPxNa0_gCLcBGAs/s640/cozy-audiobook-player-playback-chapters.png) + +From the application toolbar you can easily **go back 30 seconds** by clicking the rewind icon from its top left-hand side corner. Besides regular controls, cover and title, you'll also find a playback speed button on the toolbar, which lets you increase the playback speed up to 2X. + +**A sleep timer is also available**. It can be set to stop after the current chapter or after a given number of minutes. + +Other Cozy features worth mentioning: + + * **Mpris integration** (Media keys & playback info) + * **Supports multiple storage locations** + * **Drag'n'drop support for importing new audiobooks** + * **Offline Mode**. If your audiobooks are on an external or network drive, you can switch the download button to keep a local cached copy of the book to listen to on the go. To enable this feature you have to set your storage location to external in the settings + * **Prevents your system from suspend during playback** + * **Dark mode** + + + +What I'd like to see in Cozy is a way to get audiobooks metadata, including the book cover, automatically. A feature to retrieve metadata from Audible.com was proposed on the Cozy GitHub project page and the developer seems interested in this, but it's not clear when or if this will be implemented. + +Like I was mentioning in the beginning of the article, Cozy only supports DRM-free audio files. Currently it supports mp3, m4a, flac, ogg and wav. Support for more formats will probably come in the future, with m4b being listed on the Cozy 0.7.0 todo list. + +Cozy cannot play Audible audiobooks due to DRM. But you'll find some solutions out there for converting Audible (.aa/.aax) audiobooks to mp3, like + +### Install Cozy + +**Any Linux distribution / Flatpak** : Cozy is available as a Flatpak on FlatHub. To install it, follow the quick Flatpak [setup][4], then go to the Cozy FlaHub [page][5] and click the install button, or use the install command at the bottom if its page. + +**elementary OS** : Cozy is available in the [AppCenter][6]. + +**Ubuntu 18.04 / Linux Mint 19** : you can install Cozy from its repository: + +``` +wget -nv https://download.opensuse.org/repositories/home:geigi/Ubuntu_18.04/Release.key -O Release.key +sudo apt-key add - < Release.key +sudo sh -c "echo 'deb http://download.opensuse.org/repositories/home:/geigi/Ubuntu_18.04/ /' > /etc/apt/sources.list.d/home:geigi.list" +sudo apt update +sudo apt install com.github.geigi.cozy +``` + +**For other ways of installing Cozy check out its[website][2].** + +You could use any audio player to listen to audiobooks, but a specialized audiobook player like Cozy makes everything easier, by, or by letting you, among others.The Cozy interface lets you browse books by author, reader or recency, while also providing search functionality.- either by using embedded images, or by adding a cover.jpg or cover.png image in the book folder, which is automatically picked up and displayed by Cozy.When you click on an audiobook, Cozy lists the book chapters on the right, while displaying the book cover (if available) on the left, along with the book name, author and the last played time, along with total and remaining time:From the application toolbar you can easilyby clicking the rewind icon from its top left-hand side corner. Besides regular controls, cover and title, you'll also find a playback speed button on the toolbar, which lets you increase the playback speed up to 2X.. It can be set to stop after the current chapter or after a given number of minutes.Other Cozy features worth mentioning:What I'd like to see in Cozy is a way to get audiobooks metadata, including the book cover, automatically. A feature to retrieve metadata from Audible.com was proposed on the Cozy GitHub project page and the developer seems interested in this, but it's not clear when or if this will be implemented.Like I was mentioning in the beginning of the article, Cozy only supports DRM-free audio files. Currently it supports mp3, m4a, flac, ogg and wav. Support for more formats will probably come in the future, with m4b being listed on the Cozy 0.7.0 todo list.Cozy cannot play Audible audiobooks due to DRM. But you'll find some solutions out there for converting Audible (.aa/.aax) audiobooks to mp3, like [this script][3] : Cozy is available as a Flatpak on FlatHub. To install it, follow the quick Flatpak: Cozy is available in the : you can install Cozy from its repository: + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.linuxuprising.com/2018/09/cozy-is-nice-linux-audiobook-player-for.html + +作者：[Logix][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://plus.google.com/118280394805678839070 +[1]: https://cozy.geigi.de/ +[2]: https://cozy.geigi.de/#how-can-i-get-it +[3]: https://gitlab.com/ReverendJ1/audiblefreedom/blob/master/audiblefreedom +[4]: https://flatpak.org/setup/ +[5]: https://flathub.org/apps/details/com.github.geigi.cozy +[6]: https://appcenter.elementary.io/com.github.geigi.cozy/ From 705645fcc45e1885d494e6cbec79527c805f218f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Wed, 19 Sep 2018 19:28:54 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 058/246] add done: 20180918 Cozy Is A Nice Linux Audiobook Player For DRM-Free Audio Files.md --- ... Is A Nice Linux Audiobook Player For DRM-Free Audio Files.md | 1 - 1 file changed, 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180918 Cozy Is A Nice Linux Audiobook Player For DRM-Free Audio Files.md b/sources/tech/20180918 Cozy Is A Nice Linux Audiobook Player For DRM-Free Audio Files.md index 93d6399267..8450d6fd11 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180918 Cozy Is A Nice Linux Audiobook Player For DRM-Free Audio Files.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180918 Cozy Is A Nice Linux Audiobook Player For DRM-Free Audio Files.md @@ -51,7 +51,6 @@ sudo apt install com.github.geigi.cozy **For other ways of installing Cozy check out its[website][2].** -You could use any audio player to listen to audiobooks, but a specialized audiobook player like Cozy makes everything easier, by, or by letting you, among others.The Cozy interface lets you browse books by author, reader or recency, while also providing search functionality.- either by using embedded images, or by adding a cover.jpg or cover.png image in the book folder, which is automatically picked up and displayed by Cozy.When you click on an audiobook, Cozy lists the book chapters on the right, while displaying the book cover (if available) on the left, along with the book name, author and the last played time, along with total and remaining time:From the application toolbar you can easilyby clicking the rewind icon from its top left-hand side corner. Besides regular controls, cover and title, you'll also find a playback speed button on the toolbar, which lets you increase the playback speed up to 2X.. It can be set to stop after the current chapter or after a given number of minutes.Other Cozy features worth mentioning:What I'd like to see in Cozy is a way to get audiobooks metadata, including the book cover, automatically. A feature to retrieve metadata from Audible.com was proposed on the Cozy GitHub project page and the developer seems interested in this, but it's not clear when or if this will be implemented.Like I was mentioning in the beginning of the article, Cozy only supports DRM-free audio files. Currently it supports mp3, m4a, flac, ogg and wav. Support for more formats will probably come in the future, with m4b being listed on the Cozy 0.7.0 todo list.Cozy cannot play Audible audiobooks due to DRM. But you'll find some solutions out there for converting Audible (.aa/.aax) audiobooks to mp3, like [this script][3] : Cozy is available as a Flatpak on FlatHub. To install it, follow the quick Flatpak: Cozy is available in the : you can install Cozy from its repository: -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- From 91aa8afd07475915232a8077efb0c9964baf79f9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Wed, 19 Sep 2018 19:30:13 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 059/246] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20How=20To=20Force?= =?UTF-8?q?=20APT=20Package=20Manager=20To=20Use=20IPv4=20In=20Ubuntu=2016?= =?UTF-8?q?.04?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...age Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md | 47 +++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 47 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180918 How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180918 How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md b/sources/tech/20180918 How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0a9444acc4 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180918 How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04 +====== + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/ipv4-720x340.png) + +**APT** , short or **A** dvanced **P** ackage **T** ool, is the default package manager for Debian-based systems. Using APT, we can install, update, upgrade and remove applications from the system. Lately, I have been facing a strange error. Whenever I try update my Ubuntu 16.04 box, I get this error – **“0% [Connecting to in.archive.ubuntu.com (2001:67c:1560:8001::14)]”** and the update process gets stuck for a long time. My Internet connection is working well and I can able to ping all websites including Ubuntu official site. After a couple Google searches, I realized that sometimes the Ubuntu mirrors are not reachable over IPv6. This problem is solved after I force APT package manager to use IPv4 in place of IPv6 to access Ubuntu mirrors while updating the system. If you ever encountered with this error, you can solve it as described below. + +### Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04 + +To force APT to use IPv4 in place of IPv6 while updating and upgrading your Ubuntu 16.04 LTS systems, simply use the following commands: + +``` +$ sudo apt-get -o Acquire::ForceIPv4=true update + +$ sudo apt-get -o Acquire::ForceIPv4=true upgrade +``` + +Voila! This time update process run and completed quickly. + +You can also make this persistent for all **apt-get** transactions in the future by adding the following line in **/etc/apt/apt.conf.d/99force-ipv4** file using command: + +``` +$ echo 'Acquire::ForceIPv4 "true";' | sudo tee /etc/apt/apt.conf.d/99force-ipv4 +``` + +**Disclaimer:** + +I don’t know if anyone is having this issue lately, but I kept getting this error today at least four to five times in my Ubuntu 16.04 LTS virtual machine and I solved it as described above. I am not sure that it is the recommended solution. Go through Ubuntu forums and make sure this method is legitimate. Since mine is just a VM which I use it only for testing and learning purposes, I don’t mind about the authenticity of this method. Use it on your own risk. + +Hope this helps. More good stuffs to come. Stay tuned! + +Cheers! + + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.ostechnix.com/how-to-force-apt-package-manager-to-use-ipv4-in-ubuntu-16-04/ + +作者：[SK][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ From 2cd1ce3ae52260481400ec5543f624bf25638a78 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Wed, 19 Sep 2018 19:33:03 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 060/246] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20Linux=20tricks=20?= =?UTF-8?q?that=20can=20save=20you=20time=20and=20trouble?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...icks that can save you time and trouble.md | 169 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 169 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180917 Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180917 Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble.md b/sources/tech/20180917 Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..786e2df2c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180917 Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble.md @@ -0,0 +1,169 @@ +Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble +====== +Some command line tricks can make you even more productive on the Linux command line. + +![](https://images.idgesg.net/images/article/2018/09/boy-jumping-off-swing-100772498-large.jpg) + +Good Linux command line tricks don’t only save you time and trouble. They also help you remember and reuse complex commands, making it easier for you to focus on what you need to do, not how you should go about doing it. In this post, we’ll look at some handy command line tricks that you might come to appreciate. + +### Editing your commands + +When making changes to a command that you're about to run on the command line, you can move your cursor to the beginning or the end of the command line to facilitate your changes using the ^a (control key plus “a”) and ^e (control key plus “e”) sequences. + +You can also fix and rerun a previously entered command with an easy text substitution by putting your before and after strings between **^** characters -- as in ^before^after^. + +``` +$ eho hello world <== oops! + +Command 'eho' not found, did you mean: + + command 'echo' from deb coreutils + command 'who' from deb coreutils + +Try: sudo apt install + +$ ^e^ec^ <== replace text +echo hello world +hello world + +``` + +### Logging into a remote system with just its name + +If you log into other systems from the command line (I do this all the time), you might consider adding some aliases to your system to supply the details. Your alias can provide the username you want to use (which may or may not be the same as your username on your local system) and the identity of the remote server. Use an alias server_name=’ssh -v -l username IP-address' type of command like this: + +``` +$ alias butterfly=”ssh -v -l jdoe 192.168.0.11” +``` + +You can use the system name in place of the IP address if it’s listed in your /etc/hosts file or available through your DNS server. + +And remember you can list your aliases with the **alias** command. + +``` +$ alias +alias butterfly='ssh -v -l jdoe 192.168.0.11' +alias c='clear' +alias egrep='egrep --color=auto' +alias fgrep='fgrep --color=auto' +alias grep='grep --color=auto' +alias l='ls -CF' +alias la='ls -A' +alias list_repos='grep ^[^#] /etc/apt/sources.list /etc/apt/sources.list.d/*' +alias ll='ls -alF' +alias ls='ls --color=auto' +alias show_dimensions='xdpyinfo | grep '\''dimensions:'\''' +``` + +It's good practice to test new aliases and then add them to your ~/.bashrc or similar file to be sure they will be available any time you log in. + +### Freezing and thawing out your terminal window + +The ^s (control key plus “s”) sequence will stop a terminal from providing output by running an XOFF (transmit off) flow control. This affects PuTTY sessions, as well as terminal windows on your desktop. Sometimes typed by mistake, however, the way to make the terminal window responsive again is to enter ^q (control key plus “q”). The only real trick here is remembering ^q since you aren't very likely run into this situation very often. + +### Repeating commands + +Linux provides many ways to reuse commands. The key to command reuse is your history buffer and the commands it collects for you. The easiest way to repeat a command is to type an ! followed by the beginning letters of a recently used command. Another is to press the up-arrow on your keyboard until you see the command you want to reuse and then press enter. You can also display previously entered commands and then type ! followed by the number shown next to the command you want to reuse in the displayed command history entries. + +``` +!! <== repeat previous command +!ec <== repeat last command that started with "ec" +!76 <== repeat command #76 from command history +``` + +### Watching a log file for updates + +Commands such as tail -f /var/log/syslog will show you lines as they are being added to the specified log file — very useful if you are waiting for some particular activity or want to track what’s happening right now. The command will show the end of the file and then additional lines as they are added. + +``` +$ tail -f /var/log/auth.log +Sep 17 09:41:01 fly CRON[8071]: pam_unix(cron:session): session closed for user smmsp +Sep 17 09:45:01 fly CRON[8115]: pam_unix(cron:session): session opened for user root +Sep 17 09:45:01 fly CRON[8115]: pam_unix(cron:session): session closed for user root +Sep 17 09:47:00 fly sshd[8124]: Accepted password for shs from 192.168.0.22 port 47792 +Sep 17 09:47:00 fly sshd[8124]: pam_unix(sshd:session): session opened for user shs by +Sep 17 09:47:00 fly systemd-logind[776]: New session 215 of user shs. +Sep 17 09:55:01 fly CRON[8208]: pam_unix(cron:session): session opened for user root +Sep 17 09:55:01 fly CRON[8208]: pam_unix(cron:session): session closed for user root + <== waits for additional lines to be added +``` + +### Asking for help + +For most Linux commands, you can enter the name of the command followed by the option **\--help** to get some fairly succinct information on what the command does and how to use it. Less extensive than the man command, the --help option often tells you just what you need to know without expanding on all of the options available. + +``` +$ mkdir --help +Usage: mkdir [OPTION]... DIRECTORY... +Create the DIRECTORY(ies), if they do not already exist. + +Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too. + -m, --mode=MODE set file mode (as in chmod), not a=rwx - umask + -p, --parents no error if existing, make parent directories as needed + -v, --verbose print a message for each created directory + -Z set SELinux security context of each created directory + to the default type + --context[=CTX] like -Z, or if CTX is specified then set the SELinux + or SMACK security context to CTX + --help display this help and exit + --version output version information and exit + +GNU coreutils online help: +Full documentation at: +or available locally via: info '(coreutils) mkdir invocation' +``` + +### Removing files with care + +To add a little caution to your use of the rm command, you can set it up with an alias that asks you to confirm your request to delete files before it goes ahead and deletes them. Some sysadmins make this the default. In that case, you might like the next option even more. + +``` +$ rm -i <== prompt for confirmation +``` + +### Turning off aliases + +You can always disable an alias interactively by using the unalias command. It doesn’t change the configuration of the alias in question; it just disables it until the next time you log in or source the file in which the alias is set up. + +``` +$ unalias rm +``` + +If the **rm -i** alias is set up as the default and you prefer to never have to provide confirmation before deleting files, you can put your **unalias** command in one of your startup files (e.g., ~/.bashrc). + +### Remembering to use sudo + +If you often forget to precede commands that only root can run with “sudo”, there are two things you can do. You can take advantage of your command history by using the “sudo !!” (use sudo to run your most recent command with sudo prepended to it), or you can turn some of these commands into aliases with the required "sudo" attached. + +``` +$ alias update=’sudo apt update’ +``` + +### More complex tricks + +Some useful command line tricks require a little more than a clever alias. An alias, after all, replaces a command, often inserting options so you don't have to enter them and allowing you to tack on additional information. If you want something more complex than an alias can manage, you can write a simple script or add a function to your .bashrc or other start-up file. The function below, for example, creates a directory and moves you into it. Once it's been set up, source your .bashrc or other file and you can use commands such as "md temp" to set up a directory and cd into it. + +``` +md () { mkdir -p "$@" && cd "$1"; } +``` + +### Wrap-up + +Working on the Linux command line remains one of the most productive and enjoyable ways to get work done on my Linux systems, but a group of command line tricks and clever aliases can make that experience even better. + +Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][1] and [LinkedIn][2] to comment on topics that are top of mind. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3305811/linux/linux-tricks-that-even-you-can-love.html + +作者：[Sandra Henry-Stocker][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Sandra-Henry_Stocker/ +[1]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/ +[2]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world From 2c96f4d5ca0d85f484a987a02f4733fa5e47a562 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Wed, 19 Sep 2018 19:35:54 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 061/246] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20Top=203=20Python?= =?UTF-8?q?=20libraries=20for=20data=20science?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...Top 3 Python libraries for data science.md | 242 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 242 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180918 Top 3 Python libraries for data science.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180918 Top 3 Python libraries for data science.md b/sources/tech/20180918 Top 3 Python libraries for data science.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..37315fed6b --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180918 Top 3 Python libraries for data science.md @@ -0,0 +1,242 @@ +Top 3 Python libraries for data science +====== +Turn Python into a scientific data analysis and modeling tool with these libraries. + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/data_metrics_analytics_desktop_laptop.png?itok=9QXd7AUr) + +Python's many attractions—such as efficiency, code readability, and speed—have made it the go-to programming language for data science enthusiasts. Python is usually the preferred choice for data scientists and machine learning experts who want to escalate the functionalities of their applications. (For example, Andrey Bulezyuk used the Python programming language to create an amazing [machine learning application][1].) + +Because of its extensive usage, Python has a huge number of libraries that make it easier for data scientists to complete complicated tasks without many coding hassles. Here are the top 3 Python libraries for data science; check them out if you want to kickstart your career in the field. + +### 1\. NumPy + +[NumPy][2] (short for Numerical Python) is one of the top libraries equipped with useful resources to help data scientists turn Python into a powerful scientific analysis and modelling tool. The popular open source library is available under the BSD license. It is the foundational Python library for performing tasks in scientific computing. NumPy is part of a bigger Python-based ecosystem of open source tools called SciPy. + +The library empowers Python with substantial data structures for effortlessly performing multi-dimensional arrays and matrices calculations. Besides its uses in solving linear algebra equations and other mathematical calculations, NumPy is also used as a versatile multi-dimensional container for different types of generic data. + +Furthermore, it integrates flawlessly with other programming languages like C/C++ and Fortran. The versatility of the NumPy library allows it to easily and swiftly coalesce with an extensive range of databases and tools. For example, let's see how NumPy (abbreviated **np** ) can be used for multiplying two matrices. + +Let's start by importing the library (we'll be using the Jupyter notebook for these examples). + +``` +import numpy as np +``` + +Next, let's use the **eye()** function to generate an identity matrix with the stipulated dimensions. + +``` +matrix_one = np.eye(3) +matrix_one +``` + +Here is the output: + +``` +array([[1., 0., 0.], +       [0., 1., 0.], +       [0., 0., 1.]]) +``` + +Let's generate another 3x3 matrix. + +We'll use the **arange([starting number], [stopping number])** function to arrange numbers. Note that the first parameter in the function is the initial number to be listed and the last number is not included in the generated results. + +Also, the **reshape()** function is applied to modify the dimensions of the originally generated matrix into the desired dimension. For the matrices to be "multiply-able," they should be of the same dimension. + +``` +matrix_two = np.arange(1,10).reshape(3,3) +matrix_two +``` + +Here is the output: + +``` +array([[1, 2, 3], +       [4, 5, 6], +       [7, 8, 9]]) +``` + +Let's use the **dot()** function to multiply the two matrices. + +``` +matrix_multiply = np.dot(matrix_one, matrix_two) + +matrix_multiply + +``` + +Here is the output: + +``` +array([[1., 2., 3.], +       [4., 5., 6.], +       [7., 8., 9.]]) +``` + +Great! + +We managed to multiply two matrices without using vanilla Python. + +Here is the entire code for this example: + +``` +import numpy as np +#generating a 3 by 3 identity matrix +matrix_one = np.eye(3) +matrix_one +#generating another 3 by 3 matrix for multiplication +matrix_two = np.arange(1,10).reshape(3,3) +matrix_two +#multiplying the two arrays +matrix_multiply = np.dot(matrix_one, matrix_two) +matrix_multiply +``` + +### 2\. Pandas + +[Pandas][3] is another great library that can enhance your Python skills for data science. Just like NumPy, it belongs to the family of SciPy open source software and is available under the BSD free software license. + +Pandas offers versatile and powerful tools for munging data structures and performing extensive data analysis. The library works well with incomplete, unstructured, and unordered real-world data—and comes with tools for shaping, aggregating, analyzing, and visualizing datasets. + +There are three types of data structures in this library: + + * Series: single-dimensional, homogeneous array + * DataFrame: two-dimensional with heterogeneously typed columns + * Panel: three-dimensional, size-mutable array + + + +For example, let's see how the Panda Python library (abbreviated **pd** ) can be used for performing some descriptive statistical calculations. + +Let's start by importing the library. + +``` +import pandas as pd +``` + +Let's create a dictionary of series. + +``` +d = {'Name':pd.Series(['Alfrick','Michael','Wendy','Paul','Dusan','George','Andreas', +   'Irene','Sagar','Simon','James','Rose']), +   'Years of Experience':pd.Series([5,9,1,4,3,4,7,9,6,8,3,1]), +   'Programming Language':pd.Series(['Python','JavaScript','PHP','C++','Java','Scala','React','Ruby','Angular','PHP','Python','JavaScript']) +    } +``` + +Let's create a DataFrame. + +``` +df = pd.DataFrame(d) +``` + +Here is a nice table of the output: + +``` +      Name Programming Language  Years of Experience +0   Alfrick               Python                    5 +1   Michael           JavaScript                    9 +2     Wendy                  PHP                    1 +3      Paul                  C++                    4 +4     Dusan                 Java                    3 +5    George                Scala                    4 +6   Andreas                React                    7 +7     Irene                 Ruby                    9 +8     Sagar              Angular                    6 +9     Simon                  PHP                    8 +10    James               Python                    3 +11     Rose           JavaScript                    1 +``` + +Here is the entire code for this example: + +``` +import pandas as pd +#creating a dictionary of series +d = {'Name':pd.Series(['Alfrick','Michael','Wendy','Paul','Dusan','George','Andreas', +   'Irene','Sagar','Simon','James','Rose']), +   'Years of Experience':pd.Series([5,9,1,4,3,4,7,9,6,8,3,1]), +   'Programming Language':pd.Series(['Python','JavaScript','PHP','C++','Java','Scala','React','Ruby','Angular','PHP','Python','JavaScript']) +    } + +#Create a DataFrame +df = pd.DataFrame(d) +print(df) +``` + +### 3\. Matplotlib + +[Matplotlib][4] is also part of the SciPy core packages and offered under the BSD license. It is a popular Python scientific library used for producing simple and powerful visualizations. You can use the Python framework for data science for generating creative graphs, charts, histograms, and other shapes and figures—without worrying about writing many lines of code. For example, let's see how the Matplotlib library can be used to create a simple bar chart. + +Let's start by importing the library. + +``` +from matplotlib import pyplot as plt +``` + +Let's generate values for both the x-axis and the y-axis. + +``` +x = [2, 4, 6, 8, 10] +y = [10, 11, 6, 7, 4] +``` + +Let's call the function for plotting the bar chart. + +``` +plt.bar(x,y) +``` + +Let's show the plot. + +``` +plt.show() +``` + +Here is the bar chart: + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/matplotlib_barchart.png) + +Here is the entire code for this example: + +``` +#importing Matplotlib Python library +from matplotlib import pyplot as plt +#same as import matplotlib.pyplot as plt +  +#generating values for x-axis +x = [2, 4, 6, 8, 10] +  +#generating vaues for y-axis +y = [10, 11, 6, 7, 4] +  +#calling function for plotting the bar chart +plt.bar(x,y) +  +#showing the plot +plt.show() +``` + +### Wrapping up + +The Python programming language has always done a good job in data crunching and preparation, but less so for complicated scientific data analysis and modeling. The top Python frameworks for [data science][5] help fill this gap, allowing you to carry out complex mathematical computations and create sophisticated models that make sense of your data. + +Which other Python data-mining libraries do you know? What's your experience with them? Please share your comments below. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/top-3-python-libraries-data-science + +作者：[Dr.Michael J.Garbade][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/drmjg +[1]: https://www.liveedu.tv/andreybu/REaxr-machine-learning-model-python-sklearn-kera/oPGdP-machine-learning-model-python-sklearn-kera/ +[2]: http://www.numpy.org/ +[3]: http://pandas.pydata.org/ +[4]: https://matplotlib.org/ +[5]: https://www.liveedu.tv/guides/data-science/ From 5934c3f30a69ea6bdf25d38192425f824026896d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: =?UTF-8?q?=E4=BB=98=E5=B3=A5?= <24203166+fuzheng1998@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Wed, 19 Sep 2018 20:20:45 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 062/246] apply for translation --- .../tech/20171005 10 Games You Can Play on Linux with Wine.md | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20171005 10 Games You Can Play on Linux with Wine.md b/sources/tech/20171005 10 Games You Can Play on Linux with Wine.md index 5bab9d8c65..37b1adb669 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20171005 10 Games You Can Play on Linux with Wine.md +++ b/sources/tech/20171005 10 Games You Can Play on Linux with Wine.md @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +### fuzheng1998 translating 10 Games You Can Play on Linux with Wine ====== ![](https://www.maketecheasier.com/assets/uploads/2017/09/wine-games-feat.jpg) From b057ca9e2b9973ceb8c537f58da96ac0817cc49d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: feng lv Date: Wed, 19 Sep 2018 22:31:03 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 063/246] translating --- .../tech/20180918 Top 3 Python libraries for data science.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180918 Top 3 Python libraries for data science.md b/sources/tech/20180918 Top 3 Python libraries for data science.md index 37315fed6b..2c4b88595d 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180918 Top 3 Python libraries for data science.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180918 Top 3 Python libraries for data science.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +ucasFL translating + Top 3 Python libraries for data science ====== Turn Python into a scientific data analysis and modeling tool with these libraries. From eb5f87063a8ad878eb23e8d1766a7ef792cd189e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Wed, 19 Sep 2018 22:32:25 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 064/246] PRF:20180720 How to build a URL shortener with Apache.md @geekpi --- ...ow to build a URL shortener with Apache.md | 39 ++++++++----------- 1 file changed, 17 insertions(+), 22 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180720 How to build a URL shortener with Apache.md b/translated/tech/20180720 How to build a URL shortener with Apache.md index 8a88338a9c..8fc2d473d1 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180720 How to build a URL shortener with Apache.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180720 How to build a URL shortener with Apache.md @@ -1,65 +1,60 @@ -如何使用 Apache 构建 URL 缩短器 +如何使用 Apache 构建 URL 缩短服务 ====== +> 用 Apache HTTP 服务器的 mod_rewrite 功能创建你自己的短链接。 ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/openweb-osdc-lead.png?itok=yjU4KliG) -很久以前，人们开始在 Twitter 上分享链接。140 个字符的限制意味着 URL 可能消耗一条推文的大部分（或全部），因此人们使用 URL 缩短器。最终，Twitter 加入了一个内置的 URL 缩短器（[t.co][1]）。 +很久以前，人们开始在 Twitter 上分享链接。140 个字符的限制意味着 URL 可能消耗一条推文的大部分（或全部），因此人们使用 URL 缩短服务。最终，Twitter 加入了一个内置的 URL 缩短服务（[t.co][1]）。 -字符数现在不重要了，但还有其他原因要缩短链接。首先，缩短服务可以提供分析 - 你可以看到你分享的链接的受欢迎程度。它还简化了制作易于记忆的 URL。例如，[bit.ly/INtravel][2] 比更容易记住。如果你想预先共享一个链接，但还不知道最终地址，这时 URL 缩短器可以派上用场。。 +字符数现在不重要了，但还有其他原因要缩短链接。首先，缩短服务可以提供分析功能 —— 你可以看到你分享的链接的受欢迎程度。它还简化了制作易于记忆的 URL。例如，[bit.ly/INtravel][2] 比更容易记住。如果你想预先共享一个链接，但还不知道最终地址，这时 URL 缩短服务可以派上用场。。 -与任何技术一样，URL 缩短器并非都是正面的。通过屏蔽最终地址，缩短的链接可用于指向恶意或冒犯性内容。但是，如果你仔细上网，URL 缩短器是一个有用的工具。 +与任何技术一样，URL 缩短服务并非都是正面的。通过屏蔽最终地址，缩短的链接可用于指向恶意或冒犯性内容。但是，如果你仔细上网，URL 缩短服务是一个有用的工具。 -我们之前在网站上[发布过缩短器的文章][3]，但也许你想要运行一些由简单的文本驱动的缩短器。在本文中，我们将展示如何使用 Apache HTTP 服务器的 mod_rewrite 功能来设置自己的 URL 缩短器。如果你不熟悉 Apache HTTP 服务器，请查看 David Both 关于[安装和配置][4]的文章。 +我们之前在网站上[发布过缩短服务的文章][3]，但也许你想要运行一些由简单的文本文件支持的缩短服务。在本文中，我们将展示如何使用 Apache HTTP 服务器的 mod_rewrite 功能来设置自己的 URL 缩短服务。如果你不熟悉 Apache HTTP 服务器，请查看 David Both 关于[安装和配置][4]它的文章。 ### 创建一个 VirtualHost -在本教程中，我假设你购买了一个很酷的域名，你将它专门用于 URL 缩短器。例如，我的网站是 [funnelfiasco.com][5]，所以我买了 [funnelfias.co][6] 用于我的 URL 缩短器（好吧，它不是很短，但它可以满足我的虚荣心）。如果你不将缩短器作为单独的域运行，请跳到下一部分。 +在本教程中，我假设你购买了一个很酷的域名，你将它专门用于 URL 缩短服务。例如，我的网站是 [funnelfiasco.com][5]，所以我买了 [funnelfias.co][6] 用于我的 URL 缩短服务（好吧，它不是很短，但它可以满足我的虚荣心）。如果你不将缩短服务作为单独的域运行，请跳到下一部分。 + +第一步是设置将用于 URL 缩短服务的 VirtualHost。有关 VirtualHost 的更多信息，请参阅 [David Both 的文章][7]。这步只需要几行： -第一步是设置将用于 URL 缩短器的 VirtualHost。有关 VirtualHosts 的更多信息，请参[ David Both 的文章][7]。这步只需要几行： ```     -         ServerName funnelfias.co -     - ``` -### 创建 rewrite +### 创建重写规则 此服务使用 HTTPD 的重写引擎来重写 URL。如果你在上面的部分中创建了 VirtualHost，则下面的配置跳到你的 VirtualHost 部分。否则跳到服务器的 VirtualHost 或主 HTTPD 配置。 + ```     RewriteEngine on -     RewriteMap shortlinks txt:/data/web/shortlink/links.txt -     RewriteRule ^/(.+)$ ${shortlinks:$1} [R=temp,L] - ``` 第一行只是启用重写引擎。第二行在文本文件构建短链接的映射。上面的路径只是一个例子。你需要使用系统上使用有效路径（确保它可由运行 HTTPD 的用户帐户读取）。最后一行重写 URL。在此例中，它接受任何字符并在重写映射中查找它们。你可能希望重写时使用特定的字符串。例如，如果你希望所有缩短的链接都是 “slX”（其中 X 是数字），则将上面的 `(.+)` 替换为 `(sl\d+)`。 -我在这里使用了临时 （HTTP 302） 重定向。这能让我稍后更新目标 URL。如果希望短链接始终指向同一目标，则可以使用永久 （HTTP 301） 重定向。用 `permanent` 替换第三行的 `temp`。 +我在这里使用了临时重定向（HTTP 302）。这能让我稍后更新目标 URL。如果希望短链接始终指向同一目标，则可以使用永久重定向（HTTP 301）。用 `permanent` 替换第三行的 `temp`。 ### 构建你的映射 -编辑配置文件 “RewriteMap” 行中的指定文件。格式是空格分隔的键值存储。在每一行上放一个链接： +编辑配置文件 `RewriteMap` 行中的指定文件。格式是空格分隔的键值存储。在每一行上放一个链接： + ```     osdc https://opensource.com/users/bcotton -     twitter https://twitter.com/funnelfiasco -     swody1 https://www.spc.noaa.gov/products/outlook/day1otlk.html - ``` ### 重启 HTTPD -最后一步是重启 HTTPD 进程。这是通过 `systemctl restart httpd` 或类似命令完成的（命令和守护进程名称可能因发行版而不同）。你的链接缩短器现已启动并运行。当你准备编辑映射时，无需重新启动 Web 服务器。你所要做的就是保存文件，Web 服务器将获取到差异。 +最后一步是重启 HTTPD 进程。这是通过 `systemctl restart httpd` 或类似命令完成的（命令和守护进程名称可能因发行版而不同）。你的链接缩短服务现已启动并运行。当你准备编辑映射时，无需重新启动 Web 服务器。你所要做的就是保存文件，Web 服务器将获取到差异。 ### 未来的工作 -此示例为你提供了基本的 URL 缩短器。如果你想将开发自己的管理接口作为学习项目，它可以作为一个很好的起点。或者你可以使用它分享容易记住的链接到那些容易忘记的 URL。 +此示例为你提供了基本的 URL 缩短服务。如果你想将开发自己的管理接口作为学习项目，它可以作为一个很好的起点。或者你可以使用它分享容易记住的链接到那些容易忘记的 URL。 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -68,7 +63,7 @@ via: https://opensource.com/article/18/7/apache-url-shortener 作者：[Ben Cotton][a] 选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From cb016e9d6fa764c64f3fa3b8753d296188ced4f7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Wed, 19 Sep 2018 22:33:07 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 065/246] PUB:20180720 How to build a URL shortener with Apache.md @geekpi https://linux.cn/article-10031-1.html --- .../20180720 How to build a URL shortener with Apache.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180720 How to build a URL shortener with Apache.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180720 How to build a URL shortener with Apache.md b/published/20180720 How to build a URL shortener with Apache.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180720 How to build a URL shortener with Apache.md rename to published/20180720 How to build a URL shortener with Apache.md From 51dec09f82a768b17242c26ebb2ed9ab18b37077 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Wed, 19 Sep 2018 23:26:18 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 066/246] PRF:20180131 What I Learned from Programming Interviews.md @DavidChenLiang --- ...t I Learned from Programming Interviews.md | 73 ++++++++----------- 1 file changed, 32 insertions(+), 41 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180131 What I Learned from Programming Interviews.md b/translated/tech/20180131 What I Learned from Programming Interviews.md index 2f9c01b6ff..1c090b8e97 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180131 What I Learned from Programming Interviews.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180131 What I Learned from Programming Interviews.md @@ -1,29 +1,28 @@ 我从编程面试中学到的 -============================================================ - +====== ![](https://cdn-images-1.medium.com/max/1250/1*DXPdaGPM4oM6p5nSkup7IQ.jpeg) -聊聊白板编程面试 -在2017年，我参加了[Grace Hopper Celebration][1]‘计算机行业中的女性’这一活动。这个活动是这类科技活动中最大的一个。共有17,000名女性IT工作者参加。 +*聊聊白板编程面试* -这个会议有个大型的配套招聘会，会上有招聘公司来面试会议参加者。有些人甚至现场拿到offer。我在现场晃荡了一下，注意到一些应聘者看上去非常紧张忧虑。我还隐隐听到应聘者之间的谈话，其中一些人谈到在面试中做的并不好。 +在 2017 年，我参加了 ‘计算机行业中的女性’ 的[Grace Hopper 庆祝活动][1]。这个活动是这类科技活动中最大的一个。共有 17,000 名女性IT工作者参加。 -我走近我听到谈话的那群人并和她们聊了起来并给了一些面试上的小建议。我想我的建议还是比较偏基本的，如“（在面试时）一开始给出个能工作的解决方案也还说的过去”之类的,但是当她们听到我的一些其他的建议时还是颇为吃惊。 +这个会议有个大型的配套招聘会，会上有招聘公司来面试会议参加者。有些人甚至现场拿到 offer。我在现场晃荡了一下，注意到一些应聘者看上去非常紧张忧虑。我还隐隐听到应聘者之间的谈话，其中一些人谈到在面试中做的并不好。 -为了能更多的帮到像她们一样的白面面试者，我收集了一些过去对我有用的小点子，这些小点子我已经发表在了[prodcast episode][2]上。它们也是这篇文章的主题。 +我走近我听到谈话的那群人并和她们聊了起来并给了一些面试上的小建议。我想我的建议还是比较偏基本的，如“（在面试时）一开始给出个能工作的解决方案也还说的过去”之类的，但是当她们听到我的一些其他的建议时还是颇为吃惊。 + +为了能更多的帮到像她们一样的小白面试者，我收集了一些过去对我有用的小点子，这些小点子我已经发表在了 [prodcast episode][2] 上。它们也是这篇文章的主题。 为了实习生职位和全职工作，我做过很多次的面试。当我还在大学主修计算机科学时，学校每个秋季学期都有招聘会，第一轮招聘会在校园里举行。(我在第一和最后一轮都搞砸过。)不过，每次面试后，我都会反思哪些方面我能做的更好，我还会和朋友们做模拟面试，这样我就能从他们那儿得到更多的面试反馈。 -不管我们怎么样找工作: 工作中介，网络，或者学校招聘，他们的招聘流程中都会涉及到技术面试: +不管我们怎么样找工作: 工作中介、网络，或者学校招聘，他们的招聘流程中都会涉及到技术面试： 近年来，我注意到了一些新的不同的面试形式出现了： * 与招聘方的一位工程师结对编程 * 网络在线测试及在线编码 -* 白板编程（LCTT译者注： 这种形式应该不新了） - +* 白板编程（LCTT 译注： 这种形式应该不新了） 我将重点谈谈白板面试，这种形式我经历的最多。我有过很多次面试，有些挺不错的，有些被我搞砸了。 @@ -31,7 +30,7 @@ 首先，我想回顾一下我做的不好的地方。知错能改，善莫大焉。 -当面试者提出一个要我解决的问题时， 我立即马上立刻开始在白板上写代码,_什么都不问。_ +当面试者提出一个要我解决的问题时， 我立即马上立刻开始在白板上写代码，_什么都不问。_ 这里我犯了两个错误： @@ -41,7 +40,7 @@ #### 只会默默思考，不去记录想法或和面试官沟通 -在面试中，很多时候我也会傻傻站在那思考，什么都不写。我和一个朋友模拟面试的时候，他告诉我因为他曾经和我一起工作过所以他知道我在思考，但是如果他是个陌生的面试官的话，他会觉得要么我正站在那冥思苦想，毫无头绪。不要急匆匆的直奔解题而去是很重要的。花点时间多想想各种解题的可能性。有时候面试官会乐意和你一起探索解题的步骤。不管怎样，这就是在一家公司开工作会议的的普遍方式，大家各抒己见，一起讨论如何解决问题。 +在面试中，很多时候我也会傻傻站在那思考，什么都不写。我和一个朋友模拟面试的时候，他告诉我因为他曾经和我一起工作过所以他知道我在思考，但是如果他是个陌生的面试官的话，他会觉得我正站在那冥思苦想，毫无头绪。不要急匆匆的直奔解题而去是很重要的。花点时间多想想各种解题的可能性。有时候面试官会乐意和你一起探索解题的步骤。不管怎样，这就是在一家公司开工作会议的的普遍方式，大家各抒己见，一起讨论如何解决问题。 ### 想到一个解题方法 @@ -50,30 +49,27 @@ 这是对我管用的步骤： 1. 头脑风暴 - 2. 写代码 - 3. 处理错误路径 - 4. 测试 -#### 1\. 头脑风暴 +#### 1、 头脑风暴 对我来说，我会首先通过一些例子来视觉化我要解决的问题。比如说如果这个问题和数据结构中的树有关，我就会从树底层的空节点开始思考，如何处理一个节点的情况呢？两个节点呢？三个节点呢？这能帮助你从具体例子里抽象出你的解决方案。 -在白板上先写下你的算法要做的事情列表。这样做，你往往能在开始写代码前就发现bug和缺陷（不过你可得掌握好时间）。我犯过的一个错误是我花了过多的时间在澄清问题和头脑风暴上，最后几乎没有留下时间给我写代码。你的面试官可能没有机会看你在白板上写下代码，这可太糟了。你可以带块手表，或者房间有钟的话，你也可以抬头看看时间。有些时候面试者会提醒你你已经得到了所有的信息（这时你就不要再问别的了），'我想我们已经把所有需要的信息都澄清了，让我们写代码实现吧' +在白板上先写下你的算法要做的事情列表。这样做，你往往能在开始写代码前就发现 bug 和缺陷（不过你可得掌握好时间）。我犯过的一个错误是我花了过多的时间在澄清问题和头脑风暴上，最后几乎没有留下时间给我写代码。你的面试官可能没有机会看你在白板上写下代码，这可太糟了。你可以带块手表，或者房间有钟的话，你也可以抬头看看时间。有些时候面试者会提醒你你已经得到了所有的信息（这时你就不要再问别的了），“我想我们已经把所有需要的信息都澄清了，让我们写代码实现吧”。 -#### 2\. 开始写代码，一气呵成 +#### 2、 开始写代码，一气呵成 -如果你还没有得到问题的完美解决方法，从最原始的解法开始总的可以的。当你在向面试官解释最显而易见的解法时，你要想想怎么去完善它，并指明这种做法是最原始，未加优化的。（请熟悉算法中的O()的概念，这对面试非常有用。）在向面试者提交前请仔细检查你的解决方案两三遍。面试者有时会给你些提示， ‘还有更好的方法吗？’，这句话的意思是面试官提示你有更优化的解决方案。 +如果你还没有得到问题的完美解决方法，从最原始的解法开始总是可以的。当你在向面试官解释最显而易见的解法时，你要想想怎么去完善它，并指明这种做法是最原始的，未加优化的。（请熟悉算法中的 `O()` 的概念，这对面试非常有用。）在向面试者提交前请仔细检查你的解决方案两三遍。面试者有时会给你些提示， “还有更好的方法吗？”，这句话的意思是面试官提示你有更优化的解决方案。 -#### 3\. 错误处理 +#### 3、 错误处理 -当你在编码时，对你想做错误处理的代码行做个注释。当面试者说，'很好，这里你想到了错误处理。你想怎么处理呢？抛出异常还是返回错误码？'，这将给你个机会去引出关于代码质量的一番讨论。当然，这种地方提出几个就够了。有时，面试者为了节省编码的时间，会告诉你可以假设外界输入的参数都已经通过了校验。不管怎样，你都要展现你对错误处理和编码质量的重要性的认识。 +当你在编码时，对你想做错误处理的代码行做个注释。当面试者说，“很好，这里你想到了错误处理。你想怎么处理呢？抛出异常还是返回错误码？”，这将给你个机会去引出关于代码质量的一番讨论。当然，这种地方提出几个就够了。有时，面试者为了节省编码的时间，会告诉你可以假设外界输入的参数都已经通过了校验。不管怎样，你都要展现你对错误处理和编码质量的重要性的认识。 -#### 4\. 测试 +#### 4、 测试 -在编码完成后，用你在前面头脑风暴中写的用例来在你脑子里“跑”一下你的代码，确定万无一失。例如你可以说，‘让我用前面写下的树的例子来跑一下我的代码，如果是一个节点是什么结果，如果是两个节点是什么结果。。。’ +在编码完成后，用你在前面头脑风暴中写的用例来在你脑子里“跑”一下你的代码，确定万无一失。例如你可以说，“让我用前面写下的树的例子来跑一下我的代码，如果是一个节点是什么结果，如果是两个节点是什么结果……” 在你结束之后，面试者有时会问你你将会怎么测试你的代码，你会涉及什么样的测试用例。我建议你用下面不同的分类来组织你的错误用例： @@ -83,7 +79,7 @@ 2. 错误用例 3. 期望的正常用例 -对于性能测试，要考虑极端数量下的情况。例如，如果问题是关于列表的，你可以说你将会使用一个非常大的列表以及的非常小的列表来测试。如果和数字有关，你将会测试系统中的最大整数和最小整数。我建议读一些有关软件测试的书来得到更多的知识。在这个领域我最喜欢的书是[How We Test Software at Microsoft][3]。 +对于性能测试，要考虑极端数量下的情况。例如，如果问题是关于列表的，你可以说你将会使用一个非常大的列表以及的非常小的列表来测试。如果和数字有关，你将会测试系统中的最大整数和最小整数。我建议读一些有关软件测试的书来得到更多的知识。在这个领域我最喜欢的书是 《[我们在微软如何测试软件][3]》。 对于错误用例，想一下什么是期望的错误情况并一一写下。 @@ -91,50 +87,45 @@ ### “你还有什么要问我的吗？” -面试最后总是会留几分钟给你问问题。我建议你在面试前写下你想问的问题。千万别说，‘我没什么问题了’，就算你觉得面试砸了或者你对这间公司不怎么感兴趣，你总有些东西可以问问。你甚至可以问面试者他最喜欢自己的工作什么，最讨厌自己的工作什么。或者你可以问问面试官的工作具体是什么，在用什么技术和实践。不要因为觉得自己在面试中做的不好而心灰意冷，不想问什么问题。 +面试最后总是会留几分钟给你问问题。我建议你在面试前写下你想问的问题。千万别说，“我没什么问题了”，就算你觉得面试砸了或者你对这间公司不怎么感兴趣，你总有些东西可以问问。你甚至可以问面试者他最喜欢自己的工作什么，最讨厌自己的工作什么。或者你可以问问面试官的工作具体是什么，在用什么技术和实践。不要因为觉得自己在面试中做的不好而心灰意冷，不想问什么问题。 ### 申请一份工作 - -关于找工作申请工作，有人曾经告诉我，你应该去找你真正有激情工作的地方。去找一家你喜欢的公司，或者你喜欢使用的产品，看看你能不能去那儿工作。 +关于找工作和申请工作，有人曾经告诉我，你应该去找你真正有激情工作的地方。去找一家你喜欢的公司，或者你喜欢使用的产品，看看你能不能去那儿工作。 我个人并不推荐你用上述的方法去找工作。你会排除很多很好的公司，特别是你是在找实习工作或者入门级的职位时。 -你也可以集中在其他的一些目标上。如：我想从这个工作里得到哪方面的更多经验？这个工作是关于云计算？Web开发？或是人工智能？当在招聘会上与招聘公司沟通是，看看他们的工作单位有没有在这些领域的。你可能会在一家并非在你的想去公司列表上的公司（或非盈利机构）里找到你想找的职位。 +你也可以集中在其他的一些目标上。如：我想从这个工作里得到哪方面的更多经验？这个工作是关于云计算？Web 开发？或是人工智能？当在招聘会上与招聘公司沟通时，看看他们的工作单位有没有在这些领域的。你可能会在一家并非在你的想去公司列表上的公司（或非盈利机构）里找到你想找的职位。 #### 换组 -在这家公司里的第一个组里呆了一年半以后，我觉得是时候去探索一下不同的东西了。我找到了一个我喜欢的组并进行了4轮面试。结果我搞砸了。 - - -我什么都没有准备，甚至都没在白板上练练手。我当时的逻辑是，如果我都已经在一家公司干了快2年了，我还需要练什么？我完全错了，我在接下去的白板面试中跌跌撞撞。我的板书写得太小，而且因为没有从最左上角开始写代码，我的代码大大超出了一个白板的空间，这些都导致了白板面试失败。 +在这家公司里的第一个组里呆了一年半以后，我觉得是时候去探索一下不同的东西了。我找到了一个我喜欢的组并进行了 4 轮面试。结果我搞砸了。 +我什么都没有准备，甚至都没在白板上练练手。我当时的逻辑是，如果我都已经在一家公司干了快 2 年了，我还需要练什么？我完全错了，我在接下去的白板面试中跌跌撞撞。我的板书写得太小，而且因为没有从最左上角开始写代码，我的代码大大超出了一个白板的空间，这些都导致了白板面试失败。 我在面试前也没有刷过数据结构和算法题。如果我做了的话，我将会在面试中更有信心。就算你已经在一家公司担任了软件工程师，在你去另外一个组面试前，我强烈建议你在一块白板上演练一下如何写代码。 +对于换项目组这件事，如果你是在公司内部换组的话，事先能同那个组的人非正式聊聊会很有帮助。对于这一点，我发现几乎每个人都很乐于和你一起吃个午饭。人一般都会在中午有空，约不到人或者别人正好有会议冲突的风险会很低。这是一种非正式的途径来了解你想去的组正在干什么，以及这个组成员个性是怎么样的。相信我，你能从一次午餐中得到很多信息，这可会对你的正式面试帮助不小。 -对于换项目组这件事，如果你是在公司内部换组的话，事先能同那个组的人非正式聊聊会很有帮助。对于这一点，我发现几乎每个人都很乐于和你一起吃个午饭。人一般都会在中午有空，约不到人或者别人正好有会议冲突的风险会很低。这是一种非正式的途径来了解你想去的组正在干什么，以及这个组成员个性是怎么样的。相信我， 你能从一次午餐中得到很多信息，这可会对你的正式面试帮助不小。 +非常重要的一点是，你在面试一个特定的组时，就算你在面试中做的很好，因为文化不契合的原因，你也很可能拿不到 offer。这也是为什么我一开始就想去见见组里不同的人的原因（有时这也不太可能），我希望你不要被一次拒绝所击倒，请保持开放的心态，选择新的机会，并多多练习。 -非常重要的一点是，你在面试一个特定的组时，就算你在面试中做的很好，因为文化不契合的原因，你也很可能拿不到offer。这也是为什么我一开始就想去见见组里不同的人的原因（有时这也不太可能），我希望你不要被一次拒绝所击倒，请保持开放的心态，选择新的机会，并多多练习。 - - -以上内容来自["Programming interviews"][4] 章节，选自 [The Women in Tech Show: Technical Interviews with Prominent Women in Tech][5] +以上内容选自 《[The Women in Tech Show: Technical Interviews with Prominent Women in Tech][5]》的 “[编程面试][4]”章节， -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 作者简介： -微软研究院Software Engineer II, www.thewomenintechshow.com站长，所有观点都只代表本人意见。 +微软研究院 Software Engineer II， www.thewomenintechshow.com 站长，所有观点都只代表本人意见。 ------------ via: https://medium.freecodecamp.org/what-i-learned-from-programming-interviews-29ba49c9b851 -作者：[Edaena Salinas ][a] -译者：DavidChenLiang (https://github.com/DavidChenLiang) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +作者：[Edaena Salinas][a] +译者：[DavidChenLiang](https://github.com/DavidChenLiang) +校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From 8a99cac72bdf3b05ade1047d0b655899f2e28378 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Wed, 19 Sep 2018 23:27:14 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 067/246] PUB: 20180131 What I Learned from Programming Interviews.md @DavidChenLiang https://linux.cn/article-10032-1.html --- .../20180131 What I Learned from Programming Interviews.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180131 What I Learned from Programming Interviews.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180131 What I Learned from Programming Interviews.md b/published/20180131 What I Learned from Programming Interviews.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180131 What I Learned from Programming Interviews.md rename to published/20180131 What I Learned from Programming Interviews.md From 75257b55288660d78d71340e378a0be92d22ee0f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: geekpi Date: Thu, 20 Sep 2018 08:53:41 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 068/246] translated --- ...o Automatically Purge Old Trashed Files.md | 142 ------------------ ...o Automatically Purge Old Trashed Files.md | 140 +++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 140 insertions(+), 142 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180907 Autotrash - A CLI Tool To Automatically Purge Old Trashed Files.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180907 Autotrash - A CLI Tool To Automatically Purge Old Trashed Files.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180907 Autotrash - A CLI Tool To Automatically Purge Old Trashed Files.md b/sources/tech/20180907 Autotrash - A CLI Tool To Automatically Purge Old Trashed Files.md deleted file mode 100644 index a11675a264..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180907 Autotrash - A CLI Tool To Automatically Purge Old Trashed Files.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,142 +0,0 @@ -translating---geekpi - -Autotrash – A CLI Tool To Automatically Purge Old Trashed Files -====== - -![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/autotrash-720x340.png) - -**Autotrash** is a command line utility to automatically purge old trashed files. It will purge files that have been in the trash for more then a given number of days. You don’t need to empty the trash folder or do SHIFT+DELETE to permanently purge the files/folders. Autortrash will handle the contents of your Trash folder and delete them automatically after a particular period of time. In a nutshell, Autotrash will never allow your trash to grow too big. - -### Installing Autotrash - -Autotrash is available in the default repositories of Debian-based systems. To install autotrash on Debian, Ubuntu, Linux Mint, run: - -``` -$ sudo apt-get install autotrash - -``` - -On Fedora: - -``` -$ sudo dnf install autotrash - -``` - -For Arch linux and its variants, you can install it using any AUR helper programs such as [**Yay**][1]. - -``` -$ yay -S autotrash-git - -``` - -### Automatically Purge Old Trashed Files - -Whenever you run autotrash, It will scan your **`~/.local/share/Trash/info`** directory and read the **`.trashinfo`** files to find their deletion date. If the files have been in trash folder for more than the defined date, they will be deleted. - -Let me show you some examples. - -To purge files which are in the trash folder for more than 30 days, run: - -``` -$ autotrash -d 30 - -``` - -As per above example, if the files in your Trash folder are more than 30-days old, Autotrash will automatically delete them from your Trash. You don’t need to manually delete them. Just send the unnecessary junk to your trash folder and forget about them. Autotrash will take care of the trashed files. - -The above command will only process currently logged-in user’s trash directory. If you want to make autotrash to process trash directories of all users (not just in your home directory), use **-t** option like below. - -``` -$ autotrash -td 30 - -``` - -Autotrash also allows you to delete trashed files based on the space left or available on the trash filesystem. - -For example, have a look at the following example. - -``` -$ autotrash --max-free 1024 -d 30 - -``` - -As per the above command, autotrash will only purge trashed files that are older than **30 days** from the trash if there is less than **1GB of space left** on the trash filesystem. This can be useful if your trash filesystem is running out of the space. - -We can also purge files from trash, oldest first, till there is at least 1GB of space on the trash filesystem. - -``` -$ autotrash --min-free 1024 - -``` - -In this case, there is no restriction on how old trashed files are. - -You can combine both options ( **`--min-free`** and **`--max-free`** ) in a single command like below. - -``` -$ autotrash --max-free 2048 --min-free 1024 -d 30 - -``` - -As per the above command, autotrash will start reading the trash if there is less than **2GB** of free space, then start keeping an eye on. At that point, remove files older than 30 days and if there is less than **1GB** of free space after that remove even newer files. - -As you can see, all command should be manually run by the user. You might wonder, how can I automate this task?? That’s easy! Just add autotrash as crontab entry. Now, the commands will automatically run at a scheduled time and purge the files in your trash depending on the defined options. - -To add these commands in crontab file, run: - -``` -$ crontab -e - -``` - -Add the entries, for example: - -``` -@daily /usr/bin/autotrash -d 30 - -``` - -Now autotrash will purge files which are in the trash folder for more than 30 days, everyday. - -For more details about scheduling tasks, refer the following links. - - -+ [A Beginners Guide To Cron Jobs][2] -+ [How To Easily And Safely Manage Cron Jobs In Linux][3] - - -Please be mindful that if you have deleted any important files inadvertently, they will be permanently gone after the defined days, so just be careful. - -Refer man pages to know more about Autotrash. - -``` -$ man autotrash - -``` - -Emptying Trash folder or pressing SHIFT+DELETE to permanently get rid of unnecessary stuffs from the Linux system is no big deal. It will just take a couple seconds. However, if you wanted an extra utility to take care of your junk files, Autotrash might be helpful. Give it a try and see how it works. - -And, that’s all for now. Hope this helps. More good stuffs to come. - -Cheers! - - - - - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://www.ostechnix.com/autotrash-a-cli-tool-to-automatically-purge-old-trashed-files/ - -作者：[SK][a] -选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ -[1]: https://www.ostechnix.com/yay-found-yet-another-reliable-aur-helper/ -[2]: https://www.ostechnix.com/a-beginners-guide-to-cron-jobs/ -[3]: https://www.ostechnix.com/how-to-easily-and-safely-manage-cron-jobs-in-linux/ diff --git a/translated/tech/20180907 Autotrash - A CLI Tool To Automatically Purge Old Trashed Files.md b/translated/tech/20180907 Autotrash - A CLI Tool To Automatically Purge Old Trashed Files.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..03d429fef3 --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180907 Autotrash - A CLI Tool To Automatically Purge Old Trashed Files.md @@ -0,0 +1,140 @@ +Autotrash - 一个自动清除旧垃圾的命令行工具 +====== + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/autotrash-720x340.png) + +**Autotrash** 是一个命令行程序，它用于自动清除旧的已删除文件。它将清除超过指定天数的在回收站中的文件。你不需要清空回收站或执行 SHIFT+DELETE 以永久清除文件/文件夹。Autortrash 将处理回收站中的内容，并在特定时间段后自动删除它们。简而言之，Autotrash 永远不会让你的垃圾变得太大。 + +### 安装 Autotrash + +Autotrash 默认存在于基于 Debian 系统的仓库中。要在 Debian、Ubuntu、Linux Mint 上安装 autotrash，请运行： + +``` +$ sudo apt-get install autotrash + +``` + +在 Fedora 上： + +``` +$ sudo dnf install autotrash + +``` + +对于 Arch linux 及其变体，你可以使用任何 AUR 助手程序， 如 [**Yay**][1] 安装它。 + +``` +$ yay -S autotrash-git + +``` + +### 自动清除旧的垃圾文件 + +每当你运行 autotrash 时，它会扫描你的 **`~/.local/share/Trash/info`** 目录并读取 **`.trashinfo`** 以找出它们的删除日期。如果文件已在回收站中超过指定的日期，那么就会删除它们。 + +让我举几个例子。 + +要删除回收站中超过 30 天的文件，请运行： + +``` +$ autotrash -d 30 + +``` + +如上例所示，如果回收站中的文件超过 30 天，Autotrash 会自动将其从回收站中删除。你无需手动删除它们。只需将没用的文件放到回收站即可忘记。Autotrash 将处理已删除的文件。 + +以上命令仅处理当前登录用户的垃圾目录。如果要使 autotrash 处理所有用户的垃圾目录（不仅仅是在你的家目录中），请使用 **-t** 选项，如下所示。 + +``` +$ autotrash -td 30 + +``` + +Autotrash 还允许你根据回收站可用容量或磁盘可用空间来删除已删除的文件。 + +例如，看下下面的例子。 + +``` +$ autotrash --max-free 1024 -d 30 + +``` + +根据上面的命令，如果回收站的剩余的空间少于**1GB**，那么 autotrash 将从回收站中清除超过**30 天**的已删除文件。如果你的回收站空间不足，这可能很有用。 + +我们还可以从回收站中按最早的时间清除文件直到回收站至少有 1GB 的空间。 + +``` +$ autotrash --min-free 1024 + +``` + +在这种情况下，对旧的已删除文件没有限制。 + +你可以将这两个选项（**`--min-free`** 和 **`--max-free`**）组合在一个命令中，如下所示。 + +``` +$ autotrash --max-free 2048 --min-free 1024 -d 30 + +``` + +根据上面的命令，如果可用空间小于 **2GB**，autotrash 将读取回收站，接着关注容量。此时，删除超过 30 天的文件，如果少于 **1GB** 的可用空间，则删除更新的文件。 + +如你所见，所有命令都应由用户手动运行。你可能想知道，我该如何自动执行此任务？这很容易！只需将 autotrash 添加为 crontab 任务即可。现在，命令将在计划的时间自动运行，并根据定义的选项清除回收站中的文件。 + +要在 crontab 中添加这些命令，请运行： + +``` +$ crontab -e + +``` + +添加任务，例如： + +``` +@daily /usr/bin/autotrash -d 30 + +``` + +现在，autotrash 将每天清除回收站中超过 30 天的文件。 + +有关计划任务的更多详细信息，请参阅以下链接。 + + ++ [Cron 任务的初学者指南]][2] ++ [如何在 Linux 中轻松安全地管理 Cron 作业]][3] + + +请注意，如果你无意中删除了任何重要文件，它们将在规定的日期后永久消失，所以请小心。 + +请参阅手册页以了解有关 Autotrash 的更多信息。 + +``` +$ man autotrash + +``` + +清空回收站或按 SHIFT+DELETE 永久删除 Linux 系统中没用的东西没什么大不了的。它只需要几秒钟。但是，如果你需要额外的程序来处理垃圾文件，Autotrash 可能会有所帮助。试一下，看看它是如何工作的。 + +就是这些了。希望这个有用。还有更多的好东西。 + +干杯! + + + + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.ostechnix.com/autotrash-a-cli-tool-to-automatically-purge-old-trashed-files/ + +作者：[SK][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ +[1]: https://www.ostechnix.com/yay-found-yet-another-reliable-aur-helper/ +[2]: https://www.ostechnix.com/a-beginners-guide-to-cron-jobs/ +[3]: https://www.ostechnix.com/how-to-easily-and-safely-manage-cron-jobs-in-linux/ From 7c43e9983aac69106bb3c4de966b724d993b50db Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: geekpi Date: Thu, 20 Sep 2018 09:06:39 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 069/246] translating --- ... To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180918 How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md b/sources/tech/20180918 How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md index 0a9444acc4..f81d944570 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180918 How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180918 How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +translating---geekpi + How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04 ====== From 20a0921cb754bd1f049d633b436b84cbaa178132 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Thu, 20 Sep 2018 09:49:39 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 070/246] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20Linux=20Has=20a?= =?UTF-8?q?=20Code=20of=20Conduct=20and=20Not=20Everyone=20is=20Happy=20Wi?= =?UTF-8?q?th=20it?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...nduct and Not Everyone is Happy With it.md | 167 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 167 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/talk/20180919 Linux Has a Code of Conduct and Not Everyone is Happy With it.md diff --git a/sources/talk/20180919 Linux Has a Code of Conduct and Not Everyone is Happy With it.md b/sources/talk/20180919 Linux Has a Code of Conduct and Not Everyone is Happy With it.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e161ec4eec --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/talk/20180919 Linux Has a Code of Conduct and Not Everyone is Happy With it.md @@ -0,0 +1,167 @@ +Linux Has a Code of Conduct and Not Everyone is Happy With it +====== +**Linux kernel has a new code of conduct (CoC). Linus Torvalds took a break from Linux kernel development just 30 minutes after signing this code of conduct. And since **the writer of this code of conduct has had a controversial past,** it has now become a point of heated discussion. With all the politics involved, not many people are happy with this new CoC.** + +If you do not know already, [Linux creator Linus Torvalds has apologized for his past behavior and has taken a temporary break from Linux kernel development to improve his behavior][1]. + +### The new code of conduct for Linux kernel development + +Linux kernel developers have a code of conduct. It’s not like they didn’t have a code before, but the previous [code of conflict][2] is now replaced by this new code of conduct to “help make the kernel community a welcoming environment to participate in.” + +> “In the interest of fostering an open and welcoming environment, we as contributors and maintainers pledge to making participation in our project and our community a harassment-free experience for everyone, regardless of age, body size, disability, ethnicity, sex characteristics, gender identity and expression, level of experience, education, socio-economic status, nationality, personal appearance, race, religion, or sexual identity and orientation.” + +You can read the entire code of conduct on this commit page. + +[Linux Code of Conduct][33] + + +### Was Linus Torvalds forced to apologize and take a break? + +![Linus Torvalds Apologizes][3] + +The code of conduct was signed off by Linus Torvalds and Greg Kroah-Hartman (kind of second-in-command after Torvalds). Dan Williams of Intel and Chris Mason from Facebook were some of the other signees. + +If I have read through the timeline correctly, half an hour after signing this code of conduct, Torvalds sent a [mail apologizing for his past behavior][4]. He also announced taking a temporary break to improve upon his behavior. + +But at this point some people started reading between the lines, with a special attention to this line from his mail: + +> **This week people in our community confronted me about my lifetime of not understanding emotions**. My flippant attacks in emails have been both unprofessional and uncalled for. Especially at times when I made it personal. In my quest for a better patch, this made sense to me. I know now this was not OK and I am truly sorry. + +This particular line could be read as if he was coerced into apologizing and taking a break because of the new code of conduct. Though it could also be a precautionary measure to prevent Torvalds from violating the newly created code of conduct. + +### The controversy around Contributor Convent creator Coraline Ada Ehmke + +The Linux code of conduct is based on the [Contributor Covenant, version 1.4][5]. Contributor Convent has been adopted by hundreds of open source projects. Eclipse, Angular, Ruby, Kubernetes are some of the [many adopters of Contributor Convent][6]. + +Contributor Covenant has been created by [Coraline Ada Ehmke][7], a software developer, an open-source advocate, and an [LGBT][8] activist. She has been instrumental in promoting diversity in the open source world. + +Coraline has also been vocal about her stance against [meritocracy][9]. The Latin word meritocracy originally refers to a “system under which advancement within the system turns on “merits”, like intelligence, credentials, and education.” But activists like [Coraline believe][10] that meritocracy is a negative system where the worth of an individual is measured not by their humanity, but solely by their intellectual output. + +[![croraline meritocracy][11]][12] +Image credit: Twitter user @nickmon1112 + +Remember that [Linus Torvalds has repeatedly said that he cares about the code, not the person who writes it][13]. Clearly, this goes against Coraline’s view on meritocracy. + +Coraline has had a troubled incident in the past with a contributor of [Opal project][14]. There was a [discussion taking place on Twitter][15] where Elia, a core contributor to Opal project from Italy, said “(trans people) not accepting reality is the problem here”. + +Coraline was neither in the discussion nor was she a contributor to the Opal project. But as an LGBT activist, she took it to herself and [demanded that Elia be removed from the Opal Project][16] for his ‘views against trans people’. A lengthy and heated discussion took place on Opal’s GitHub repository. Coraline and her supporters, who never contributed to Opal, tried to coerce the moderators into removing Elia, a core contributor of the project. + +While Elia wasn’t removed from the project, Opal project maintainers agreed to put up a code of conduct in place. And this code of conduct was nothing else but Coraline’s famed Contributor Covenant that she had pitched to the maintainers herself. + +But the story didn’t end here. The Contributor Covenant was then modified and a [new clause added in order to get to Elia][17]. The new clause widened the scope of conduct in public spaces. This malicious change was [spotted by the maintainers][18] and they edited the clause. Opal eventually got rid of the Contributor Covenant and put in place its own guideline. + +This is a classic example of how a few offended people, who never contributed a single line of code to the project, tried to oust its core contributor. + +### People’s reaction on Linux Code of Conduct and Torvalds’ apology + +As soon as Linux code of conduct and Torvalds’ apology went public, Social Media and forums were rife with rumors and [speculations][19]. While many people appreciated this new development, there were some who saw a conspiracy by [SJW infiltrating Linux][20]. + +A sarcastic tweet by Caroline only fueled the fire. + +> I can’t wait for the mass exodus from Linux now that it’s been infiltrated by SJWs. Hahahah [pic.twitter.com/eFeY6r4ENv][21] +> +> — Coraline Ada Ehmke (@CoralineAda) [September 16, 2018][22] + +In the wake of the Linux CoC controversy, Coraline openly said that the Contributor Convent code of conduct is a political document. This did not go down well with the people who want the political stuff out of the open source projects. + +> Some people are saying that the Contributor Covenant is a political document, and they’re right. +> +> — Coraline Ada Ehmke (@CoralineAda) [September 16, 2018][23] + +Nick Monroe, a freelance journalist, dig up the past of Coraline in order to validate his claim that there is more to Linux CoC than meets the eye. You can go by the entire thread if you want. + +> Alright. You've seen this a million times before. It's a code of conduct blah blah blah +> +> that has social justice baked right into it. blah blah blah. +> +> But something is different about this. [pic.twitter.com/8NUL2K1gu2][24] +> +> — Nick Monroe (@nickmon1112) [September 17, 2018][25] + +Nick wasn’t the only one to disapprove of the new Linux CoC. The [SJW][26] involvement led to more skepticism. + +> I guess the big news in Linux today is that the Linux kernel is now governed by a Code of Conduct and a “post meritocracy” world view. +> +> In principle these CoCs look great. In practice they are abused tools to hunt people SJWs don’t like. And they don’t like a lot of people. +> +> — Mark Kern (@Grummz) [September 17, 2018][27] + +While there were many who appreciated Torvalds’ apology, there were a few who blamed Torvalds’ attitude: + +> Am I the only one who thinks Linus Torvalds attitude for decades was a prime contributors to how many of the condescending, rudes, jerks in Linux and open source "communities" behaved? I've never once felt welcomed into the Linux community as a new user. +> +> — Jonathan Frappier (@jfrappier) [September 17, 2018][28] + +And some were simply not amused with his apology: + +> Oh look, an abusive OSS maintainer finally admitted, after *decades* of abusive and toxic behavior, that his behavior *might* be an issue. +> +> And a bunch of people I follow are tripping all over themselves to give him cookies for that. 🙄🙄🙄 +> +> — Kelly Ellis (@justkelly_ok) [September 17, 2018][29] + +The entire Torvalds apology episode has raised a genuine concern ;) + +> Do we have to put "I don't/do forgive Linus Torvalds" in our bio now? +> +> — Verónica. (@maria_fibonacci) [September 17, 2018][30] + +Jokes apart, the genuine concern was raised by Sharp, who had [quit Linux Kernel development][31] in 2015 due to the ‘toxic community’. + +> The real test here is whether the community that built Linus up and protected his right to be verbally abusive will change. Linus not only needs to change himself, but the Linux kernel community needs to change as well. +> +> — Sage Sharp (@_sagesharp_) [September 17, 2018][32] + +### What do you think of Linux Code of Conduct? + +If you ask my opinion, I do think that a Code of Conduct is the need of the time. It guides people in behaving in a respectable way and helps create a positive environment for all kind of people irrespective of their race, ethnicity, religion, nationality and political views (both left and right). + +What are your views on the entire episode? Do you think the CoC will help Linux kernel development? Or will it deteriorate with the involvement of anti-meritocracy SJWs? + +We don’t have a code of conduct at It’s FOSS but let’s keep the discussion civil :) + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://itsfoss.com/linux-code-of-conduct/ + +作者：[Abhishek Prakash][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/ +[1]: https://itsfoss.com/torvalds-takes-a-break-from-linux/ +[2]: https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/tree/Documentation/CodeOfConflict?id=ddbd2b7ad99a418c60397901a0f3c997d030c65e +[3]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/linus-torvalds-apologizes.jpeg +[4]: https://lkml.org/lkml/2018/9/16/167 +[5]: https://www.contributor-covenant.org/version/1/4/code-of-conduct.html +[6]: https://www.contributor-covenant.org/adopters +[7]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Coraline_Ada_Ehmke +[8]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/LGBT +[9]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Meritocracy +[10]: https://modelviewculture.com/pieces/the-dehumanizing-myth-of-the-meritocracy +[11]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/croraline-meritocracy.jpg +[12]: https://pbs.twimg.com/media/DnTTfi7XoAAdk08.jpg +[13]: https://arstechnica.com/information-technology/2015/01/linus-torvalds-on-why-he-isnt-nice-i-dont-care-about-you/ +[14]: https://opalrb.com/ +[15]: https://twitter.com/krainboltgreene/status/611569515315507200 +[16]: https://github.com/opal/opal/issues/941 +[17]: https://github.com/opal/opal/pull/948/commits/817321e27eccfffb3841f663815c17eecb8ef061#diff-a1ee87dafebc22cbd96979f1b2b7e837R11 +[18]: https://github.com/opal/opal/pull/948#issuecomment-113486020 +[19]: https://www.reddit.com/r/linux/comments/9go8cp/linus_torvalds_daughter_has_signed_the/ +[20]: https://snew.github.io/r/linux/comments/9ghrrj/linuxs_new_coc_is_a_piece_of_shit/ +[21]: https://t.co/eFeY6r4ENv +[22]: https://twitter.com/CoralineAda/status/1041441155874009093?ref_src=twsrc%5Etfw +[23]: https://twitter.com/CoralineAda/status/1041465346656530432?ref_src=twsrc%5Etfw +[24]: https://t.co/8NUL2K1gu2 +[25]: https://twitter.com/nickmon1112/status/1041668315947708416?ref_src=twsrc%5Etfw +[26]: https://www.urbandictionary.com/define.php?term=SJW +[27]: https://twitter.com/Grummz/status/1041524170331287552?ref_src=twsrc%5Etfw +[28]: https://twitter.com/jfrappier/status/1041486055038492674?ref_src=twsrc%5Etfw +[29]: https://twitter.com/justkelly_ok/status/1041522269002985473?ref_src=twsrc%5Etfw +[30]: https://twitter.com/maria_fibonacci/status/1041538148121997313?ref_src=twsrc%5Etfw +[31]: https://www.networkworld.com/article/2988850/opensource-subnet/linux-kernel-dev-sarah-sharp-quits-citing-brutal-communications-style.html +[32]: https://twitter.com/_sagesharp_/status/1041480963287539712?ref_src=twsrc%5Etfw +[33]: https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=8a104f8b5867c682d994ffa7a74093c54469c11f From baa133ff415e40d0f42527e50ff6a3635427308d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Thu, 20 Sep 2018 09:54:55 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 071/246] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20Streama=20?= =?UTF-8?q?=E2=80=93=20Setup=20Your=20Own=20Streaming=20Media=20Server=20I?= =?UTF-8?q?n=20Minutes?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...r Own Streaming Media Server In Minutes.md | 171 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 171 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180919 Streama - Setup Your Own Streaming Media Server In Minutes.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180919 Streama - Setup Your Own Streaming Media Server In Minutes.md b/sources/tech/20180919 Streama - Setup Your Own Streaming Media Server In Minutes.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..521a8f5b95 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180919 Streama - Setup Your Own Streaming Media Server In Minutes.md @@ -0,0 +1,171 @@ +Streama – Setup Your Own Streaming Media Server In Minutes +====== + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/streama-720x340.png) + +**Streama** is a free, open source application that helps to setup your own personal streaming media server in minutes in Unix-like operating systems. It’s like Netflix, but self-hostable. You can deploy it on your local system or VPS or dedicated server and stream the media files across multiple devices. The media files can be accessed from a web-browser from any system on your network. If you have deployed on your VPS, you can access it from anywhere. Streama works like your own personal Netflix system to stream your TV shows, videos, audios and movies. Streama is a web-based application written using Grails 3 (server-side) with SpringSecurity and all frond-end components are written in AngularJS. The built-in player is completely HTML5-based. + +### Prominent Features + +Streama ships with a lot features as listed below. + + * Easy to install configure. You can either download docker instance and fire up your media server in minutes or install vanilla version on your local or VPS or dedicated server. + * Drag and drop support to upload media files. + * Live sync watching support. You can watch videos with your friends, family remotely. It doesn’t matter where they are. You can all watch the same video at a time. + * Built-in beautiful video player to watch/listen video and audio. + * Built-in browser to access the media files in the server. + * Multi-user support. You can create individual user accounts to your family members and access the media server simultaneously. + * Streama supports pause-play option. Pause the playback at any time and Streama remembers where you left off last time. + * Streama can be able to detect similar movies and videos and shows for you to add. + * Self-hostable + * It is completely free and open source. + + + +What do you need more? Streama has everything you to need to setup a full-fledged streaming media server in your Linux box. + +### Setup Your Own Streaming Media Server Using Streama + +Streama requires JAVA 8 or later, preferably **OpenJDK**. And, the recommended OS is **Ubuntu**. For the purpose of this guide, I will be using Ubuntu 18.04 LTS. + +By default, the latest Ubuntu 18.04 includes Open JDK 11. To install default openJDK in Ubuntu 18.04 or later, run: + +``` +$ sudo apt install default-jdk + +``` + +Java 8 is the latest stable Long Time Support version. If you prefer to use Java LTS, run: + +``` +$ sudo apt install openjdk-8-jdk +``` + +I have installed openjdk-8-jdk. To check the installed Java version, run: + +``` +$ java -version +openjdk version "1.8.0_181" +OpenJDK Runtime Environment (build 1.8.0_181-8u181-b13-0ubuntu0.18.04.1-b13) +OpenJDK 64-Bit Server VM (build 25.181-b13, mixed mode) +``` + +Once java installed, create a directory to save Streama executable and yml files. + +``` +$ sudo mkdir /data + +$ sudo mkdir /data/streama +``` + +I followed the official documentation, so I used this path – /data/streama. It is optional. You’re free to use any location of your choice. + +Switch to streama directory: + +``` +$ cd /data/streama +``` + +Download the latest Streama executable file from [**releases page**][1]. As of writing this guide, the latest version was **v1.6.0-RC8**. + +``` +$ sudo wget https://github.com/streamaserver/streama/releases/download/v1.6.0-RC8/streama-1.6.0-RC8.war +``` + +Make it executable: + +``` +$ sudo chmod +x streama-1.6.0-RC8.war +``` + +Now, run Streama application using command: + +``` +$ sudo ./streama-1.6.0-RC8.war +``` + +If you an output something like below, Streama is working! + +``` +INFO streama.Application - Starting Application on ubuntuserver with PID 26714 (/data/streama/streama-1.6.0-RC8.war started by root in /data/streama) +DEBUG streama.Application - Running with Spring Boot v1.4.4.RELEASE, Spring v4.3.6.RELEASE +INFO streama.Application - The following profiles are active: production + +Configuring Spring Security Core ... +... finished configuring Spring Security Core + +INFO streama.Application - Started Application in 92.003 seconds (JVM running for 98.66) +Grails application running at http://localhost:8080 in environment: production +``` + +Open your web browser and navigate to URL – **** + +You should see Streama login screen. Login with default credentials – **admin/admin** + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/streama-login-page.png) + +Now, You need to fill out some required base-settings. Click OK button in the next screen and you will be redirected to the settings page. In the Settings page, you need to set some parameters such as the location of the Uploads directory, Streama logo, name of the media server, base URL, allow anonymous access, allow users to download videos. All fields marked with ***** is necessary to fill. Once you provided the details, click **Save settings** button. + +![](http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/streama-settings.png) + +Congratulations! Your media server is ready to use! + +Here is how Stream dashboard looks like. + +![](http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Streama-dashboard.png) + +And, this is the contents management page where you can upload movies, shows, access files via file manager, view the notifications and highlights. + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Manage-contents-in-Streama.png) + +### Adding movies/shows + +Let me show you how to add a movie. + +Go to the **“Manage Content”** page from the dashboard and click **“Create New Movie”** link. + +Enter the movie details, such as name, release date, IMDB ID and movie description and click **Save**. These are all optional, you can simply ignore them if you don’t know about the details. + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Add-movie-in-Streama-1.png) + +We have added the movie details, but we haven’t added the actual movie yet. To do so, click on the red box in the bottom that says – **“No video file yet! Drop file or Click here to add”**. + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Add-movie-in-Streama-2.png) + +You could either drag and drop the movie file inside this dashboard or click on the red box to manually upload it. + +Choose the movie file to upload and click Upload. + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Add-movie-in-Streama-3.png) + +Once the upload is completed, you could see the uploaded movie details. Click on the three horizontal lines next to the movie if you want to edit/modify movie details. + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Add-movie-in-Streama-4.png) + +Similarly, you can create TV shows, videos and audios. + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Add-movie-in-Streama-5.png) + +And also the movies/shows are started to appear in the home screen of your dashboard. Simply click on it to play the video and enjoy Netflix experience right from your Linux desktop. + +For more details, refer the product’s official website. + +And, that’s all for now. Hope this was useful. More good stuffs to come. Stay tuned! + +Cheers! + + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.ostechnix.com/streama-setup-your-own-streaming-media-server-in-minutes/ + +作者：[SK][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ +[1]: https://github.com/streamaserver/streama/releases From 94331d9d05eb8ecab59b98e9fa4fcd31ab5cb940 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Thu, 20 Sep 2018 09:56:28 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 072/246] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20Understand=20Fedo?= =?UTF-8?q?ra=20memory=20usage=20with=20top?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md | 60 +++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 60 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180919 Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180919 Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md b/sources/tech/20180919 Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..591cbcba00 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180919 Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +Understand Fedora memory usage with top +====== + +![](https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/memory-top-816x345.jpg) + +Have you used the top utility in a terminal to see memory usage on your Fedora system? If so, you might be surprised to see some of the numbers there. It might look like a lot more memory is consumed than your system has available. This article will explain a little more about memory usage, and how to read these numbers. + +### Memory usage in real terms + +The way the operating system (OS) uses memory may not be self-evident. In fact, some ingenious, behind-the-scenes techniques are at play. They help your OS use memory more efficiently, without involving you. + +Most applications are not self contained. Instead, each relies on sets of functions collected in libraries. These libraries are also installed on the system. In Fedora, the RPM packaging system ensures that when you install an app, any libraries on which it relies are installed, too. + +When an app runs, the OS doesn’t necessarily load all the information it uses into real memory. Instead, it builds a map to the storage where that code is stored, called virtual memory. The OS then loads only the parts it needs. When it no longer needs portions of memory, it might release or swap them out as appropriate. + +This means an app can map a very large amount of virtual memory, while using less real memory on the system at one time. It might even map more RAM than the system has available! In fact, across a whole OS that’s often the case. + +In addition, related applications may rely on the same libraries. The Linux kernel in your Fedora system often shares memory between applications. It doesn’t need to load multiple copies of the same library for related apps. This works similarly for separate instances of the same app, too. + +Without understanding these details, the output of the top application can be confusing. The following example will clarify this view into memory usage. + +### Viewing memory usage in top + +If you haven’t tried yet, open a terminal and run the top command to see some output. Hit **Shift+M** to see the list sorted by memory usage. Your display may look slightly different than this example from a running Fedora Workstation: + + + +There are three columns showing memory usage to examine: VIRT, RES, and SHR. The measurements are currently shown in kilobytes (KB). + +The VIRT column is the virtual memory mapped for this process. Recall from the earlier description that virtual memory is not actual RAM consumed. For example, the GNOME Shell process gnome-shell is not actually consuming over 3.1 gigabytes of actual RAM. However, it’s built on a number of lower and higher level libraries. The system must map each of those to ensure they can be loaded when necessary. + +The RES column shows you how much actual (resident) memory is consumed by the app. In the case of GNOME Shell, that’s about 180788 KB. The example system has roughly 7704 MB of physical memory, which is why the memory usage shows up as 2.3%. + +However, of that number, at least 88212 KB is shared memory, shown in the SHR column. This memory might be, for example, library functions that other apps also use. This means the GNOME Shell is using about 92 MB on its own not shared with other processes. Notice that other apps in the example share an even higher percentage of their resident memory. In some apps, the shared portion is the vast majority of the memory usage. + +There is a wrinkle here, which is that sometimes processes communicate with each other via memory. That memory is also shared, but can’t necessarily be detected by a utility like top. So yes — even the above clarifications still have some uncertainty! + +### A note about swap + +Your system has another facility it uses to store information, which is swap. Typically this is an area of slower storage (like a hard disk). If the physical memory on the system fills up as needs increase, the OS looks for portions of memory that haven’t been needed in a while. It writes them out to the swap area, where they sit until needed later. + +Therefore, prolonged, high swap usage usually means a system is suffering from too little memory for its demands. Sometimes an errant application may be at fault. Or, if you see this often on your system, consider upgrading your machine’s memory, or restricting what you run. + +Photo courtesy of [Stig Nygaard][1], via [Flickr][2] (CC BY 2.0). + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://fedoramagazine.org/understand-fedora-memory-usage-top/ + +作者：[Paul W. Frields][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://fedoramagazine.org/author/pfrields/ +[1]: https://www.flickr.com/photos/stignygaard/ +[2]: https://www.flickr.com/photos/stignygaard/3138001676/ From 2b0d1e101645ad858b5e2d7fe7ed81f8b473892a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Thu, 20 Sep 2018 09:58:36 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 073/246] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20How=20Writing=20C?= =?UTF-8?q?an=20Expand=20Your=20Skills=20and=20Grow=20Your=20Career?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...Expand Your Skills and Grow Your Career.md | 46 +++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 46 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/talk/20180919 How Writing Can Expand Your Skills and Grow Your Career.md diff --git a/sources/talk/20180919 How Writing Can Expand Your Skills and Grow Your Career.md b/sources/talk/20180919 How Writing Can Expand Your Skills and Grow Your Career.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a862920028 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/talk/20180919 How Writing Can Expand Your Skills and Grow Your Career.md @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +How Writing Can Expand Your Skills and Grow Your Career +====== + +![](https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/graffiti-1281310_1920.jpg?itok=RCayfGKv) + +At the recent [Open Source Summit in Vancouver][1], I participated in a panel discussion called [How Writing can Change Your Career for the Better (Even if You don't Identify as a Writer][2]. The panel was moderated by Rikki Endsley, Community Manager and Editor for Opensource.com, and it included VM (Vicky) Brasseur, Open Source Strategy Consultant; Alex Williams, Founder, Editor in Chief, The New Stack; and Dawn Foster, Consultant, The Scale Factory. + +The talk was [inspired by this article][3], in which Rikki examined some ways that writing can "spark joy" and improve your career in unexpected ways. Full disclosure: I have known Rikki for a long time. We worked at the same company for many years, raised our children together, and remain close friends. + +### Write and learn + +As Rikki noted in the talk description, “even if you don't consider yourself to be ‘a writer,’ you should consider writing about your open source contributions, project, or community.” Writing can be a great way to share knowledge and engage others in your work, but it has personal benefits as well. It can help you meet new people, learn new skills, and improve your communication style. + +I find that writing often clarifies for me what I don’t know about a particular topic. The process highlights gaps in my understanding and motivates me to fill in those gaps through further research, reading, and asking questions. + +“Writing about what you don't know can be much harder and more time consuming, but also much more fulfilling and help your career. I've found that writing about what I don't know helps me learn, because I have to research it and understand it well enough to explain it,” Rikki said. + +Writing about what you’ve just learned can be valuable to other learners as well. In her blog, [Julia Evans][4] often writes about learning new technical skills. She has a friendly, approachable style along with the ability to break down topics into bite-sized pieces. In her posts, Evans takes readers through her learning process, identifying what was and was not helpful to her along the way, essentially removing obstacles for her readers and clearing a path for those new to the topic. + +### Communicate more clearly + +Writing can help you practice thinking and speaking more precisely, especially if you’re writing (or speaking) for an international audience. [In this article,][5] for example, Isabel Drost-Fromm provides tips for removing ambiguity for non-native English speakers. Writing can also help you organize your thoughts before a presentation, whether you’re speaking at a conference or to your team. + +“The process of writing the articles helps me organize my talks and slides, and it was a great way to provide ‘notes’ for conference attendees, while sharing the topic with a larger international audience that wasn't at the event in person,” Rikki stated. + +If you’re interested in writing, I encourage you to do it. I highly recommend the articles mentioned here as a way to get started thinking about the story you have to tell. Unfortunately, our discussion at Open Source Summit was not recorded, but I hope we can do another talk in the future and share more ideas. + +Check out the schedule of talks for Open Source Summit Europe and sign up to receive updates: + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.linux.com/blog/2018/9/how-writing-can-help-you-learn-new-skills-and-grow-your-career + +作者：[Amber Ankerholz][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.linux.com/users/aankerholz +[1]: https://events.linuxfoundation.org/events/open-source-summit-north-america-2018/ +[2]: https://ossna18.sched.com/event/FAOF/panel-discussion-how-writing-can-change-your-career-for-the-better-even-if-you-dont-identify-as-a-writer-moderated-by-rikki-endsley-opensourcecom-red-hat?iframe=no# +[3]: https://opensource.com/article/18/2/career-changing-magic-writing +[4]: https://jvns.ca/ +[5]: https://www.linux.com/blog/event/open-source-summit-eu/2017/12/technical-writing-international-audience From 5a50efceafc14e90d1d0346909aaf428b927616e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: HankChow <280630620@qq.com> Date: Thu, 20 Sep 2018 12:16:09 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 074/246] HankChow translating --- .../tech/20180919 Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180919 Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md b/sources/tech/20180919 Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md index 591cbcba00..ef72988469 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180919 Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180919 Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +HankChow translating + Understand Fedora memory usage with top ====== From 32b77557cd49fa3f76f9c2a82988ba78ceb1019c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Lv Feng Date: Thu, 20 Sep 2018 15:06:04 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 075/246] translated (#10281) --- ...Top 3 Python libraries for data science.md | 244 ----------------- ...Top 3 Python libraries for data science.md | 246 ++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 246 insertions(+), 244 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180918 Top 3 Python libraries for data science.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180918 Top 3 Python libraries for data science.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180918 Top 3 Python libraries for data science.md b/sources/tech/20180918 Top 3 Python libraries for data science.md deleted file mode 100644 index 2c4b88595d..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180918 Top 3 Python libraries for data science.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,244 +0,0 @@ -ucasFL translating - -Top 3 Python libraries for data science -====== -Turn Python into a scientific data analysis and modeling tool with these libraries. - -![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/data_metrics_analytics_desktop_laptop.png?itok=9QXd7AUr) - -Python's many attractions—such as efficiency, code readability, and speed—have made it the go-to programming language for data science enthusiasts. Python is usually the preferred choice for data scientists and machine learning experts who want to escalate the functionalities of their applications. (For example, Andrey Bulezyuk used the Python programming language to create an amazing [machine learning application][1].) - -Because of its extensive usage, Python has a huge number of libraries that make it easier for data scientists to complete complicated tasks without many coding hassles. Here are the top 3 Python libraries for data science; check them out if you want to kickstart your career in the field. - -### 1\. NumPy - -[NumPy][2] (short for Numerical Python) is one of the top libraries equipped with useful resources to help data scientists turn Python into a powerful scientific analysis and modelling tool. The popular open source library is available under the BSD license. It is the foundational Python library for performing tasks in scientific computing. NumPy is part of a bigger Python-based ecosystem of open source tools called SciPy. - -The library empowers Python with substantial data structures for effortlessly performing multi-dimensional arrays and matrices calculations. Besides its uses in solving linear algebra equations and other mathematical calculations, NumPy is also used as a versatile multi-dimensional container for different types of generic data. - -Furthermore, it integrates flawlessly with other programming languages like C/C++ and Fortran. The versatility of the NumPy library allows it to easily and swiftly coalesce with an extensive range of databases and tools. For example, let's see how NumPy (abbreviated **np** ) can be used for multiplying two matrices. - -Let's start by importing the library (we'll be using the Jupyter notebook for these examples). - -``` -import numpy as np -``` - -Next, let's use the **eye()** function to generate an identity matrix with the stipulated dimensions. - -``` -matrix_one = np.eye(3) -matrix_one -``` - -Here is the output: - -``` -array([[1., 0., 0.], -       [0., 1., 0.], -       [0., 0., 1.]]) -``` - -Let's generate another 3x3 matrix. - -We'll use the **arange([starting number], [stopping number])** function to arrange numbers. Note that the first parameter in the function is the initial number to be listed and the last number is not included in the generated results. - -Also, the **reshape()** function is applied to modify the dimensions of the originally generated matrix into the desired dimension. For the matrices to be "multiply-able," they should be of the same dimension. - -``` -matrix_two = np.arange(1,10).reshape(3,3) -matrix_two -``` - -Here is the output: - -``` -array([[1, 2, 3], -       [4, 5, 6], -       [7, 8, 9]]) -``` - -Let's use the **dot()** function to multiply the two matrices. - -``` -matrix_multiply = np.dot(matrix_one, matrix_two) - -matrix_multiply - -``` - -Here is the output: - -``` -array([[1., 2., 3.], -       [4., 5., 6.], -       [7., 8., 9.]]) -``` - -Great! - -We managed to multiply two matrices without using vanilla Python. - -Here is the entire code for this example: - -``` -import numpy as np -#generating a 3 by 3 identity matrix -matrix_one = np.eye(3) -matrix_one -#generating another 3 by 3 matrix for multiplication -matrix_two = np.arange(1,10).reshape(3,3) -matrix_two -#multiplying the two arrays -matrix_multiply = np.dot(matrix_one, matrix_two) -matrix_multiply -``` - -### 2\. Pandas - -[Pandas][3] is another great library that can enhance your Python skills for data science. Just like NumPy, it belongs to the family of SciPy open source software and is available under the BSD free software license. - -Pandas offers versatile and powerful tools for munging data structures and performing extensive data analysis. The library works well with incomplete, unstructured, and unordered real-world data—and comes with tools for shaping, aggregating, analyzing, and visualizing datasets. - -There are three types of data structures in this library: - - * Series: single-dimensional, homogeneous array - * DataFrame: two-dimensional with heterogeneously typed columns - * Panel: three-dimensional, size-mutable array - - - -For example, let's see how the Panda Python library (abbreviated **pd** ) can be used for performing some descriptive statistical calculations. - -Let's start by importing the library. - -``` -import pandas as pd -``` - -Let's create a dictionary of series. - -``` -d = {'Name':pd.Series(['Alfrick','Michael','Wendy','Paul','Dusan','George','Andreas', -   'Irene','Sagar','Simon','James','Rose']), -   'Years of Experience':pd.Series([5,9,1,4,3,4,7,9,6,8,3,1]), -   'Programming Language':pd.Series(['Python','JavaScript','PHP','C++','Java','Scala','React','Ruby','Angular','PHP','Python','JavaScript']) -    } -``` - -Let's create a DataFrame. - -``` -df = pd.DataFrame(d) -``` - -Here is a nice table of the output: - -``` -      Name Programming Language  Years of Experience -0   Alfrick               Python                    5 -1   Michael           JavaScript                    9 -2     Wendy                  PHP                    1 -3      Paul                  C++                    4 -4     Dusan                 Java                    3 -5    George                Scala                    4 -6   Andreas                React                    7 -7     Irene                 Ruby                    9 -8     Sagar              Angular                    6 -9     Simon                  PHP                    8 -10    James               Python                    3 -11     Rose           JavaScript                    1 -``` - -Here is the entire code for this example: - -``` -import pandas as pd -#creating a dictionary of series -d = {'Name':pd.Series(['Alfrick','Michael','Wendy','Paul','Dusan','George','Andreas', -   'Irene','Sagar','Simon','James','Rose']), -   'Years of Experience':pd.Series([5,9,1,4,3,4,7,9,6,8,3,1]), -   'Programming Language':pd.Series(['Python','JavaScript','PHP','C++','Java','Scala','React','Ruby','Angular','PHP','Python','JavaScript']) -    } - -#Create a DataFrame -df = pd.DataFrame(d) -print(df) -``` - -### 3\. Matplotlib - -[Matplotlib][4] is also part of the SciPy core packages and offered under the BSD license. It is a popular Python scientific library used for producing simple and powerful visualizations. You can use the Python framework for data science for generating creative graphs, charts, histograms, and other shapes and figures—without worrying about writing many lines of code. For example, let's see how the Matplotlib library can be used to create a simple bar chart. - -Let's start by importing the library. - -``` -from matplotlib import pyplot as plt -``` - -Let's generate values for both the x-axis and the y-axis. - -``` -x = [2, 4, 6, 8, 10] -y = [10, 11, 6, 7, 4] -``` - -Let's call the function for plotting the bar chart. - -``` -plt.bar(x,y) -``` - -Let's show the plot. - -``` -plt.show() -``` - -Here is the bar chart: - -![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/matplotlib_barchart.png) - -Here is the entire code for this example: - -``` -#importing Matplotlib Python library -from matplotlib import pyplot as plt -#same as import matplotlib.pyplot as plt -  -#generating values for x-axis -x = [2, 4, 6, 8, 10] -  -#generating vaues for y-axis -y = [10, 11, 6, 7, 4] -  -#calling function for plotting the bar chart -plt.bar(x,y) -  -#showing the plot -plt.show() -``` - -### Wrapping up - -The Python programming language has always done a good job in data crunching and preparation, but less so for complicated scientific data analysis and modeling. The top Python frameworks for [data science][5] help fill this gap, allowing you to carry out complex mathematical computations and create sophisticated models that make sense of your data. - -Which other Python data-mining libraries do you know? What's your experience with them? Please share your comments below. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/top-3-python-libraries-data-science - -作者：[Dr.Michael J.Garbade][a] -选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]: https://opensource.com/users/drmjg -[1]: https://www.liveedu.tv/andreybu/REaxr-machine-learning-model-python-sklearn-kera/oPGdP-machine-learning-model-python-sklearn-kera/ -[2]: http://www.numpy.org/ -[3]: http://pandas.pydata.org/ -[4]: https://matplotlib.org/ -[5]: https://www.liveedu.tv/guides/data-science/ diff --git a/translated/tech/20180918 Top 3 Python libraries for data science.md b/translated/tech/20180918 Top 3 Python libraries for data science.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4026b751d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180918 Top 3 Python libraries for data science.md @@ -0,0 +1,246 @@ +3 个用于数据科学的顶级 Python 库 +====== + +>使用这些库把 Python 变成一个科学数据分析和建模工具。 + +![][7] + +Python 的许多特性，比如开发效率、代码可读性、速度等使之成为了数据科学爱好者的首选编程语言。对于想要升级应用程序功能的数据科学家和机器学习专家来说，Python 通常是最好的选择（比如，Andrey Bulezyuk 使用 Python 语言创造了一个优秀的[机器学习应用程序][1]）。 + +由于 Python 的广泛使用，因此它拥有大量的库，使得数据科学家能够很容易地完成复杂的任务，而且不会遇到许多编码困难。下面列出 3 个用于数据科学的顶级 Python 库。如果你想在数据科学这一领域开始你的职业生涯，就去了解一下它们吧。 + +### NumPy + +[NumPy][2]（数值 Python 的简称）是其中一个顶级数据科学库，它拥有许多有用的资源，从而帮助数据科学家把 Python 变成一个强大的科学分析和建模工具。ＮumPy 是在 BSD 许可证的许可下开源的，它是在科学计算中执行任务的基础 Python 库。SciPy 是一个更大的基于 Python 生态系统的开源工具，而 NumPy 是 SciPy 非常重要的一部分。 + +NumPy 为 Python 提供了大量数据结构，从而能够轻松地执行多维数组和矩阵运算。除了用于求解线性代数方程和其它数学计算之外，NumPy 还可以用做不同类型通用数据的多维容器。 + +此外，NumPy 还可以和其他编程语言无缝集成，比如 C/C++ 和 Fortran。NumPy 的多功能性使得它可以简单而快速地与大量数据库和工具结合。比如，让我们来看一下如何使用 NumPy（缩写成 `np`）来实现两个矩阵的乘法运算。 + +我们首先导入 NumPy 库（在这些例子中，我将使用 Jupyter notebook）： + +``` +import numpy as np +``` + +接下来，使用 `eye()` 函数来生成指定维数的单位矩阵： + +``` +matrix_one = np.eye(3) +matrix_one +``` + +输出如下： + +``` +array([[1., 0., 0.], +       [0., 1., 0.], +       [0., 0., 1.]]) +``` + +让我们生成另一个 3x3 矩阵。 + +我们使用 `arange([starting number], [stopping number])` 函数来排列数字。注意，函数中的第一个参数是需要列出的初始数字，而后一个数字不包含在生成的结果中。 + +另外，使用 `reshape()` 函数把原始生成的矩阵的维度改成我们需要的维度。为了使两个矩阵“可乘”，它们需要有相同的维度。 + +``` +matrix_two = np.arange(1,10).reshape(3,3) +matrix_two +``` + +Here is the output: +输出如下： + +``` +array([[1, 2, 3], +       [4, 5, 6], +       [7, 8, 9]]) +``` + +接下来，使用 `dot()` 函数将两个矩阵相乘。 + +``` +matrix_multiply = np.dot(matrix_one, matrix_two) + +matrix_multiply + +``` + +相乘后的输出如下： + +``` +array([[1., 2., 3.], +       [4., 5., 6.], +       [7., 8., 9.]]) +``` + +太好了！ + +我们成功使用 NumPy 完成了两个矩阵的相乘，而不是使用普通冗长vanilla的 Python 代码。 + +下面是这个例子的完整代码： + +``` +import numpy as np +#生成一个 3x3 单位矩阵 +matrix_one = np.eye(3) +matrix_one +#生成另一个 3x3 矩阵以用来做乘法运算 +matrix_two = np.arange(1,10).reshape(3,3) +matrix_two +#将两个矩阵相乘 +matrix_multiply = np.dot(matrix_one, matrix_two) +matrix_multiply +``` + +### Pandas + +[Pandas][3] 是另一个可以提高你的 Python 数据科学技能的优秀库。就和 NumPy 一样，它属于 SciPy 开源软件家族，可以在 BSD 免费许可证许可下使用。 + +Pandas 提供了多功能并且很强大的工具用于管理数据结构和执行大量数据分析。该库能够很好的处理不完整、非结构化和无序的真实世界数据，并且提供了用于整形、聚合、分析和可视化数据集的工具 + +Pandas 中有三种类型的数据结构： + + * Series: 一维、相同数据类型的数组 + * DataFrame: 二维异型矩阵 + * Panel: 三维大小可变数组 + + + +例如，我们来看一下如何使用 Panda 库（缩写成 `pd`）来执行一些描述性统计计算。 + +首先导入该库： + +``` +import pandas as pd +``` + +然后，创建一个序列series字典： + +``` +d = {'Name':pd.Series(['Alfrick','Michael','Wendy','Paul','Dusan','George','Andreas', +   'Irene','Sagar','Simon','James','Rose']), +   'Years of Experience':pd.Series([5,9,1,4,3,4,7,9,6,8,3,1]), +   'Programming Language':pd.Series(['Python','JavaScript','PHP','C++','Java','Scala','React','Ruby','Angular','PHP','Python','JavaScript']) +    } +``` + +接下来，再创建一个数据框DataFrame： + +``` +df = pd.DataFrame(d) +``` + +输出是一个非常规整的表： + +``` +      Name Programming Language  Years of Experience +0   Alfrick               Python                    5 +1   Michael           JavaScript                    9 +2     Wendy                  PHP                    1 +3      Paul                  C++                    4 +4     Dusan                 Java                    3 +5    George                Scala                    4 +6   Andreas                React                    7 +7     Irene                 Ruby                    9 +8     Sagar              Angular                    6 +9     Simon                  PHP                    8 +10    James               Python                    3 +11     Rose           JavaScript                    1 +``` + +下面是这个例子的完整代码： + +``` +import pandas as pd +#创建一个序列字典 +d = {'Name':pd.Series(['Alfrick','Michael','Wendy','Paul','Dusan','George','Andreas', +   'Irene','Sagar','Simon','James','Rose']), +   'Years of Experience':pd.Series([5,9,1,4,3,4,7,9,6,8,3,1]), +   'Programming Language':pd.Series(['Python','JavaScript','PHP','C++','Java','Scala','React','Ruby','Angular','PHP','Python','JavaScript']) +    } + +#创建一个数据框 +df = pd.DataFrame(d) +print(df) +``` + +### Matplotlib + +[Matplotlib][4] 也是 Scipy 核心包的一部分，并且在 BSD 许可证下可用。它是一个非常流行的科学库，用于实现简单而强大的可视化。你可以使用这个 Python 数据科学框架来生成曲线图、柱状图、直方图以及各种不同形状的图表，并且不用担心需要写很多行的代码。例如，我们来看一下如何使用 Matplotlib 库来生成一个简单的柱状图。 + +首先导入该库： + +``` +from matplotlib import pyplot as plt +``` + +然后生成 x 轴和 y 轴的数值： + +``` +x = [2, 4, 6, 8, 10] +y = [10, 11, 6, 7, 4] +``` + +接下来，调用函数来绘制柱状图： + +``` +plt.bar(x,y) +``` + +最后，显示图表： + +``` +plt.show() +``` + +柱状图如下： + +![][6] + +下面是这个例子的完整代码： + +``` +#导入 Matplotlib 库 +from matplotlib import pyplot as plt +#和 import matplotlib.pyplot as plt 一样 +  +#生成 x 轴的数值 +x = [2, 4, 6, 8, 10] +  +#生成 y 轴的数值 +y = [10, 11, 6, 7, 4] +  +#调用函数来绘制柱状图 +plt.bar(x,y) +  +#显示图表 +plt.show() +``` + +### 总结 + +Python 编程语言非常擅长数据处理和准备，但是在科学数据分析和建模方面就没有那么优秀了。幸好有这些用于[数据科学][5]的顶级 Python 框架填补了这一空缺，从而你能够进行复杂的数学计算以及创建复杂模型，进而让数据变得更有意义。 + +你还知道其它的 Python 数据挖掘库吗？你的使用经验是什么样的？请在下面的评论中和我们分享。 + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/top-3-python-libraries-data-science + +作者：[Dr.Michael J.Garbade][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[ucasFL](https://github.com/ucasFL) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/drmjg +[1]: https://www.liveedu.tv/andreybu/REaxr-machine-learning-model-python-sklearn-kera/oPGdP-machine-learning-model-python-sklearn-kera/ +[2]: http://www.numpy.org/ +[3]: http://pandas.pydata.org/ +[4]: https://matplotlib.org/ +[5]: https://www.liveedu.tv/guides/data-science/ +[6]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/matplotlib_barchart.png +[7]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/data_metrics_analytics_desktop_laptop.png?itok=9QXd7AUr From e7611efa9df33ffa8950072e0378061885d0fde4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: sd886393 Date: Thu, 20 Sep 2018 15:52:10 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 076/246] =?UTF-8?q?=E3=80=90=E8=AE=A4=E9=A2=86=E3=80=91201?= =?UTF-8?q?80522=20Free=20Resources=20for=20Securing=20Your=20Open=20Sourc?= =?UTF-8?q?e=20Code=20(#10282)?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit * 认领Free Resources for Securing Your Open Source Code * 删除已经翻译的 20180907 What do open source and cooking have in common.md --- ...20180522 Free Resources for Securing Your Open Source Code.md | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180522 Free Resources for Securing Your Open Source Code.md b/sources/tech/20180522 Free Resources for Securing Your Open Source Code.md index 4a7522ff9f..1480f3102d 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180522 Free Resources for Securing Your Open Source Code.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180522 Free Resources for Securing Your Open Source Code.md @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +sd886393 is dragging this out to translating Free Resources for Securing Your Open Source Code ====== From cddbd578103832bbee135142863660aafc28492e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: heguangzhi <7731226@qq.com> Date: Thu, 20 Sep 2018 16:26:03 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 077/246] heguangzhi translating (#10283) Linux firewalls: What you need to know about iptables and firewalld --- ...walls- What you need to know about iptables and firewalld.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180918 Linux firewalls- What you need to know about iptables and firewalld.md b/sources/tech/20180918 Linux firewalls- What you need to know about iptables and firewalld.md index 1297916194..98e38a02cd 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180918 Linux firewalls- What you need to know about iptables and firewalld.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180918 Linux firewalls- What you need to know about iptables and firewalld.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +heguangzhi translating + Linux firewalls: What you need to know about iptables and firewalld ====== Here's how to use the iptables and firewalld tools to manage Linux firewall connectivity rules. From e8520d0d5b771194525995aa2e515c294a89d652 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: brifuture Date: Thu, 20 Sep 2018 16:28:46 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 078/246] BriFuture picked tech/20180906 3 top open source JavaScript chart libraries.md --- .../20180906 3 top open source JavaScript chart libraries.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180906 3 top open source JavaScript chart libraries.md b/sources/tech/20180906 3 top open source JavaScript chart libraries.md index 096d7ce5e6..eeb5bd377d 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180906 3 top open source JavaScript chart libraries.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180906 3 top open source JavaScript chart libraries.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +BriFuture is translating + 3 top open source JavaScript chart libraries ====== From bb574a2bec8e5d7b91288ecaf165d5e9412e419e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Thu, 20 Sep 2018 23:17:37 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 079/246] PRF:20180909 What is ZFS- Why People Use ZFS- [Explained for Beginners].md @ucasFL --- ...ople Use ZFS- [Explained for Beginners].md | 29 +++++++++---------- 1 file changed, 14 insertions(+), 15 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180909 What is ZFS- Why People Use ZFS- [Explained for Beginners].md b/translated/tech/20180909 What is ZFS- Why People Use ZFS- [Explained for Beginners].md index 152bb75d23..652ebd6c1d 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180909 What is ZFS- Why People Use ZFS- [Explained for Beginners].md +++ b/translated/tech/20180909 What is ZFS- Why People Use ZFS- [Explained for Beginners].md @@ -3,23 +3,23 @@ ![ZFS filesystem][9] -今天，我们来谈论一下 ZFS，一个高级文件系统。我们将讨论 ZFS 从何而来，它是什么，以及为什么它在科技界和企业界如此受欢迎。 +今天，我们来谈论一下 ZFS，一个先进的文件系统。我们将讨论 ZFS 从何而来，它是什么，以及为什么它在科技界和企业界如此受欢迎。 虽然我是一个美国人，但我更喜欢读成 ZedFS 而不是 ZeeFS，因为前者听起来更酷一些。你可以根据你的个人喜好来发音。 -注意：在这篇文章中，你将会看到很多次 ZFS。当我在谈论特性和安装的时候，我所指的是 OpenZFS 。自从 Oracle 公司放弃 OpenSolaris 项目之后，ZFS（由 Oracle 公司开发）和 OpenZFS 已经走向了不同的发展道路。 +> 注意：在这篇文章中，你将会看到 ZFS 被提到很多次。当我在谈论特性和安装的时候，我所指的是 OpenZFS 。自从甲骨文Oracle公司放弃 OpenSolaris 项目之后，ZFS（由甲骨文公司开发）和 OpenZFS 已经走向了不同的发展道路。（后面详述） ### ZFS 的历史 -Z 文件系统（ZFS）是在 2001 年由 [Matthew Ahrens 和 Jeff Bonwick][1] 开发的。ZFS 是作为 Sun 公司的[微系统MicroSystem][2] [OpenSolaris][3] 的下一代文件系统而设计的。在 2008 年，ZFS 被移植到了 FreeBSD 。同一年，一个新的项目也开始了：[ZFS to Linux][4] 。然而，由于 ZFS 是[通用开发和发布许可证（CDDL）][5]许可的，它和 [GNU 通用公共许可证][6] 不兼容，因此不能将它迁移到 Linux 内核中。为了解决这个问题，绝大多数 Linux 发行版提供了一些方法来安装 ZFS　。 +Z 文件系统Z File System（ZFS）是由 [Matthew Ahrens 和 Jeff Bonwick][1] 在 2001 年开发的。ZFS 是作为[太阳微系统Sun MicroSystem][2] 公司的 [OpenSolaris][3] 的下一代文件系统而设计的。在 2008 年，ZFS 被移植到了 FreeBSD 。同一年，一个移植 [ZFS 到 Linux][4] 的项目也启动了。然而，由于 ZFS 是[通用开发和发布许可证][5]Common Development and Distribution License（CDDL）许可的，它和 [GNU 通用公共许可证][6] 不兼容，因此不能将它迁移到 Linux 内核中。为了解决这个问题，绝大多数 Linux 发行版提供了一些方法来安装 ZFS　。 -在 Oracle 公司收购 Sun 公司之后不久，微系统 OpenSolaris 就闭源了，这使得 ZFS 的最新开发也闭源了。许多 ZFS 开发者对这件事情非常不开心。[三分之二的 ZFS 核心开发者][1]，包括 Ahrens 和 Bonwick，因为这个决定而离开了 Oracle 公司。他们加入其他公司，并于 2013 年 9 月创立了 [OpenZFS][7] 这一项目。该项目引领着 ZFS 的开源开发。 +在甲骨文公司收购太阳微系统公司之后不久，OpenSolaris 就闭源了，这使得 ZFS 的之后的开发也变成闭源的了。许多 ZFS 开发者对这件事情非常不满。[三分之二的 ZFS 核心开发者][1]，包括 Ahrens 和 Bonwick，因为这个决定而离开了甲骨文公司。他们加入了其它公司，并于 2013 年 9 月创立了 [OpenZFS][7] 这一项目。该项目引领着 ZFS 的开源开发。 -让我们回到上面提到的许可证问题上。既然 OpenZFS 项目已经和 Oracle 公司分离开了，有人可能好奇他们为什么不使用和 GPL 兼容的许可证，这样就可以把它加入到 Linux 内核中了。根据 [OpenZFS 官网][8] 的介绍，更改许可证需要联系所有为当前 OpenZFS 实现贡献过代码的人（包括初始公共 ZFS 代码以及 OpenSolaris 代码），并得到他们的许可才行。这几乎是不可能的（因为一些贡献者可能已经去世了或者很难找到），因此他们决定保留原来的许可证。 +让我们回到上面提到的许可证问题上。既然 OpenZFS 项目已经和 Oracle 公司分离开了，有人可能好奇他们为什么不使用和 GPL 兼容的许可证，这样就可以把它加入到 Linux 内核中了。根据 [OpenZFS 官网][8] 的介绍，更改许可证需要联系所有为当前 OpenZFS 实现贡献过代码的人（包括初始的公共 ZFS 代码以及 OpenSolaris 代码），并得到他们的许可才行。这几乎是不可能的（因为一些贡献者可能已经去世了或者很难找到），因此他们决定保留原来的许可证。 ### ZFS 是什么，它有什么特性？ -正如前面所说过的，ZFS 是一个高级文件系统。因此，它有一些有趣的[特性][10]。比如： +正如前面所说过的，ZFS 是一个先进的文件系统。因此，它有一些有趣的[特性][10]。比如： * 存储池 * 写时拷贝 @@ -27,28 +27,27 @@ Z 文件系统（ZFS）是在 2001 年由 [Matthew Ahrens 和 Jeff Bonwick][1] * 数据完整性验证和自动修复 * RAID-Z * 最大单个文件大小为 16 EB（1 EB = 1024 PB） - * 最大 256 万亿的四次方 ZB（1 ZB = 1024 EB）的存储 - - + * 最大 256 千万亿（256*10^15 ）的 ZB（1 ZB = 1024 EB）的存储 让我们来深入了解一下其中一些特性。 #### 存储池 -与大多数文件系统不同，ZFS 结合了文件系统和卷管理器的特性。这意味着，它与其他文件系统不同，ZFS 可以创建跨域一系列硬盘或池的文件系统。不仅如此，你还可以通过添加硬盘来增大池的存储容量。ZFS 可以进行[分区和格式化][11]。 +与大多数文件系统不同，ZFS 结合了文件系统和卷管理器的特性。这意味着，它与其他文件系统不同，ZFS 可以创建跨越一系列硬盘或池的文件系统。不仅如此，你还可以通过添加硬盘来增大池的存储容量。ZFS 可以进行[分区和格式化][11]。 ![Pooled storage in ZFS][12] + *ZFS 存储池* #### 写时拷贝 -[写时拷贝Copy-on-write][13]是另一个有趣并且很酷的特性。在大多数文件系统上，当数据被重写时，它将永久丢失。而在 ZFS 中，新数据会写到不同的块。写完成之后，更新文件系统元数据信息，使之指向新的数据块（LCTT 译注：更新之后，原数据块成为磁盘上的垃圾，需要有对应的垃圾回收机制）。这确保了如果在写新数据的时候系统崩溃（或者发生其它事，比如突然断电），那么原数据将会保存下来。这也意味着，在系统发生崩溃之后，不需要运行 [fsck][14] 来检查和修复文件系统。 +[写时拷贝][13]Copy-on-write是另一个有趣并且很酷的特性。在大多数文件系统上，当数据被重写时，它将永久丢失。而在 ZFS 中，新数据会写到不同的块。写完成之后，更新文件系统元数据信息，使之指向新的数据块（LCTT 译注：更新之后，原数据块成为磁盘上的垃圾，需要有对应的垃圾回收机制）。这确保了如果在写新数据的时候系统崩溃（或者发生其它事，比如突然断电），那么原数据将会保存下来。这也意味着，在系统发生崩溃之后，不需要运行 [fsck][14] 来检查和修复文件系统。 #### 快照 写时拷贝使得 ZFS 有了另一个特性：快照snapshots。ZFS 使用快照来跟踪文件系统中的更改。[快照][13]包含文件系统的原始版本（文件系统的一个只读版本），实时文件系统则包含了自从快照创建之后的任何更改。没有使用额外的空间。因为新数据将会写到实时文件系统新分配的块上。如果一个文件被删除了，那么它在快照中的索引也会被删除。所以，快照主要是用来跟踪文件的更改，而不是文件的增加和创建。 -快照可以挂载成只读的，以用来恢复一个文件的过去版本。实时系统也可以回滚到之前的快照。回滚之后，自从快照创建之后的所有更改将会丢失。 +快照可以挂载成只读的，以用来恢复一个文件的过去版本。实时文件系统也可以回滚到之前的快照。回滚之后，自从快照创建之后的所有更改将会丢失。 #### 数据完整性验证和自动修复 @@ -56,11 +55,11 @@ Z 文件系统（ZFS）是在 2001 年由 [Matthew Ahrens 和 Jeff Bonwick][1] #### RAID-Z -ZFS 不需要任何额外软件或硬件就可以处理 RAID（磁盘阵列）。毫无奇怪，因为 ZFS 有自己的 RAID 实现：RAID-Z 。RAID-Z 是 RAID-5 的一个变种，不过它克服了 RAID-5 的写漏洞：意外重启之后，数据和校验信息会变得不同步（LCTT 译注：RAID-5 的 stripe 在正写数据时，如果这时候电源中断，那么奇偶校验数据将跟该部分数据不同步，因此前边的写无效；RAID-Z 用了 “variable-width RAID stripes” 技术，因此所有的写都是 full-stripe writes）。为了使用基本级别的 [RAID-Z][15]（RAID-Z1），你需要至少三块磁盘，其中两块用来存储数据，另外一块用来存储[奇偶校验信息][16]。而RAID-Z2 需要至少两块磁盘存储数据以及两块磁盘存储校验信息。RAID-Z3 需要至少两块磁盘存储数据以及三块磁盘存储校验信息。另外，只能向 RAID-Z 池中加入偶数倍的磁盘，而不能是奇数倍的。 +ZFS 不需要任何额外软件或硬件就可以处理 RAID（磁盘阵列）。毫不奇怪，因为 ZFS 有自己的 RAID 实现：RAID-Z 。RAID-Z 是 RAID-5 的一个变种，不过它克服了 RAID-5 的写漏洞：意外重启之后，数据和校验信息会变得不同步（LCTT 译注：RAID-5 的条带在正写入数据时，如果这时候电源中断，那么奇偶校验数据将跟该部分数据不同步，因此前边的写无效；RAID-Z 用了 “可变宽的 RAID 条带” 技术，因此所有的写都是全条带写入）。为了使用[基本级别的 RAID-Z][15]（RAID-Z1），你需要至少三块磁盘，其中两块用来存储数据，另外一块用来存储[奇偶校验信息][16]。而 RAID-Z2 需要至少两块磁盘存储数据以及两块磁盘存储校验信息。RAID-Z3 需要至少两块磁盘存储数据以及三块磁盘存储校验信息。另外，只能向 RAID-Z 池中加入偶数倍的磁盘，而不能是奇数倍的。 #### 巨大的存储潜力 -创建 ZFS 的时候，它就被设计成了[最后一个文件系统][17] 。那时候，大多数文件系统都是 64 位的，ZFS 的创建者决定直接跳到 128 位，等到将来再来证明这是对的。这意味着 ZFS 的容量大小是 32 位或 64 位文件系统的 160 亿亿倍。事实上，Jeff Bonwick（其中一个创建者）说：“完全填满一个 128 位的存储池所需要的[能量][18]，从字面上讲，比煮沸海洋需要的还多。” +创建 ZFS 的时候，它是作为[最后一个文件系统][17]而设计的 。那时候，大多数文件系统都是 64 位的，ZFS 的创建者决定直接跳到 128 位，等到将来再来证明这是对的。这意味着 ZFS 的容量大小是 32 位或 64 位文件系统的 1600 亿亿倍。事实上，Jeff Bonwick（其中一个创建者）说：“完全填满一个 128 位的存储池所需要的[能量][18]，从字面上讲，比煮沸海洋需要的还多。” ### 如何安装 ZFS？ @@ -85,7 +84,7 @@ via: https://itsfoss.com/what-is-zfs/ 作者：[John Paul][a] 选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者：[ucasFL](https://github.com/ucasFL) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From 1861a7738d00374150525bd36251da543579346e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Thu, 20 Sep 2018 23:18:03 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 080/246] PUB:20180909 What is ZFS- Why People Use ZFS- [Explained for Beginners].md @ucasFL https://linux.cn/article-10034-1.html --- ... What is ZFS- Why People Use ZFS- [Explained for Beginners].md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180909 What is ZFS- Why People Use ZFS- [Explained for Beginners].md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180909 What is ZFS- Why People Use ZFS- [Explained for Beginners].md b/published/20180909 What is ZFS- Why People Use ZFS- [Explained for Beginners].md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180909 What is ZFS- Why People Use ZFS- [Explained for Beginners].md rename to published/20180909 What is ZFS- Why People Use ZFS- [Explained for Beginners].md From e8dc64027f0f872d3dc42d7f02053e9ca15ccf19 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: geekpi Date: Fri, 21 Sep 2018 08:56:29 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 081/246] translated --- ...80913 ScreenCloud- The Screenshot-- App.md | 79 ------------------- ...80913 ScreenCloud- The Screenshot-- App.md | 77 ++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 77 insertions(+), 79 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180913 ScreenCloud- The Screenshot-- App.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180913 ScreenCloud- The Screenshot-- App.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180913 ScreenCloud- The Screenshot-- App.md b/sources/tech/20180913 ScreenCloud- The Screenshot-- App.md deleted file mode 100644 index f7bab2090a..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180913 ScreenCloud- The Screenshot-- App.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,79 +0,0 @@ -translating---geekpi - -ScreenCloud: The Screenshot++ App -====== -[ScreenCloud][1] is an amazing little app, that you don’t even know you need. The default screenshot procedure on desktop Linux is great (Prt Scr Button) and we even have some[powerful screenshot utilities][2]like [Shutter][3]. But ScreenCloud brings one more really simple yet really convenient feature that I just fell in love with. But before we get into it, let’s catch a little backstory. - -I take a lot of screenshots. A lot more than average. Receipts, registration details, development work, screenshots of applications for articles, and lot more. The next thing I do is open a browser, browse to my favorite cloud storage and dump the important ones there so that I can access them on my phone and also across multiple operating systems on my PC. This also allows me to easily share screenshots of the apps that I’m working on with my team. - -I had no complaints with this standard procedure of taking screenshots, opening a browser and logging into my cloud and then uploading the screenshots manually, until I came across ScreenCloud. - -### ScreenCloud - -ScreenCloud is cross-platform utility that provides easy screenshot capture and management along with flexible [cloud backup options][4]. including your own [FTP server][5]. - -![][6] - -ScreenCloud is really streamlined with a lot of attention given to the smaller things. It provides you very easy to remember hotkeys to capture the full screen, the active window or capture an area selected with the mouse. - -![][7]Default keyboard shortcuts for ScreenCloud - -Once a screenshot is taken, you can either set ScreenCloud to ask what to do with the image or to directly upload it the cloud service of your choice. Even SFTP is supported. Once the screenshot it uploaded, generally within a couple of seconds, the link to the image is automatically copied to the clipboard, which you can easily share. - -![][8] - -You can also do some basic editing with ScreenCloud. For this, you should have “Save to” set to “Ask me”. This setting is available from the application indicator and is usually set by default. With this, when you take a screenshot, you’ll see the option for editing the file. Here, you can add arrows, text and numbers to the screenshot. - -![Editing screenshots with ScreenCloud][9]Editing screenshots with ScreenCloud - -### Installing ScreenCloud on Linux - -ScreenCloud is available in the [Snap store][10]. So you can easily install it on Ubuntu and other [Snap enabled][11] distros by visiting the [Snap store][12] or by running the following command. - -``` -sudo snap install screencloud - -``` - -And for Linux distros which can’t install apps through Snap, You can download the AppImage [here][1]. The browse to the download location, right click and open a terminal there. Then run the command below. - -``` -sudo chmod +x ScreenCloud-v1.4.0-x86_64.AppImage - -``` - -You can then launch the app by double clicking on the downloaded file. - -![][13] - -### Wrapping up - -Is ScreenCloud for everybody? Probably not. Is it better than the default screenshot? Probably yes. See if you’re taking a screenshot of something, then chances are, that it’s probably important or you intend to share it. ScreenCloud makes backing up or sharing that screenshot easier and considerably faster. So yeah, you should give ScreenCloud a try if you want these features. - -Your thoughts and comments are always welcome, use the comments section below. And don’t forget to share this article with your friends. Cheers. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://itsfoss.com/screencloud-app/ - -作者：[Aquil Roshan][a] -选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/aquil/ -[1]: https://screencloud.net -[2]: https://itsfoss.com/take-screenshot-linux/ -[3]: http://shutter-project.org -[4]: https://itsfoss.com/cloud-services-linux/ -[5]: https://itsfoss.com/set-ftp-server-linux/ -[6]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/screencloud3.jpg -[7]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/screencloud2.jpg -[8]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/ScrenCloud6.jpg -[9]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/editing-with-screencloud.png -[10]: https://snapcraft.io/ -[11]: https://itsfoss.com/install-snap-linux/ -[12]: https://snapcraft.io/screencloud -[13]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/ScrenCloud4.jpg diff --git a/translated/tech/20180913 ScreenCloud- The Screenshot-- App.md b/translated/tech/20180913 ScreenCloud- The Screenshot-- App.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a7002183c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180913 ScreenCloud- The Screenshot-- App.md @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +ScreenCloud：一个截屏程序 +====== +[ScreenCloud][1]是一个很棒的小程序，你甚至不知道你需要它。桌面 Linux 的默认屏幕截图流程很好（Prt Scr 按钮），我们甚至有一些[强大的截图工具][2]，如 [Shutter][3]。但是，ScreenCloud 有一个非常简单但非常方便的功能，让我爱上了它。在我们深入它之前，让我们先看一个背景故事。 + +我截取了很多截图。远远超过平均水平。收据、注册详细信息、开发工作、文章中程序的截图等等。我接下来要做的就是打开浏览器，浏览我最喜欢的云存储并将重要的内容转储到那里，以便我可以在手机上以及 PC 上的多个操作系统上访问它们。这也让我可以轻松与我的团队分享我正在使用的程序的截图。 + +我对这个标准的截图流程没有抱怨，打开浏览器并登录我的云，然后手动上传屏幕截图，直到我遇到 ScreenCloud。 + +### ScreenCloud + +ScreenCloud 是跨平台的程序，它提供简单的屏幕截图和灵活的[云备份选项][4]管理。这包括使用你自己的[ FTP 服务器][5]。 + +![][6] + +ScreenCloud 很精简，投入了大量的注意力给小的东西。它为你提供了非常容易记住的热键来捕获全屏、活动窗口或捕获用鼠标选择的区域。 + +![][7]ScreenCloud 的默认键盘快捷键 + +截取屏幕截图后，你可以设置 ScreenCloud 如何处理图像或直接将其上传到你选择的云服务。它甚至支持 SFTP。截图上传后（通常在几秒钟内），图像链接就会被自动复制到剪贴板，这让你可以轻松共享。 + +![][8] + +你还可以使用 ScreenCloud 进行一些基本编辑。为此，你需要将 “Save to” 设置为 “Ask me”。此设置在下拉框中有并且通常是默认设置。当使用它时，当你截取屏幕截图时，你会看到编辑文件的选项。在这里，你可以在屏幕截图中添加箭头、文本和数字。 + +![Editing screenshots with ScreenCloud][9]Editing screenshots with ScreenCloud + +### 在 Linux 上安装 ScreenCloud + +ScreenCloud 可在[ Snap 商店][10]中找到。因此，你可以通过访问[ Snap 商店][12]或运行以下命令，轻松地将其安装在 Ubuntu 和其他[启用 Snap ][11]的发行版上。 + +``` +sudo snap install screencloud + +``` + +对于无法通过 Snap 安装程序的 Linux 发行版，你可以[在这里][1]下载 AppImage。进入下载文件夹，右键单击并在那里打开终端。然后运行以下命令。 + +``` +sudo chmod +x ScreenCloud-v1.4.0-x86_64.AppImage + +``` + +然后，你可以通过双击下载的文件来启动程序。 + +![][13] + +### 总结 + +ScreenCloud 适合所有人吗？可能不会。它比默认屏幕截图更好吗？可能是。如果你正在截某些屏幕，有可能它是重要的或是你想分享的。ScreenCloud 可以更轻松，更快速地备份或共享屏幕截图。所以，如果你想要这些功能，你应该试试 ScreenCloud。 + +欢迎在用下面的评论栏提出你的想法和意见。还有不要忘记与朋友分享这篇文章。干杯。 + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://itsfoss.com/screencloud-app/ + +作者：[Aquil Roshan][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/aquil/ +[1]: https://screencloud.net +[2]: https://itsfoss.com/take-screenshot-linux/ +[3]: http://shutter-project.org +[4]: https://itsfoss.com/cloud-services-linux/ +[5]: https://itsfoss.com/set-ftp-server-linux/ +[6]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/screencloud3.jpg +[7]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/screencloud2.jpg +[8]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/ScrenCloud6.jpg +[9]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/editing-with-screencloud.png +[10]: https://snapcraft.io/ +[11]: https://itsfoss.com/install-snap-linux/ +[12]: https://snapcraft.io/screencloud +[13]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/ScrenCloud4.jpg From baaea62c83ecf6ba227467753ebdde87cbe8c69b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: geekpi Date: Fri, 21 Sep 2018 09:03:33 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 082/246] translating --- sources/tech/20180824 5 cool music player apps.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180824 5 cool music player apps.md b/sources/tech/20180824 5 cool music player apps.md index 3a8d90400c..fbacc8f8b4 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180824 5 cool music player apps.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180824 5 cool music player apps.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +translating---geekpi + 5 cool music player apps ====== From e7c3e652270c0edcb521525eef9accd5f6d19920 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Fri, 21 Sep 2018 11:30:36 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 083/246] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20Host=20your=20own?= =?UTF-8?q?=20cloud=20with=20Raspberry=20Pi=20NAS?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...st your own cloud with Raspberry Pi NAS.md | 111 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 111 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180919 Host your own cloud with Raspberry Pi NAS.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180919 Host your own cloud with Raspberry Pi NAS.md b/sources/tech/20180919 Host your own cloud with Raspberry Pi NAS.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6e7893313e --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180919 Host your own cloud with Raspberry Pi NAS.md @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +Host your own cloud with Raspberry Pi NAS +====== + +Protect and secure your data with a self-hosted cloud powered by your Raspberry Pi. + +In the first two parts of this series, we discussed the [hardware and software fundamentals][1] for building network-attached storage (NAS) on a Raspberry Pi. We also put a proper [backup strategy][2] in place to secure the data on the NAS. In this third part, we will talk about a convenient way to store, access, and share your data with [Nextcloud][3]. + +### Prerequisites + +To use Nextcloud conveniently, you have to meet a few prerequisites. First, you should have a domain you can use for the Nextcloud instance. For the sake of simplicity in this how-to, we'll use **nextcloud.pi-nas.com**. This domain should be directed to your Raspberry Pi. If you want to run it on your home network, you probably need to set up dynamic DNS for this domain and enable port forwarding of ports 80 and 443 (if you go for an SSL setup, which is highly recommended; otherwise port 80 should be sufficient) from your router to the Raspberry Pi. + +You can automate dynamic DNS updates from the Raspberry Pi using [ddclient][4]. + +### Install Nextcloud + +To run Nextcloud on your Raspberry Pi (using the setup described in the [first part][1] of this series), install the following packages as dependencies to Nextcloud using **apt**. + +``` +sudo apt install unzip wget php apache2 mysql-server php-zip php-mysql php-dom php-mbstring php-gd php-curl +``` + +The next step is to download Nextcloud. [Get the latest release's URL][5] and copy it to download via **wget** on the Raspberry Pi. In the first article in this series, we attached two disk drives to the Raspberry Pi, one for current data and one for backups. Install Nextcloud on the data drive to make sure data is backed up automatically every night. + +``` +sudo mkdir -p /nas/data/nextcloud +sudo chown pi /nas/data/nextcloud +cd /nas/data/ +wget https://download.nextcloud.com/server/releases/nextcloud-14.0.0.zip -O /nas/data/nextcloud.zip +unzip nextcloud.zip +sudo ln -s /nas/data/nextcloud /var/www/nextcloud +sudo chown -R www-data:www-data /nas/data/nextcloud +``` + +When I wrote this, the latest release (as you see in the code above) was 14. Nextcloud is under heavy development, so you may find a newer version when installing your copy of Nextcloud onto your Raspberry Pi. + +### Database setup + +When we installed Nextcloud above, we also installed MySQL as a dependency to use it for all the metadata Nextcloud generates (for example, the users you create to access Nextcloud). If you would rather use a Postgres database, you'll need to adjust some of the modules installed above. + +To access the MySQL database as root, start the MySQL client as root: + +``` +sudo mysql +``` + +This will open a SQL prompt where you can insert the following commands—substituting the placeholder with the password you want to use for the database connection—to create a database for Nextcloud. + +``` +CREATE USER nextcloud IDENTIFIED BY ''; +CREATE DATABASE nextcloud; +GRANT ALL ON nextcloud.* TO nextcloud; +``` + +You can exit the SQL prompt by pressing **Ctrl+D** or entering **quit**. + +### Web server configuration + +Nextcloud can be configured to run using Nginx or other web servers, but for this how-to, I decided to go with the Apache web server on my Raspberry Pi NAS. (Feel free to try out another alternative and let me know if you think it performs better.) + +To set it up, configure a virtual host for the domain you created for your Nextcloud instance **nextcloud.pi-nas.com**. To create a virtual host, create the file **/etc/apache2/sites-available/001-nextcloud.conf** with content similar to the following. Make sure to adjust the ServerName to your domain and paths, if you didn't use the ones suggested earlier in this series. + +``` + +ServerName nextcloud.pi-nas.com +ServerAdmin admin@pi-nas.com +DocumentRoot /var/www/nextcloud/ + + +AllowOverride None + + +``` + +To enable this virtual host, run the following two commands. + +``` +a2ensite 001-nextcloud +sudo systemctl reload apache2 +``` + +With this configuration, you should now be able to reach the web server with your domain via the web browser. To secure your data, I recommend using HTTPS instead of HTTP to access Nextcloud. A very easy (and free) way is to obtain a [Let's Encrypt][6] certificate with [Certbot][7] and have a cron job automatically refresh it. That way you don't have to mess around with self-signed or expiring certificates. Follow Certbot's simple how-to [instructions to install it on your Raspberry Pi][8]. During Certbot configuration, you can even decide to automatically forward HTTP to HTTPS, so visitors to **** will be redirected to ****. Please note, if your Raspberry Pi is running behind your home router, you must have port forwarding enabled for ports 443 and 80 to obtain Let's Encrypt certificates. + +### Configure Nextcloud + +The final step is to visit your fresh Nextcloud instance in a web browser to finish the configuration. To do so, open your domain in a browser and insert the database details from above. You can also set up your first Nextcloud user here, the one you can use for admin tasks. By default, the data directory should be inside the Nextcloud folder, so you don't need to change anything for the backup mechanisms from the [second part of this series][2] to pick up the data stored by users in Nextcloud. + +Afterward, you will be directed to your Nextcloud and can log in with the admin user you created previously. To see a list of recommended steps to ensure a performant and secure Nextcloud installation, visit the Basic Settings tab in the Settings page (in our example: settings/admin) and see the Security & Setup Warnings section. + +Congratulations! You've set up your own Nextcloud powered by a Raspberry Pi. Go ahead and [download a Nextcloud client][9] from the Nextcloud page to sync data with your client devices and access it offline. Mobile clients even provide features like instant upload of pictures you take, so they'll automatically sync to your desktop PC without wondering how to get them there. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/host-cloud-nas-raspberry-pi + +作者：[Manuel Dewald][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/ntlx +[1]: https://opensource.com/article/18/7/network-attached-storage-Raspberry-Pi +[2]: https://opensource.com/article/18/8/automate-backups-raspberry-pi +[3]: https://nextcloud.com/ +[4]: https://sourceforge.net/p/ddclient/wiki/Home/ +[5]: https://nextcloud.com/install/#instructions-server +[6]: https://letsencrypt.org/ +[7]: https://certbot.eff.org/ +[8]: https://certbot.eff.org/lets-encrypt/debianother-apache +[9]: https://nextcloud.com/install/#install-clients From 45fccd3b21241b14db67309d44f787ae5859dc7a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Fri, 21 Sep 2018 11:32:57 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 084/246] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20Record=20Screen?= =?UTF-8?q?=20in=20Ubuntu=20Linux=20With=20Kazam=20[Beginner=E2=80=99s=20G?= =?UTF-8?q?uide]?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...untu Linux With Kazam -Beginner-s Guide.md | 185 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 185 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180920 Record Screen in Ubuntu Linux With Kazam -Beginner-s Guide.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180920 Record Screen in Ubuntu Linux With Kazam -Beginner-s Guide.md b/sources/tech/20180920 Record Screen in Ubuntu Linux With Kazam -Beginner-s Guide.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a2f57f592a --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180920 Record Screen in Ubuntu Linux With Kazam -Beginner-s Guide.md @@ -0,0 +1,185 @@ +Record Screen in Ubuntu Linux With Kazam [Beginner’s Guide] +====== +**This tutorial shows you how to install Kazam screen recorder and explains how to record screen in Ubuntu. The guide also lists useful shortcuts and handy tips for using Kazam.** + +![How to record your screen in Ubuntu Linux with Kazam][1] + +[Kazam][2] is one of the [best screen recorders for Linux][3]. To me, it’s the best screen recording tool. I have been using it for years. All the video tutorials on YouTube have been recorded with Kazam. + +Some of the main features of Kazam are: + + * Record entire screen, part of screen, application window or all screens (for multi-monitor setup) + * Take screenshots + * Keyboard shortcut support for easily pausing and resuming while recording screen + * Record in various file formats such as MP4, AVI and more. + * Capture audio from speaker or microphone while recording the screen + * Capture mouse clicks and key presses + * Capture video from webcam + * Insert a webcam window on the side + * Broadcast to YouTube live video + + + +Like the screenshot tool [Shutter][4], Kazam is also not being actively developed for the last couple of years. And like Shutter, the present Kazam release works just fine. + +I am using Ubuntu in the tutorial. The installation instructions should work for other Ubuntu-based distributions such as Linux Mint, elementary OS etc. For all the other distributions, you can still read about using Kazam and its features. + +### Install Kazam in Ubuntu + +Kazam is available in the official repository in Ubuntu. However, the official repository consists Kazam version 1.4.5, the last stable version of Kazam. + +![Kazam Version 1.4.5][5] +Kazam Version 1.4.5 + +Kazam developer(s) also worked on a newer release, Kazam 1.5.3. The version was almost sable and ready to release, but for unknown reasons, the development stopped after this. There have been [no updates][6] since then. + +You can use either of Kazam 1.4.5 and 1.5.3 without hesitating. Kazam 1.5 provides additional features like recording mouse clicks and key presses, webcam support, live broadcast support, and a refreshed countdown timer. + +![Kazam Version 1.5.3][7] +Kazam Version 1.5.3 + +It’s up to you to decide which version you want to use. I would suggest go for version 1.5.3 because it has more features. + +You can install the older Kazam 1.4.5 from the Software Center. You can also use the command below: + +``` +sudo apt install kazam +``` + +If you want to install the newer Kazam 1.5.3, you can use this [unofficial PPA][8] that is available for Ubuntu 18.04 and 16.04: + +``` +sudo add-apt-repository ppa:sylvain-pineau/kazam +sudo apt-get update +sudo apt install kazam +``` + +You also need to install a few libraries in order to record the mouse clicks and keyboard presses. + +``` +sudo apt install python3-cairo python3-xlib +``` + +### Recording your screen with Kazam + +Once you have installed Kazam, search for it in the application menu and start it. You should see a screen like this with some options on it. You can check the options as per your need and click on capture to start recording screen with Kazam. + +![Screen recording with Kazam][9] +Screen recording with Kazam + +It will show you a countdown before recording the screen. The default wait time is 5 seconds and you can change it from Kazam interface (see the previous image). It gives you a breathing time so that you can prepare for your recording. + +![Countdown before screen recording][10] +Countdown before screen recording + +Once the recording starts,the main Kazam interface disappears and an indicator appears in the panel. If you want to pause the recording or finish the recording, you can do it from this indicator. + +![Pause or finish screen recording][11] +Pause or finish screen recording + +If you choose to finish the recording, it will give you the option to “Save for later”. If you have a [video editor installed in Linux][12], you can also start editing the recording from this point. + +![Save screen recording in Kazam][13] +Save recording + +By default it prompts you to install the recording in Videos folder but you can change the location and save it elsewhere as well. + +That’s the basic you need to know about screen recording in Linux with Kazam. + +Now let me give you a few tips on how to utilize more features in Kazam. + +### Getting more out of Kazam screen recorder + +Kazam is a featureful screen recorder for Linux. You can access its advanced or additional features from the preferences. + +![Accessing Kazam preferences][14] +Accessing Kazam preferences + +#### Autosave screen recording in a specified location + +You can choose to automatically save the screen recordings in Kazam. The default location is Videos but you can change it to any other location. + +![Autosave screen recordings in a chosen location][15] +Autosave in a chosen location + +#### Avoid screen recording in RAW mode + +You can save your screen recordings in file formats like WEBM, MP4, AVI etc. You are free to choose what you want. However, I would advise avoiding RAW (AVI) file format. If you use RAW file format, the recorded files will be in GBs even for a few minutes of recordings. + +It’s wise to verify that Kazam is not using the RAW file format for recording. If you ask my suggestion, prefer H264 with MP4 file format. + +![file format in Kazam][16] +Don’t use RAW files + +#### Capture mouse clicks and key presses while screen recording + +If you want to highlight when a mouse was clicked, you can easily do that in the newer version of Kazam. + +![Record mouse clicks while screen recording with Kazam][17] +Record mouse clicks + +All you have to do is to check the “Key presses and mouse clicks” option on the Kazam interface (the same screen where you press Capture). + +#### Use keyboard shortcuts for more efficient screen recordings + +Imagine you are recording screen in Linux and suddenly you realized that you have to pause the recording for some reasons. Now, you can pause the recording by going to the Kazam indicator and selecting the pause option. But this activity of selecting the pause option will also be recorded. + +You can edit out this part later but it unnecessarily adds to the already cumbersome editing task. + +A better option will be to use the [keyboard shortcuts in Ubuntu][18]. Screen recording becomes a lot better if you use the shortcuts. + +While Kazam is running, you can use the following hotkeys: + + * Super+Ctrl+R: Start recording + * Super+Ctrl+P: Pause recording, press again for resuming the recording + * Super+Ctrl+F: Finish recording + * Super+Ctrl+Q: Quit recording + + + +Super key is the Windows key on your keyboard. + +The most important is Super+Ctrl+P for pausing and resuming the recording. + +You can further explore the Kazam preferences for webcam recording and YouTube live broadcasting options. + +### Do you like Kazam? + +I am repeating myself here. I love Kazam. I have used other screen recorders like [SimpleScreenRecorder][19] or [Green Recorder][20] but I feel a lot more comfortable with Kazam. + +I hope you like Kazam for screen recording in Ubuntu or any other Linux distribution. I have tried highlighting some of the additional features here to help you with a better screen recording. + +What features do you like about Kazam? Do you use some other screen recorder? Do they work better than Kazam? Please share your views in the comments section below. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://itsfoss.com/kazam-screen-recorder/ + +作者：[Abhishek Prakash][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/ +[1]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/screen-recording-kazam-ubuntu-linux.png +[2]: https://launchpad.net/kazam +[3]: https://itsfoss.com/best-linux-screen-recorders/ +[4]: http://shutter-project.org/ +[5]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/kazam-1-4-5.png +[6]: https://launchpad.net/~kazam-team/+archive/ubuntu/unstable-series +[7]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/kazam-1-5-3.png +[8]: https://launchpad.net/~sylvain-pineau/+archive/ubuntu/kazam +[9]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/kazam-start-recording.png +[10]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/kazam-countdown.jpg +[11]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/kazam-finish-recording.png +[12]: https://itsfoss.com/best-video-editing-software-linux/ +[13]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/kazam-save-recording.jpg +[14]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/kazam-preferences.png +[15]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/kazam-auto-save.jpg +[16]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/select-file-type-kazam.jpg +[17]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/record-mouse-clicks-kazam.jpeg +[18]: https://itsfoss.com/ubuntu-shortcuts/ +[19]: https://itsfoss.com/record-screen-ubuntu-simplescreenrecorder/ +[20]: https://itsfoss.com/green-recorder-3/ From 032794817cb2b80a04cd3d19a952e9e0e5e80753 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Fri, 21 Sep 2018 11:36:09 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 085/246] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=208=20Python=20pack?= =?UTF-8?q?ages=20that=20will=20simplify=20your=20life=20with=20Django?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...hat will simplify your life with Django.md | 123 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 123 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180920 8 Python packages that will simplify your life with Django.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180920 8 Python packages that will simplify your life with Django.md b/sources/tech/20180920 8 Python packages that will simplify your life with Django.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..58bb3716f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180920 8 Python packages that will simplify your life with Django.md @@ -0,0 +1,123 @@ +8 Python packages that will simplify your life with Django +====== + +This month's Python column looks at Django packages that will benefit your work, personal, or side projects. + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/water-stone-balance-eight-8.png?itok=1aht_V5V) + +Django developers, we're devoting this month's Python column to packages that will help you. These are our favorite [Django][1] libraries for saving time, cutting down on boilerplate code, and generally simplifying our lives. We've got six packages for Django apps and two for Django's REST Framework, and we're not kidding when we say these packages show up in almost every project we work on. + +But first, see our tips for making the [Django Admin more secure][2] and an article on 5 favorite [open source Django packages][3]. + +### A kitchen sink of useful time-savers: django-extensions + +[Django-extensions][4] is a favorite Django package chock full of helpful tools like these management commands: + + * **shell_plus** starts the Django shell with all your database models already loaded. No more importing from several different apps to test one complex relationship! + * **clean_pyc** removes all .pyc projects from everywhere inside your project directory. + * **create_template_tags** creates a template tag directory structure inside the app you specify. + * **describe_form** displays a form definition for a model, which you can then copy/paste into forms.py. (Note that this produces a regular Django form, not a ModelForm.) + * **notes** displays all comments with stuff like TODO, FIXME, etc. throughout your project. + + + * **TimeStampedModel** : This base class includes the fields **created** and **modified** and a **save()** method that automatically updates these fields appropriately. + * **ActivatorModel** : If your model will need fields like **status** , **activate_date** , and **deactivate_date** , use this base class. It comes with a manager that enables **.active()** and **.inactive()** querysets. + * **TitleDescriptionModel** and **TitleSlugDescriptionModel** : These include the **title** and **description** fields, and the latter also includes a **slug** field. The **slug** field will automatically populate based on the **title** field. + + + +Django-extensions also includes useful abstract base classes to use for common patterns in your own models. Inherit from these base classes when you create your models to get their: + +Django-extensions has more features you may find useful in your projects, so take a tour through its [docs][5]! + +### 12-factor-app settings: django-environ + +[Django-environ][6] allows you to use [12-factor app][7] methodology to manage your settings in your Django project. It collects other libraries, including [envparse][8] and [honcho][9]. Once you install django-environ, create an .env file at your project's root. Define in that module any settings variables that may change between environments or should remain secret (like API keys, debug status, and database URLs). + +Then, in your project's settings.py file, import **environ** and set up variables for **environ.PATH()** and **environ.Env()** according to the [example][10]. Access settings variables defined in your .env file with **env('VARIABLE_NAME')**. + +### Creating great management commands: django-click + +[Django-click][11], based on [Click][12] (which we have recommended [before][13]… [twice][14]), helps you write Django management commands. This library doesn't have extensive documentation, but it does have a directory of [test commands][15] in its repository that are pretty useful. A basic Hello World command would look like this: + +``` +# app_name.management.commands.hello.py +import djclick as click + +@click.command() +@click.argument('name') +def command(name): +    click.secho(f'Hello, {name}') +``` + +Then in the command line, run: + +``` +>> ./manage.py hello Lacey +Hello, Lacey +``` + +### Handling finite state machines: django-fsm + +[Django-fsm][16] adds support for finite state machines to your Django models. If you run a news website and need articles to process through states like Writing, Editing, and Published, django-fsm can help you define those states and manage the rules and restrictions around moving from one state to another. + +Django-fsm provides an FSMField to use for the model attribute that defines the model instance's state. Then you can use django-fsm's **@transition** decorator to define methods that move the model instance from one state to another and handle any side effects from that transition. + +Although django-fsm is light on documentation, [Workflows (States) in Django][17] is a gist that serves as an excellent introduction to both finite state machines and django-fsm. + +### Contact forms: #django-contact-form + +A contact form is such a standard thing on a website. But don't write all that boilerplate code yourself—set yours up in minutes with [django-contact-form][18]. It comes with an optional spam-filtering contact form class (and a regular, non-filtering class) and a **ContactFormView** base class with methods you can override or customize, and it walks you through the templates you will need to create to make your form work. + +### Registering and authenticating users: django-allauth + +[Django-allauth][19] is an app that provides views, forms, and URLs for registering users, logging them in and out, resetting their passwords, and authenticating users with outside sites like GitHub or Twitter. It supports email-as-username authentication and is extensively documented. It can be a little confusing to set up the first time you use it; follow the [installation instructions][20] carefully and read closely when you [customize your settings][21] to make sure you're using all the settings you need to enable a specific feature. + +### Handling user authentication with Django REST Framework: django-rest-auth + +If your Django development includes writing APIs, you're probably using [Django REST Framework][22] (DRF). If you're using DRF, you should check out [django-rest-auth][23], a package that enables endpoints for user registration, login/logout, password reset, and social media authentication (by adding django-allauth, which works well with django-rest-auth). + +### Visualizing a Django REST Framework API: django-rest-swagger + +[Django REST Swagger][24] provides a feature-rich user interface for interacting with your Django REST Framework API. Once you've installed Django REST Swagger and added it to installed apps, add the Swagger view and URL pattern to your urls.py file; the rest is taken care of in the docstrings of your APIs. + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/swagger-ui.png) + +The UI for your API will include all your endpoints and available methods broken out by app. It will also list available operations for those endpoints and enable you to interact with the API (adding/deleting/fetching records, for example). It uses the docstrings in your API views to generate documentation for each endpoint, creating a set of API documentation for your project that's useful to you, your frontend developers, and your users. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/django-packages + +作者：[Jeff Triplett][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/laceynwilliams +[1]: https://www.djangoproject.com/ +[2]: https://opensource.com/article/18/1/10-tips-making-django-admin-more-secure +[3]: https://opensource.com/business/15/12/5-favorite-open-source-django-packages +[4]: https://django-extensions.readthedocs.io/en/latest/ +[5]: https://django-extensions.readthedocs.io/ +[6]: https://django-environ.readthedocs.io/en/latest/ +[7]: https://www.12factor.net/ +[8]: https://github.com/rconradharris/envparse +[9]: https://github.com/nickstenning/honcho +[10]: https://django-environ.readthedocs.io/ +[11]: https://github.com/GaretJax/django-click +[12]: http://click.pocoo.org/5/ +[13]: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/python-libraries-side-projects +[14]: https://opensource.com/article/18/5/3-python-command-line-tools +[15]: https://github.com/GaretJax/django-click/tree/master/djclick/test/testprj/testapp/management/commands +[16]: https://github.com/viewflow/django-fsm +[17]: https://gist.github.com/Nagyman/9502133 +[18]: https://django-contact-form.readthedocs.io/en/1.5/ +[19]: https://django-allauth.readthedocs.io/en/latest/ +[20]: https://django-allauth.readthedocs.io/en/latest/installation.html +[21]: https://django-allauth.readthedocs.io/en/latest/configuration.html +[22]: http://www.django-rest-framework.org/ +[23]: https://django-rest-auth.readthedocs.io/ +[24]: https://django-rest-swagger.readthedocs.io/en/latest/ From 8be9ca3571ed6f71eda20a9044a315c224d8e4fa Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Fri, 21 Sep 2018 11:38:27 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 086/246] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20Building=20a=20Se?= =?UTF-8?q?cure=20Ecosystem=20for=20Node.js?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...Building a Secure Ecosystem for Node.js.md | 51 +++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 51 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/talk/20180920 Building a Secure Ecosystem for Node.js.md diff --git a/sources/talk/20180920 Building a Secure Ecosystem for Node.js.md b/sources/talk/20180920 Building a Secure Ecosystem for Node.js.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a64f0e32cc --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/talk/20180920 Building a Secure Ecosystem for Node.js.md @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +Building a Secure Ecosystem for Node.js +====== + +![](https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/node-collective.jpg?itok=0e7Y9Iy3) + +At[Node+JS Interactive][1], attendees collaborate face to face, network, and learn how to improve their skills with JS in serverless, IoT, and more. [Stephanie Evans][2], Content Manager for Back-end Web Development at LinkedIn Learning, will be speaking at the upcoming conference about building a secure ecosystem for Node.js. Here she answers a few questions about teaching and learning basic security practices. + +**Linux.com: Your background is in tech education, can you provide more details on how you would define this and how you got into this area of expertise?** + +**Stephanie Evans:** It sounds cliché, but I’ve always been passionate about education and helping others. After college, I started out as an instructor of a thoroughly analog skill: reading. I worked my way up to hiring and training reading teachers and discovered my passion for helping people share their knowledge and refine their teaching craft. Later, I went to work for McGraw Hill Education, publishing self-study certification books on popular IT certs like CompTIA’s Network+ and Security+, ISAAP’s CISSP, etc. My job was to figure out who the biggest audiences in IT were; what they needed to know to succeed professionally; hire the right book author; and help develop the manuscript with them. + +I moved into online learning/e-learning 4 years ago and shifted to video training courses geared towards developers. I enjoy working with people who spend their time building and solving complex problems. I now manage the video training library for back-end web developers at LinkedIn Learning/Lynda.com and figure out what developers need to know; hire instructors to create that content; and work together to figure out how best to teach it to them. And, then update those courses when they inevitably become out of date. + +**Linux.com: What initially drove you to use your skill set in education to help with security practices?** + +**Evans:** I attend a lot of conferences, watch a lot of talks, and chat to a lot of developers as part of my job. I distinctly remember attending a security best practices talk at a very large, enterprise-tech focused conference and was surprised by the rudimentary content being covered. Poor guy, I’d thought…he’s going to get panned by this audience. But then I looked around and most everyone was engaged. They were learning something new and compelling. And it hit me: I had been in a security echo chamber of my own making. Just like the mainstream developer isn’t working with the cutting-edge technology people are raving about on Twitter, they aren’t necessarily as fluent in basic security practices as I’d assumed. A mix of unawareness, intense time pressure, and perhaps some misplaced trust can lead to a “security later” mentality. But with the global cost of cybercrime up to 6 00 billion a year from 500 billion in 2014 as well as the [exploding amount of data on the web][3]. We can’t afford to be working around security or assuming everyone knows the basics. + +**Linux.com: What do you think are some common misconceptions about security with Node.js and in general with developers?** + +**Evans:** I think one of the biggest misconceptions is that security awareness and practices should come “later” in a developer’s career (and later in the development cycle). Yes, your first priority is to learn that Java and JavaScript are not the same thing—that’s obviously most important. And you do have to understand how to create a form before you can understand how to prevent cross-site -scripting attacks. But helping developers understand—at all stages of their career and learning journey—what the potential vulnerabilities are and how they can be exploited needs to be a much higher priority and come earlier than we may intuitively think. + +I joke with my instructors that we have to sneak in the ‘eat your vegetables’ content to our courses. Security is an exciting, complex and challenging topic, but it can feel like you’re having to eat your vegetables as a developer when you dig into it. Often ‘security’ is a separate department (that can be perceived as ‘slowing things down’ or getting in the way of deploying code) and it can further distance developers from their role in securing their applications. + +I also think that those who truly understand security can feel that it’s overwhelmingly complex to teach—but we have to start somewhere. I attended an introductory npm talk last year that talked about how to work with dependencies and packages…but never once mentioned the possibility of malicious code making it into your application through these packages. I’m all about teaching just enough at the right time and not throwing the kitchen sink of knowledge at new developers. We should stop thinking of security—or even just security awareness—as an intermediate or advanced skill and start bringing it up early and often. + +**Linux.com: How can we infuse tech education into our security practices? Where does this begin?** + +**Evans:** It definitely goes both ways. Clear documentation and practical resources right alongside security recommendations go a long way towards ensuring understanding and adoption. You have to make things as easy as possible if you want people to actually do it. And you have to make those best practices accessible enough to understand. + +The [2018 Node User Survey Report][4] from the Node.js Foundation showed that while learning resources around Node.js and JavaScript development improved, the availability and quality of learning resources for Node.js Security received the lowest scores across the board. + +After documentation and Stack Overflow, many developers rely on online videos and tutorials—we need to push security education to the forefront, rather than expecting developers to seek it out. OWASP, the nodegoat project, and the Node.js Security Working Group are doing great work here to move the needle. I think tech education can do even more to bring security in earlier in the learning journey and create awareness about common exploits and important resources. + +Learn more at [Node+JS Interactive][1], coming up October 10-12, 2018 in Vancouver, Canada. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.linux.com/blog/node-js/2018/9/building-secure-ecosystem-nodejs + +作者：[The Linux Foundation][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.linux.com/users/ericstephenbrown +[1]: https://events.linuxfoundation.org/events/node-js-interactive-2018/?utm_source=Linux.com&utm_medium=article&utm_campaign=jsint18 +[2]: https://jsi2018.sched.com/speaker/stevans1?iframe=no +[3]: https://www.forbes.com/sites/bernardmarr/2018/05/21/how-much-data-do-we-create-every-day-the-mind-blowing-stats-everyone-should-read/#101d261a60ba +[4]: https://nodejs.org/en/user-survey-report/ From 37ec86d411a74004aed103c73e47b637ea4036ac Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Fri, 21 Sep 2018 11:40:02 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 087/246] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20WinWorld=20?= =?UTF-8?q?=E2=80=93=20A=20Large=20Collection=20Of=20Defunct=20OSs,=20Soft?= =?UTF-8?q?ware=20And=20Games?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...tion Of Defunct OSs, Software And Games.md | 126 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 126 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/talk/20180920 WinWorld - A Large Collection Of Defunct OSs, Software And Games.md diff --git a/sources/talk/20180920 WinWorld - A Large Collection Of Defunct OSs, Software And Games.md b/sources/talk/20180920 WinWorld - A Large Collection Of Defunct OSs, Software And Games.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..93c84ae43c --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/talk/20180920 WinWorld - A Large Collection Of Defunct OSs, Software And Games.md @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +WinWorld – A Large Collection Of Defunct OSs, Software And Games +====== + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/WinWorld-720x340.jpeg) + +The other day, I was testing **Dosbox** which is used to [**run MS-DOS games and programs in Linux**][1]. While searching for some classic programs like Turbo C++, I stumbled upon a website named **WinWorld**. I went through a few links in this site and quite surprised. WinWorld has a plenty of good-old and classic OSs, software, applications, development tools, games and a lot of other miscellaneous utilities which are abandoned by the developers a long time ago. It is an online museum run by community members, volunteers and is dedicated to the preservation and sharing of vintage, abandoned, and pre-release software. + +WinWorld was started back in 2003 and its founder claims that the idea to start this site inspired by Yahoo briefcases. The primary purpose of this site is to preserve and share old software. Over the years, many people volunteered to improve this site in numerous ways and the collection of old software in WinWorld has grown exponentially. The entire WinWorld library is free, open and available to everyone. + +### WinWorld Hosts A Huge Collection Of Defunct OSs, Software, System Applications And Games + +Like I already said, WinWorld hosts a huge collection of abandonware which are no-longer in development. + +**Linux and Unix:** + +Here, I have given the complete list of UNIX and LINUX OSs with brief summary of the each OS and the release year of first version. + + * **A/UX** – An early port of Unix to Apple’s 68k based Macintosh platform, released in 1988. + * **AIX** – A Unix port originally developed by IBM, released in 1986. + * **AT &T System V Unix** – One of the first commercial versions of the Unix OS, released in 1983. + * **Banyan VINES** – A network operating system originally designed for Unix, released in 1984. + * **Corel Linux** – A commercial Linux distro, released in 1999. + * **DEC OSF-1** – A version of UNIX developed by Digital Equipment Corporation (DEC), released in 1991. + * **Digital UNIX** – A renamed version of **OSF-1** , released by DEC in 1995.** +** + * **FreeBSD** **1.0** – The first release of FreeBSD, released in 1993. It is based on 4.3BSD. + * **Gentus Linux** – A distribution that failed to comply with GPL. Developed by ABIT and released in 2000. + * **HP-UX** – A UNIX variant, released in 1992. + * **IRIX** – An a operating system developed by Silicon Graphics Inc (SGI ) and it is released in 1988. + * **Lindows** – Similar to Corel Linux. It is developed for commercial purpose and released in 2002. + * **Linux Kernel** – A copy of the Linux Sourcecode, version 0.01. Released in the early 90’s. + * **Mandrake Linux** – A Linux distribution based on Red Hat Linux. It was later renamed to Mandriva. Released in 1999. + * **NEWS-OS** – A variant of BSD, developed by Sony and released in 1989. + * **NeXTStep** – A Unix based OS from NeXT computers headed by **Steve Jobs**. It is released in 1987. + * **PC/IX** – A UNIX variant created for IBM PCs. Released in 1984. + * **Red Hat Linux 5.0** – A commercial Linux distribution by Red Hat. + * **Sun Solaris** – A Unix based OS by Sun Microsystems. Released in 1992. + * **SunOS** – A Unix-based OS derived from BSD by Sun Microsystems, released in 1982. + * **Tru64 UNIX** – A formerly known OSF/1 by DEC. + * **Ubuntu 4.10** – The well-known OS based on Debian.This was a beta pre-release, prior to the very first official Ubuntu release. + * **Ultrix** – A UNIX clone developed by DEC. + * **UnixWare** – A UNIX variant from Novell. + * **Xandros Linux** – A proprietary variant of Linux. It is based on Corel Linux. The first version is released in 2003. + * **Xenix** – A UNIX variant originally published by Microsoft released in 1984. + + + +Not just Linux/Unix, you can find other operating systems including DOS, Windows, Apple/Mac, OS 2, Novell netware and other OSs and shells. + +**DOS & CP/M:** + + * 86-DOS + * Concurrent CPM-86 & Concurrent DOS + * CP/M 86 & CP/M-80 + * DOS Plus + * DR-DOS + * GEM + * MP/M + * MS-DOS + * Multitasking MS-DOS 4.00 + * Multiuser DOS + * PC-DOS + * PC-MOS + * PTS-DOS + * Real/32 + * Tandy Deskmate + * Wendin DOS + + + +**Windows:** + + * BackOffice Server + * Windows 1.0/2.x/3.0/3.1/95/98/2000/ME/NT 3.X/NT 4.0 + * Windows Whistler + * WinFrame + + + +**Apple/Mac:** + + * Mac OS 7/8/9 + * Mac OS X + * System Software (0-6) + + + +**OS/2:** + + * Citrix Multiuser + * OS/2 1.x + * OS/2 2.0 + * OS/2 3.x + * OS/2 Warp 4 + + + +Also, WinWorld hosts a huge collection of old software, system applications, development tools and games. Go and check them out as well. + +To be honest, I don’t even know the existence of most of the stuffs listed in this site. Some of the tools listed here were released years before I was born. + +Just in case, If you ever in need of or wanted to test a classic stuff (be it a game, software, OS), look nowhere, just head over to WinWorld library and download them that you want to explore. Good luck! + +**Disclaimer:** + +OSTechNix is not affiliated with WinWorld site in any way. We, at OSTechNix, don’t know the authenticity and integrity of the stuffs hosted in this site. Also, downloading software from third-party sites is not safe or may be illegal in your region. Neither the author nor OSTechNix is responsible for any kind of damage. Use this service at your own risk. + +And, that’s all for now. Hope this was useful. More good stuffs to come. Stay tuned! + +Cheers! + + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.ostechnix.com/winworld-a-large-collection-of-defunct-oss-software-and-games/ + +作者：[SK][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ +[1]: https://www.ostechnix.com/how-to-run-ms-dos-games-and-programs-in-linux/ From 9f02fbfffcd80773c59bc415d83f9dde2034ddf1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Fri, 21 Sep 2018 11:42:30 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 088/246] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=205=20ways=20DevSec?= =?UTF-8?q?Ops=20changes=20security?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...80919 5 ways DevSecOps changes security.md | 76 +++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 76 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/talk/20180919 5 ways DevSecOps changes security.md diff --git a/sources/talk/20180919 5 ways DevSecOps changes security.md b/sources/talk/20180919 5 ways DevSecOps changes security.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..28e4b90eec --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/talk/20180919 5 ways DevSecOps changes security.md @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +5 ways DevSecOps changes security +====== + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/security-lock-password.jpg?itok=KJMdkKum) + +There’s been an ongoing kerfuffle over whether we need to expand [DevOps][1] to explicitly bring in security. After all, the thinking goes, [DevOps][2] has always been something of a shorthand for a broad set of new practices, using new tools (often open source) and built on more collaborative cultures. Why not [DevBizOps][3] for better aligning with business needs? Or DevChatOps to emphasize better and faster communications? + +However, [as John Willis wrote earlier this year][4] on his coming around to the [DevSecOps][5] terminology, “Hopefully, someday we will have a world where we no longer have to use the word DevSecOps and security will be an inherent part of all service delivery discussions. Until that day, and at this point, my general conclusion is that it’s just three new characters. More importantly, the name really differentiates the problem statement in a world where we as an industry are not doing a great job on information security.” + +So why aren’t we doing a great job on [information security][6], and what does it mean to do a great job in a DevSecOps context? + +We’ve arguably never done a great job of information security in spite of (or maybe because of) the vast industry of complex point products addressing narrow problems. But we also arguably did a good enough job during the era when defending against threats focused on securing the perimeter, network connections were limited, and most users were employees using company-provided devices. + +Those circumstances haven’t accurately described most organizations’ reality for a number of years now. But the current era, which brings in not only DevSecOps but new application architectural patterns, development practices, and an increasing number of threats, defines a stark new normal that requires a faster pace of change. It’s not so much that DevSecOps in isolation changes security, but that infosec circa 2018 requires new approaches. + +Consider these five areas. + +### Automation + +Lots of automation is a hallmark of DevOps generally. It’s partly about speed. If you’re going to move fast (and not break things), you need to have repeatable processes that execute without a lot of human intervention. Indeed, automation is one of the best entry points for DevOps, even in organizations that are still mostly working on monolithic legacy apps. Automating routine processes associated with configurations or testing with easy-to-use tools such as [Ansible][7] is a common quick hit for starting down the path to DevOps. + +DevSecOps is no different. Security today is a continuous process rather than a discrete checkpoint in the application lifecycle, or even a weekly or monthly check. When vulnerabilities are found and fixes issued by a vendor, it’s important they be applied quickly given that exploits taking advantage of those vulnerabilities will be out soon. + +### "Shift left" + +Traditional security is often viewed as a gatekeeper at the end of the development process. Check all the boxes and your app goes into production. Otherwise, try again. Security teams have a reputation for saying no a lot. + +Therefore, the thinking goes, why not move security earlier (left in a typical left-to-right drawing of a development pipeline)? Security may still say no, but the consequences of rework in early-stage development are a lot less than they are when the app is complete and ready to ship. + +I don’t like the “shift left” term, though. It implies that security is still a one-time event that’s just been moved earlier. Security needs to be a largely automated process everywhere in the application lifecycle, from the supply chain to the development and test process all the way through deployment. + +### Manage dependencies + +One of the big changes we see with modern app development is that you often don’t write most of the code. Using open source libraries and frameworks is one obvious case in point. But you may also just use external services from public cloud providers or other sources. In many cases, this external code and services will dwarf what you write yourself. + +As a result, DevSecOps needs to include a serious focus on your [software supply chain][8]. Are you getting your software from trusted sources? Is it up to date? Is it integrated into the security processes that you use for your own code? What policies do you have in place for which code and APIs you can use? Is commercial support available for the components that you are using for your own production code? + +No set of answers are going to be appropriate in all cases. They may be different for a proof-of-concept versus an at-scale production workload. But, as has been the case in manufacturing for a long time (and DevSecOps has many analogs in how manufacturing has evolved), the integrity of the supply chain is critical. + +### Visibility + +I’ve talked a lot about the need for automation throughout all the stages of the application lifecycle. That makes the assumption that we can see what’s going on in each of those stages. + +Effective DevSecOps requires effective instrumentation so that automation knows what to do. This instrumentation falls into a number of categories. There are long-term and high-level metrics that help tell us if the overall DevSecOps process is working well. There are critical alerts that require immediate human intervention (the security scanning system is down!). There are alerts, such as for a failed scan, that require remediation. And there are logs of the many parameters we capture for later analysis (what’s changing over time? What caused that failure?). + +### Services vs. monoliths + +While DevSecOps practices can be applied across many types of application architectures, they’re most effective with small and loosely coupled components that can be updated and reused without potentially forcing changes elsewhere in the app. In their purest form, these components can be [microservices][9] or functions, but the general principles apply wherever you have loosely coupled services communicating over a network. + +This pattern does introduce some new security challenges. The interactions between components can be complex and the total attack surface can be larger because there are now more entry points to the application across the network. + +On the other hand, this type of architecture also means that automated security and monitoring also has more granular visibility into the application components because they’re no longer buried deep within a monolithic application. + +Don’t get too wrapped up in the DevSecOps term, but take it as a reminder that security is evolving because the way that we write and deploy applications is evolving. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/devsecops-changes-security + +作者：[Gordon Haff][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/ghaff +[1]: https://opensource.com/resources/devops +[2]: https://opensource.com/tags/devops +[3]: https://opensource.com/article/18/5/steps-apply-devops-culture-beyond-it +[4]: https://www.devsecopsdays.com/articles/its-just-a-name +[5]: https://opensource.com/article/18/4/devsecops +[6]: https://opensource.com/article/18/6/where-cycle-security-devops +[7]: https://opensource.com/tags/ansible +[8]: https://opensource.com/article/17/1/be-open-source-supply-chain +[9]: https://opensource.com/tags/microservices From 2f5be6776d34eb78ecb1ce3219f41770e4a09f84 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: sd886393 Date: Fri, 21 Sep 2018 14:44:52 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 089/246] =?UTF-8?q?=E5=AE=8C=E6=88=90FreeResourcesForSecur?= =?UTF-8?q?ingYourOpenSourceCode=20=E7=BF=BB=E8=AF=91?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...rces for Securing Your Open Source Code.md | 83 +++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 83 insertions(+) create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180522 Free Resources for Securing Your Open Source Code.md diff --git a/translated/tech/20180522 Free Resources for Securing Your Open Source Code.md b/translated/tech/20180522 Free Resources for Securing Your Open Source Code.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4e63a64e43 --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180522 Free Resources for Securing Your Open Source Code.md @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +一些提高你开源源码安全性的工具 +====== + +![](https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/open-security.jpg?itok=R3M5LDrb) + +虽然目前开源依然发展势头较好，并被广大的厂商所采用，然而最近由 Black Duck 和 Synopsys 发布的[2018开源安全与风险评估报告][1]指出了一些存在的风险并重点阐述了对于健全安全措施的需求。这份报告的分析资料素材来自经过脱敏后的 1100 个商业代码库，这些代码所涉及：自动化、大数据、企业级软件、金融服务业、健康医疗、物联网、制造业等多个领域。 + +这份报告强调开源软件正在被大量的使用，扫描结果中有 96% 的应用都使用了开源组件。然而，报告还指出许多其中存在很多漏洞。具体在 [这里][2]: + + * 令人担心的是扫描的所有结果中，有 78% 的代码库存在至少一个开源的漏洞，平均每个代码库有 64 个漏洞。 + + * 在经过代码审计过后代码库中，发现超过 54% 的漏洞经验证是高危漏洞。 + + * 17% 的代码库包括一种已经早已公开的漏洞，包括：Heartbleed、Logjam、Freak、Drown、Poddle。 + + + + +Tim Mackey，Synopsys 旗下 Black Duck 的技术负责人称，"这份报告清楚的阐述了：随着开源软件正在被企业广泛的使用，企业与组织也应当使用一些工具来检测可能出现在这些开源软件中的漏洞，并且管理其所使用的开源软件的方式是否符合相应的许可证规则" + +确实，随着越来越具有影响力的安全威胁出现，历史上从未有过我们目前对安全工具和实践的需求。大多数的组织已经意识到网络与系统管理员需要具有相应的较强的安全技能和安全证书。[在这篇文章中，][3] 我们给出一些具有较大影响力的工具、认证和实践。 + +Linux 基金会已经在安全方面提供了许多关于安全的信息与教育资源。比如，Linux 社区提供许多免费的用来针对一些平台的工具，其中[Linux 服务器安全检查表][4] 其中提到了很多有用的基础信息。线上的一些发表刊物也可以提升用户针对某些平台对于漏洞的保护，如：[Fedora 安全指南][5]，[Debian 安全手册][6]。 + +目前被广泛使用的私有云平台 OpenStack 也加强了关于基于云的智能安全需求。根据 Linux 基金会发布的 [公有云指南][7]：“据 Gartner 的调研结果，尽管公有云的服务商在安全和审查方面做的都还不错，安全问题是企业考虑向公有云转移的最重要的考量之一” + +无论是对于组织还是个人，千里之堤毁于蚁穴，这些“蚁穴”无论是来自路由器、防火墙、VPNs或虚拟机都可能导致灾难性的后果。以下是一些免费的工具可能对于检测这些漏洞提供帮助： + + * [Wireshark][8], 流量包分析工具 + + * [KeePass Password Safe][9], 免费开源的密码管理器 + + * [Malwarebytes][10], 免费的反病毒和勒索软件工具 + + * [NMAP][11], 安全扫描器 + + * [NIKTO][12], 开源 web 扫描器 + + * [Ansible][13], 自动化的配置运维工具，可以辅助做安全基线 + + * [Metasploit][14], 渗透测试工具，可辅助理解攻击向量 + + + +这里有一些对上面工具讲解的视频。比如[Metasploit 教学][15]、[Wireshark 教学][16]。还有一些传授安全技能的免费电子书，比如：由 Ibrahim Haddad 博士和 Linux 基金会共同出版的[并购过程中的开源审计][17]，里面阐述了多条在技术平台合并过程中，因没有较好的进行开源审计，从而引发的安全问题。当然，书中也记录了如何在这一过程中进行代码合规检查、准备以及文档编写。 + +同时，我们 [之前提到的一个免费的电子书][18]， 由来自[The New Stack][19] 编写的“Docker与容器中的网络、安全和存储”，里面也提到了关于加强容器网络安全的最新技术，以及Docker本身可提供的关于，提升其网络的安全与效率的最佳实践。这本电子书还记录了关于如何构建安全容器集群的最佳实践。 + +所有这些工具和资源，可以在很大的程度上预防安全问题，正如人们所说的未雨绸缪，考虑到一直存在的安全问题，现在就应该开始学习这些安全合规资料与工具。 +想要了解更多的安全、合规以及开源项目问题，点击[这里][20] + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.linux.com/blog/2018/5/free-resources-securing-your-open-source-code + +作者：[Sam Dean][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/sd886393) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]:https://www.linux.com/users/sam-dean +[1]:https://www.blackducksoftware.com/open-source-security-risk-analysis-2018 +[2]:https://www.prnewswire.com/news-releases/synopsys-report-finds-majority-of-software-plagued-by-known-vulnerabilities-and-license-conflicts-as-open-source-adoption-soars-300648367.html +[3]:https://www.linux.com/blog/sysadmin-ebook/2017/8/future-proof-your-sysadmin-career-locking-down-security +[4]:http://go.linuxfoundation.org/ebook_workstation_security +[5]:https://docs.fedoraproject.org/en-US/Fedora/19/html/Security_Guide/index.html +[6]:https://www.debian.org/doc/manuals/securing-debian-howto/index.en.html +[7]:https://www.linux.com/publications/2016-guide-open-cloud +[8]:https://www.wireshark.org/ +[9]:http://keepass.info/ +[10]:https://www.malwarebytes.com/ +[11]:http://searchsecurity.techtarget.co.uk/tip/Nmap-tutorial-Nmap-scan-examples-for-vulnerability-discovery +[12]:https://cirt.net/Nikto2 +[13]:https://www.ansible.com/ +[14]:https://www.metasploit.com/ +[15]:http://www.computerweekly.com/tutorial/The-Metasploit-Framework-Tutorial-PDF-compendium-Your-ready-reckoner +[16]:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TkCSr30UojM +[17]:https://www.linuxfoundation.org/resources/open-source-audits-merger-acquisition-transactions/ +[18]:https://www.linux.com/news/networking-security-storage-docker-containers-free-ebook-covers-essentials +[19]:http://thenewstack.io/ebookseries/ +[20]:https://www.linuxfoundation.org/projects/security-compliance/ From 1ac6e2b39ca1365ba59136d0f955d7d058070579 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: sd886393 Date: Fri, 21 Sep 2018 14:52:07 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 090/246] =?UTF-8?q?=E5=AE=8C=E6=88=90FreeResourcesForSecur?= =?UTF-8?q?ingYourOpenSourceCode=20=E7=BF=BB=E8=AF=91?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...rces for Securing Your Open Source Code.md | 84 ------------------- 1 file changed, 84 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180522 Free Resources for Securing Your Open Source Code.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180522 Free Resources for Securing Your Open Source Code.md b/sources/tech/20180522 Free Resources for Securing Your Open Source Code.md deleted file mode 100644 index 1480f3102d..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180522 Free Resources for Securing Your Open Source Code.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,84 +0,0 @@ -sd886393 is dragging this out to translating -Free Resources for Securing Your Open Source Code -====== - -![](https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/open-security.jpg?itok=R3M5LDrb) - -While the widespread adoption of open source continues at a healthy rate, the recent [2018 Open Source Security and Risk Analysis Report][1] from Black Duck and Synopsys reveals some common concerns and highlights the need for sound security practices. The report examines findings from the anonymized data of over 1,100 commercial codebases with represented Industries from automotive, Big Data, enterprise software, financial services, healthcare, IoT, manufacturing, and more. - -The report highlights a massive uptick in open source adoption, with 96 percent of the applications scanned containing open source components. However, the report also includes warnings about existing vulnerabilities. Among the [findings][2]: - - * “What is worrisome is that 78 percent of the codebases examined contained at least one open source vulnerability, with an average 64 vulnerabilities per codebase.” - - * “Over 54 percent of the vulnerabilities found in audited codebases are considered high-risk vulnerabilities.” - - * Seventeen percent of the codebases contained a highly publicized vulnerability such as Heartbleed, Logjam, Freak, Drown, or Poodle. - - - - -"The report clearly demonstrates that with the growth in open source use, organizations need to ensure they have the tools to detect vulnerabilities in open source components and manage whatever license compliance their use of open source may require," said Tim Mackey, technical evangelist at Black Duck by Synopsys. - -Indeed, with ever more impactful security threats emerging,the need for fluency with security tools and practices has never been more pronounced. Most organizations are aware that network administrators and sysadmins need to have strong security skills, and, in many cases security certifications. [In this article,][3] we explored some of the tools, certifications and practices that many of them wisely embrace. - -The Linux Foundation has also made available many informational and educational resources on security. Likewise, the Linux community offers many free resources for specific platforms and tools. For example, The Linux Foundation has published a [Linux workstation security checklist][4] that covers a lot of good ground. Online publications ranging from the [Fedora security guide][5] to the[Securing Debian Manual][6] can also help users protect against vulnerabilities within specific platforms. - -The widespread use of cloud platforms such as OpenStack is also stepping up the need for cloud-centric security smarts. According to The Linux Foundation’s[Guide to the Open Cloud][7]: “Security is still a top concern among companies considering moving workloads to the public cloud, according to Gartner, despite a strong track record of security and increased transparency from cloud providers. Rather, security is still an issue largely due to companies’ inexperience and improper use of cloud services.” - -For both organizations and individuals, the smallest holes in implementation of routers, firewalls, VPNs, and virtual machines can leave room for big security problems. Here is a collection of free tools that can plug these kinds of holes: - - * [Wireshark][8], a packet analyzer - - * [KeePass Password Safe][9], a free open source password manager - - * [Malwarebytes][10], a free anti-malware and antivirus tool - - * [NMAP][11], a powerful security scanner - - * [NIKTO][12], an open source web server scanner - - * [Ansible][13], a tool for automating secure IT provisioning - - * [Metasploit][14], a tool for understanding attack vectors and doing penetration testing - - - - -Instructional videos abound for these tools. You’ll find a whole[tutorial series][15] for Metasploit, and [video tutorials][16] for Wireshark. Quite a few free ebooks provide good guidance on security as well. For example, one of the common ways for security threats to invade open source platforms occurs in M&A scenarios, where technology platforms are merged—often without proper open source audits. In an ebook titled [Open Source Audits in Merger and Acquisition Transactions][17], from Ibrahim Haddad and The Linux Foundation, you’ll find an overview of the open source audit process and important considerations for code compliance, preparation, and documentation. - -Meanwhile, we’ve[previously covered][18] a free ebook from the editors at[The New Stack][19] called Networking, Security & Storage with Docker & Containers. It covers the latest approaches to secure container networking, as well as native efforts by Docker to create efficient and secure networking practices. The ebook is loaded with best practices for locking down security at scale. - -All of these tools and resources, and many more, can go a long way toward preventing security problems, and an ounce of prevention is, as they say, worth a pound of cure. With security breaches continuing, now is an excellent time to look into the many security and compliance resources for open source tools and platforms available. Learn more about security, compliance, and open source project health [here][20]. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://www.linux.com/blog/2018/5/free-resources-securing-your-open-source-code - -作者：[Sam Dean][a] -选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]:https://www.linux.com/users/sam-dean -[1]:https://www.blackducksoftware.com/open-source-security-risk-analysis-2018 -[2]:https://www.prnewswire.com/news-releases/synopsys-report-finds-majority-of-software-plagued-by-known-vulnerabilities-and-license-conflicts-as-open-source-adoption-soars-300648367.html -[3]:https://www.linux.com/blog/sysadmin-ebook/2017/8/future-proof-your-sysadmin-career-locking-down-security -[4]:http://go.linuxfoundation.org/ebook_workstation_security -[5]:https://docs.fedoraproject.org/en-US/Fedora/19/html/Security_Guide/index.html -[6]:https://www.debian.org/doc/manuals/securing-debian-howto/index.en.html -[7]:https://www.linux.com/publications/2016-guide-open-cloud -[8]:https://www.wireshark.org/ -[9]:http://keepass.info/ -[10]:https://www.malwarebytes.com/ -[11]:http://searchsecurity.techtarget.co.uk/tip/Nmap-tutorial-Nmap-scan-examples-for-vulnerability-discovery -[12]:https://cirt.net/Nikto2 -[13]:https://www.ansible.com/ -[14]:https://www.metasploit.com/ -[15]:http://www.computerweekly.com/tutorial/The-Metasploit-Framework-Tutorial-PDF-compendium-Your-ready-reckoner -[16]:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TkCSr30UojM -[17]:https://www.linuxfoundation.org/resources/open-source-audits-merger-acquisition-transactions/ -[18]:https://www.linux.com/news/networking-security-storage-docker-containers-free-ebook-covers-essentials -[19]:http://thenewstack.io/ebookseries/ -[20]:https://www.linuxfoundation.org/projects/security-compliance/ From c155c5d5cd69e2490702c4131c4ae19c5ab2155d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Fri, 21 Sep 2018 16:12:25 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 091/246] PRF:20180906 Two open source alternatives to Flash Player.md @geekpi --- ...pen source alternatives to Flash Player.md | 20 +++++++++---------- 1 file changed, 10 insertions(+), 10 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180906 Two open source alternatives to Flash Player.md b/translated/tech/20180906 Two open source alternatives to Flash Player.md index 0126bf950a..1d0911abcd 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180906 Two open source alternatives to Flash Player.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180906 Two open source alternatives to Flash Player.md @@ -1,33 +1,33 @@ Flash Player 的两种开源替代方案 ====== +> Adobe 将于 2020 年终止对 Flash 媒体播放器的支持，但仍有很多人们希望访问的 Flash 视频。这里有两个开源的替代品或许可以帮到你。 ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/bulb-light-energy-power-idea.png?itok=zTEEmTZB) -2017 年 7 月，Adobe 为 Flash Media Player 敲响了[丧钟][1]，宣布将在 2020 年终止对曾经无处不在的在线视频播放器的支持。但事实上，在一系列损害了其声誉的零日攻击后，Flash 的份额在过去的 8 年一直在下跌。苹果公司在 2010 年宣布它不会支持这项技术后，其未来趋于黯淡，并且在谷歌停止在 Chrome 浏览器中默认启用 Flash（支持 HTML5）后，它的消亡在 2016 年加速。 +2017 年 7 月，Adobe 为 Flash Media Player 敲响了[丧钟][1]，宣布将在 2020 年终止对曾经无处不在的在线视频播放器的支持。但事实上，在一系列损害了其声誉的零日攻击后，Flash 的份额在过去的 8 年一直在下跌。苹果公司在 2010 年宣布它不会支持这项技术后，其未来趋于黯淡，并且在谷歌停止在 Chrome 浏览器中默认启用 Flash（支持 HTML5）后，它的消亡在 2016 年进一步加速。 即便如此，Adobe 仍然每月发布该软件的更新，截至 2018 年 8 月，它在网站的使用率从 2011 年的 28.5% 下降到[仅 4.4％] [2]。还有更多证据表明 Flash 的下滑：谷歌工程总监 [Parisa Tabriz 说][3]通过浏览器访问 Flash 内容的 Chrome 用户数量从 2014 年的 80％ 下降到 2018 年的 8％。 -尽管如今很少有视频创作者以 Flash 格式发布，但仍有很多人们希望在未来几年内访问的 Flash 视频。鉴于官方支持的日期已经屈指可数，开源软件创建者有很好的机会介入 Adobe Flash Media Player 的替代品。这其中两个应用是 Lightspark 和 GNU Gnash。它们都不是完美的替代品，但来自贡献者的帮助可以使它们成为可行的替代品。 +尽管如今很少有视频创作者以 Flash 格式发布，但仍有很多人们希望在未来几年内访问的 Flash 视频。鉴于官方支持的日期已经屈指可数，开源软件创建者有很好的机会涉足 Adobe Flash 媒体播放器的替代品。这其中两个应用是 Lightspark 和 GNU Gnash。它们都不是完美的替代品，但来自贡献者的帮助可以使它们成为可行的替代品。 ### Lightspark [Lightspark][4] 是 Linux 上的 Flash Player 替代品。虽然它仍处于 alpha 状态，但自从 Adobe 在 2017 宣布废弃 Adobe 以来，开发速度已经加快。据其网站称，Lightspark 实现了 60% 的 Flash API，可在许多流行网站包括 BBC 新闻、Google Play 音乐和亚马逊音乐上[使用][5]。 -Lightspark 是用 C++/C 编写的，并在 [LGPLv3][6] 下许可。该项目列出了 41 个贡献者，并正在积极征求错误报告和其他贡献。有关更多信息，请查看其[ GitHub 仓库][5]。 +Lightspark 是用 C++/C 编写的，并在 [LGPLv3][6] 下许可。该项目列出了 41 个贡献者，并正在积极征求错误报告和其他贡献。有关更多信息，请查看其 [GitHub 仓库][5]。 ### GNU Gnash [GNU Gnash][7] 是一个用于 GNU/Linux 操作系统，包括 Ubuntu、Fedora 和 Debian 的 Flash Player。它作为独立软件和插件可用于 Firefox 和 Konqueror 浏览器中。 -Gnash 的主要缺点是它不支持最新版本的 Flash 文件 - 它支持大多数 Flash SWF v7 功能，一些 v8 和 v9 功能，不支持 v10 文件。它处于测试阶段，由于它在[ GNU GPLv3 或更高版本][8]下许可，因此你可以帮助实现它的现代化。访问其[项目页面][9]获取更多信息。 +Gnash 的主要缺点是它不支持最新版本的 Flash 文件 —— 它支持大多数 Flash SWF v7 功能，一些 v8 和 v9 功能，不支持 v10 文件。它处于测试阶段，由于它在 [GNU GPLv3 或更高版本][8]下许可，因此你可以帮助实现它的现代化。访问其[项目页面][9]获取更多信息。 -### 想要创建Flash吗？ +### 想要创建 Flash 吗？ -* 仅因为大多数人都不会发布 Flash 视频，但这并不意味着永远不需要创建 SWF 文件。如果你发现自己需要，这两个开源工具可能会有所帮助： - - * [Motion-Twin ActionScript 2 编译器][10]（MTASC）：一个命令行编译器，它可以在没有 Adobe Animate（Adobe 当前的视频创建软件）的情况下生成 SWF 文件。 -  * [Ming][11]：用 C 编写的可以生成 SWF 文件的库。它还包含一些可用于处理 Flash 的[程序][12]。 +仅因为大多数人都不会发布 Flash 视频，但这并不意味着永远不需要创建 SWF 文件。如果你发现自己需要，这两个开源工具可能会有所帮助： +* [Motion-Twin ActionScript 2 编译器][10]（MTASC）：一个命令行编译器，它可以在没有 Adobe Animate（Adobe 当前的视频创建软件）的情况下生成 SWF 文件。 +* [Ming][11]：用 C 编写的可以生成 SWF 文件的库。它还包含一些可用于处理 Flash 的[程序][12]。 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ via: https://opensource.com/alternatives/flash-media-player 作者：[Opensource.com][a] 选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From 215c2c0b6708cb7a52870ce06567baf95993b529 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Fri, 21 Sep 2018 16:12:46 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 092/246] PUB:20180906 Two open source alternatives to Flash Player.md @geekpi https://linux.cn/article-10035-1.html --- .../20180906 Two open source alternatives to Flash Player.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180906 Two open source alternatives to Flash Player.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180906 Two open source alternatives to Flash Player.md b/published/20180906 Two open source alternatives to Flash Player.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180906 Two open source alternatives to Flash Player.md rename to published/20180906 Two open source alternatives to Flash Player.md From 13c2ddcb3eb338e822728c436c8ce729a933f429 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: belitex Date: Fri, 21 Sep 2018 19:31:09 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 093/246] =?UTF-8?q?[=E7=BF=BB=E8=AF=91=E5=AE=8C=E6=88=90]?= =?UTF-8?q?=20How=20to=20get=20into=20DevOps=20=E5=88=9D=E7=A8=BF?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- .../talk/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md | 144 ----------------- .../talk/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md | 145 ++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 145 insertions(+), 144 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/talk/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md create mode 100644 translated/talk/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md diff --git a/sources/talk/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md b/sources/talk/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md deleted file mode 100644 index 184b18b1d1..0000000000 --- a/sources/talk/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,144 +0,0 @@ -belitex 翻译中 -How to get into DevOps -====== -![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/rh_003784_02_os.comcareers_resume_rh1x.png?itok=S3HGxi6E) - -I've observed a sharp uptick of developers and systems administrators interested in "getting into DevOps" within the past year or so. This pattern makes sense: In an age in which a single developer can spin up a globally distributed infrastructure for an application with a few dollars and a few API calls, the gap between development and systems administration is closer than ever. Although I've seen plenty of blog posts and articles about cool DevOps tools and thoughts to think about, I've seen fewer content on pointers and suggestions for people looking to get into this work. - -My goal with this article is to draw what that path looks like. My thoughts are based upon several interviews, chats, late-night discussions on [reddit.com/r/devops][1], and random conversations, likely over beer and delicious food. I'm also interested in hearing feedback from those who have made the jump; if you have, please reach out through [my blog][2], [Twitter][3], or in the comments below. I'd love to hear your thoughts and stories. - -### Olde world IT - -Understanding history is key to understanding the future, and DevOps is no exception. To understand the pervasiveness and popularity of the DevOps movement, understanding what IT was like in the late '90s and most of the '00s is helpful. This was my experience. - -I started my career in late 2006 as a Windows systems administrator in a large, multi-national financial services firm. In those days, adding new compute involved calling Dell (or, in our case, CDW) and placing a multi-hundred-thousand-dollar order of servers, networking equipment, cables, and software, all destined for your on- and offsite datacenters. Although VMware was still convincing companies that using virtual machines was, indeed, a cost-effective way of hosting its "performance-sensitive" application, many companies, including mine, pledged allegiance to running applications on their physical hardware. - -Our technology department had an entire group dedicated to datacenter engineering and operations, and its job was to negotiate our leasing rates down to some slightly less absurd monthly rate and ensure that our systems were being cooled properly (an exponentially difficult problem if you have enough equipment). If the group was lucky/wealthy enough, the offshore datacenter crew knew enough about all of our server models to not accidentally pull the wrong thing during after-hours trading. Amazon Web Services and Rackspace were slowly beginning to pick up steam, but were far from critical mass. - -In those days, we also had teams dedicated to ensuring that the operating systems and software running on top of that hardware worked when they were supposed to. The engineers were responsible for designing reliable architectures for patching, monitoring, and alerting these systems as well as defining what the "gold image" looked like. Most of this work was done with a lot of manual experimentation, and the extent of most tests was writing a runbook describing what you did, and ensuring that what you did actually did what you expected it to do after following said runbook. This was important in a large organization like ours, since most of the level 1 and 2 support was offshore, and the extent of their training ended with those runbooks. - -(This is the world that your author lived in for the first three years of his career. My dream back then was to be the one who made the gold standard!) - -Software releases were another beast altogether. Admittedly, I didn't gain a lot of experience working on this side of the fence. However, from stories that I've gathered (and recent experience), much of the daily grind for software development during this time went something like this: - - * Developers wrote code as specified by the technical and functional requirements laid out by business analysts from meetings they weren't invited to. - * Optionally, developers wrote unit tests for their code to ensure that it didn't do anything obviously crazy, like try to divide over zero without throwing an exception. - * When done, developers would mark their code as "Ready for QA." A quality assurance person would pick up the code and run it in their own environment, which might or might not be like production or even the environment the developer used to test their own code against. - * Failures would get sent back to the developers within "a few days or weeks" depending on other business activities and where priorities fell. - - - -Although sysadmins and developers didn't often see eye to eye, the one thing they shared a common hatred for was "change management." This was a composition of highly regulated (and in the case of my employer at the time), highly necessary rules and procedures governing when and how technical changes happened in a company. Most companies followed [ITIL][4] practices, which, in a nutshell, asked a lot of questions around why, when, where, and how things happened and provided a process for establishing an audit trail of the decisions that led up to those answers. - -As you could probably gather from my short history lesson, many, many things were done manually in IT. This led to a lot of mistakes. Lots of mistakes led up to lots of lost revenue. Change management's job was to minimize those lost revenues; this usually came in the form of releases only every two weeks and changes to servers, regardless of their impact or size, queued up to occur between Friday at 4 p.m. and Monday at 5:59 a.m. (Ironically, this batching of work led to even more mistakes, usually more serious ones.) - -### DevOps isn't a Tiger Team - -You might be thinking "What is Carlos going on about, and when is he going to talk about Ansible playbooks?" I love Ansible tons, but hang on; this is important. - -Have you ever been assigned to a project where you had to interact with the "DevOps" team? Or did you have to rely on a "configuration management" or "CI/CD" team to ensure your pipeline was set up properly? Have you had to attend meetings about your release and what it pertains to--weeks after the work was marked "code complete"? - -If so, then you're reliving history. All of that comes from all of the above. - -[Silos form][5] out of an instinctual draw to working with people like ourselves. Naturally, it's no surprise that this human trait also manifests in the workplace. I even saw this play out at a 250-person startup where I used to work. When I started, developers all worked in common pods and collaborated heavily with each other. As the codebase grew in complexity, developers who worked on common features naturally aligned with each other to try and tackle the complexity within their own feature. Soon afterwards, feature teams were officially formed. - -Sysadmins and developers at many of the companies I worked at not only formed natural silos like this, but also fiercely competed with each other. Developers were mad at sysadmins when their environments were broken. Developers were mad at sysadmins when their environments were too locked down. Sysadmins were mad that developers were breaking their environments in arbitrary ways all of the time. Sysadmins were mad at developers for asking for way more computing power than they needed. Neither side understood each other, and worse yet, neither side wanted to. - -Most developers were uninterested in the basics of operating systems, kernels, or, in some cases, computer hardware. As well, most sysadmins, even Linux sysadmins, took a 10-foot pole approach to learning how to code. They tried a bit of C in college, hated it and never wanted to touch an IDE again. Consequently, developers threw their environment problems over the wall to sysadmins, sysadmins prioritized them with the hundreds of other things that were thrown over the wall to them, and everyone busy-waited angrily while hating each other. The purpose of DevOps was to put an end to this. - -DevOps isn't a team. CI/CD isn't a group in Jira. DevOps is a way of thinking. According to the movement, in an ideal world, developers, sysadmins, and business stakeholders would be working as one team. While they might not know everything about each other's worlds, not only do they all know enough to understand each other and their backlogs, but they can, for the most part, speak the same language. - -This is the basis behind having all infrastructure and business logic be in code and subject to the same deployment pipelines as the software that sits on top of it. Everybody is winning because everyone understands each other. This is also the basis behind the rise of other tools like chatbots and easily accessible monitoring and graphing. - -[Adam Jacob said][6] it best: "DevOps is the word we will use to describe the operational side of the transition to enterprises being software led." - -### What do I need to know to get into DevOps? - -I'm commonly asked this question, and the answer, like most open-ended questions like this, is: It depends. - -At the moment, the "DevOps engineer" varies from company to company. Smaller companies that have plenty of software developers but fewer folks that understand infrastructure will likely look for people with more experience administrating systems. Other, usually larger and/or older companies that have a solid sysadmin organization will likely optimize for something closer to a [Google site reliability engineer][7], i.e. "a software engineer to design an operations function." This isn't written in stone, however, as, like any technology job, the decision largely depends on the hiring manager sponsoring it. - -That said, we typically look for engineers who are interested in learning more about: - - * How to administrate and architect secure and scalable cloud platforms (usually on AWS, but Azure, Google Cloud Platform, and PaaS providers like DigitalOcean and Heroku are popular too); - * How to build and optimize deployment pipelines and deployment strategies on popular [CI/CD][8] tools like Jenkins, Go continuous delivery, and cloud-based ones like Travis CI or CircleCI; - * How to monitor, log, and alert on changes in your system with timeseries-based tools like Kibana, Grafana, Splunk, Loggly, or Logstash; and - * How to maintain infrastructure as code with configuration management tools like Chef, Puppet, or Ansible, as well as deploy said infrastructure with tools like Terraform or CloudFormation. - - - -Containers are becoming increasingly popular as well. Despite the [beef against the status quo][9] surrounding Docker at scale, containers are quickly becoming a great way of achieving an extremely high density of services and applications running on fewer systems while increasing their reliability. (Orchestration tools like Kubernetes or Mesos can spin up new containers in seconds if the host they're being served by fails.) Given this, having knowledge of Docker or rkt and an orchestration platform will go a long way. - -If you're a systems administrator that's looking to get into DevOps, you will also need to know how to write code. Python and Ruby are popular languages for this purpose, as they are portable (i.e., can be used on any operating system), fast, and easy to read and learn. They also form the underpinnings of the industry's most popular configuration management tools (Python for Ansible, Ruby for Chef and Puppet) and cloud API clients (Python and Ruby are commonly used for AWS, Azure, and Google Cloud Platform clients). - -If you're a developer looking to make this change, I highly recommend learning more about Unix, Windows, and networking fundamentals. Even though the cloud abstracts away many of the complications of administrating a system, debugging slow application performance is aided greatly by knowing how these things work. I've included a few books on this topic in the next section. - -If this sounds overwhelming, you aren't alone. Fortunately, there are plenty of small projects to dip your feet into. One such toy project is Gary Stafford's Voter Service, a simple Java-based voting platform. We ask our candidates to take the service from GitHub to production infrastructure through a pipeline. One can combine that with Rob Mile's awesome DevOps Tutorial repository to learn about ways of doing this. - -Another great way of becoming familiar with these tools is taking popular services and setting up an infrastructure for them using nothing but AWS and configuration management. Set it up manually first to get a good idea of what to do, then replicate what you just did using nothing but CloudFormation (or Terraform) and Ansible. Surprisingly, this is a large part of the work that we infrastructure devs do for our clients on a daily basis. Our clients find this work to be highly valuable! - -### Books to read - -If you're looking for other resources on DevOps, here are some theory and technical books that are worth a read. - -#### Theory books - - * [The Phoenix Project][10] by Gene Kim. This is a great book that covers much of the history I explained earlier (with much more color) and describes the journey to a lean company running on agile and DevOps. - * [Driving Technical Change][11] by Terrance Ryan. Awesome little book on common personalities within most technology organizations and how to deal with them. This helped me out more than I expected. - * [Peopleware][12] by Tom DeMarco and Tim Lister. A classic on managing engineering organizations. A bit dated, but still relevant. - * [Time Management for System Administrators][13] by Tom Limoncelli. While this is heavily geared towards sysadmins, it provides great insight into the life of a systems administrator at most large organizations. If you want to learn more about the war between sysadmins and developers, this book might explain more. - * [The Lean Startup][14] by Eric Ries. Describes how Eric's 3D avatar company, IMVU, discovered how to work lean, fail fast, and find profit faster. - * [Lean Enterprise][15] by Jez Humble and friends. This book is an adaption of The Lean Startup for the enterprise. Both are great reads and do a good job of explaining the business motivation behind DevOps. - * [Infrastructure As Code][16] by Kief Morris. Awesome primer on, well, infrastructure as code! It does a great job of describing why it's essential for any business to adopt this for their infrastructure. - * [Site Reliability Engineering][17] by Betsy Beyer, Chris Jones, Jennifer Petoff, and Niall Richard Murphy. A book explaining how Google does SRE, or also known as "DevOps before DevOps was a thing." Provides interesting opinions on how to handle uptime, latency, and keeping engineers happy. - - - -#### Technical books - -If you're looking for books that'll take you straight to code, you've come to the right section. - - * [TCP/IP Illustrated][18] by the late W. Richard Stevens. This is the classic (and, arguably, complete) tome on the fundamental networking protocols, with special emphasis on TCP/IP. If you've heard of Layers 1, 2, 3, and 4 and are interested in learning more, you'll need this book. - * [UNIX and Linux System Administration Handbook][19] by Evi Nemeth, Trent Hein, and Ben Whaley. A great primer into how Linux and Unix work and how to navigate around them. - * [Learn Windows Powershell In A Month of Lunches][20] by Don Jones and Jeffrey Hicks. If you're doing anything automated with Windows, you will need to learn how to use Powershell. This is the book that will help you do that. Don Jones is a well-known MVP in this space. - * Practically anything by [James Turnbull][21]. He puts out great technical primers on popular DevOps-related tools. - - - -From companies deploying everything to bare metal (there are plenty that still do, for good reasons) to trailblazers doing everything serverless, DevOps is likely here to stay for a while. The work is interesting, the results are impactful, and, most important, it helps bridge the gap between technology and business. It's a wonderful thing to see. - -Originally published at [Neurons Firing on a Keyboard][22], CC-BY-SA. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://opensource.com/article/18/1/getting-devops - -作者：[Carlos Nunez][a] -译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]:https://opensource.com/users/carlosonunez -[1]:https://www.reddit.com/r/devops/ -[2]:https://carlosonunez.wordpress.com/ -[3]:https://twitter.com/easiestnameever -[4]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ITIL -[5]:https://www.psychologytoday.com/blog/time-out/201401/getting-out-your-silo -[6]:https://twitter.com/adamhjk/status/572832185461428224 -[7]:https://landing.google.com/sre/interview/ben-treynor.html -[8]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/CI/CD -[9]:https://thehftguy.com/2016/11/01/docker-in-production-an-history-of-failure/ -[10]:https://itrevolution.com/book/the-phoenix-project/ -[11]:https://pragprog.com/book/trevan/driving-technical-change -[12]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Peopleware:_Productive_Projects_and_Teams -[13]:http://shop.oreilly.com/product/9780596007836.do -[14]:http://theleanstartup.com/ -[15]:https://info.thoughtworks.com/lean-enterprise-book.html -[16]:http://infrastructure-as-code.com/book/ -[17]:https://landing.google.com/sre/book.html -[18]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/TCP/IP_Illustrated -[19]:http://www.admin.com/ -[20]:https://www.manning.com/books/learn-windows-powershell-in-a-month-of-lunches-third-edition -[21]:https://jamesturnbull.net/ -[22]:https://carlosonunez.wordpress.com/2017/03/02/getting-into-devops/ diff --git a/translated/talk/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md b/translated/talk/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ec169be76f --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/talk/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md @@ -0,0 +1,145 @@ + +DevOps 实践指南 +====== + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/rh_003784_02_os.comcareers_resume_rh1x.png?itok=S3HGxi6E) + +在去年大概一年的时间里，我注意到对“Devops 实践”感兴趣的开发人员和系统管理员突然有了明显的增加。这样的变化也合理：现在开发者只要花很少的钱，调用一些 API， 就能单枪匹马地在一整套分布式基础设施上运行自己的应用， 在这个时代，开发和运维的紧密程度前所未有。我看过许多博客和文章介绍很酷的 DevOps 工具和相关思想，但是给那些希望践行 DevOps 的人以指导和建议的内容，我却很少看到。 + +这篇文章的目的就是描述一下如何去实践。我的想法基于 Reddit 上 [devops][1] 的一些访谈、聊天和深夜讨论，还有一些随机谈话，一般都发生在享受啤酒和美食的时候。如果你已经开始这样实践，我对你的反馈很感兴趣，请通过 [我的博客][2] 或者 [Twitter][3] 联系我，也可以直接在下面评论。我很乐意听到你们的想法和故事。 + +### 古代的 IT + +了解历史是搞清楚未来的关键，DevOps 也不例外。想搞清楚 DevOps 运动的普及和流行，去了解一下上世纪 90 年代后期和 21 世纪前十年 IT 的情况会有帮助。这是我的经验。 + +我的第一份工作是在一家大型跨国金融服务公司做 Windows 系统管理员。当时给计算资源扩容需要给 Dell 打电话 (或者像我们公司那样打给 CDW )，并下一个价值数十万美元的订单，包含服务器、网络设备、电缆和软件，所有这些都要运到在线或离线的数据中心去。虽然 VMware 仍在尝试说服企业使用虚拟机运行他们的“性能敏感”型程序是更划算的，但是包括我们在内的很多公司都还忠于使用他们的物理机运行应用。 + +在我们技术部门，有一个专门做数据中心工程和操作的完整团队，他们的工作包括价格谈判，让荒唐的租赁月费能够下降一点点，还包括保证我们的系统能够正常冷却（如果设备太多，这个事情的难度会呈指数增长）。如果这个团队足够幸运足够有钱，境外数据中心的工作人员对我们所有的服务器型号又都有足够的了解，就能避免在盘后交易中不小心扯错东西。那时候亚马逊 AWS 和 Rackspace 逐渐开始加速扩张，但还远远没到临界规模。 + +当时我们还有专门的团队来保证硬件上运行着的操作系统和软件能够按照预期工作。这些工程师负责设计可靠的架构以方便给系统打补丁，监控和报警，还要定义基础镜像 (gold image) 的内容。这些大都是通过很多手工实验完成的，很多手工实验是为了编写一个运行说明书 (runbook) 来描述要做的事情，并确保按照它执行后的结果确实在预期内。在我们这么大的组织里，这样做很重要，因为一线和二线的技术支持都是境外的，而他们的培训内容只覆盖到了这些运行说明而已。 + +(这是我职业生涯前三年的世界。我那时候的梦想是成为制定金本位制的人！) + +软件发布则完全是另外一头怪兽。无可否认，我在这方面并没有积累太多经验。但是，从我收集的故事（和最近的经历）来看，当时大部分软件开发的日常大概是这样： + + * 开发人员按照技术和功能需求来编写代码，这些需求来自于业务分析人员的会议，但是会议并没有邀请开发人员参加。 + * 开发人员可以选择为他们的代码编写单元测试，以确保在代码里没有任何明显的疯狂行为，比如除以 0 但不抛出异常。 + * 然后开发者会把他们的代码标记为 "Ready for QA."（准备好了接受测试），质量保障的成员会把这个版本的代码发布到他们自己的环境中，这个环境和生产环境可能相似，也可能不相似，甚至和开发环境相比也不一定相似。 + * 故障会在几天或者几个星期内反馈到开发人员那里，这个时长取决于其他业务活动和优先事项。 + + + +虽然系统管理员和开发人员经常有不一致的意见，但是对“变更管理”的痛恨却是一致的。变更管理由高度规范的(就我当时的雇主而言)和非常有必要的规则和程序组成，用来管理一家公司应该什么时候做技术变更，以及如何做。很多公司都按照 [ITIL][4] 来操作, 简单的说，ITIL 问了很多和事情发生的原因、时间、地点和方式相关的问题，而且提供了一个过程，对产生最终答案的决定做审计跟踪。 + +你可能从我的简短历史课上了解到，当时 IT 的很多很多事情都是手工完成的。这导致了很多错误。错误又导致了很多财产损失。变更管理的工作就是尽量减少这些损失，它常常以这样的形式出现：不管变更的影响和规模大小，每两周才能发布部署一次。周五下午 4 点到周一早上 5 点 59 分这段时间，需要排队等候发布窗口。（讽刺的是，这种流程导致了更多错误，通常还是更严重的那种错误） + +### DevOps 不是专家团 + +你可能在想 "Carlos 你在讲啥啊，什么时候才能说到 Ansible playbooks? "，我热爱 Ansible, 但是请再等一会；下面这些很重要。 + +你有没有过被分配到过需要跟"DevOps"小组打交道的项目？你有没有依赖过“配置管理”或者“持续集成/持续交付”小组来保证业务流水线设置正确？你有没有在代码开发完的数周之后才参加发布部署的会议？ + +如果有过，那么你就是在重温历史，这个历史是由上面所有这些导致的。 + +出于本能，我们喜欢和像自己的人一起工作，这会导致[筒仓][5]的行成。很自然，这种人类特质也会在工作场所表现出来是不足为奇的。我甚至在一个 250 人的创业公司里见到过这样的现象，当时我在那里工作。刚开始的时候，开发人员都在聚在一起工作，彼此深度协作。随着代码变得复杂，开发相同功能的人自然就坐到了一起，解决他们自己的复杂问题。然后按功能划分的小组很快就正式形成了。 + +在我工作过的很多公司里，系统管理员和开发人员不仅像这样形成了天然的筒仓，而且彼此还有激烈的对抗。开发人员的环境出问题了或者他们的权限太小了，就会对系统管理员很恼火。系统管理员怪开发者无时不刻的不在用各种方式破坏他们的环境，怪开发人员申请的计算资源严重超过他们的需要。双方都不理解对方，更糟糕的是，双方都不愿意去理解对方。 + +大部分开发人员对操作系统，内核或计算机硬件都不感兴趣。同样的，大部分系统管理员，即使是 Linux 的系统管理员，也都不愿意学习编写代码，他们在大学期间学过一些 C 语言，然后就痛恨它，并且永远都不想再碰 IDE. 所以，开发人员把运行环境的问题甩给围墙外的系统管理员，系统管理员把这些问题和甩过来的其他上百个问题放在一起，做一个优先级安排。每个人都很忙，心怀怨恨的等待着。DevOps 的目的就是解决这种矛盾。 + +DevOps 不是一个团队，CI/CD 也不是 Jira 系统的一个用户组。DevOps 是一种思考方式。根据这个运动来看，在理想的世界里，开发人员、系统管理员和业务相关人将作为一个团队工作。虽然他们可能不完全了解彼此的世界，可能没有足够的知识去了解彼此的积压任务，但他们在大多数情况下能有一致的看法。 + +把所有基础设施和业务逻辑都代码化，再串到一个发布部署流水线里，就像是运行在这之上的应用一样。这个理念的基础就是 DevOps. 因为大家都理解彼此，所以人人都是赢家。聊天机器人和易用的监控工具、可视化工具的兴起，背后的基础也是 DevOps. + +[Adam Jacob][6] 说的最好："DevOps 就是企业往软件导向型过渡时我们用来描述操作的词" + +### 要实践 DevOps 我需要知道些什么 + +我经常被问到这个问题，它的答案，和同属于开放式的其他大部分问题一样：视情况而定。 + +现在“DevOps 工程师”在不同的公司有不同的含义。在软件开发人员比较多但是很少有人懂基础设施的小公司，他们很可能是在找有更多系统管理经验的人。而其他公司，通常是大公司或老公司或又大又老的公司，已经有一个稳固的系统管理团队了，他们在向类似于谷歌 [SRE][7] 的方向做优化，也就是“设计操作功能的软件工程师”。但是，这并不是金科玉律，就像其他技术类工作一样，这个决定很大程度上取决于他的招聘经理。 + +也就是说，我们一般是在找对深入学习以下内容感兴趣的工程师： + + * 如何管理和设计安全、可扩展的云上的平台（通常是在 AWS 上，不过微软的 Azure, 谷歌的 Cloud Platform，还有 DigitalOcean 和 Heroku 这样的 PaaS 提供商，也都很流行） + * 如何用流行的 [CI/CD][8] 工具，比如 Jenkins，Gocd，还有基于云的 Travis CI 或者 CircleCI，来构造一条优化的发布部署流水线，和发布部署策略。 + * 如何在你的系统中使用基于时间序列的工具，比如 Kibana，Grafana，Splunk，Loggly 或者 Logstash，来监控，记录，并在变化的时候报警，还有 + * 如何使用配置管理工具，例如 Chef，Puppet 或者 Ansible 做到“基础设施即代码”，以及如何使用像 Terraform 或 CloudFormation 的工具发布这些基础设施。 + + + +容器也变得越来越受欢迎。尽管有人对大规模使用 Docker 的现状[表示不满][9]，但容器正迅速地成为一种很好的方式来实现在更少的操作系统上运行超高密度的服务和应用，同时提高它们的可靠性。（像 Kubernetes 或者 Mesos 这样的容器编排工具，能在宿主机故障的时候，几秒钟之内重新启动新的容器。）考虑到这些，掌握 Docker 或者 rkt 以及容器编排平台的知识会对你大有帮助。 + +如果你是希望做 DevOps 实践的系统管理员，你还需要知道如何写代码。Python 和 Ruby 是 DevOps 领域的流行语言，因为他们是可移植的（也就是说可以在任何操作系统上运行），快速的，而且易读易学。它们还支撑着这个行业最流行的配置管理工具（Ansible 是使用 Python 写的，Chef 和 Puppet 是使用 Ruby 写的）以及云平台的 API 客户端（亚马逊 AWS, 微软 Azure, 谷歌 Cloud Platform 的客户端通常会提供 Python 和 Ruby 语言的版本）。 + +如果你是开发人员，也希望做 DevOps 的实践，我强烈建议你去学习 Unix，Windows 操作系统以及网络基础知识。虽然云计算把很多系统管理的难题抽象化了，但是对慢应用的性能做 debug 的时候，你知道操作系统如何工作的就会有很大的帮助。下文包含了一些这个主题的图书。 + +如果你觉得这些东西听起来内容太多，大家都是这么想的。幸运的是，有很多小项目可以让你开始探索。其中一个启动项目是 Gary Stafford 的[选举服务](https://github.com/garystafford/voter-service)， 一个基于 Java 的简单投票平台。我们要求面试候选人通过一个流水线将该服务从 GitHub 部署到生产环境基础设施上。你可以把这个服务与 Rob Mile 写的了不起的 DevOps [入门教程](https://github.com/maxamg/cd-office-hours)结合起来，学习如何编写流水线。 + +还有一个熟悉这些工具的好方法，找一个流行的服务，然后只使用 AWS 和配置管理工具来搭建这个服务所需要的基础设施。第一次先手动搭建，了解清楚要做的事情，然后只用 CloudFormation (或者 Terraform) 和 Ansible 重写刚才的手动操作。令人惊讶的是，这就是我们基础设施开发人员为客户所做的大部分日常工作，我们的客户认为这样的工作非常有意义！ + +### 需要读的书 + +如果你在找 DevOps 的其他资源，下面这些理论和技术书籍值得一读。 + +#### 理论书籍 + + * Gene Kim 写的 [The Phoenix Project (凤凰项目)][10]。这是一本很不错的书，内容涵盖了我上文解释过的历史(写的更生动形象)，描述了一个运行在敏捷和 DevOps 之上的公司向精益前进的过程。 + * Terrance Ryan 写的 [Driving Technical Change (布道之道)][11]。非常好的一小本书，讲了大多数技术型组织内的常见性格特点以及如何和他们打交道。这本书对我的帮助比我想象的更多。 + * Tom DeMarco 和 Tim Lister 合著的 [Peopleware (人件)][12]。管理工程师团队的经典图书，有一点过时，但仍然很有价值。 + * Tom Limoncelli 写的 [Time Management for System Administrators (时间管理: 给系统管理员)][13]。这本书主要面向系统管理员，它对很多大型组织内的系统管理员生活做了深入的展示。如果你想了解更多系统管理员和开发人员之间的冲突，这本书可能解释了更多。 + * Eric Ries 写的 [The Lean Startup (精益创业)][14]。描述了 Eric 自己的 3D 虚拟形象公司，IMVU, 发现了如何精益工作，快速失败和更快盈利。 + * Jez Humble 和他的朋友写的[Lean Enterprise (精益企业)][15]。这本书是对精益创业做的改编，以更适应企业，两本书都很棒，都很好的解释了 DevOps 背后的商业动机。 + * Kief Morris 写的 [Infrastructure As Code (基础设施即代码)][16]。关于 "基础设施即代码" 的非常好的入门读物！很好的解释了为什么所有公司都有必要采纳这种做法。 + * Betsy Beyer, Chris Jones, Jennifer Petoff 和 Niall Richard Murphy 合著的 [Site Reliability Engineering (站点可靠性工程师)][17]。一本解释谷歌 SRE 实践的书，也因为是 "DevOps 诞生之前的 DevOps" 被人熟知。在如何处理运行时间、时延和保持工程师快乐方面提供了有趣的看法。 + + + +#### 技术书籍 + +如果你想找的是让你直接跟代码打交道的书，看这里就对了。 + + * W. Richard Stevens 的 [TCP/IP Illustrated (TCP/IP 详解)][18]。这是一套经典的(也可以说是最全面的)讲解基本网络协议的巨著，重点介绍了 TCP/IP 协议族。如果你听说过 1，2， 3，4 层网络，而且对深入学习他们感兴趣，那么你需要这本书。 + * Evi Nemeth, Trent Hein 和 Ben Whaley 合著的 [UNIX and Linux System Administration Handbook (UNIX/Linux 系统管理员手册)][19]。一本很好的入门书，介绍 Linux/Unix 如何工作以及如何使用。 + * Don Jones 和 Jeffrey Hicks 合著的 [Learn Windows Powershell In A Month of Lunches (Windows PowerShell实战指南)][20]. 如果你在 Windows 系统下做自动化任务，你需要学习怎么使用 Powershell。这本书能够帮助你。Don Jones 是这方面著名的 MVP。 + * 几乎所有 [James Turnbull][21] 写的东西，针对流行的 DevOps 工具，他发表了很好的技术入门读物。 + + + +不管是在那些把所有应用都直接部署在物理机上的公司，（现在很多公司仍然有充分的理由这样做）还是在那些把所有应用都做成 serverless 的先驱公司，DevOps 都很可能会持续下去。这部分工作很有趣，产出也很有影响力，而且最重要的是，它搭起桥梁衔接了技术和业务之间的缺口。DevOps 是一个值得期待的美好事物。 + +首次发表在 [Neurons Firing on a Keyboard][22]。使用 CC-BY-SA 协议。 + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/1/getting-devops + +作者：[Carlos Nunez][a] +译者：[belitex](https://github.com/belitex) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]:https://opensource.com/users/carlosonunez +[1]:https://www.reddit.com/r/devops/ +[2]:https://carlosonunez.wordpress.com/ +[3]:https://twitter.com/easiestnameever +[4]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ITIL +[5]:https://www.psychologytoday.com/blog/time-out/201401/getting-out-your-silo +[6]:https://twitter.com/adamhjk/status/572832185461428224 +[7]:https://landing.google.com/sre/interview/ben-treynor.html +[8]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/CI/CD +[9]:https://thehftguy.com/2016/11/01/docker-in-production-an-history-of-failure/ +[10]:https://itrevolution.com/book/the-phoenix-project/ +[11]:https://pragprog.com/book/trevan/driving-technical-change +[12]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Peopleware:_Productive_Projects_and_Teams +[13]:http://shop.oreilly.com/product/9780596007836.do +[14]:http://theleanstartup.com/ +[15]:https://info.thoughtworks.com/lean-enterprise-book.html +[16]:http://infrastructure-as-code.com/book/ +[17]:https://landing.google.com/sre/book.html +[18]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/TCP/IP_Illustrated +[19]:http://www.admin.com/ +[20]:https://www.manning.com/books/learn-windows-powershell-in-a-month-of-lunches-third-edition +[21]:https://jamesturnbull.net/ +[22]:https://carlosonunez.wordpress.com/2017/03/02/getting-into-devops/ From c9bb7fd0307c368f352c90f9eff22c328cac8d70 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: BeliteX <43316924+belitex@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Fri, 21 Sep 2018 19:36:53 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 094/246] =?UTF-8?q?[=E7=BF=BB=E8=AF=91=E5=AE=8C=E6=88=90]?= =?UTF-8?q?=20How=20to=20get=20into=20DevOps=20=E5=88=9D=E7=A8=BF=20(#1030?= =?UTF-8?q?0)?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- .../talk/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md | 144 ----------------- .../talk/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md | 145 ++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 145 insertions(+), 144 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/talk/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md create mode 100644 translated/talk/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md diff --git a/sources/talk/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md b/sources/talk/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md deleted file mode 100644 index 184b18b1d1..0000000000 --- a/sources/talk/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,144 +0,0 @@ -belitex 翻译中 -How to get into DevOps -====== -![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/rh_003784_02_os.comcareers_resume_rh1x.png?itok=S3HGxi6E) - -I've observed a sharp uptick of developers and systems administrators interested in "getting into DevOps" within the past year or so. This pattern makes sense: In an age in which a single developer can spin up a globally distributed infrastructure for an application with a few dollars and a few API calls, the gap between development and systems administration is closer than ever. Although I've seen plenty of blog posts and articles about cool DevOps tools and thoughts to think about, I've seen fewer content on pointers and suggestions for people looking to get into this work. - -My goal with this article is to draw what that path looks like. My thoughts are based upon several interviews, chats, late-night discussions on [reddit.com/r/devops][1], and random conversations, likely over beer and delicious food. I'm also interested in hearing feedback from those who have made the jump; if you have, please reach out through [my blog][2], [Twitter][3], or in the comments below. I'd love to hear your thoughts and stories. - -### Olde world IT - -Understanding history is key to understanding the future, and DevOps is no exception. To understand the pervasiveness and popularity of the DevOps movement, understanding what IT was like in the late '90s and most of the '00s is helpful. This was my experience. - -I started my career in late 2006 as a Windows systems administrator in a large, multi-national financial services firm. In those days, adding new compute involved calling Dell (or, in our case, CDW) and placing a multi-hundred-thousand-dollar order of servers, networking equipment, cables, and software, all destined for your on- and offsite datacenters. Although VMware was still convincing companies that using virtual machines was, indeed, a cost-effective way of hosting its "performance-sensitive" application, many companies, including mine, pledged allegiance to running applications on their physical hardware. - -Our technology department had an entire group dedicated to datacenter engineering and operations, and its job was to negotiate our leasing rates down to some slightly less absurd monthly rate and ensure that our systems were being cooled properly (an exponentially difficult problem if you have enough equipment). If the group was lucky/wealthy enough, the offshore datacenter crew knew enough about all of our server models to not accidentally pull the wrong thing during after-hours trading. Amazon Web Services and Rackspace were slowly beginning to pick up steam, but were far from critical mass. - -In those days, we also had teams dedicated to ensuring that the operating systems and software running on top of that hardware worked when they were supposed to. The engineers were responsible for designing reliable architectures for patching, monitoring, and alerting these systems as well as defining what the "gold image" looked like. Most of this work was done with a lot of manual experimentation, and the extent of most tests was writing a runbook describing what you did, and ensuring that what you did actually did what you expected it to do after following said runbook. This was important in a large organization like ours, since most of the level 1 and 2 support was offshore, and the extent of their training ended with those runbooks. - -(This is the world that your author lived in for the first three years of his career. My dream back then was to be the one who made the gold standard!) - -Software releases were another beast altogether. Admittedly, I didn't gain a lot of experience working on this side of the fence. However, from stories that I've gathered (and recent experience), much of the daily grind for software development during this time went something like this: - - * Developers wrote code as specified by the technical and functional requirements laid out by business analysts from meetings they weren't invited to. - * Optionally, developers wrote unit tests for their code to ensure that it didn't do anything obviously crazy, like try to divide over zero without throwing an exception. - * When done, developers would mark their code as "Ready for QA." A quality assurance person would pick up the code and run it in their own environment, which might or might not be like production or even the environment the developer used to test their own code against. - * Failures would get sent back to the developers within "a few days or weeks" depending on other business activities and where priorities fell. - - - -Although sysadmins and developers didn't often see eye to eye, the one thing they shared a common hatred for was "change management." This was a composition of highly regulated (and in the case of my employer at the time), highly necessary rules and procedures governing when and how technical changes happened in a company. Most companies followed [ITIL][4] practices, which, in a nutshell, asked a lot of questions around why, when, where, and how things happened and provided a process for establishing an audit trail of the decisions that led up to those answers. - -As you could probably gather from my short history lesson, many, many things were done manually in IT. This led to a lot of mistakes. Lots of mistakes led up to lots of lost revenue. Change management's job was to minimize those lost revenues; this usually came in the form of releases only every two weeks and changes to servers, regardless of their impact or size, queued up to occur between Friday at 4 p.m. and Monday at 5:59 a.m. (Ironically, this batching of work led to even more mistakes, usually more serious ones.) - -### DevOps isn't a Tiger Team - -You might be thinking "What is Carlos going on about, and when is he going to talk about Ansible playbooks?" I love Ansible tons, but hang on; this is important. - -Have you ever been assigned to a project where you had to interact with the "DevOps" team? Or did you have to rely on a "configuration management" or "CI/CD" team to ensure your pipeline was set up properly? Have you had to attend meetings about your release and what it pertains to--weeks after the work was marked "code complete"? - -If so, then you're reliving history. All of that comes from all of the above. - -[Silos form][5] out of an instinctual draw to working with people like ourselves. Naturally, it's no surprise that this human trait also manifests in the workplace. I even saw this play out at a 250-person startup where I used to work. When I started, developers all worked in common pods and collaborated heavily with each other. As the codebase grew in complexity, developers who worked on common features naturally aligned with each other to try and tackle the complexity within their own feature. Soon afterwards, feature teams were officially formed. - -Sysadmins and developers at many of the companies I worked at not only formed natural silos like this, but also fiercely competed with each other. Developers were mad at sysadmins when their environments were broken. Developers were mad at sysadmins when their environments were too locked down. Sysadmins were mad that developers were breaking their environments in arbitrary ways all of the time. Sysadmins were mad at developers for asking for way more computing power than they needed. Neither side understood each other, and worse yet, neither side wanted to. - -Most developers were uninterested in the basics of operating systems, kernels, or, in some cases, computer hardware. As well, most sysadmins, even Linux sysadmins, took a 10-foot pole approach to learning how to code. They tried a bit of C in college, hated it and never wanted to touch an IDE again. Consequently, developers threw their environment problems over the wall to sysadmins, sysadmins prioritized them with the hundreds of other things that were thrown over the wall to them, and everyone busy-waited angrily while hating each other. The purpose of DevOps was to put an end to this. - -DevOps isn't a team. CI/CD isn't a group in Jira. DevOps is a way of thinking. According to the movement, in an ideal world, developers, sysadmins, and business stakeholders would be working as one team. While they might not know everything about each other's worlds, not only do they all know enough to understand each other and their backlogs, but they can, for the most part, speak the same language. - -This is the basis behind having all infrastructure and business logic be in code and subject to the same deployment pipelines as the software that sits on top of it. Everybody is winning because everyone understands each other. This is also the basis behind the rise of other tools like chatbots and easily accessible monitoring and graphing. - -[Adam Jacob said][6] it best: "DevOps is the word we will use to describe the operational side of the transition to enterprises being software led." - -### What do I need to know to get into DevOps? - -I'm commonly asked this question, and the answer, like most open-ended questions like this, is: It depends. - -At the moment, the "DevOps engineer" varies from company to company. Smaller companies that have plenty of software developers but fewer folks that understand infrastructure will likely look for people with more experience administrating systems. Other, usually larger and/or older companies that have a solid sysadmin organization will likely optimize for something closer to a [Google site reliability engineer][7], i.e. "a software engineer to design an operations function." This isn't written in stone, however, as, like any technology job, the decision largely depends on the hiring manager sponsoring it. - -That said, we typically look for engineers who are interested in learning more about: - - * How to administrate and architect secure and scalable cloud platforms (usually on AWS, but Azure, Google Cloud Platform, and PaaS providers like DigitalOcean and Heroku are popular too); - * How to build and optimize deployment pipelines and deployment strategies on popular [CI/CD][8] tools like Jenkins, Go continuous delivery, and cloud-based ones like Travis CI or CircleCI; - * How to monitor, log, and alert on changes in your system with timeseries-based tools like Kibana, Grafana, Splunk, Loggly, or Logstash; and - * How to maintain infrastructure as code with configuration management tools like Chef, Puppet, or Ansible, as well as deploy said infrastructure with tools like Terraform or CloudFormation. - - - -Containers are becoming increasingly popular as well. Despite the [beef against the status quo][9] surrounding Docker at scale, containers are quickly becoming a great way of achieving an extremely high density of services and applications running on fewer systems while increasing their reliability. (Orchestration tools like Kubernetes or Mesos can spin up new containers in seconds if the host they're being served by fails.) Given this, having knowledge of Docker or rkt and an orchestration platform will go a long way. - -If you're a systems administrator that's looking to get into DevOps, you will also need to know how to write code. Python and Ruby are popular languages for this purpose, as they are portable (i.e., can be used on any operating system), fast, and easy to read and learn. They also form the underpinnings of the industry's most popular configuration management tools (Python for Ansible, Ruby for Chef and Puppet) and cloud API clients (Python and Ruby are commonly used for AWS, Azure, and Google Cloud Platform clients). - -If you're a developer looking to make this change, I highly recommend learning more about Unix, Windows, and networking fundamentals. Even though the cloud abstracts away many of the complications of administrating a system, debugging slow application performance is aided greatly by knowing how these things work. I've included a few books on this topic in the next section. - -If this sounds overwhelming, you aren't alone. Fortunately, there are plenty of small projects to dip your feet into. One such toy project is Gary Stafford's Voter Service, a simple Java-based voting platform. We ask our candidates to take the service from GitHub to production infrastructure through a pipeline. One can combine that with Rob Mile's awesome DevOps Tutorial repository to learn about ways of doing this. - -Another great way of becoming familiar with these tools is taking popular services and setting up an infrastructure for them using nothing but AWS and configuration management. Set it up manually first to get a good idea of what to do, then replicate what you just did using nothing but CloudFormation (or Terraform) and Ansible. Surprisingly, this is a large part of the work that we infrastructure devs do for our clients on a daily basis. Our clients find this work to be highly valuable! - -### Books to read - -If you're looking for other resources on DevOps, here are some theory and technical books that are worth a read. - -#### Theory books - - * [The Phoenix Project][10] by Gene Kim. This is a great book that covers much of the history I explained earlier (with much more color) and describes the journey to a lean company running on agile and DevOps. - * [Driving Technical Change][11] by Terrance Ryan. Awesome little book on common personalities within most technology organizations and how to deal with them. This helped me out more than I expected. - * [Peopleware][12] by Tom DeMarco and Tim Lister. A classic on managing engineering organizations. A bit dated, but still relevant. - * [Time Management for System Administrators][13] by Tom Limoncelli. While this is heavily geared towards sysadmins, it provides great insight into the life of a systems administrator at most large organizations. If you want to learn more about the war between sysadmins and developers, this book might explain more. - * [The Lean Startup][14] by Eric Ries. Describes how Eric's 3D avatar company, IMVU, discovered how to work lean, fail fast, and find profit faster. - * [Lean Enterprise][15] by Jez Humble and friends. This book is an adaption of The Lean Startup for the enterprise. Both are great reads and do a good job of explaining the business motivation behind DevOps. - * [Infrastructure As Code][16] by Kief Morris. Awesome primer on, well, infrastructure as code! It does a great job of describing why it's essential for any business to adopt this for their infrastructure. - * [Site Reliability Engineering][17] by Betsy Beyer, Chris Jones, Jennifer Petoff, and Niall Richard Murphy. A book explaining how Google does SRE, or also known as "DevOps before DevOps was a thing." Provides interesting opinions on how to handle uptime, latency, and keeping engineers happy. - - - -#### Technical books - -If you're looking for books that'll take you straight to code, you've come to the right section. - - * [TCP/IP Illustrated][18] by the late W. Richard Stevens. This is the classic (and, arguably, complete) tome on the fundamental networking protocols, with special emphasis on TCP/IP. If you've heard of Layers 1, 2, 3, and 4 and are interested in learning more, you'll need this book. - * [UNIX and Linux System Administration Handbook][19] by Evi Nemeth, Trent Hein, and Ben Whaley. A great primer into how Linux and Unix work and how to navigate around them. - * [Learn Windows Powershell In A Month of Lunches][20] by Don Jones and Jeffrey Hicks. If you're doing anything automated with Windows, you will need to learn how to use Powershell. This is the book that will help you do that. Don Jones is a well-known MVP in this space. - * Practically anything by [James Turnbull][21]. He puts out great technical primers on popular DevOps-related tools. - - - -From companies deploying everything to bare metal (there are plenty that still do, for good reasons) to trailblazers doing everything serverless, DevOps is likely here to stay for a while. The work is interesting, the results are impactful, and, most important, it helps bridge the gap between technology and business. It's a wonderful thing to see. - -Originally published at [Neurons Firing on a Keyboard][22], CC-BY-SA. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://opensource.com/article/18/1/getting-devops - -作者：[Carlos Nunez][a] -译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]:https://opensource.com/users/carlosonunez -[1]:https://www.reddit.com/r/devops/ -[2]:https://carlosonunez.wordpress.com/ -[3]:https://twitter.com/easiestnameever -[4]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ITIL -[5]:https://www.psychologytoday.com/blog/time-out/201401/getting-out-your-silo -[6]:https://twitter.com/adamhjk/status/572832185461428224 -[7]:https://landing.google.com/sre/interview/ben-treynor.html -[8]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/CI/CD -[9]:https://thehftguy.com/2016/11/01/docker-in-production-an-history-of-failure/ -[10]:https://itrevolution.com/book/the-phoenix-project/ -[11]:https://pragprog.com/book/trevan/driving-technical-change -[12]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Peopleware:_Productive_Projects_and_Teams -[13]:http://shop.oreilly.com/product/9780596007836.do -[14]:http://theleanstartup.com/ -[15]:https://info.thoughtworks.com/lean-enterprise-book.html -[16]:http://infrastructure-as-code.com/book/ -[17]:https://landing.google.com/sre/book.html -[18]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/TCP/IP_Illustrated -[19]:http://www.admin.com/ -[20]:https://www.manning.com/books/learn-windows-powershell-in-a-month-of-lunches-third-edition -[21]:https://jamesturnbull.net/ -[22]:https://carlosonunez.wordpress.com/2017/03/02/getting-into-devops/ diff --git a/translated/talk/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md b/translated/talk/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ec169be76f --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/talk/20180117 How to get into DevOps.md @@ -0,0 +1,145 @@ + +DevOps 实践指南 +====== + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/rh_003784_02_os.comcareers_resume_rh1x.png?itok=S3HGxi6E) + +在去年大概一年的时间里，我注意到对“Devops 实践”感兴趣的开发人员和系统管理员突然有了明显的增加。这样的变化也合理：现在开发者只要花很少的钱，调用一些 API， 就能单枪匹马地在一整套分布式基础设施上运行自己的应用， 在这个时代，开发和运维的紧密程度前所未有。我看过许多博客和文章介绍很酷的 DevOps 工具和相关思想，但是给那些希望践行 DevOps 的人以指导和建议的内容，我却很少看到。 + +这篇文章的目的就是描述一下如何去实践。我的想法基于 Reddit 上 [devops][1] 的一些访谈、聊天和深夜讨论，还有一些随机谈话，一般都发生在享受啤酒和美食的时候。如果你已经开始这样实践，我对你的反馈很感兴趣，请通过 [我的博客][2] 或者 [Twitter][3] 联系我，也可以直接在下面评论。我很乐意听到你们的想法和故事。 + +### 古代的 IT + +了解历史是搞清楚未来的关键，DevOps 也不例外。想搞清楚 DevOps 运动的普及和流行，去了解一下上世纪 90 年代后期和 21 世纪前十年 IT 的情况会有帮助。这是我的经验。 + +我的第一份工作是在一家大型跨国金融服务公司做 Windows 系统管理员。当时给计算资源扩容需要给 Dell 打电话 (或者像我们公司那样打给 CDW )，并下一个价值数十万美元的订单，包含服务器、网络设备、电缆和软件，所有这些都要运到在线或离线的数据中心去。虽然 VMware 仍在尝试说服企业使用虚拟机运行他们的“性能敏感”型程序是更划算的，但是包括我们在内的很多公司都还忠于使用他们的物理机运行应用。 + +在我们技术部门，有一个专门做数据中心工程和操作的完整团队，他们的工作包括价格谈判，让荒唐的租赁月费能够下降一点点，还包括保证我们的系统能够正常冷却（如果设备太多，这个事情的难度会呈指数增长）。如果这个团队足够幸运足够有钱，境外数据中心的工作人员对我们所有的服务器型号又都有足够的了解，就能避免在盘后交易中不小心扯错东西。那时候亚马逊 AWS 和 Rackspace 逐渐开始加速扩张，但还远远没到临界规模。 + +当时我们还有专门的团队来保证硬件上运行着的操作系统和软件能够按照预期工作。这些工程师负责设计可靠的架构以方便给系统打补丁，监控和报警，还要定义基础镜像 (gold image) 的内容。这些大都是通过很多手工实验完成的，很多手工实验是为了编写一个运行说明书 (runbook) 来描述要做的事情，并确保按照它执行后的结果确实在预期内。在我们这么大的组织里，这样做很重要，因为一线和二线的技术支持都是境外的，而他们的培训内容只覆盖到了这些运行说明而已。 + +(这是我职业生涯前三年的世界。我那时候的梦想是成为制定金本位制的人！) + +软件发布则完全是另外一头怪兽。无可否认，我在这方面并没有积累太多经验。但是，从我收集的故事（和最近的经历）来看，当时大部分软件开发的日常大概是这样： + + * 开发人员按照技术和功能需求来编写代码，这些需求来自于业务分析人员的会议，但是会议并没有邀请开发人员参加。 + * 开发人员可以选择为他们的代码编写单元测试，以确保在代码里没有任何明显的疯狂行为，比如除以 0 但不抛出异常。 + * 然后开发者会把他们的代码标记为 "Ready for QA."（准备好了接受测试），质量保障的成员会把这个版本的代码发布到他们自己的环境中，这个环境和生产环境可能相似，也可能不相似，甚至和开发环境相比也不一定相似。 + * 故障会在几天或者几个星期内反馈到开发人员那里，这个时长取决于其他业务活动和优先事项。 + + + +虽然系统管理员和开发人员经常有不一致的意见，但是对“变更管理”的痛恨却是一致的。变更管理由高度规范的(就我当时的雇主而言)和非常有必要的规则和程序组成，用来管理一家公司应该什么时候做技术变更，以及如何做。很多公司都按照 [ITIL][4] 来操作, 简单的说，ITIL 问了很多和事情发生的原因、时间、地点和方式相关的问题，而且提供了一个过程，对产生最终答案的决定做审计跟踪。 + +你可能从我的简短历史课上了解到，当时 IT 的很多很多事情都是手工完成的。这导致了很多错误。错误又导致了很多财产损失。变更管理的工作就是尽量减少这些损失，它常常以这样的形式出现：不管变更的影响和规模大小，每两周才能发布部署一次。周五下午 4 点到周一早上 5 点 59 分这段时间，需要排队等候发布窗口。（讽刺的是，这种流程导致了更多错误，通常还是更严重的那种错误） + +### DevOps 不是专家团 + +你可能在想 "Carlos 你在讲啥啊，什么时候才能说到 Ansible playbooks? "，我热爱 Ansible, 但是请再等一会；下面这些很重要。 + +你有没有过被分配到过需要跟"DevOps"小组打交道的项目？你有没有依赖过“配置管理”或者“持续集成/持续交付”小组来保证业务流水线设置正确？你有没有在代码开发完的数周之后才参加发布部署的会议？ + +如果有过，那么你就是在重温历史，这个历史是由上面所有这些导致的。 + +出于本能，我们喜欢和像自己的人一起工作，这会导致[筒仓][5]的行成。很自然，这种人类特质也会在工作场所表现出来是不足为奇的。我甚至在一个 250 人的创业公司里见到过这样的现象，当时我在那里工作。刚开始的时候，开发人员都在聚在一起工作，彼此深度协作。随着代码变得复杂，开发相同功能的人自然就坐到了一起，解决他们自己的复杂问题。然后按功能划分的小组很快就正式形成了。 + +在我工作过的很多公司里，系统管理员和开发人员不仅像这样形成了天然的筒仓，而且彼此还有激烈的对抗。开发人员的环境出问题了或者他们的权限太小了，就会对系统管理员很恼火。系统管理员怪开发者无时不刻的不在用各种方式破坏他们的环境，怪开发人员申请的计算资源严重超过他们的需要。双方都不理解对方，更糟糕的是，双方都不愿意去理解对方。 + +大部分开发人员对操作系统，内核或计算机硬件都不感兴趣。同样的，大部分系统管理员，即使是 Linux 的系统管理员，也都不愿意学习编写代码，他们在大学期间学过一些 C 语言，然后就痛恨它，并且永远都不想再碰 IDE. 所以，开发人员把运行环境的问题甩给围墙外的系统管理员，系统管理员把这些问题和甩过来的其他上百个问题放在一起，做一个优先级安排。每个人都很忙，心怀怨恨的等待着。DevOps 的目的就是解决这种矛盾。 + +DevOps 不是一个团队，CI/CD 也不是 Jira 系统的一个用户组。DevOps 是一种思考方式。根据这个运动来看，在理想的世界里，开发人员、系统管理员和业务相关人将作为一个团队工作。虽然他们可能不完全了解彼此的世界，可能没有足够的知识去了解彼此的积压任务，但他们在大多数情况下能有一致的看法。 + +把所有基础设施和业务逻辑都代码化，再串到一个发布部署流水线里，就像是运行在这之上的应用一样。这个理念的基础就是 DevOps. 因为大家都理解彼此，所以人人都是赢家。聊天机器人和易用的监控工具、可视化工具的兴起，背后的基础也是 DevOps. + +[Adam Jacob][6] 说的最好："DevOps 就是企业往软件导向型过渡时我们用来描述操作的词" + +### 要实践 DevOps 我需要知道些什么 + +我经常被问到这个问题，它的答案，和同属于开放式的其他大部分问题一样：视情况而定。 + +现在“DevOps 工程师”在不同的公司有不同的含义。在软件开发人员比较多但是很少有人懂基础设施的小公司，他们很可能是在找有更多系统管理经验的人。而其他公司，通常是大公司或老公司或又大又老的公司，已经有一个稳固的系统管理团队了，他们在向类似于谷歌 [SRE][7] 的方向做优化，也就是“设计操作功能的软件工程师”。但是，这并不是金科玉律，就像其他技术类工作一样，这个决定很大程度上取决于他的招聘经理。 + +也就是说，我们一般是在找对深入学习以下内容感兴趣的工程师： + + * 如何管理和设计安全、可扩展的云上的平台（通常是在 AWS 上，不过微软的 Azure, 谷歌的 Cloud Platform，还有 DigitalOcean 和 Heroku 这样的 PaaS 提供商，也都很流行） + * 如何用流行的 [CI/CD][8] 工具，比如 Jenkins，Gocd，还有基于云的 Travis CI 或者 CircleCI，来构造一条优化的发布部署流水线，和发布部署策略。 + * 如何在你的系统中使用基于时间序列的工具，比如 Kibana，Grafana，Splunk，Loggly 或者 Logstash，来监控，记录，并在变化的时候报警，还有 + * 如何使用配置管理工具，例如 Chef，Puppet 或者 Ansible 做到“基础设施即代码”，以及如何使用像 Terraform 或 CloudFormation 的工具发布这些基础设施。 + + + +容器也变得越来越受欢迎。尽管有人对大规模使用 Docker 的现状[表示不满][9]，但容器正迅速地成为一种很好的方式来实现在更少的操作系统上运行超高密度的服务和应用，同时提高它们的可靠性。（像 Kubernetes 或者 Mesos 这样的容器编排工具，能在宿主机故障的时候，几秒钟之内重新启动新的容器。）考虑到这些，掌握 Docker 或者 rkt 以及容器编排平台的知识会对你大有帮助。 + +如果你是希望做 DevOps 实践的系统管理员，你还需要知道如何写代码。Python 和 Ruby 是 DevOps 领域的流行语言，因为他们是可移植的（也就是说可以在任何操作系统上运行），快速的，而且易读易学。它们还支撑着这个行业最流行的配置管理工具（Ansible 是使用 Python 写的，Chef 和 Puppet 是使用 Ruby 写的）以及云平台的 API 客户端（亚马逊 AWS, 微软 Azure, 谷歌 Cloud Platform 的客户端通常会提供 Python 和 Ruby 语言的版本）。 + +如果你是开发人员，也希望做 DevOps 的实践，我强烈建议你去学习 Unix，Windows 操作系统以及网络基础知识。虽然云计算把很多系统管理的难题抽象化了，但是对慢应用的性能做 debug 的时候，你知道操作系统如何工作的就会有很大的帮助。下文包含了一些这个主题的图书。 + +如果你觉得这些东西听起来内容太多，大家都是这么想的。幸运的是，有很多小项目可以让你开始探索。其中一个启动项目是 Gary Stafford 的[选举服务](https://github.com/garystafford/voter-service)， 一个基于 Java 的简单投票平台。我们要求面试候选人通过一个流水线将该服务从 GitHub 部署到生产环境基础设施上。你可以把这个服务与 Rob Mile 写的了不起的 DevOps [入门教程](https://github.com/maxamg/cd-office-hours)结合起来，学习如何编写流水线。 + +还有一个熟悉这些工具的好方法，找一个流行的服务，然后只使用 AWS 和配置管理工具来搭建这个服务所需要的基础设施。第一次先手动搭建，了解清楚要做的事情，然后只用 CloudFormation (或者 Terraform) 和 Ansible 重写刚才的手动操作。令人惊讶的是，这就是我们基础设施开发人员为客户所做的大部分日常工作，我们的客户认为这样的工作非常有意义！ + +### 需要读的书 + +如果你在找 DevOps 的其他资源，下面这些理论和技术书籍值得一读。 + +#### 理论书籍 + + * Gene Kim 写的 [The Phoenix Project (凤凰项目)][10]。这是一本很不错的书，内容涵盖了我上文解释过的历史(写的更生动形象)，描述了一个运行在敏捷和 DevOps 之上的公司向精益前进的过程。 + * Terrance Ryan 写的 [Driving Technical Change (布道之道)][11]。非常好的一小本书，讲了大多数技术型组织内的常见性格特点以及如何和他们打交道。这本书对我的帮助比我想象的更多。 + * Tom DeMarco 和 Tim Lister 合著的 [Peopleware (人件)][12]。管理工程师团队的经典图书，有一点过时，但仍然很有价值。 + * Tom Limoncelli 写的 [Time Management for System Administrators (时间管理: 给系统管理员)][13]。这本书主要面向系统管理员，它对很多大型组织内的系统管理员生活做了深入的展示。如果你想了解更多系统管理员和开发人员之间的冲突，这本书可能解释了更多。 + * Eric Ries 写的 [The Lean Startup (精益创业)][14]。描述了 Eric 自己的 3D 虚拟形象公司，IMVU, 发现了如何精益工作，快速失败和更快盈利。 + * Jez Humble 和他的朋友写的[Lean Enterprise (精益企业)][15]。这本书是对精益创业做的改编，以更适应企业，两本书都很棒，都很好的解释了 DevOps 背后的商业动机。 + * Kief Morris 写的 [Infrastructure As Code (基础设施即代码)][16]。关于 "基础设施即代码" 的非常好的入门读物！很好的解释了为什么所有公司都有必要采纳这种做法。 + * Betsy Beyer, Chris Jones, Jennifer Petoff 和 Niall Richard Murphy 合著的 [Site Reliability Engineering (站点可靠性工程师)][17]。一本解释谷歌 SRE 实践的书，也因为是 "DevOps 诞生之前的 DevOps" 被人熟知。在如何处理运行时间、时延和保持工程师快乐方面提供了有趣的看法。 + + + +#### 技术书籍 + +如果你想找的是让你直接跟代码打交道的书，看这里就对了。 + + * W. Richard Stevens 的 [TCP/IP Illustrated (TCP/IP 详解)][18]。这是一套经典的(也可以说是最全面的)讲解基本网络协议的巨著，重点介绍了 TCP/IP 协议族。如果你听说过 1，2， 3，4 层网络，而且对深入学习他们感兴趣，那么你需要这本书。 + * Evi Nemeth, Trent Hein 和 Ben Whaley 合著的 [UNIX and Linux System Administration Handbook (UNIX/Linux 系统管理员手册)][19]。一本很好的入门书，介绍 Linux/Unix 如何工作以及如何使用。 + * Don Jones 和 Jeffrey Hicks 合著的 [Learn Windows Powershell In A Month of Lunches (Windows PowerShell实战指南)][20]. 如果你在 Windows 系统下做自动化任务，你需要学习怎么使用 Powershell。这本书能够帮助你。Don Jones 是这方面著名的 MVP。 + * 几乎所有 [James Turnbull][21] 写的东西，针对流行的 DevOps 工具，他发表了很好的技术入门读物。 + + + +不管是在那些把所有应用都直接部署在物理机上的公司，（现在很多公司仍然有充分的理由这样做）还是在那些把所有应用都做成 serverless 的先驱公司，DevOps 都很可能会持续下去。这部分工作很有趣，产出也很有影响力，而且最重要的是，它搭起桥梁衔接了技术和业务之间的缺口。DevOps 是一个值得期待的美好事物。 + +首次发表在 [Neurons Firing on a Keyboard][22]。使用 CC-BY-SA 协议。 + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/1/getting-devops + +作者：[Carlos Nunez][a] +译者：[belitex](https://github.com/belitex) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]:https://opensource.com/users/carlosonunez +[1]:https://www.reddit.com/r/devops/ +[2]:https://carlosonunez.wordpress.com/ +[3]:https://twitter.com/easiestnameever +[4]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ITIL +[5]:https://www.psychologytoday.com/blog/time-out/201401/getting-out-your-silo +[6]:https://twitter.com/adamhjk/status/572832185461428224 +[7]:https://landing.google.com/sre/interview/ben-treynor.html +[8]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/CI/CD +[9]:https://thehftguy.com/2016/11/01/docker-in-production-an-history-of-failure/ +[10]:https://itrevolution.com/book/the-phoenix-project/ +[11]:https://pragprog.com/book/trevan/driving-technical-change +[12]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Peopleware:_Productive_Projects_and_Teams +[13]:http://shop.oreilly.com/product/9780596007836.do +[14]:http://theleanstartup.com/ +[15]:https://info.thoughtworks.com/lean-enterprise-book.html +[16]:http://infrastructure-as-code.com/book/ +[17]:https://landing.google.com/sre/book.html +[18]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/TCP/IP_Illustrated +[19]:http://www.admin.com/ +[20]:https://www.manning.com/books/learn-windows-powershell-in-a-month-of-lunches-third-edition +[21]:https://jamesturnbull.net/ +[22]:https://carlosonunez.wordpress.com/2017/03/02/getting-into-devops/ From f21ff0975c34ca978acaabb841b06eeb284d10f4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: qhwdw Date: Fri, 21 Sep 2018 19:43:03 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 095/246] Translated by qhwdw --- ...feinated 6.828：Lab 2 Memory Management.md | 234 ------------------ ...feinated 6.828：Lab 2 Memory Management.md | 232 +++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 232 insertions(+), 234 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20140114 Caffeinated 6.828：Lab 2 Memory Management.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20140114 Caffeinated 6.828：Lab 2 Memory Management.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20140114 Caffeinated 6.828：Lab 2 Memory Management.md b/sources/tech/20140114 Caffeinated 6.828：Lab 2 Memory Management.md deleted file mode 100644 index a52f7ac36a..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20140114 Caffeinated 6.828：Lab 2 Memory Management.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,234 +0,0 @@ -Translating by qhwdw - -# Caffeinated 6.828：Lab 2: Memory Management - -### Introduction - -In this lab, you will write the memory management code for your operating system. Memory management has two components. - -The first component is a physical memory allocator for the kernel, so that the kernel can allocate memory and later free it. Your allocator will operate in units of 4096 bytes, called pages. Your task will be to maintain data structures that record which physical pages are free and which are allocated, and how many processes are sharing each allocated page. You will also write the routines to allocate and free pages of memory. - -The second component of memory management is virtual memory, which maps the virtual addresses used by kernel and user software to addresses in physical memory. The x86 hardware’s memory management unit (MMU) performs the mapping when instructions use memory, consulting a set of page tables. You will modify JOS to set up the MMU’s page tables according to a specification we provide. - -### Getting started - -In this and future labs you will progressively build up your kernel. We will also provide you with some additional source. To fetch that source, use Git to commit changes you’ve made since handing in lab 1 (if any), fetch the latest version of the course repository, and then create a local branch called lab2 based on our lab2 branch, origin/lab2: - -``` -athena% cd ~/6.828/lab -athena% add git -athena% git pull -Already up-to-date. -athena% git checkout -b lab2 origin/lab2 -Branch lab2 set up to track remote branch refs/remotes/origin/lab2. -Switched to a new branch "lab2" -athena% -``` - -You will now need to merge the changes you made in your lab1 branch into the lab2 branch, as follows: - -``` -athena% git merge lab1 -Merge made by recursive. - kern/kdebug.c | 11 +++++++++-- - kern/monitor.c | 19 +++++++++++++++++++ - lib/printfmt.c | 7 +++---- - 3 files changed, 31 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-) -athena% -``` - -Lab 2 contains the following new source files, which you should browse through: - -- inc/memlayout.h -- kern/pmap.c -- kern/pmap.h -- kern/kclock.h -- kern/kclock.c - -memlayout.h describes the layout of the virtual address space that you must implement by modifying pmap.c. memlayout.h and pmap.h define the PageInfo structure that you’ll use to keep track of which pages of physical memory are free. kclock.c and kclock.h manipulate the PC’s battery-backed clock and CMOS RAM hardware, in which the BIOS records the amount of physical memory the PC contains, among other things. The code in pmap.c needs to read this device hardware in order to figure out how much physical memory there is, but that part of the code is done for you: you do not need to know the details of how the CMOS hardware works. - -Pay particular attention to memlayout.h and pmap.h, since this lab requires you to use and understand many of the definitions they contain. You may want to review inc/mmu.h, too, as it also contains a number of definitions that will be useful for this lab. - -Before beginning the lab, don’t forget to add exokernel to get the 6.828 version of QEMU. - -### Hand-In Procedure - -When you are ready to hand in your lab code and write-up, add your answers-lab2.txt to the Git repository, commit your changes, and then run make handin. - -``` -athena% git add answers-lab2.txt -athena% git commit -am "my answer to lab2" -[lab2 a823de9] my answer to lab2 4 files changed, 87 insertions(+), 10 deletions(-) -athena% make handin -``` - -### Part 1: Physical Page Management - -The operating system must keep track of which parts of physical RAM are free and which are currently in use. JOS manages the PC’s physical memory with page granularity so that it can use the MMU to map and protect each piece of allocated memory. - -You’ll now write the physical page allocator. It keeps track of which pages are free with a linked list of struct PageInfo objects, each corresponding to a physical page. You need to write the physical page allocator before you can write the rest of the virtual memory implementation, because your page table management code will need to allocate physical memory in which to store page tables. - -> Exercise 1 -> -> In the file kern/pmap.c, you must implement code for the following functions (probably in the order given). -> -> boot_alloc() -> -> mem_init() (only up to the call to check_page_free_list()) -> -> page_init() -> -> page_alloc() -> -> page_free() -> -> check_page_free_list() and check_page_alloc() test your physical page allocator. You should boot JOS and see whether check_page_alloc() reports success. Fix your code so that it passes. You may find it helpful to add your own assert()s to verify that your assumptions are correct. - -This lab, and all the 6.828 labs, will require you to do a bit of detective work to figure out exactly what you need to do. This assignment does not describe all the details of the code you’ll have to add to JOS. Look for comments in the parts of the JOS source that you have to modify; those comments often contain specifications and hints. You will also need to look at related parts of JOS, at the Intel manuals, and perhaps at your 6.004 or 6.033 notes. - -### Part 2: Virtual Memory - -Before doing anything else, familiarize yourself with the x86’s protected-mode memory management architecture: namely segmentationand page translation. - -> Exercise 2 -> -> Look at chapters 5 and 6 of the Intel 80386 Reference Manual, if you haven’t done so already. Read the sections about page translation and page-based protection closely (5.2 and 6.4). We recommend that you also skim the sections about segmentation; while JOS uses paging for virtual memory and protection, segment translation and segment-based protection cannot be disabled on the x86, so you will need a basic understanding of it. - -### Virtual, Linear, and Physical Addresses - -In x86 terminology, a virtual address consists of a segment selector and an offset within the segment. A linear address is what you get after segment translation but before page translation. A physical address is what you finally get after both segment and page translation and what ultimately goes out on the hardware bus to your RAM. - -![屏幕快照 2018-09-04 11.22.20](/Users/qhwdw/Desktop/屏幕快照 2018-09-04 11.22.20.png) - -Recall that in part 3 of lab 1, we installed a simple page table so that the kernel could run at its link address of 0xf0100000, even though it is actually loaded in physical memory just above the ROM BIOS at 0x00100000. This page table mapped only 4MB of memory. In the virtual memory layout you are going to set up for JOS in this lab, we’ll expand this to map the first 256MB of physical memory starting at virtual address 0xf0000000 and to map a number of other regions of virtual memory. - -> Exercise 3 -> -> While GDB can only access QEMU’s memory by virtual address, it’s often useful to be able to inspect physical memory while setting up virtual memory. Review the QEMU monitor commands from the lab tools guide, especially the xp command, which lets you inspect physical memory. To access the QEMU monitor, press Ctrl-a c in the terminal (the same binding returns to the serial console). -> -> Use the xp command in the QEMU monitor and the x command in GDB to inspect memory at corresponding physical and virtual addresses and make sure you see the same data. -> -> Our patched version of QEMU provides an info pg command that may also prove useful: it shows a compact but detailed representation of the current page tables, including all mapped memory ranges, permissions, and flags. Stock QEMU also provides an info mem command that shows an overview of which ranges of virtual memory are mapped and with what permissions. - -From code executing on the CPU, once we’re in protected mode (which we entered first thing in boot/boot.S), there’s no way to directly use a linear or physical address. All memory references are interpreted as virtual addresses and translated by the MMU, which means all pointers in C are virtual addresses. - -The JOS kernel often needs to manipulate addresses as opaque values or as integers, without dereferencing them, for example in the physical memory allocator. Sometimes these are virtual addresses, and sometimes they are physical addresses. To help document the code, the JOS source distinguishes the two cases: the type uintptr_t represents opaque virtual addresses, and physaddr_trepresents physical addresses. Both these types are really just synonyms for 32-bit integers (uint32_t), so the compiler won’t stop you from assigning one type to another! Since they are integer types (not pointers), the compiler will complain if you try to dereference them. - -The JOS kernel can dereference a uintptr_t by first casting it to a pointer type. In contrast, the kernel can’t sensibly dereference a physical address, since the MMU translates all memory references. If you cast a physaddr_t to a pointer and dereference it, you may be able to load and store to the resulting address (the hardware will interpret it as a virtual address), but you probably won’t get the memory location you intended. - -To summarize: - -| C type | Address type | -| ------------ | ------------ | -| `T*` | Virtual | -| `uintptr_t` | Virtual | -| `physaddr_t` | Physical | - ->Question -> ->Assuming that the following JOS kernel code is correct, what type should variable x have, >uintptr_t or physaddr_t? -> ->![屏幕快照 2018-09-04 11.48.54](/Users/qhwdw/Desktop/屏幕快照 2018-09-04 11.48.54.png) -> - -The JOS kernel sometimes needs to read or modify memory for which it knows only the physical address. For example, adding a mapping to a page table may require allocating physical memory to store a page directory and then initializing that memory. However, the kernel, like any other software, cannot bypass virtual memory translation and thus cannot directly load and store to physical addresses. One reason JOS remaps of all of physical memory starting from physical address 0 at virtual address 0xf0000000 is to help the kernel read and write memory for which it knows just the physical address. In order to translate a physical address into a virtual address that the kernel can actually read and write, the kernel must add 0xf0000000 to the physical address to find its corresponding virtual address in the remapped region. You should use KADDR(pa) to do that addition. - -The JOS kernel also sometimes needs to be able to find a physical address given the virtual address of the memory in which a kernel data structure is stored. Kernel global variables and memory allocated by boot_alloc() are in the region where the kernel was loaded, starting at 0xf0000000, the very region where we mapped all of physical memory. Thus, to turn a virtual address in this region into a physical address, the kernel can simply subtract 0xf0000000. You should use PADDR(va) to do that subtraction. - -### Reference counting - -In future labs you will often have the same physical page mapped at multiple virtual addresses simultaneously (or in the address spaces of multiple environments). You will keep a count of the number of references to each physical page in the pp_ref field of thestruct PageInfo corresponding to the physical page. When this count goes to zero for a physical page, that page can be freed because it is no longer used. In general, this count should equal to the number of times the physical page appears below UTOP in all page tables (the mappings above UTOP are mostly set up at boot time by the kernel and should never be freed, so there’s no need to reference count them). We’ll also use it to keep track of the number of pointers we keep to the page directory pages and, in turn, of the number of references the page directories have to page table pages. - -Be careful when using page_alloc. The page it returns will always have a reference count of 0, so pp_ref should be incremented as soon as you’ve done something with the returned page (like inserting it into a page table). Sometimes this is handled by other functions (for example, page_insert) and sometimes the function calling page_alloc must do it directly. - -### Page Table Management - -Now you’ll write a set of routines to manage page tables: to insert and remove linear-to-physical mappings, and to create page table pages when needed. - -> Exercise 4 -> -> In the file kern/pmap.c, you must implement code for the following functions. -> -> pgdir_walk() -> -> boot_map_region() -> -> page_lookup() -> -> page_remove() -> -> page_insert() -> -> check_page(), called from mem_init(), tests your page table management routines. You should make sure it reports success before proceeding. - -### Part 3: Kernel Address Space - -JOS divides the processor’s 32-bit linear address space into two parts. User environments (processes), which we will begin loading and running in lab 3, will have control over the layout and contents of the lower part, while the kernel always maintains complete control over the upper part. The dividing line is defined somewhat arbitrarily by the symbol ULIM in inc/memlayout.h, reserving approximately 256MB of virtual address space for the kernel. This explains why we needed to give the kernel such a high link address in lab 1: otherwise there would not be enough room in the kernel’s virtual address space to map in a user environment below it at the same time. - -You’ll find it helpful to refer to the JOS memory layout diagram in inc/memlayout.h both for this part and for later labs. - -### Permissions and Fault Isolation - -Since kernel and user memory are both present in each environment’s address space, we will have to use permission bits in our x86 page tables to allow user code access only to the user part of the address space. Otherwise bugs in user code might overwrite kernel data, causing a crash or more subtle malfunction; user code might also be able to steal other environments’ private data. - -The user environment will have no permission to any of the memory above ULIM, while the kernel will be able to read and write this memory. For the address range [UTOP,ULIM), both the kernel and the user environment have the same permission: they can read but not write this address range. This range of address is used to expose certain kernel data structures read-only to the user environment. Lastly, the address space below UTOP is for the user environment to use; the user environment will set permissions for accessing this memory. - -### Initializing the Kernel Address Space - -Now you’ll set up the address space above UTOP: the kernel part of the address space. inc/memlayout.h shows the layout you should use. You’ll use the functions you just wrote to set up the appropriate linear to physical mappings. - -> Exercise 5 -> -> Fill in the missing code in mem_init() after the call to check_page(). - -Your code should now pass the check_kern_pgdir() and check_page_installed_pgdir() checks. - -> Question -> -> ​ 1、What entries (rows) in the page directory have been filled in at this point? What addresses do they map and where do they point? In other words, fill out this table as much as possible: -> -> EntryBase Virtual AddressPoints to (logically): -> -> 1023 ? Page table for top 4MB of phys memory -> -> 1022 ? ? -> -> . ? ? -> -> . ? ? -> -> . ? ? -> -> 2 0x00800000 ? -> -> 1 0x00400000 ? -> -> 0 0x00000000 [see next question] -> -> ​ 2、(From 20 Lecture3) We have placed the kernel and user environment in the same address space. Why will user programs not be able to read or write the kernel’s memory? What specific mechanisms protect the kernel memory? -> -> ​ 3、What is the maximum amount of physical memory that this operating system can support? Why? -> -> ​ 4、How much space overhead is there for managing memory, if we actually had the maximum amount of physical memory? How is this overhead broken down? -> -> ​ 5、Revisit the page table setup in kern/entry.S and kern/entrypgdir.c. Immediately after we turn on paging, EIP is still a low number (a little over 1MB). At what point do we transition to running at an EIP above KERNBASE? What makes it possible for us to continue executing at a low EIP between when we enable paging and when we begin running at an EIP above KERNBASE? Why is this transition necessary? - -### Address Space Layout Alternatives - -The address space layout we use in JOS is not the only one possible. An operating system might map the kernel at low linear addresses while leaving the upper part of the linear address space for user processes. x86 kernels generally do not take this approach, however, because one of the x86’s backward-compatibility modes, known as virtual 8086 mode, is “hard-wired” in the processor to use the bottom part of the linear address space, and thus cannot be used at all if the kernel is mapped there. - -It is even possible, though much more difficult, to design the kernel so as not to have to reserve any fixed portion of the processor’s linear or virtual address space for itself, but instead effectively to allow allow user-level processes unrestricted use of the entire 4GB of virtual address space - while still fully protecting the kernel from these processes and protecting different processes from each other! - -Generalize the kernel’s memory allocation system to support pages of a variety of power-of-two allocation unit sizes from 4KB up to some reasonable maximum of your choice. Be sure you have some way to divide larger allocation units into smaller ones on demand, and to coalesce multiple small allocation units back into larger units when possible. Think about the issues that might arise in such a system. - -This completes the lab. Make sure you pass all of the make grade tests and don’t forget to write up your answers to the questions inanswers-lab2.txt. Commit your changes (including adding answers-lab2.txt) and type make handin in the lab directory to hand in your lab. - ------- - -via: - -作者：[Mit][] -译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/%E8%AF%91%E8%80%85ID) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/%E6%A0%A1%E5%AF%B9%E8%80%85ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/translated/tech/20140114 Caffeinated 6.828：Lab 2 Memory Management.md b/translated/tech/20140114 Caffeinated 6.828：Lab 2 Memory Management.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0e2a348679 --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20140114 Caffeinated 6.828：Lab 2 Memory Management.md @@ -0,0 +1,232 @@ +# Caffeinated 6.828：实验 2：内存管理 + +### 简介 + +在本实验中，你将为你的操作系统写内存管理方面的代码。内存管理有两部分组成。 + +第一部分是内核的物理内存分配器，内核通过它来分配内存，以及在不需要时释放所分配的内存。分配器以页为单位分配内存，每个页的大小为 4096 字节。你的任务是去维护那个数据结构，它负责记录物理页的分配和释放，以及每个分配的页有多少进程共享它。本实验中你将要写出分配和释放内存页的全套代码。 + +第二个部分是虚拟内存的管理，它负责由内核和用户软件使用的虚拟内存地址到物理内存地址之间的映射。当使用内存时，x86 架构的硬件是由内存管理单元（MMU）负责执行映射操作来查阅一组页表。接下来你将要修改 JOS，以根据我们提供的特定指令去设置 MMU 的页表。 + +### 预备知识 + +在本实验及后面的实验中，你将逐步构建你的内核。我们将会为你提供一些附加的资源。使用 Git 去获取这些资源、提交自实验 1 以来的改变（如有需要的话）、获取课程仓库的最新版本、以及在我们的实验 2 （origin/lab2）的基础上创建一个称为 lab2 的本地分支： + +``` +athena% cd ~/6.828/lab +athena% add git +athena% git pull +Already up-to-date. +athena% git checkout -b lab2 origin/lab2 +Branch lab2 set up to track remote branch refs/remotes/origin/lab2. +Switched to a new branch "lab2" +athena% +``` + +现在，你需要将你在 lab1 分支中的改变合并到 lab2 分支中，命令如下： + +``` +athena% git merge lab1 +Merge made by recursive. + kern/kdebug.c | 11 +++++++++-- + kern/monitor.c | 19 +++++++++++++++++++ + lib/printfmt.c | 7 +++---- + 3 files changed, 31 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-) +athena% +``` + +实验 2 包含如下的新源代码，后面你将遍历它们： + +- inc/memlayout.h +- kern/pmap.c +- kern/pmap.h +- kern/kclock.h +- kern/kclock.c + +`memlayout.h` 描述虚拟地址空间的布局，这个虚拟地址空间是通过修改 `pmap.c`、`memlayout.h` 和 `pmap.h` 所定义的 *PageInfo* 数据结构来实现的，这个数据结构用于跟踪物理内存页面是否被释放。`kclock.c` 和 `kclock.h` 维护 PC 基于电池的时钟和 CMOS RAM 硬件，在 BIOS 中记录了 PC 上安装的物理内存数量，以及其它的一些信息。在 `pmap.c` 中的代码需要去读取这个设备硬件信息，以算出在这个设备上安装了多少物理内存，这些只是由你来完成的一部分代码：你不需要知道 CMOS 硬件工作原理的细节。 + +特别需要注意的是 `memlayout.h` 和 `pmap.h`，因为本实验需要你去使用和理解的大部分内容都包含在这两个文件中。你或许还需要去复习 `inc/mmu.h` 这个文件，因为它也包含了本实验中用到的许多定义。 + +开始本实验之前，记得去添加 `exokernel` 以获取 QEMU 的 6.828 版本。 + +### 实验过程 + +在你准备进行实验和写代码之前，先添加你的 `answers-lab2.txt` 文件到 Git 仓库，提交你的改变然后去运行 `make handin`。 + +``` +athena% git add answers-lab2.txt +athena% git commit -am "my answer to lab2" +[lab2 a823de9] my answer to lab2 4 files changed, 87 insertions(+), 10 deletions(-) +athena% make handin +``` + +### 第 1 部分：物理页面管理 + +操作系统必须跟踪物理内存页是否使用的状态。JOS 以页为最小粒度来管理 PC 的物理内存，以便于它使用 MMU 去映射和保护每个已分配的内存片段。 + +现在，你将要写内存的物理页分配器的代码。它使用链接到 `PageInfo` 数据结构的一组列表来保持对物理页的状态跟踪，每个列表都对应到一个物理内存页。在你能够写出剩下的虚拟内存实现之前，你需要先写出物理内存页面分配器，因为你的页表管理代码将需要去分配物理内存来存储页表。 + +> 练习 1 +> +> 在文件 `kern/pmap.c` 中，你需要去实现以下函数的代码（或许要按给定的顺序来实现）。 +> +> boot_alloc() +> +> mem_init()（只要能够调用 check_page_free_list() 即可） +> +> page_init() +> +> page_alloc() +> +> page_free() +> +> `check_page_free_list()` 和 `check_page_alloc()` 可以测试你的物理内存页分配器。你将需要引导 JOS 然后去看一下 `check_page_alloc()` 是否报告成功即可。如果没有报告成功，修复你的代码直到成功为止。你可以添加你自己的 `assert()` 以帮助你去验证是否符合你的预期。 + +本实验以及所有的 6.828 实验中，将要求你做一些检测工作，以便于你搞清楚它们是否按你的预期来工作。这个任务不需要详细描述你添加到 JOS 中的代码的细节。查找 JOS 源代码中你需要去修改的那部分的注释；这些注释中经常包含有技术规范和提示信息。你也可能需要去查阅 JOS、和 Intel 的技术手册、以及你的 6.004 或 6.033 课程笔记的相关部分。 + +### 第 2 部分：虚拟内存 + +在你开始动手之前，需要先熟悉 x86 内存管理架构的保护模式：即分段和页面转换。 + +> 练习 2 +> +> 如果你对 x86 的保护模式还不熟悉，可以查看 Intel 80386 参考手册的第 5 章和第 6 章。阅读这些章节（5.2 和 6.4）中关于页面转换和基于页面的保护。我们建议你也去了解关于段的章节；在虚拟内存和保护模式中，JOS 使用了分页、段转换、以及在 x86 上不能禁用的基于段的保护，因此你需要去理解这些基础知识。 + +### 虚拟地址、线性地址和物理地址 + +在 x86 的专用术语中，一个虚拟地址是由一个段选择器和在段中的偏移量组成。一个线性地址是在页面转换之前、段转换之后得到的一个地址。一个物理地址是段和页面转换之后得到的最终地址，它最终将进入你的物理内存中的硬件总线。 + +![屏幕快照 2018-09-04 11.22.20](https://ws1.sinaimg.cn/large/0069RVTdly1fuxgrc398jj30gx04bgm1.jpg) + +回顾实验 1 中的第 3 部分，我们安装了一个简单的页表，这样内核就可以在 0xf0100000 链接的地址上运行，尽管它实际上是加载在 0x00100000 处的 ROM BIOS 的物理内存上。这个页表仅映射了 4MB 的内存。在实验中，你将要为 JOS 去设置虚拟内存布局，我们将从虚拟地址 0xf0000000 处开始扩展它，首先将物理内存扩展到 256MB，并映射许多其它区域的虚拟内存。 + +> 练习 3 +> +> 虽然 GDB 能够通过虚拟地址访问 QEMU 的内存，它经常用于在配置虚拟内存期间检查物理内存。在实验工具指南中复习 QEMU 的监视器命令，尤其是 `xp` 命令，它可以让你去检查物理内存。访问 QEMU 监视器，可以在终端中按 `Ctrl-a c`（相同的绑定返回到串行控制台）。 +> +> 使用 QEMU 监视器的 `xp` 命令和 GDB 的 `x` 命令去检查相应的物理内存和虚拟内存，以确保你看到的是相同的数据。 +> +> 我们的打过补丁的 QEMU 版本提供一个非常有用的 `info pg` 命令：它可以展示当前页表的一个简单描述，包括所有已映射的内存范围、权限、以及标志。Stock QEMU 也提供一个 `info mem` 命令用于去展示一个概要信息，这个信息包含了已映射的虚拟内存范围和使用了什么权限。 + +在 CPU 上运行的代码，一旦处于保护模式（这是在 boot/boot.S 中所做的第一件事情）中，是没有办法去直接使用一个线性地址或物理地址的。所有的内存引用都被解释为虚拟地址，然后由 MMU 来转换，这意味着在 C 语言中的指针都是虚拟地址。 + +例如在物理内存分配器中，JOS 内存经常需要在不反向引用的情况下，去维护作为地址的一个很难懂的值或一个整数。有时它们是虚拟地址，而有时是物理地址。为便于在代码中证明，JOS 源文件中将它们区分为两种：类型 `uintptr_t` 表示一个难懂的虚拟地址，而类型 `physaddr_trepresents` 表示物理地址。这些类型其实不过是 32 位整数（uint32_t）的同义词，因此编译器不会阻止你将一个类型的数据指派为另一个类型！因为它们都是整数（而不是指针）类型，如果你想去反向引用它们，编译器将报错。 + +JOS 内核能够通过将它转换为指针类型的方式来反向引用一个 `uintptr_t` 类型。相反，内核不能反向引用一个物理地址，因为这是由 MMU 来转换所有的内存引用。如果你转换一个 `physaddr_t` 为一个指针类型，并反向引用它，你或许能够加载和存储最终结果地址（硬件将它解释为一个虚拟地址），但你并不会取得你想要的内存位置。 + +总结如下： + +| C type | Address type | +| ------------ | ------------ | +| `T*` | Virtual | +| `uintptr_t` | Virtual | +| `physaddr_t` | Physical | + +>问题： +> +>假设下面的 JOS 内核代码是正确的，那么变量 `x` 应该是什么类型？uintptr_t 还是 physaddr_t ？ +> +>![屏幕快照 2018-09-04 11.48.54](https://ws3.sinaimg.cn/large/0069RVTdly1fuxgrbkqd3j30m302bmxc.jpg) +> + +JOS 内核有时需要去读取或修改它知道物理地址的内存。例如，添加一个映射到页表，可以要求分配物理内存去存储一个页目录，然后去初始化它们。然而，内核也和其它的软件一样，并不能跳过虚拟地址转换，内核并不能直接加载和存储物理地址。一个原因是 JOS 将重映射从虚拟地址 0xf0000000 处物理地址 0 开始的所有的物理地址，以帮助内核去读取和写入它知道物理地址的内存。为转换一个物理地址为一个内核能够真正进行读写操作的虚拟地址，内核必须添加 0xf0000000 到物理地址以找到在重映射区域中相应的虚拟地址。你应该使用 KADDR(pa) 去做那个添加操作。 + +JOS 内核有时也需要能够通过给定的内核数据结构中存储的虚拟地址找到内存中的物理地址。内核全局变量和通过 `boot_alloc()` 分配的内存是加载到内核的这些区域中，从 0xf0000000 处开始，到全部物理内存映射的区域。因此，在这些区域中转变一个虚拟地址为物理地址时，内核能够只是简单地减去 0xf0000000 即可得到物理地址。你应该使用 PADDR(va) 去做那个减法操作。 + +### 引用计数 + +在以后的实验中，你将会经常遇到多个虚拟地址（或多个环境下的地址空间中）同时映射到相同的物理页面上。你将在 PageInfo 数据结构中用 pp_ref 字段来提供一个引用到每个物理页面的计数器。如果一个物理页面的这个计数器为 0，表示这个页面已经被释放，因为它不再被使用了。一般情况下，这个计数器应该等于相应的物理页面出现在所有页表下面的 UTOP 的次数（UTOP 上面的映射大都是在引导时由内核设置的，并且它从不会被释放，因此不需要引用计数器）。我们也使用它去跟踪到页目录的指针数量，反过来就是，页目录到页表的数量。 + +使用 `page_alloc` 时要注意。它返回的页面引用计数总是为 0，因此，一旦对返回页做了一些操作（比如将它插入到页表），`pp_ref` 就应该增加。有时这需要通过其它函数（比如，`page_instert`）来处理，而有时这个函数是直接调用 `page_alloc` 来做的。 + +### 页表管理 + +现在，你将写一套管理页表的代码：去插入和删除线性地址到物理地址的映射表，并且在需要的时候去创建页表。 + +> 练习 4 +> +> 在文件 `kern/pmap.c` 中，你必须去实现下列函数的代码。 +> +> pgdir_walk() +> +> boot_map_region() +> +> page_lookup() +> +> page_remove() +> +> page_insert() +> +> `check_page()`，调用 `mem_init()`，测试你的页表管理动作。在进行下一步流程之前你应该确保它成功运行。 + +### 第 3 部分：内核地址空间 + +JOS 分割处理器的 32 位线性地址空间为两部分：用户环境（进程），我们将在实验 3 中开始加载和运行，它将控制其上的布局和低位部分的内容，而内核总是维护对高位部分的完全控制。线性地址的定义是在 `inc/memlayout.h` 中通过符号 ULIM 来划分的，它为内核保留了大约 256MB 的虚拟地址空间。这就解释了为什么我们要在实验 1 中给内核这样的一个高位链接地址的原因：如是不这样做的话，内核的虚拟地址空间将没有足够的空间去同时映射到下面的用户空间中。 + +你可以在 `inc/memlayout.h` 中找到一个图表，它有助于你去理解 JOS 内存布局，这在本实验和后面的实验中都会用到。 + +### 权限和缺页隔离 + +由于内核和用户的内存都存在于它们各自环境的地址空间中，因此我们需要在 x86 的页表中使用权限位去允许用户代码只能访问用户所属地址空间的部分。否则的话，用户代码中的 bug 可能会覆写内核数据，导致系统崩溃或者发生各种莫名其妙的的故障；用户代码也可能会偷窥其它环境的私有数据。 + +对于 ULIM 以上部分的内存，用户环境没有任何权限，只有内核才可以读取和写入这部分内存。对于 [UTOP,ULIM] 地址范围，内核和用户都有相同的权限：它们可以读取但不能写入这个地址范围。这个地址范围是用于向用户环境暴露某些只读的内核数据结构。最后，低于 UTOP 的地址空间是为用户环境所使用的；用户环境将为访问这些内核设置权限。 + +### 初始化内核地址空间 + +现在，你将去配置 UTOP 以上的地址空间：内核部分的地址空间。`inc/memlayout.h` 中展示了你将要使用的布局。我将使用函数去写相关的线性地址到物理地址的映射配置。 + +> 练习 5 +> +> 完成调用 `check_page()` 之后在 `mem_init()` 中缺失的代码。 + +现在，你的代码应该通过了 `check_kern_pgdir()` 和 `check_page_installed_pgdir()` 的检查。 + +> 问题： +> +> ​ 1、在这个时刻，页目录中的条目（行）是什么？它们映射的址址是什么？以及它们映射到哪里了？换句话说就是，尽可能多地填写这个表： +> +> EntryBase Virtual AddressPoints to (logically): +> +> 1023 ? Page table for top 4MB of phys memory +> +> 1022 ? ? +> +> . ? ? +> +> . ? ? +> +> . ? ? +> +> 2 0x00800000 ? +> +> 1 0x00400000 ? +> +> 0 0x00000000 [see next question] +> +> ​ 2、(来自课程 3) 我们将内核和用户环境放在相同的地址空间中。为什么用户程序不能去读取和写入内核的内存？有什么特殊机制保护内核内存？ +> +> ​ 3、这个操作系统能够支持的最大的物理内存数量是多少？为什么？ +> +> ​ 4、我们真实地拥有最大数量的物理内存吗？管理内存的开销有多少？这个开销可以减少吗？ +> +> ​ 5、复习在 `kern/entry.S` 和 `kern/entrypgdir.c` 中的页表设置。一旦我们打开分页，EIP 中是一个很小的数字（稍大于 1MB）。在什么情况下，我们转而去运行在 KERNBASE 之上的一个 EIP？当我们启用分页并开始在 KERNBASE 之上运行一个 EIP 时，是什么让我们能够持续运行一个很低的 EIP？为什么这种转变是必需的？ + +### 地址空间布局的其它选择 + +在 JOS 中我们使用的地址空间布局并不是我们唯一的选择。一个操作系统可以在低位的线性地址上映射内核，而为用户进程保留线性地址的高位部分。然而，x86 内核一般并不采用这种方法，而 x86 向后兼容模式是不这样做的其中一个原因，这种模式被称为“虚拟 8086 模式”，处理器使用线性地址空间的最下面部分是“不可改变的”，所以，如果内核被映射到这里是根本无法使用的。 + +虽然很困难，但是设计这样的内核是有这种可能的，即：不为处理器自身保留任何固定的线性地址或虚拟地址空间，而有效地允许用户级进程不受限制地使用整个 4GB 的虚拟地址空间 —— 同时还要在这些进程之间充分保护内核以及不同的进程之间相互受保护！ + +将内核的内存分配系统进行概括类推，以支持二次幂为单位的各种页大小，从 4KB 到一些你选择的合理的最大值。你务必要有一些方法，将较大的分配单位按需分割为一些较小的单位，以及在需要时，将多个较小的分配单位合并为一个较大的分配单位。想一想在这样的一个系统中可能会出现些什么样的问题。 + +这个实验做完了。确保你通过了所有的等级测试，并记得在 `answers-lab2.txt` 中写下你对上述问题的答案。提交你的改变（包括添加 `answers-lab2.txt` 文件），并在 `lab` 目录下输入 `make handin` 去提交你的实验。 + +------ + +via: + +作者：[Mit][] +译者：[qhwdw](https://github.com/qhwdw) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/%E6%A0%A1%E5%AF%B9%E8%80%85ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 \ No newline at end of file From a61da3dc091023708042bf93b0123d010382942e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: LuMing <784315443@qq.com> Date: Fri, 21 Sep 2018 23:10:55 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 096/246] translated --- ...e SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux.md | 226 ----------------- ...e SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux.md | 235 ++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 235 insertions(+), 226 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180709 How To Configure SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180709 How To Configure SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180709 How To Configure SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux.md b/sources/tech/20180709 How To Configure SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux.md deleted file mode 100644 index 8932e488e0..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180709 How To Configure SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,226 +0,0 @@ -LuMing translating -How To Configure SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux -====== - -![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/01/Configure-SSH-Key-based-Authentication-In-Linux-720x340.png) - -### What is SSH Key-based authentication? - -As we all know, **Secure Shell** , shortly **SSH** , is the cryptographic network protocol that allows you to securely communicate/access a remote system over unsecured network, for example Internet. Whenever you send a data over an unsecured network using SSH, the data will be automatically encrypted in the source system, and decrypted in the destination side. SSH provides four authentication methods namely **password-based authentication** , **key-based authentication** , **Host-based authentication** , and **Keyboard authentication**. The most commonly used authentication methods are password-based and key-based authentication. - -In password-based authentication, all you need is the password of the remote system’s user. If you know the password of remote user, you can access the respective system using **“ssh[[email protected]][1]”**. On the other hand, in key-based authentication, you need to generate SSH key pairs and upload the SSH public key to the remote system in order to communicate it via SSH. Each SSH key pair consists of a private key and public key. The private key should be kept within the client system, and the public key should uploaded to the remote systems. You shouldn’t disclose the private key to anyone. Hope you got the basic idea about SSH and its authentication methods. - -In this tutorial, we will be discussing how to configure SSH key-based authentication in Linux. - -### Configure SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux - -For the purpose of this guide, I will be using Arch Linux system as local system and Ubuntu 18.04 LTS as remote system. - -Local system details: - - * **OS** : Arch Linux Desktop - * **IP address** : 192.168.225.37 /24 - - - -Remote system details: - - * **OS** : Ubuntu 18.04 LTS Server - * **IP address** : 192.168.225.22/24 - - - -### Local system configuration - -Like I said already, in SSH key-based authentication method, the public key should be uploaded to the remote system that you want to access via SSH. The public keys will usually be stored in a file called **~/.ssh/authorized_keys** in the remote SSH systems. - -**Important note:** Do not generate key pairs as **root** , as only root would be able to use those keys. Create key pairs as normal user. - -Now, let us create the SSH key pair in the local system. To do so, run the following command in your client system. -``` -$ ssh-keygen - -``` - -The above command will create 2048 bit RSA key pair. Enter the passphrase twice. More importantly, Remember your passphrase. You’ll need it later. - -**Sample output:** -``` -Generating public/private rsa key pair. -Enter file in which to save the key (/home/sk/.ssh/id_rsa): -Enter passphrase (empty for no passphrase): -Enter same passphrase again: -Your identification has been saved in /home/sk/.ssh/id_rsa. -Your public key has been saved in /home/sk/.ssh/id_rsa.pub. -The key fingerprint is: -SHA256:wYOgvdkBgMFydTMCUI3qZaUxvjs+p2287Tn4uaZ5KyE [email protected] -The key's randomart image is: -+---[RSA 2048]----+ -|+=+*= + | -|o.o=.* = | -|.oo * o + | -|. = + . o | -|. o + . S | -| . E . | -| + o | -| +.*o+o | -| .o*=OO+ | -+----[SHA256]-----+ - -``` - -In case you have already created the key pair, you will see the following message. Just type “y” to create overwrite the existing key . -``` -/home/username/.ssh/id_rsa already exists. -Overwrite (y/n)? - -``` - -Please note that **passphrase is optional**. If you give one, you’ll be asked to enter the password every time when you try to SSH a remote system unless you are using any SSH agent to store the password. If you don’t want passphrase(not safe though), simply press ENTER key twice when you’ll be asked to enter the passphrase. However, we recommend you to use passphrase. Using a password-less ssh key is generally not a good idea from a security point of view. They should be limited to very specific cases such as services having to access a remote system without the user intervention (e.g. remote backups with rsync, …). - -If you already have a ssh key without a passphrase in private file **~/.ssh/id_rsa** and wanted to update key with passphrase, use the following command: -``` -$ ssh-keygen -p -f ~/.ssh/id_rsa - -``` - -Sample output: -``` -Enter new passphrase (empty for no passphrase): -Enter same passphrase again: -Your identification has been saved with the new passphrase. - -``` - -Now, we have created the key pair in the local system. Now, copy the SSH public key to your remote SSH server using command: - -Here, I will be copying the local (Arch Linux) system’s public key to the remote system (Ubuntu 18.04 LTS in my case). Technically speaking, the above command will copy the contents of local system’s **~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub key** into remote system’s **~/.ssh/authorized_keys** file. Clear? Good. - -Type **yes** to continue connecting to your remote SSH server. And, then Enter the root user’s password of the remote system. -``` -/usr/bin/ssh-copy-id: INFO: attempting to log in with the new key(s), to filter out any that are already installed -/usr/bin/ssh-copy-id: INFO: 1 key(s) remain to be installed -- if you are prompted now it is to install the new keys -[email protected]2.168.225.22's password: - -Number of key(s) added: 1 - -Now try logging into the machine, with: "ssh '[email protected]'" -and check to make sure that only the key(s) you wanted were added. - -``` - -If you have already copied the key, but want to update the key with new passphrase, use **-f** option to overwrite the existing key like below. - -We have now successfully added the local system’s SSH public key to the remote system. Now, let us disable the password-based authentication completely in the remote system. Because, we have configured key-based authentication, so we don’t need password-base authentication anymore. - -### Disable SSH Password-based authentication in remote system - -You need to perform the following commands as root or sudo user. - -To disable password-based authentication, go to your remote system’s console and edit **/etc/ssh/sshd_config** configuration file using any editor: -``` -$ sudo vi /etc/ssh/sshd_config - -``` - -Find the following line. Uncomment it and set it’s value as **no**. -``` -PasswordAuthentication no - -``` - -Restart ssh service to take effect the changes. -``` -$ sudo systemctl restart sshd - -``` - -### Access Remote system from local system - -Go to your local system and SSH into your remote server using command: - -Enter the passphrase. - -**Sample output:** -``` -Enter passphrase for key '/home/sk/.ssh/id_rsa': -Last login: Mon Jul 9 09:59:51 2018 from 192.168.225.37 -[email protected]:~$ - -``` - -Now, you’ll be able to SSH into your remote system. As you noticed, we have logged-in to the remote system’s account using passphrase which we created earlier using **ssh-keygen** command, not using the actual account’s password. - -If you try to ssh from another client system, you will get this error message. Say for example, I am tried to SSH into my Ubuntu system from my CentOS using command: - -**Sample output:** -``` -The authenticity of host '192.168.225.22 (192.168.225.22)' can't be established. -ECDSA key fingerprint is 67:fc:69:b7:d4:4d:fd:6e:38:44:a8:2f:08:ed:f4:21. -Are you sure you want to continue connecting (yes/no)? yes -Warning: Permanently added '192.168.225.22' (ECDSA) to the list of known hosts. -Permission denied (publickey). - -``` - -As you see in the above output, I can’t SSH into my remote Ubuntu 18.04 systems from any other systems, except the CentOS system. - -### Adding more Client system’s keys to SSH server - -This is very important. Like I said already, you can’t access the remote system via SSH, except the one you configured (In our case, it’s Ubuntu). I want to give permissions to more clients to access the remote SSH server. What should I do? Simple. You need to generate the SSH key pair in all your client systems and copy the ssh public key manually to the remote server that you want to access via SSH. - -To create SSH key pair on your client system’s, run: -``` -$ ssh-keygen - -``` - -Enter the passphrase twice. Now, the ssh key pair is generated. You need to copy the public ssh key (not private key) to your remote server manually. - -Display the pub key using command: -``` -$ cat ~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub - -``` - -You should an output something like below. - -Copy the entire contents (via USB drive or any medium) and go to your remote server’s console. Create a directory called **ssh** in the home directory as shown below. You need to execute the following commands as root user. -``` -$ mkdir -p ~/.ssh - -``` - -Now, append the your client system’s pub key which you generated in the previous step in a file called -``` -echo {Your_public_key_contents_here} >> ~/.ssh/authorized_keys - -``` - -Restart ssh service on the remote system. Now, you’ll be able to SSH to your server from the new client. - -If manually adding ssh pubkey seems difficult, enable password-based authentication temporarily in the remote system and copy the key using “ssh-copy-id” command from your local system and finally disable the password-based authentication. - -**Suggested read:** - -And, that’s all for now. SSH Key-based authentication provides an extra layer protection from brute-force attacks. As you can see, configuring key-based authentication is not that difficult either. It is one of the recommended method to keep your Linux servers safe and secure. - -I will be here soon with another useful article. Until then, stay tuned with OSTechNix. - -Cheers! - - - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://www.ostechnix.com/configure-ssh-key-based-authentication-linux/ - -作者：[SK][a] -选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]:https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ -[1]:https://www.ostechnix.com/cdn-cgi/l/email-protection diff --git a/translated/tech/20180709 How To Configure SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux.md b/translated/tech/20180709 How To Configure SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5f88caedea --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180709 How To Configure SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux.md @@ -0,0 +1,235 @@ +如何在 Linux 中配置基于 SSH 密钥的认证 +====== + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/01/Configure-SSH-Key-based-Authentication-In-Linux-720x340.png) + +### 什么是基于 SSH密钥的认证？ + +众所周知，**Secure Shell**，又称 **SSH**，是允许你通过无安全网络(例如 Internet)和远程系统之间安全访问/通信的加密网络协议。无论何时使用 SSH 在无安全网络上发送数据，它都会在源系统上自动地被加密，并且在目的系统上解密。SSH 提供了四种加密方式，**基于密码认证**，**基于密钥认证**，**基于主机认证**和**键盘认证**。最常用的认证方式是基于密码认证和基于密钥认证。 + +在基于密码认证中，你需要的仅仅是远程系统上用户的密码。如果你知道远程用户的密码，你可以使用**“ssh[[email protected]][1]”**访问各自的系统。另一方面，在基于密钥认证中，为了通过 SSH 通信，你需要生成 SSH 密钥对，并且为远程系统上传 SSH 公钥。每个 SSH 密钥对由私钥与公钥组成。私钥应该保存在客户系统上，公钥应该上传给远程系统。你不应该将私钥透露给任何人。希望你已经对 SSH 和它的认证方式有了基本的概念。 + +这篇教程，我们将讨论如何在 linux 上配置基于密钥认证的 SSH。 + +### 在 Linux 上配置基于密钥认证的SSH + +为本篇教程起见，我将使用 Arch Linux 为本地系统，Ubuntu 18.04 LTS 为远程系统。 + +本地系统详情： + * **OS** : Arch Linux Desktop + * **IP address** : 192.168.225.37 /24 + + + +远程系统详情： + * **OS** : Ubuntu 18.04 LTS Server + * **IP address** : 192.168.225.22/24 + + + +### 本地系统配置 + +就像我之前所说，在基于密钥认证的方法中，想要通过 SSH 访问远程系统，就应该将公钥上传给它。公钥通常会被保存在远程系统的一个文件**~/.ssh/authorized_keys** 中。 + +**注意事项：**不要使用**root** 用户生成密钥对，这样只有 root 用户才可以使用。使用普通用户创建密钥对。 + +现在，让我们在本地系统上创建一个 SSH 密钥对。只需要在客户端系统上运行下面的命令。 +``` +$ ssh-keygen + +``` + +上面的命令将会创建一个 2048 位的 RSA 密钥对。输入两次密码。更重要的是，记住你的密码。后面将会用到它。 + +**样例输出** +``` +Generating public/private rsa key pair. +Enter file in which to save the key (/home/sk/.ssh/id_rsa): +Enter passphrase (empty for no passphrase): +Enter same passphrase again: +Your identification has been saved in /home/sk/.ssh/id_rsa. +Your public key has been saved in /home/sk/.ssh/id_rsa.pub. +The key fingerprint is: +SHA256:wYOgvdkBgMFydTMCUI3qZaUxvjs+p2287Tn4uaZ5KyE [email protected] +The key's randomart image is: ++---[RSA 2048]----+ +|+=+*= + | +|o.o=.* = | +|.oo * o + | +|. = + . o | +|. o + . S | +| . E . | +| + o | +| +.*o+o | +| .o*=OO+ | ++----[SHA256]-----+ + +``` + +如果你已经创建了密钥对，你将看到以下信息。输入 ‘y’ 就会覆盖已存在的密钥。 +``` +/home/username/.ssh/id_rsa already exists. +Overwrite (y/n)? + +``` + +请注意**密码是可选的**。如果你输入了密码，那么每次通过 SSH 访问远程系统时都要求输入密码，除非你使用了 SSH 代理保存了密码。如果你不想要密码（虽然不安全），简单地输入两次 ENTER。不过，我们建议你使用密码。从安全的角度来看，使用无密码的 ssh 密钥对大体上不是一个很好的主意。 这种方式应该限定在特殊的情况下使用，例如，没有用户介入的服务访问远程系统。（例如，用 rsync 远程备份...） + +如果你已经在个人文件 **~/.ssh/id_rsa** 中有了无密码的密钥对，但想要更新为带密码的密钥。使用下面的命令： +``` +$ ssh-keygen -p -f ~/.ssh/id_rsa + +``` + +样例输出： +``` +Enter new passphrase (empty for no passphrase): +Enter same passphrase again: +Your identification has been saved with the new passphrase. + +``` + +现在，我们已经在本地系统上创建了密钥对。接下来，使用下面的命令将 SSH 公钥拷贝到你的远程 SSH 服务端上。 +``` +$ ssh-copy-id sk@192.168.225.22 + +``` + +在这，我把本地（Arch Linux）系统上的公钥拷贝到了远程系统（Ubuntu 18.04 LTS）上。从技术上讲，上面的命令会把本地系统 **~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub key** 文件中的内容拷贝到远程系统**~/.ssh/authorized_keys** 中。明白了吗？非常棒。 + +输入 **yes** 来继续连接你的远程 SSH 服务端。接着，输入远程系统 root 用户的密码。 +``` +/usr/bin/ssh-copy-id: INFO: attempting to log in with the new key(s), to filter out any that are already installed +/usr/bin/ssh-copy-id: INFO: 1 key(s) remain to be installed -- if you are prompted now it is to install the new keys +[email protected]2.168.225.22's password: + +Number of key(s) added: 1 + +Now try logging into the machine, with: "ssh '[email protected]'" +and check to make sure that only the key(s) you wanted were added. + +``` + +如果你已经拷贝了密钥，但想要替换为新的密码，使用 **-f** 选项覆盖已有的密钥。 +``` +$ ssh-copy-id -f sk@192.168.225.22 + +``` +我们现在已经成功地将本地系统的 SSH 公钥添加进了远程系统。现在，让我们在远程系统上完全禁用掉基于密码认证的方式。因为，我们已经配置了密钥认证，因此我们不再需要密码认证了。 + +### 在远程系统上禁用基于密码认证的 SSH + +你需要在 root 或者 sudo 用户下执行下面的命令。 + +为了禁用基于密码的认证，你需要在远程系统的控制台上编辑 **/etc/ssh/sshd_config** 配置文件： +``` +$ sudo vi /etc/ssh/sshd_config + +``` + +找到下面这一行，去掉注释然后将值设为 **no** + +``` +PasswordAuthentication no + +``` + +重启 ssh 服务让它生效。 +``` +$ sudo systemctl restart sshd + +``` + +### 从本地系统访问远程系统 + +在本地系统上使用命令 SSH 你的远程服务端： + +输入密码。 + +**样例输出：** +``` +Enter passphrase for key '/home/sk/.ssh/id_rsa': +Last login: Mon Jul 9 09:59:51 2018 from 192.168.225.37 +[email protected]:~$ + +``` + +现在，你就能 SSH 你的远程系统了。如你所见，我们已经使用之前 **ssh-keygen** 创建的密码登录进了远程系统的账户，而不是使用账户实际的密码。 + +如果你试图从其他客户端系统 ssh （远程系统），你将会得到这条错误信息。比如，我试图通过命令从 CentOS SSH 访问 Ubuntu 系统： + +**样例输出:** +``` +The authenticity of host '192.168.225.22 (192.168.225.22)' can't be established. +ECDSA key fingerprint is 67:fc:69:b7:d4:4d:fd:6e:38:44:a8:2f:08:ed:f4:21. +Are you sure you want to continue connecting (yes/no)? yes +Warning: Permanently added '192.168.225.22' (ECDSA) to the list of known hosts. +Permission denied (publickey). + +``` + +如你所见，除了 CentOS （译注：根据上文，这里应该是 Arch） 系统外，我不能通过其他任何系统 SSH 访问我的远程系统 Ubuntu 18.04。 + +### 为 SSH 服务端添加更多客户端系统的密钥 + +这点非常重要。就像我说过的那样，除非你配置过（在之前的例子中，是 Ubuntu），否则你不能通过 SSH 访问到远程系统。如果我希望给更多客户端予以权限去访问远程 SSH 服务端，我应该怎么做？很简单。你需要在所有的客户端系统上生成 SSH 密钥对并且手动拷贝 ssh 公钥到想要通过 ssh 访问的远程服务端上。 + +在客户端系统上创建 SSH 密钥对，运行： +``` +$ ssh-keygen + +``` + +输入两次密码。现在， ssh 密钥对已经生成了。你需要手动把公钥（不是私钥）拷贝到远程服务端上。 + +使用命令查看公钥： +``` +$ cat ~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub + +``` + +应该会输出如下信息： + +``` +ssh-rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAADAQABAAABAQCt3a9tIeK5rPx9p74/KjEVXa6/OODyRp0QLS/sLp8W6iTxFL+UgALZlupVNgFjvRR5luJ9dLHWwc+d4umavAWz708e6Na9ftEPQtC28rTFsHwmyLKvLkzcGkC5+A0NdbiDZLaK3K3wgq1jzYYKT5k+IaNS6vtrx5LDObcPNPEBDt4vTixQ7GZHrDUUk5586IKeFfwMCWguHveTN7ykmo2EyL2rV7TmYq+eY2ZqqcsoK0fzXMK7iifGXVmuqTkAmZLGZK8a3bPb6VZd7KFum3Ezbu4BXZGp7FVhnOMgau2kYeOH/ItKPzpCAn+dg3NAAziCCxnII9b4nSSGz3mMY4Y7 ostechnix@centosserver + +``` +拷贝所有内容（通过 USB 驱动器或者其它任何介质），然后去你的远程服务端的控制台。像下面那样，在 home 下创建文件夹叫做 **ssh**。你需要以 root 身份执行命令。 +``` +$ mkdir -p ~/.ssh + +``` + +现在，将前几步创建的客户端系统的公钥添加进文件中。 +``` +echo {Your_public_key_contents_here} >> ~/.ssh/authorized_keys + +``` + +在远程系统上重启 ssh 服务。现在，你可以在新的客户端上 SSH 远程服务端了。 + +如果觉得手动添加 ssh 公钥有些困难，在远程系统上暂时性启用密码认证，使用 “ssh-copy-id“ 命令从本地系统上拷贝密钥，最后关闭密码认证。 + +**推荐阅读：** + +好了，到此为止。基于密钥认证的 SSH 提供了一层防止暴力破解的额外保护。如你所见，配置密钥认证一点也不困难。这是一个非常好的方法让你的 Linux 服务端安全可靠。 + +不久我就会带来另一篇有用的文章。到那时，继续关注 OSTechNix。 + +干杯！ + + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.ostechnix.com/configure-ssh-key-based-authentication-linux/ + +作者：[SK][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[LuuMing](https://github.com/LuuMing) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]:https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ +[1]:https://www.ostechnix.com/cdn-cgi/l/email-protection From 76fb6f2950d49efe9d02d1175e96f3d7e187c880 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: pityonline Date: Thu, 20 Sep 2018 00:00:57 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 097/246] =?UTF-8?q?PRF:=20#10184=20=E6=A0=A1=E5=AF=B9?= =?UTF-8?q?=E5=AE=8C=E6=88=90?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...0180308 What is open source programming.md | 36 +++++++++---------- 1 file changed, 18 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/talk/20180308 What is open source programming.md b/translated/talk/20180308 What is open source programming.md index 4791a64aab..1153bfe789 100644 --- a/translated/talk/20180308 What is open source programming.md +++ b/translated/talk/20180308 What is open source programming.md @@ -13,9 +13,9 @@ 首先我要说清楚一点：把你的代码放在 GitHub 的公开仓库中并不意味着把你的代码开源了。在几乎全世界，根本不用创作者做什么，只要作品形成，版权就随之而生了。在创作者进行授权之前，只有作者可以行使版权相关的权力。未经创作者授权的代码，不论有多少人在使用，都是一颗定时炸弹，只有愚蠢的人才会去用它。 -有些创作者很善良，认为“很明显我的代码是免费提供给大家使用的。”，他也并不想起诉那些用了他的代码的人，但这并不意味着这些代码可以放心使用。不论在你眼中创作者们多么善良，他们都是 *有权力* 起诉任何使用、修改代码，或未经明确授权就将代码嵌入的人。 +有些创作者很善良，认为“很明显我的代码是免费提供给大家使用的。”，他也并不想起诉那些用了他的代码的人，但这并不意味着这些代码可以放心使用。不论在你眼中创作者们多么善良，他们都 *有权力* 起诉任何使用、修改代码，或未经明确授权就将代码嵌入的人。 -很明显，你不应该在没有指定开源许可证的情况下将你的源代码发布到网上然后期望别人使用它并为其做出贡献，我建议你也尽量避免使用这种代码，甚至疑似未授权的也不要使用。如果你开发了一个函数和例程，它和之前一个疑似未授权代码很像，源代码作者就可以对你就侵权提起诉讼。 +很明显，你不应该在没有指定开源许可证的情况下将你的源代码发布到网上然后期望别人使用它并为其做出贡献。我建议你也尽量避免使用这种代码，甚至疑似未授权的也不要使用。如果你开发了一个函数和例程，它和之前一个疑似未授权代码很像，源代码作者就可以对你就侵权提起诉讼。 举个例子，Jill Schmill 写了 AwesomeLib 然后未明确授权就把它放到了 GitHub 上，就算 Jill Schmill 不起诉任何人，只要她把 AwesomeLib 的完整版权都卖给 EvilCorp，EvilCorp 就会起诉之前违规使用这段代码的人。这种行为就好像是埋下了计算机安全隐患，总有一天会为人所用。 @@ -23,19 +23,19 @@ ### 选择恰当的开源许可证 -假设你正要写一个新程序，而且打算让人们以开源的方式使用它，你需要做的就是选择最贴合你需求的[许可证][1]。和宣传中说的一样，你可以从 GitHub 所支持的 [choosealicense.com][2] 开始。这个网站设置得像个简单的问卷，特别方便快捷，点几下就能找到合适的许可证。 +假设你正要写一个新程序，而且打算让人们以开源的方式使用它，你需要做的就是选择最贴合你需求的[许可证][1]。和宣传中说的一样，你可以从 GitHub 所支持的 [choosealicense.com][2] 开始。这个网站设计得像个简单的问卷，特别方便快捷，点几下就能找到合适的许可证。 -警示：在选择许可证时不要过于自负，如果你选的是 [Apache 许可证][3]或者 [GPLv3][4] 这种广为使用的许可证，人们很容易理解其对于权利的规划，你也不需要请律师来排查其中的漏洞。你选择的许可证使用的人越少，带来的麻烦越多。 +警示：在选择许可证时不要过于自负，如果你选的是 [Apache 许可证][3]或者 [GPLv3][4] 这种广为使用的许可证，人们很容易理解他们和你都有什么权利，你也不需要请律师来排查其中的漏洞。你选择的许可证使用的人越少，带来的麻烦就越多。 -最重要的一点是： *千万不要试图自己编造许可证！* 自己编造许可证会给大家带来更多的困惑和困扰，不要这样做。如果在现有的许可证中确实找不到你需要的条款，你可以在现有的许可证中附加上你的要求，并且重点标注出来，提醒使用者们注意。 +最重要的一点是： *千万不要试图自己制造许可证！* 自己制造许可证会给大家带来更多的困惑和困扰，不要这样做。如果在现有的许可证中确实找不到你需要的条款，你可以在现有的许可证中附加上你的要求，并且重点标注出来，提醒使用者们注意。 -我知道有些人会说：“我才懒得管什么许可证，我已经把代码发到公开领域public domain了。”但问题是，公开领域的法律效力并不是受全世界认可的。在不同的国家，公开领域的效力和表现形式不同。有些国家的政府管控下，你甚至不可以把自己的源代码发到公开领域中。万幸，[Unlicense][5] 可以弥补这些漏洞，它语言简洁，使用几个词清楚地描述了“就把它放到公开领域”，但其效力为全世界认可。 +我知道有些人会站出来说：“我才懒得管什么许可证，我已经把代码发到公开领域public domain了。”但问题是，公开领域的法律效力并不是受全世界认可的。在不同的国家，公开领域的效力和表现形式不同。在有些国家的政府管控下，你甚至不可以把自己的源代码发到公开领域。万幸，[Unlicense][5] 可以弥补这些漏洞，它语言简洁，使用几个词清楚地描述了“就把它放到公开领域”，但其效力为全世界认可。 ### 怎样引入许可证 确定使用哪个许可证之后，你需要清晰而无疑义地指定它。如果你是在 GitHub、GitLab 或 BitBucket 这几个网站发布，你需要构建很多个文件夹，在根文件夹中，你应把许可证创建为一个以 `LICENSE.txt` 命名的明文文件。 -创建 `LICENSE.txt` 这个文件之后还有其他事要做。你需要在每个有效文件的页眉中添加注释块来申明许可证。如果你使用的是一现有的许可证，这一步对你来说十分简便。一个 `# 项目名 (c)2018 作者名，GPLv3 许可证，详情见 https://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-3.0.en.html` 这样的注释块比隐约指代的许可证的效力要强得多。 +创建 `LICENSE.txt` 这个文件之后还有其它事要做。你需要在每个重要文件的头部添加注释块来申明许可证。如果你使用的是一个现有的许可证，这一步对你来说十分简便。一个 `# 项目名 (c)2018 作者名，GPLv3 许可证，详情见 https://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-3.0.en.html` 这样的注释块比隐约指代的许可证的效力要强得多。 如果你是要发布在自己的网站上，步骤也差不多。先创建 `LICENSE.txt` 文件，放入许可证，再表明许可证出处。 @@ -43,31 +43,31 @@ 开源代码和专有代码的一个主要区别是开源代码写出来就是为了给别人看的。我是个 40 多岁的系统管理员，已经写过许许多多的代码。最开始我写代码是为了工作，为了解决公司的问题，所以其中大部分代码都是专有代码。这种代码的目的很简单，只要能在特定场合通过特定方式发挥作用就行。 -开源代码则大不相同。在写开源代码时，你知道它可能会被用于各种各样的环境中。也许你的使用案例的环境条件很局限，但你仍旧希望它能在各种环境下发挥理想的效果。不同的人使用这些代码时，你会看到各类冲突，还有你没有考虑过的思路。虽然代码不一定要满足所有人，但最少它们可以顺利解决使用者遇到的问题，就算解决不了，也可以转换回常见的逻辑，不会给使用者添麻烦。（例如“第 583 行出现零除错误”就不能作为错误地提供命令行参数的响应结果） +开源代码则大不相同。在写开源代码时，你知道它可能会被用于各种各样的环境中。也许你的用例的环境条件很局限，但你仍旧希望它能在各种环境下发挥理想的效果。不同的人使用这些代码时会出现各种用例，你会看到各类冲突，还有你没有考虑过的思路。虽然代码不一定要满足所有人，但至少应该得体地处理他们遇到的问题，就算解决不了，也可以转换回常见的逻辑，不会给使用者添麻烦。（例如“第 583 行出现零除错误”就不能作为错误地提供命令行参数的响应结果） -你的源代码也可能逼疯你，尤其是在你一遍又一遍地修改错误的函数或是子过程后，终于出现了你希望的结果，这时你不会叹口气就继续下一个任务，你会把过程清理干净，因为你不会愿意别人看出你一遍遍尝试的痕迹。比如你会把 `$variable`、`$lol` 全都换成有意义的 `$iterationcounter` 和 `$modelname`。这意味着你要认真专业地进行注释（尽管对于头脑风暴中的你来说它并不难懂），但为了之后有更多的人可以使用你的代码，你会尽力去注释，但注意适可而止。 +你的源代码也可能逼疯你，尤其是在你一遍又一遍地修改错误的函数或是子过程后，终于出现了你希望的结果，这时你不会叹口气就继续下一个任务，你会把过程清理干净，因为你不会愿意别人看出你一遍遍尝试的痕迹。比如你会把 `$variable`、`$lol` 全都换成有意义的 `$iterationcounter` 和 `$modelname`。这意味着你要认真专业地进行注释（尽管对于你所处的背景知识热度来说它并不难懂），因为你期望有更多的人可以使用你的代码。 -这个过程难免有些痛苦沮丧，毕竟这不是你常做的事，会有些不习惯。但它会使你成为一位更好的程序员，也会让你的代码升华。即使你的项目只有你一位贡献者，清理代码也会节约你后期的很多工作，相信我一年后你更新 app 时，你会庆幸自己现在写下的是 `$modelname`，还有清晰的注释，而不是什么不知名的数列，甚至连 `$lol` 也不是。 +这个过程难免有些痛苦沮丧，毕竟这不是你常做的事，会有些不习惯。但它会使你成为一位更好的程序员，也会让你的代码升华。即使你的项目只有你一位贡献者，清理代码也会节约你后期的很多工作，相信我一年后你再看你的 app 代码时，你会庆幸自己写下的是 `$modelname`，还有清晰的注释，而不是什么不知名的数列，甚至连 `$lol` 也不是。 ### 你并不是为你一人而写 -开源的真正核心并不是那些代码，是社区。更大的社区的项目维持的时间更长，也更容易为人们接受。因此不仅要加入社区，还要多多为社区发展贡献思路，让自己的项目能够为社区所用。 +开源的真正核心并不是那些代码，而是社区。更大的社区的项目维持时间更长，也更容易为人们所接受。因此不仅要加入社区，还要多多为社区发展贡献思路，让自己的项目能够为社区所用。 -蝙蝠侠为了完成目标暗中独自花了很大功夫，你用不着这样，你可以登录 Twitter、Reddit，或者给你项目的相关人士发邮件，发布你正在筹备新项目的消息，仔细聊聊项目的设计初衷和你的计划，让大家一起帮忙，向大家征集数据输入，类似的使用案例，把这些信息整合起来，用在你的代码里。你不用看所有的回复，但你要对它有个大概把握，这样在你之后完善时可以躲过一些陷阱。 +蝙蝠侠为了完成目标暗中独自花了很大功夫，你用不着这样，你可以登录 Twitter、Reddit，或者给你项目的相关人士发邮件，发布你正在筹备新项目的消息，仔细聊聊项目的设计初衷和你的计划，让大家一起帮忙，向大家征集数据输入，类似的使用案例，把这些信息整合起来，用在你的代码里。你不用接受所有的建议和请求，但你要对它有个大概把握，这样在你之后完善时可以躲过一些陷阱。 -不发首次通告这个过程还不算完整。如果你希望大家能够接受你的作品，并且使用它，你就要以此为初衷来设计。公众说不定可以帮到你，你不必对公开这件事如临大敌。所以不要闭门造车，既然你是为大家而写，那就开设一个真实、公开的项目，想象你在社区的监督下，认真地一步步完成它。 +发布了首次通告这个过程还不算完整。如果你希望大家能够接受你的作品并且使用它，你就要以此为初衷来设计。公众说不定可以帮到你，你不必对公开这件事如临大敌。所以不要闭门造车，既然你是为大家而写，那就开设一个真实、公开的项目，想象你在社区的帮助和监督下，认真地一步步完成它。 ### 建立项目的方式 -你可以在 GitHub、GitLab 或 BitBucket 上免费注册账号来管理你的项目。注册之后，创建知识库，建立 `README` 文件，分配一个许可证，一步步写入代码。这样可以帮你建立好习惯，让你之后和现实中的团队一起工作时，也能目的清晰地朝着目标稳妥地进行工作。这样你做得越久，就越有兴趣。 +你可以在 GitHub、GitLab 或 BitBucket 上免费注册账号来管理你的项目。注册之后，创建知识库，建立 `README` 文件，分配一个许可证，一步步写入代码。这样可以帮你建立好习惯，让你之后和现实中的团队一起工作时，也能目的清晰地朝着目标稳妥地开展工作。这样你做得越久，就越有兴趣 —— 通常会有用户先对你的项目产生兴趣。 -用户们会开始对你产生兴趣，这会让你开心也会让你不爽，但你应该亲切礼貌地对待他们，就算他们很多人根本不知道你的项目做的是什么，你可以把文件给他们看，让他们了解你在干什么。有些还在犹豫的用户可以给你提个醒，告诉你最开始设计的用户范围中落下了哪些人。 +用户会开始提一些问题，这会让你开心也会让你不爽，你应该亲切礼貌地对待他们，就算他们很多人对项目有很多误解甚至根本不知道你的项目做的是什么，你也应该礼貌专业地对待。一方面，你可以引导他们，让他们了解你在干什么。另一方面，他们也会慢慢地将你带入更大的社区。 -如果你的项目很受用户青睐，总会有开发者出现，并表示出兴趣。这也许是好事，也可能激怒你。最开始你可能只会做简单的错误修正，但总有一天你会收到拉取请求，有可能是特殊利基案例，它可能改变你项目的作用域，甚至改变你项目的初衷。你需要学会分辨哪个有贡献，根据这个决定合并哪个，婉拒哪个。 +如果你的项目很受用户青睐，总会有高级开发者出现，并表示出兴趣。这也许是好事，也可能激怒你。最开始你可能只会做简单的问题修复，但总有一天你会收到拉取请求，有可能是硬编码或特殊用例（可能会让项目变得难以维护），它可能改变你项目的作用域，甚至改变你项目的初衷。你需要学会分辨哪个有贡献，根据这个决定合并哪个，婉拒哪个。 ### 我们为什么要开源？ -开源听起来任务繁重，它也确实是这样。但它对你也有很多好处。它可以在无形之中磨练你，让你写出纯净持久的代码，也教会你与人沟通，团队协作。对于一位志向远大的专业开发者来说，它是最好的简历书写者。你的未来雇主很有可能点开你的仓库，了解你的能力范围；而社区项目的开发者也有可能给你带来工作。 +开源听起来任务繁重，它也确实是这样。但它对你也有很多好处。它可以在无形之中磨练你，让你写出纯净持久的代码，也教会你与人沟通，团队协作。对于一个志向远大的专业开发者来说，它是最好的简历素材。你的未来雇主很有可能点开你的仓库，了解你的能力范围；而社区项目的开发者也有可能给你带来工作。 最后，为开源工作，意味着个人的提升，因为你在做的事不是为了你一个人，这比养活自己重要得多。 @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ via: https://opensource.com/article/18/3/what-open-source-programming 作者：[Jim Salter][a] 译者：[Valoniakim](https://github.com/Valoniakim) -校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) +校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy)、[pityonline](https://github.com/pityonline) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From 35d54c3449ad9a47bd6b1a75f762254ed2aa2ca4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: LuMing <784315443@qq.com> Date: Sat, 22 Sep 2018 09:55:44 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 098/246] =?UTF-8?q?=E5=A2=9E=E5=87=8F=E7=A9=BA=E8=A1=8C?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...e SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux.md | 31 ++++++++++++++++--- 1 file changed, 26 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180709 How To Configure SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux.md b/translated/tech/20180709 How To Configure SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux.md index 5f88caedea..d407e3835a 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180709 How To Configure SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180709 How To Configure SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux.md @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -如何在 Linux 中配置基于 SSH 密钥的认证 +如何在 Linux 中配置基于密钥认证的 SSH ====== ![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/01/Configure-SSH-Key-based-Authentication-In-Linux-720x340.png) @@ -19,14 +19,10 @@ * **OS** : Arch Linux Desktop * **IP address** : 192.168.225.37 /24 - - 远程系统详情： * **OS** : Ubuntu 18.04 LTS Server * **IP address** : 192.168.225.22/24 - - ### 本地系统配置 就像我之前所说，在基于密钥认证的方法中，想要通过 SSH 访问远程系统，就应该将公钥上传给它。公钥通常会被保存在远程系统的一个文件**~/.ssh/authorized_keys** 中。 @@ -34,6 +30,7 @@ **注意事项：**不要使用**root** 用户生成密钥对，这样只有 root 用户才可以使用。使用普通用户创建密钥对。 现在，让我们在本地系统上创建一个 SSH 密钥对。只需要在客户端系统上运行下面的命令。 + ``` $ ssh-keygen @@ -42,6 +39,7 @@ $ ssh-keygen 上面的命令将会创建一个 2048 位的 RSA 密钥对。输入两次密码。更重要的是，记住你的密码。后面将会用到它。 **样例输出** + ``` Generating public/private rsa key pair. Enter file in which to save the key (/home/sk/.ssh/id_rsa): @@ -67,6 +65,7 @@ The key's randomart image is: ``` 如果你已经创建了密钥对，你将看到以下信息。输入 ‘y’ 就会覆盖已存在的密钥。 + ``` /home/username/.ssh/id_rsa already exists. Overwrite (y/n)? @@ -76,12 +75,14 @@ Overwrite (y/n)? 请注意**密码是可选的**。如果你输入了密码，那么每次通过 SSH 访问远程系统时都要求输入密码，除非你使用了 SSH 代理保存了密码。如果你不想要密码（虽然不安全），简单地输入两次 ENTER。不过，我们建议你使用密码。从安全的角度来看，使用无密码的 ssh 密钥对大体上不是一个很好的主意。 这种方式应该限定在特殊的情况下使用，例如，没有用户介入的服务访问远程系统。（例如，用 rsync 远程备份...） 如果你已经在个人文件 **~/.ssh/id_rsa** 中有了无密码的密钥对，但想要更新为带密码的密钥。使用下面的命令： + ``` $ ssh-keygen -p -f ~/.ssh/id_rsa ``` 样例输出： + ``` Enter new passphrase (empty for no passphrase): Enter same passphrase again: @@ -90,6 +91,7 @@ Your identification has been saved with the new passphrase. ``` 现在，我们已经在本地系统上创建了密钥对。接下来，使用下面的命令将 SSH 公钥拷贝到你的远程 SSH 服务端上。 + ``` $ ssh-copy-id sk@192.168.225.22 @@ -98,6 +100,7 @@ $ ssh-copy-id sk@192.168.225.22 在这，我把本地（Arch Linux）系统上的公钥拷贝到了远程系统（Ubuntu 18.04 LTS）上。从技术上讲，上面的命令会把本地系统 **~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub key** 文件中的内容拷贝到远程系统**~/.ssh/authorized_keys** 中。明白了吗？非常棒。 输入 **yes** 来继续连接你的远程 SSH 服务端。接着，输入远程系统 root 用户的密码。 + ``` /usr/bin/ssh-copy-id: INFO: attempting to log in with the new key(s), to filter out any that are already installed /usr/bin/ssh-copy-id: INFO: 1 key(s) remain to be installed -- if you are prompted now it is to install the new keys @@ -111,10 +114,12 @@ and check to make sure that only the key(s) you wanted were added. ``` 如果你已经拷贝了密钥，但想要替换为新的密码，使用 **-f** 选项覆盖已有的密钥。 + ``` $ ssh-copy-id -f sk@192.168.225.22 ``` + 我们现在已经成功地将本地系统的 SSH 公钥添加进了远程系统。现在，让我们在远程系统上完全禁用掉基于密码认证的方式。因为，我们已经配置了密钥认证，因此我们不再需要密码认证了。 ### 在远程系统上禁用基于密码认证的 SSH @@ -122,6 +127,7 @@ $ ssh-copy-id -f sk@192.168.225.22 你需要在 root 或者 sudo 用户下执行下面的命令。 为了禁用基于密码的认证，你需要在远程系统的控制台上编辑 **/etc/ssh/sshd_config** 配置文件： + ``` $ sudo vi /etc/ssh/sshd_config @@ -135,6 +141,7 @@ PasswordAuthentication no ``` 重启 ssh 服务让它生效。 + ``` $ sudo systemctl restart sshd @@ -144,9 +151,15 @@ $ sudo systemctl restart sshd 在本地系统上使用命令 SSH 你的远程服务端： +``` +$ ssh sk@192.168.225.22 + +``` + 输入密码。 **样例输出：** + ``` Enter passphrase for key '/home/sk/.ssh/id_rsa': Last login: Mon Jul 9 09:59:51 2018 from 192.168.225.37 @@ -159,6 +172,7 @@ Last login: Mon Jul 9 09:59:51 2018 from 192.168.225.37 如果你试图从其他客户端系统 ssh （远程系统），你将会得到这条错误信息。比如，我试图通过命令从 CentOS SSH 访问 Ubuntu 系统： **样例输出:** + ``` The authenticity of host '192.168.225.22 (192.168.225.22)' can't be established. ECDSA key fingerprint is 67:fc:69:b7:d4:4d:fd:6e:38:44:a8:2f:08:ed:f4:21. @@ -175,6 +189,7 @@ Permission denied (publickey). 这点非常重要。就像我说过的那样，除非你配置过（在之前的例子中，是 Ubuntu），否则你不能通过 SSH 访问到远程系统。如果我希望给更多客户端予以权限去访问远程 SSH 服务端，我应该怎么做？很简单。你需要在所有的客户端系统上生成 SSH 密钥对并且手动拷贝 ssh 公钥到想要通过 ssh 访问的远程服务端上。 在客户端系统上创建 SSH 密钥对，运行： + ``` $ ssh-keygen @@ -183,6 +198,7 @@ $ ssh-keygen 输入两次密码。现在， ssh 密钥对已经生成了。你需要手动把公钥（不是私钥）拷贝到远程服务端上。 使用命令查看公钥： + ``` $ cat ~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub @@ -194,13 +210,16 @@ $ cat ~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub ssh-rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAADAQABAAABAQCt3a9tIeK5rPx9p74/KjEVXa6/OODyRp0QLS/sLp8W6iTxFL+UgALZlupVNgFjvRR5luJ9dLHWwc+d4umavAWz708e6Na9ftEPQtC28rTFsHwmyLKvLkzcGkC5+A0NdbiDZLaK3K3wgq1jzYYKT5k+IaNS6vtrx5LDObcPNPEBDt4vTixQ7GZHrDUUk5586IKeFfwMCWguHveTN7ykmo2EyL2rV7TmYq+eY2ZqqcsoK0fzXMK7iifGXVmuqTkAmZLGZK8a3bPb6VZd7KFum3Ezbu4BXZGp7FVhnOMgau2kYeOH/ItKPzpCAn+dg3NAAziCCxnII9b4nSSGz3mMY4Y7 ostechnix@centosserver ``` + 拷贝所有内容（通过 USB 驱动器或者其它任何介质），然后去你的远程服务端的控制台。像下面那样，在 home 下创建文件夹叫做 **ssh**。你需要以 root 身份执行命令。 + ``` $ mkdir -p ~/.ssh ``` 现在，将前几步创建的客户端系统的公钥添加进文件中。 + ``` echo {Your_public_key_contents_here} >> ~/.ssh/authorized_keys @@ -212,6 +231,8 @@ echo {Your_public_key_contents_here} >> ~/.ssh/authorized_keys **推荐阅读：** +（译者注：在原文中此处有超链接） + 好了，到此为止。基于密钥认证的 SSH 提供了一层防止暴力破解的额外保护。如你所见，配置密钥认证一点也不困难。这是一个非常好的方法让你的 Linux 服务端安全可靠。 不久我就会带来另一篇有用的文章。到那时，继续关注 OSTechNix。 From 1d58e2a774ffaad09407ed56c7fcff87f163ba2c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: LuMing <784315443@qq.com> Date: Sat, 22 Sep 2018 12:26:06 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 099/246] =?UTF-8?q?=E5=88=A0=E9=99=A4=E5=A4=9A=E4=BD=99?= =?UTF-8?q?=E7=A9=BA=E8=A1=8C?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...e SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux.md | 21 ------------------- 1 file changed, 21 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180709 How To Configure SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux.md b/translated/tech/20180709 How To Configure SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux.md index d407e3835a..5c69d6a92b 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180709 How To Configure SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180709 How To Configure SSH Key-based Authentication In Linux.md @@ -33,7 +33,6 @@ ``` $ ssh-keygen - ``` 上面的命令将会创建一个 2048 位的 RSA 密钥对。输入两次密码。更重要的是，记住你的密码。后面将会用到它。 @@ -61,7 +60,6 @@ The key's randomart image is: | +.*o+o | | .o*=OO+ | +----[SHA256]-----+ - ``` 如果你已经创建了密钥对，你将看到以下信息。输入 ‘y’ 就会覆盖已存在的密钥。 @@ -69,7 +67,6 @@ The key's randomart image is: ``` /home/username/.ssh/id_rsa already exists. Overwrite (y/n)? - ``` 请注意**密码是可选的**。如果你输入了密码，那么每次通过 SSH 访问远程系统时都要求输入密码，除非你使用了 SSH 代理保存了密码。如果你不想要密码（虽然不安全），简单地输入两次 ENTER。不过，我们建议你使用密码。从安全的角度来看，使用无密码的 ssh 密钥对大体上不是一个很好的主意。 这种方式应该限定在特殊的情况下使用，例如，没有用户介入的服务访问远程系统。（例如，用 rsync 远程备份...） @@ -78,7 +75,6 @@ Overwrite (y/n)? ``` $ ssh-keygen -p -f ~/.ssh/id_rsa - ``` 样例输出： @@ -87,14 +83,12 @@ $ ssh-keygen -p -f ~/.ssh/id_rsa Enter new passphrase (empty for no passphrase): Enter same passphrase again: Your identification has been saved with the new passphrase. - ``` 现在，我们已经在本地系统上创建了密钥对。接下来，使用下面的命令将 SSH 公钥拷贝到你的远程 SSH 服务端上。 ``` $ ssh-copy-id sk@192.168.225.22 - ``` 在这，我把本地（Arch Linux）系统上的公钥拷贝到了远程系统（Ubuntu 18.04 LTS）上。从技术上讲，上面的命令会把本地系统 **~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub key** 文件中的内容拷贝到远程系统**~/.ssh/authorized_keys** 中。明白了吗？非常棒。 @@ -110,14 +104,12 @@ Number of key(s) added: 1 Now try logging into the machine, with: "ssh '[email protected]'" and check to make sure that only the key(s) you wanted were added. - ``` 如果你已经拷贝了密钥，但想要替换为新的密码，使用 **-f** 选项覆盖已有的密钥。 ``` $ ssh-copy-id -f sk@192.168.225.22 - ``` 我们现在已经成功地将本地系统的 SSH 公钥添加进了远程系统。现在，让我们在远程系统上完全禁用掉基于密码认证的方式。因为，我们已经配置了密钥认证，因此我们不再需要密码认证了。 @@ -130,21 +122,18 @@ $ ssh-copy-id -f sk@192.168.225.22 ``` $ sudo vi /etc/ssh/sshd_config - ``` 找到下面这一行，去掉注释然后将值设为 **no** ``` PasswordAuthentication no - ``` 重启 ssh 服务让它生效。 ``` $ sudo systemctl restart sshd - ``` ### 从本地系统访问远程系统 @@ -153,7 +142,6 @@ $ sudo systemctl restart sshd ``` $ ssh sk@192.168.225.22 - ``` 输入密码。 @@ -164,7 +152,6 @@ $ ssh sk@192.168.225.22 Enter passphrase for key '/home/sk/.ssh/id_rsa': Last login: Mon Jul 9 09:59:51 2018 from 192.168.225.37 [email protected]:~$ - ``` 现在，你就能 SSH 你的远程系统了。如你所见，我们已经使用之前 **ssh-keygen** 创建的密码登录进了远程系统的账户，而不是使用账户实际的密码。 @@ -179,7 +166,6 @@ ECDSA key fingerprint is 67:fc:69:b7:d4:4d:fd:6e:38:44:a8:2f:08:ed:f4:21. Are you sure you want to continue connecting (yes/no)? yes Warning: Permanently added '192.168.225.22' (ECDSA) to the list of known hosts. Permission denied (publickey). - ``` 如你所见，除了 CentOS （译注：根据上文，这里应该是 Arch） 系统外，我不能通过其他任何系统 SSH 访问我的远程系统 Ubuntu 18.04。 @@ -192,7 +178,6 @@ Permission denied (publickey). ``` $ ssh-keygen - ``` 输入两次密码。现在， ssh 密钥对已经生成了。你需要手动把公钥（不是私钥）拷贝到远程服务端上。 @@ -201,28 +186,24 @@ $ ssh-keygen ``` $ cat ~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub - ``` 应该会输出如下信息： ``` ssh-rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAADAQABAAABAQCt3a9tIeK5rPx9p74/KjEVXa6/OODyRp0QLS/sLp8W6iTxFL+UgALZlupVNgFjvRR5luJ9dLHWwc+d4umavAWz708e6Na9ftEPQtC28rTFsHwmyLKvLkzcGkC5+A0NdbiDZLaK3K3wgq1jzYYKT5k+IaNS6vtrx5LDObcPNPEBDt4vTixQ7GZHrDUUk5586IKeFfwMCWguHveTN7ykmo2EyL2rV7TmYq+eY2ZqqcsoK0fzXMK7iifGXVmuqTkAmZLGZK8a3bPb6VZd7KFum3Ezbu4BXZGp7FVhnOMgau2kYeOH/ItKPzpCAn+dg3NAAziCCxnII9b4nSSGz3mMY4Y7 ostechnix@centosserver - ``` 拷贝所有内容（通过 USB 驱动器或者其它任何介质），然后去你的远程服务端的控制台。像下面那样，在 home 下创建文件夹叫做 **ssh**。你需要以 root 身份执行命令。 ``` $ mkdir -p ~/.ssh - ``` 现在，将前几步创建的客户端系统的公钥添加进文件中。 ``` echo {Your_public_key_contents_here} >> ~/.ssh/authorized_keys - ``` 在远程系统上重启 ssh 服务。现在，你可以在新的客户端上 SSH 远程服务端了。 @@ -239,8 +220,6 @@ echo {Your_public_key_contents_here} >> ~/.ssh/authorized_keys 干杯！ - - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- via: https://www.ostechnix.com/configure-ssh-key-based-authentication-linux/ From 33ad7e72dd099931c2f2d014d75cc9b3f8ccd43c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: jamelouis Date: Sat, 22 Sep 2018 12:36:46 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 100/246] translated --- ...ith openmediavault- A home NAS solution.md | 38 +++++++++++++++++-- 1 file changed, 35 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) rename {sources => translated}/tech/20180917 Getting started with openmediavault- A home NAS solution.md (60%) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180917 Getting started with openmediavault- A home NAS solution.md b/translated/tech/20180917 Getting started with openmediavault- A home NAS solution.md similarity index 60% rename from sources/tech/20180917 Getting started with openmediavault- A home NAS solution.md rename to translated/tech/20180917 Getting started with openmediavault- A home NAS solution.md index 42bb1bfe17..0c07c44ec8 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180917 Getting started with openmediavault- A home NAS solution.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180917 Getting started with openmediavault- A home NAS solution.md @@ -1,42 +1,72 @@ [translating by jamelouis] Getting started with openmediavault: A home NAS solution + +openmediavault入门：一个家庭NAS解决方案 ====== This network-attached file server offers a solid array of features and is easy to install and configure. +这个网络附加文件服务提供了一序列功能，并且易于安装和配置。 + ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/bus-cloud.png?itok=vz0PIDDS) With so many cloud storage options readily available, some folks might question the value of having a home NAS (network-attached storage) server. After all, with your files on the cloud, you don't have to worry about managing the maintenance, updates, and security of your own server. +面对许多可供选择的云存储方案，一些人可能会质疑一个家庭网络附加存储服务的价值。毕竟，当所有你的文件存储在云上，你不需要为你自己云服务的维护，更新，和安全担忧。 + But that's not entirely true, is it? You have a home network, so you've got to pay at least some attention to that network's health and security. Assuming you're already keeping on top of that, then [a home NAS][1] really isn't adding that much additional hassle. And there are all kinds of benefits to gain from that minor amount of work. +但是，这不完全对，是不是？你由一个家庭网络，所以你不得不负责维护网络的健康和安全。假定你已经维护一个家庭网络，那么[一个家庭NAS][1]并不会增加额外负担。反而你能从少量的工作中得到许多的好处。 + You can have a local backup of every computer in your house (you can also back up off-site). Have a media server that holds movies, music, and photos regardless of whether your internet connection flakes out. Work on large files on multiple computers in your home without waiting for them to traverse from some random computer somewhere else on the internet. Plus, you can have your NAS pull double duty with other services, like hosting local email or a household wiki. Perhaps most importantly, with a home NAS, your data is your data—under your control and always accessible. +你可以为你家里所有的计算机备份(你也可以备份离线网站).构架一个存储电影，音乐和照片的媒体服务器，不管网络连接是否连接。在家里的多台计算机处理大型文件，不需要等待从网络其他随机的计算机传输这些文件过来。另外，可以让NAS与其他服务一起进行双重任务，如托管本地邮件或者家庭Wiki。也许最重要的是，构架家庭NAS，数据完全是你的，始终在控制下和随时可访问的。 + The follow-on question is which NAS solution to choose. Sure, you could buy a pre-built solution and call it a day, but what fun is that? And practically speaking, although it's great to have an appliance that handles everything for you, it's often better to have a rig that you can fix and upgrade yourself. This is the situation I found myself in recently. I chose to install and set up [openmediavault][2]. -### Why openmediavault? +接下来的问题是如何选择NAS方案。当然，你可以购买预先建立的解决方案，并在某一天打电话购买，但是这会有什么乐趣呢？实际上，尽管拥有一个能处理一切的设备很棒，但最好还是有一个可以修复和升级的钻机。这是一个我近期发现的解决方案。我选择安装和配置[openmediavault][2]。 + +### 为什么选择openmediavault? There are a few open source NAS solutions out there, some arguably more popular than openmediavault. When I asked around, for instance, [FreeNAS][3] was recommended the most. So why didn't I go with that? After all, it is more widely used, includes more features, and offers more support options, [according to a comparison on the FreeNAS website][4]. That's certainly all true. But openmediavault is no slouch. It's actually based on an earlier version of FreeNAS, and while its numbers are lower in terms of downloads and features, they're more than adequate for my needs. +市面上有不少开源的NAS解决方案，其中有点无可争议的比openmediavault好。当我询问周遭，例如，[freeNAS][3]最常被推荐给我。那么为什么我不采纳他们的建议呢？毕竟，它被大范围的使用，包含很多的功能，和提供许多支持选项，[基于FreeNAS官网的一份对比数据][4]。当然这些全部是对的。但是openmediavault还是不错的。它是基于FreeNAS早期版本，虽然它在下载和功能方面的数量较低，但是对于我的需求而言，它已经相当足够了。 + Another factor was a simple matter of comfort. Openmediavault's underlying operating system is [Debian][5], whereas FreeNAS sits atop [FreeBSD][6]. I'm personally not as familiar with FreeBSD, so that would make it more difficult for me to fix things if my NAS starts misbehaving. It also makes it more difficult for me to tweak things or add my own services to the machine if I want. Sure, I could learn FreeBSD and get more familiar with it, but I'm already home-building this NAS; I've found that projects tend to be more successful if you limit the number of "learning opportunities" you give yourself to complete them. +另外一个因素是它很舒适。openmediavault的底层操作系统是[Debian][5],然而FreeNAS是[FreeBSD][6]。由于我个人对FressBSD不是很熟悉，因此如果我的NAS出现故障，必定会很难在FreeBSD上修复故障。同样的，也会是我很难微调配置或添加服务到机器上。当然，我可以学习FreeBSD和更熟悉它，但是我已经在家里构架了这个NAS；我发现，如果限制给定自己完成构建NAS的“学习机会”的数量，构建NAS往往会更成功。 + Every situation is different, of course, so do your research and decide what seems to be the best fit for you. FreeNAS looks like the right solution for a lot of people. Openmediavault was the right one for me. -### Installation and configuration +当然，每个情况都不同，所以你要自己调研，然后作出最适合自己方案的决定。FreeNAS对于许多人似乎都是不错的解决方案。Openmediavault正是适合我的解决方案。 + +### 安装与配置 The installation process is pretty well covered in the [openmediavault documentation][7], so I won't rehash that here. If you've ever installed a Linux distribution, most of the steps should look familiar to you (though with a somewhat uglier [Ncurses][8] interface than you might see on modern distributions). I installed it using the [dedicated drive][9] instructions. However, those instructions, while good, are rather spartan. When you're done, you have a base system installed, but there's more to do before you can actually use your NAS to store any files. For instance, the dedicated drive instructions install openmediavault on a hard drive, but that's the operating system drive, not the one with the shared space that's accessible to other computers on your network. You need to walk yourself through setting that up and configuring it. +在[openmediavault文档]里详细记录了安装步骤，所以我不在这里重述了。如果你曾经安装过任何一个linux版本，大部分安装步骤都是很类似的(虽然在相对丑陋的[Ucurses][9]界面，不像你可能在现代版本的相对美观的安装界面)。我通过使用[专用驱动器][9]指令来安装它。然而，这些指令不但很好，而且相当精炼的。当你搞定这些指令，你安装了一个基本的系统，但是你还需要做很多才能真正构建好NAS来存储任何文件。例如，专用驱动器指令在硬盘驱动上安装openmediavault，但那是操作系统的驱动，而不是和网络上其他计算机共享空间的那个驱动。你需要自己把这些建立起来并且配置好。 + The first thing you should do is load up the administrative web interface and change the default password. This password is different from the root password you set during the installation process. It's the administrative account for the web interface, and the default username and password are `admin` and `openmediavault`, respectively—definitely something you'll want to change immediately after logging in. -#### Set up your drives +你要做的第一件事是加载管理的网页界面和修改默认密码。这个密码和之前你安装过程设置的根密码是不同的。这是网页洁面的管理员账号，和默认的账户和密码分别是’admin‘和‘openmediavault’，当你登入后自然而然地会修改这些配置属性。 + +#### 设置你的驱动 Once you've installed openmediavault, you need it to actually do stuff for you. The first logical step is to set up the drives that you're going to use for storage. I'm assuming that you've already got them physically installed, so all you have to do at this point is get openmediavault to recognize them and configure them. The first step is making sure those disks are visible. The sidebar menu has a lot of options, but it's very sensibly organized. Go to **Storage - > Disks**. Once you click that, you should see all of the drives you've installed on your server, including the one where you actually installed openmediavault. If you don't see all of your drives there, click the Scan button to see if it picks them up. Usually, it's not a problem. +一旦你安装好openmediavault,你需要它为你做一些工作。逻辑上的第一个步骤是设置好你即将用来作为存储的驱动。在这里，我假定你已经物理上安装好它们了，所以接下来你要做的就是让openmediavault识别和配置它们。第一步是确保这些磁盘是可见的。侧边栏菜单有很多选项，而且被精心的归类了。选择**存储 - > 磁盘**。一旦你点击该菜单，你应该能够看到所有你已经安装到该服务器的驱动，包括那个你已经用来安装openmediavault的驱动。如果你没有在那里看到所有驱动，点击扫描按钮去看它能够接载它们。通常，这不会是一个问题。 + You could mount these drives individually to set them up as your file share, but for a file server, you'll want some redundancy. You want to be able to treat multiple drives as a single volume and recover your data if a drive fails or add new drives when you start running out of space. That means you're going to want a [RAID][10]. The topic of what specific type of RAID configuration you want is a deep rabbit hole that deserves an article all of its own (and many have been written), but suffice it to say that you'll need more than one drive, and in the best case, all of your drives store the same amount of data. +当你的文件共享时，你可以独立的挂载和设置这些驱动，但是对于一个文件服务器，你将想要一些冗余驱动。你想要能够把很多驱动当作一个单一卷和能够在某一个驱动出现故障或者空间不足下安装新驱动的情况下恢复你的数据。这意味你将需要一个[RAID][10]。你想要的什么特定类型的RAID的主题是一个深深的兔子洞，是一个值得另写一片文章专门来讲述它(而且已经有很多关于该主题的文章了)，但是简而言之是你将需要不仅仅一个驱动和最好的情况下，你的所有驱动都存储一样数量的数据。 + Openmediavault supports all standard RAID levels, so you're good to go there. Configure your RAID in **Storage - > RAID Management**. Configuration is absurdly simple: Click the Create button, choose the disks you want in your RAID array, the RAID level you want to use, and a name for the array. Openmediavault handles the rest for you. There's no messing around at the command line, trying to remember which flags to use with the `mdadm` command. In my specific case, I have six 2-TB drives that I've set up as RAID 10. +openmedia支持所有标准的RAID级别，所以多了解RAID对你很有好处的。可以在**存储 - > RAID管理**配置你的RAID。配置是相当简单:点击创建按钮，在你的RAID阵列里选择你想要的磁盘和你想要使用的RAID级别，和给这个阵列一个名字。openmediavault为你处理剩下的工作。没有混乱的命令行，试图记住‘mdadm'命令的一些标志参数。在我特别的例子，我有六个2TB驱动，并被设置为RAID 10. + With your RAID set up, you've almost got a place to store things. You just need to set up a file system. Just like your desktop computer, a hard drive doesn't do you any good until you format it. So the next place to go in openmediavault's control panel is **Storage - > File Systems**. Just like configuring your RAID, click the Create button and follow the prompts. In this case, you choose the device to format. If you have only the one RAID on your server, it should be something like `md0`. You'll also need to choose the filesystem type. If you're not sure, just use the standard ext4 type. +当你的RAID构建好了，基本上你已经有一个地方可以存储东西了。你仅仅需要设置一个文件系统。正如你的桌面系统，一个硬盘驱动在没有格式化情况下是没什么用处的。所以下一个你要去的地方的是位于openmediavault控制面板里的**存储 - > 文件系统**。和配置你的RAID一样，点击创建按钮，然后跟着提示操作。如果你只有一个RAID在你的服务器上，你应该可以看到一个像’md0‘的东西。你也需要选择文件系统的类别。如果你不能确定，选择标准的ext4类型即可。 + #### Define your shares Sweet! You've got a place to store files. Now you just need to make it visible on your home network. Configure this from the **Services** section of the openmediavault control panel. When it comes to setting up a file share on a network, there are really two main choices: NFS or SMB/CIFS. As a rule of thumb, if all of the computers on your network are running Linux distributions, then you're probably better off using NFS. However, if your home network is a mixed environment with a combination of Linux, Windows, Mac OS, and embedded devices, then SMB/CIFS is probably the right choice. @@ -51,6 +81,8 @@ Once you do that, you're pretty much good to go. You'll need to access your shar Have fun! +玩得开心！ + -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/openmediavault From 8ff74ac4fc0e985716ddbc4ba83bf837255caaa3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: jrg Date: Sat, 22 Sep 2018 13:18:00 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 101/246] Update 20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md --- ...minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md b/sources/tech/20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md index 465941491c..cc1b5531d1 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md @@ -1,3 +1,6 @@ +【翻译中】translating by jrglinux! + + Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go ====== From 7a7dcf7a422622db3d8fb4bfcee010551b02cc4a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Sat, 22 Sep 2018 13:30:59 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 102/246] PRF:20180907 Autotrash - A CLI Tool To Automatically Purge Old Trashed Files.md @geekpi --- ...o Automatically Purge Old Trashed Files.md | 40 ++++++------------- 1 file changed, 12 insertions(+), 28 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180907 Autotrash - A CLI Tool To Automatically Purge Old Trashed Files.md b/translated/tech/20180907 Autotrash - A CLI Tool To Automatically Purge Old Trashed Files.md index 03d429fef3..a16e264dcb 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180907 Autotrash - A CLI Tool To Automatically Purge Old Trashed Files.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180907 Autotrash - A CLI Tool To Automatically Purge Old Trashed Files.md @@ -1,36 +1,33 @@ -Autotrash - 一个自动清除旧垃圾的命令行工具 +Autotrash：一个自动清除旧垃圾的命令行工具 ====== ![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/autotrash-720x340.png) -**Autotrash** 是一个命令行程序，它用于自动清除旧的已删除文件。它将清除超过指定天数的在回收站中的文件。你不需要清空回收站或执行 SHIFT+DELETE 以永久清除文件/文件夹。Autortrash 将处理回收站中的内容，并在特定时间段后自动删除它们。简而言之，Autotrash 永远不会让你的垃圾变得太大。 +**Autotrash** 是一个命令行程序，它用于自动清除旧的已删除文件。它将清除超过指定天数的在回收站中的文件。你不需要清空回收站或执行 `SHIFT+DELETE` 以永久清除文件/文件夹。Autortrash 将处理回收站中的内容，并在特定时间段后自动删除它们。简而言之，Autotrash 永远不会让你的垃圾变得太大。 ### 安装 Autotrash -Autotrash 默认存在于基于 Debian 系统的仓库中。要在 Debian、Ubuntu、Linux Mint 上安装 autotrash，请运行： +Autotrash 默认存在于基于 Debian 系统的仓库中。要在 Debian、Ubuntu、Linux Mint 上安装 `autotrash`，请运行： ``` $ sudo apt-get install autotrash - ``` 在 Fedora 上： ``` $ sudo dnf install autotrash - ``` 对于 Arch linux 及其变体，你可以使用任何 AUR 助手程序， 如 [**Yay**][1] 安装它。 ``` $ yay -S autotrash-git - ``` ### 自动清除旧的垃圾文件 -每当你运行 autotrash 时，它会扫描你的 **`~/.local/share/Trash/info`** 目录并读取 **`.trashinfo`** 以找出它们的删除日期。如果文件已在回收站中超过指定的日期，那么就会删除它们。 +每当你运行 `autotrash` 时，它会扫描你的 `~/.local/share/Trash/info` 目录并读取 `.trashinfo` 以找出它们的删除日期。如果文件已在回收站中超过指定的日期，那么就会删除它们。 让我举几个例子。 @@ -38,91 +35,78 @@ $ yay -S autotrash-git ``` $ autotrash -d 30 - ``` 如上例所示，如果回收站中的文件超过 30 天，Autotrash 会自动将其从回收站中删除。你无需手动删除它们。只需将没用的文件放到回收站即可忘记。Autotrash 将处理已删除的文件。 -以上命令仅处理当前登录用户的垃圾目录。如果要使 autotrash 处理所有用户的垃圾目录（不仅仅是在你的家目录中），请使用 **-t** 选项，如下所示。 +以上命令仅处理当前登录用户的垃圾目录。如果要使 autotrash 处理所有用户的垃圾目录（不仅仅是在你的家目录中），请使用 `-t` 选项，如下所示。 ``` $ autotrash -td 30 - ``` Autotrash 还允许你根据回收站可用容量或磁盘可用空间来删除已删除的文件。 -例如，看下下面的例子。 +例如，看下下面的例子： ``` $ autotrash --max-free 1024 -d 30 - ``` -根据上面的命令，如果回收站的剩余的空间少于**1GB**，那么 autotrash 将从回收站中清除超过**30 天**的已删除文件。如果你的回收站空间不足，这可能很有用。 +根据上面的命令，如果回收站的剩余的空间少于 **1GB**，那么 autotrash 将从回收站中清除超过 **30 天**的已删除文件。如果你的回收站空间不足，这可能很有用。 我们还可以从回收站中按最早的时间清除文件直到回收站至少有 1GB 的空间。 ``` $ autotrash --min-free 1024 - ``` 在这种情况下，对旧的已删除文件没有限制。 -你可以将这两个选项（**`--min-free`** 和 **`--max-free`**）组合在一个命令中，如下所示。 +你可以将这两个选项（`--min-free` 和 `--max-free`）组合在一个命令中，如下所示。 ``` $ autotrash --max-free 2048 --min-free 1024 -d 30 - ``` -根据上面的命令，如果可用空间小于 **2GB**，autotrash 将读取回收站，接着关注容量。此时，删除超过 30 天的文件，如果少于 **1GB** 的可用空间，则删除更新的文件。 +根据上面的命令，如果可用空间小于 **2GB**，`autotrash` 将读取回收站，接着关注容量。此时，删除超过 30 天的文件，如果少于 **1GB** 的可用空间，则删除更新的文件。 -如你所见，所有命令都应由用户手动运行。你可能想知道，我该如何自动执行此任务？这很容易！只需将 autotrash 添加为 crontab 任务即可。现在，命令将在计划的时间自动运行，并根据定义的选项清除回收站中的文件。 +如你所见，所有命令都应由用户手动运行。你可能想知道，我该如何自动执行此任务？这很容易！只需将 `autotrash` 添加为 crontab 任务即可。现在，命令将在计划的时间自动运行，并根据定义的选项清除回收站中的文件。 要在 crontab 中添加这些命令，请运行： ``` $ crontab -e - ``` 添加任务，例如： ``` @daily /usr/bin/autotrash -d 30 - ``` 现在，autotrash 将每天清除回收站中超过 30 天的文件。 有关计划任务的更多详细信息，请参阅以下链接。 - + [Cron 任务的初学者指南]][2] + [如何在 Linux 中轻松安全地管理 Cron 作业]][3] - 请注意，如果你无意中删除了任何重要文件，它们将在规定的日期后永久消失，所以请小心。 请参阅手册页以了解有关 Autotrash 的更多信息。 ``` $ man autotrash - ``` -清空回收站或按 SHIFT+DELETE 永久删除 Linux 系统中没用的东西没什么大不了的。它只需要几秒钟。但是，如果你需要额外的程序来处理垃圾文件，Autotrash 可能会有所帮助。试一下，看看它是如何工作的。 +清空回收站或按 `SHIFT+DELETE` 永久删除 Linux 系统中没用的东西没什么大不了的。它只需要几秒钟。但是，如果你需要额外的程序来处理垃圾文件，Autotrash 可能会有所帮助。试一下，看看它是如何工作的。 就是这些了。希望这个有用。还有更多的好东西。 干杯! - - - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- via: https://www.ostechnix.com/autotrash-a-cli-tool-to-automatically-purge-old-trashed-files/ @@ -130,7 +114,7 @@ via: https://www.ostechnix.com/autotrash-a-cli-tool-to-automatically-purge-old-t 作者：[SK][a] 选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From 1c95e77056f5f9845b3534ded9d42742bfeac7b7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Sat, 22 Sep 2018 13:31:20 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 103/246] PUB:20180907 Autotrash - A CLI Tool To Automatically Purge Old Trashed Files.md @geekpi https://linux.cn/article-10038-1.html --- ...trash - A CLI Tool To Automatically Purge Old Trashed Files.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180907 Autotrash - A CLI Tool To Automatically Purge Old Trashed Files.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180907 Autotrash - A CLI Tool To Automatically Purge Old Trashed Files.md b/published/20180907 Autotrash - A CLI Tool To Automatically Purge Old Trashed Files.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180907 Autotrash - A CLI Tool To Automatically Purge Old Trashed Files.md rename to published/20180907 Autotrash - A CLI Tool To Automatically Purge Old Trashed Files.md From 18d6e8fb62bd52ec48c93f81063d3d0b871f75d7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Sat, 22 Sep 2018 14:09:15 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 104/246] PRF:20180903 Turn your vi editor into a productivity powerhouse.md @idea2act --- ...i editor into a productivity powerhouse.md | 89 +++++++------------ 1 file changed, 30 insertions(+), 59 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180903 Turn your vi editor into a productivity powerhouse.md b/translated/tech/20180903 Turn your vi editor into a productivity powerhouse.md index e2e209017f..ab3876c3e0 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180903 Turn your vi editor into a productivity powerhouse.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180903 Turn your vi editor into a productivity powerhouse.md @@ -1,9 +1,10 @@ 增强 Vim 编辑器，提高编辑效率 ====== +> 这 20 多个有用的命令可以增强你使用 Vi 的体验。 ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/checklist_hands_team_collaboration.png?itok=u82QepPk) -编者注：标题和文章最初提到的 `vi` 编辑器，现已更新为编辑器的正确名称：`Vim`。 +*编者注：标题和文章最初称呼的 `vi` 编辑器，现已更新为编辑器的正确名称：`Vim`。* `Vim` 作为一款功能强大、选项丰富的编辑器，为许多用户所热爱。本文介绍了一些在 `Vim` 中默认未启用但实际非常有用的选项。虽然可以在每个 `Vim` 会话中单独启用，但为了创建一个开箱即用的高效编辑环境，还是建议在 `Vim` 的配置文件中配置这些命令。 @@ -13,23 +14,23 @@ （注意：`vimrc` 文件也用于 `Linux` 中的全局配置，如 `/etc/vimrc` 或 `/etc/vim/vimrc`。本文所说的 `.vimrc` 均是指位于用户主目录中的 `.vimrc` 文件。） -`Linux` 系统中： +Linux 系统中： * 用 `Vim` 打开 `.vimrc` 文件： `vim ~/.vimrc` * 复制本文最后的 `选项列表` 粘贴到 `.vimrc` 文件 * 保存并关闭 (`:wq`) -译者注：此处不建议使用 `Vim` 编辑 `.vimrc` 文件，因为很可能无法粘贴成功，可以选择 `gedit` 编辑器编辑 `.vimrc` 文件。 +（LCTT 译注：此处不建议使用 `Vim` 编辑 `.vimrc` 文件，因为很可能无法粘贴成功，可以选择 `gedit` 编辑器编辑 `.vimrc` 文件。） -`Windows` 系统中： +Windows 系统中： * 首先，[安装 gvim][1] * 打开 `gvim` - * 单击 `编辑` -> `启动设置`，打开 `_vimrc` 文件 - * 复制本文最后的 `选项列表` 粘贴到 `_vimrc` 文件 - * 单击 `文件` -> `保存` + * 单击 “编辑” -> “启动设置”，打开 `_vimrc` 文件 + * 复制本文最后的 “选项列表” 粘贴到 `_vimrc` 文件 + * 单击 “文件” -> “保存” -译者注：此处应注意不要使用 `Windows` 自带的记事本编辑该 `_vimrc` 文件。 +（LCTT 译注：此处应注意不要使用 `Windows` 自带的记事本编辑该 `_vimrc` 文件，否则可能会因为行结束符不同而导致问题。） 下面，我们将深入研究提高 `Vim` 编辑效率的选项。主要分为以下几类： @@ -40,7 +41,7 @@ 5. 拼写 6. 其他选项 -## 1. 缩进 & 制表符 +### 1. 缩进 & 制表符 使 `Vim` 在创建新行的时候使用与上一行同样的缩进： @@ -56,7 +57,7 @@ set smartindent 注意：`Vim` 具有语言感知功能，且其默认设置可以基于文件中的编程语言来改变配置以提高效率。有许多默认的配置选项，包括 `axs cindent`，`cinoptions`，`indentexpr` 等，没有在这里说明。 `syn` 是一个非常有用的命令，用于设置文件的语法以更改显示模式。 -译者注：这里的 `syn` 是指 `syntax`，可用于设置文件所用的编程语言，开启对应的语法高亮，以及执行自动事件 (`autocmd`)。 +（LCTT 译注：这里的 `syn` 是指 `syntax`，可用于设置文件所用的编程语言，开启对应的语法高亮，以及执行自动事件 (`autocmd`)。） 设置文件里的制表符 `(TAB)` 的宽度（以空格的数量表示）： @@ -78,7 +79,7 @@ set expandtab 注意：这可能会导致依赖于制表符的 `Python` 等编程语言出现问题。这时，你可以根据文件类型设置该选项（请参考 `autocmd`）。 -## 2. 显示 & 格式化 +### 2. 显示 & 格式化 要在每行的前面显示行号： @@ -100,9 +101,9 @@ set textwidth=80 set wrapmargin=2 ``` -译者注：如果 `textwidth` 选项不等于零，本选项无效。 +（LCTT 译注：如果 `textwidth` 选项不等于零，本选项无效。) -插入括号时，短暂地跳转到匹配的括号： +当光标遍历文件时经过括号时，高亮标识匹配的括号： ```vim set showmatch @@ -110,7 +111,7 @@ set showmatch ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/picture02-03.jpg) -## 3. 搜索 +### 3. 搜索 高亮搜索内容的所有匹配位置： @@ -142,20 +143,22 @@ set smartcase 例如，如果文件内容是： -> test\ -> Test +``` +test +Test +``` 当打开 `ignorecase` 和 `smartcase` 选项时，搜索 `test` 时的突出显示： -> test\ +> test > Test 搜索 `Test` 时的突出显示： -> test\ +> test > Test -## 4. 浏览 & 滚动 +### 4. 浏览 & 滚动 为获得更好的视觉体验，你可能希望将光标放在窗口中间而不是第一行，以下选项使光标距窗口上下保留 5 行。 @@ -163,7 +166,7 @@ set smartcase set scrolloff=5 ``` -一个例子: +一个例子： 第一张图中 `scrolloff=0`，第二张图中 `scrolloff=5`。 @@ -179,7 +182,7 @@ set laststatus=2 ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/picture08.png) -## 5. 拼写 +### 5. 拼写 `Vim` 有一个内置的拼写检查器，对于文本编辑和编码非常有用。`Vim` 可以识别文件类型并仅对代码中的注释进行拼写检查。使用下面的选项打开英语拼写检查： @@ -187,9 +190,9 @@ set laststatus=2 set spell spelllang=en_us ``` -译者注：中文、日文或其它东亚语字符通常会在打开拼写检查时被标为拼写错误，因为拼写检查不支持这些语种，可以在 `spelllang` 选项中加入 `cjk` 来忽略这些错误标注。 +（LCTT 译注：中文、日文或其它东亚语字符通常会在打开拼写检查时被标为拼写错误，因为拼写检查不支持这些语种，可以在 `spelllang` 选项中加入 `cjk` 来忽略这些错误标注。） -## 6. 其他选项 +### 6. 其他选项 禁止创建备份文件：启用此选项后，`Vim` 将在覆盖文件前创建一个备份，文件成功写入后保留该备份。如果不想保留该备份文件，可以按下面的方式关闭： @@ -227,9 +230,7 @@ set errorbells set visualbell ``` -## 惊喜 - -vi provides long-format as well as short-format commands. Either format can be used to set or unset the configuration. +### 惊喜 `Vim` 提供长格式和短格式命令，两种格式都可用于设置或取消选项配置。 @@ -245,8 +246,6 @@ set autoindent set ai ``` -To see the current configuration setting of a command without changing its current value, use `?` at the end: - 要在不更改选项当前值的情况下查看其当前设置，可以在 `Vim` 的命令行上使用在末尾加上 `?` 的命令： ```vim @@ -271,71 +270,43 @@ set noautoindent ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/picture10-11.jpg) -注意：此处列出的命令仅对 `Linux` 上的 `Vim 7.4` 版本和 `Windows` 上的 `Vim 8.0` 版本进行了测试。 +注意：此处列出的命令仅对 Linux 上的 Vim 7.4 版本和 Windows 上的 Vim 8.0 版本进行了测试。 这些有用的命令肯定会增强您的 `Vim` 使用体验。你会推荐哪些其他有用的命令? -## 选项列表 +### 选项列表 复制该选项列表粘贴到 `.vimrc` 文件中： ```vim " Indentation & Tabs - set autoindent - set smartindent - set tabstop=4 - set shiftwidth=4 - set expandtab - set smarttab - " Display & format - set number - set textwidth=80 - set wrapmargin=2 - set showmatch - " Search - set hlsearch - set incsearch - set ignorecase - set smartcase - " Browse & Scroll - set scrolloff=5 - set laststatus=2 - " Spell - set spell spelllang=en_us - " Miscellaneous - set nobackup - set noswapfile - set autochdir - set undofile - set visualbell - set errorbells ``` @@ -346,7 +317,7 @@ via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/vi-editor-productivity-powerhouse 作者：[Girish Managoli][a] 选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者：[idea2act](https://github.com/idea2act) -校对：[apemost](https://github.com/apemost) +校对：[apemost](https://github.com/apemost), [wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From f6b283471b54eba02b8ab17cd507a699f8de31bc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Sat, 22 Sep 2018 14:10:07 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 105/246] PUB:20180903 Turn your vi editor into a productivity powerhouse.md MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit @idea2act https://linux.cn/article-10039-1.html 翻译的棒极了，很用心。 --- ...20180903 Turn your vi editor into a productivity powerhouse.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180903 Turn your vi editor into a productivity powerhouse.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180903 Turn your vi editor into a productivity powerhouse.md b/published/20180903 Turn your vi editor into a productivity powerhouse.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180903 Turn your vi editor into a productivity powerhouse.md rename to published/20180903 Turn your vi editor into a productivity powerhouse.md From 7ada5aa2f946bceff8184776cf5b36716f7a6e06 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Sat, 22 Sep 2018 14:10:55 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 106/246] PRF:20180903 Turn your vi editor into a productivity powerhouse.md --- ...180903 Turn your vi editor into a productivity powerhouse.md | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/published/20180903 Turn your vi editor into a productivity powerhouse.md b/published/20180903 Turn your vi editor into a productivity powerhouse.md index ab3876c3e0..41fb8e50d7 100644 --- a/published/20180903 Turn your vi editor into a productivity powerhouse.md +++ b/published/20180903 Turn your vi editor into a productivity powerhouse.md @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ `Vim` 作为一款功能强大、选项丰富的编辑器，为许多用户所热爱。本文介绍了一些在 `Vim` 中默认未启用但实际非常有用的选项。虽然可以在每个 `Vim` 会话中单独启用，但为了创建一个开箱即用的高效编辑环境，还是建议在 `Vim` 的配置文件中配置这些命令。 -## 开始前的准备 +### 开始前的准备 这里所说的选项或配置均位于用户主目录中的 `Vim` 启动配置文件 `.vimrc`。 按照下面的说明在 `.vimrc` 中设置选项： From 28510acb2f0ba5eea95c00efce4738e02bb383bd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: jamelouis Date: Sat, 22 Sep 2018 15:31:30 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 107/246] translated --- ...ith openmediavault- A home NAS solution.md | 59 ++++--------------- 1 file changed, 13 insertions(+), 46 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180917 Getting started with openmediavault- A home NAS solution.md b/translated/tech/20180917 Getting started with openmediavault- A home NAS solution.md index 0c07c44ec8..833180811a 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180917 Getting started with openmediavault- A home NAS solution.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180917 Getting started with openmediavault- A home NAS solution.md @@ -1,85 +1,52 @@ -[translating by jamelouis] -Getting started with openmediavault: A home NAS solution - openmediavault入门：一个家庭NAS解决方案 ====== -This network-attached file server offers a solid array of features and is easy to install and configure. - 这个网络附加文件服务提供了一序列功能，并且易于安装和配置。 ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/bus-cloud.png?itok=vz0PIDDS) -With so many cloud storage options readily available, some folks might question the value of having a home NAS (network-attached storage) server. After all, with your files on the cloud, you don't have to worry about managing the maintenance, updates, and security of your own server. - 面对许多可供选择的云存储方案，一些人可能会质疑一个家庭网络附加存储服务的价值。毕竟，当所有你的文件存储在云上，你不需要为你自己云服务的维护，更新，和安全担忧。 -But that's not entirely true, is it? You have a home network, so you've got to pay at least some attention to that network's health and security. Assuming you're already keeping on top of that, then [a home NAS][1] really isn't adding that much additional hassle. And there are all kinds of benefits to gain from that minor amount of work. +但是，这不完全对，是不是？你有一个家庭网络，所以你不得不负责维护网络的健康和安全。假定你已经维护一个家庭网络，那么[一个家庭NAS][1]并不会增加额外负担。反而你能从少量的工作中得到许多的好处。 -但是，这不完全对，是不是？你由一个家庭网络，所以你不得不负责维护网络的健康和安全。假定你已经维护一个家庭网络，那么[一个家庭NAS][1]并不会增加额外负担。反而你能从少量的工作中得到许多的好处。 - -You can have a local backup of every computer in your house (you can also back up off-site). Have a media server that holds movies, music, and photos regardless of whether your internet connection flakes out. Work on large files on multiple computers in your home without waiting for them to traverse from some random computer somewhere else on the internet. Plus, you can have your NAS pull double duty with other services, like hosting local email or a household wiki. Perhaps most importantly, with a home NAS, your data is your data—under your control and always accessible. - -你可以为你家里所有的计算机备份(你也可以备份离线网站).构架一个存储电影，音乐和照片的媒体服务器，不管网络连接是否连接。在家里的多台计算机处理大型文件，不需要等待从网络其他随机的计算机传输这些文件过来。另外，可以让NAS与其他服务一起进行双重任务，如托管本地邮件或者家庭Wiki。也许最重要的是，构架家庭NAS，数据完全是你的，始终在控制下和随时可访问的。 - -The follow-on question is which NAS solution to choose. Sure, you could buy a pre-built solution and call it a day, but what fun is that? And practically speaking, although it's great to have an appliance that handles everything for you, it's often better to have a rig that you can fix and upgrade yourself. This is the situation I found myself in recently. I chose to install and set up [openmediavault][2]. +你可以为你家里所有的计算机备份(你也可以备份离线网站).构架一个存储电影，音乐和照片的媒体服务器，无需担心网络连接是否连接。在家里的多台计算机处理大型文件，不需要等待从网络其他随机的计算机传输这些文件过来。另外，可以让NAS与其他服务一起进行双重任务，如托管本地邮件或者家庭Wiki。也许最重要的是，构架家庭NAS，数据完全是你的，始终在控制下和随时可访问的。 接下来的问题是如何选择NAS方案。当然，你可以购买预先建立的解决方案，并在某一天打电话购买，但是这会有什么乐趣呢？实际上，尽管拥有一个能处理一切的设备很棒，但最好还是有一个可以修复和升级的钻机。这是一个我近期发现的解决方案。我选择安装和配置[openmediavault][2]。 ### 为什么选择openmediavault? -There are a few open source NAS solutions out there, some arguably more popular than openmediavault. When I asked around, for instance, [FreeNAS][3] was recommended the most. So why didn't I go with that? After all, it is more widely used, includes more features, and offers more support options, [according to a comparison on the FreeNAS website][4]. That's certainly all true. But openmediavault is no slouch. It's actually based on an earlier version of FreeNAS, and while its numbers are lower in terms of downloads and features, they're more than adequate for my needs. +市面上有不少开源的NAS解决方案，其中有些无可争议的比openmediavault流行。当我询问周遭，例如，[freeNAS][3]最常被推荐给我。那么为什么我不采纳他们的建议呢？毕竟，它被大范围的使用，包含很多的功能，并且提供许多支持选项，[基于FreeNAS官网的一份对比数据][4]。当然这些全部是对的。但是openmediavault也不差。它是基于FreeNAS早期版本，虽然它在下载和功能方面的数量较低，但是对于我的需求而言，它已经相当足够了。 -市面上有不少开源的NAS解决方案，其中有点无可争议的比openmediavault好。当我询问周遭，例如，[freeNAS][3]最常被推荐给我。那么为什么我不采纳他们的建议呢？毕竟，它被大范围的使用，包含很多的功能，和提供许多支持选项，[基于FreeNAS官网的一份对比数据][4]。当然这些全部是对的。但是openmediavault还是不错的。它是基于FreeNAS早期版本，虽然它在下载和功能方面的数量较低，但是对于我的需求而言，它已经相当足够了。 - -Another factor was a simple matter of comfort. Openmediavault's underlying operating system is [Debian][5], whereas FreeNAS sits atop [FreeBSD][6]. I'm personally not as familiar with FreeBSD, so that would make it more difficult for me to fix things if my NAS starts misbehaving. It also makes it more difficult for me to tweak things or add my own services to the machine if I want. Sure, I could learn FreeBSD and get more familiar with it, but I'm already home-building this NAS; I've found that projects tend to be more successful if you limit the number of "learning opportunities" you give yourself to complete them. - -另外一个因素是它很舒适。openmediavault的底层操作系统是[Debian][5],然而FreeNAS是[FreeBSD][6]。由于我个人对FressBSD不是很熟悉，因此如果我的NAS出现故障，必定会很难在FreeBSD上修复故障。同样的，也会是我很难微调配置或添加服务到机器上。当然，我可以学习FreeBSD和更熟悉它，但是我已经在家里构架了这个NAS；我发现，如果限制给定自己完成构建NAS的“学习机会”的数量，构建NAS往往会更成功。 - -Every situation is different, of course, so do your research and decide what seems to be the best fit for you. FreeNAS looks like the right solution for a lot of people. Openmediavault was the right one for me. +另外一个因素是它让我感到很舒适。openmediavault的底层操作系统是[Debian][5],然而FreeNAS是[FreeBSD][6]。由于我个人对FressBSD不是很熟悉，因此如果我的NAS出现故障，必定会很难在FreeBSD上修复故障。同样的，也会让我觉得很难微调配置或添加服务到机器上。当然，我可以学习FreeBSD和更熟悉它，但是我已经在家里构架了这个NAS；我发现，如果限制给定自己完成构建NAS的“学习机会”的数量，构建NAS往往会更成功。 当然，每个情况都不同，所以你要自己调研，然后作出最适合自己方案的决定。FreeNAS对于许多人似乎都是不错的解决方案。Openmediavault正是适合我的解决方案。 ### 安装与配置 -The installation process is pretty well covered in the [openmediavault documentation][7], so I won't rehash that here. If you've ever installed a Linux distribution, most of the steps should look familiar to you (though with a somewhat uglier [Ncurses][8] interface than you might see on modern distributions). I installed it using the [dedicated drive][9] instructions. However, those instructions, while good, are rather spartan. When you're done, you have a base system installed, but there's more to do before you can actually use your NAS to store any files. For instance, the dedicated drive instructions install openmediavault on a hard drive, but that's the operating system drive, not the one with the shared space that's accessible to other computers on your network. You need to walk yourself through setting that up and configuring it. - 在[openmediavault文档]里详细记录了安装步骤，所以我不在这里重述了。如果你曾经安装过任何一个linux版本，大部分安装步骤都是很类似的(虽然在相对丑陋的[Ucurses][9]界面，不像你可能在现代版本的相对美观的安装界面)。我通过使用[专用驱动器][9]指令来安装它。然而，这些指令不但很好，而且相当精炼的。当你搞定这些指令，你安装了一个基本的系统，但是你还需要做很多才能真正构建好NAS来存储任何文件。例如，专用驱动器指令在硬盘驱动上安装openmediavault，但那是操作系统的驱动，而不是和网络上其他计算机共享空间的那个驱动。你需要自己把这些建立起来并且配置好。 -The first thing you should do is load up the administrative web interface and change the default password. This password is different from the root password you set during the installation process. It's the administrative account for the web interface, and the default username and password are `admin` and `openmediavault`, respectively—definitely something you'll want to change immediately after logging in. - -你要做的第一件事是加载管理的网页界面和修改默认密码。这个密码和之前你安装过程设置的根密码是不同的。这是网页洁面的管理员账号，和默认的账户和密码分别是’admin‘和‘openmediavault’，当你登入后自然而然地会修改这些配置属性。 +你要做的第一件事是加载用来管理的网页界面和修改默认密码。这个密码和之前你安装过程设置的根密码是不同的。这是网页洁面的管理员账号，和默认的账户和密码分别是 `admin` 和 `openmediavault`，当你登入后自然而然地会修改这些配置属性。 #### 设置你的驱动 -Once you've installed openmediavault, you need it to actually do stuff for you. The first logical step is to set up the drives that you're going to use for storage. I'm assuming that you've already got them physically installed, so all you have to do at this point is get openmediavault to recognize them and configure them. The first step is making sure those disks are visible. The sidebar menu has a lot of options, but it's very sensibly organized. Go to **Storage - > Disks**. Once you click that, you should see all of the drives you've installed on your server, including the one where you actually installed openmediavault. If you don't see all of your drives there, click the Scan button to see if it picks them up. Usually, it's not a problem. - 一旦你安装好openmediavault,你需要它为你做一些工作。逻辑上的第一个步骤是设置好你即将用来作为存储的驱动。在这里，我假定你已经物理上安装好它们了，所以接下来你要做的就是让openmediavault识别和配置它们。第一步是确保这些磁盘是可见的。侧边栏菜单有很多选项，而且被精心的归类了。选择**存储 - > 磁盘**。一旦你点击该菜单，你应该能够看到所有你已经安装到该服务器的驱动，包括那个你已经用来安装openmediavault的驱动。如果你没有在那里看到所有驱动，点击扫描按钮去看它能够接载它们。通常，这不会是一个问题。 -You could mount these drives individually to set them up as your file share, but for a file server, you'll want some redundancy. You want to be able to treat multiple drives as a single volume and recover your data if a drive fails or add new drives when you start running out of space. That means you're going to want a [RAID][10]. The topic of what specific type of RAID configuration you want is a deep rabbit hole that deserves an article all of its own (and many have been written), but suffice it to say that you'll need more than one drive, and in the best case, all of your drives store the same amount of data. - 当你的文件共享时，你可以独立的挂载和设置这些驱动，但是对于一个文件服务器，你将想要一些冗余驱动。你想要能够把很多驱动当作一个单一卷和能够在某一个驱动出现故障或者空间不足下安装新驱动的情况下恢复你的数据。这意味你将需要一个[RAID][10]。你想要的什么特定类型的RAID的主题是一个深深的兔子洞，是一个值得另写一片文章专门来讲述它(而且已经有很多关于该主题的文章了)，但是简而言之是你将需要不仅仅一个驱动和最好的情况下，你的所有驱动都存储一样数量的数据。 -Openmediavault supports all standard RAID levels, so you're good to go there. Configure your RAID in **Storage - > RAID Management**. Configuration is absurdly simple: Click the Create button, choose the disks you want in your RAID array, the RAID level you want to use, and a name for the array. Openmediavault handles the rest for you. There's no messing around at the command line, trying to remember which flags to use with the `mdadm` command. In my specific case, I have six 2-TB drives that I've set up as RAID 10. - openmedia支持所有标准的RAID级别，所以多了解RAID对你很有好处的。可以在**存储 - > RAID管理**配置你的RAID。配置是相当简单:点击创建按钮，在你的RAID阵列里选择你想要的磁盘和你想要使用的RAID级别，和给这个阵列一个名字。openmediavault为你处理剩下的工作。没有混乱的命令行，试图记住‘mdadm'命令的一些标志参数。在我特别的例子，我有六个2TB驱动，并被设置为RAID 10. -With your RAID set up, you've almost got a place to store things. You just need to set up a file system. Just like your desktop computer, a hard drive doesn't do you any good until you format it. So the next place to go in openmediavault's control panel is **Storage - > File Systems**. Just like configuring your RAID, click the Create button and follow the prompts. In this case, you choose the device to format. If you have only the one RAID on your server, it should be something like `md0`. You'll also need to choose the filesystem type. If you're not sure, just use the standard ext4 type. +当你的RAID构建好了，基本上你已经有一个地方可以存储东西了。你仅仅需要设置一个文件系统。正如你的桌面系统，一个硬盘驱动在没有格式化情况下是没什么用处的。所以下一个你要去的地方的是位于openmediavault控制面板里的 **存储 - > 文件系统**。和配置你的RAID一样，点击创建按钮，然后跟着提示操作。如果你只有一个RAID在你的服务器上，你应该可以看到一个像 `md0`的东西。你也需要选择文件系统的类别。如果你不能确定，选择标准的ext4类型即可。 -当你的RAID构建好了，基本上你已经有一个地方可以存储东西了。你仅仅需要设置一个文件系统。正如你的桌面系统，一个硬盘驱动在没有格式化情况下是没什么用处的。所以下一个你要去的地方的是位于openmediavault控制面板里的**存储 - > 文件系统**。和配置你的RAID一样，点击创建按钮，然后跟着提示操作。如果你只有一个RAID在你的服务器上，你应该可以看到一个像’md0‘的东西。你也需要选择文件系统的类别。如果你不能确定，选择标准的ext4类型即可。 +#### 定义你的共享 -#### Define your shares +亲爱的！你有个地方可以存储文件了。现在你只需要让它在你的家庭网络中可见。可以从在openmediavault控制面板上的**服务**部分上配置。当谈到在网络上设置文件共享，有两个主要的选择:NFS或者SMB/CIFS. 根据以往经验，如果你网络上的所有计算机都是Linux系统，那么你使用NFS会更好。然而，当你家庭网络是一个混合环境，是一个包含Linux，Windows，苹果系统和嵌入式设备的组合，那么SMB/CIF可能会是你合适的选择。 -Sweet! You've got a place to store files. Now you just need to make it visible on your home network. Configure this from the **Services** section of the openmediavault control panel. When it comes to setting up a file share on a network, there are really two main choices: NFS or SMB/CIFS. As a rule of thumb, if all of the computers on your network are running Linux distributions, then you're probably better off using NFS. However, if your home network is a mixed environment with a combination of Linux, Windows, Mac OS, and embedded devices, then SMB/CIFS is probably the right choice. +这些选项不是互斥的。实际上，你可以在服务器上运行这些服务和同时拥有这些服务的好处。或者你可以混合起来，如果你有一个特定的设备做特定的任务。不管你的使用场景是怎样，配置这些服务是相当简单。点击你想要的服务，从它配置中激活它，和在网络中设定你想要的共享文件夹为可见。在基于SMB/CIFS共享的情况下，相对于NFS多了一些可用的配置，但是一般用默认配置就挺好的，接着可以在默认基础上修改配置。最酷的事情是它很容易配置，同时也很容易在需要的时候修改配置。 -These options aren't mutually exclusive. You could actually run both services on your server and get the best of both worlds. Or you could mix it up if you have specific devices dedicated to particular tasks. Whatever your usage scenario, configuring these services is dirt simple. Click on the service you want, enable it from its Settings, and define the shared folders you want visible on the network. In the case of SMB/CIFS shares, there are a few more settings available than with NFS, but most of the defaults are fine to start with. The cool thing is that since it's so easy to configure, it's also pretty easy to change on the fly. +#### 用户配置 -#### Configure users +基本上已将完成了。你已经在RAID配置你的驱动。你已经用一种文件系统格式化了RAID。和你已经在格式化的RAID上设定了共享文件夹。剩下来的一件事情是配置那些人可以访问这些共享和可以访问多少。这个可以在 **访问权限管理** 配置区设置。使用 **用户** 和 **群组** 选项来设定可以连接到你共享文件加的用户和设定这些共享文件的访问权限。 -You're almost done. You've configured your drives in a RAID. You've formatted that RAID with a file system. And you've defined shared folders on that formatted RAID. The only thing left is saying who can access those shares and how much. This is handled from the **Access Rights Management** section. Use the **User** and **Group** sections to define the users who connect to your shared folders and the permissions they have with the files in those folders. - -Once you do that, you're pretty much good to go. You'll need to access your shares from your various client machines, but that's a topic for another article. - -Have fun! +一旦你完成用户配置，你几乎准备好了。你需要从不同客户端机器访问你的共享，但是这是另外一个可以单独写个文章的话题了。 玩得开心！ @@ -89,7 +56,7 @@ via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/openmediavault 作者：[Jason van Gumster][a] 选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +译者：[jamelouis](https://github.com/jamelouis) 校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From 12e6e6cc5b37020e9478e674c2a8b9c0ff625c71 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: jrg Date: Sat, 22 Sep 2018 16:25:37 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 108/246] Create 20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md --- ..., a static site generator written in Go.md | 128 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 128 insertions(+) create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md diff --git a/translated/tech/20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md b/translated/tech/20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..71528d7848 --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +Hugo，30分钟搭建博客，一个Go语言开发的静态站点生成工具 +====== + ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/programming-code-keyboard-laptop-music-headphones.png?itok=EQZ2WKzy) + 你是不是强烈的想搭建博客来将自己对软件框架等的探索学习成果分享呢？ + 你是不是面对缺乏指导文档而一团糟的项目就有一种想去改变它的冲动呢？ + 或者换个角度，你是不是十分期待能创建一个属于自己的个人博客网站呢？ + 很多人在想搭建博客之前都有一些严重的迟疑顾虑：感觉自己缺乏内容管理系统（CMS）的相关知识，更缺乏时间去学习这些知识。现在，如果我说不用花费大把的时间去学习 CMS 系统、学习如何创建一个静态网站、更不用操心如何去强化网站以防止它受到黑客攻击的问题，你就可以在 30 分钟之内创建一个博客？你信不信？利用 Hugo 工具，就可以实现这一切。 + ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/panopoly_image_original/public/u128651/hugo_1.png?itok=JgxBSOBG) + Hugo 是一个基于 Go 语言开发的静态站点生成工具。也许你会问，为什么选择它？ + * 无需数据库、无需需要各种权限的插件、无需跑在服务器上的底层平台，更没有额外的安全问题。 + * 都是静态站点，因此拥有轻量级、快速响应的服务性能。此外，所有的网页都是在部署的时候呈现，所以服务器负载很小。 + * 极易操作的版本控制。一些 CMS 平台使用它们自己的版本控制软件（VCS）或者在网页上集成 Git 工具。而 Hugo，所有的源文件都可以用你所选的 VCS 软件来管理。 + ### 0-5 分钟：下载 Hugo，生成一个网站 +直白的说，Hugo 使得写一个网站又一次变得有趣起来。让我们来个 30 分钟计时，搭建一个网站。 + 为了简化 Hugo 安装流程，这里直接使用 Hugo 可执行安装文件。 + 1. 下载和你操作系统匹配的 Hugo [版本][2]； + + 2. 压缩包解压到指定路径，例如 windows 系统的 `C:\hugo_dir` 或者 Linux 系统的 `~/hugo_dir` 目录；下文中的变量 `${HUGO_HOME}` 所指的路径就是这个安装目录； + 3. 打开命令行终端，进入安装目录：`cd ${HUGO_HOME}`； + + 4. 确认 Hugo 已经启动： + + * Unix 系统：`${HUGO_HOME}/[hugo version]`； + * Windows 系统：`${HUGO_HOME}\[hugo.exe version]`； + + 例如：Windows 系统下，cmd 命令行中输入：`c:\hugo_dir\hugo version` 。 + 为了书写上的简化，下文中的 `hugo` 就是指 hugo 可执行文件所在的路径（包括可执行文件），例如命令 `hugo version` 就是指命令 `c:\hugo_dir\hugo version` 。(译者注：可以把 hugo 可执行文件所在的路径添加到系统环境变量下，这样就可以直接在终端中输入 `hugo version`） + 如果命令 `hugo version` 报错，你可能下载了错误的版本。当然，有很多种方法安装 Hugo，更多详细信息请查阅 [官方文档][3]。最稳妥的方法就是把 Hugo 可执行文件放在某个路径下，然后执行的时候带上路径名 + 5. 创建一个新的站点来作为你的博客，输入命令：`hugo new site awesome-blog`； + + 6. 进入新创建的路径下: `cd awesome-blog`； + 恭喜你！你已经创建了自己的新博客。 + ### 5-10 分钟：为博客设置主题 + Hugo 中你可以自己构建博客的主题或者使用网上已经有的一些主题。这里选择 [Kiera][4] 主题，因为它简洁漂亮。按以下步骤来安装该主题： + 1. 进入主题所在目录：`cd themes`； + + 2. 克隆主题：`git clone https://github.com/avianto/hugo-kiera kiera`。如果你没有安装 Git 工具： + * 从 [Github][5] 上下载 hugo 的 .zip 格式的文件； + * 解压该 .zip 文件到你的博客主题 `theme` 路径； + * 重命名 `hugo-kiera-master` 为 `kiera`； + + 3. 返回博客主路径：`cd awesome-blog`； + + 4. 激活主题；通常来说，主题（包括 Kiera ）都自带文件夹 `exampleSite`，里面存放了内容配置的示例文件。激活 Kiera 主题需要拷贝它提供的 `config.toml` 到你的博客下： + * Unix 系统：`cp themes/kiera/exampleSite/config.toml .`； + * Windows 系统：`copy themes\kiera\exampleSite\config.toml .`； + * 选择 `Yes` 来覆盖原有的 `config.toml`； + + 5. （ 可选操作 ）你可以选择可视化的方式启动服务器来验证主题是否生效：`hugo server -D` 然后在浏览器中输入 `http://localhost:1313`。可用通过在终端中输入 `Crtl+C` 来停止服务器运行。现在你的博客还是空的，但这也给你留了写作的空间。它看起来如下所示： + ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/panopoly_image_original/public/u128651/hugo_2.png?itok=PINOIOSU) + 你已经成功的给博客设置了主题！你可以在官方 [Hugo 主题][4] 网站上找到上百种漂亮的主题供你使用。 + ### 10-20 分钟：给博客添加内容 + 对于碗来说，它是空的时候用处最大，可以用来盛放东西；但对于博客来说不是这样，空博客几乎毫无用处。在这一步，你将会给博客添加内容。Hugo 和 Kiera 主题都为这个工作提供了方便性。按以下步骤来进行你的第一次提交： + 1. archetypes 将会是你的内容模板。 + + 2. 添加主题中的 archtypes 至你的博客： + * Unix 系统： `cp themes/kiera/archetypes/* archetypes/` + * Windows 系统：`copy themes\kiera\archetypes\* archetypes\` + * 选择 `Yes` 来覆盖原来的 `default.md` 内容架构类型 + 3. 创建博客 posts 目录： + * Unix 系统： `mkdir content/posts` + * Windows 系统： `mkdir content\posts` + + 4. 利用 Hugo 生成你的 post： + * Unix 系统：`hugo nes posts/first-post.md`; + * Windows 系统：`hugo new posts\first-post.md`; + + 5. 在文本编辑器中打开这个新建的 post 文件： + * Unix 系统：`gedit content/posts/first-post.md`； + * Windows 系统：`notepadd content\posts\first-post.md`； + 此刻，你可以疯狂起来了。注意到你的提交文件中包括两个部分。第一部分是以 `+++` 符号分隔开的。它包括了提交文档的主要数据，例如名称、时间等。在 Hugo 中，这叫做前缀。在前缀之后，才是正文。下面编辑第一个提交文件内容： + ``` ++++ + title = "First Post" + date = 2018-03-03T13:23:10+01:00 + draft = false + tags = ["Getting started"] + categories = [] + +++ + Hello Hugo world! No more excuses for having no blog or documentation now! + ``` + 现在你要做的就是启动你的服务器：`hugo server -D`；然后打开浏览器，输入 `http://localhost:1313/`。 +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/panopoly_image_original/public/u128651/hugo_3.png?itok=I-_v0qLx) + ### 20-30 分钟：调整网站 + 前面的工作很完美，但还有一些问题需要解决。例如，简单地命名你的站点： + 1. 终端中按下 `Ctrl+C` 以停止服务器。 + + 2. 打开 `config.toml`,编辑博客的名称，版权，你的姓名，社交网站等等。 + 当你再次启动服务器后，你会发现博客私人订制味道更浓了。不过，还少一个重要的基础内容：主菜单。快速的解决这个问题。返回 `config.toml` 文件，在末尾插入如下一段： +``` +[[menu.main]] + name = "Home" #Name in the navigation bar + weight = 10 #The larger the weight, the more on the right this item will be + url = "/" #URL address + [[menu.main]] + name = "Posts" + weight = 20 + url = "/posts/" + ``` + 上面这段代码添加了 `Home` 和 `Posts` 到主菜单中。你还需要一个 `About` 页面。这次是创建一个 `.md` 文件，而不是编辑 `config.toml` 文件： + 1. 创建 `about.md` 文件：`hugo new about.md` 。注意它是 `about.md`，不是 `posts/about.md`。该页面不是博客提交内容，所以你不想它显示到博客内容提交当中吧。 + + 2. 用文本编辑器打开该文件，输入如下一段： +``` ++++ + title = "About" + date = 2018-03-03T13:50:49+01:00 + menu = "main" #Display this page on the nav menu + weight = "30" #Right-most nav item + meta = "false" #Do not display tags or categories + +++ + > Waves are the practice of the water. Shunryu Suzuki + ``` + 当你启动你的服务器并输入：`http://localhost:1313/`，你将会看到你的博客。（访问我 Gihub 主页上的 [例子][6] ）如果你想让文章的菜单栏和 Github 相似，给 `themes/kiera/static/css/styles.css` 打上这个 [补丁][7]。 + -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + via: https://opensource.com/article/18/3/start-blog-30-minutes-hugo + 作者：[Marek Czernek][a] +译者：[jrg](https://github.com/jrglinux) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + [a]:https://opensource.com/users/mczernek +[1]:https://gohugo.io/ +[2]:https://github.com/gohugoio/hugo/releases +[3]:https://gohugo.io/getting-started/installing/ +[4]:https://themes.gohugo.io/ +[5]:https://github.com/avianto/hugo-kiera +[6]:https://m-czernek.github.io/awesome-blog/ +[7]:https://github.com/avianto/hugo-kiera/pull/18/files From 94734b077081011aba900164e39d21e79b604caa Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: jrg Date: Sat, 22 Sep 2018 16:27:31 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 109/246] Update 20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md --- ...th Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md | 12 +++++++----- 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md b/translated/tech/20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md index 71528d7848..1b0059adad 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md @@ -110,15 +110,17 @@ Hugo，30分钟搭建博客，一个Go语言开发的静态站点生成工具 meta = "false" #Do not display tags or categories +++ > Waves are the practice of the water. Shunryu Suzuki + ``` 当你启动你的服务器并输入：`http://localhost:1313/`，你将会看到你的博客。（访问我 Gihub 主页上的 [例子][6] ）如果你想让文章的菜单栏和 Github 相似，给 `themes/kiera/static/css/styles.css` 打上这个 [补丁][7]。 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - via: https://opensource.com/article/18/3/start-blog-30-minutes-hugo - 作者：[Marek Czernek][a] + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/3/start-blog-30-minutes-hugo +作者：[Marek Czernek][a] 译者：[jrg](https://github.com/jrglinux) 校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - [a]:https://opensource.com/users/mczernek +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 +[a]:https://opensource.com/users/mczernek [1]:https://gohugo.io/ [2]:https://github.com/gohugoio/hugo/releases [3]:https://gohugo.io/getting-started/installing/ From 2ffa31f084d32d3d9d3fc743ef6eeea36f9a0d1c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: jrg Date: Sat, 22 Sep 2018 16:30:54 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 110/246] Update 20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md --- ..., a static site generator written in Go.md | 85 +++++++++++++++---- 1 file changed, 67 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md b/translated/tech/20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md index 1b0059adad..f5366353b3 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md @@ -1,38 +1,54 @@ Hugo，30分钟搭建博客，一个Go语言开发的静态站点生成工具 ====== ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/programming-code-keyboard-laptop-music-headphones.png?itok=EQZ2WKzy) + 你是不是强烈的想搭建博客来将自己对软件框架等的探索学习成果分享呢？ + 你是不是面对缺乏指导文档而一团糟的项目就有一种想去改变它的冲动呢？ + 或者换个角度，你是不是十分期待能创建一个属于自己的个人博客网站呢？ + 很多人在想搭建博客之前都有一些严重的迟疑顾虑：感觉自己缺乏内容管理系统（CMS）的相关知识，更缺乏时间去学习这些知识。现在，如果我说不用花费大把的时间去学习 CMS 系统、学习如何创建一个静态网站、更不用操心如何去强化网站以防止它受到黑客攻击的问题，你就可以在 30 分钟之内创建一个博客？你信不信？利用 Hugo 工具，就可以实现这一切。 + ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/panopoly_image_original/public/u128651/hugo_1.png?itok=JgxBSOBG) + Hugo 是一个基于 Go 语言开发的静态站点生成工具。也许你会问，为什么选择它？ - * 无需数据库、无需需要各种权限的插件、无需跑在服务器上的底层平台，更没有额外的安全问题。 - * 都是静态站点，因此拥有轻量级、快速响应的服务性能。此外，所有的网页都是在部署的时候呈现，所以服务器负载很小。 - * 极易操作的版本控制。一些 CMS 平台使用它们自己的版本控制软件（VCS）或者在网页上集成 Git 工具。而 Hugo，所有的源文件都可以用你所选的 VCS 软件来管理。 + * 无需数据库、无需需要各种权限的插件、无需跑在服务器上的底层平台，更没有额外的安全问题。 + * 都是静态站点，因此拥有轻量级、快速响应的服务性能。此外，所有的网页都是在部署的时候呈现，所以服务器负载很小。 + * 极易操作的版本控制。一些 CMS 平台使用它们自己的版本控制软件（VCS）或者在网页上集成 Git 工具。而 Hugo，所有的源文件都可以用你所选的 VCS 软件来管理。 + ### 0-5 分钟：下载 Hugo，生成一个网站 -直白的说，Hugo 使得写一个网站又一次变得有趣起来。让我们来个 30 分钟计时，搭建一个网站。 + + 直白的说，Hugo 使得写一个网站又一次变得有趣起来。让我们来个 30 分钟计时，搭建一个网站。 + 为了简化 Hugo 安装流程，这里直接使用 Hugo 可执行安装文件。 - 1. 下载和你操作系统匹配的 Hugo [版本][2]； + + 1. 下载和你操作系统匹配的 Hugo [版本][2]； 2. 压缩包解压到指定路径，例如 windows 系统的 `C:\hugo_dir` 或者 Linux 系统的 `~/hugo_dir` 目录；下文中的变量 `${HUGO_HOME}` 所指的路径就是这个安装目录； - 3. 打开命令行终端，进入安装目录：`cd ${HUGO_HOME}`； + + 3. 打开命令行终端，进入安装目录：`cd ${HUGO_HOME}`； 4. 确认 Hugo 已经启动： - * Unix 系统：`${HUGO_HOME}/[hugo version]`； * Windows 系统：`${HUGO_HOME}\[hugo.exe version]`； - 例如：Windows 系统下，cmd 命令行中输入：`c:\hugo_dir\hugo version` 。 - 为了书写上的简化，下文中的 `hugo` 就是指 hugo 可执行文件所在的路径（包括可执行文件），例如命令 `hugo version` 就是指命令 `c:\hugo_dir\hugo version` 。(译者注：可以把 hugo 可执行文件所在的路径添加到系统环境变量下，这样就可以直接在终端中输入 `hugo version`） - 如果命令 `hugo version` 报错，你可能下载了错误的版本。当然，有很多种方法安装 Hugo，更多详细信息请查阅 [官方文档][3]。最稳妥的方法就是把 Hugo 可执行文件放在某个路径下，然后执行的时候带上路径名 - 5. 创建一个新的站点来作为你的博客，输入命令：`hugo new site awesome-blog`； + 例如：Windows 系统下，cmd 命令行中输入：`c:\hugo_dir\hugo version`。 + + 为了书写上的简化，下文中的 `hugo` 就是指 hugo 可执行文件所在的路径（包括可执行文件），例如命令 `hugo version` 就是指命令 `c:\hugo_dir\hugo version` 。(译者注：可以把 hugo 可执行文件所在的路径添加到系统环境变量下，这样就可以直接在终端中输入 `hugo version`） + 如果命令 `hugo version` 报错，你可能下载了错误的版本。当然，有很多种方法安装 Hugo，更多详细信息请查阅 [官方文档][3]。最稳妥的方法就是把 Hugo 可执行文件放在某个路径下，然后执行的时候带上路径名 + + 5. 创建一个新的站点来作为你的博客，输入命令：`hugo new site awesome-blog`； 6. 进入新创建的路径下: `cd awesome-blog`； + 恭喜你！你已经创建了自己的新博客。 + ### 5-10 分钟：为博客设置主题 + Hugo 中你可以自己构建博客的主题或者使用网上已经有的一些主题。这里选择 [Kiera][4] 主题，因为它简洁漂亮。按以下步骤来安装该主题： - 1. 进入主题所在目录：`cd themes`； + + 1. 进入主题所在目录：`cd themes`； 2. 克隆主题：`git clone https://github.com/avianto/hugo-kiera kiera`。如果你没有安装 Git 工具： * 从 [Github][5] 上下载 hugo 的 .zip 格式的文件； @@ -47,17 +63,23 @@ Hugo，30分钟搭建博客，一个Go语言开发的静态站点生成工具 * 选择 `Yes` 来覆盖原有的 `config.toml`； 5. （ 可选操作 ）你可以选择可视化的方式启动服务器来验证主题是否生效：`hugo server -D` 然后在浏览器中输入 `http://localhost:1313`。可用通过在终端中输入 `Crtl+C` 来停止服务器运行。现在你的博客还是空的，但这也给你留了写作的空间。它看起来如下所示： + ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/panopoly_image_original/public/u128651/hugo_2.png?itok=PINOIOSU) + 你已经成功的给博客设置了主题！你可以在官方 [Hugo 主题][4] 网站上找到上百种漂亮的主题供你使用。 + ### 10-20 分钟：给博客添加内容 + 对于碗来说，它是空的时候用处最大，可以用来盛放东西；但对于博客来说不是这样，空博客几乎毫无用处。在这一步，你将会给博客添加内容。Hugo 和 Kiera 主题都为这个工作提供了方便性。按以下步骤来进行你的第一次提交： - 1. archetypes 将会是你的内容模板。 + + 1. archetypes 将会是你的内容模板。 2. 添加主题中的 archtypes 至你的博客： * Unix 系统： `cp themes/kiera/archetypes/* archetypes/` * Windows 系统：`copy themes\kiera\archetypes\* archetypes\` * 选择 `Yes` 来覆盖原来的 `default.md` 内容架构类型 - 3. 创建博客 posts 目录： + + 3. 创建博客 posts 目录： * Unix 系统： `mkdir content/posts` * Windows 系统： `mkdir content\posts` @@ -68,7 +90,9 @@ Hugo，30分钟搭建博客，一个Go语言开发的静态站点生成工具 5. 在文本编辑器中打开这个新建的 post 文件： * Unix 系统：`gedit content/posts/first-post.md`； * Windows 系统：`notepadd content\posts\first-post.md`； - 此刻，你可以疯狂起来了。注意到你的提交文件中包括两个部分。第一部分是以 `+++` 符号分隔开的。它包括了提交文档的主要数据，例如名称、时间等。在 Hugo 中，这叫做前缀。在前缀之后，才是正文。下面编辑第一个提交文件内容： + + 此刻，你可以疯狂起来了。注意到你的提交文件中包括两个部分。第一部分是以 `+++` 符号分隔开的。它包括了提交文档的主要数据，例如名称、时间等。在 Hugo 中，这叫做前缀。在前缀之后，才是正文。下面编辑第一个提交文件内容： + ``` +++ title = "First Post" @@ -79,14 +103,21 @@ Hugo，30分钟搭建博客，一个Go语言开发的静态站点生成工具 +++ Hello Hugo world! No more excuses for having no blog or documentation now! ``` + 现在你要做的就是启动你的服务器：`hugo server -D`；然后打开浏览器，输入 `http://localhost:1313/`。 + ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/panopoly_image_original/public/u128651/hugo_3.png?itok=I-_v0qLx) + ### 20-30 分钟：调整网站 + 前面的工作很完美，但还有一些问题需要解决。例如，简单地命名你的站点： - 1. 终端中按下 `Ctrl+C` 以停止服务器。 + + 1. 终端中按下 `Ctrl+C` 以停止服务器。 2. 打开 `config.toml`,编辑博客的名称，版权，你的姓名，社交网站等等。 - 当你再次启动服务器后，你会发现博客私人订制味道更浓了。不过，还少一个重要的基础内容：主菜单。快速的解决这个问题。返回 `config.toml` 文件，在末尾插入如下一段： + + 当你再次启动服务器后，你会发现博客私人订制味道更浓了。不过，还少一个重要的基础内容：主菜单。快速的解决这个问题。返回 `config.toml` 文件，在末尾插入如下一段： + ``` [[menu.main]] name = "Home" #Name in the navigation bar @@ -97,10 +128,13 @@ Hugo，30分钟搭建博客，一个Go语言开发的静态站点生成工具 weight = 20 url = "/posts/" ``` + 上面这段代码添加了 `Home` 和 `Posts` 到主菜单中。你还需要一个 `About` 页面。这次是创建一个 `.md` 文件，而不是编辑 `config.toml` 文件： - 1. 创建 `about.md` 文件：`hugo new about.md` 。注意它是 `about.md`，不是 `posts/about.md`。该页面不是博客提交内容，所以你不想它显示到博客内容提交当中吧。 + + 1. 创建 `about.md` 文件：`hugo new about.md` 。注意它是 `about.md`，不是 `posts/about.md`。该页面不是博客提交内容，所以你不想它显示到博客内容提交当中吧。 2. 用文本编辑器打开该文件，输入如下一段： + ``` +++ title = "About" @@ -112,19 +146,34 @@ Hugo，30分钟搭建博客，一个Go语言开发的静态站点生成工具 > Waves are the practice of the water. Shunryu Suzuki ``` + 当你启动你的服务器并输入：`http://localhost:1313/`，你将会看到你的博客。（访问我 Gihub 主页上的 [例子][6] ）如果你想让文章的菜单栏和 Github 相似，给 `themes/kiera/static/css/styles.css` 打上这个 [补丁][7]。 + -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + via: https://opensource.com/article/18/3/start-blog-30-minutes-hugo + 作者：[Marek Czernek][a] + 译者：[jrg](https://github.com/jrglinux) + 校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + [a]:https://opensource.com/users/mczernek + [1]:https://gohugo.io/ + [2]:https://github.com/gohugoio/hugo/releases + [3]:https://gohugo.io/getting-started/installing/ + [4]:https://themes.gohugo.io/ + [5]:https://github.com/avianto/hugo-kiera + [6]:https://m-czernek.github.io/awesome-blog/ + [7]:https://github.com/avianto/hugo-kiera/pull/18/files From 9c6a8a471c39cfb12475805b785ba2f51d8445f4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: jrg Date: Sat, 22 Sep 2018 16:32:15 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 111/246] Delete 20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md --- ..., a static site generator written in Go.md | 194 ------------------ 1 file changed, 194 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md b/sources/tech/20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md deleted file mode 100644 index cc1b5531d1..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,194 +0,0 @@ -【翻译中】translating by jrglinux! - - -Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go -====== - -![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/programming-code-keyboard-laptop-music-headphones.png?itok=EQZ2WKzy) -Do you want to start a blog to share your latest adventures with various software frameworks? Do you love a project that is poorly documented and want to fix that? Or do you just want to create a personal website? - -Many people who want to start a blog have a significant caveat: lack of knowledge about a content management system (CMS) or time to learn. Well, what if I said you don't need to spend days learning a new CMS, setting up a basic website, styling it, and hardening it against attackers? What if I said you could create a blog in 30 minutes, start to finish, with [Hugo][1]? - -![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/panopoly_image_original/public/u128651/hugo_1.png?itok=JgxBSOBG) - -Hugo is a static site generator written in Go. Why use Hugo, you ask? - - * Because there is no database, no plugins requiring any permissions, and no underlying platform running on your server, there's no added security concern. - * The blog is a set of static websites, which means lightning-fast serve time. Additionally, all pages are rendered at deploy time, so your server's load is minimal. - * Version control is easy. Some CMS platforms use their own version control system (VCS) or integrate Git into their interface. With Hugo, all your source files can live natively on the VCS of your choice. - - - -### Minutes 0-5: Download Hugo and generate a site - -To put it bluntly, Hugo is here to make writing a website fun again. Let's time the 30 minutes, shall we? - -To simplify the installation of Hugo, download the binary file. To do so: - - 1. Download the appropriate [archive][2] for your operating system. - - 2. Unzip the archive into a directory of your choice, for example `C:\hugo_dir` or `~/hugo_dir`; this path will be referred to as `${HUGO_HOME}`. - - 3. Open the command line and change into your directory: `cd ${HUGO_HOME}`. - - 4. Verify that Hugo is working: - - * On Unix: `${HUGO_HOME}/[hugo version]` - * On Windows: `${HUGO_HOME}\[hugo.exe version]` -For example, `c:\hugo_dir\hugo version`. - -For simplicity, I'll refer to the path to the Hugo binary (including the binary) as `hugo`. For example, `hugo version` would translate to `C:\hugo_dir\hugo version` on your computer. - -If you get an error message, you may have downloaded the wrong version. Also note there are many possible ways to install Hugo. See the [official documentation][3] for more information. Ideally, you put the Hugo binary on PATH. For this quick start, it's fine to use the full path of the Hugo binary. - - - - 5. Create a new site that will become your blog: `hugo new site awesome-blog`. - 6. Change into the newly created directory: `cd awesome-blog`. - - - -Congratulations! You have just created your new blog. - -### Minutes 5-10: Theme your blog - -With Hugo, you can either theme your blog yourself or use one of the beautiful, ready-made [themes][4]. I chose [Kiera][5] because it is deliciously simple. To install the theme: - - 1. Change into the themes directory: `cd themes`. - 2. Clone your theme: `git clone https://github.com/avianto/hugo-kiera kiera`. If you do not have Git installed: - * Download the .zip file from [GitHub][5]. - * Unzip it to your site's `themes` directory. - * Rename the directory from `hugo-kiera-master` to `kiera`. - 3. Change the directory to the awesome-blog level: `cd awesome-blog`. - 4. Activate the theme. Themes (including Kiera) often come with a directory called `exampleSite`, which contains example content and an example settings file. To activate Kiera, copy the provided `config.toml` file to your blog: - * On Unix: `cp themes/kiera/exampleSite/config.toml .` - * On Windows: `copy themes\kiera\exampleSite\config.toml .` - * Confirm `Yes` to override the old `config.toml` - 5. (Optional) You can start your server to visually verify the theme is activated: `hugo server -D` and access `http://localhost:1313` in your web browser. Once you've reviewed your blog, you can turn off the server by pressing `Ctrl+C` in the command line. Your blog is empty, but we're getting someplace. It should look something like this: - -![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/panopoly_image_original/public/u128651/hugo_2.png?itok=PINOIOSU) - -You have just themed your blog! You can find hundreds of beautiful themes on the official [Hugo themes][4] site. - -### Minutes 10-20: Add content to your blog - -Whereas a bowl is most useful when it is empty, this is not the case for a blog. In this step, you'll add content to your blog. Hugo and the Kiera theme simplify this process. To add your first post: - - 1. Article archetypes are templates for your content. - 2. Add theme archetypes to your blog site: - * On Unix: `cp themes/kiera/archetypes/* archetypes/` - * On Windows: `copy themes\kiera\archetypes\* archetypes\` - * Confirm `Yes` to override the `default.md` archetype - 3. Create a new directory for your blog posts: - * On Unix: `mkdir content/posts` - * On Windows: `mkdir content\posts` - 4. Use Hugo to generate your post: - * On Unix: `hugo new posts/first-post.md` - * On Windows: `hugo new posts\first-post.md` - 5. Open the new post in a text editor of your choice: - * On Unix: `gedit content/posts/first-post.md` - * On Windows: `notepad content\posts\first-post.md` - - - -At this point, you can go wild. Notice that your post consists of two sections. The first one is separated by `+++`. It contains metadata about your post, such as its title. In Hugo, this is called front matter. After the front matter, the article begins. Create the first post: -``` -+++ - -title = "First Post" - -date = 2018-03-03T13:23:10+01:00 - -draft = false - -tags = ["Getting started"] - -categories = [] - -+++ - - - -Hello Hugo world! No more excuses for having no blog or documentation now! - -``` - -All you need to do now is start the server: `hugo server -D`. Open your browser and enter: `http://localhost:1313/`. -![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/panopoly_image_original/public/u128651/hugo_3.png?itok=I-_v0qLx) - -### Minutes 20-30: Tweak your site - -What we've done is great, but there are still a few niggles to iron out. For example, naming your site is simple: - - 1. Stop your server by pressing `Ctrl+C` on the command line. - 2. Open `config.toml` and edit settings such as the blog's title, copyright, name, your social network links, etc. - - - -When you start your server again, you'll see your blog has a bit more personalization. One more basic thing is missing: menus. That's a quick fix as well. Back in `config.toml`, insert the following at the bottom: -``` -[[menu.main]] - -    name = "Home" #Name in the navigation bar - -    weight = 10 #The larger the weight, the more on the right this item will be - -    url = "/" #URL address - -[[menu.main]] - -    name = "Posts" - -    weight = 20 - -    url = "/posts/" - -``` - -This adds menus for Home and Posts. You still need an About page. Instead of referencing it from the `config.toml` file, reference it from a markdown file: - - 1. Create an About file: `hugo new about.md`. Notice that it's `about.md`, not `posts/about.md`. The About page is not a blog post, so you don't want it displayed in the Posts section. - 2. Open the file in a text editor and enter the following: - - -``` -+++ - -title = "About" - -date = 2018-03-03T13:50:49+01:00 - -menu = "main" #Display this page on the nav menu - -weight = "30" #Right-most nav item - -meta = "false" #Do not display tags or categories - -+++ - - - -> Waves are the practice of the water. Shunryu Suzuki - -``` - -When you start your Hugo server and open `http://localhost:1313/`, you should see your new blog ready to be used. (Check out [my example][6] on my GitHub page.) If you'd like to change the active style of menu items to make the padding slightly nicer (like the GitHub live version), apply [this patch][7] to your `themes/kiera/static/css/styles.css` file. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://opensource.com/article/18/3/start-blog-30-minutes-hugo - -作者：[Marek Czernek][a] -译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]:https://opensource.com/users/mczernek -[1]:https://gohugo.io/ -[2]:https://github.com/gohugoio/hugo/releases -[3]:https://gohugo.io/getting-started/installing/ -[4]:https://themes.gohugo.io/ -[5]:https://github.com/avianto/hugo-kiera -[6]:https://m-czernek.github.io/awesome-blog/ -[7]:https://github.com/avianto/hugo-kiera/pull/18/files From 2930e0fb5eb50be1ed63453392dc9aefe0a042f9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Sat, 22 Sep 2018 19:38:43 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 112/246] PRF:20180720 An Introduction to Using Git.md @distant1219 --- .../20180720 An Introduction to Using Git.md | 111 +++++++++--------- 1 file changed, 56 insertions(+), 55 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180720 An Introduction to Using Git.md b/translated/tech/20180720 An Introduction to Using Git.md index de03252886..f159653403 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180720 An Introduction to Using Git.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180720 An Introduction to Using Git.md @@ -1,152 +1,153 @@ Git 使用简介 ====== +> 我将向你介绍让 Git 的启动、运行，并和 GitHub 一起使用的基础知识。 + ![](https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/developer-3461405_1920.png?itok=6H3sYe80) -如果你是一个开发者，那你应该熟悉许多开发工具。你已经花了多年时间来学习一种或者多种编程语言并完善你的技巧。你可以熟练运用图形工具或者命令行工具开发。在你看来，没有任何事可以阻挡你。你的代码, 好像你的思想和你的手指一样，将会创建一个优雅的，完美评价的应用程序，并会风靡世界。 +如果你是一个开发者，那你应该熟悉许多开发工具。你已经花了多年时间来学习一种或者多种编程语言并打磨你的技巧。你可以熟练运用图形工具或者命令行工具开发。在你看来，没有任何事可以阻挡你。你的代码, 好像你的思想和你的手指一样，将会创建一个优雅的，完美评价的应用程序，并会风靡世界。 -然而，如果你和其他人共同开发一个项目会发生什么呢？或者，你开发的应用程序变地越来越大，下一步你将如何去做？如果你想成功地和其他开发者合作，你定会想用一个分布式版本控制系统。使用这样一个系统，合作开发一个项目变得非常高效和可靠。这样的一个系统便是 [Git][1]。还有一个叫 [GitHub][2] 的方便的存储仓库，来存储你的项目代码，这样你的团队可以检查和修改代码。 +然而，如果你和其他人共同开发一个项目会发生什么呢？或者，你开发的应用程序变地越来越大，下一步你将如何去做？如果你想成功地和其他开发者合作，你定会想用一个分布式版本控制系统。使用这样一个系统，合作开发一个项目变得非常高效和可靠。这样的一个系统便是 [Git][1]。还有一个叫 [GitHub][2] 的方便的存储仓库，用来存储你的项目代码，这样你的团队可以检查和修改代码。 + +我将向你介绍让 Git 的启动、运行，并和 GitHub 一起使用的基础知识，可以让你的应用程序的开发可以提升到一个新的水平。我将在 Ubuntu 18.04 上进行演示，因此如果您选择的发行版本不同，您只需要修改 Git 安装命令以适合你的发行版的软件包管理器。 -我将向你介绍让 Git 的启动、运行，并和 GitHub 一起使用的基础知识，可以让你的应用程序的开发可以提升到一个新的水平。 我将在 Ubuntu 18.04 上进行演示，因此如果您选择的发行版本不同，您只需要修改 Git 安装命令以适合你的发行版的软件包管理器。 ### Git 和 GitHub 第一件事就是创建一个免费的 GitHub 账号，打开 [GitHub 注册页面][3]，然后填上需要的信息。完成这个之后，你就注备好开始安装 Git 了（这两件事谁先谁后都可以）。 安装 Git 非常简单，打开一个命令行终端，并输入命令： + ``` sudo apt install git-all - ``` + 这将会安装大量依赖包，但是你将了解使用 Git 和 GitHub 所需的一切。 -注意：我使用 Git 来下载程序的安装源码。有许多时候，内置的软件管理器不提供某个软件，除了去第三方库中下载源码，我经常去这个软件项目的 Git 主页，像这样克隆： +附注：我使用 Git 来下载程序的安装源码。有许多时候，内置的软件管理器不提供某个软件，除了去第三方库中下载源码，我经常去这个软件项目的 Git 主页，像这样克隆： + ``` git clone ADDRESS - ``` -ADDRESS就是那个软件项目的 Git 主页。这样我就可以确保自己安装那个软件的最新发行版了。 -创建一个本地仓库并添加一个文件。 -下一步就是在你的电脑里创建一个本地仓库（本文称之为newproject，位于~/目录下），打开一个命令行终端，并输入下面的命令： +“ADDRESS” 就是那个软件项目的 Git 主页。这样我就可以确保自己安装那个软件的最新发行版了。 + +### 创建一个本地仓库并添加一个文件 + +下一步就是在你的电脑里创建一个本地仓库（本文称之为 newproject，位于 `~/` 目录下），打开一个命令行终端，并输入下面的命令： + ``` cd ~/ - mkdir newproject - cd newproject - ``` -现在你需要初始化这个仓库。在 ~/newproject 目录下，输入命令 git init，当命令运行完，你就可以看到一个刚刚创建的空的 Git 仓库了（图1）。 +现在你需要初始化这个仓库。在 `~/newproject` 目录下，输入命令 `git init`，当命令运行完，你就可以看到一个刚刚创建的空的 Git 仓库了（图1）。 ![new repository][5] -图 1:初始化完成的新仓库 +*图 1: 初始化完成的新仓库* -[使用许可][6] - -下一步就是往项目里添加文件。我们在项目根目录（~/newproject）输入下面的命令： +下一步就是往项目里添加文件。我们在项目根目录（`~/newproject`）输入下面的命令： ``` touch readme.txt - ``` -现在项目里多了个空文件。输入 git status 来验证 Git 已经检测到多了个新文件（图2）。 +现在项目里多了个空文件。输入 `git status` 来验证 Git 已经检测到多了个新文件（图2）。 ![readme][8] -图 2: Git 检测到新文件readme.txt - -[使用许可][6] +*图 2: Git 检测到新文件readme.txt* 即使 Git 检测到新的文件，但它并没有被真正的加入这个项目仓库。为此，你要输入下面的命令： ``` git add readme.txt - ``` -一旦完成这个命令，再输入 git status 命令，可以看到，readme.txt 已经是这个项目里的新文件了（图3）。 +一旦完成这个命令，再输入 `git status` 命令，可以看到，`readme.txt` 已经是这个项目里的新文件了（图3）。 + ![file added][10] -图 3: 我们的文件已经被添加进临时环境 +*图 3: 我们的文件已经被添加进临时环境* -[使用许可][6] ### 第一次提交 -当新文件添加进临时环境之后，我们现在就准备好第一次提交了。什么是提交呢？它是很简单的，一次提交就是记录你更改的项目的文件。创建一次提交也是非常简单的。但是，为提交创建一个描述信息非常重要。通过这样做，你将添加有关提交包含的内容的注释，比如你对文件做出的修改。然而，在这样做之前，我们需要确认我们的 Git 账户，输入以下命令： + +当新文件添加进临时环境之后，我们现在就准备好创建第一个提交commit了。什么是提交呢？简单的说，一个提交就是你更改的项目的文件的记录。创建一个提交也是非常简单的。但是，为提交包含一个描述信息非常重要。通过这样做，你可以添加有关该提交包含的内容的注释，比如你对文件做出的何种修改。然而，在这样做之前，我们需要告知 Git 我们的账户，输入以下命令： + ``` git config --global user.email EMAIL - git config --global user.name “FULL NAME” - ``` -EMAIL 即你的 email 地址，FULL NAME 则是你的姓名。现在你可以通过以下命令创建一个提交： + +“EMAIL” 即你的 email 地址，“FULL NAME” 则是你的姓名。 + +现在你可以通过以下命令创建一个提交： + ``` git commit -m “Descriptive Message” - ``` -Descriptive Message 即为你的提交的描述性信息。比如，当你第一次提交是提交一个 readme.txt 文件，你可以这样提交： + +“Descriptive Message” 即为你的提交的描述性信息。比如，当你第一个提交是提交一个 `readme.txt` 文件，你可以这样提交： + ``` git commit -m “First draft of readme.txt file” - ``` -你可以看到输出显示一个文件已经修改，并且，为 readnme.txt 创建了一个新模式（图4） +你可以看到输出表明一个文件已经修改，并且，为 `readme.txt` 创建了一个新的文件模式（图4） ![success][12] -图4：提交成功 +*图4：提交成功* + + +### 创建分支并推送至 GitHub + +分支是很重要的，它允许你在项目状态间中移动。假如，你想给你的应用创建一个新的特性。为了这样做，你创建了个新分支。一旦你完成你的新特性，你可以把这个新分支合并到你的主分支中去，使用以下命令创建一个新分支： -[使用许可][6] -### 创建分支并推送至GitHub -分支是很重要的，它允许你从项目状态间中移动。假如，你想给你的应用创建一个新的特性。为了这样做，你创建了个新分支。一旦你完成你的新特性，你可以把这个新分支合并到你的主分支中去，使用以下命令创建一个新分支： ``` git checkout -b BRANCH - ``` -BRANCH 即为你新分支的名字，一旦执行完命令，输入 git branch 命令来查看是否创建了新分支（图5） + +“BRANCH” 即为你新分支的名字，一旦执行完命令，输入 `git branch` 命令来查看是否创建了新分支（图5） ![featureX][14] -图5:名为 featureX 的新分支 +*图5:名为 featureX 的新分支* -[使用许可][6] - -接下来，我们需要在GitHub上创建一个仓库。 登录GitHub帐户，请单击帐户主页上的“新建仓库”按钮。 填写必要的信息，然后单击Create repository（图6）。 +接下来，我们需要在 GitHub 上创建一个仓库。 登录 GitHub 帐户，请单击帐户主页上的“New Repository”按钮。 填写必要的信息，然后单击 “Create repository”（图6）。 ![new repository][16] -图6:在 GitHub 上新建一个仓库 +*图6:在 GitHub 上新建一个仓库* -[使用许可][6] +在创建完一个仓库之后，你可以看到一个用于推送本地仓库的地址。若要推送，返回命令行窗口（`~/newproject` 目录中），输入以下命令： -在创建完一个仓库之后，你可以看到一个用于推送本地仓库的地址。若要推送，返回命令行窗口（ ~/newproject 目录中），输入以下命令： ``` git remote add origin URL - git push -u origin master - ``` -URL 即为我们 GitHub 上新建的仓库地址。 + +“URL” 即为我们 GitHub 上新建的仓库地址。 系统会提示您，输入 GitHub 的用户名和密码，一旦授权成功，你的项目将会被推送到 GitHub 仓库中。 ### 拉取项目 -如果你的同事改变了你们 GitHub 上项目的代码，并且已经合并那些更改，你可以拉取那些项目文件到你的本地机器，这样，你系统中的文件就可以和远程用户的文件保持匹配。你可以输入以下命令来做这件事（ ~/newproject 在目录中）， +如果你的同事改变了你们 GitHub 上项目的代码，并且已经合并那些更改，你可以拉取那些项目文件到你的本地机器，这样，你系统中的文件就可以和远程用户的文件保持匹配。你可以输入以下命令来做这件事（`~/newproject` 在目录中）， + ``` git pull origin master - ``` 以上的命令可以拉取任何新文件或修改过的文件到你的本地仓库。 + ### 基础 -这就是从命令行使用 Git 来处理存储在 GitHub 上的项目的基础知识。 还有很多东西需要学习，所以我强烈建议你使用 man git，man git-push 和 man git-pull 命令来更深入地了解 git 命令可以做什么。 +这就是从命令行使用 Git 来处理存储在 GitHub 上的项目的基础知识。 还有很多东西需要学习，所以我强烈建议你使用 `man git`，`man git-push` 和 `man git-pull` 命令来更深入地了解 `git` 命令可以做什么。 开发快乐！ -了解更多关于 Linux的 内容，请访问来自 Linux 基金会和 edX 的免费的 ["Introduction to Linux" ][17]课程。 +了解更多关于 Linux 的 内容，请访问来自 Linux 基金会和 edX 的免费的 ["Introduction to Linux"][17]课程。 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -155,7 +156,7 @@ via: https://www.linux.com/learn/intro-to-linux/2018/7/introduction-using-git 作者：[Jack Wallen][a] 选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者：[distant1219](https://github.com/distant1219) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From b7fb6d05c80c0dce3c39c3908570d4c5816cdbaf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Sat, 22 Sep 2018 19:40:23 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 113/246] PUB:20180720 An Introduction to Using Git.md @distant1219 https://linux.cn/article-10041-1.html --- .../tech => published}/20180720 An Introduction to Using Git.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180720 An Introduction to Using Git.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180720 An Introduction to Using Git.md b/published/20180720 An Introduction to Using Git.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180720 An Introduction to Using Git.md rename to published/20180720 An Introduction to Using Git.md From a37b135634269556021cfe6facb37807dadf8eb9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: BeliteX <43316924+belitex@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Sat, 22 Sep 2018 20:17:43 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 114/246] Update 20180920 8 Python packages that will simplify your life with Django.md --- ...8 Python packages that will simplify your life with Django.md | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180920 8 Python packages that will simplify your life with Django.md b/sources/tech/20180920 8 Python packages that will simplify your life with Django.md index 58bb3716f8..e341a8b0a6 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180920 8 Python packages that will simplify your life with Django.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180920 8 Python packages that will simplify your life with Django.md @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +belitex 翻译中 8 Python packages that will simplify your life with Django ====== From cbf6413b3d6086c426b43ff52328ceaf512d28d2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: brifuture Date: Sun, 23 Sep 2018 15:12:16 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 115/246] Finish -- JavaScript chart libraries --- ... open source JavaScript chart libraries.md | 60 +++++++++---------- 1 file changed, 30 insertions(+), 30 deletions(-) rename {sources => translated}/tech/20180906 3 top open source JavaScript chart libraries.md (52%) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180906 3 top open source JavaScript chart libraries.md b/translated/tech/20180906 3 top open source JavaScript chart libraries.md similarity index 52% rename from sources/tech/20180906 3 top open source JavaScript chart libraries.md rename to translated/tech/20180906 3 top open source JavaScript chart libraries.md index eeb5bd377d..1da8956374 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180906 3 top open source JavaScript chart libraries.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180906 3 top open source JavaScript chart libraries.md @@ -1,21 +1,20 @@ -BriFuture is translating - -3 top open source JavaScript chart libraries +最好的 3 个开源 JavaScript 图表库 ====== ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/books_library_reading_list_colorful.jpg?itok=jJtnyniB) -Charts and graphs are important for visualizing data and making websites appealing. Visual presentations make it easier to analyze big chunks of data and convey information. JavaScript chart libraries enable you to visualize data in a stunning, easy to comprehend, and interactive manner and improve your website's design. +对于数据可视化和制作精美网站来说，图表和图形很重要。视觉上的展示让分析大块数据及传递信息变得更简单。JavaScript 图表库能让数据以极好的，易于理解的和交互的方式进行可视化，还能够优化你的网站设计。 -In this article, learn about three top open source JavaScript chart libraries. +本文会带你学习最好的 3 个开源 JavaScript 图表库。 ### 1\. Chart.js -[Chart.js][1] is an open source JavaScript library that allows you to create animated, beautiful, and interactive charts on your application. It's available under the MIT License. +[Chart.js][1] 是一个开源的 JavaScript 库，你可以在自己的应用中用它创建生动美丽和交互式的图表。使用它需要遵循 MIT 协议。 -With Chart.js, you can create various impressive charts and graphs, including bar charts, line charts, area charts, linear scale, and scatter charts. It is completely responsive across various devices and utilizes the HTML5 Canvas element for rendering. +使用 Chart.js，你可以创建各种各样令人印象深刻的图表和图形，包括条形图，折线图，范围图，线性标度，和散点图。它可以响应各种设备，使用 HTML5 Canvas 元素进行绘制。 + +示例代码如下，它使用该库绘制了一个条形图。本例中我们使用 Chart.js 内容分发网络（CDN）来包含这个库。注意这里使用的数据仅用于展示。 -Here is example code that draws a bar chart using the library. We'll include it in this example using the Chart.js content delivery network (CDN). Note that the data used is for illustration purposes only. ``` @@ -69,23 +68,23 @@ new Chart(document.getElementById("bar-chart"), { ``` -As you can see from this code, bar charts are constructed by setting **type** to **bar**. You can change the direction of the bar to other types—such as setting **type** to **horizontalBar**. +如你所见，通过设置 **type** 和 **bar** 来构造条形图。你可以把条形体的方向改成其他类型 —— 比如把 **type** 设置成 **horizontalBar**。 -The bars' colors are set by providing the type of color in the **backgroundColor** array parameter. +在 **backgroundColor** 数组参数中提供颜色类型，就可以设置条形图的颜色。 -The colors are allocated to the label and data that share the same index in their corresponding array. For example, "Latin America," the second label, will be set to "blue" (the second color) and 4 (the second number in the data). +颜色被分配给关联数组中相同索引的标签和数据。例如，第二个标签 “Latin American”，颜色会是 “蓝色（blue）”（第二个颜色），数值是 4（data 中的第二个数字）。 -Here is the output of this code. +代码的执行结果如下。 ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/chartjs-output.png) ### 2\. Chartist.js -[Chartist.js][2] is a simple JavaScript animation library that allows you to create customizable and beautiful responsive charts and other designs. The open source library is available under the WTFPL or MIT License. +[Chartist.js][2] 是一个简单的 JavaScript 动画库，你能够自制美丽的响应式图表，或者进行其他创作。使用它需要遵循 WTFPL 或者 MIT 协议。 -The library was developed by a group of developers who were dissatisfied with existing charting tools, so it offers wonderful functionalities to designers and developers. +这个库是由一些对现有图表工具不满的开发者进行开发的，它可以为设计师或程序员提供美妙的功能。 -After including the Chartist.js library and its CSS files in your project, you can use them to create various types of charts, including animations, bar charts, and line charts. It utilizes SVG to render the charts dynamically. +在项目中包含 Chartist.js 库后，你可以使用它们来创建各式各样的图表，包括动画，条形图和折线图。它使用 SVG 来动态渲染图表。 Here is an example of code that draws a pie chart using the library. ``` @@ -152,26 +151,27 @@ Here is an example of code that draws a pie chart using the library. ``` -Instead of specifying various style-related components of your project, the Chartist JavaScript library allows you to use various pre-built CSS styles. You can use them to control the appearance of the created charts. +使用 Chartist JavaScript 库，你可以使用各种预先构建好的 CSS 样式，而不是在项目中指定各种与样式相关的部分。你可以使用这些样式来设置已创建的图表的外观。 +比如，预创建的 CSS 类 .ct-chart 是用来构建饼状图的容器。还有.ct-golden-section 类可用于获取纵横比，它基于响应式设计进行缩放，帮你解决了计算固定尺寸的麻烦。Chartist 还提供了其它类别的比例容器，你可以在自己的项目中使用它们。 -For example, the pre-created CSS classis used to build the container for the pie chart. And, theclass is used to get the aspect ratios, which scale with responsive designs and saves you the hassle of calculating fixed dimensions. Chartist also provides other classes of container ratios you can utilize in your project. - -For styling the various pie slices, you can use the default . **ct-series-a** class. The letter **a** is iterated with every series count (a, b, c, etc.) such that it corresponds with the slice to be styled. +为了给各个扇形设置样式，可以使用默认的 .**ct-serials-a** 类。字母 **a** 是根据系列的数量变化的（a、b、c，等等），因此它与每个要设置样式的扇形相对应。 The **Chartist.Pie** method is used for creating a pie chart. To create another type of chart, such as a line chart, use **Chartist.Line.** +**Chartist.Pie** 方法用来创建一个饼状图。要创建另一种类型的图表，比如折线图，请使用 **Chartist.Line**。 -Here is the output of the code. +代码的执行结果如下。 ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/chartistjs-output.png) ### 3\. D3.js -[D3.js][3] is another great open source JavaScript chart library. It's available under the BSD license. D3 is mainly used for manipulating and adding interactivity to documents based on the provided data. +[D3.js][3] 是另一个好用的开源 JavaScript 图表库。使用它需要遵循 BSD license。D3 的主要用途是，根据提供的数据，处理和添加文档的交互功能，。 -You can use this amazing 3D animation library to visualize your data using HTML5, SVG, and CSS and make your website appealing. Essentially, D3 enables you to bind data to the Document Object Model (DOM) and then use data-based functions to make changes to the document. +借助这个 3D 动画库，你可以通过 HTML5、SVG 和 CSS 来可视化你的数据，并且让你的网站变得更精美。更重要的是，使用 D3，你可以把数据绑定到 Document Object Model（DOM）上，然后使用基于数据的函数改变文档。 + +示例代码如下，它使用该库绘制了一个简单的条形图。 -Here is example code that draws a simple bar chart using the library. ``` @@ -215,19 +215,19 @@ Here is example code that draws a simple bar chart using the library. ``` -The main concept in using the D3 library is to first apply CSS-style selections to point to the DOM nodes and then apply operators to manipulate them—just like in other DOM frameworks like jQuery. +使用 D3 库的主要概念是应用 CSS 样式选择器来定位 DOM 节点，然后对其执行操作，就像其它的 DOM 框架，比如 JQuery。 -After the data is bound to a document, the . **enter()** function is invoked to build new nodes for incoming data. All the methods invoked after the . **enter()** function will be called for every item in the data. +将数据绑定到文档上后，.**enter()** 函数会被调用，为即将到来的数据构建新的节点。所有在 .**enter()** 之后调用的方法会为数据中的每一个项目调用一次。 -Here is the output of the code. +代码的执行结果如下。 ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/d3js-output.png) -### Wrapping up +### 总结 -[JavaScript][4] charting libraries provide you with powerful tools for implementing data visualization on your web properties. With these three open source libraries, you can enhance the beauty and interactivity of your websites. +[JavaScript][4] 图表库提供了强大的工具，你可以将自己的网络资源进行数据可视化。通过这三个开源库，你可以把自己的网站变得更好看，更容易使用。 -Do you know of another powerful frontend library for creating JavaScript animation effects? Please let us know in the comment section below. +你知道其它强大的用于创造 JavaScript 动画效果的前端库吗？请在下方的评论区留言分享。 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/open-source-javascript-chart-libraries 作者：[Dr.Michael J.Garbade][a] 选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +译者：[BriFuture](https://github.com/brifuture) 校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From 2a2754b67fd7c537e8c73fd6e6e3eca0385cce0e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: jrg Date: Sun, 23 Sep 2018 18:57:03 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 116/246] Update 20180814 Automating backups on a Raspberry Pi NAS.md --- .../tech/20180814 Automating backups on a Raspberry Pi NAS.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180814 Automating backups on a Raspberry Pi NAS.md b/sources/tech/20180814 Automating backups on a Raspberry Pi NAS.md index 6d9f74be63..28f7a5db35 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180814 Automating backups on a Raspberry Pi NAS.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180814 Automating backups on a Raspberry Pi NAS.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +[翻译中]translating by jrg! + Automating backups on a Raspberry Pi NAS ====== ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/brain_data.png?itok=RH6NA32X) From adb824ff080bd0c0bff87dca84f1f6d283ce0a57 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: jrg Date: Sun, 23 Sep 2018 18:59:41 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 117/246] Update 20180919 Host your own cloud with Raspberry Pi NAS.md --- .../tech/20180919 Host your own cloud with Raspberry Pi NAS.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180919 Host your own cloud with Raspberry Pi NAS.md b/sources/tech/20180919 Host your own cloud with Raspberry Pi NAS.md index 6e7893313e..0ecb3801c9 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180919 Host your own cloud with Raspberry Pi NAS.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180919 Host your own cloud with Raspberry Pi NAS.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +[翻译中]translating by jrg! + Host your own cloud with Raspberry Pi NAS ====== From 6c712a44b411eb8747771b67e1b5556824ffcc41 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: GraveAccent Date: Sun, 23 Sep 2018 19:19:37 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 118/246] =?UTF-8?q?GraveAccent=E7=BF=BB=E8=AF=91=E4=B8=AD:?= =?UTF-8?q?20171022Review-Algo...?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ... Algorithms to Live By by Brian Christian - Tom Griffiths.md | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/sources/tech/20171022 Review- Algorithms to Live By by Brian Christian - Tom Griffiths.md b/sources/tech/20171022 Review- Algorithms to Live By by Brian Christian - Tom Griffiths.md index edd1844f71..7f9242178c 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20171022 Review- Algorithms to Live By by Brian Christian - Tom Griffiths.md +++ b/sources/tech/20171022 Review- Algorithms to Live By by Brian Christian - Tom Griffiths.md @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Review: Algorithms to Live By +GraveAccent翻译中 Review: Algorithms to Live By ====== ![](https://www.eyrie.org/~eagle/reviews/covers/1-62779-037-3.jpg) From fdf4e994664070ad5249792a458146a46e078faf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Sun, 23 Sep 2018 21:50:15 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 119/246] PRF:20180912 How To Configure Mouse Support For Linux Virtual Consoles.md @geekpi --- ... Mouse Support For Linux Virtual Consoles.md | 17 ++++------------- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 13 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180912 How To Configure Mouse Support For Linux Virtual Consoles.md b/translated/tech/20180912 How To Configure Mouse Support For Linux Virtual Consoles.md index a01ffa267c..64052c2714 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180912 How To Configure Mouse Support For Linux Virtual Consoles.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180912 How To Configure Mouse Support For Linux Virtual Consoles.md @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ ![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/GPM-1-720x340.png) -我使用 Oracle VirtualBox 来测试各种类 Unix 操作系统。我的大多数虚拟机都是无头服务器，它们没有图形桌面环境。很长一段时间，我一直想知道如何在无头 Linux 服务器的基于文本的终端中使用鼠标。感谢 **GPM**，今天我了解到我们可以在虚拟控制台中使用鼠标进行复制和粘贴操作。 **GPM**，**G** eneral **P** urpose **M** ouse 的首字母缩写，它是一个守护程序，可以帮助你配置 Linux 虚拟控制台的鼠标支持。请不要将 GPM 与 **GDM**（GNOME 显示管理器）混淆。两者有完全不同的用途。 +我使用 Oracle VirtualBox 来测试各种类 Unix 操作系统。我的大多数虚拟机都是无头headless服务器，它们没有图形桌面环境。很长一段时间，我一直想知道如何在无头 Linux 服务器的基于文本的终端中使用鼠标。感谢 **GPM**，今天我了解到我们可以在虚拟控制台中使用鼠标进行复制和粘贴操作。 **GPM**，是通用鼠标General Purpose Mouse的首字母缩写，它是一个守护程序，可以帮助你配置 Linux 虚拟控制台的鼠标支持。请不要将 GPM 与 **GDM**（GNOME 显示管理器GNOME Display manager）混淆。两者有完全不同的用途。 GPM 在以下场景中特别有用： @@ -12,8 +12,6 @@ GPM 在以下场景中特别有用： * 在基于文本的编辑器和浏览器中使用复制/粘贴（例如，emacs、lynx）。 * 在文本文件管理器中使用复制/粘贴（例如 Ranger、Midnight commander）。 - - 在这个简短的教程中，我们将看到如何在类 Unix 操作系统中在基于文本的终端中使用鼠标。 ### 安装 GPM @@ -76,11 +74,9 @@ $ sudo systemctl start gpm * 右键用于扩展选择，就像在 `xterm` 中。 * 如果你使用的是双键鼠标，请使用右键粘贴文本。 - - 就这么简单！ -就像我已经说过的那样，GPM 工作得很好，并且不需要额外的配置。以下是 GPM 配置文件 **/etc/gpm.conf**（或在某些发行版中是 `/etc/conf.d/gpm`）的示例内容： +就像我已经说过的那样，GPM 工作得很好，并且不需要额外的配置。以下是 GPM 配置文件 `/etc/gpm.conf`（或在某些发行版中是 `/etc/conf.d/gpm`）的示例内容： ``` # protected from evaluation (i.e. by quoting them). @@ -96,7 +92,7 @@ append='' sample_rate= ``` -在我的例子中，我使用 USB 鼠标。如果你使用的是其他鼠标，则可能需要更改 **device=/dev/input/mice** 和 **type=exps2** 参数的值。 +在我的例子中，我使用 USB 鼠标。如果你使用的是其他鼠标，则可能需要更改 `device=/dev/input/mice` 和 `type=exps2` 参数的值。 有关更多详细信息，请参阅手册页。 @@ -108,16 +104,11 @@ $ man gpm 干杯! - - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- via: https://www.ostechnix.com/how-to-configure-mouse-support-for-linux-virtual-consoles/ -作者：[SK][a] -选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +作者：[SK][a] 
选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 
译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi) 
校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From acfdd57a58add626905ba51f1a949a6f5ac1974f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Sun, 23 Sep 2018 21:50:38 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 120/246] PUB:20180912 How To Configure Mouse Support For Linux Virtual Consoles.md @geekpi https://linux.cn/article-10042-1.html --- ...2 How To Configure Mouse Support For Linux Virtual Consoles.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180912 How To Configure Mouse Support For Linux Virtual Consoles.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180912 How To Configure Mouse Support For Linux Virtual Consoles.md b/published/20180912 How To Configure Mouse Support For Linux Virtual Consoles.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180912 How To Configure Mouse Support For Linux Virtual Consoles.md rename to published/20180912 How To Configure Mouse Support For Linux Virtual Consoles.md From 23140a77a5b527ad61b69412ffeb93eeed239e4a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: XiatianSummer Date: Sun, 23 Sep 2018 21:55:03 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 121/246] Delete 20180910 13 Keyboard Shortcut Every Ubuntu 18.04 User Should Know.md --- ...cut Every Ubuntu 18.04 User Should Know.md | 168 ------------------ 1 file changed, 168 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180910 13 Keyboard Shortcut Every Ubuntu 18.04 User Should Know.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180910 13 Keyboard Shortcut Every Ubuntu 18.04 User Should Know.md b/sources/tech/20180910 13 Keyboard Shortcut Every Ubuntu 18.04 User Should Know.md deleted file mode 100644 index 1706bc6989..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180910 13 Keyboard Shortcut Every Ubuntu 18.04 User Should Know.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,168 +0,0 @@ -XiatianSummer translating - -13 Keyboard Shortcut Every Ubuntu 18.04 User Should Know -====== -Knowing keyboard shortcuts increase your productivity. Here are some useful Ubuntu shortcut keys that will help you use Ubuntu like a pro. - -You can use an operating system with the combination of keyboard and mouse - -Note: The keyboard shortcuts mentioned in the list is intended for Ubuntu 18.04 GNOME edition. Usually, most of them (if not all) should work on other Ubuntu versions as well, but I cannot vouch for it. - -![Ubuntu keyboard shortcuts][1] - -### Useful Ubuntu keyboard shortcuts - -Let’s have a look at some of the must know keyboard shortcut for Ubuntu GNOME. I have not included universal keyboard shortcuts like Ctrl+C (copy), Ctrl+V (paste) or Ctrl+S (save). - -Note: Super key in Linux refers to the key with Windows logo. I have used capital letters in the shortcuts but it doesn’t mean you have to press the shift key. For example, T means ‘t’ key only, not Shift+t. - -#### 1\. Super key: Opens Activities search - -Super Key Opens the activities menuIf you have to use just one keyboard shortcut on Ubuntu, this has to be the one. - -You want to open an application? Press the super key and search for the application. If the application is not installed, it will even suggest applications from software center. - -You want to see the running applications? Press super key and it will show you all the running GUI applications. - -You want to use workspaces? Simply press the super key and you can see the workspaces option on the right-hand side. - -#### 2\. Ctrl+Alt+T: Ubuntu terminal shortcut - -![Ubuntu Terminal Shortcut][2]Use Ctrl+alt+T to open terminal - -You want to open a new terminal. The combination of three keys Ctrl+Alt+T is what you need. This is my favorite keyboard shortcut in Ubuntu. I even mention it in various tutorials on It’s FOSS when it involves opening a terminal. - -#### 3\. Super+L or Ctrl+Alt+L: Locks the screen - -Locking screen when you are not at your desk is one of the most basic security tips. Instead of going to the top right corner and then choosing the lock screen option, you can simply use the Super+L key combination. - -Some systems also use Ctrl+Alt+L keys for locking the screen. - -#### 4\. Super+D or Ctrl+Alt+D: Show desktop - -Pressing Super+D minimizes all running application windows and shows the desktop. - -Pressing Super+D again will open all the running applications windows as it was previously. - -You may also use Ctrl+Alt+D for this purpose. - -#### 5\. Super+A: Shows the application menu - -You can open the application menu in Ubuntu 18.04 GNOME by clicking on the 9 dots on the left bottom of the screen. However, a quicker way would be to use Super+A key combination. - -It will show the application menu where you can see the installed applications on your systems and can also search for them. - -You can use Esc key to move out of the application menu screen. - -#### 6\. Super+Tab or Alt+Tab: Switch between running applications - -If you have more than one applications running, you can switch between the applications using the Super+Tab or Alt+Tab key combinations. - -Keep holding the super key and press tab and you’ll the application switcher appearing. While holding the super key, keep on tapping the tab key to select between applications. When you are at the desired application, release both super and tab keys. - -By default, the application switcher moves from left to right. If you want to move from right to left, use the Super+Shift+Tab key combination. - -You can also use Alt key instead of Super here. - -Tip: If there are multiple instances of an application, you can switch between those instances by using Super+` key combination. - -#### 7\. Super+Arrow keys: Snap windows - - - -This is available in Windows as well. While using an application, press Super and left arrow key and the application will go to the left edge of the screen, taking half of the screen. - -Similarly, pressing Super and right arrow keys will move the application to the right edge. - -Super and up arrow keys will maximize the application window and super and down arrow will bring the application back to its usual self. - -#### 8\. Super+M: Toggle notification tray - -GNOME has a notification tray where you can see notifications for various system and application activities. You also have the calendar here. - -![Notification Tray Ubuntu 18.04 GNOME][3] -Notification Tray - -With Super+M key combination, you can open this notification area. If you press these keys again, an opened notification tray will be closed. - -You can also use Super+V for toggling the notification tray. - -#### 9\. Super+Space: Change input keyboard (for multilingual setup) - -If you are multilingual, perhaps you have more than one keyboards installed on your system. For example, I use [Hindi on Ubuntu][4] along with English and I have Hindi (Devanagari) keyboard installed along with the default English one. - -If you also use a multilingual setup, you can quickly change the input keyboard with the Super+Space shortcut. - -#### 10\. Alt+F2: Run console - -This is for power users. If you want to run a quick command, instead of opening a terminal and running the command there, you can use Alt+F2 to run the console. - -![Alt+F2 to run commands in Ubuntu][5] -Console - -This is particularly helpful when you have to use applications that can only be run from the terminal. - -#### 11\. Ctrl+Q: Close an application window - -If you have an application running, you can close the application window using the Ctrl+Q key combination. You can also use Ctrl+W for this purpose. - -Alt+F4 is more ‘universal’ shortcut for closing an application window. - -It not work on a few applications such as the default terminal in Ubuntu. - -#### 12\. Ctrl+Alt+arrow: Move between workspaces - -![Workspace switching][6] -Workspace switching - -If you are one of the power users who use workspaces, you can use the Ctrl+Alt+Up arrow and Ctrl+Alt+Down arrow keys to switch between the workspaces. - -#### 13\. Ctrl+Alt+Del: Log out - -No! Like Windows, the famous combination of Ctrl+Alt+Del won’t bring task manager in Linux (unless you use custom keyboard shortcuts for it). - -![Log Out Ubuntu][7] -Log Out - -In the normal GNOME desktop environment, you can bring the power off menu using the Ctrl+Alt+Del keys but Ubuntu doesn’t always follow the norms and hence it opens the logout dialogue box when you use Ctrl+Alt+Del in Ubuntu. - -### Use custom keyboard shortcuts in Ubuntu - -You are not limited to the default keyboard shortcuts. You can create your own custom keyboard shortcuts as you like. - -Go to Settings->Devices->Keyboard. You’ll see all the keyboard shortcuts here for your system. Scroll down to the bottom and you’ll see the Custom Shortcuts option. - -![Add custom keyboard shortcut in Ubuntu][8] - -You have to provide an easy-to-recognize name of the shortcut, the command that will be run when the key combinations are used and of course the keys you are going to use for the shortcut. - -### What are your favorite keyboard shortcuts in Ubuntu? - -There is no end to shortcuts. If you want, you can have a look at all the possible [GNOME shortcuts][9] here and see if there are some more shortcuts you would like to use. - -You can, and you should also learn keyboard shortcuts for the applications you use most of the time. For example, I use Kazam for [screen recording][10], and the keyboard shortcuts help me a lot in pausing and resuming the recording. - -What are your favorite Ubuntu shortcuts that you cannot live without? - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://itsfoss.com/ubuntu-shortcuts/ - -作者：[Abhishek Prakash][a] -选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/ -[1]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/ubuntu-keyboard-shortcuts.jpeg -[2]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/ubuntu-terminal-shortcut.jpg -[3]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/notification-tray-ubuntu-gnome.jpeg -[4]: https://itsfoss.com/type-indian-languages-ubuntu/ -[5]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/console-alt-f2-ubuntu-gnome.jpeg -[6]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/workspace-switcher-ubuntu.png -[7]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/log-out-ubuntu.jpeg -[8]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/custom-keyboard-shortcut.jpg -[9]: https://wiki.gnome.org/Design/OS/KeyboardShortcuts -[10]: https://itsfoss.com/best-linux-screen-recorders/ From 4340e89d33d7358a24d548d5e1f69925b477ca8d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: XiatianSummer Date: Sun, 23 Sep 2018 21:55:44 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 122/246] Create 20180910 13 Keyboard Shortcut Every Ubuntu 18.04 User Should Know.md --- ...cut Every Ubuntu 18.04 User Should Know.md | 172 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 172 insertions(+) create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180910 13 Keyboard Shortcut Every Ubuntu 18.04 User Should Know.md diff --git a/translated/tech/20180910 13 Keyboard Shortcut Every Ubuntu 18.04 User Should Know.md b/translated/tech/20180910 13 Keyboard Shortcut Every Ubuntu 18.04 User Should Know.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c946493a6c --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180910 13 Keyboard Shortcut Every Ubuntu 18.04 User Should Know.md @@ -0,0 +1,172 @@ +每位 Ubuntu 18.04 用户都应该知道的快捷键 +====== +了解快捷键能够提升您的生产力。这里有一些实用的 Ubuntu 快捷键助您像专业人士一样使用 Ubuntu。 + +您可以使用有键盘和鼠标组合的操作系统。 + +注意：本文中提到的键盘快捷键适用于 Ubuntu 18.04 GNOME 版。 通常，它们中的大多数（或者全部）也适用于其他的 Ubuntu 版本，但我不能够保证。 + +![Ubuntu keyboard shortcuts][1] + +### 实用的 Ubuntu 快捷键 + +让我们来看一看 Ubuntu GNOME 必备的快捷键吧！通用的快捷键如 Ctrl+C（复制），Ctrl+V（粘贴）或者 Ctrl+S（保存）不再赘述。 + +注意：Linux 中的 Super 键即键盘上带有 Windows 图标的键，本文中我使用了大写字母，但这不代表你需要按下 shift 键，比如，T 代表键盘上的‘t’键，而不代表 Shift+t。 + +#### 1\. Super 键：打开活动搜索界面 + +使用 Super 键可以打开活动菜单。如果你只能在 Ubuntu 上使用一个快捷键，那只能是 Super 键。 + +想要打开一个应用程序？按下 Super 键然后搜索应用程序。如果搜索的应用程序未安装，它会推荐来自应用中心的应用程序。 + +想要看看有哪些正在运行的程序？按下 Super 键，屏幕上就会显示所有正在运行的 GUI 应用程序。 + +想要使用工作区吗？只需按下 Super 键，您就可以在屏幕右侧看到工作区选项。 + +#### 2\. Ctrl+Alt+T：打开 Ubuntu 终端窗口 + +![Ubuntu Terminal Shortcut][2] + +*使用 Ctrl+alt+T 来打开终端窗口* + +想要打开一个新的终端，您只需使用快捷键 Ctrl+Alt+T。这是我在 Ubuntu 中最喜欢的键盘快捷键。 甚至在我的许多 FOSS 教程中，当需要打开终端窗口是，我都会提到这个快捷键。 + +#### 3\. Super+L 或 Ctrl——Alt+L：锁屏 + +当您离开电脑时锁定屏幕，是最基本的安全习惯之一。您可以使用 Super + L 快捷键，而不是繁琐地点击屏幕右上角然后选择锁定屏幕选项。 + +有些系统也会使用 Ctrl+Alt+L 键锁定屏幕。 + +#### 4\. Super+D or Ctrl+Alt+D：显示桌面 + +按下 Super + D 可以最小化所有正在运行的应用程序窗口并显示桌面。 + +再次按 Super + D 将重新打开所有正在运行的应用程序窗口，像之前一样。 + +您也可以使用 Ctrl + Alt + D 来实现此目的。 + +#### 5\. Super+A：显示应用程序菜单 + +您可以通过单击屏幕左下角的 9个点打开 Ubuntu 18.04 GNOME 中的应用程序菜单。 但是一个更快捷的方法是使用 Super + A 快捷键。 + +它将显示应用程序菜单，您可以在其中查看或搜索系统上已安装的应用程序。 + +您可以使用 Esc 键退出应用程序菜单界面。 + +#### 6\. Super+Tab or Alt+Tab：在运行中的应用程序间切换 + +如果您运行的应用程序不止一个，则可以使用 Super + Tab 或 Alt + Tab 快捷键在应用程序之间切换。 + +按住 Super 键同时按下 Tab 键，即可显示应用程序切换器。 按住 Super 的同时，继续点击 Tab 键在应用程序之间进行选择。 当光标在所需的应用程序上时，松开 Super 和 Tab 键。 + +默认情况下，应用程序切换器从左向右移动。 如果要从右向左移动，可使用 Super + Shift + Tab 快捷键。 + +在这里您也可以用 Alt 键代替 Super 键。 + +提示：如果有多个应用程序实例，您可以使用 Super + \` 快捷键在这些实例之间切换。 + +#### 7\. Super+Arrow keys: 移动窗口位置 + + + +这个快捷键也适用于 Windows 系统。 使用应用程序时，按下 Super 和左箭头键，应用程序将贴合屏幕的左边缘，占用屏幕的左半边。 + +同样，按下 Super 和右箭头键会使应用程序贴合右边缘。 + +按下 Super 和上箭头键将最大化应用程序窗口，超级和下箭头将使应用程序恢复到其正常的大小。 + +#### 8\. Super+M: 切换到通知栏 + +GNOME 中有一个通知栏，您可以在其中查看系统和应用程序活动的通知，这里也有一个日历。 + +![Notification Tray Ubuntu 18.04 GNOME][3] + +*通知栏* + +使用 Super + M 快捷键，您可以打开此通知栏。 如果再次按这些键，将关闭打开的通知托盘。 + +使用 Super+V 也可实现相同的功能。 + +#### 9\. Super+Space：切换输入法（用于多语言设置） + +如果您使用多种语言，可能您的系统上安装了多个输入法。 例如，我需要在 Ubuntu 上同时使用[印地语] [4]和英语，所以我安装了印地语（梵文）输入法以及默认的英语输入法。 + +如果您也使用多语言设置，则可以使用 Super + Space 快捷键快速更改输入法。 + +#### 10\. Alt+F2：运行控制台 + +这适用于高级用户。 如果要运行快速命令，而不是打开终端并在其中运行命令，则可以使用 Alt + F2 运行控制台。 + +![Alt+F2 to run commands in Ubuntu][5] + +*控制台* + +当您使用只能在终端运行的应用程序时，这尤其有用。 + +#### 11\. Ctrl+Q：关闭应用程序窗口 + +如果您有正在运行的应用程序，可以使用 Ctrl + Q 快捷键关闭应用程序窗口。您也可以使用 Ctrl + W 来实现此目的。 + +Alt + F4 是关闭应用程序窗口更“通用”的快捷方式。 + +它不适用于一些应用程序，如 Ubuntu 中的默认终端。 + +#### 12\. Ctrl+Alt+arrow：切换工作区 + +![Workspace switching][6] + +*切换工作区* + +如果您是使用工作区的重度用户，可以使用 Ctrl + Alt + 上箭头和 Ctrl + Alt + 下箭头键在工作区之间切换。 + +#### 13\. Ctrl+Alt+Del：注销 + +不会！在 Linux 中使用著名的快捷键 Ctrl+Alt+Del 并不会像在 Windows 中一样打开任务管理器（除非您使用自定义快捷键）。 + +![Log Out Ubuntu][7] + +*注销* + +在普通的 GNOME 桌面环境中，您可以使用 Ctrl + Alt + Del 键打开关机菜单，但 Ubuntu 并不总是遵循此规范，因此当您在 Ubuntu 中使用 Ctrl + Alt + Del 键时，它会打开注销菜单。 + +### 在 Ubuntu 中使用自定义键盘快捷键 + +您不是只能使用默认的键盘快捷键，您可以根据需要创建自己的自定义键盘快捷键。 + +转到“设置->设备->键盘”，您将在这里看到系统的所有键盘快捷键。向下滚动到底部，您将看到“自定义快捷方式”选项。 + +![Add custom keyboard shortcut in Ubuntu][8] + +您需要提供易于识别的快捷键名称、使用快捷键时运行的命令，以及您自定义的按键组合。 + +### Ubuntu 中你最喜欢的键盘快捷键是什么？ + +快捷键永无止境。如果需要，你可以看一看所有可能的 [GNOME 快捷键][9]，看其中有没有你需要用到的快捷键。 + +您可以学习使用您经常使用应用程序的快捷键，这是很有必要的。例如，我使用 Kazam 进行[屏幕录制][10]，键盘快捷键帮助我方便地暂停和开始录像。 + +您最喜欢、最离不开的 Ubuntu 快捷键是什么？ + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://itsfoss.com/ubuntu-shortcuts/ + +作者：[Abhishek Prakash][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[XiatianSummer](https://github.com/XiatianSummer) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/ +[1]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/ubuntu-keyboard-shortcuts.jpeg +[2]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/ubuntu-terminal-shortcut.jpg +[3]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/notification-tray-ubuntu-gnome.jpeg +[4]: https://itsfoss.com/type-indian-languages-ubuntu/ +[5]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/console-alt-f2-ubuntu-gnome.jpeg +[6]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/workspace-switcher-ubuntu.png +[7]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/log-out-ubuntu.jpeg +[8]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/custom-keyboard-shortcut.jpg +[9]: https://wiki.gnome.org/Design/OS/KeyboardShortcuts +[10]: https://itsfoss.com/best-linux-screen-recorders/ From 2bba08f37600a661f4b85ccb93e16a6fb29a0783 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: haoqixu Date: Sun, 23 Sep 2018 22:02:51 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 123/246] =?UTF-8?q?[=E7=94=B3=E8=AF=B7=E7=BF=BB=E8=AF=91]?= =?UTF-8?q?=20Writing=20a=20Time=20Series=20Database=20from=20Scratch.md?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- .../20170410 Writing a Time Series Database from Scratch.md | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/sources/tech/20170410 Writing a Time Series Database from Scratch.md b/sources/tech/20170410 Writing a Time Series Database from Scratch.md index a7f8289b63..ba66193a0d 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20170410 Writing a Time Series Database from Scratch.md +++ b/sources/tech/20170410 Writing a Time Series Database from Scratch.md @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Writing a Time Series Database from Scratch +[haoqixu翻译中]Writing a Time Series Database from Scratch ============================================================ From 64269654a5e60f87ef475662035dcb0bc904f05e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Sun, 23 Sep 2018 22:07:00 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 124/246] PRF:20180905 Find your systems easily on a LAN with mDNS.md @geekpi --- ... your systems easily on a LAN with mDNS.md | 51 ++++++++----------- 1 file changed, 21 insertions(+), 30 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180905 Find your systems easily on a LAN with mDNS.md b/translated/tech/20180905 Find your systems easily on a LAN with mDNS.md index 48d9434b58..49be86d1ab 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180905 Find your systems easily on a LAN with mDNS.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180905 Find your systems easily on a LAN with mDNS.md @@ -3,49 +3,49 @@ ![](https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/mDNS-816x345.jpg) -多播 DNS 或 mDNS 允许系统通过在广播查询局域网中的其他资源。Fedora 用户经常在没有复杂名称服务的路由器上拥有多个 Linux 系统。在这种情况下，mDNS 允许你按名称与多个系统通信 - 多数情况下不用路由器。你也不必在所有本地系统上同步类似 /etc/hosts 之类的文件。本文介绍如何设置它。 +mDNS（多播 DNSMulticast DNS）允许系统在局域网中广播查询其他资源的名称。Fedora 用户经常在没有复杂名称服务的路由器上接有多个 Linux 系统。在这种情况下，mDNS 允许你按名称与多个系统通信 —— 多数情况下不用路由器。你也不必在所有本地系统上同步类似 `/etc/hosts` 之类的文件。本文介绍如何设置它。 -mDNS 是一个零配置网络服务，它已经诞生了很长一段时间。Fedora 将 Avahi （包含 mDNS 的零配置系统）作为工作站的一部分。 （mDNS 也是 Bonjour 的一部分，可在 Mac OS 上找到。） +mDNS 是一个零配置网络服务，它已经诞生了很长一段时间。Fedora Workstation 带有零配置系统 Avahi（它包含 mDNS）。 （mDNS 也是 Bonjour 的一部分，可在 Mac OS 上找到。） 本文假设你有两个系统运行受支持的 Fedora 版本（27 或 28）。它们的主机名是 castor 和 pollux。 ### 安装包 确保系统上安装了 nss-mdns 和 avahi 软件包。你可能是不同的版本，这也没问题： + ``` $ rpm -q nss-mdns avahi nss-mdns-0.14.1-1.fc28.x86_64 avahi-0.7-13.fc28.x86_64 - ``` Fedora Workstation 默认提供这两个包。如果不存在，请安装它们： + ``` $ sudo dnf install nss-mdns avahi - ``` -确保 avahi-daemon.service 单元已启用并正在运行。同样，这是 Fedora Workstation 的默认设置。 +确保 `avahi-daemon.service` 单元已启用并正在运行。同样，这是 Fedora Workstation 的默认设置。 + ``` $ sudo systemctl enable --now avahi-daemon.service - ``` -虽然是可选的，但你可能还需要安装 avahi-tools 软件包。该软件包包括许多方便的程序，用于检查系统上的零配置服务的工作情况。使用这个 sudo 命令： +虽然是可选的，但你可能还需要安装 avahi-tools 软件包。该软件包包括许多方便的程序，用于检查系统上的零配置服务的工作情况。使用这个 `sudo` 命令： + ``` $ sudo dnf install avahi-tools - ``` -/etc/nsswitch.conf 控制系统使用哪个服务用于解析，以及它们的顺序。你应该在那个文件中看到这样的一行： +`/etc/nsswitch.conf` 控制系统使用哪个服务用于解析，以及它们的顺序。你应该在那个文件中看到这样的一行： + ``` hosts: files mdns4_minimal [NOTFOUND=return] dns myhostname - ``` -注意命令 mdns4_minimal [NOTFOUND=return]。它们告诉你的系统使用多播 DNS 解析程序将主机名解析为 IP 地址。即使该服务有效，如果名称无法解析，也会尝试其余服务。 +注意命令 `mdns4_minimal [NOTFOUND=return]`。它们告诉你的系统使用多播 DNS 解析程序将主机名解析为 IP 地址。即使该服务有效，如果名称无法解析，也会尝试其余服务。 -如果你没有看到与此类似的配置，则可以对其进行编辑（以 root 用户身份）。但是，nss-mdns 包会为你处理此问题。如果你对自己编辑它感到不舒服，请删除并重新安装该软件包以修复该文件。 +如果你没有看到与此类似的配置，则可以（以 root 用户身份）对其进行编辑。但是，nss-mdns 包会为你处理此问题。如果你对自己编辑它感到不舒服，请删除并重新安装该软件包以修复该文件。 在**两个系统**中执行同样的步骤 。 @@ -53,42 +53,36 @@ hosts: files mdns4_minimal [NOTFOUND=return] dns myhostname 现在你已完成常见的配置工作，请使用以下方法之一设置每个主机的名称： - 1. 如果你正在使用 Fedora Workstation，[你可以使用这个步骤][1]。 - - 2. 如果没有，请使用 hostnamectl 来做。在第一台机器上这么做： -``` -$ hostnamectl set-hostname castor - -``` - - 3. 你还可以编辑 /etc/avahi/avahi-daemon.conf，删除主机名设置行上的注释，并在那里设置名称。但是，默认情况下，Avahi 使用系统提供的主机名，因此你**不应该**需要此方法。 +1. 如果你正在使用 Fedora Workstation，[你可以使用这个步骤][1]。 +2. 如果没有，请使用 `hostnamectl` 来做。在第一台机器上这么做：`$ hostnamectl set-hostname castor`。 +3. 你还可以编辑 `/etc/avahi/avahi-daemon.conf`，删除主机名设置行上的注释，并在那里设置名称。但是，默认情况下，Avahi 使用系统提供的主机名，因此你**不应该**需要此方法。 接下来，重启 Avahi 守护进程，以便它接收更改： + ``` $ sudo systemctl restart avahi-daemon.service - ``` 然后正确设置另一台机器： + ``` $ hostnamectl set-hostname pollux $ sudo systemctl restart avahi-daemon.service - ``` 只要你的路由器没有禁止 mDNS 流量，你现在应该能够登录到 castor 并 ping 通另一台机器。你应该使用默认的 .local 域名，以便解析正常工作： + ``` $ ping pollux.local PING pollux.local (192.168.0.1) 56(84) bytes of data. 64 bytes from 192.168.0.1 (192.168.0.1): icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=3.17 ms 64 bytes from 192.168.0.1 (192.168.0.1): icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=1.24 ms ... - ``` -如果你在 pollux ping castor.local，同样的技巧也适用 。现在在网络中访问你的系统更方便了！ +如果你在 pollux `ping castor.local`，同样的技巧也适用。现在在网络中访问你的系统更方便了！ -此外，如果你的路由器宣传这个服务，请不要感到惊讶。现代 WiFi 和有线路由器通常提供这些服务，以使消费者的生活更轻松。 +此外，如果你的路由器也支持这个服务，请不要感到惊讶。现代 WiFi 和有线路由器通常提供这些服务，以使消费者的生活更轻松。 此过程适用于大多数系统。但是，如果遇到麻烦，请使用 avahi-browse 和 avahi-tools 软件包中的其他工具来查看可用的服务。 @@ -97,10 +91,7 @@ PING pollux.local (192.168.0.1) 56(84) bytes of data. via: https://fedoramagazine.org/find-systems-easily-lan-mdns/ -作者：[Paul W. Frields][a] -选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +作者：[Paul W. Frields][a] 
选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 
译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi) 
校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From 8bd366bebf0dbbfc29d8d2acfe88a4f0df9a511f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Sun, 23 Sep 2018 22:07:19 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 125/246] PUB:20180905 Find your systems easily on a LAN with mDNS.md @geekpi https://linux.cn/article-10043-1.html --- .../20180905 Find your systems easily on a LAN with mDNS.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180905 Find your systems easily on a LAN with mDNS.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180905 Find your systems easily on a LAN with mDNS.md b/published/20180905 Find your systems easily on a LAN with mDNS.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180905 Find your systems easily on a LAN with mDNS.md rename to published/20180905 Find your systems easily on a LAN with mDNS.md From 2cd2db9bd81e33ff011ed79bed1d76695bdf212d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Mon, 24 Sep 2018 07:55:20 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 126/246] PRF:20180906 3 top open source JavaScript chart libraries.md @BriFuture --- ... open source JavaScript chart libraries.md | 41 +++++++++---------- 1 file changed, 19 insertions(+), 22 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180906 3 top open source JavaScript chart libraries.md b/translated/tech/20180906 3 top open source JavaScript chart libraries.md index 1da8956374..5aabeaa9f9 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180906 3 top open source JavaScript chart libraries.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180906 3 top open source JavaScript chart libraries.md @@ -1,19 +1,20 @@ 最好的 3 个开源 JavaScript 图表库 ====== +> 图表及其它可视化方式让传递数据的信息变得更简单。 ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/books_library_reading_list_colorful.jpg?itok=jJtnyniB) -对于数据可视化和制作精美网站来说，图表和图形很重要。视觉上的展示让分析大块数据及传递信息变得更简单。JavaScript 图表库能让数据以极好的，易于理解的和交互的方式进行可视化，还能够优化你的网站设计。 +对于数据可视化和制作精美网站来说，图表和图形很重要。视觉上的展示让分析大块数据及传递信息变得更简单。JavaScript 图表库能让数据以极好的、易于理解的和交互的方式进行可视化，还能够优化你的网站设计。 本文会带你学习最好的 3 个开源 JavaScript 图表库。 -### 1\. Chart.js +### 1、 Chart.js [Chart.js][1] 是一个开源的 JavaScript 库，你可以在自己的应用中用它创建生动美丽和交互式的图表。使用它需要遵循 MIT 协议。 -使用 Chart.js，你可以创建各种各样令人印象深刻的图表和图形，包括条形图，折线图，范围图，线性标度，和散点图。它可以响应各种设备，使用 HTML5 Canvas 元素进行绘制。 +使用 Chart.js，你可以创建各种各样令人印象深刻的图表和图形，包括条形图、折线图、范围图、线性标度和散点图。它可以响应各种设备，使用 HTML5 Canvas 元素进行绘制。 -示例代码如下，它使用该库绘制了一个条形图。本例中我们使用 Chart.js 内容分发网络（CDN）来包含这个库。注意这里使用的数据仅用于展示。 +示例代码如下，它使用该库绘制了一个条形图。本例中我们使用 Chart.js 的内容分发网络（CDN）来包含这个库。注意这里使用的数据仅用于展示。 ``` @@ -25,8 +26,7 @@         - -    +           -    ``` -如你所见，通过设置 **type** 和 **bar** 来构造条形图。你可以把条形体的方向改成其他类型 —— 比如把 **type** 设置成 **horizontalBar**。 +如你所见，通过设置 `type` 和 `bar` 来构造条形图。你可以把条形体的方向改成其他类型 —— 比如把 `type` 设置成 `horizontalBar`。 -在 **backgroundColor** 数组参数中提供颜色类型，就可以设置条形图的颜色。 +在 `backgroundColor` 数组参数中提供颜色类型，就可以设置条形图的颜色。 颜色被分配给关联数组中相同索引的标签和数据。例如，第二个标签 “Latin American”，颜色会是 “蓝色（blue）”（第二个颜色），数值是 4（data 中的第二个数字）。 @@ -78,7 +75,7 @@ new Chart(document.getElementById("bar-chart"), { ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/chartjs-output.png) -### 2\. Chartist.js +### 2、 Chartist.js [Chartist.js][2] 是一个简单的 JavaScript 动画库，你能够自制美丽的响应式图表，或者进行其他创作。使用它需要遵循 WTFPL 或者 MIT 协议。 @@ -86,7 +83,8 @@ new Chart(document.getElementById("bar-chart"), { 在项目中包含 Chartist.js 库后，你可以使用它们来创建各式各样的图表，包括动画，条形图和折线图。它使用 SVG 来动态渲染图表。 -Here is an example of code that draws a pie chart using the library. +这里是使用该库绘制一个饼图的例子。 + ``` @@ -153,22 +151,21 @@ Here is an example of code that draws a pie chart using the library. 使用 Chartist JavaScript 库，你可以使用各种预先构建好的 CSS 样式，而不是在项目中指定各种与样式相关的部分。你可以使用这些样式来设置已创建的图表的外观。 -比如，预创建的 CSS 类 .ct-chart 是用来构建饼状图的容器。还有.ct-golden-section 类可用于获取纵横比，它基于响应式设计进行缩放，帮你解决了计算固定尺寸的麻烦。Chartist 还提供了其它类别的比例容器，你可以在自己的项目中使用它们。 +比如，预创建的 CSS 类 `.ct-chart` 是用来构建饼状图的容器。还有 `.ct-golden-section` 类可用于获取纵横比，它基于响应式设计进行缩放，帮你解决了计算固定尺寸的麻烦。Chartist 还提供了其它类别的比例容器，你可以在自己的项目中使用它们。 -为了给各个扇形设置样式，可以使用默认的 .**ct-serials-a** 类。字母 **a** 是根据系列的数量变化的（a、b、c，等等），因此它与每个要设置样式的扇形相对应。 +为了给各个扇形设置样式，可以使用默认的 `.ct-serials-a` 类。字母 `a` 是根据系列的数量变化的（a、b、c，等等），因此它与每个要设置样式的扇形相对应。 -The **Chartist.Pie** method is used for creating a pie chart. To create another type of chart, such as a line chart, use **Chartist.Line.** -**Chartist.Pie** 方法用来创建一个饼状图。要创建另一种类型的图表，比如折线图，请使用 **Chartist.Line**。 +`Chartist.Pie` 方法用来创建一个饼状图。要创建另一种类型的图表，比如折线图，请使用 `Chartist.Line`。 代码的执行结果如下。 ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/chartistjs-output.png) -### 3\. D3.js +### 3、 D3.js -[D3.js][3] 是另一个好用的开源 JavaScript 图表库。使用它需要遵循 BSD license。D3 的主要用途是，根据提供的数据，处理和添加文档的交互功能，。 +[D3.js][3] 是另一个好用的开源 JavaScript 图表库。使用它需要遵循 BSD 许可证。D3 的主要用途是，根据提供的数据，处理和添加文档的交互功能，。 -借助这个 3D 动画库，你可以通过 HTML5、SVG 和 CSS 来可视化你的数据，并且让你的网站变得更精美。更重要的是，使用 D3，你可以把数据绑定到 Document Object Model（DOM）上，然后使用基于数据的函数改变文档。 +借助这个 3D 动画库，你可以通过 HTML5、SVG 和 CSS 来可视化你的数据，并且让你的网站变得更精美。更重要的是，使用 D3，你可以把数据绑定到文档对象模型（DOM）上，然后使用基于数据的函数改变文档。 示例代码如下，它使用该库绘制了一个简单的条形图。 @@ -217,7 +214,7 @@ The **Chartist.Pie** method is used for creating a pie chart. To create another 使用 D3 库的主要概念是应用 CSS 样式选择器来定位 DOM 节点，然后对其执行操作，就像其它的 DOM 框架，比如 JQuery。 -将数据绑定到文档上后，.**enter()** 函数会被调用，为即将到来的数据构建新的节点。所有在 .**enter()** 之后调用的方法会为数据中的每一个项目调用一次。 +将数据绑定到文档上后，.`enter()` 函数会被调用，为即将到来的数据构建新的节点。所有在 .`enter()` 之后调用的方法会为数据中的每一个项目调用一次。 代码的执行结果如下。 @@ -237,7 +234,7 @@ via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/open-source-javascript-chart-libraries 作者：[Dr.Michael J.Garbade][a] 选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者：[BriFuture](https://github.com/brifuture) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From 98c1936d18a8d76db41e0e82394c79f28cd9bea9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Mon, 24 Sep 2018 07:55:51 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 127/246] PUB:20180906 3 top open source JavaScript chart libraries.md @BriFuture https://linux.cn/article-10044-1.html --- .../20180906 3 top open source JavaScript chart libraries.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180906 3 top open source JavaScript chart libraries.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180906 3 top open source JavaScript chart libraries.md b/published/20180906 3 top open source JavaScript chart libraries.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180906 3 top open source JavaScript chart libraries.md rename to published/20180906 3 top open source JavaScript chart libraries.md From fb10ea9fff64158f48906d13a426f1499ebc0229 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: FelixYFZ <33593534+FelixYFZ@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Mon, 24 Sep 2018 12:09:07 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 128/246] Update 20180209 How writing can change your career for the better, even if you don-t identify as a writer.md Translating by FelixYFZ --- ...er for the better, even if you don-t identify as a writer.md | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/sources/talk/20180209 How writing can change your career for the better, even if you don-t identify as a writer.md b/sources/talk/20180209 How writing can change your career for the better, even if you don-t identify as a writer.md index 55618326c6..98d57bcca3 100644 --- a/sources/talk/20180209 How writing can change your career for the better, even if you don-t identify as a writer.md +++ b/sources/talk/20180209 How writing can change your career for the better, even if you don-t identify as a writer.md @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -How writing can change your career for the better, even if you don't identify as a writer +How writing can change your career for the better, even if you don't identify as a writer Translating by FelixYFZ ====== Have you read Marie Kondo's book [The Life-Changing Magic of Tidying Up][1]? Or did you, like me, buy it and read a little bit and then add it to the pile of clutter next to your bed? From fae3a75bd8945d34ce9eff5fce3995f37a12c57e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: GraveAccent Date: Mon, 24 Sep 2018 22:58:59 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 129/246] =?UTF-8?q?tech20171022Review...=E7=BF=BB=E8=AF=91?= =?UTF-8?q?=E5=AE=8C=E6=88=90?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...e By by Brian Christian - Tom Griffiths.md | 44 ------------------- ...e By by Brian Christian - Tom Griffiths.md | 44 +++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 44 insertions(+), 44 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20171022 Review- Algorithms to Live By by Brian Christian - Tom Griffiths.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20171022 Review- Algorithms to Live By by Brian Christian - Tom Griffiths.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20171022 Review- Algorithms to Live By by Brian Christian - Tom Griffiths.md b/sources/tech/20171022 Review- Algorithms to Live By by Brian Christian - Tom Griffiths.md deleted file mode 100644 index 7f9242178c..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20171022 Review- Algorithms to Live By by Brian Christian - Tom Griffiths.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,44 +0,0 @@ -GraveAccent翻译中 Review: Algorithms to Live By -====== -![](https://www.eyrie.org/~eagle/reviews/covers/1-62779-037-3.jpg) - -Another read for the work book club. This was my favorite to date, apart from the books I recommended myself. - -One of the foundations of computer science as a field of study is research into algorithms: how do we solve problems efficiently using computer programs? This is a largely mathematical field, but it's often less about ideal or theoretical solutions and more about making the most efficient use of limited resources and arriving at an adequate, if not perfect, answer. Many of these problems are either day-to-day human problems or are closely related to them; after all, the purpose of computer science is to solve practical problems with computers. The question asked by Algorithms to Live By is "can we reverse this?": can we learn lessons from computer science's approach to problems that would help us make day-to-day decisions? - -There's a lot of interesting material in the eleven chapters of this book, but there's also an amusing theme: humans are already very good at this. Many chapters start with an examination of algorithms and mathematical analysis of problems, dive into a discussion of how we can use those results to make better decisions, then talk about studies of the decisions humans actually make... and discover that humans are already applying ad hoc versions of the best algorithms we've come up with, given the constraints of typical life situations. It tends to undermine the stated goal of the book. Thankfully, it in no way undermines interesting discussion of general classes of problems, how computer science has tackled them, and what we've learned about the mathematical and technical shapes of those problems. There's a bit less self-help utility here than I think the authors had intended, but lots of food for thought. - -(That said, it's worth considering whether this congruence is less because humans are already good at this and more because our algorithms are designed from human intuition. Maybe our best algorithms just reflect human thinking. In some cases we've checked our solutions against mathematical ideals, but in other cases they're still just our best guesses to date.) - -This is the sort of a book where a chapter listing is an important part of the review. The areas of algorithms discussed here are optimal stopping, explore/exploit decisions (when to go with the best thing you've found and when to look for something better), sorting, caching, scheduling, Bayes's rule (and prediction in general), overfitting when building models, relaxation (solving an easier problem than your actual problem), randomized algorithms, a collection of networking algorithms, and finally game theory. Each of these has useful insights and thought-provoking discussion of how these sometimes-theoretical concepts map surprisingly well onto daily problems. The book concludes with a discussion of "computational kindness": an encouragement to reduce the required computation and complexity penalty for both yourself and the people you interact with. - -If you have a computer science background (as I do), many of these will be familiar concepts, and you might be dubious that a popularization would tell you much that's new. Give this book a shot, though; the analogies are less stretched than you might fear, and the authors are both careful and smart about how they apply these principles. This book passes with flying colors a key sanity check: the chapters on topics that I know well or have thought about a lot make few or no obvious errors and say useful and important things. For example, the scheduling chapter, which unsurprisingly is about time management, surpasses more than half of the time management literature by jumping straight to the heart of most time management problems: if you're going to do everything on a list, it rarely matters the order in which you do it, so the hardest scheduling problems are about deciding what not to do rather than deciding order. - -The point in the book where the authors won my heart completely was in the chapter on Bayes's rule. Much of the chapter is about Bayesian priors, and how one's knowledge of past events is a vital part of analysis of future probabilities. The authors then discuss the (in)famous marshmallow experiment, in which children are given one marshmallow and told that if they refrain from eating it until the researcher returns, they'll get two marshmallows. Refraining from eating the marshmallow (delayed gratification, in the psychological literature) was found to be associated with better life outcomes years down the road. This experiment has been used and abused for years for all sorts of propaganda about how trading immediate pleasure for future gains leads to a successful life, and how failure in life is because of inability to delay gratification. More evil analyses have (of course) tied that capability to ethnicity, with predictably racist results. - -I have [kind of a thing][1] about the marshmallow experiment. It's a topic that reliably sends me off into angry rants. - -Algorithms to Live By is the only book I have ever read to mention the marshmallow experiment and then apply the analysis that I find far more convincing. This is not a test of innate capability in the children; it's a test of their Bayesian priors. When does it make perfect sense to eat the marshmallow immediately instead of waiting for a reward? When their past experience tells them that adults are unreliable, can't be trusted, disappear for unpredictable lengths of time, and lie. And, even better, the authors supported this analysis with both a follow-up study I hadn't heard of before and with the observation that some children would wait for some time and then "give in." This makes perfect sense if they were subconsciously using a Bayesian model with poor priors. - -This is a great book. It may try a bit too hard in places (applicability of the math of optimal stopping to everyday life is more contingent and strained than I think the authors want to admit), and some of this will be familiar if you've studied algorithms. But the writing is clear, succinct, and very well-edited. No part of the book outlives its welcome; the discussion moves right along. If you find yourself going "I know all this already," you'll still probably encounter a new concept or neat explanation in a few more pages. And sometimes the authors make connections that never would have occurred to me but feel right in retrospect, such as relating exponential backoff in networking protocols to choosing punishments in the criminal justice system. Or the realization that our modern communication world is not constantly connected, it's constantly buffered, and many of us are suffering from the characteristic signs of buffer bloat. - -I don't think you have to be a CS major, or know much about math, to read this book. There is a lot of mathematical details in the end notes if you want to dive in, but the main text is almost always readable and clear, at least so far as I could tell (as someone who was a CS major and has taken a lot of math, so a grain of salt may be indicated). And it still has a lot to offer even if you've studied algorithms for years. - -The more I read of this book, the more I liked it. Definitely recommended if you like reading this sort of analysis of life. - -Rating: 9 out of 10 - -Reviewed: 2017-10-22 - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://www.eyrie.org/~eagle/reviews/books/1-62779-037-3.html - -作者：[Brian Christian;Tom Griffiths][a] -译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]:https://www.eyrie.org -[1]:https://www.eyrie.org1-59184-679-X.html diff --git a/translated/tech/20171022 Review- Algorithms to Live By by Brian Christian - Tom Griffiths.md b/translated/tech/20171022 Review- Algorithms to Live By by Brian Christian - Tom Griffiths.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..eec0d29397 --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20171022 Review- Algorithms to Live By by Brian Christian - Tom Griffiths.md @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +书评|算法之美 +====== +![](https://www.eyrie.org/~eagle/reviews/covers/1-62779-037-3.jpg) + +又一次为了工作图书俱乐部而读书。除了其它我亲自推荐的书，这是我至今最喜爱的书。 + +作为计算机科学基础之一的研究领域是算法：我们如何高效地用计算机程序解决问题？这基本上属于数学领域，但是这很少关于理想的或理论上的解决方案，而是更在于最高效地利用有限的资源获得一个充足（如果不能完美）的答案。其中许多问题要么是日常的生活问题，要么与人们密切相关。毕竟，计算机科学的目的是为了用计算机解决实际问题。《算法之美》提出的问题是：“我们可以反过来吗”--我们可以通过学习计算机科学解决问题的方式来帮助我们做出日常决定吗？ + +本书的十一个章节有很多有趣的内容，但也有一个有趣的主题：人类早已擅长这一点。很多章节以一个算法研究和对问题的数学分析作为开始，接着深入到探讨如何利用这些结果做出更好的决策，然后讨论关于人类真正会做出的决定的研究，之后，考虑到典型生活情境的限制，会发现人类早就在应用我们提出的最佳算法的特殊版本了。这往往会破坏本书的既定目标，值得庆幸的是，它决不会破坏对一般问题的有趣讨论，即计算机科学如何解决它们，以及我们对这些问题的数学和技术形态的了解。我认为这本书的自助效用比作者打算的少一些，但有很多可供思考的东西。 + +(也就是说，值得考虑这种一致性是否太少了，因为人类已经擅长这方面了，更因为我们的算法是根据人类直觉设计的。可能我们的最佳算法只是反映了人类的思想。在某些情况下，我们发现我们的方案和数学上的典范不一样, 但是在另一些情况下，它们仍然是我们当下最好的猜想。) + +这是那种章节列表是书评里重要部分的书。这里讨论的算法领域有最优停止、探索和利用决策（什么时候带着你发现的最好东西走以及什么时候寻觅更好的东西），以及排序、缓存、调度、贝叶斯定理（一般还有预测）、创建模型时的过拟合、放松（解决容易的问题而不是你的实际问题）、随机算法、一系列网络算法，最后还有游戏理论。其中每一项都有有用的见解和发人深省的讨论--这些有时显得十分理论化的概念令人吃惊地很好地映射到了日常生活。这本书以一段关于“可计算的善意”的讨论结束：鼓励减少你自己和你交往的人所需的计算和复杂性惩罚。 + +如果你有计算机科学背景（就像我一样），其中许多都是熟悉的概念，而且你因为被普及了很多新东西或许会有疑惑。然而，请给这本书一个机会，类比法没你担忧的那么令人紧张。作者既小心又聪明地应用了这些原则。这本书令人惊喜地通过了一个重要的合理性检查：涉及到我知道或反复思考过的主题的章节很少有或没有明显的错误，而且能讲出有用和重要的事情。比如，调度的那一章节毫不令人吃惊地和时间管理有关，通过直接跳到时间管理问题的核心而胜过了半数时间管理类书籍：如果你要做一个清单上的所有事情，你做这些事情的顺序很少要紧，所以最难的调度问题是决定不做哪些事情而不是做这些事情的顺序。 + +作者在贝叶斯定理这一章节中的观点完全赢得了我的心。本章的许多内容都是关于贝叶斯先验的，以及一个人对过去事件的了解为什么对分析未来的概率很重要。作者接着讨论了著名的棉花糖实验。即给了儿童一个棉花糖以后，儿童被研究者告知如果他们能够克制自己不吃这个棉花糖，等到研究者回来时，会给他们两个棉花糖。克制自己不吃棉花糖（在心理学文献中叫作“延迟满足”）被发现与未来几年更好的生活有关。这个实验多年来一直被引用和滥用于各种各样的宣传，关于选择未来的收益放弃即时的快乐从而拥有成功的生活，以及生活中的失败是因为无法延迟满足。更多的邪恶分析（当然）将这种能力与种族联系在一起，带有可想而知的种族主义结论。 + +我对棉花糖实验有点兴趣。这是一个百分百让我愤怒咆哮的话题。 + +《算法之美》是我读过的唯一提到了棉花糖实验并应用了我认为更有说服力的分析的书。这不是一个关于儿童天赋的实验，这是一个关于他们的贝叶斯先验的实验。什么时候立即吃棉花糖而不是等待奖励是完全合理的？当他们过去的经历告诉他们成年人不可靠，不可信任，会在不可预测的时间内消失并且撒谎的时候。而且，更好的是，作者用我之前没有听说过的后续研究和观察支持了这一分析，观察到的内容是，一些孩子会等待一段时间然后“放弃”。如果他们下意识地使用具有较差先验的贝叶斯模型，这就完全合情合理。 + +这是一本很好的书。它可能在某些地方的尝试有点太勉强（数学上最优停止对于日常生活的适用性比我认为作者想要表现的更加偶然和牵强附会），如果你学过算法，其中一些内容会感到熟悉，但是它的行文思路清晰，简洁，而且编辑得非常好。这本书没有哪一部分对不起它所受的欢迎，书中的讨论贯穿始终。如果你发现自己“已经知道了这一切”，你可能还会在接下来几页中遇到一个新的概念或一个简洁的解释。有时作者会做一些我从没想到但是回想起来正确的联系，比如将网络协议中的指数退避和司法系统中的选择惩罚联系起来。还有意识到我们的现代通信世界并不是一直联系的，它是不断缓冲的，我们中的许多人正深受缓冲膨胀这一独特现象的苦恼。 + +我认为你并不必须是计算机科学专业或者精通数学才能读这本书。如果你想深入，每章的结尾都有许多数学上的细节，但是正文总是易读而清晰，至少就我所知是这样（作为一个以计算机科学为专业并学到了很多数学知识的人，你至少可以有保留地相信我）。即使你已经钻研了多年的算法，这本书仍然可以提供很多东西。 + +这本书我读得越多越喜欢。如果你喜欢阅读这种对生活的分析，我当然是赞成的。 + +Rating: 9 out of 10 + +Reviewed: 2017-10-22 + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.eyrie.org/~eagle/reviews/books/1-62779-037-3.html + +作者：[Brian Christian;Tom Griffiths][a] +译者：[GraveAccent](https://github.com/GraveAccent) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]:https://www.eyrie.org +[1]:https://www.eyrie.org1-59184-679-X.html From ab65a5b276a916b2c2734f97ba858573f1544afe Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: sd886393 Date: Tue, 25 Sep 2018 01:09:25 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 130/246] =?UTF-8?q?[=E8=AE=A4=E9=A2=8620180531=20How=20to?= =?UTF-8?q?=20create=20shortcuts=20in=20vi]?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- sources/tech/20180531 How to create shortcuts in vi.md | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180531 How to create shortcuts in vi.md b/sources/tech/20180531 How to create shortcuts in vi.md index 0e9772e402..ba856e745a 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180531 How to create shortcuts in vi.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180531 How to create shortcuts in vi.md @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -How to create shortcuts in vi +【sd886393认领翻译中】How to create shortcuts in vi ====== ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/documentation-type-keys-yearbook.png?itok=Q-ELM2rn) From fe368d3427ea82a981463ddf85b011b7c002bda8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: geekpi Date: Tue, 25 Sep 2018 08:59:00 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 131/246] translated --- ...ows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play.md | 93 ------------------- ...ows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play.md | 92 ++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 92 insertions(+), 93 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180828 How to Play Windows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180828 How to Play Windows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180828 How to Play Windows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play.md b/sources/tech/20180828 How to Play Windows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play.md deleted file mode 100644 index d4ff9692d6..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180828 How to Play Windows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,93 +0,0 @@ -translating---geekpi - -How to Play Windows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play -====== -The new experimental feature of Steam allows you to play Windows-only games on Linux. Here’s how to use this feature in Steam right now. - -You have heard the news. Game distribution platform [Steam is implementing a fork of WINE to allow you to play games that are available on Windows only][1]. This is definitely a great news for us Linux users for we have complained about the lack of the number of games for Linux. - -This new feature is still in beta but you can try it out and play Windows-only games on Linux right now. Let’s see how to do that. - -### Play Windows-only games in Linux with Steam Play - -![Play Windows-only games on Linux][2] - -You need to install Steam first. Steam is available for all major Linux distributions. I have written in detail about [installing Steam on Ubuntu][3] and you may refer to that article if you don’t have Steam installed yet. - -Once you have Steam installed and you have logged into your Steam account, it’s time to see how to enable Windows games in Steam Linux client. - -#### Step 1: Go to Account Settings - -Run Steam client. On the top left, click on Steam and then on Settings. - -![Enable steam play beta on Linux][4] - -#### Step 2: Opt in to the beta program - -In the Settings, select Account from left side pane and then click on the CHANGE button under Beta participation. - -![Enable beta feature in Steam Linux][5] - -You should select Steam Beta Update here. - -![Enable beta feature in Steam Linux][6] - -Once you save the settings here, Steam will restart and download the new beta updates. - -#### Step 3: Enable Steam Play beta - -Once Steam has downloaded the new beta updates, it will be restarted. Now you are almost set. - -Go to Settings once again. You’ll see a new option Steam Play in the left side pane now. Click on it and check the boxes: - - * Enable Steam Play for supported titles (You can play the whitelisted Windows-only games) - * Enable Steam Play for all titles (You can try to play all Windows-only games) - - - -![Play Windows games on Linux using Steam Play][7] - -I don’t remember if Steam restarts at this point again or not but I guess that’s trivial. You should now see the option to install Windows-only games on Linux. - -For example, I have Age of Empires in my Steam library which is not available on Linux normally. But after I enabled Steam Play beta for all Windows titles, it now gives me the option for installing Age of Empires on Linux. - -![Install Windows-only games on Linux using Steam][8] -Windows-only games can now be installed on Linux - -### Things to know about Steam Play beta feature - -There are a few things you should know and keep in mind about using Windows-only games on Linux with Steam Play beta. - - * At present, [only 27 Windows-games are whitelisted][9] for Steam Play. These whitelisted games work seamlessly on Linux. - * You can try any Windows game with Steam Play beta but it might not work all the time. Some games will crash sometimes while some game might not run at all. - * While in beta, you won’t see the Windows-only games available for Linux in the Steam store. You’ll have to either try the game on your own or refer to [this community maintained list][10] to see the compatibility status of the said Windows game. You can also contribute to the list by filling [this form][11]. - * If you have games downloaded on Windows via Steam, you can save some download data by [sharing Steam game files between Linux and Windows][12]. - - - -I hope this tutorial helped you in running Windows-only games on Linux. Which game(s) are you looking forward to play on Linux? - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://itsfoss.com/steam-play/ - -作者：[Abhishek Prakash][a] -选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/ -[1]:https://itsfoss.com/steam-play-proton/ -[2]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/play-windows-games-on-linux-featured.jpeg -[3]:https://itsfoss.com/install-steam-ubuntu-linux/ -[4]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/enable-steam-play-beta.jpeg -[5]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/enable-steam-play-beta-2.jpeg -[6]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/enable-steam-play-beta-3.jpeg -[7]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/enable-steam-play-beta-4.jpeg -[8]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/install-windows-games-linux.jpeg -[9]:https://steamcommunity.com/games/221410 -[10]:https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1DcZZQ4HL_Ol969UbXJmFG8TzOHNnHoj8Q1f8DIFe8-8/htmlview?sle=true# -[11]:https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSeefaYQduMST_lg0IsYxZko8tHLKe2vtVZLFaPNycyhY4bidQ/viewform -[12]:https://itsfoss.com/share-steam-files-linux-windows/ diff --git a/translated/tech/20180828 How to Play Windows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play.md b/translated/tech/20180828 How to Play Windows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..52a919ea57 --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180828 How to Play Windows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play.md @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +如何使用 Steam Play 在 Linux 上玩仅限 Windows 的游戏 +====== +Steam 的新实验功能允许你在 Linux 上玩仅限 Windows 的游戏。以下是如何在 Steam 中使用此功能。 + +你已经听说过这个消息。游戏发行平台[ Steam 正在实现一个 WINE 分支来允许你玩仅在 Windows 上的游戏][1]。对于 Linux 用户来说，这绝对是一个好消息，因为我们抱怨 Linux 的游戏数量不足。 + +这个新功能仍处于测试阶段，但你现在可以在 Linux 上试用它并在 Linux 上玩仅限 Windows 的游戏。让我们看看如何做到这一点。 + +### 使用 Steam Play 在 Linux 中玩仅限 Windows 的游戏 + +![Play Windows-only games on Linux][2] + +你需要先安装 Steam。Steam 适用于所有主要 Linux 发行版。我已经详细介绍了[在 Ubuntu 上安装 Steam][3]，如果你还没有安装 Steam，你可以参考那篇文章。 + +安装了 Steam 并且你已登录到 Steam 帐户，就可以了解如何在 Steam Linux 客户端中启用 Windows 游戏。 + + +#### 步骤 1：进入帐户设置 + +运行 Steam 客户端。在左上角，单击 Steam，然后单击 Settings。 + +![Enable steam play beta on Linux][4] + +#### 步骤 2：选择加入测试计划 + +在“设置”中，从左侧窗口中选择“帐户”，然后单击 “Beta participation” 下的 “CHANGE” 按钮。 + +![Enable beta feature in Steam Linux][5] + +你应该在此处选择 Steam Beta Update。 + +![Enable beta feature in Steam Linux][6] + +在此处保存设置后，Steam 将重新启动并下载新的测试版更新。 + +#### 步骤 3：启用 Steam Play 测试版 + +下载好 Steam 新的测试版更新后，它将重新启动。到这里就差不多了。 + +再次进入“设置”。你现在可以在左侧窗口看到新的 Steam Play 选项。单击它并选中复选框： + + * Enable Steam Play for supported titles （你可以玩列入白名单的 Windows 游戏） + * Enable Steam Play for all titles （你可以尝试玩所有仅限 Windows 的游戏） + + + +![Play Windows games on Linux using Steam Play][7] + +我不记得 Steam 是否会再次重启，但我想这是微不足道的。你现在应该可以在 Linux 上看到安装仅限 Windows 的游戏的选项了。 + +比如，我的 Steam 库中有 Age of Empires，正常情况下这个在 Linux 中没有。但我在 Steam Play 测试版启用所有 Windows 游戏后，现在我可以选择在 Linux 上安装 Age of Empires 了。 + +![Install Windows-only games on Linux using Steam][8] +现在可以在 Linux 上安装仅限 Windows 的游戏 + +### 有关 Steam Play 测试版功能的信息 + +在 Linux 上使用 Steam Play 测试版玩仅限 Windows 的游戏有一些事情你需要知道并且牢记。 + + * If you have games downloaded on Windows via Steam, you can save some download data by [sharing Steam game files between Linux and Windows][12]. + * 目前，[只有 27 个 Steam Play 中的 Windows 游戏被列入白名单][9]。这些白名单游戏在 Linux 上无缝运行。 + * 你可以使用 Steam Play 测试版尝试任何 Windows 游戏，但它可能无法一直运行。有些游戏有时会崩溃，而某些游戏可能根本无法运行。 + * 在测试版中，你无法 Steam 商店中看到适用于 Linux 的 Windows 限定游戏。你必须自己尝试游戏或参考[这个社区维护的列表][10]以查看该 Windows 游戏的兼容性状态。你也可以通过填写[此表][11]来为列表做出贡献。 + * 如果你通过 Steam 在 Windows 上下载游戏，那么可以通过[在 Linux 和 Windows 之间共享 Steam 游戏文件][12]来保存一些下载数据。 + + +我希望本教程能帮助你在 Linux 上运行仅限 Windows 的游戏。你期待在 Linux 上玩哪些游戏？ + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://itsfoss.com/steam-play/ + +作者：[Abhishek Prakash][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/ +[1]:https://itsfoss.com/steam-play-proton/ +[2]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/play-windows-games-on-linux-featured.jpeg +[3]:https://itsfoss.com/install-steam-ubuntu-linux/ +[4]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/enable-steam-play-beta.jpeg +[5]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/enable-steam-play-beta-2.jpeg +[6]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/enable-steam-play-beta-3.jpeg +[7]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/enable-steam-play-beta-4.jpeg +[8]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/install-windows-games-linux.jpeg +[9]:https://steamcommunity.com/games/221410 +[10]:https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1DcZZQ4HL_Ol969UbXJmFG8TzOHNnHoj8Q1f8DIFe8-8/htmlview?sle=true# +[11]:https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSeefaYQduMST_lg0IsYxZko8tHLKe2vtVZLFaPNycyhY4bidQ/viewform +[12]:https://itsfoss.com/share-steam-files-linux-windows/ From 9356085f52f50a68fab2ae45ad45b0fb63a1c34f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: geekpi Date: Tue, 25 Sep 2018 09:02:54 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 132/246] translating --- ...ss usr bin dpkg returned an error code 1- Error in Ubuntu.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180824 [Solved] -sub process usr bin dpkg returned an error code 1- Error in Ubuntu.md b/sources/tech/20180824 [Solved] -sub process usr bin dpkg returned an error code 1- Error in Ubuntu.md index 3cde4c7e9e..0200dfffdb 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180824 [Solved] -sub process usr bin dpkg returned an error code 1- Error in Ubuntu.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180824 [Solved] -sub process usr bin dpkg returned an error code 1- Error in Ubuntu.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +translating---geekpi + [Solved] “sub process usr bin dpkg returned an error code 1″ Error in Ubuntu ====== If you are encountering “sub process usr bin dpkg returned an error code 1” while installing software on Ubuntu Linux, here is how you can fix it. From 894214831c1c67d3c9dc171ec59f8a3b66d079eb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: jlztan Date: Tue, 25 Sep 2018 09:42:18 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 133/246] =?UTF-8?q?=20=E7=94=B3=E8=AF=B7=E7=BF=BB=E8=AF=91?= =?UTF-8?q?=EF=BC=9ATop=2010=20Raspberry=20Pi=20blogs=20to=20follow?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- sources/tech/20180827 Top 10 Raspberry Pi blogs to follow.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180827 Top 10 Raspberry Pi blogs to follow.md b/sources/tech/20180827 Top 10 Raspberry Pi blogs to follow.md index 243442906c..a6f4e965c5 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180827 Top 10 Raspberry Pi blogs to follow.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180827 Top 10 Raspberry Pi blogs to follow.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +Translating by jlztan + Top 10 Raspberry Pi blogs to follow ====== From 79394ff5dd8147a8e8d0db5060d605bf892ebdf9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Tue, 25 Sep 2018 11:41:53 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 134/246] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20A=20Simple,=20Bea?= =?UTF-8?q?utiful=20And=20Cross-platform=20Podcast=20App?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...eautiful And Cross-platform Podcast App.md | 112 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 112 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180924 A Simple, Beautiful And Cross-platform Podcast App.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180924 A Simple, Beautiful And Cross-platform Podcast App.md b/sources/tech/20180924 A Simple, Beautiful And Cross-platform Podcast App.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ae9f91b548 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180924 A Simple, Beautiful And Cross-platform Podcast App.md @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +A Simple, Beautiful And Cross-platform Podcast App +====== + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/cpod-720x340.png) + +Podcasts have become very popular in the last few years. Podcasts are what’s called “infotainment”, they are generally light-hearted, but they generally give you valuable information. Podcasts have blown up in the last few years, and if you like something, chances are there is a podcast about it. There are a lot of podcast players out there for the Linux desktop, but if you want something that is visually beautiful, has slick animations, and works on every platform, there aren’t a lot of alternatives to **CPod**. CPod (formerly known as **Cumulonimbus** ) is an open source and slickest podcast app that works on Linux, MacOS and Windows. + +CPod runs on something called **Electron** – a tool that allows developers to build cross-platform (E.g Windows, MacOs and Linux) desktop GUI applications. In this brief guide, we will be discussing – how to install and use CPod podcast app in Linux. + +### Installing CPod + +Go to the [**releases page**][1] of CPod. Download and Install the binary for your platform of choice. If you use Ubuntu/Debian, you can just download and install the .deb file from the releases page as shown below. + +``` +$ wget https://github.com/z-------------/CPod/releases/download/v1.25.7/CPod_1.25.7_amd64.deb + +$ sudo apt update + +$ sudo apt install gdebi + +$ sudo gdebi CPod_1.25.7_amd64.deb +``` + +If you use any other distribution, you probably should use the **AppImage** in the releases page. + +Download the AppImage file from the releases page. + +Open your terminal, and go to the directory where the AppImage file has been stored. Change the permissions to allow execution: + +``` +$ chmod +x CPod-1.25.7-x86_64.AppImage +``` + +Execute the AppImage File: + +``` +$ ./CPod-1.25.7-x86_64.AppImage +``` + +You’ll be presented a dialog asking whether to integrate the app with the system. Click **Yes** if you want to do so. + +### Features + +**Explore Tab** + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/CPod-features-tab.png) + +CPod uses the Apple iTunes database to find podcasts. This is good, because the iTunes database is the biggest one out there. If there is a podcast out there, chances are it’s on iTunes. To find podcasts, just use the top search bar in the Explore section. The Explore Section also shows a few popular podcasts. + +**Home Tab** + +![](http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/CPod-home-tab.png) + +The Home Tab is the tab that opens by default when you open the app. The Home Tab shows a chronological list of all the episodes of all the podcasts that you have subscribed to. + +From the home tab, you can: + + 1. Mark episodes read. + 2. Download them for offline playing + 3. Add them to the queue. + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/The-podcasts-queue.png) + +**Subscriptions Tab** + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/CPod-subscriptions-tab.png) + +You can of course, subscribe to podcasts that you like. A few other things you can do in the Subscriptions Tab is: + + 1. Refresh Podcast Artwork + 2. Export and Import Subscriptions to/from an .OPML file. + + + +**The Player** + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/CPod-Podcast-Player.png) + +The player is perhaps the most beautiful part of CPod. The app changes the overall look and feel according to the banner of the podcast. There’s a sound visualiser at the bottom. To the right, you can see and search for other episodes of this podcast. + +**Cons/Missing Features** + +While I love this app, there are a few features and disadvantages that CPod does have: + + 1. Poor MPRIS Integration – You can play/pause the podcast from the media player dialog of your desktop environment, but not much more. The name of the podcast is not shown, and you can go to the next/previous episode. + 2. No support for chapters. + 3. No auto-downloading – you have to manually download episodes. + 4. CPU usage during use is pretty high (even for an Electron app). + + + +### Verdict + +While it does have its cons, CPod is clearly the most aesthetically pleasing podcast player app out there, and it has most basic features down. If you love using visually beautiful apps, and don’t need the advanced features, this is the perfect app for you. I know for a fact that I’m going to use it. + +Do you like CPod? Please put your opinions on the comments below! + + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.ostechnix.com/cpod-a-simple-beautiful-and-cross-platform-podcast-app/ + +作者：[EDITOR][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/editor/ +[1]: https://github.com/z-------------/CPod/releases From ead74acd359cd2bb75829d292b3770c2b3fbd4f2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Tue, 25 Sep 2018 11:44:51 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 135/246] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20Make=20The=20Outp?= =?UTF-8?q?ut=20Of=20Ping=20Command=20Prettier=20And=20Easier=20To=20Read?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...ing Command Prettier And Easier To Read.md | 129 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 129 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180924 Make The Output Of Ping Command Prettier And Easier To Read.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180924 Make The Output Of Ping Command Prettier And Easier To Read.md b/sources/tech/20180924 Make The Output Of Ping Command Prettier And Easier To Read.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..39ca57bc43 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180924 Make The Output Of Ping Command Prettier And Easier To Read.md @@ -0,0 +1,129 @@ +Make The Output Of Ping Command Prettier And Easier To Read +====== + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/prettyping-720x340.png) + +As we all know, the **ping** command is used to check if a target host is reachable or not. Using Ping command, we can send ICMP Echo request to our target host, and verify whether the destination host is up or down. If you use ping command often, I’d like to recommend you to try **“Prettyping”**. Prettyping is just a wrapper for the standard ping tool and makes the output of the ping command prettier, easier to read, colorful and compact. The prettyping runs the standard ping command in the background and parses the output with colors and unicode characters. It is free and open source tool written in **Bash** and **awk** and supports most Unix-like operating systems such as GNU/Linux, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. Prettyping is not only used to make the output of ping command prettier, but also ships with other notable features as listed below. + + * Detects the lost or missing packets and marks them in the output. + * Shows live statistics. The statistics are constantly updated after each response is received, while ping only shows after it ends. + * Smart enough to handle “unknown messages” (like error messages) without messing up the output. + * Avoids printing the repeated messages. + * You can use most common ping parameters with Prettyping. + * Can run as normal user. + * Can be able to redirect the output to a file. + * Requires no installation. Just download the binary, make it executable and run. + * Fast and lightweight. + * And, finally makes the output pretty, colorful and very intuitive. + + + +### Installing Prettyping + +Like I said already, Prettyping does not requires any installation. It is portable application! Just download the Prettyping binary file using command: + +``` +$ curl -O https://raw.githubusercontent.com/denilsonsa/prettyping/master/prettyping +``` + +Move the binary file to your $PATH, for example **/usr/local/bin**. + +``` +$ sudo mv prettyping /usr/local/bin +``` + +And, make it executable as like below: + +``` +$ sudo chmod +x /usr/local/bin/prettyping +``` + +It’s that simple. + +### Let us Make The Output Of Ping Command Prettier And Easier To Read + +Once installed, ping any host or IP address and see the ping command output in graphical way. + +``` +$ prettyping ostechnix.com +``` + +Here is the visually displayed ping output: + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/prettyping-in-action.gif) + +If you run Prettyping without any arguments, it will keep running until you manually stop it by pressing **Ctrl+c**. + +Since Prettyping is just a wrapper to the ping command, you can use most common ping parameters. For instance, you can use **-c** flag to ping a host only a specific number of times, for example **5** : + +``` +$ prettyping -c 5 ostechnix.com +``` + +By default, prettynping displays the output in colored format. Don’t like the colored output? No problem! Use `--nocolor` option. + +``` +$ prettyping --nocolor ostechnix.com +``` + +Similarly, you can disable mult-color support using `--nomulticolor` option: + +``` +$ prettyping --nomulticolor ostechnix.com +``` + +To disable unicode characters, use `--nounicode` option: + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/prettyping-without-unicode-support.png) + +This can be useful if your terminal does not support **UTF-8**. If you can’t fix the unicode (fonts) in your system, simply pass `--nounicode` option. + +Prettyping can redirect the output to a file as well. The following command will write the output of `prettyping ostechnix.com` command in `ostechnix.txt` file. + +``` +$ prettyping ostechnix.com | tee ostechnix.txt +``` + +Prettyping has few more options which helps you to do various tasks, such as, + + * Enable/disable the latency legend. (default value is: enabled) + * Force the output designed to a terminal. (default: auto) + * Use the last “n” pings at the statistics line. (default: 60) + * Override auto-detection of terminal dimensions. + * Override the awk interpreter. (default: awk) + * Override the ping tool. (default: ping) + + + +For more details, view the help section: + +``` +$ prettyping --help +``` + +Even though Prettyping doesn’t add any extra functionality, I personally like the following feature implementations in it: + + * Live statistics – You can see all the live statistics all the time. The standard ping command will only shows the statistics after it ends. + * Compact – You can see a longer timespan at your terminal. + * Prettyping detects missing responses. + + + +If you’re ever looking for a way to visually display the output of the ping command, Prettyping will definitely help. Give it a try, you won’t be disappointed. + +And, that’s all for now. Hope this was useful. More good stuffs to come. Stay tuned! + + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.ostechnix.com/prettyping-make-the-output-of-ping-command-prettier-and-easier-to-read/ + +作者：[SK][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ From 631b6af13e46e307d2b70a27b95e2f7a55812916 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Tue, 25 Sep 2018 11:49:22 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 136/246] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=205=20ways=20to=20p?= =?UTF-8?q?lay=20old-school=20games=20on=20a=20Raspberry=20Pi?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...play old-school games on a Raspberry Pi.md | 169 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 169 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180924 5 ways to play old-school games on a Raspberry Pi.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180924 5 ways to play old-school games on a Raspberry Pi.md b/sources/tech/20180924 5 ways to play old-school games on a Raspberry Pi.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..539ac42082 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180924 5 ways to play old-school games on a Raspberry Pi.md @@ -0,0 +1,169 @@ +5 ways to play old-school games on a Raspberry Pi +====== + +Relive the golden age of gaming with these open source platforms for Raspberry Pi. + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/arcade_game_gaming.jpg?itok=84Rjk_32) + +They don't make 'em like they used to, do they? Video games, I mean. + +Sure, there's a bit more grunt in the gear now. Princess Zelda used to be 16 pixels in each direction; there's now enough graphics power for every hair on her head. Today's processors could beat up 1988's processors in a cage-fight deathmatch without breaking a sweat. + +But you know what's missing? The fun. + +You've got a squillion and one buttons to learn just to get past the tutorial mission. There's probably a storyline, too. You shouldn't need a backstory to kill bad guys. All you need is jump and shoot. So, it's little wonder that one of the most enduring popular uses for a Raspberry Pi is to relive the 8- and 16-bit golden age of gaming in the '80s and early '90s. But where to start? + +There are a few ways to play old-school games on the Pi. Each has its strengths and weaknesses, which I'll discuss here. + +### Retropie + +[Retropie][1] is probably the most popular retro-gaming platform for the Raspberry Pi. It's a solid all-rounder and a great default option for emulating classic desktop and console gaming systems. + +#### What is it? + +Retropie is built to run on [Raspbian][2]. It can also be installed over an existing Raspbian image if you'd prefer. It uses [EmulationStation][3] as a graphical front-end for a library of open source emulators, including the [Libretro][4] emulators. + +You don't need to understand a word of that to play your games, though. + +#### What's great about it + +It's very easy to get started. All you need to do is burn the image to an SD card, configure your controllers, copy your games over, and start killing bad guys. + +The huge user base means that there is a wealth of support and information out there, and active online communities to turn to for questions. + +In addition to the emulators that come installed with the Retropie image, there's a huge library of emulators you can install from the package manager, and it's growing all the time. Retropie also offers a user-friendly menu system to manage this, saving you time. + +From the Retropie menu, it's easy to add Kodi and the Raspbian desktop, which comes with the Chromium web browser. This means your retro-gaming rig is also good for home theatre, [YouTube][5], [SoundCloud][6], and all those other “lounge room computer” goodies. + +Retropie also has a number of other customization options: You can change the graphics in the menus, set up different control pad configurations for different emulators, make your Raspberry Pi file system visible to your local Windows network—all sorts of stuff. + +Retropie is built on Raspbian, which means you have the Raspberry Pi's most popular operating system to explore. Most Raspberry Pi projects and tutorials you find floating around are written for Raspbian, making it easy to customize and install new things on it. I've used my Retropie rig as a wireless bridge, installed MIDI synthesizers on it, taught myself a bit of Python, and more—all without compromising its use as a gaming machine. + +#### What's not so great about it + +Retropie's simple installation and ease of use is, in a way, a double-edged sword. You can go for a long time with Retropie without ever learning simple stuff like `sudo apt-get`, which means you're missing out on a lot of the Raspberry Pi experience. + +It doesn't have to be this way; the command line is still there under the hood when you want it, but perhaps users are a bit too insulated from a Bash shell that's ultimately a lot less scary than it looks. Retropie's main menu is operable only with a control pad, which can be annoying when you don't have one plugged in because you've been using the system for things other than gaming. + +#### Who's it for? + +Anyone who wants to get straight into some gaming, anyone who wants the biggest and best library of emulators, and anyone who wants a great way to start exploring Linux when they're not playing games. + +### Recalbox + +[Recalbox][7] is a newer open source suite of emulators for the Raspberry Pi. It also supports other ARM-based small-board computers. + +#### What is it? + +Like Retropie, Recalbox is built on EmulationStation and Libretro. Where it differs is that it's not built on Raspbian, but on its own flavor of Linux: RecalboxOS. + +#### What's great about it + +The setup for Recalbox is even easier than for Retropie. You don't even need to image an SD card; simply copy some files over and go. It also has out-of-the-box support for some game controllers, getting you to Level 1 that little bit faster. Kodi comes preinstalled. This is a ready-to-go gaming and media rig. + +#### What's not so great about it + +Recalbox has fewer emulators than Retropie, fewer customization options, and a smaller user community. + +Your Recalbox rig is probably always just going to be for emulators and Kodi, the same as when you installed it. If you feel like getting deeper into Linux, you'll probably want a new SD card for Raspbian. + +#### Who's it for? + +Recalbox is great if you want the absolute easiest retro gaming experience and can happily go without some of the more obscure gaming platforms, or if you are intimidated by the idea of doing anything a bit technical (and have no interest in growing out of that). + +For most opensource.com readers, Recalbox will probably come in most handy to recommend to your not-so-technical friend or relative. Its super-simple setup and overall lack of options might even help you avoid having to help them with it. + +### Roll your own + +Ok, if you've been paying attention, you might have noticed that both Retropie and Recalbox are built from many of the same open source components. So what's to stop you from putting them together yourself? + +#### What is it? + +Whatever you want it to be, baby. The nature of open source software means you could use an existing emulator suite as a starting point, or pilfer from them at will. + +#### What's great about it + +If you have your own custom interface in mind, I guess there's nothing to do but roll your sleeves up and get to it. This is also a way to install emulators that haven't quite found their way into Retropie yet, such as [BeebEm][8] or [ArcEm][9]. + +#### What's not so great about it + +Well, it's a bit of work, isn't it? + +#### Who's it for? + +Hackers, tinkerers, builders, seasoned hobbyists, and such. + +### Native RISC OS gaming + +Now here's a dark horse: [RISC OS][10], the original operating system for ARM devices. + +#### What is it? + +Before ARM went on to become the world's most popular CPU architecture, it was originally built to be the heart of the Acorn Archimedes. That's kind of a forgotten beast nowadays, but for a few years it was light years ahead as the most powerful desktop computer in the world, and it attracted a lot of games development. + +Because the ARM processor in the Pi is the great-grandchild of the one in the Archimedes, we can still install RISC OS on it, and with a little bit of work, get these games running. This is different to the emulator options we've covered so far because we're playing our games on the operating system and CPU architecture for which they were written. + +#### What's great about it + +It's the perfect introduction to RISC OS. This is an absolute gem of an operating system and well worth checking out in its own right. + +The fact that you're using much the same operating system as back in the day to load and play your games makes your retro gaming rig just that little bit more of a time machine. This definitely adds some charm and retro value to the project. + +There are a few superb games that were released only on the Archimedes. The massive hardware advantage of the Archimedes also means that it often had the best graphics and smoothest gameplay of a lot of multi-platform titles. The rights holders to many of these games have been generous enough to make them legally available for free download. + +#### What's not so great about it + +Once you have installed RISC OS, it still takes a bit of elbow grease to get the games working. Here's a [guide to getting started][11]. + +This is definitely not a great all-rounder for the lounge room. There's nothing like [Kodi][12]. There's a web browser, [NetSurf][13], but it's struggling to catch up to the modern web. You won't get the range of titles to play as you would with an emulator suite. RISC OS Open is free for hobbyists to download and use and much of the source code has been made open. But despite the name, it's not a 100% open source operating system. + +#### Who's it for? + +This one's for novelty seekers, absolute retro heads, people who want to explore an interesting operating system from the '80s, people who are nostalgic for Acorn machines from back in the day, and people who want a totally different retro gaming project. + +### Command line gaming + +Do you really need to install an emulator or an exotic operating system just to relive the glory days? Why not just install some native linux games from the command line? + +#### What is it? + +There's a whole range of native Linux games tested to work on the [Raspberry Pi][14]. + +#### What's great about it + +You can install most of these from packages using the command line and start playing. Easy. If you've already got Raspbian up and running, it's probably your fastest path to getting a game running. + +#### What's not so great about it + +This isn't, strictly speaking, actual retro gaming. Linux was born in 1991 and took a while longer to come together as a gaming platform. This isn't quite gaming from the classic 8- and 16-bit era; these are ports and retro-influenced games that were built later. + +#### Who's it for? + +If you're just after a bucket of fun, no problem. But if you're trying to relive the actual era, this isn't quite it. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/retro-gaming-raspberry-pi + +作者：[James Mawson][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/dxmjames +[1]: https://retropie.org.uk/ +[2]: https://www.raspbian.org/ +[3]: https://emulationstation.org/ +[4]: https://www.libretro.com/ +[5]: https://www.youtube.com/ +[6]: https://soundcloud.com/ +[7]: https://www.recalbox.com/ +[8]: http://www.mkw.me.uk/beebem/ +[9]: http://arcem.sourceforge.net/ +[10]: https://opensource.com/article/18/7/gentle-intro-risc-os +[11]: https://blog.dxmtechsupport.com.au/playing-badass-acorn-archimedes-games-on-a-raspberry-pi/ +[12]: https://kodi.tv/ +[13]: https://www.netsurf-browser.org/ +[14]: https://www.raspberrypi.org/forums/viewtopic.php?f=78&t=51794 From be92daaafcc72653662b7510887e207d8bdd2fe8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Tue, 25 Sep 2018 12:04:38 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 137/246] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20Gunpoint=20is=20a?= =?UTF-8?q?=20Delight=20for=20Stealth=20Game=20Fans?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...oint is a Delight for Stealth Game Fans.md | 104 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 104 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180923 Gunpoint is a Delight for Stealth Game Fans.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180923 Gunpoint is a Delight for Stealth Game Fans.md b/sources/tech/20180923 Gunpoint is a Delight for Stealth Game Fans.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3ff6857f78 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180923 Gunpoint is a Delight for Stealth Game Fans.md @@ -0,0 +1,104 @@ +Gunpoint is a Delight for Stealth Game Fans +====== +Gunpoint is a 2D stealth game in which you play as a spy stealing secrets and hacking networks like Ethan Hunt of Mission Impossible movie series. + + + +Hi, Fellow Linux gamers. Let’s take a look at a fun stealth game. Let’s take a look at [Gunpoint][1]. + +Gunpoint is neither free nor open source. It is an independent game you can purchase directly from the creator or from Steam. + +![][2] + +### The Interesting History of Gunpoint + +> The instant success of Gunpoint enabled its creator to become a full time game developer. + +Gunpoint is a stealth game created by [Tom Francis][3]. Francis was inspired to create the game after he heard about Spelunky, which was created by one person. Francis played games as part of his day job, as an editor for PC Gamer UK magazine. He had no previous programming experience but used the easy-to-use Game Maker. He planned to create a demo with the hopes of getting a job as a developer. + +He released his first prototype in May 2010 under the name Private Dick. Based on the response, Francis continued to work on the game. The final version was released in June of 2013 to high praise. + +In a [blog post][4] weeks after Gunpoint’s launch, Francis revealed that he made back all the money he spent on development ($30 for Game Maker 8) in 64 seconds. Francis didn’t reveal Gunpoint’s sales figures, but he did quit his job and today creates [games][5] full time. + +### Experiencing the Gunpoint Gameplay + +![Gunpoint Gameplay][6] + +Like I said earlier, Gunpoint is a stealth game. You play a freelance spy named Richard Conway. As Conway, you will use a pair of Bullfrog hypertrousers to infiltrate buildings for clients. The hypertrousers allow you to jump very high, even through windows. You can also cling to walls or ceilings like a ninja. + +Another tool you have is the Crosslink, which allows you to rewire circuits. Often you will need to use the Crosslink to reroute motion detections to unlock doors instead of setting off an alarm or rewire a light switch to turn off the light on another floor to distract a guard. + +When you sneak into a building, your biggest concern is the on-site security guards. If they see Conway, they will shoot and in this game, it’s one shot one kill. You can jump off a three-story building no problem, but bullets will take you down. Thankfully, if Conway is killed you can just jump back a few seconds and try again. + +Along the way, you will earn money to upgrade your tools and unlock new features. For example, I just unlocked the ability to rewire a guard’s gun. Don’t ask me how that works. + +### Minimum System Requirements + +Here are the minimum system requirements for Gunpoint: + +##### Linux + + * Processor: 2GHz + * Memory: 1GB RAM + * Video card: 512MB + * Hard Drive: 700MB HD space + + + +##### Windows + + * OS: Windows XP, Visa, 7 or 8 + * Processor: 2GHz + * Memory: 1GB RAM + * Video card: 512MB + * DirectX®: 9.0 + * Hard Drive: 700MB HD space + + + +##### macOS + + * OS: OS X 10.7 or later + * Processor: 2GHz + * Memory: 1GB RAM + * Video card: 512MB + * Hard Drive: 700MB HD space + + + +### Thoughts on Gunpoint + +![Gunpoint game on Linux][7] +Image Courtesy: Steam Community + +Gunpoint is a very fun game. The early levels are easy to get through, but the later levels make you put your thinking cap on. The hypertrousers and Crosslink are fun to play with. There is nothing like turning the lights off on a guard and bouncing over his head to hack a terminal. + +Besides the fun mechanics, it also has an interesting [noir][8] murder mystery story. Several different (and conflicting) clients hire you to look into different aspects of the case. Some of them seem to have ulterior motives that are not in your best interest. + +I always enjoy good mysteries and this one is no different. If you like noir or platforming games, be sure to check out [Gunpoint][1]. + +Have you every played Gunpoint? What other games should we review for your entertainment? Let us know in the comments below. + +If you found this article interesting, please take a minute to share it on social media, Hacker News or [Reddit][9]. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://itsfoss.com/gunpoint-game-review/ + +作者：[John Paul][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/john/ +[1]: http://www.gunpointgame.com/ +[2]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/gunpoint.jpg +[3]: https://www.pentadact.com/ +[4]: https://www.pentadact.com/2013-06-18-gunpoint-recoups-development-costs-in-64-seconds/ +[5]: https://www.pentadact.com/2014-08-09-what-im-working-on-and-what-ive-done/ +[6]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/gunpoint-gameplay-1.jpeg +[7]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/gunpoint-game-1.jpeg +[8]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Noir_fiction +[9]: http://reddit.com/r/linuxusersgroup From 75e68628bb808d678aedc7c39f2692800e9fea08 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: way-ww <40491614+way-ww@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Tue, 25 Sep 2018 12:43:07 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 138/246] Update 20180516 Manipulating Directories in Linux.md (#10335) request to translate --- sources/tech/20180516 Manipulating Directories in Linux.md | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180516 Manipulating Directories in Linux.md b/sources/tech/20180516 Manipulating Directories in Linux.md index 9c6df23e43..4cc8ca4ea1 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180516 Manipulating Directories in Linux.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180516 Manipulating Directories in Linux.md @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +Translating by way-ww Manipulating Directories in Linux ====== From faf726be70bf8e91d6be6ebd60e72f321248e985 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Hank Chow <280630620@qq.com> Date: Tue, 25 Sep 2018 12:48:10 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 139/246] translated (#10334) --- ...Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md | 62 ------------------- ...Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md | 60 ++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 60 insertions(+), 62 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180919 Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180919 Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180919 Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md b/sources/tech/20180919 Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md deleted file mode 100644 index ef72988469..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180919 Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,62 +0,0 @@ -HankChow translating - -Understand Fedora memory usage with top -====== - -![](https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/memory-top-816x345.jpg) - -Have you used the top utility in a terminal to see memory usage on your Fedora system? If so, you might be surprised to see some of the numbers there. It might look like a lot more memory is consumed than your system has available. This article will explain a little more about memory usage, and how to read these numbers. - -### Memory usage in real terms - -The way the operating system (OS) uses memory may not be self-evident. In fact, some ingenious, behind-the-scenes techniques are at play. They help your OS use memory more efficiently, without involving you. - -Most applications are not self contained. Instead, each relies on sets of functions collected in libraries. These libraries are also installed on the system. In Fedora, the RPM packaging system ensures that when you install an app, any libraries on which it relies are installed, too. - -When an app runs, the OS doesn’t necessarily load all the information it uses into real memory. Instead, it builds a map to the storage where that code is stored, called virtual memory. The OS then loads only the parts it needs. When it no longer needs portions of memory, it might release or swap them out as appropriate. - -This means an app can map a very large amount of virtual memory, while using less real memory on the system at one time. It might even map more RAM than the system has available! In fact, across a whole OS that’s often the case. - -In addition, related applications may rely on the same libraries. The Linux kernel in your Fedora system often shares memory between applications. It doesn’t need to load multiple copies of the same library for related apps. This works similarly for separate instances of the same app, too. - -Without understanding these details, the output of the top application can be confusing. The following example will clarify this view into memory usage. - -### Viewing memory usage in top - -If you haven’t tried yet, open a terminal and run the top command to see some output. Hit **Shift+M** to see the list sorted by memory usage. Your display may look slightly different than this example from a running Fedora Workstation: - - - -There are three columns showing memory usage to examine: VIRT, RES, and SHR. The measurements are currently shown in kilobytes (KB). - -The VIRT column is the virtual memory mapped for this process. Recall from the earlier description that virtual memory is not actual RAM consumed. For example, the GNOME Shell process gnome-shell is not actually consuming over 3.1 gigabytes of actual RAM. However, it’s built on a number of lower and higher level libraries. The system must map each of those to ensure they can be loaded when necessary. - -The RES column shows you how much actual (resident) memory is consumed by the app. In the case of GNOME Shell, that’s about 180788 KB. The example system has roughly 7704 MB of physical memory, which is why the memory usage shows up as 2.3%. - -However, of that number, at least 88212 KB is shared memory, shown in the SHR column. This memory might be, for example, library functions that other apps also use. This means the GNOME Shell is using about 92 MB on its own not shared with other processes. Notice that other apps in the example share an even higher percentage of their resident memory. In some apps, the shared portion is the vast majority of the memory usage. - -There is a wrinkle here, which is that sometimes processes communicate with each other via memory. That memory is also shared, but can’t necessarily be detected by a utility like top. So yes — even the above clarifications still have some uncertainty! - -### A note about swap - -Your system has another facility it uses to store information, which is swap. Typically this is an area of slower storage (like a hard disk). If the physical memory on the system fills up as needs increase, the OS looks for portions of memory that haven’t been needed in a while. It writes them out to the swap area, where they sit until needed later. - -Therefore, prolonged, high swap usage usually means a system is suffering from too little memory for its demands. Sometimes an errant application may be at fault. Or, if you see this often on your system, consider upgrading your machine’s memory, or restricting what you run. - -Photo courtesy of [Stig Nygaard][1], via [Flickr][2] (CC BY 2.0). - - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://fedoramagazine.org/understand-fedora-memory-usage-top/ - -作者：[Paul W. Frields][a] -选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]: https://fedoramagazine.org/author/pfrields/ -[1]: https://www.flickr.com/photos/stignygaard/ -[2]: https://www.flickr.com/photos/stignygaard/3138001676/ diff --git a/translated/tech/20180919 Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md b/translated/tech/20180919 Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a55d5d7b55 --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180919 Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +使用 `top` 命令了解 Fedora 的内存使用情况 +====== + +![](https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/memory-top-816x345.jpg) + +如果你使用过 `top` 命令来查看 Fedora 系统中的内存使用情况，你可能会惊讶，显示的数值看起来比系统可用的内存消耗更多。下面会详细介绍内存使用情况以及如何理解这些数据。 + +### 内存实际使用情况 + +操作系统对内存的使用方式并不是太通俗易懂，而是有很多不为人知的巧妙方式。通过这些方式，可以在无需用户干预的情况下，让操作系统更有效地使用内存。 + +大多数应用程序都不是系统自带的，但每个应用程序都依赖于安装在系统中的库中的一些函数集。在 Fedora 中，RPM 包管理系统能够确保在安装应用程序时也会安装所依赖的库。 + +当应用程序运行时，操作系统并不需要将它要用到的所有信息都加载到物理内存中。而是会为存放代码的存储构建一个映射，称为虚拟内存。操作系统只把需要的部分加载到内存中，当某一个部分不再需要后，这一部分内存就会被释放掉。 + +这意味着应用程序可以映射大量的虚拟内存，而使用较少的系统物理内存。特殊情况下，映射的虚拟内存甚至可以比系统实际可用的物理内存更多！而且在操作系统中这种情况也并不少见。 + +另外，不同的应用程序可能会对同一个库都有依赖。Fedora 中的 Linux 内核通常会在各个应用程序之间共享内存，而不需要为不同应用分别加载同一个库的多个副本。类似地，对于同一个应用程序的不同实例也是采用这种方式共享内存。 + +如果不首先了解这些细节，`top` 命令显示的数据可能会让人摸不着头脑。下面就举例说明如何正确查看内存使用量。 + +### 使用 `top` 命令查看内存使用量 + +如果你还没有使用过 `top` 命令，可以打开终端直接执行查看。使用 **Shift + M** 可以按照内存使用量来进行排序。下图是在 Fedora Workstation 中执行的结果，在你的机器上显示的结果可能会略有不同： + +![](https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Screenshot-from-2018-09-17-14-23-17.png) + +主要通过一下三列来查看内存使用情况：VIRT，RES 和 SHR。目前以 KB 为单位显示相关数值。 + +VIRT 列代表该进程映射的虚拟内存。如上所述，虚拟内存不是实际消耗的物理内存。例如， GNOME Shell 进程 gnome-shell 实际上没有消耗超过 3.1 GB 的物理内存，但它对很多更低或更高级的库都有依赖，系统必须对每个库都进行映射，以确保在有需要时可以加载这些库。 + +RES 列代表应用程序消耗了多少实际（驻留）内存。对于 GNOME Shell 大约是 180788 KB。例子中的系统拥有大约 7704 MB 的物理内存，因此内存使用率显示为 2.3％。 + +但根据 SHR 列显示，其中至少有 88212 KB 是共享内存，这部分内存可能是其它应用程序也在使用的库函数。这意味着 GNOME Shell 本身大约有 92 MB 内存不与其他进程共享。需要注意的是，上述例子中的其它程序也共享了很多内存。在某些应用程序中，共享内存在内存使用量中会占很大的比例。 + +值得一提的是，有时进程之间通过内存通信，这些内存也是共享的，但 `top` 工具却不一定能检测到，所以以上的说明也不一定准确。（这一句不太会翻译出来，烦请校对大佬帮忙看看，谢谢） + +### 关于交换分区 + +系统还可以通过交换分区来存储数据（例如硬盘），但读写的速度相对较慢。当物理内存渐渐用满，操作系统就会查找内存中暂时不会使用的部分，将其写出到交换区域等待需要的时候使用。 + +因此，如果交换内存的使用量一直偏高，表明系统的物理内存已经供不应求了。尽管错误的内存申请也有可能导致出现这种情况，但如果这种现象经常出现，就需要考虑提升物理内存或者限制某些程序的运行了。 + +感谢 [Stig Nygaard][1] 在 [Flickr][2] 上提供的图片（CC BY 2.0）。 + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://fedoramagazine.org/understand-fedora-memory-usage-top/ + +作者：[Paul W. Frields][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[HankChow](https://github.com/HankChow) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://fedoramagazine.org/author/pfrields/ +[1]: https://www.flickr.com/photos/stignygaard/ +[2]: https://www.flickr.com/photos/stignygaard/3138001676/ + From 57f6de97706dabb015b14dd3caa0fbf72ca6ebaa Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: GraveAccent <39041505+GraveAccent@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Tue, 25 Sep 2018 12:50:22 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 140/246] =?UTF-8?q?GraveAccent=E7=94=B3=E8=AF=B7=E7=BF=BB?= =?UTF-8?q?=E8=AF=91=20(#10336)?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...0201 Conditional Rendering in React using Ternaries and.md | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180201 Conditional Rendering in React using Ternaries and.md b/sources/tech/20180201 Conditional Rendering in React using Ternaries and.md index b5f740c92c..b99c787e31 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180201 Conditional Rendering in React using Ternaries and.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180201 Conditional Rendering in React using Ternaries and.md @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Conditional Rendering in React using Ternaries and Logical AND +GraveAccent 翻译中 Conditional Rendering in React using Ternaries and Logical AND ============================================================ @@ -203,4 +203,4 @@ via: https://medium.freecodecamp.org/conditional-rendering-in-react-using-ternar [a]:https://medium.freecodecamp.org/@donavon [1]:https://unsplash.com/photos/pKeF6Tt3c08?utm_source=unsplash&utm_medium=referral&utm_content=creditCopyText [2]:https://unsplash.com/search/photos/road-sign?utm_source=unsplash&utm_medium=referral&utm_content=creditCopyText -[3]:https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/JavaScript/Reference/Operators/Logical_Operators \ No newline at end of file +[3]:https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/JavaScript/Reference/Operators/Logical_Operators From 6e0980cf07857c1143cdb41248d6914d8e0cf001 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Tue, 25 Sep 2018 14:58:55 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 141/246] PUB:20180308 What is open source programming.md @Valoniakim https://linux.cn/article-10045-1.html --- .../20180308 What is open source programming.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/talk => published}/20180308 What is open source programming.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/talk/20180308 What is open source programming.md b/published/20180308 What is open source programming.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/talk/20180308 What is open source programming.md rename to published/20180308 What is open source programming.md From d45f7d43cfa7d04899c93af48c6fbc1d6020e78d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Tue, 25 Sep 2018 15:09:02 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 142/246] PRF:20180831 How to Create a Slideshow of Photos in Ubuntu 18.04 and other Linux Distributions.md @geekpi --- ...buntu 18.04 and other Linux Distributions.md | 17 +++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 9 insertions(+), 8 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180831 How to Create a Slideshow of Photos in Ubuntu 18.04 and other Linux Distributions.md b/translated/tech/20180831 How to Create a Slideshow of Photos in Ubuntu 18.04 and other Linux Distributions.md index 2109a450fa..6dc4f4dba6 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180831 How to Create a Slideshow of Photos in Ubuntu 18.04 and other Linux Distributions.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180831 How to Create a Slideshow of Photos in Ubuntu 18.04 and other Linux Distributions.md @@ -1,16 +1,17 @@ -如何在 Ubuntu 18.04 和其他 Linux 发行版中创建照片幻灯片 +如何在 Ubuntu 和其他 Linux 发行版中创建照片幻灯片 ====== + 创建照片幻灯片只需点击几下。以下是如何在 Ubuntu 18.04 和其他 Linux 发行版中制作照片幻灯片。 ![How to create slideshow of photos in Ubuntu Linux][1] -想象一下，你的朋友和亲戚正在拜访你，并请求你展示最近的活动/旅行照片。 +想象一下，你的朋友和亲戚正在拜访你，并请你展示最近的活动/旅行照片。 你将照片保存在计算机上，并整齐地放在单独的文件夹中。你邀请计算机附近的所有人。你进入该文件夹​​，单击其中一张图片，然后按箭头键逐个显示照片。 但那太累了！如果这些图片每隔几秒自动更改一次，那将会好很多。 -这称之为为幻灯片，我将向你展示如何在 Ubuntu 中创建照片幻灯片。这能让你在文件夹中循环播放图片并以全屏模式显示它们。 +这称之为幻灯片，我将向你展示如何在 Ubuntu 中创建照片幻灯片。这能让你在文件夹中循环播放图片并以全屏模式显示它们。 ### 在 Ubuntu 18.04 和其他 Linux 发行版中创建照片幻灯片 @@ -20,19 +21,19 @@ 如果你在 Ubuntu 18.04 或任何其他发行版中使用 GNOME，那么你很幸运。Gnome 的默认图像浏览器，Eye of GNOME，能够在当前文件夹中显示图片的幻灯片。 -只需单击其中一张图片，你将在程序的右上角菜单中看到设置选项。它看起来像三条横栏堆在彼此的顶部。 +只需单击其中一张图片，你将在程序的右上角菜单中看到设置选项。它看起来像堆叠在一起的三条横栏。 你会在这里看到几个选项。勾选幻灯片选项，它将全屏显示图像。 ![How to create slideshow of photos in Ubuntu Linux][2] -默认情况下，图像以 5 秒的间隔变化。你可以进入 Preferences->Slideshow 来更改幻灯片放映间隔。 +默认情况下，图像以 5 秒的间隔变化。你可以进入 “Preferences -> Slideshow” 来更改幻灯片放映间隔。 -![change slideshow interval in Ubuntu][3]Changing slideshow interval +![change slideshow interval in Ubuntu][3] #### 方法 2：使用 Shotwell Photo Manager 进行照片幻灯片放映 -[Shotwell][4] 是一种流行的[ Linux 照片管理程序][5]。适用于所有主要的 Linux 发行版。 +[Shotwell][4] 是一款流行的 [Linux 照片管理程序][5]。适用于所有主要的 Linux 发行版。 如果尚未安装，请在你的发行版软件中心中搜索 Shotwell 并安装。 @@ -55,7 +56,7 @@ via: https://itsfoss.com/photo-slideshow-ubuntu/ 作者：[Abhishek Prakash][a] 选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From 3bb040ed3aa0459f4dff48de08e295e96e71890d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Tue, 25 Sep 2018 15:09:24 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 143/246] PUB:20180831 How to Create a Slideshow of Photos in Ubuntu 18.04 and other Linux Distributions.md @geekpi https://linux.cn/article-10046-1.html --- ...how of Photos in Ubuntu 18.04 and other Linux Distributions.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180831 How to Create a Slideshow of Photos in Ubuntu 18.04 and other Linux Distributions.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180831 How to Create a Slideshow of Photos in Ubuntu 18.04 and other Linux Distributions.md b/published/20180831 How to Create a Slideshow of Photos in Ubuntu 18.04 and other Linux Distributions.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180831 How to Create a Slideshow of Photos in Ubuntu 18.04 and other Linux Distributions.md rename to published/20180831 How to Create a Slideshow of Photos in Ubuntu 18.04 and other Linux Distributions.md From bdcad5518f9988f5eccf4e9355b577651eff1819 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: HankChow <280630620@qq.com> Date: Tue, 25 Sep 2018 15:13:57 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 144/246] HankChow translating --- .../20180917 Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180917 Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble.md b/sources/tech/20180917 Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble.md index 786e2df2c1..61fae6d4bc 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180917 Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180917 Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +HankChow translating + Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble ====== Some command line tricks can make you even more productive on the Linux command line. From 5fe5882d962b8e906d5bb28c29c74c7b7888f0eb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Tue, 25 Sep 2018 15:51:33 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 145/246] PRF:20180905 5 tips to improve productivity with zsh.md @tnuoccalanosrep --- ...5 tips to improve productivity with zsh.md | 91 +++++++++---------- 1 file changed, 43 insertions(+), 48 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180905 5 tips to improve productivity with zsh.md b/translated/tech/20180905 5 tips to improve productivity with zsh.md index 05c7e845ab..22cd2dfc2b 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180905 5 tips to improve productivity with zsh.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180905 5 tips to improve productivity with zsh.md @@ -1,24 +1,24 @@ -用 zsh 提高生产力的5个 tips +用 zsh 提高生产力的 5 个技巧 ====== +> zsh 提供了数之不尽的功能和特性，这里有五个可以让你在命令行暴增效率的方法。 ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/features_solutions_command_data.png?itok=4_VQN3RK) -Z shell (亦称 zsh) 是 *unx 系统中的命令解析器 。 它跟 `sh` (Bourne shell) 家族的其他解析器 ( 如 `bash` 和 `ksh` ) 有着相似的特点，但它还提供了大量的高级特性以及强大的命令行编辑功能（选项？），如增强版tab补全。 +Z shell（[zsh][1]）是 Linux 和类 Unix 系统中的一个[命令解析器][2]。 它跟 sh (Bourne shell) 家族的其它解析器（如 bash 和 ksh）有着相似的特点，但它还提供了大量的高级特性以及强大的命令行编辑功能，如增强版 Tab 补全。 -由于 zsh 有好几百页的文档去描述他的特性，所以我无法在这里阐明 zsh 的所有功能。在本文，我会列出5个 tips，让你通过使用 zsh 来提高你的生产力。 +在这里不可能涉及到 zsh 的所有功能，[描述][3]它的特性需要好几百页。在本文中，我会列出 5 个技巧，让你通过在命令行使用 zsh 来提高你的生产力。 -### 1\. 主题和插件 +### 1、主题和插件 -多年来，开源社区已经为 zsh 开发了数不清的主题和插件。主题是预定义提示符的配置，而插件则是一组常用的别名命令和功能，让你更方便的使用一种特定的命令或者编程语言。 +多年来，开源社区已经为 zsh 开发了数不清的主题和插件。主题是一个预定义提示符的配置，而插件则是一组常用的别名命令和函数，可以让你更方便的使用一种特定的命令或者编程语言。 -如果你现在想开始用 zsh 的主题和插件，那么使用 zsh 的配置框架 (configuiration framework) 是你最快的入门方式。在众多的配置框架中，最受欢迎的则是 [Oh My Zsh][4]。在默认配置中，他就已经为 zsh 启用了一些合理的配置，同时它也自带多个主题和插件。 +如果你现在想开始用 zsh 的主题和插件，那么使用一种 zsh 的配置框架是你最快的入门方式。在众多的配置框架中，最受欢迎的则是 [Oh My Zsh][4]。在默认配置中，它就已经为 zsh 启用了一些合理的配置，同时它也自带上百个主题和插件。 -由于主题会在你的命令行提示符之前添加一些常用的信息，比如你 Git 仓库的状态，或者是当前使用的 Python 虚拟环境，所以它会让你的工作更高效。只需要看到这些信息，你就不用再敲命令去重新获取它们，而且这些提示也相当酷炫。 -下图就是我（作者）选用的主题 [Powerlevel9k][5] +主题会在你的命令行提示符之前添加一些有用的信息，比如你 Git 仓库的状态，或者是当前使用的 Python 虚拟环境，所以它会让你的工作更高效。只需要看到这些信息，你就不用再敲命令去重新获取它们，而且这些提示也相当酷炫。下图就是我选用的主题 [Powerlevel9k][5]： ![zsh Powerlevel9K theme][7] -zsh 主题 Powerlevel9k +*zsh 主题 Powerlevel9k* 除了主题，Oh my Zsh 还自带了大量常用的 zsh 插件。比如，通过启用 Git 插件，你可以用一组简便的命令别名操作 Git， 比如 @@ -36,39 +36,37 @@ gcs='git commit -S' glg='git log --stat' ``` -zsh 还有许多插件是用于多种编程语言，打包系统和一些平时在命令行中常用的工具。 -以下是我（作者） Ferdora 工作站中用到的插件表： +zsh 还有许多插件可以用于许多编程语言、打包系统和一些平时在命令行中常用的工具。以下是我 Ferdora 工作站中用到的插件表： ``` git golang fedora docker oc sudo vi-mode virtualenvwrapper ``` -### 2\. 智能的命令别名 +### 2、智能的命令别名 -命令别名在 zsh 中十分常用。为你常用的命令定义别名可以节省你的打字时间。Oh My Zsh 默认配置了一些常用的命令别名，包括目录导航命令别名，为常用的命令添加额外的选项，比如： +命令别名在 zsh 中十分有用。为你常用的命令定义别名可以节省你的打字时间。Oh My Zsh 默认配置了一些常用的命令别名，包括目录导航命令别名，为常用的命令添加额外的选项，比如： ``` ls='ls --color=tty' grep='grep  --color=auto --exclude-dir={.bzr,CVS,.git,.hg,.svn}' ``` +除了命令别名以外， zsh 还自带两种额外常用的别名类型：后缀别名和全局别名。 -除了命令别名意外， zsh 还自带两种额外常用的别名类型：后缀别名和全局别名。 - -后缀别名可以让你在基于文件后缀的前提下，在命令行中利用指定程序打开这个文件。比如，要用 vim 打开 YAML 文件，可以定义以下命令行别名： +后缀别名可以让你基于文件后缀，在命令行中利用指定程序打开这个文件。比如，要用 vim 打开 YAML 文件，可以定义以下命令行别名： ``` alias -s {yml,yaml}=vim ``` -现在，如果你在命令行中输入任何后缀名为 `yml` 或 `yaml` 文件， zsh 都会用 vim 打开这个文件 +现在，如果你在命令行中输入任何后缀名为 `yml` 或 `yaml` 文件， zsh 都会用 vim 打开这个文件。 ``` $ playbook.yml # Opens file playbook.yml using vim ``` -全局别名可以让你在使用命令行的任何时刻创建命令别名，而不仅仅是在开始的时候。这个在你想替换常用文件名或者管道命令的时候就显得非常有用了。比如 +全局别名可以让你创建一个可在命令行的任何地方展开的别名，而不仅仅是在命令开始的时候。这个在你想替换常用文件名或者管道命令的时候就显得非常有用了。比如： ``` alias -g G='| grep -i' @@ -84,9 +82,9 @@ drwxr-xr-x.  6 rgerardi rgerardi 4096 Aug 24 14:51 Downloads 接着，我们就来看看 zsh 是如何导航文件系统的。 -### 3\. 便捷的目录导航 +### 3、便捷的目录导航 -当你使用命令行的时候， 在不同的目录之间切换访问是最常见的工作了。 zsh 提供了一些十分有用的目录导航功能来简化这个操作。这些功能已经集成到 Oh My Zsh 中了， 而你可以用以下命令来启用它 +当你使用命令行的时候，在不同的目录之间切换访问是最常见的工作了。 zsh 提供了一些十分有用的目录导航功能来简化这个操作。这些功能已经集成到 Oh My Zsh 中了， 而你可以用以下命令来启用它 ``` setopt  autocd autopushd \ pushdignoredups @@ -104,7 +102,7 @@ $ pwd 如果想要回退，只要输入 `-`: -Zsh 会记录你访问过的目录，这样下次你就可以快速切换到这些目录中。如果想要看这个目录列表，只要输入 `dirs -v`： +zsh 会记录你访问过的目录，这样下次你就可以快速切换到这些目录中。如果想要看这个目录列表，只要输入 `dirs -v`： ``` $ dirs -v @@ -168,7 +166,7 @@ $ pwd /tmp ``` -最后，你可以在 zsh 中利用 Tab 来自动补全目录名称。你可以先输入目录的首字母，然后用 `TAB` 来补全它们： +最后，你可以在 zsh 中利用 Tab 来自动补全目录名称。你可以先输入目录的首字母，然后按 `TAB` 键来补全它们： ``` $ pwd @@ -179,22 +177,22 @@ $ Projects/Opensource.com/zsh-5tips/ 以上仅仅是 zsh 强大的 Tab 补全系统中的一个功能。接来下我们来探索它更多的功能。 -### 4\. 先进的 Tab 补全 +### 4、先进的 Tab 补全 -Zsh 强大的补全系统是它其中一个卖点。为了简便起见，我称它为 Tab 补全，然而在系统底层，它不仅仅只做一件事。这里通常包括扩展以及命令的补全，我会在这里同时讨论它们。如果想了解更多，详见 [用户手册][8] ( [User's Guide][8] )。 +zsh 强大的补全系统是它的卖点之一。为了简便起见，我称它为 Tab 补全，然而在系统底层，它起到了几个作用。这里通常包括展开以及命令补全，我会在这里用讨论它们。如果想了解更多，详见 [用户手册][8]。 + +在 Oh My Zsh 中，命令补全是默认启用的。要启用它，你只要在 `.zshrc` 文件中添加以下命令： -在 Oh My Zsh 中，命令补全是默认可用的。要启用它，你只要在 `.zshrc` 文件中添加以下命令： ``` autoload -U compinit compinit ``` -Zsh 的补全系统非常智能。他会根据当前上下文来进行命令的提示——比如，你输入了 `cd` 和 `TAB`，zsh 只会为你提示目录名，因为它知道 -当前的 `cd` 没有任何作用。 +zsh 的补全系统非常智能。它会尝试唯一提示可用在当前上下文环境中的项目 —— 比如，你输入了 `cd` 和 `TAB`，zsh 只会为你提示目录名，因为它知道其它的项目放在 `cd` 后面没用。 -反之，如果你使用 `ssh` 或者 `ping` 这类与用户或者主机相关的命令， zsh 便会提示用户名。 +反之，如果你使用与用户相关的命令便会提示用户名，而 `ssh` 或者 `ping` 这类则会提示主机名。 -`zsh` 拥有一个巨大而又完整的库，因此它能识别许多不同的命令。比如，如果你使用 `tar` 命令， 你可以按 Tab 键，他会为你展示一个可以用于解压的文件列表: +zsh 拥有一个巨大而又完整的库，因此它能识别许多不同的命令。比如，如果你使用 `tar` 命令， 你可以按 `TAB` 键，它会为你展示一个可以用于解压的文件列表： ``` $ tar -xzvf test1.tar.gz test1/file1 (TAB) @@ -221,7 +219,7 @@ $ git add (TAB) $ git add zsh-5tips.md ``` -zsh 还能识别命令行选项，同时他只会提示与选中子命令相关的命令列表： +zsh 还能识别命令行选项，同时它只会提示与选中子命令相关的命令列表： ``` $ git commit - (TAB) @@ -243,27 +241,27 @@ $ git commit - (TAB) ... TRUNCATED ... ``` -在按 `TAB` 键之后，你可以使用方向键来选择你想用的命令。现在你就不用记住所有的 Git 命令项了。 +在按 `TAB` 键之后，你可以使用方向键来选择你想用的命令。现在你就不用记住所有的 `git` 命令项了。 zsh 还有很多有用的功能。当你用它的时候，你就知道哪些对你才是最有用的。 -### 5\. 命令行编辑与历史记录 +### 5、命令行编辑与历史记录 -Zsh 的命令行编辑功能也十分有效。默认条件下，他是模拟 emacs 编辑器的。如果你是跟我一样更喜欢用 vi/vim，你可以用以下命令启用 vi 编辑。 +zsh 的命令行编辑功能也十分有用。默认条件下，它是模拟 emacs 编辑器的。如果你是跟我一样更喜欢用 vi/vim，你可以用以下命令启用 vi 的键绑定。 ``` $ bindkey -v ``` -如果你使用 Oh My Zsh，`vi-mode` 插件可以启用额外的绑定，同时会在你的命令提示符上增加 vi 的模式提示--这个非常有用。 +如果你使用 Oh My Zsh，`vi-mode` 插件可以启用额外的绑定，同时会在你的命令提示符上增加 vi 的模式提示 —— 这个非常有用。 -当启用 vi 的绑定后，你可以再命令行中使用 vi 命令进行编辑。比如，输入 `ESC+/` 来查找命令行记录。在查找的时候，输入 `n` 来找下一个匹配行，输入 `N` 来找上一个。输入 `ESC` 后，最常用的 vi 命令有以下几个，如输入 `0` 跳转到第一行，输入 `$` 跳转到最后一行，输入 `i` 来插入文本，输入 `a` 来追加文本等等，一些直接操作的命令也同样有效，比如输入 `cw` 来修改单词。 +当启用 vi 的绑定后，你可以在命令行中使用 vi 命令进行编辑。比如，输入 `ESC+/` 来查找命令行记录。在查找的时候，输入 `n` 来找下一个匹配行，输入 `N` 来找上一个。输入 `ESC` 后，常用的 vi 命令都可以使用，如输入 `0` 跳转到行首，输入 `$` 跳转到行尾，输入 `i` 来插入文本，输入 `a` 来追加文本等等，即使是跟随的命令也同样有效，比如输入 `cw` 来修改单词。 除了命令行编辑，如果你想修改或重新执行之前使用过的命令，zsh 还提供几个常用的命令行历史功能。比如，你打错了一个命令，输入 `fc`，你可以在你偏好的编辑器中修复最后一条命令。使用哪个编辑是参照 `$EDITOR` 变量的，而默认是使用 vi。 -另外一个有用的命令是 `r`， 他会重新执行上一条命令；而 `r ` 则会执行上一条包含 `WORD` 的命令。 +另外一个有用的命令是 `r`， 它会重新执行上一条命令；而 `r ` 则会执行上一条包含 `WORD` 的命令。 -最后，输入两个感叹号( `!!` )，可以在命令行中回溯最后一条命令。这个十分有用，比如，当你忘记使用 `sudo` 去执行需要权限的命令时： +最后，输入两个感叹号（`!!`），可以在命令行中回溯最后一条命令。这个十分有用，比如，当你忘记使用 `sudo` 去执行需要权限的命令时： ``` $ less /var/log/dnf.log @@ -274,19 +272,16 @@ $ sudo less /var/log/dnf.log 这个功能让查找并且重新执行之前命令的操作更加方便。 -### 何去何从？ +### 下一步呢？ -这里仅仅介绍了几个可以让你提高生产率的 zsh 特性；其实还有更多功能带你发掘；想知道更多的信息，你可以访问以下的资源： +这里仅仅介绍了几个可以让你提高生产率的 zsh 特性；其实还有更多功能有待你的发掘；想知道更多的信息，你可以访问以下的资源： -[An Introduction to the Z Shell][9] +- [An Introduction to the Z Shell][9] +- [A User's Guide to ZSH][10] +- [Archlinux Wiki][11] +- [zsh-lovers][12] -[A User's Guide to ZSH][10] - -[Archlinux Wiki][11] - -[zsh-lovers][12] - -你有使用 zsh 提高生产力的tips可以分享吗？我（作者）很乐意在下方评论看到它们。 +你有使用 zsh 提高生产力的技巧可以分享吗？我很乐意在下方评论中看到它们。 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -295,7 +290,7 @@ via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/tips-productivity-zsh 作者：[Ricardo Gerardi][a] 选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者：[tnuoccalanosrep](https://github.com/tnuoccalanosrep) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From f8fd032ec1bdf826324da2233a7a6d972dad4691 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Tue, 25 Sep 2018 15:52:10 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 146/246] PUB: 20180905 5 tips to improve productivity with zsh.md @tnuoccalanosrep https://linux.cn/article-10047-1.html --- .../20180905 5 tips to improve productivity with zsh.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180905 5 tips to improve productivity with zsh.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180905 5 tips to improve productivity with zsh.md b/published/20180905 5 tips to improve productivity with zsh.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180905 5 tips to improve productivity with zsh.md rename to published/20180905 5 tips to improve productivity with zsh.md From d54d204ffb0eaab55fdd1c23a46ffc245fbb00bb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: jrg Date: Tue, 25 Sep 2018 22:08:36 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 147/246] Delete 20180814 Automating backups on a Raspberry Pi NAS.md --- ...utomating backups on a Raspberry Pi NAS.md | 223 ------------------ 1 file changed, 223 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180814 Automating backups on a Raspberry Pi NAS.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180814 Automating backups on a Raspberry Pi NAS.md b/sources/tech/20180814 Automating backups on a Raspberry Pi NAS.md deleted file mode 100644 index 28f7a5db35..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180814 Automating backups on a Raspberry Pi NAS.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,223 +0,0 @@ -[翻译中]translating by jrg! - -Automating backups on a Raspberry Pi NAS -====== -![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/brain_data.png?itok=RH6NA32X) - -In the [first part][1] of this three-part series using a Raspberry Pi for network-attached storage (NAS), we covered the fundamentals of the NAS setup, attached two 1TB hard drives (one for data and one for backups), and mounted the data drive on a remote device via the network filesystem (NFS). In part two, we will look at automating backups. Automated backups allow you to continually secure your data and recover from a hardware defect or accidental file removal. - -![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/nas_part2.png) - -### Backup strategy - -Let's get started by coming up with with a backup strategy for our small NAS. I recommend creating daily backups of your data and scheduling them for a time they won't interfere with other NAS activities, including when you need to access or store your files. For example, you could trigger the backup activities each day at 2am. - -You also need to decide how long you'll keep each backup, since you would quickly run out of storage if you kept each daily backup indefinitely. Keeping your daily backups for one week allows you to travel back into your recent history if you realize something went wrong over the previous seven days. But what if you need something from further in the past? Keeping each Monday backup for a month and one monthly backup for a longer period of time should be sufficient. Let's keep the monthly backups for a year and one backup every year for long-distance time travels, e.g., for the last five years. - -This results in a bunch of backups on your backup drive over a five-year period: - - * 7 daily backups - * 4 (approx.) weekly backups - * 12 monthly backups - * 5 annual backups - - - -You may recall that your backup drive and your data drive are of equal size (1TB each). How will more than 10 backups of 1TB from your data drive fit onto a 1TB backup disk? If you create full backups, they won't. Instead, you will create incremental backups, reusing the data from the last backup if it didn't change and creating replicas of new or changed files. That way, the backup doesn't double every night, but only grows a little bit depending on the changes that happen to your data over a day. - -Here is my situation: My NAS has been running since August 2016, and 20 backups are on the backup drive. Currently, I store 406GB of files on the data drive. The backups take up 726GB on my backup drive. Of course, this depends heavily on your data's change frequency, but as you can see, the incremental backups don't consume as much space as 20 full backups would. Nevertheless, over time the 1TB disk will probably become insufficient for your backups. Once your data grows close to the 1TB limit (or whatever your backup drive capacity), you should choose a bigger backup drive and move your data there. - -### Creating backups with rsync - -To create a full backup, you can use the rsync command line tool. Here is an example command to create the initial full backup. -``` -pi@raspberrypi:~ $ rsync -a /nas/data/ /nas/backup/2018-08-01 - -``` - -This command creates a full replica of all data stored on the data drive, mounted on `/nas/data`, on the backup drive. There, it will create the folder `2018-08-01` and create the backup inside it. The `-a` flag starts rsync in archive-mode, which means it preserves all kinds of metadata, like modification dates, permissions, and owners, and copies soft links as soft links. - -Now that you have created your full, initial backup as of August 1, on August 2, you will create your first daily incremental backup. -``` -pi@raspberrypi:~ $ rsync -a --link-dest /nas/backup/2018-08-01/ /nas/data/ /nas/backup/2018-08-02 - -``` - -This command tells rsync to again create a backup of `/nas/data`. The target directory this time is `/nas/backup/2018-08-02`. The script also specified the `--link-dest` option and passed the location of the last backup as an argument. With this option specified, rsync looks at the folder `/nas/backup/2018-08-01` and checks what data files changed compared to that folder's content. Unchanged files will not be copied, rather they will be hard-linked to their counterparts in yesterday's backup folder. - -When using a hard-linked file from a backup, you won't notice any difference between the initial copy and the link. They behave exactly the same, and if you delete either the link or the initial file, the other will still exist. You can imagine them as two equal entry points to the same file. Here is an example: - -![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/backup_flow.png) - -The left box reflects the state shortly after the second backup. The box in the middle is yesterday's replica. The `file2.txt` didn't exist yesterday, but the image `file1.jpg` did and was copied to the backup drive. The box on the right reflects today's incremental backup. The incremental backup command created `file2.txt`, which didn't exist yesterday. Since `file1.jpg` didn't change since yesterday, today a hard link is created so it doesn't take much additional space on the disk. - -### Automate your backups - -You probably don't want to execute your daily backup command by hand at 2am each day. Instead, you can automate your backup by using a script like the following, which you may want to start with a cron job. -``` -#!/bin/bash - - - -TODAY=$(date +%Y-%m-%d) - -DATADIR=/nas/data/ - -BACKUPDIR=/nas/backup/ - -SCRIPTDIR=/nas/data/backup_scripts - -LASTDAYPATH=${BACKUPDIR}/$(ls ${BACKUPDIR} | tail -n 1) - -TODAYPATH=${BACKUPDIR}/${TODAY} - -if [[ ! -e ${TODAYPATH} ]]; then - -        mkdir -p ${TODAYPATH} - -fi - - - -rsync -a --link-dest ${LASTDAYPATH} ${DATADIR} ${TODAYPATH} $@ - - - -${SCRIPTDIR}/deleteOldBackups.sh - -``` - -The first block calculates the last backup's folder name to use for links and the name of today's backup folder. The second block has the rsync command (as described above). The last block executes a `deleteOldBackups.sh` script. It will clean up the old, unnecessary backups based on the backup strategy outlined above. You could also execute the cleanup script independently from the backup script if you want it to run less frequently. - -The following script is an example implementation of the backup strategy in this how-to article. -``` -#!/bin/bash - -BACKUPDIR=/nas/backup/ - - - -function listYearlyBackups() { - -        for i in 0 1 2 3 4 5 - -                do ls ${BACKUPDIR} | egrep "$(date +%Y -d "${i} year ago")-[0-9]{2}-[0-9]{2}" | sort -u | head -n 1 - -        done - -} - - - -function listMonthlyBackups() { - -        for i in 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 - -                do ls ${BACKUPDIR} | egrep "$(date +%Y-%m -d "${i} month ago")-[0-9]{2}" | sort -u | head -n 1 - -        done - -} - - - -function listWeeklyBackups() { - -        for i in 0 1 2 3 4 - -                do ls ${BACKUPDIR} | grep "$(date +%Y-%m-%d -d "last monday -${i} weeks")" - -        done - -} - - - -function listDailyBackups() { - -        for i in 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 - -                do ls ${BACKUPDIR} | grep "$(date +%Y-%m-%d -d "-${i} day")" - -        done - -} - - - -function getAllBackups() { - -        listYearlyBackups - -        listMonthlyBackups - -        listWeeklyBackups - -        listDailyBackups - -} - - - -function listUniqueBackups() { - -        getAllBackups | sort -u - -} - - - -function listBackupsToDelete() { - -        ls ${BACKUPDIR} | grep -v -e "$(echo -n $(listUniqueBackups) |sed "s/ /\\\|/g")" - -} - - - -cd ${BACKUPDIR} - -listBackupsToDelete | while read file_to_delete; do - -        rm -rf ${file_to_delete} - -done - -``` - -This script will first list all the backups to keep (according to our backup strategy), then it will delete all the backup folders that are not necessary anymore. - -To execute the scripts every night to create daily backups, schedule the backup script by running `crontab -e` as the root user. (You need to be in root to make sure it has permission to read all the files on the data drive, no matter who created them.) Add a line like the following, which starts the script every night at 2am. -``` -0 2 * * * /nas/data/backup_scripts/daily.sh - -``` - -For more information, read about [scheduling tasks with cron][2]. - - * Unmount your backup drive or mount it as read-only when no backups are running - * Attach the backup drive to a remote server and sync the files over the internet - - - -There are additional things you can do to fortify your backups against accidental removal or damage, including the following: - -This example backup strategy enables you to back up your valuable data to make sure it won't get lost. You can also easily adjust this technique for your personal needs and preferences. - -In part three of this series, we will talk about [Nextcloud][3], a convenient way to store and access data on your NAS system that also provides offline access as it synchronizes your data to the client devices. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://opensource.com/article/18/8/automate-backups-raspberry-pi - -作者：[Manuel Dewald][a] -选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]:https://opensource.com/users/ntlx -[1]:https://opensource.com/article/18/7/network-attached-storage-Raspberry-Pi -[2]:https://opensource.com/article/17/11/how-use-cron-linux -[3]:https://nextcloud.com/ From 7dd12969ab56bd8c16a703673e8c9c28f28ebe88 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: jrg Date: Tue, 25 Sep 2018 22:11:10 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 148/246] Create 20180814 Automating backups on a Raspberry Pi NAS.md MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit 翻译完成 20180814 Automating backups on a Raspberry Pi NAS.md --- ...utomating backups on a Raspberry Pi NAS.md | 229 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 229 insertions(+) create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180814 Automating backups on a Raspberry Pi NAS.md diff --git a/translated/tech/20180814 Automating backups on a Raspberry Pi NAS.md b/translated/tech/20180814 Automating backups on a Raspberry Pi NAS.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..111b508245 --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180814 Automating backups on a Raspberry Pi NAS.md @@ -0,0 +1,229 @@ +Part-II 树莓派自建 NAS 云盘之数据自动备份 +====== + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/brain_data.png?itok=RH6NA32X) + +在《树莓派自建 NAS 云盘》系列的 [第一篇][1] 文章中，我们讨论了建立 NAS 的一些基本步骤，添加了两块 1TB 的存储硬盘驱动（一个用于数据存储，一个用于数据备份），并且通过 网络文件系统（NFS）将数据存储盘挂载到远程终端上。本文是此系列的第二篇文章，我们将探讨数据自动备份。数据自动备份保证了数据的安全，为硬件损坏后的数据恢复提供便利以及减少了文件误操作带来的不必要的麻烦。 + + + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/nas_part2.png) + + + +### 备份策略 + +我们就从为小型 NAS 构想一个备份策略着手开始吧。我建议每天有时间节点有计划的去备份数据，以防止干扰到我们正常的访问 NAS，比如备份时间点避开正在访问 NAS 并写入文件的时间点。举个例子，你可以每天凌晨 2 点去进行数据备份。 + +另外，你还得决定每天的备份需要被保留的时间长短，因为如果没有时间限制，存储空间很快就会被用完。一般每天的备份保留一周便可以，如果数据出了问题，你便可以很方便的从备份中恢复出来原数据。但是如果需要恢复数据到更久之前怎么办？可以将每周一的备份文件保留一个月、每个月的备份保留更长时间。让我们把每月的备份保留一年时间，每一年的备份保留更长时间、例如五年。 + +这样，五年内在备份盘上产生大量备份： + +* 每周 7 个日备份 +* 每月 4 个周备份 +* 每年 12 个月备份 +* 每五年 5 个年备份 + + +你应该还记得，我们搭建的备份盘和数据盘大小相同（每个 1 TB）。如何将不止 10 个 1TB 数据的备份从数据盘存放到只有 1TB 大小的备份盘呢？如果你创建的是完整备份，这显然不可能。因此，你需要创建增量备份，它是每一份备份都基于上一份备份数据而创建的。增量备份方式不会每隔一天就成倍的去占用存储空间，它每天只会增加一点占用空间。 + +以下是我的情况：我的 NAS 自 2016 年 8 月开始运行，备份盘上有 20 个备份。目前，我在数据盘上存储了 406GB 的文件。我的备份盘用了 726GB。当然，备份盘空间使用率在很大程度上取决于数据的更改频率，但正如你所看到的，增量备份不会占用 20 个完整备份所需的空间。然而，随着时间的推移，1TB 空间也可能不足以进行备份。一旦数据增长接近 1TB 限制（或任何备份盘容量），应该选择更大的备份盘空间并将数据移动转移过去。 + +### 利用 rsync 进行数据备份 + +利用 rsync 命令行工具可以生成完整备份。 + +``` +pi@raspberrypi:~ $ rsync -a /nas/data/ /nas/backup/2018-08-01 + +``` + +这段命令将挂载在 /nas/data/ 目录下的数据盘中的数据进行了完整的复制备份。备份文件保存在 /nas/backup/2018-08-01 目录下。`-a` 参数是以归档模式进行备份，这将会备份所有的元数据，例如文件的修改日期、权限、拥有者以及软连接文件。 + +现在，你已经在 8 月 1 日创建了完整的初始备份，你将在 8 月 2 日创建第一个增量备份。 + +``` +pi@raspberrypi:~ $ rsync -a --link-dest /nas/backup/2018-08-01/ /nas/data/ /nas/backup/2018-08-02 + +``` + +上面这行代码又创建了一个关于 `/nas/data` 目录中数据的备份。备份路径是 `/nas/backup/2018-08-02`。这里的参数 `--link-dest` 指定了一个备份文件所在的路径。这样，这次备份会与 `/nas/backup/2018-08-01` 的备份进行比对，只备份已经修改过的文件，未做修改的文件将不会被复制，而是创建一个到上一个备份文件中它们的硬链接。 + +使用备份文件中的硬链接文件时，你一般不会注意到硬链接和初始拷贝之间的差别。它们表现的完全一样，如果删除其中一个硬链接或者文件，其他的依旧存在。你可以把它们看做是同一个文件的两个不同入口。下面就是一个例子： + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/backup_flow.png) + +左侧框是在进行了第二次备份后的原数据状态。中间的盒子是昨天的备份。昨天的备份中只有图片 `file1.jpg` 并没有 `file2.txt` 。右侧的框反映了今天的增量备份。增量备份命令创建昨天不存在的 `file2.txt`。由于 `file1.jpg` 自昨天以来没有被修改，所以今天创建了一个硬链接，它不会额外占用磁盘上的空间。 + +### 自动化备份 + +你肯定也不想每天凌晨去输入命令进行数据备份吧。你可以创建一个任务定时去调用下面的脚本让它自动化备份 + +``` +#!/bin/bash + + + +TODAY=$(date +%Y-%m-%d) + +DATADIR=/nas/data/ + +BACKUPDIR=/nas/backup/ + +SCRIPTDIR=/nas/data/backup_scripts + +LASTDAYPATH=${BACKUPDIR}/$(ls ${BACKUPDIR} | tail -n 1) + +TODAYPATH=${BACKUPDIR}/${TODAY} + +if [[ ! -e ${TODAYPATH} ]]; then + +        mkdir -p ${TODAYPATH} + +fi + + + +rsync -a --link-dest ${LASTDAYPATH} ${DATADIR} ${TODAYPATH} $@ + + + +${SCRIPTDIR}/deleteOldBackups.sh + +``` + +第一段代码指定了数据路径、备份路劲、脚本路径以及昨天和今天的备份路径。第二段代码调用 rsync 命令。最后一段代码执行 `deleteOldBackups.sh` 脚本，它会清除一些过期的没有必要的备份数据。如果不想频繁的调用 `deleteOldBackups.sh`，你也可以手动去执行它。 + +下面是今天讨论的备份策略的一个简单完整的示例脚本。 + +``` +#!/bin/bash + +BACKUPDIR=/nas/backup/ + + + +function listYearlyBackups() { + +        for i in 0 1 2 3 4 5 + +                do ls ${BACKUPDIR} | egrep "$(date +%Y -d "${i} year ago")-[0-9]{2}-[0-9]{2}" | sort -u | head -n 1 + +        done + +} + + + +function listMonthlyBackups() { + +        for i in 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 + +                do ls ${BACKUPDIR} | egrep "$(date +%Y-%m -d "${i} month ago")-[0-9]{2}" | sort -u | head -n 1 + +        done + +} + + + +function listWeeklyBackups() { + +        for i in 0 1 2 3 4 + +                do ls ${BACKUPDIR} | grep "$(date +%Y-%m-%d -d "last monday -${i} weeks")" + +        done + +} + + + +function listDailyBackups() { + +        for i in 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 + +                do ls ${BACKUPDIR} | grep "$(date +%Y-%m-%d -d "-${i} day")" + +        done + +} + + + +function getAllBackups() { + +        listYearlyBackups + +        listMonthlyBackups + +        listWeeklyBackups + +        listDailyBackups + +} + + + +function listUniqueBackups() { + +        getAllBackups | sort -u + +} + + + +function listBackupsToDelete() { + +        ls ${BACKUPDIR} | grep -v -e "$(echo -n $(listUniqueBackups) |sed "s/ /\\\|/g")" + +} + + + +cd ${BACKUPDIR} + +listBackupsToDelete | while read file_to_delete; do + +        rm -rf ${file_to_delete} + +done + +``` + +这段脚本会首先根据你的备份策略列出所有需要保存的备份文件，然后它会删除那些再也不需要了的备份目录。 + +下面创建一个定时任务去执行上面这段代码。以 root 用户权限打开 `crontab -e`，输入以下这段命令，它将会创建一个每天凌晨 2 点去执行 `/nas/data/backup_scripts/daily.sh` 的定时任务。 + +``` +0 2 * * * /nas/data/backup_scripts/daily.sh + +``` + +有关创建定时任务请参考 [cron 创建定时任务][2]。 + +* 当没有备份任务时，卸载你的备份盘或者将它挂载为只读盘； +* 利用远程服务器作为你的备份盘，这样就可以通过互联网同步数据 + +你也可用下面的方法来加强你的备份策略，以防止备份数据的误删除或者被破坏： + +本文中备份策略示例是备份一些我觉得有价值的数据，你也可以根据个人需求去修改这些策略。 + +我将会在 《树莓派自建 NAS 云盘》 系列的第三篇文章中讨论 [Nextcloud][3]。Nextcloud 提供了更方便的方式去访问 NAS 云盘上的数据并且它还提供了离线操作，你还可以在客户端中同步你的数据。 + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/8/automate-backups-raspberry-pi + +作者：[Manuel Dewald][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[jrg](https://github.com/jrglinux) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/ntlx +[1]: https://opensource.com/article/18/7/network-attached-storage-Raspberry-Pi +[2]: https://opensource.com/article/17/11/how-use-cron-linux +[3]: https://nextcloud.com/ + From 7c229082b54a20d46fb508bbc634431fe6704d02 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: jrg Date: Tue, 25 Sep 2018 22:13:42 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 149/246] Delete 20180919 Host your own cloud with Raspberry Pi NAS.md --- ...st your own cloud with Raspberry Pi NAS.md | 113 ------------------ 1 file changed, 113 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180919 Host your own cloud with Raspberry Pi NAS.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180919 Host your own cloud with Raspberry Pi NAS.md b/sources/tech/20180919 Host your own cloud with Raspberry Pi NAS.md deleted file mode 100644 index 0ecb3801c9..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180919 Host your own cloud with Raspberry Pi NAS.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,113 +0,0 @@ -[翻译中]translating by jrg! - -Host your own cloud with Raspberry Pi NAS -====== - -Protect and secure your data with a self-hosted cloud powered by your Raspberry Pi. - -In the first two parts of this series, we discussed the [hardware and software fundamentals][1] for building network-attached storage (NAS) on a Raspberry Pi. We also put a proper [backup strategy][2] in place to secure the data on the NAS. In this third part, we will talk about a convenient way to store, access, and share your data with [Nextcloud][3]. - -### Prerequisites - -To use Nextcloud conveniently, you have to meet a few prerequisites. First, you should have a domain you can use for the Nextcloud instance. For the sake of simplicity in this how-to, we'll use **nextcloud.pi-nas.com**. This domain should be directed to your Raspberry Pi. If you want to run it on your home network, you probably need to set up dynamic DNS for this domain and enable port forwarding of ports 80 and 443 (if you go for an SSL setup, which is highly recommended; otherwise port 80 should be sufficient) from your router to the Raspberry Pi. - -You can automate dynamic DNS updates from the Raspberry Pi using [ddclient][4]. - -### Install Nextcloud - -To run Nextcloud on your Raspberry Pi (using the setup described in the [first part][1] of this series), install the following packages as dependencies to Nextcloud using **apt**. - -``` -sudo apt install unzip wget php apache2 mysql-server php-zip php-mysql php-dom php-mbstring php-gd php-curl -``` - -The next step is to download Nextcloud. [Get the latest release's URL][5] and copy it to download via **wget** on the Raspberry Pi. In the first article in this series, we attached two disk drives to the Raspberry Pi, one for current data and one for backups. Install Nextcloud on the data drive to make sure data is backed up automatically every night. - -``` -sudo mkdir -p /nas/data/nextcloud -sudo chown pi /nas/data/nextcloud -cd /nas/data/ -wget https://download.nextcloud.com/server/releases/nextcloud-14.0.0.zip -O /nas/data/nextcloud.zip -unzip nextcloud.zip -sudo ln -s /nas/data/nextcloud /var/www/nextcloud -sudo chown -R www-data:www-data /nas/data/nextcloud -``` - -When I wrote this, the latest release (as you see in the code above) was 14. Nextcloud is under heavy development, so you may find a newer version when installing your copy of Nextcloud onto your Raspberry Pi. - -### Database setup - -When we installed Nextcloud above, we also installed MySQL as a dependency to use it for all the metadata Nextcloud generates (for example, the users you create to access Nextcloud). If you would rather use a Postgres database, you'll need to adjust some of the modules installed above. - -To access the MySQL database as root, start the MySQL client as root: - -``` -sudo mysql -``` - -This will open a SQL prompt where you can insert the following commands—substituting the placeholder with the password you want to use for the database connection—to create a database for Nextcloud. - -``` -CREATE USER nextcloud IDENTIFIED BY ''; -CREATE DATABASE nextcloud; -GRANT ALL ON nextcloud.* TO nextcloud; -``` - -You can exit the SQL prompt by pressing **Ctrl+D** or entering **quit**. - -### Web server configuration - -Nextcloud can be configured to run using Nginx or other web servers, but for this how-to, I decided to go with the Apache web server on my Raspberry Pi NAS. (Feel free to try out another alternative and let me know if you think it performs better.) - -To set it up, configure a virtual host for the domain you created for your Nextcloud instance **nextcloud.pi-nas.com**. To create a virtual host, create the file **/etc/apache2/sites-available/001-nextcloud.conf** with content similar to the following. Make sure to adjust the ServerName to your domain and paths, if you didn't use the ones suggested earlier in this series. - -``` - -ServerName nextcloud.pi-nas.com -ServerAdmin admin@pi-nas.com -DocumentRoot /var/www/nextcloud/ - - -AllowOverride None - - -``` - -To enable this virtual host, run the following two commands. - -``` -a2ensite 001-nextcloud -sudo systemctl reload apache2 -``` - -With this configuration, you should now be able to reach the web server with your domain via the web browser. To secure your data, I recommend using HTTPS instead of HTTP to access Nextcloud. A very easy (and free) way is to obtain a [Let's Encrypt][6] certificate with [Certbot][7] and have a cron job automatically refresh it. That way you don't have to mess around with self-signed or expiring certificates. Follow Certbot's simple how-to [instructions to install it on your Raspberry Pi][8]. During Certbot configuration, you can even decide to automatically forward HTTP to HTTPS, so visitors to **** will be redirected to ****. Please note, if your Raspberry Pi is running behind your home router, you must have port forwarding enabled for ports 443 and 80 to obtain Let's Encrypt certificates. - -### Configure Nextcloud - -The final step is to visit your fresh Nextcloud instance in a web browser to finish the configuration. To do so, open your domain in a browser and insert the database details from above. You can also set up your first Nextcloud user here, the one you can use for admin tasks. By default, the data directory should be inside the Nextcloud folder, so you don't need to change anything for the backup mechanisms from the [second part of this series][2] to pick up the data stored by users in Nextcloud. - -Afterward, you will be directed to your Nextcloud and can log in with the admin user you created previously. To see a list of recommended steps to ensure a performant and secure Nextcloud installation, visit the Basic Settings tab in the Settings page (in our example: settings/admin) and see the Security & Setup Warnings section. - -Congratulations! You've set up your own Nextcloud powered by a Raspberry Pi. Go ahead and [download a Nextcloud client][9] from the Nextcloud page to sync data with your client devices and access it offline. Mobile clients even provide features like instant upload of pictures you take, so they'll automatically sync to your desktop PC without wondering how to get them there. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/host-cloud-nas-raspberry-pi - -作者：[Manuel Dewald][a] -选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]: https://opensource.com/users/ntlx -[1]: https://opensource.com/article/18/7/network-attached-storage-Raspberry-Pi -[2]: https://opensource.com/article/18/8/automate-backups-raspberry-pi -[3]: https://nextcloud.com/ -[4]: https://sourceforge.net/p/ddclient/wiki/Home/ -[5]: https://nextcloud.com/install/#instructions-server -[6]: https://letsencrypt.org/ -[7]: https://certbot.eff.org/ -[8]: https://certbot.eff.org/lets-encrypt/debianother-apache -[9]: https://nextcloud.com/install/#install-clients From ab1707a35d097d10671d3f724db5b26a25626029 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: jrg Date: Tue, 25 Sep 2018 22:15:10 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 150/246] Create 20180919 Host your own cloud with Raspberry Pi NAS.md --- ...st your own cloud with Raspberry Pi NAS.md | 112 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 112 insertions(+) create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180919 Host your own cloud with Raspberry Pi NAS.md diff --git a/translated/tech/20180919 Host your own cloud with Raspberry Pi NAS.md b/translated/tech/20180919 Host your own cloud with Raspberry Pi NAS.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..312fed7c4c --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180919 Host your own cloud with Raspberry Pi NAS.md @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +Part-III 树莓派自建 NAS 云盘之云盘构建 +====== + +用树莓派 NAS 云盘来保护数据的安全！ + +在前面两篇文章中（译注：文章链接 [Part-I][1]，[Part-II][2]），我们讨论了用树莓派搭建一个 NAS（network-attached storage） 所需要的一些 [软硬件环境及其操作步骤][1]。我们还制定了适当的 [备份策略][2] 来保护NAS上的数据。本文中，我们将介绍讨论利用 [Nestcloud][3] 来方便快捷的存储、获取以及分享你的数据。 + +### 必要的准备工作 + +想要方便的使用 Nextcloud，需要一些必要的准备工作。首先，你需要一个指向 Nextcloud 的域名。方便起见，本文将使用 **nextcloud.pi-nas.com** 。如果你是在家庭网络里运行，你需要为该域名配置 DNS 服务（动态域名解析服务）并在路由器中开启 80 端口和 443 端口转发功能（如果需要使用 https，则需要开启 443 端口转发，如果只用 http，80 端口足以）。 + +你可以使用 [ddclient][4] 在树莓派中自动更新 DNS。 + +### 安装 Nextcloud + +为了在树莓派（参考 [Part-I][1] 中步骤设置）中运行 Nextcloud，首先用命令 **apt** 安装 以下的一些依赖软件包。 + +``` +sudo apt install unzip wget php apache2 mysql-server php-zip php-mysql php-dom php-mbstring php-gd php-curl +``` + +其次，下载 Nextcloud。在树莓派中利用 **wget** 下载其 [最新的版本][5]。在 [Part-I] 文章中，我们将两个磁盘驱动器连接到树莓派，一个用于存储当前数据，另一个用于备份。这里在数据存储盘上安装 Nextcloud，以确保每晚自动备份数据。 + +``` +sudo mkdir -p /nas/data/nextcloud +sudo chown pi /nas/data/nextcloud +cd /nas/data/ +wget https://download.nextcloud.com/server/releases/nextcloud-14.0.0.zip -O /nas/data/nextcloud.zip +unzip nextcloud.zip +sudo ln -s /nas/data/nextcloud /var/www/nextcloud +sudo chown -R www-data:www-data /nas/data/nextcloud +``` + +截止到写作本文时，Nextcloud 最新版更新到如上述代码中所示的 14.0.0 版本。Nextcloud 正在快速的迭代更新中，所以你可以在你的树莓派中安装更新一点的版本。 + +### 配置数据库 + +如上所述，Nextcloud 安装完毕。之前安装依赖软件包时就已经安装了 MySQL 数据库来存储 Nextcloud 的一些重要数据（例如，那些你创建的可以访问 Nextcloud 的用户的信息）。如果你更愿意使用 Pstgres 数据库，则上面的依赖软件包需要做一些调整。 + +以 root 权限启动 MySQL: + +``` +sudo mysql +``` + +这将会打开 SQL 提示符界面，在那里可以插入如下指令--使用数据库连接密码替换其中的占位符--为 Nextcloud 创建一个数据库。 + +``` +CREATE USER nextcloud IDENTIFIED BY ''; +CREATE DATABASE nextcloud; +GRANT ALL ON nextcloud.* TO nextcloud; +``` + +按 **Ctrl+D** 或输入 **quit** 退出 SQL 提示符界面。 + +### Web 服务器配置 + +Nextcloud 可以配置以适配于 Nginx 服务器或者其他 Web 服务器运行的环境。但本文中，我决定在我的树莓派 NAS 中运行 Apache 服务器（如果你有其他效果更好的服务器选择方案，不妨也跟我分享一下）。 + +首先为你的 Nextcloud 域名创建一个虚拟主机，创建配置文件 **/etc/apache2/sites-available/001-netxcloud.conf**，在其中输入下面的参数内容。修改其中 ServerName 为你的域名。 + +``` + +ServerName nextcloud.pi-nas.com +ServerAdmin admin@pi-nas.com +DocumentRoot /var/www/nextcloud/ + + +AllowOverride None + + +``` + +使用下面的命令来启动该虚拟主机。 + +``` +a2ensite 001-nextcloud +sudo systemctl reload apache2 +``` + +现在，你应该可以通过浏览器中输入域名访问到 web 服务器了。这里我推荐使用 HTTPS 协议而不是 HTTP 协议来访问 Nextcloud。一个简单而且免费的方法就是利用 [Certbot][7] 下载 [Let's Encrypt][6] 证书，然后设置定时任务自动刷新。这样就避免了自签证书等的麻烦。参考 [如何在树莓派中安装][8] Certbot 。在配置 Certbot 的时候，你甚至可以配置将 HTTP 自动转到 HTTPS ，例如访问 **** 自动跳转到 ****。注意，如果你的树莓派 NAS 运行在家庭路由器的下面，别忘了设置路由器的 443 端口和 80 端口转发。 + +### 配置 Nextcloud + +最后一步，通过浏览器访问 Nextcloud 来配置它。在浏览器中输入域名地址，插入上文中的数据库设置信息。这里，你可以创建 Nextcloud 管理员用户。默认情况下，数据保存目录在在 Nextcloud 目录下，所以你也无需修改我们在 [Part-II][2] 一文中设置的备份策略。 + +然后，页面会跳转到 Nextcloud 登陆界面，用刚才创建的管理员用户登陆。在设置页面中会有基础操作教程和安全安装教程（这里是访问 settings/admin）。 + +恭喜你，到此为止，你已经成功在树莓派中安装了你自己的云 Nextcloud。去 Nextcloud 主页 [下载 Nextcloud 客户端][9]，客户端可以同步数据并且离线访问服务器。移动端甚至可以上传图片等资源，然后电脑桌面都可以去访问它们。 + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/host-cloud-nas-raspberry-pi + +作者：[Manuel Dewald][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[jrg](https://github.com/jrglinux) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/ntlx +[1]: https://opensource.com/article/18/7/network-attached-storage-Raspberry-Pi +[2]: https://opensource.com/article/18/8/automate-backups-raspberry-pi +[3]: https://nextcloud.com/ +[4]: https://sourceforge.net/p/ddclient/wiki/Home/ +[5]: https://nextcloud.com/install/#instructions-server +[6]: https://letsencrypt.org/ +[7]: https://certbot.eff.org/ +[8]: https://certbot.eff.org/lets-encrypt/debianother-apache +[9]: https://nextcloud.com/install/#install-clients + From 86dac844d8de74b9d770b30cb3bccf534df1db15 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Tue, 25 Sep 2018 22:38:20 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 151/246] PRF:20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit @jrglinux 翻译的很好，就是 markdown 格式上再注意点，如果使用 Mac，可以使用 MacDown 编辑器。 --- ..., a static site generator written in Go.md | 232 ++++++++---------- 1 file changed, 104 insertions(+), 128 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md b/translated/tech/20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md index f5366353b3..648073a246 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md @@ -1,179 +1,155 @@ -Hugo，30分钟搭建博客，一个Go语言开发的静态站点生成工具 +用 Hugo 30 分钟搭建静态博客 ====== - ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/programming-code-keyboard-laptop-music-headphones.png?itok=EQZ2WKzy) +> 了解 Hugo 如何使构建网站变得有趣。 + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/programming-code-keyboard-laptop-music-headphones.png?itok=EQZ2WKzy) - 你是不是强烈的想搭建博客来将自己对软件框架等的探索学习成果分享呢？ +你是不是强烈地想搭建博客来将自己对软件框架等的探索学习成果分享呢？你是不是面对缺乏指导文档而一团糟的项目就有一种想去改变它的冲动呢？或者换个角度，你是不是十分期待能创建一个属于自己的个人博客网站呢？ - 你是不是面对缺乏指导文档而一团糟的项目就有一种想去改变它的冲动呢？ +很多人在想搭建博客之前都有一些严重的迟疑顾虑：感觉自己缺乏内容管理系统（CMS）的相关知识，更缺乏时间去学习这些知识。现在，如果我说不用花费大把的时间去学习 CMS 系统、学习如何创建一个静态网站、更不用操心如何去强化网站以防止它受到黑客攻击的问题，你就可以在 30 分钟之内创建一个博客？你信不信？利用 Hugo 工具，就可以实现这一切。 - 或者换个角度，你是不是十分期待能创建一个属于自己的个人博客网站呢？ +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/panopoly_image_original/public/u128651/hugo_1.png?itok=JgxBSOBG) - 很多人在想搭建博客之前都有一些严重的迟疑顾虑：感觉自己缺乏内容管理系统（CMS）的相关知识，更缺乏时间去学习这些知识。现在，如果我说不用花费大把的时间去学习 CMS 系统、学习如何创建一个静态网站、更不用操心如何去强化网站以防止它受到黑客攻击的问题，你就可以在 30 分钟之内创建一个博客？你信不信？利用 Hugo 工具，就可以实现这一切。 +Hugo 是一个基于 Go 语言开发的静态站点生成工具。也许你会问，为什么选择它？ + +* 无需数据库、无需需要各种权限的插件、无需跑在服务器上的底层平台，更没有额外的安全问题。 +* 都是静态站点，因此拥有轻量级、快速响应的服务性能。此外，所有的网页都是在部署的时候生成，所以服务器负载很小。 +* 极易操作的版本控制。一些 CMS 平台使用它们自己的版本控制软件（VCS）或者在网页上集成 Git 工具。而 Hugo，所有的源文件都可以用你所选的 VCS 软件来管理。 - ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/panopoly_image_original/public/u128651/hugo_1.png?itok=JgxBSOBG) +### 0-5 分钟：下载 Hugo，生成一个网站 - Hugo 是一个基于 Go 语言开发的静态站点生成工具。也许你会问，为什么选择它？ - * 无需数据库、无需需要各种权限的插件、无需跑在服务器上的底层平台，更没有额外的安全问题。 - * 都是静态站点，因此拥有轻量级、快速响应的服务性能。此外，所有的网页都是在部署的时候呈现，所以服务器负载很小。 - * 极易操作的版本控制。一些 CMS 平台使用它们自己的版本控制软件（VCS）或者在网页上集成 Git 工具。而 Hugo，所有的源文件都可以用你所选的 VCS 软件来管理。 +直白的说，Hugo 使得写一个网站又一次变得有趣起来。让我们来个 30 分钟计时，搭建一个网站。 + +为了简化 Hugo 安装流程，这里直接使用 Hugo 可执行安装文件。 - ### 0-5 分钟：下载 Hugo，生成一个网站 +1. 下载和你操作系统匹配的 Hugo [版本][2]； +2. 压缩包解压到指定路径，例如 windows 系统的 `C:\hugo_dir` 或者 Linux 系统的 `~/hugo_dir` 目录；下文中的变量 `${HUGO_HOME}` 所指的路径就是这个安装目录； +3. 打开命令行终端，进入安装目录：`cd ${HUGO_HOME}`； +4. 确认 Hugo 已经启动： + * Unix 系统：`${HUGO_HOME}/[hugo version]`； + * Windows 系统：`${HUGO_HOME}\[hugo.exe version]`，例如：cmd 命令行中输入：`c:\hugo_dir\hugo version`。 + + 为了书写上的简化，下文中的 `hugo` 就是指 hugo 可执行文件所在的路径（包括可执行文件），例如命令 `hugo version` 就是指命令 `c:\hugo_dir\hugo version` 。(LCTT 译注：可以把 hugo 可执行文件所在的路径添加到系统环境变量下，这样就可以直接在终端中输入 `hugo version`） + + 如果命令 `hugo version` 报错，你可能下载了错误的版本。当然，有很多种方法安装 Hugo，更多详细信息请查阅 [官方文档][3]。最稳妥的方法就是把 Hugo 可执行文件放在某个路径下，然后执行的时候带上路径名 +5. 创建一个新的站点来作为你的博客，输入命令：`hugo new site awesome-blog`； +6. 进入新创建的路径下: `cd awesome-blog`； + +恭喜你！你已经创建了自己的新博客。 - 直白的说，Hugo 使得写一个网站又一次变得有趣起来。让我们来个 30 分钟计时，搭建一个网站。 +### 5-10 分钟：为博客设置主题 - 为了简化 Hugo 安装流程，这里直接使用 Hugo 可执行安装文件。 +Hugo 中你可以自己构建博客的主题或者使用网上已经有的一些主题。这里选择 [Kiera][4] 主题，因为它简洁漂亮。按以下步骤来安装该主题： + +1. 进入主题所在目录：`cd themes`； +2. 克隆主题：`git clone https://github.com/avianto/hugo-kiera kiera`。如果你没有安装 Git 工具： + * 从 [Github][5] 上下载 hugo 的 .zip 格式的文件； + * 解压该 .zip 文件到你的博客主题 `theme` 路径； + * 重命名 `hugo-kiera-master` 为 `kiera`； +3. 返回博客主路径：`cd awesome-blog`； +4. 激活主题；通常来说，主题（包括 Kiera）都自带文件夹 `exampleSite`，里面存放了内容配置的示例文件。激活 Kiera 主题需要拷贝它提供的 `config.toml` 到你的博客下： + * Unix 系统：`cp themes/kiera/exampleSite/config.toml .`； + * Windows 系统：`copy themes\kiera\exampleSite\config.toml .`； + * 选择 `Yes` 来覆盖原有的 `config.toml`； + +5. （ 可选操作 ）你可以选择可视化的方式启动服务器来验证主题是否生效：`hugo server -D` 然后在浏览器中输入 `http://localhost:1313`。可用通过在终端中输入 `Crtl+C` 来停止服务器运行。现在你的博客还是空的，但这也给你留了写作的空间。它看起来如下所示： + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/panopoly_image_original/public/u128651/hugo_2.png?itok=PINOIOSU) - 1. 下载和你操作系统匹配的 Hugo [版本][2]； - - 2. 压缩包解压到指定路径，例如 windows 系统的 `C:\hugo_dir` 或者 Linux 系统的 `~/hugo_dir` 目录；下文中的变量 `${HUGO_HOME}` 所指的路径就是这个安装目录； - - 3. 打开命令行终端，进入安装目录：`cd ${HUGO_HOME}`； - - 4. 确认 Hugo 已经启动： - * Unix 系统：`${HUGO_HOME}/[hugo version]`； - * Windows 系统：`${HUGO_HOME}\[hugo.exe version]`； - - 例如：Windows 系统下，cmd 命令行中输入：`c:\hugo_dir\hugo version`。 - - 为了书写上的简化，下文中的 `hugo` 就是指 hugo 可执行文件所在的路径（包括可执行文件），例如命令 `hugo version` 就是指命令 `c:\hugo_dir\hugo version` 。(译者注：可以把 hugo 可执行文件所在的路径添加到系统环境变量下，这样就可以直接在终端中输入 `hugo version`） - 如果命令 `hugo version` 报错，你可能下载了错误的版本。当然，有很多种方法安装 Hugo，更多详细信息请查阅 [官方文档][3]。最稳妥的方法就是把 Hugo 可执行文件放在某个路径下，然后执行的时候带上路径名 - - 5. 创建一个新的站点来作为你的博客，输入命令：`hugo new site awesome-blog`； - - 6. 进入新创建的路径下: `cd awesome-blog`； - - 恭喜你！你已经创建了自己的新博客。 +你已经成功的给博客设置了主题！你可以在官方 [Hugo 主题][4] 网站上找到上百种漂亮的主题供你使用。 - ### 5-10 分钟：为博客设置主题 +### 10-20 分钟：给博客添加内容 - Hugo 中你可以自己构建博客的主题或者使用网上已经有的一些主题。这里选择 [Kiera][4] 主题，因为它简洁漂亮。按以下步骤来安装该主题： - - 1. 进入主题所在目录：`cd themes`； - - 2. 克隆主题：`git clone https://github.com/avianto/hugo-kiera kiera`。如果你没有安装 Git 工具： - * 从 [Github][5] 上下载 hugo 的 .zip 格式的文件； - * 解压该 .zip 文件到你的博客主题 `theme` 路径； - * 重命名 `hugo-kiera-master` 为 `kiera`； - - 3. 返回博客主路径：`cd awesome-blog`； - - 4. 激活主题；通常来说，主题（包括 Kiera ）都自带文件夹 `exampleSite`，里面存放了内容配置的示例文件。激活 Kiera 主题需要拷贝它提供的 `config.toml` 到你的博客下： - * Unix 系统：`cp themes/kiera/exampleSite/config.toml .`； - * Windows 系统：`copy themes\kiera\exampleSite\config.toml .`； - * 选择 `Yes` 来覆盖原有的 `config.toml`； - - 5. （ 可选操作 ）你可以选择可视化的方式启动服务器来验证主题是否生效：`hugo server -D` 然后在浏览器中输入 `http://localhost:1313`。可用通过在终端中输入 `Crtl+C` 来停止服务器运行。现在你的博客还是空的，但这也给你留了写作的空间。它看起来如下所示： - - ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/panopoly_image_original/public/u128651/hugo_2.png?itok=PINOIOSU) +对于碗来说，它是空的时候用处最大，可以用来盛放东西；但对于博客来说不是这样，空博客几乎毫无用处。在这一步，你将会给博客添加内容。Hugo 和 Kiera 主题都为这个工作提供了方便性。按以下步骤来进行你的第一次提交： - 你已经成功的给博客设置了主题！你可以在官方 [Hugo 主题][4] 网站上找到上百种漂亮的主题供你使用。 - - ### 10-20 分钟：给博客添加内容 - - 对于碗来说，它是空的时候用处最大，可以用来盛放东西；但对于博客来说不是这样，空博客几乎毫无用处。在这一步，你将会给博客添加内容。Hugo 和 Kiera 主题都为这个工作提供了方便性。按以下步骤来进行你的第一次提交： - - 1. archetypes 将会是你的内容模板。 - - 2. 添加主题中的 archtypes 至你的博客： - * Unix 系统： `cp themes/kiera/archetypes/* archetypes/` - * Windows 系统：`copy themes\kiera\archetypes\* archetypes\` - * 选择 `Yes` 来覆盖原来的 `default.md` 内容架构类型 - - 3. 创建博客 posts 目录： - * Unix 系统： `mkdir content/posts` - * Windows 系统： `mkdir content\posts` - - 4. 利用 Hugo 生成你的 post： +1. archetypes 将会是你的内容模板。 +2. 添加主题中的 archtypes 至你的博客： + * Unix 系统： `cp themes/kiera/archetypes/* archetypes/` + * Windows 系统：`copy themes\kiera\archetypes\* archetypes\` + * 选择 `Yes` 来覆盖原来的 `default.md` 内容架构类型 + +3. 创建博客 posts 目录： + * Unix 系统： `mkdir content/posts` + * Windows 系统： `mkdir content\posts` + +4. 利用 Hugo 生成你的 post： * Unix 系统：`hugo nes posts/first-post.md`; * Windows 系统：`hugo new posts\first-post.md`; - 5. 在文本编辑器中打开这个新建的 post 文件： +5. 在文本编辑器中打开这个新建的 post 文件： * Unix 系统：`gedit content/posts/first-post.md`； * Windows 系统：`notepadd content\posts\first-post.md`； - 此刻，你可以疯狂起来了。注意到你的提交文件中包括两个部分。第一部分是以 `+++` 符号分隔开的。它包括了提交文档的主要数据，例如名称、时间等。在 Hugo 中，这叫做前缀。在前缀之后，才是正文。下面编辑第一个提交文件内容： +此刻，你可以疯狂起来了。注意到你的提交文件中包括两个部分。第一部分是以 `+++` 符号分隔开的。它包括了提交文档的主要数据，例如名称、时间等。在 Hugo 中，这叫做前缀。在前缀之后，才是正文。下面编辑第一个提交文件内容： - ``` +``` +++ - title = "First Post" - date = 2018-03-03T13:23:10+01:00 - draft = false - tags = ["Getting started"] - categories = [] - +++ - Hello Hugo world! No more excuses for having no blog or documentation now! - ``` +title = "First Post" +date = 2018-03-03T13:23:10+01:00 +draft = false +tags = ["Getting started"] +categories = [] ++++ + +Hello Hugo world! No more excuses for having no blog or documentation now! +``` - 现在你要做的就是启动你的服务器：`hugo server -D`；然后打开浏览器，输入 `http://localhost:1313/`。 +现在你要做的就是启动你的服务器：`hugo server -D`；然后打开浏览器，输入 `http://localhost:1313/`。 ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/panopoly_image_original/public/u128651/hugo_3.png?itok=I-_v0qLx) - ### 20-30 分钟：调整网站 +### 20-30 分钟：调整网站 - 前面的工作很完美，但还有一些问题需要解决。例如，简单地命名你的站点： - - 1. 终端中按下 `Ctrl+C` 以停止服务器。 +前面的工作很完美，但还有一些问题需要解决。例如，简单地命名你的站点： + +1. 终端中按下 `Ctrl+C` 以停止服务器。 +2. 打开 `config.toml`,编辑博客的名称，版权，你的姓名，社交网站等等。 - 2. 打开 `config.toml`,编辑博客的名称，版权，你的姓名，社交网站等等。 - - 当你再次启动服务器后，你会发现博客私人订制味道更浓了。不过，还少一个重要的基础内容：主菜单。快速的解决这个问题。返回 `config.toml` 文件，在末尾插入如下一段： +当你再次启动服务器后，你会发现博客私人订制味道更浓了。不过，还少一个重要的基础内容：主菜单。快速的解决这个问题。返回 `config.toml` 文件，在末尾插入如下一段： ``` [[menu.main]] - name = "Home" #Name in the navigation bar - weight = 10 #The larger the weight, the more on the right this item will be - url = "/" #URL address - [[menu.main]] - name = "Posts" - weight = 20 - url = "/posts/" - ``` + name = "Home" #Name in the navigation bar + weight = 10 #The larger the weight, the more on the right this item will be + url = "/" #URL address +[[menu.main]] + name = "Posts" + weight = 20 + url = "/posts/" +``` - 上面这段代码添加了 `Home` 和 `Posts` 到主菜单中。你还需要一个 `About` 页面。这次是创建一个 `.md` 文件，而不是编辑 `config.toml` 文件： +上面这段代码添加了 `Home` 和 `Posts` 到主菜单中。你还需要一个 `About` 页面。这次是创建一个 `.md` 文件，而不是编辑 `config.toml` 文件： - 1. 创建 `about.md` 文件：`hugo new about.md` 。注意它是 `about.md`，不是 `posts/about.md`。该页面不是博客提交内容，所以你不想它显示到博客内容提交当中吧。 - - 2. 用文本编辑器打开该文件，输入如下一段： - +1. 创建 `about.md` 文件：`hugo new about.md` 。注意它是 `about.md`，不是 `posts/about.md`。该页面不是博客提交内容，所以你不想它显示到博客内容提交当中吧。 +2. 用文本编辑器打开该文件，输入如下一段： + ``` +++ - title = "About" - date = 2018-03-03T13:50:49+01:00 - menu = "main" #Display this page on the nav menu - weight = "30" #Right-most nav item - meta = "false" #Do not display tags or categories - +++ - > Waves are the practice of the water. Shunryu Suzuki - - ``` - - 当你启动你的服务器并输入：`http://localhost:1313/`，你将会看到你的博客。（访问我 Gihub 主页上的 [例子][6] ）如果你想让文章的菜单栏和 Github 相似，给 `themes/kiera/static/css/styles.css` 打上这个 [补丁][7]。 - +title = "About" +date = 2018-03-03T13:50:49+01:00 +menu = "main" #Display this page on the nav menu +weight = "30" #Right-most nav item +meta = "false" #Do not display tags or categories ++++ +> Waves are the practice of the water. Shunryu Suzuki +``` + +当你启动你的服务器并输入：`http://localhost:1313/`，你将会看到你的博客。（访问我 Gihub 主页上的 [例子][6] ）如果你想让文章的菜单栏和 Github 相似，给 `themes/kiera/static/css/styles.css` 打上这个 [补丁][7]。 + -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- via: https://opensource.com/article/18/3/start-blog-30-minutes-hugo -作者：[Marek Czernek][a] - -译者：[jrg](https://github.com/jrglinux) - -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +作者：[Marek Czernek][a] 
译者：[jrg](https://github.com/jrglinux) 
校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 [a]:https://opensource.com/users/mczernek - [1]:https://gohugo.io/ - [2]:https://github.com/gohugoio/hugo/releases - [3]:https://gohugo.io/getting-started/installing/ - [4]:https://themes.gohugo.io/ - [5]:https://github.com/avianto/hugo-kiera - [6]:https://m-czernek.github.io/awesome-blog/ - [7]:https://github.com/avianto/hugo-kiera/pull/18/files From 91ba4a1a4e21569a207d790e899be1a857c8c3e2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Tue, 25 Sep 2018 22:38:49 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 152/246] PUB:20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md @jrglinux https://linux.cn/article-10048-1.html --- ...30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md b/published/20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md rename to published/20180326 Start a blog in 30 minutes with Hugo, a static site generator written in Go.md From 244a857e0f0f69d469a8ff6b1f96b6a6ca0f0a5e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: GraveAccent Date: Tue, 25 Sep 2018 23:25:55 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 153/246] =?UTF-8?q?GraveAccent=E7=BF=BB=E8=AF=91=E5=AE=8C?= =?UTF-8?q?=E6=88=90?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ... Rendering in React using Ternaries and.md | 206 ------------------ ... Rendering in React using Ternaries and.md | 205 +++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 205 insertions(+), 206 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180201 Conditional Rendering in React using Ternaries and.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180201 Conditional Rendering in React using Ternaries and.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180201 Conditional Rendering in React using Ternaries and.md b/sources/tech/20180201 Conditional Rendering in React using Ternaries and.md deleted file mode 100644 index b99c787e31..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180201 Conditional Rendering in React using Ternaries and.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,206 +0,0 @@ -GraveAccent 翻译中 Conditional Rendering in React using Ternaries and Logical AND -============================================================ - - -![](https://cdn-images-1.medium.com/max/2000/1*eASRJrCIVgsy5VbNMAzD9w.jpeg) -Photo by [Brendan Church][1] on [Unsplash][2] - -There are several ways that your React component can decide what to render. You can use the traditional `if` statement or the `switch` statement. In this article, we’ll explore a few alternatives. But be warned that some come with their own gotchas, if you’re not careful. - -### Ternary vs if/else - -Let’s say we have a component that is passed a `name` prop. If the string is non-empty, we display a greeting. Otherwise we tell the user they need to sign in. - -Here’s a Stateless Function Component (SFC) that does just that. - -``` -const MyComponent = ({ name }) => { - if (name) { - return ( -
- Hello {name} -
- ); - } - return ( -
- Please sign in -
- ); -}; -``` - -Pretty straightforward. But we can do better. Here’s the same component written using a conditional ternary operator. - -``` -const MyComponent = ({ name }) => ( -
- {name ? `Hello ${name}` : 'Please sign in'} -
-); -``` - -Notice how concise this code is compared to the example above. - -A few things to note. Because we are using the single statement form of the arrow function, the `return` statement is implied. Also, using a ternary allowed us to DRY up the duplicate `
` markup. 🎉 - -### Ternary vs Logical AND - -As you can see, ternaries are wonderful for `if/else` conditions. But what about simple `if` conditions? - -Let’s look at another example. If `isPro` (a boolean) is `true`, we are to display a trophy emoji. We are also to render the number of stars (if not zero). We could go about it like this. - -``` -const MyComponent = ({ name, isPro, stars}) => ( -
-
- Hello {name} - {isPro ? '🏆' : null} -
- {stars ? ( -
- Stars:{'⭐️'.repeat(stars)} -
- ) : null} -
-); -``` - -But notice the “else” conditions return `null`. This is becasue a ternary expects an else condition. - -For simple `if` conditions, we could use something a little more fitting: the logical AND operator. Here’s the same code written using a logical AND. - -``` -const MyComponent = ({ name, isPro, stars}) => ( -
-
- Hello {name} - {isPro && '🏆'} -
- {stars && ( -
- Stars:{'⭐️'.repeat(stars)} -
- )} -
-); -``` - -Not too different, but notice how we eliminated the `: null` (i.e. else condition) at the end of each ternary. Everything should render just like it did before. - - -Hey! What gives with John? There is a `0` when nothing should be rendered. That’s the gotcha that I was referring to above. Here’s why. - -[According to MDN][3], a Logical AND (i.e. `&&`): - -> `expr1 && expr2` - -> Returns `expr1` if it can be converted to `false`; otherwise, returns `expr2`. Thus, when used with Boolean values, `&&` returns `true` if both operands are true; otherwise, returns `false`. - -OK, before you start pulling your hair out, let me break it down for you. - -In our case, `expr1` is the variable `stars`, which has a value of `0`. Because zero is falsey, `0` is returned and rendered. See, that wasn’t too bad. - -I would write this simply. - -> If `expr1` is falsey, returns `expr1`, else returns `expr2`. - -So, when using a logical AND with non-boolean values, we must make the falsey value return something that React won’t render. Say, like a value of `false`. - -There are a few ways that we can accomplish this. Let’s try this instead. - -``` -{!!stars && ( -
- {'⭐️'.repeat(stars)} -
-)} -``` - -Notice the double bang operator (i.e. `!!`) in front of `stars`. (Well, actually there is no “double bang operator”. We’re just using the bang operator twice.) - -The first bang operator will coerce the value of `stars` into a boolean and then perform a NOT operation. If `stars` is `0`, then `!stars` will produce `true`. - -Then we perform a second NOT operation, so if `stars` is 0, `!!stars` would produce `false`. Exactly what we want. - -If you’re not a fan of `!!`, you can also force a boolean like this (which I find a little wordy). - -``` -{Boolean(stars) && ( -``` - -Or simply give a comparator that results in a boolean value (which some might say is even more semantic). - -``` -{stars > 0 && ( -``` - -#### A word on strings - -Empty string values suffer the same issue as numbers. But because a rendered empty string is invisible, it’s not a problem that you will likely have to deal with, or will even notice. However, if you are a perfectionist and don’t want an empty string on your DOM, you should take similar precautions as we did for numbers above. - -### Another solution - -A possible solution, and one that scales to other variables in the future, would be to create a separate `shouldRenderStars` variable. Then you are dealing with boolean values in your logical AND. - -``` -const shouldRenderStars = stars > 0; -``` - -``` -return ( -
- {shouldRenderStars && ( -
- {'⭐️'.repeat(stars)} -
- )} -
-); -``` - -Then, if in the future, the business rule is that you also need to be logged in, own a dog, and drink light beer, you could change how `shouldRenderStars` is computed, and what is returned would remain unchanged. You could also place this logic elsewhere where it’s testable and keep the rendering explicit. - -``` -const shouldRenderStars = - stars > 0 && loggedIn && pet === 'dog' && beerPref === 'light`; -``` - -``` -return ( -
- {shouldRenderStars && ( -
- {'⭐️'.repeat(stars)} -
- )} -
-); -``` - -### Conclusion - -I’m of the opinion that you should make best use of the language. And for JavaScript, this means using conditional ternary operators for `if/else`conditions and logical AND operators for simple `if` conditions. - -While we could just retreat back to our safe comfy place where we use the ternary operator everywhere, you now possess the knowledge and power to go forth AND prosper. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -作者简介： - -Managing Editor at the American Express Engineering Blog http://aexp.io and Director of Engineering @AmericanExpress. MyViews !== ThoseOfMyEmployer. - ----------------- - -via: https://medium.freecodecamp.org/conditional-rendering-in-react-using-ternaries-and-logical-and-7807f53b6935 - -作者：[Donavon West][a] -译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]:https://medium.freecodecamp.org/@donavon -[1]:https://unsplash.com/photos/pKeF6Tt3c08?utm_source=unsplash&utm_medium=referral&utm_content=creditCopyText -[2]:https://unsplash.com/search/photos/road-sign?utm_source=unsplash&utm_medium=referral&utm_content=creditCopyText -[3]:https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/JavaScript/Reference/Operators/Logical_Operators diff --git a/translated/tech/20180201 Conditional Rendering in React using Ternaries and.md b/translated/tech/20180201 Conditional Rendering in React using Ternaries and.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..aa7ba0017e --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180201 Conditional Rendering in React using Ternaries and.md @@ -0,0 +1,205 @@ +在 React 条件渲染中使用三元表达式和 “&&” +============================================================ + +![](https://cdn-images-1.medium.com/max/2000/1*eASRJrCIVgsy5VbNMAzD9w.jpeg) +Photo by [Brendan Church][1] on [Unsplash][2] + +React 组件可以通过多种方式决定渲染内容。你可以使用传统的 if 语句或 switch 语句。在本文中，我们将探讨一些替代方案。但要注意，如果你不小心，有些方案会带来自己的陷阱。 + +### 三元表达式 vs if/else + +假设我们有一个组件被传进来一个 `name` prop。 如果这个字符串非空，我们会显示一个问候语。否则，我们会告诉用户他们需要登录。 + +这是一个只实现了如上功能的无状态函数式组件。 + +``` +const MyComponent = ({ name }) => { + if (name) { + return ( +
+ Hello {name} +
+ ); + } + return ( +
+ Please sign in +
+ ); +}; +``` + +这个很简单但是我们可以做得更好。这是使用三元运算符编写的相同组件。 + +``` +const MyComponent = ({ name }) => ( +
+ {name ? `Hello ${name}` : 'Please sign in'} +
+); +``` + +请注意这段代码与上面的例子相比是多么简洁。 + +有几点需要注意。因为我们使用了箭头函数的单语句形式，所以隐含了return语句。另外，使用三元运算符允许我们省略掉重复的 `
` 标记。🎉 + +### 三元表达式 vs && + +正如您所看到的，三元表达式用于表达 if/else 条件式非常好。但是对于简单的 if 条件式怎么样呢？ + +让我们看另一个例子。如果 isPro（一个布尔值）为真，我们将显示一个奖杯表情符号。我们也要渲染星星的数量（如果不是0）。我们可以这样写。 + +``` +const MyComponent = ({ name, isPro, stars}) => ( +
+
+ Hello {name} + {isPro ? '🏆' : null} +
+ {stars ? ( +
+ Stars:{'⭐️'.repeat(stars)} +
+ ) : null} +
+); +``` + +请注意 “else” 条件返回 null 。 这是因为三元表达式要有"否则"条件。 + +对于简单的 “if” 条件式，我们可以使用更合适的东西：&& 运算符。这是使用 “&&” 编写的相同代码。 + +``` +const MyComponent = ({ name, isPro, stars}) => ( +
+
+ Hello {name} + {isPro && '🏆'} +
+ {stars && ( +
+ Stars:{'⭐️'.repeat(stars)} +
+ )} +
+); +``` + +没有太多区别，但是注意我们消除了每个三元表达式最后面的 `: null` （else 条件式）。一切都应该像以前一样渲染。 + + +嘿！约翰得到了什么？当什么都不应该渲染时，只有一个0。这就是我上面提到的陷阱。这里有解释为什么。 + +[根据 MDN][3]，一个逻辑运算符“和”（也就是`&&`）： + +> `expr1 && expr2` + +> 如果 `expr1` 可以被转换成 `false` ，返回 `expr1`；否则返回 `expr2`。 如此，当与布尔值一起使用时，如果两个操作数都是 true，`&&` 返回 `true` ；否则，返回 `false`。 + +好的，在你开始拔头发之前，让我为你解释它。 + +在我们这个例子里， `expr1` 是变量 `stars`，它的值是 `0`，因为0是 falsey 的值, `0` 会被返回和渲染。看，这还不算太坏。 + +我会简单地这么写。 + +> 如果 `expr1` 是 falsey，返回 `expr1` ，否则返回 `expr2` + +所以，当对非布尔值使用 “&&” 时，我们必须让 falsy 的值返回 React 无法渲染的东西，比如说，`false` 这个值。 + +我们可以通过几种方式实现这一目标。让我们试试吧。 + +``` +{!!stars && ( +
+ {'⭐️'.repeat(stars)} +
+)} +``` + +注意 `stars` 前的双感叹操作符（ `!!`）（呃，其实没有双感叹操作符。我们只是用了感叹操作符两次）。 + +第一个感叹操作符会强迫 `stars` 的值变成布尔值并且进行一次“非”操作。如果 `stars` 是 `0` ，那么 `!stars` 会 是 `true`。 + +然后我们执行第二个`非`操作，所以如果 `stars` 是0，`!!stars` 会是 `false`。正好是我们想要的。 + +如果你不喜欢 `!!`，那么你也可以强制转换出一个布尔数比如这样（这种方式我觉得有点冗长）。 + +``` +{Boolean(stars) && ( +``` + +或者只是用比较符产生一个布尔值（有些人会说这样甚至更加语义化）。 + +``` +{stars > 0 && ( +``` + +#### 关于字符串 + +空字符串与数字有一样的毛病。但是因为渲染后的空字符串是不可见的，所以这不是那种你很可能会去处理的难题，甚至可能不会注意到它。然而，如果你是完美主义者并且不希望DOM上有空字符串，你应采取我们上面对数字采取的预防措施。 + +### 其它解决方案 + +一种可能的将来可扩展到其他变量的解决方案，是创建一个单独的 `shouldRenderStars` 变量。然后你用“&&”处理布尔值。 + +``` +const shouldRenderStars = stars > 0; +``` + +``` +return ( +
+ {shouldRenderStars && ( +
+ {'⭐️'.repeat(stars)} +
+ )} +
+); +``` + +之后，在将来，如果业务规则要求你还需要已登录，拥有一条狗以及喝淡啤酒，你可以改变 `shouldRenderStars` 的得出方式，而返回的内容保持不变。你还可以把这个逻辑放在其它可测试的地方，并且保持渲染明晰。 + +``` +const shouldRenderStars = + stars > 0 && loggedIn && pet === 'dog' && beerPref === 'light`; +``` + +``` +return ( +
+ {shouldRenderStars && ( +
+ {'⭐️'.repeat(stars)} +
+ )} +
+); +``` + +### 结论 + +我认为你应该充分利用这种语言。对于 JavaScript，这意味着为 `if/else` 条件式使用三元表达式，以及为 `if` 条件式使用 `&&` 操作符。 + +我们可以回到每处都使用三元运算符的舒适区，但你现在消化了这些知识和力量，可以继续前进 && 取得成功了。 + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +作者简介： + +美国运通工程博客的执行编辑 http://aexp.io 以及 @AmericanExpress 的工程总监。MyViews !== ThoseOfMyEmployer. + +---------------- + +via: https://medium.freecodecamp.org/conditional-rendering-in-react-using-ternaries-and-logical-and-7807f53b6935 + +作者：[Donavon West][a] +译者：[GraveAccent](https://github.com/GraveAccent) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]:https://medium.freecodecamp.org/@donavon +[1]:https://unsplash.com/photos/pKeF6Tt3c08?utm_source=unsplash&utm_medium=referral&utm_content=creditCopyText +[2]:https://unsplash.com/search/photos/road-sign?utm_source=unsplash&utm_medium=referral&utm_content=creditCopyText +[3]:https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/JavaScript/Reference/Operators/Logical_Operators From bb41fabb48c81c9f48faacdb09519cb1cc94c037 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: geekpi Date: Wed, 26 Sep 2018 08:57:21 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 154/246] translated --- ...age Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md | 49 ------------------- ...age Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md | 47 ++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 47 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180918 How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180918 How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180918 How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md b/sources/tech/20180918 How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md deleted file mode 100644 index f81d944570..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180918 How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,49 +0,0 @@ -translating---geekpi - -How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04 -====== - -![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/ipv4-720x340.png) - -**APT** , short or **A** dvanced **P** ackage **T** ool, is the default package manager for Debian-based systems. Using APT, we can install, update, upgrade and remove applications from the system. Lately, I have been facing a strange error. Whenever I try update my Ubuntu 16.04 box, I get this error – **“0% [Connecting to in.archive.ubuntu.com (2001:67c:1560:8001::14)]”** and the update process gets stuck for a long time. My Internet connection is working well and I can able to ping all websites including Ubuntu official site. After a couple Google searches, I realized that sometimes the Ubuntu mirrors are not reachable over IPv6. This problem is solved after I force APT package manager to use IPv4 in place of IPv6 to access Ubuntu mirrors while updating the system. If you ever encountered with this error, you can solve it as described below. - -### Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04 - -To force APT to use IPv4 in place of IPv6 while updating and upgrading your Ubuntu 16.04 LTS systems, simply use the following commands: - -``` -$ sudo apt-get -o Acquire::ForceIPv4=true update - -$ sudo apt-get -o Acquire::ForceIPv4=true upgrade -``` - -Voila! This time update process run and completed quickly. - -You can also make this persistent for all **apt-get** transactions in the future by adding the following line in **/etc/apt/apt.conf.d/99force-ipv4** file using command: - -``` -$ echo 'Acquire::ForceIPv4 "true";' | sudo tee /etc/apt/apt.conf.d/99force-ipv4 -``` - -**Disclaimer:** - -I don’t know if anyone is having this issue lately, but I kept getting this error today at least four to five times in my Ubuntu 16.04 LTS virtual machine and I solved it as described above. I am not sure that it is the recommended solution. Go through Ubuntu forums and make sure this method is legitimate. Since mine is just a VM which I use it only for testing and learning purposes, I don’t mind about the authenticity of this method. Use it on your own risk. - -Hope this helps. More good stuffs to come. Stay tuned! - -Cheers! - - - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://www.ostechnix.com/how-to-force-apt-package-manager-to-use-ipv4-in-ubuntu-16-04/ - -作者：[SK][a] -选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ diff --git a/translated/tech/20180918 How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md b/translated/tech/20180918 How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..02bc39addc --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180918 How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +如何在 Ubuntu 16.04 强制 APT 包管理器使用 IPv4 +====== + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/ipv4-720x340.png) + +**APT**, 是 **A** dvanced **P** ackage **T** ool 的缩写，是基于 Debian 的系统的默认包管理器。我们可以使用 APT 安装、更新、升级和删除应用程序。最近，我一直遇到一个奇怪的错误。每当我尝试更新我的 Ubuntu 16.04 时，我都会收到此错误 - **“0% [Connecting to in.archive.ubuntu.com (2001:67c:1560:8001::14)]”** ，同时更新流程会卡住很长时间。我的网络连接没问题，我可以 ping 通所有网站，包括 Ubuntu 官方网站。在搜索了一番谷歌后，我意识到 Ubuntu 镜像有时无法通过 IPv6 访问。在我强制将 APT 包管理器在更新系统时使用 IPv4 代替 IPv6 访问 Ubuntu 镜像后，此问题得以解决。如果你遇到过此错误，可以按照以下说明解决。 + +### 强制 APT 包管理器在 Ubuntu 16.04 中使用 IPv4 + +要在更新和升级 Ubuntu 16.04 LTS 系统时强制 APT 使用 IPv4 代替 IPv6，只需使用以下命令： + +``` +$ sudo apt-get -o Acquire::ForceIPv4=true update + +$ sudo apt-get -o Acquire::ForceIPv4=true upgrade +``` + +瞧！这次更新很快就完成了。 + +你还可以使用以下命令在 **/etc/apt/apt.conf.d/99force-ipv4** 中添加以下行，以便将来对所有 **apt-get** 事务保持持久性： + +``` +$ echo 'Acquire::ForceIPv4 "true";' | sudo tee /etc/apt/apt.conf.d/99force-ipv4 +``` + +**免责声明：** + +我不知道最近是否有人遇到这个问题，但我今天在我的 Ubuntu 16.04 LTS 虚拟机中遇到了至少四五次这样的错误，我按照上面的说法解决了这个问题。我不确定这是推荐的解决方案。请浏览 Ubuntu 论坛来确保此方法合法。由于我只是一个 VM，我只将它用于测试和学习目的，我不介意这种方法的真实性。请自行承担使用风险。 + +希望这有帮助。还有更多的好东西。敬请关注！ + +干杯! + + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.ostechnix.com/how-to-force-apt-package-manager-to-use-ipv4-in-ubuntu-16-04/ + +作者：[SK][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ From 557ab76142c14188ffce06d086757f49eff391b8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: geekpi Date: Wed, 26 Sep 2018 09:03:16 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 155/246] translating --- ...Your Linux Desktop With browser-mpris2 (Chrome Extension).md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180816 Add YouTube Player Controls To Your Linux Desktop With browser-mpris2 (Chrome Extension).md b/sources/tech/20180816 Add YouTube Player Controls To Your Linux Desktop With browser-mpris2 (Chrome Extension).md index 1a0f1e9dbe..acc8f56e0c 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180816 Add YouTube Player Controls To Your Linux Desktop With browser-mpris2 (Chrome Extension).md +++ b/sources/tech/20180816 Add YouTube Player Controls To Your Linux Desktop With browser-mpris2 (Chrome Extension).md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +translating---geekpi + Add YouTube Player Controls To Your Linux Desktop With browser-mpris2 (Chrome Extension) ====== A Unity feature that I miss (it only actually worked for a short while though) is automatically getting player controls in the Ubuntu Sound Indicator when visiting a website like YouTube in a web browser, so you could pause or stop the video directly from the top bar, as well as see the video / song information and a preview. From db69db3e9257d0ff232615c8cb6d5691373f43ee Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Wed, 26 Sep 2018 09:09:53 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 156/246] PRF:20180725 How do private keys work in PKI and cryptography.md MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit @pinewall 翻译的棒极了 --- ...ivate keys work in PKI and cryptography.md | 31 ++++++++++--------- 1 file changed, 16 insertions(+), 15 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180725 How do private keys work in PKI and cryptography.md b/translated/tech/20180725 How do private keys work in PKI and cryptography.md index 6c42531396..e52e7282a7 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180725 How do private keys work in PKI and cryptography.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180725 How do private keys work in PKI and cryptography.md @@ -1,47 +1,48 @@ -PKI 和 密码学中的私钥的角色 +公钥基础设施和密码学中的私钥的角色 ====== +> 了解如何验证某人所声称的身份。 ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/security_privacy_lock.png?itok=ZWjrpFzx) -在[上一篇文章][1]中，我们概述了密码学并讨论了密码学的核心概念：保密性confidentiality （让数据保密），完整性integrity （防止数据被篡改）和身份认证authentication （确认数据源的身份identity）。由于要在存在各种身份混乱的现实世界中完成身份认证，人们逐渐建立起一个复杂的技术生态体系technological ecosystem，用于证明某人就是其声称的那个人。在本文中，我们将大致介绍这些体系是如何工作的。 +在[上一篇文章][1]中，我们概述了密码学并讨论了密码学的核心概念：保密性confidentiality （让数据保密）、完整性integrity （防止数据被篡改）和身份认证authentication （确认数据源的身份identity）。由于要在存在各种身份混乱的现实世界中完成身份认证，人们逐渐建立起一个复杂的技术生态体系technological ecosystem，用于证明某人就是其声称的那个人。在本文中，我们将大致介绍这些体系是如何工作的。 -### 公钥密码学及数字签名快速回顾 +### 快速回顾公钥密码学及数字签名 互联网世界中的身份认证依赖于公钥密码学，其中密钥分为两部分：拥有者需要保密的私钥和可以对外公开的公钥。经过公钥加密过的数据，只能用对应的私钥解密。举个例子，对于希望与[记者][2]建立联系的举报人来说，这个特性非常有用。但就本文介绍的内容而言，私钥更重要的用途是与一个消息一起创建一个数字签名digital signature，用于提供完整性和身份认证。 -在实际应用中，我们签名的并不是真实消息，而是经过密码学哈希函数cryptographic hash function处理过的消息摘要digest。要发送一个包含源代码的压缩文件，发送者会对该压缩文件的 256 比特长度的 [SHA-256][3] 摘要而不是文件本身进行签名，然后用明文发送该压缩包（和签名）。接收者会独立计算收到文件的 SHA-256 摘要，然后结合该摘要、收到的签名及发送者的公钥，使用签名验证算法进行验证。验证过程取决于加密算法，加密算法不同，验证过程也相应不同；而且，由于不断发现微妙的触发条件，签名验证[漏洞][4]依然[层出不穷][5]。如果签名验证通过，说明文件在传输过程中没有被篡改而且来自于发送者，这是因为只有发送者拥有创建签名所需的私钥。 +在实际应用中，我们签名的并不是真实消息，而是经过密码学哈希函数cryptographic hash function处理过的消息摘要digest。要发送一个包含源代码的压缩文件，发送者会对该压缩文件的 256 比特长度的 [SHA-256][3] 摘要进行签名，而不是文件本身进行签名，然后用明文发送该压缩包（和签名）。接收者会独立计算收到文件的 SHA-256 摘要，然后结合该摘要、收到的签名及发送者的公钥，使用签名验证算法进行验证。验证过程取决于加密算法，加密算法不同，验证过程也相应不同；而且，很微妙的是签名验证[漏洞][4]依然[层出不穷][5]。如果签名验证通过，说明文件在传输过程中没有被篡改而且来自于发送者，这是因为只有发送者拥有创建签名所需的私钥。 ### 方案中缺失的环节 上述方案中缺失了一个重要的环节：我们从哪里获得发送者的公钥？发送者可以将公钥与消息一起发送，但除了发送者的自我宣称，我们无法核验其身份。假设你是一名银行柜员，一名顾客走过来向你说，“你好，我是 Jane Doe，我要取一笔钱”。当你要求其证明身份时，她指着衬衫上贴着的姓名标签说道，“看，Jane Doe！”。如果我是这个柜员，我会礼貌的拒绝她的请求。 -如果你认识发送者，你们可以私下见面并彼此交换公钥。如果你并不认识发送者，你们可以私下见面，检查对方的证件，确认真实性后接受对方的公钥。为提高流程效率，你可以举办聚会并邀请一堆人，检查他们的证件，然后接受他们的公钥。此外，如果你认识并信任 Jane Doe （尽管她在银行的表现比较反常），Jane 可以参加聚会，收集大家的公钥然后交给你。事实上，Jane 可以使用她自己的私钥对这些公钥（及对应的身份信息）进行签名，进而你可以从一个[线上密钥库][7]获取公钥（及对应的身份信息）并信任已被 Jane 签名的那部分。如果一个人的公钥被很多你信任的人（即使你并不认识他们）签名，你也可能选择信任这个人。按照这种方式，你可以建立一个[信任网络Web of Trust][8]。 +如果你认识发送者，你们可以私下见面并彼此交换公钥。如果你并不认识发送者，你们可以私下见面，检查对方的证件，确认真实性后接受对方的公钥。为提高流程效率，你可以举办[聚会][6]并邀请一堆人，检查他们的证件，然后接受他们的公钥。此外，如果你认识并信任 Jane Doe（尽管她在银行的表现比较反常），Jane 可以参加聚会，收集大家的公钥然后交给你。事实上，Jane 可以使用她自己的私钥对这些公钥（及对应的身份信息）进行签名，进而你可以从一个[线上密钥库][7]获取公钥（及对应的身份信息）并信任已被 Jane 签名的那部分。如果一个人的公钥被很多你信任的人（即使你并不认识他们）签名，你也可能选择信任这个人。按照这种方式，你可以建立一个[信任网络][8]Web of Trust。 -但事情也变得更加复杂：我们需要建立一种标准的编码机制，可以将公钥和其对应的身份信息编码成一个数字捆绑digital bundle，以便我们进一步进行签名。更准确的说，这类数字捆绑被称为证书cerificates。我们还需要可以创建、使用和管理这些证书的工具链。满足诸如此类的各种需求的方案构成了公钥基础设施public key infrastructure, PKI。 +但事情也变得更加复杂：我们需要建立一种标准的编码机制，可以将公钥和其对应的身份信息编码成一个数字捆绑digital bundle，以便我们进一步进行签名。更准确的说，这类数字捆绑被称为证书cerificate。我们还需要可以创建、使用和管理这些证书的工具链。满足诸如此类的各种需求的方案构成了公钥基础设施public key infrastructure（PKI）。 ### 比信任网络更进一步 -你可以用人际关系网类比信任网络。如果人们之间广泛互信，可以很容易找到（两个人之间的）一条短信任链short path of trust：不妨以社交圈为例。基于 [GPG][9] 加密的邮件依赖于信任网络，（[理论上][10]）只适用于与少量朋友、家庭或同事进行联系的情形。 +你可以用人际关系网类比信任网络。如果人们之间广泛互信，可以很容易找到（两个人之间的）一条短信任链short path of trust：就像一个社交圈。基于 [GPG][9] 加密的邮件依赖于信任网络，（[理论上][10]）只适用于与少量朋友、家庭或同事进行联系的情形。 （LCTT 译注：作者提到的“短信任链”应该是暗示“六度空间理论”，即任意两个陌生人之间所间隔的人一般不会超过 6 个。对 GPG 的唱衰，一方面是因为密钥管理的复杂性没有改善，另一方面 Yahoo 和 Google 都提出了更便利的端到端加密方案。） -在实际应用中，信任网络有一些["硬伤"significant problems][11]，主要是在可扩展性方面。当网络规模逐渐增大或者人们之间的连接逐渐降低时，信任网络就会慢慢失效。如果信任链逐渐变长，信任链中某人有意或无意误签证书的几率也会逐渐增大。如果信任链不存在，你不得不自己创建一条信任链；具体而言，你与其它组织建立联系，验证它们的密钥符合你的要求。考虑下面的场景，你和你的朋友要访问一个从未使用过的在线商店。你首先需要核验网站所用的公钥属于其对应的公司而不是伪造者，进而建立安全通信信道，最后完成下订单操作。核验公钥的方法包括去实体店、打电话等，都比较麻烦。这样会导致在线购物变得不那么便利（或者说不那么安全，毕竟很多人会图省事，不去核验密钥）。 +在实际应用中，信任网络有一些“[硬伤][11]significant problems”，主要是在可扩展性方面。当网络规模逐渐增大或者人们之间的连接较少时，信任网络就会慢慢失效。如果信任链逐渐变长，信任链中某人有意或无意误签证书的几率也会逐渐增大。如果信任链不存在，你不得不自己创建一条信任链，与其它组织建立联系，验证它们的密钥以符合你的要求。考虑下面的场景，你和你的朋友要访问一个从未使用过的在线商店。你首先需要核验网站所用的公钥属于其对应的公司而不是伪造者，进而建立安全通信信道，最后完成下订单操作。核验公钥的方法包括去实体店、打电话等，都比较麻烦。这样会导致在线购物变得不那么便利（或者说不那么安全，毕竟很多人会图省事，不去核验密钥）。 -如果世界上有那么几个格外值得信任的人，他们专门负责核验和签发网站证书，情况会怎样呢？你可以只信任他们，那么浏览互联网也会变得更加容易。整体来看，这就是当今互联网的工作方式。那些“格外值得信任的人”就是被称为证书颁发机构cerificate authorities, CAs的公司。当网站希望获得公钥签名时，只需向 CA 提交证书签名请求certificate signing request。 +如果世界上有那么几个格外值得信任的人，他们专门负责核验和签发网站证书，情况会怎样呢？你可以只信任他们，那么浏览互联网也会变得更加容易。整体来看，这就是当今互联网的工作方式。那些“格外值得信任的人”就是被称为证书颁发机构cerificate authoritie（CA）的公司。当网站希望获得公钥签名时，只需向 CA 提交证书签名请求certificate signing request（CSR）。 -CSR 类似于包括公钥和身份信息（在本例中，即服务器的主机名）的存根stub证书，但CA 并不会直接对 CSR 本身进行签名。CA 在签名之前会进行一些验证。对于一些证书类型（LCTT 译注：DVDomain Validated 类型），CA 只验证申请者的确是 CSR 中列出主机名对应域名的控制者（例如通过邮件验证，让申请者完成指定的域名解析）。[对于另一些证书类型][12] （LCTT 译注：链接中提到EVExtended Validated 类型，其实还有 OVOrganization Validated 类型），CA 还会检查相关法律文书，例如公司营业执照等。一旦验证完成，CA（一般在申请者付费后）会从 CSR 中取出数据（即公钥和身份信息），使用 CA 自己的私钥进行签名，创建一个（签名）证书并发送给申请者。申请者将该证书部署在网站服务器上，当用户使用 HTTPS （或其它基于 [TLS][13] 加密的协议）与服务器通信时，该证书被分发给用户。 +CSR 类似于包括公钥和身份信息（在本例中，即服务器的主机名）的存根stub证书，但 CA 并不会直接对 CSR 本身进行签名。CA 在签名之前会进行一些验证。对于一些证书类型（LCTT 译注：域名证实Domain Validated（DV） 类型），CA 只验证申请者的确是 CSR 中列出主机名对应域名的控制者（例如通过邮件验证，让申请者完成指定的域名解析）。[对于另一些证书类型][12] （LCTT 译注：链接中提到扩展证实Extended Validated（EV）类型，其实还有 OVOrganization Validated 类型），CA 还会检查相关法律文书，例如公司营业执照等。一旦验证完成，CA（一般在申请者付费后）会从 CSR 中取出数据（即公钥和身份信息），使用 CA 自己的私钥进行签名，创建一个（签名）证书并发送给申请者。申请者将该证书部署在网站服务器上，当用户使用 HTTPS （或其它基于 [TLS][13] 加密的协议）与服务器通信时，该证书被分发给用户。 -当用户访问该网站时，浏览器获取该证书，接着检查证书中的主机名是否与当前正在连接的网站一致（下文会详细说明），核验 CA 签名有效性。如果其中一步验证不通过，浏览器会给出安全警告并切断与网站的连接。反之，如果验证通过，浏览器会使用证书中的公钥核验服务器发送的签名信息，确认该服务器持有该证书的私钥。有几种算法用于协商后续通信用到的共享密钥shared secret key，其中一种也用到了服务器发送的签名信息。密钥交换Key exchange算法不在本文的讨论范围，可以参考这个[视频][14]，其中仔细说明了一种密钥交换算法。 +当用户访问该网站时，浏览器获取该证书，接着检查证书中的主机名是否与当前正在连接的网站一致（下文会详细说明），核验 CA 签名有效性。如果其中一步验证不通过，浏览器会给出安全警告并切断与网站的连接。反之，如果验证通过，浏览器会使用证书中的公钥来核验该服务器发送的签名信息，确认该服务器持有该证书的私钥。有几种算法用于协商后续通信用到的共享密钥shared secret key，其中一种也用到了服务器发送的签名信息。密钥交换key exchange算法不在本文的讨论范围，可以参考这个[视频][14]，其中仔细说明了一种密钥交换算法。 ### 建立信任 你可能会问，“如果 CA 使用其私钥对证书进行签名，也就意味着我们需要使用 CA 的公钥验证证书。那么 CA 的公钥从何而来，谁对其进行签名呢？” 答案是 CA 对自己签名！可以使用证书公钥对应的私钥，对证书本身进行签名！这类签名证书被称为是自签名的self-signed；在 PKI 体系下，这意味着对你说“相信我”。（为了表达方便，人们通常说用证书进行了签名，虽然真正用于签名的私钥并不在证书中。） -通过遵守[浏览器][15]和[操作系统][16]供应商建立的规则，CA 表明自己足够可靠并寻求加入到浏览器或操作系统预装的一组自签名证书中。这些证书被称为“信任锚trust anchors”或 CA 根证书root CA certificates，被存储在根证书区，我们约定implicitly信任该区域内的证书。 +通过遵守[浏览器][15]和[操作系统][16]供应商建立的规则，CA 表明自己足够可靠并寻求加入到浏览器或操作系统预装的一组自签名证书中。这些证书被称为“信任锚trust anchor”或 CA 根证书root CA certificate，被存储在根证书区，我们约定implicitly信任该区域内的证书。 CA 也可以签发一种特殊的证书，该证书自身可以作为 CA。在这种情况下，它们可以生成一个证书链。要核验证书链，需要从“信任锚”（也就是 CA 根证书）开始，使用当前证书的公钥核验下一层证书的签名（或其它一些信息）。按照这个方式依次核验下一层证书，直到证书链底部。如果整个核验过程没有问题，信任链也建立完成。当向 CA 付费为网站签发证书时，实际购买的是将证书放置在证书链下的权利。CA 将卖出的证书标记为“不可签发子证书”，这样它们可以在适当的长度终止信任链（防止其继续向下扩展）。 -为何要使用长度超过 2 的信任链呢？毕竟网站的证书可以直接被 CA 根证书签名。在实际应用中，很多因素促使 CA 创建中间 CA 证书intermediate CA certificate，最主要是为了方便。由于价值连城，CA 根证书对应的私钥通常被存放在特定的设备中，一种需要多人解锁的硬件安全模块hardware security module, HSM，该模块完全离线并被保管在配备监控和报警设备的[地下室][18]中。 +为何要使用长度超过 2 的信任链呢？毕竟网站的证书可以直接被 CA 根证书签名。在实际应用中，很多因素促使 CA 创建中间 CA 证书intermediate CA certificate，最主要是为了方便。由于价值连城，CA 根证书对应的私钥通常被存放在特定的设备中，一种需要多人解锁的硬件安全模块hardware security module（HSM），该模块完全离线并被保管在配备监控和报警设备的[地下室][18]中。 CA/浏览器论坛CAB Forum, CA/Browser Forum负责管理 CA，[要求][19]任何与 CA 根证书（LCTT 译注：就像前文提到的那样，这里是指对应的私钥）相关的操作必须由人工完成。设想一下，如果每个证书请求都需要员工将请求内容拷贝到保密介质中、进入地下室、与同事一起解锁 HSM、（使用 CA 根证书对应的私钥）签名证书，最后将签名证书从保密介质中拷贝出来；那么每天为大量网站签发证书是相当繁重乏味的工作。因此，CA 创建内部使用的中间 CA，用于证书签发自动化。 @@ -72,12 +73,12 @@ via: https://opensource.com/article/18/7/private-keys 作者：[Alex Wood][a] 选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者：[pinewall](https://github.com/pinewall) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 [a]:https://opensource.com/users/awood -[1]:https://opensource.com/article/18/5/cryptography-pki +[1]:https://linux.cn/article-9792-1.html [2]:https://theintercept.com/2014/10/28/smuggling-snowden-secrets/ [3]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SHA-2 [4]:https://www.ietf.org/mail-archive/web/openpgp/current/msg00999.html From 33031b4e014adb372bf439f1293bcf50a1b00f99 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Wed, 26 Sep 2018 09:10:24 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 157/246] PUB:20180725 How do private keys work in PKI and cryptography.md @pinewall https://linux.cn/article-10049-1.html --- .../20180725 How do private keys work in PKI and cryptography.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180725 How do private keys work in PKI and cryptography.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180725 How do private keys work in PKI and cryptography.md b/published/20180725 How do private keys work in PKI and cryptography.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180725 How do private keys work in PKI and cryptography.md rename to published/20180725 How do private keys work in PKI and cryptography.md From 832df53f305c831565142cb9d5b3475713ecde01 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Wed, 26 Sep 2018 09:55:09 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 158/246] PRF:20180826 How to capture and analyze packets with tcpdump command on Linux.md @ypingcn --- ...e packets with tcpdump command on Linux.md | 99 +++++++++---------- 1 file changed, 45 insertions(+), 54 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180826 How to capture and analyze packets with tcpdump command on Linux.md b/translated/tech/20180826 How to capture and analyze packets with tcpdump command on Linux.md index 307aeeb0ec..431bbefe5e 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180826 How to capture and analyze packets with tcpdump command on Linux.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180826 How to capture and analyze packets with tcpdump command on Linux.md @@ -1,26 +1,27 @@ 如何在 Linux 上使用 tcpdump 命令捕获和分析数据包 ====== -tcpdump 是一个有名的命令行**数据包分析**工具。我们可以使用 tcpdump 命令捕获实时 TCP/IP 数据包，这些数据包也可以保存到文件中。之后这些捕获的数据包可以通过 tcpdump 命令进行分析。tcpdump 命令在网络级故障排除时变得非常方便。 + +`tcpdump` 是一个有名的命令行**数据包分析**工具。我们可以使用 `tcpdump` 命令捕获实时 TCP/IP 数据包，这些数据包也可以保存到文件中。之后这些捕获的数据包可以通过 `tcpdump` 命令进行分析。`tcpdump` 命令在网络层面进行故障排除时变得非常方便。 ![](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/tcpdump-command-examples-linux.jpg) -tcpdump 在大多数 Linux 发行版中都能用，对于基于 Debian 的Linux，可以使用 apt 命令安装它 +`tcpdump` 在大多数 Linux 发行版中都能用，对于基于 Debian 的Linux，可以使用 `apt` 命令安装它。 ``` # apt install tcpdump -y ``` -在基于 RPM 的 Linux 操作系统上，可以使用下面的 yum 命令安装 tcpdump +在基于 RPM 的 Linux 操作系统上，可以使用下面的 `yum` 命令安装 `tcpdump`。 ``` # yum install tcpdump -y ``` -当我们在没用任何选项的情况下运行 tcpdump 命令时，它将捕获所有接口的数据包。因此，要停止或取消 tcpdump 命令，请输入 '**ctrl+c**'。在本教程中，我们将使用不同的实例来讨论如何捕获和分析数据包， +当我们在没用任何选项的情况下运行 `tcpdump` 命令时，它将捕获所有接口的数据包。因此，要停止或取消 `tcpdump` 命令，请键入 `ctrl+c`。在本教程中，我们将使用不同的实例来讨论如何捕获和分析数据包。 -### 示例: 1) 从特定接口捕获数据包 +### 示例：1）从特定接口捕获数据包 -当我们在没用任何选项的情况下运行 tcpdump 命令时，它将捕获所有接口上的数据包，因此，要从特定接口捕获数据包，请使用选项 '**-i**'，后跟接口名称。 +当我们在没用任何选项的情况下运行 `tcpdump` 命令时，它将捕获所有接口上的数据包，因此，要从特定接口捕获数据包，请使用选项 `-i`，后跟接口名称。 语法： @@ -28,7 +29,7 @@ tcpdump 在大多数 Linux 发行版中都能用，对于基于 Debian 的Linux # tcpdump -i {接口名} ``` -假设我想从接口“enp0s3”捕获数据包 +假设我想从接口 `enp0s3` 捕获数据包。 输出将如下所示， @@ -49,21 +50,21 @@ listening on enp0s3, link-type EN10MB (Ethernet), capture size 262144 bytes ``` -### 示例: 2) 从特定接口捕获特定数量数据包 +### 示例：2）从特定接口捕获特定数量数据包 -假设我们想从特定接口(如“enp0s3”)捕获12个数据包，这可以使用选项 '**-c {数量} -I {接口名称}**' 轻松实现 +假设我们想从特定接口（如 `enp0s3`）捕获 12 个数据包，这可以使用选项 `-c {数量} -I {接口名称}` 轻松实现。 ``` root@compute-0-1 ~]# tcpdump -c 12 -i enp0s3 ``` -上面的命令将生成如下所示的输出 +上面的命令将生成如下所示的输出， [![N-Number-Packsets-tcpdump-interface][1]][2] -### 示例: 3) 显示 tcpdump 的所有可用接口 +### 示例：3）显示 tcpdump 的所有可用接口 -使用 '**-D**' 选项显示 tcpdump 命令的所有可用接口， +使用 `-D` 选项显示 `tcpdump` 命令的所有可用接口， ``` [root@compute-0-1 ~]# tcpdump -D @@ -86,11 +87,11 @@ root@compute-0-1 ~]# tcpdump -c 12 -i enp0s3 [[email protected] ~]# ``` -我正在我的一个openstack计算节点上运行tcpdump命令，这就是为什么在输出中你会看到数字接口、标签接口、网桥和vxlan接口 +我正在我的一个 openstack 计算节点上运行 `tcpdump` 命令，这就是为什么在输出中你会看到数字接口、标签接口、网桥和 vxlan 接口 -### 示例: 4) 捕获带有可读时间戳(-tttt 选项)的数据包 +### 示例：4）捕获带有可读时间戳的数据包（`-tttt` 选项） -默认情况下，在tcpdump命令输出中，没有显示可读性好的时间戳，如果您想将可读性好的时间戳与每个捕获的数据包相关联，那么使用 '**-tttt**'选项，示例如下所示， +默认情况下，在 `tcpdump` 命令输出中，不显示可读性好的时间戳，如果您想将可读性好的时间戳与每个捕获的数据包相关联，那么使用 `-tttt` 选项，示例如下所示， ``` [[email protected] ~]# tcpdump -c 8 -tttt -i enp0s3 @@ -108,12 +109,11 @@ listening on enp0s3, link-type EN10MB (Ethernet), capture size 262144 bytes 134 packets received by filter 69 packets dropped by kernel [[email protected] ~]# - ``` -### 示例: 5) 捕获数据包并将其保存到文件( -w 选项) +### 示例：5）捕获数据包并将其保存到文件（`-w` 选项） -使用 tcpdump 命令中的 '**-w**' 选项将捕获的 TCP/IP 数据包保存到一个文件中，以便我们可以在将来分析这些数据包以供进一步分析。 +使用 `tcpdump` 命令中的 `-w` 选项将捕获的 TCP/IP 数据包保存到一个文件中，以便我们可以在将来分析这些数据包以供进一步分析。 语法： @@ -121,9 +121,9 @@ listening on enp0s3, link-type EN10MB (Ethernet), capture size 262144 bytes # tcpdump -w 文件名.pcap -i {接口名} ``` -注意:文件扩展名必须为 **.pcap** +注意：文件扩展名必须为 `.pcap`。 -假设我要把 '**enp0s3**' 接口捕获到的包保存到文件名为 **enp0s3-26082018.pcap** +假设我要把 `enp0s3` 接口捕获到的包保存到文件名为 `enp0s3-26082018.pcap`。 ``` [root@compute-0-1 ~]# tcpdump -w enp0s3-26082018.pcap -i enp0s3 @@ -140,24 +140,23 @@ tcpdump: listening on enp0s3, link-type EN10MB (Ethernet), capture size 262144 b [root@compute-0-1 ~]# ls anaconda-ks.cfg enp0s3-26082018.pcap [root@compute-0-1 ~]# - ``` -捕获并保存大小**大于 N 字节**的数据包 +捕获并保存大小**大于 N 字节**的数据包。 ``` [root@compute-0-1 ~]# tcpdump -w enp0s3-26082018-2.pcap greater 1024 ``` -捕获并保存大小**小于 N 字节**的数据包 +捕获并保存大小**小于 N 字节**的数据包。 ``` [root@compute-0-1 ~]# tcpdump -w enp0s3-26082018-3.pcap less 1024 ``` -### 示例: 6) 从保存的文件中读取数据包( -r 选项) +### 示例：6）从保存的文件中读取数据包（`-r` 选项） -在上面的例子中，我们已经将捕获的数据包保存到文件中，我们可以使用选项 '**-r**' 从文件中读取这些数据包，例子如下所示， +在上面的例子中，我们已经将捕获的数据包保存到文件中，我们可以使用选项 `-r` 从文件中读取这些数据包，例子如下所示， ``` [root@compute-0-1 ~]# tcpdump -r enp0s3-26082018.pcap @@ -183,12 +182,11 @@ p,TS val 81359114 ecr 81350901], length 508 2018-08-25 22:03:17.647502 IP controller0.example.com.amqp > compute-0-1.example.com.57788: Flags [.], ack 1956, win 1432, options [nop,nop,TS val 813 52753 ecr 81359114], length 0 ......................................................................................................................... - ``` -### 示例: 7) 仅捕获特定接口上的 IP 地址数据包( -n 选项) +### 示例：7）仅捕获特定接口上的 IP 地址数据包（`-n` 选项） -使用 tcpdump 命令中的 -n 选项，我们能只捕获特定接口上的 IP 地址数据包，示例如下所示， +使用 `tcpdump` 命令中的 `-n` 选项，我们能只捕获特定接口上的 IP 地址数据包，示例如下所示， ``` [root@compute-0-1 ~]# tcpdump -n -i enp0s3 @@ -211,19 +209,18 @@ listening on enp0s3, link-type EN10MB (Ethernet), capture size 262144 bytes 22:22:28.539595 IP 169.144.0.1.39406 > 169.144.0.20.ssh: Flags [.], ack 1572, win 9086, options [nop,nop,TS val 20666614 ecr 82510006], length 0 22:22:28.539760 IP 169.144.0.20.ssh > 169.144.0.1.39406: Flags [P.], seq 1572:1912, ack 1, win 291, options [nop,nop,TS val 82510007 ecr 20666614], length 340 ......................................................................... - ``` -您还可以使用 tcpdump 命令中的 -c 和 -N 选项捕获 N 个 IP 地址包， +您还可以使用 `tcpdump` 命令中的 `-c` 和 `-N` 选项捕获 N 个 IP 地址包， ``` [root@compute-0-1 ~]# tcpdump -c 25 -n -i enp0s3 ``` -### 示例: 8) 仅捕获特定接口上的TCP数据包 +### 示例：8）仅捕获特定接口上的 TCP 数据包 -在 tcpdump 命令中，我们能使用 '**tcp**' 选项来只捕获TCP数据包， +在 `tcpdump` 命令中，我们能使用 `tcp` 选项来只捕获 TCP 数据包， ``` [root@compute-0-1 ~]# tcpdump -i enp0s3 tcp @@ -241,9 +238,9 @@ listening on enp0s3, link-type EN10MB (Ethernet), capture size 262144 bytes ................................................................................................................................................... ``` -### 示例: 9) 从特定接口上的特定端口捕获数据包 +### 示例：9）从特定接口上的特定端口捕获数据包 -使用 tcpdump 命令，我们可以从特定接口 enp0s3 上的特定端口(例如 22 )捕获数据包 +使用 `tcpdump` 命令，我们可以从特定接口 `enp0s3` 上的特定端口（例如 22）捕获数据包。 语法： @@ -262,13 +259,12 @@ listening on enp0s3, link-type EN10MB (Ethernet), capture size 262144 bytes 22:54:55.038564 IP 169.144.0.1.39406 > compute-0-1.example.com.ssh: Flags [.], ack 940, win 9177, options [nop,nop,TS val 21153238 ecr 84456505], length 0 22:54:55.038708 IP compute-0-1.example.com.ssh > 169.144.0.1.39406: Flags [P.], seq 940:1304, ack 1, win 291, options [nop,nop,TS val 84456506 ecr 21153238], length 364 ............................................................................................................................ -[root@compute-0-1 ~]# ``` -### 示例: 10) 在特定接口上捕获来自特定来源 IP 的数据包 +### 示例：10）在特定接口上捕获来自特定来源 IP 的数据包 -在tcpdump命令中，使用 '**src**' 关键字后跟 '**IP 地址**'，我们可以捕获来自特定来源 IP 的数据包， +在 `tcpdump` 命令中，使用 `src` 关键字后跟 IP 地址，我们可以捕获来自特定来源 IP 的数据包， 语法： @@ -296,17 +292,16 @@ listening on enp0s3, link-type EN10MB (Ethernet), capture size 262144 bytes 10 packets captured 12 packets received by filter 0 packets dropped by kernel -[root@compute-0-1 ~]# - ``` -### 示例: 11) 在特定接口上捕获来自特定目的IP的数据包 +### 示例：11）在特定接口上捕获来自特定目的 IP 的数据包 语法： ``` # tcpdump -n -i {接口名} dst {IP 地址} ``` + ``` [root@compute-0-1 ~]# tcpdump -n -i enp0s3 dst 169.144.0.1 tcpdump: verbose output suppressed, use -v or -vv for full protocol decode @@ -318,42 +313,39 @@ listening on enp0s3, link-type EN10MB (Ethernet), capture size 262144 bytes 23:10:43.522157 IP 169.144.0.20.ssh > 169.144.0.1.39406: Flags [P.], seq 800:996, ack 1, win 291, options [nop,nop,TS val 85404989 ecr 21390359], length 196 23:10:43.522346 IP 169.144.0.20.ssh > 169.144.0.1.39406: Flags [P.], seq 996:1192, ack 1, win 291, options [nop,nop,TS val 85404989 ecr 21390359], length 196 ......................................................................................... - ``` -### 示例: 12) 捕获两台主机之间的 TCP 数据包通信 +### 示例：12）捕获两台主机之间的 TCP 数据包通信 假设我想捕获两台主机 169.144.0.1 和 169.144.0.20 之间的 TCP 数据包，示例如下所示， ``` [root@compute-0-1 ~]# tcpdump -w two-host-tcp-comm.pcap -i enp0s3 tcp and \(host 169.144.0.1 or host 169.144.0.20\) - ``` -使用 tcpdump 命令只捕获两台主机之间的 SSH 数据包流， +使用 `tcpdump` 命令只捕获两台主机之间的 SSH 数据包流， ``` [root@compute-0-1 ~]# tcpdump -w ssh-comm-two-hosts.pcap -i enp0s3 src 169.144.0.1 and port 22 and dst 169.144.0.20 and port 22 - ``` -示例: 13) 捕获两台主机之间的 UDP 网络数据包(来回) +### 示例：13）捕获两台主机之间（来回）的 UDP 网络数据包 语法： ``` # tcpdump -w -s -i udp and \(host and host \) ``` + ``` [root@compute-0-1 ~]# tcpdump -w two-host-comm.pcap -s 1000 -i enp0s3 udp and \(host 169.144.0.10 and host 169.144.0.20\) - ``` -### 示例: 14) 捕获十六进制和ASCII格式的数据包 +### 示例：14）捕获十六进制和 ASCII 格式的数据包 -使用 tcpdump 命令，我们可以以 ASCII 和十六进制格式捕获 TCP/IP 数据包， +使用 `tcpdump` 命令，我们可以以 ASCII 和十六进制格式捕获 TCP/IP 数据包， -要使用** -A **选项捕获ASCII格式的数据包，示例如下所示: +要使用 `-A` 选项捕获 ASCII 格式的数据包，示例如下所示: ``` [root@compute-0-1 ~]# tcpdump -c 10 -A -i enp0s3 @@ -376,7 +368,7 @@ root@compute-0-1 @.......... .................................................................................................................................................. ``` -要同时以十六进制和 ASCII 格式捕获数据包，请使用** -XX **选项 +要同时以十六进制和 ASCII 格式捕获数据包，请使用 `-XX` 选项。 ``` [root@compute-0-1 ~]# tcpdump -c 10 -XX -i enp0s3 @@ -406,10 +398,9 @@ listening on enp0s3, link-type EN10MB (Ethernet), capture size 262144 bytes 0x0030: 3693 7c0e 0000 0101 080a 015a a734 0568 6.|........Z.4.h 0x0040: 39af ....................................................................... - ``` -这就是本文的全部内容，我希望您能了解如何使用 tcpdump 命令捕获和分析 TCP/IP 数据包。请分享你的反馈和评论。 +这就是本文的全部内容，我希望您能了解如何使用 `tcpdump` 命令捕获和分析 TCP/IP 数据包。请分享你的反馈和评论。 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -418,7 +409,7 @@ via: https://www.linuxtechi.com/capture-analyze-packets-tcpdump-command-linux/ 作者：[Pradeep Kumar][a] 选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者：[ypingcn](https://github.com/ypingcn) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From f1d5a8dabc1fdca137acc696399688aa5e7b59c4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Wed, 26 Sep 2018 09:57:04 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 159/246] PUB:20180826 How to capture and analyze packets with tcpdump command on Linux.md @ypingcn https://linux.cn/article-10050-1.html --- ...o capture and analyze packets with tcpdump command on Linux.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180826 How to capture and analyze packets with tcpdump command on Linux.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180826 How to capture and analyze packets with tcpdump command on Linux.md b/published/20180826 How to capture and analyze packets with tcpdump command on Linux.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180826 How to capture and analyze packets with tcpdump command on Linux.md rename to published/20180826 How to capture and analyze packets with tcpdump command on Linux.md From e15bdabdf6660c98492672a8eb0d3a0a8278d018 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Wed, 26 Sep 2018 10:16:42 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 160/246] PRF:20180919 Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md @HankChow --- ...Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md | 24 +++++++++---------- 1 file changed, 12 insertions(+), 12 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180919 Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md b/translated/tech/20180919 Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md index a55d5d7b55..a8c6906ca1 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180919 Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180919 Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md @@ -1,17 +1,17 @@ -使用 `top` 命令了解 Fedora 的内存使用情况 +使用 top 命令了解 Fedora 的内存使用情况 ====== ![](https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/memory-top-816x345.jpg) -如果你使用过 `top` 命令来查看 Fedora 系统中的内存使用情况，你可能会惊讶，显示的数值看起来比系统可用的内存消耗更多。下面会详细介绍内存使用情况以及如何理解这些数据。 +如果你使用过 `top` 命令来查看 Fedora 系统中的内存使用情况，你可能会惊讶，看起来消耗的数量比系统可用的内存更多。下面会详细介绍内存使用情况以及如何理解这些数据。 ### 内存实际使用情况 -操作系统对内存的使用方式并不是太通俗易懂，而是有很多不为人知的巧妙方式。通过这些方式，可以在无需用户干预的情况下，让操作系统更有效地使用内存。 +操作系统对内存的使用方式并不是太通俗易懂。事实上，其背后有很多不为人知的巧妙技术在发挥着作用。通过这些方式，可以在无需用户干预的情况下，让操作系统更有效地使用内存。 大多数应用程序都不是系统自带的，但每个应用程序都依赖于安装在系统中的库中的一些函数集。在 Fedora 中，RPM 包管理系统能够确保在安装应用程序时也会安装所依赖的库。 -当应用程序运行时，操作系统并不需要将它要用到的所有信息都加载到物理内存中。而是会为存放代码的存储构建一个映射，称为虚拟内存。操作系统只把需要的部分加载到内存中，当某一个部分不再需要后，这一部分内存就会被释放掉。 +当应用程序运行时，操作系统并不需要将它要用到的所有信息都加载到物理内存中。而是会为存放代码的存储空间构建一个映射，称为虚拟内存。操作系统只把需要的部分加载到内存中，当某一个部分不再需要后，这一部分内存就会被释放掉。 这意味着应用程序可以映射大量的虚拟内存，而使用较少的系统物理内存。特殊情况下，映射的虚拟内存甚至可以比系统实际可用的物理内存更多！而且在操作系统中这种情况也并不少见。 @@ -21,25 +21,25 @@ ### 使用 `top` 命令查看内存使用量 -如果你还没有使用过 `top` 命令，可以打开终端直接执行查看。使用 **Shift + M** 可以按照内存使用量来进行排序。下图是在 Fedora Workstation 中执行的结果，在你的机器上显示的结果可能会略有不同： +如果你还没有使用过 `top` 命令，可以打开终端直接执行查看。使用 `Shift + M` 可以按照内存使用量来进行排序。下图是在 Fedora Workstation 中执行的结果，在你的机器上显示的结果可能会略有不同： ![](https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Screenshot-from-2018-09-17-14-23-17.png) -主要通过一下三列来查看内存使用情况：VIRT，RES 和 SHR。目前以 KB 为单位显示相关数值。 +主要通过以下三列来查看内存使用情况：`VIRT`、`RES` 和 `SHR`。目前以 KB 为单位显示相关数值。 -VIRT 列代表该进程映射的虚拟内存。如上所述，虚拟内存不是实际消耗的物理内存。例如， GNOME Shell 进程 gnome-shell 实际上没有消耗超过 3.1 GB 的物理内存，但它对很多更低或更高级的库都有依赖，系统必须对每个库都进行映射，以确保在有需要时可以加载这些库。 +`VIRT` 列代表该进程映射的虚拟virtual内存。如上所述，虚拟内存不是实际消耗的物理内存。例如， GNOME Shell 进程 `gnome-shell` 实际上没有消耗超过 3.1 GB 的物理内存，但它对很多更低或更高级的库都有依赖，系统必须对每个库都进行映射，以确保在有需要时可以加载这些库。 -RES 列代表应用程序消耗了多少实际（驻留）内存。对于 GNOME Shell 大约是 180788 KB。例子中的系统拥有大约 7704 MB 的物理内存，因此内存使用率显示为 2.3％。 +`RES` 列代表应用程序消耗了多少实际（驻留resident）内存。对于 GNOME Shell 大约是 180788 KB。例子中的系统拥有大约 7704 MB 的物理内存，因此内存使用率显示为 2.3％。 -但根据 SHR 列显示，其中至少有 88212 KB 是共享内存，这部分内存可能是其它应用程序也在使用的库函数。这意味着 GNOME Shell 本身大约有 92 MB 内存不与其他进程共享。需要注意的是，上述例子中的其它程序也共享了很多内存。在某些应用程序中，共享内存在内存使用量中会占很大的比例。 +但根据 `SHR` 列显示，其中至少有 88212 KB 是共享shared内存，这部分内存可能是其它应用程序也在使用的库函数。这意味着 GNOME Shell 本身大约有 92 MB 内存不与其他进程共享。需要注意的是，上述例子中的其它程序也共享了很多内存。在某些应用程序中，共享内存在内存使用量中会占很大的比例。 -值得一提的是，有时进程之间通过内存通信，这些内存也是共享的，但 `top` 工具却不一定能检测到，所以以上的说明也不一定准确。（这一句不太会翻译出来，烦请校对大佬帮忙看看，谢谢） +值得一提的是，有时进程之间通过内存通信，这些内存也是共享的，但 `top` 这样的工具却不一定能检测到，所以以上的说明也不一定准确。 ### 关于交换分区 系统还可以通过交换分区来存储数据（例如硬盘），但读写的速度相对较慢。当物理内存渐渐用满，操作系统就会查找内存中暂时不会使用的部分，将其写出到交换区域等待需要的时候使用。 -因此，如果交换内存的使用量一直偏高，表明系统的物理内存已经供不应求了。尽管错误的内存申请也有可能导致出现这种情况，但如果这种现象经常出现，就需要考虑提升物理内存或者限制某些程序的运行了。 +因此，如果交换内存的使用量一直偏高，表明系统的物理内存已经供不应求了。有时候一个不正常的应用也有可能导致出现这种情况，但如果这种现象经常出现，就需要考虑提升物理内存或者限制某些程序的运行了。 感谢 [Stig Nygaard][1] 在 [Flickr][2] 上提供的图片（CC BY 2.0）。 @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ via: https://fedoramagazine.org/understand-fedora-memory-usage-top/ 作者：[Paul W. Frields][a] 选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者：[HankChow](https://github.com/HankChow) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From ddfd8e8baad7cdea4fdfbe862b8bf36f93e511e8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Wed, 26 Sep 2018 10:17:09 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 161/246] PUB:20180919 Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md @HankChow https://linux.cn/article-10051-1.html --- .../20180919 Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180919 Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180919 Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md b/published/20180919 Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180919 Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md rename to published/20180919 Understand Fedora memory usage with top.md From 6d4b83d471ed9b473d7aa7a4260c50df36ac328b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: qhwdw <33189910+qhwdw@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Wed, 26 Sep 2018 12:13:48 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 162/246] Translating by qhwdw (#10351) --- ... of the Best Linux Educational Software and Games for Kids.md | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180813 5 of the Best Linux Educational Software and Games for Kids.md b/sources/tech/20180813 5 of the Best Linux Educational Software and Games for Kids.md index f6013baab2..66850b2260 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180813 5 of the Best Linux Educational Software and Games for Kids.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180813 5 of the Best Linux Educational Software and Games for Kids.md @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +Translating by qhwdw 5 of the Best Linux Educational Software and Games for Kids ====== From 9c982a4d75ee5612d522be463c93164bf336d6b4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Hank Chow <280630620@qq.com> Date: Wed, 26 Sep 2018 12:16:30 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 163/246] translated (#10352) --- ...icks that can save you time and trouble.md | 171 ------------------ ...icks that can save you time and trouble.md | 170 +++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 170 insertions(+), 171 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180917 Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180917 Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180917 Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble.md b/sources/tech/20180917 Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble.md deleted file mode 100644 index 61fae6d4bc..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180917 Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,171 +0,0 @@ -HankChow translating - -Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble -====== -Some command line tricks can make you even more productive on the Linux command line. - -![](https://images.idgesg.net/images/article/2018/09/boy-jumping-off-swing-100772498-large.jpg) - -Good Linux command line tricks don’t only save you time and trouble. They also help you remember and reuse complex commands, making it easier for you to focus on what you need to do, not how you should go about doing it. In this post, we’ll look at some handy command line tricks that you might come to appreciate. - -### Editing your commands - -When making changes to a command that you're about to run on the command line, you can move your cursor to the beginning or the end of the command line to facilitate your changes using the ^a (control key plus “a”) and ^e (control key plus “e”) sequences. - -You can also fix and rerun a previously entered command with an easy text substitution by putting your before and after strings between **^** characters -- as in ^before^after^. - -``` -$ eho hello world <== oops! - -Command 'eho' not found, did you mean: - - command 'echo' from deb coreutils - command 'who' from deb coreutils - -Try: sudo apt install - -$ ^e^ec^ <== replace text -echo hello world -hello world - -``` - -### Logging into a remote system with just its name - -If you log into other systems from the command line (I do this all the time), you might consider adding some aliases to your system to supply the details. Your alias can provide the username you want to use (which may or may not be the same as your username on your local system) and the identity of the remote server. Use an alias server_name=’ssh -v -l username IP-address' type of command like this: - -``` -$ alias butterfly=”ssh -v -l jdoe 192.168.0.11” -``` - -You can use the system name in place of the IP address if it’s listed in your /etc/hosts file or available through your DNS server. - -And remember you can list your aliases with the **alias** command. - -``` -$ alias -alias butterfly='ssh -v -l jdoe 192.168.0.11' -alias c='clear' -alias egrep='egrep --color=auto' -alias fgrep='fgrep --color=auto' -alias grep='grep --color=auto' -alias l='ls -CF' -alias la='ls -A' -alias list_repos='grep ^[^#] /etc/apt/sources.list /etc/apt/sources.list.d/*' -alias ll='ls -alF' -alias ls='ls --color=auto' -alias show_dimensions='xdpyinfo | grep '\''dimensions:'\''' -``` - -It's good practice to test new aliases and then add them to your ~/.bashrc or similar file to be sure they will be available any time you log in. - -### Freezing and thawing out your terminal window - -The ^s (control key plus “s”) sequence will stop a terminal from providing output by running an XOFF (transmit off) flow control. This affects PuTTY sessions, as well as terminal windows on your desktop. Sometimes typed by mistake, however, the way to make the terminal window responsive again is to enter ^q (control key plus “q”). The only real trick here is remembering ^q since you aren't very likely run into this situation very often. - -### Repeating commands - -Linux provides many ways to reuse commands. The key to command reuse is your history buffer and the commands it collects for you. The easiest way to repeat a command is to type an ! followed by the beginning letters of a recently used command. Another is to press the up-arrow on your keyboard until you see the command you want to reuse and then press enter. You can also display previously entered commands and then type ! followed by the number shown next to the command you want to reuse in the displayed command history entries. - -``` -!! <== repeat previous command -!ec <== repeat last command that started with "ec" -!76 <== repeat command #76 from command history -``` - -### Watching a log file for updates - -Commands such as tail -f /var/log/syslog will show you lines as they are being added to the specified log file — very useful if you are waiting for some particular activity or want to track what’s happening right now. The command will show the end of the file and then additional lines as they are added. - -``` -$ tail -f /var/log/auth.log -Sep 17 09:41:01 fly CRON[8071]: pam_unix(cron:session): session closed for user smmsp -Sep 17 09:45:01 fly CRON[8115]: pam_unix(cron:session): session opened for user root -Sep 17 09:45:01 fly CRON[8115]: pam_unix(cron:session): session closed for user root -Sep 17 09:47:00 fly sshd[8124]: Accepted password for shs from 192.168.0.22 port 47792 -Sep 17 09:47:00 fly sshd[8124]: pam_unix(sshd:session): session opened for user shs by -Sep 17 09:47:00 fly systemd-logind[776]: New session 215 of user shs. -Sep 17 09:55:01 fly CRON[8208]: pam_unix(cron:session): session opened for user root -Sep 17 09:55:01 fly CRON[8208]: pam_unix(cron:session): session closed for user root - <== waits for additional lines to be added -``` - -### Asking for help - -For most Linux commands, you can enter the name of the command followed by the option **\--help** to get some fairly succinct information on what the command does and how to use it. Less extensive than the man command, the --help option often tells you just what you need to know without expanding on all of the options available. - -``` -$ mkdir --help -Usage: mkdir [OPTION]... DIRECTORY... -Create the DIRECTORY(ies), if they do not already exist. - -Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too. - -m, --mode=MODE set file mode (as in chmod), not a=rwx - umask - -p, --parents no error if existing, make parent directories as needed - -v, --verbose print a message for each created directory - -Z set SELinux security context of each created directory - to the default type - --context[=CTX] like -Z, or if CTX is specified then set the SELinux - or SMACK security context to CTX - --help display this help and exit - --version output version information and exit - -GNU coreutils online help: -Full documentation at: -or available locally via: info '(coreutils) mkdir invocation' -``` - -### Removing files with care - -To add a little caution to your use of the rm command, you can set it up with an alias that asks you to confirm your request to delete files before it goes ahead and deletes them. Some sysadmins make this the default. In that case, you might like the next option even more. - -``` -$ rm -i <== prompt for confirmation -``` - -### Turning off aliases - -You can always disable an alias interactively by using the unalias command. It doesn’t change the configuration of the alias in question; it just disables it until the next time you log in or source the file in which the alias is set up. - -``` -$ unalias rm -``` - -If the **rm -i** alias is set up as the default and you prefer to never have to provide confirmation before deleting files, you can put your **unalias** command in one of your startup files (e.g., ~/.bashrc). - -### Remembering to use sudo - -If you often forget to precede commands that only root can run with “sudo”, there are two things you can do. You can take advantage of your command history by using the “sudo !!” (use sudo to run your most recent command with sudo prepended to it), or you can turn some of these commands into aliases with the required "sudo" attached. - -``` -$ alias update=’sudo apt update’ -``` - -### More complex tricks - -Some useful command line tricks require a little more than a clever alias. An alias, after all, replaces a command, often inserting options so you don't have to enter them and allowing you to tack on additional information. If you want something more complex than an alias can manage, you can write a simple script or add a function to your .bashrc or other start-up file. The function below, for example, creates a directory and moves you into it. Once it's been set up, source your .bashrc or other file and you can use commands such as "md temp" to set up a directory and cd into it. - -``` -md () { mkdir -p "$@" && cd "$1"; } -``` - -### Wrap-up - -Working on the Linux command line remains one of the most productive and enjoyable ways to get work done on my Linux systems, but a group of command line tricks and clever aliases can make that experience even better. - -Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][1] and [LinkedIn][2] to comment on topics that are top of mind. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3305811/linux/linux-tricks-that-even-you-can-love.html - -作者：[Sandra Henry-Stocker][a] -选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Sandra-Henry_Stocker/ -[1]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/ -[2]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world diff --git a/translated/tech/20180917 Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble.md b/translated/tech/20180917 Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1dbc81bfbd --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180917 Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble.md @@ -0,0 +1,170 @@ +让你提高效率的 Linux 技巧 +====== +想要在 Linux 命令行工作中提高效率，你需要使用一些技巧。 + +![](https://images.idgesg.net/images/article/2018/09/boy-jumping-off-swing-100772498-large.jpg) + +巧妙的 Linux 命令行技巧能让你节省时间、避免出错，还能让你记住和复用各种复杂的命令，专注在需要做的事情本身，而不是做事的方式。以下介绍一些好用的命令行技巧。 + +### 命令编辑 + +如果要对一个已输入的命令进行修改，可以使用 ^a（ctrl + a）或 ^e（ctrl + e）将光标快速移动到命令的开头或命令的末尾。 + +还可以使用 `^` 字符实现对上一个命令的文本替换并重新执行命令，例如 `^before^after^` 相当于把上一个命令中的 `before` 替换为 `after` 然后重新执行一次。 + +``` +$ eho hello world <== 错误的命令 + +Command 'eho' not found, did you mean: + + command 'echo' from deb coreutils + command 'who' from deb coreutils + +Try: sudo apt install + +$ ^e^ec^ <== 替换 +echo hello world +hello world + +``` + +### 使用远程机器的名称登录到机器上 + +如果使用命令行登录其它机器上，可以考虑添加别名。在别名中，可以填入需要登录的用户名（与本地系统上的用户名可能相同，也可能不同）以及远程机器的登录信息。例如使用 `server_name ='ssh -v -l username IP-address'` 这样的别名命令： + +``` +$ alias butterfly=”ssh -v -l jdoe 192.168.0.11” +``` + +也可以通过在 `/etc/hosts` 文件中添加记录或者在 DNS 服务器中加入解析记录来把 IP 地址替换成易记的机器名称。 + +执行 `alias` 命令可以列出机器上已有的别名。 + +``` +$ alias +alias butterfly='ssh -v -l jdoe 192.168.0.11' +alias c='clear' +alias egrep='egrep --color=auto' +alias fgrep='fgrep --color=auto' +alias grep='grep --color=auto' +alias l='ls -CF' +alias la='ls -A' +alias list_repos='grep ^[^#] /etc/apt/sources.list /etc/apt/sources.list.d/*' +alias ll='ls -alF' +alias ls='ls --color=auto' +alias show_dimensions='xdpyinfo | grep '\''dimensions:'\''' +``` + +只要将新的别名添加到 `~/.bashrc` 或类似的文件中，就可以让别名在每次登录后都能立即生效。 + +### 冻结、解冻终端界面 + +^s（ctrl + s）将通过执行流量控制命令 XOFF 来停止终端输出内容，这会对 PuTTY 会话和桌面终端窗口产生影响。如果误输入了这个命令，可以使用 ^q（ctrl + q）让终端重新响应。所以只需要记住^q 这个组合键就可以了，毕竟这种情况并不多见。 + +### 复用命令 + +Linux 提供了很多让用户复用命令的方法，其核心是通过历史缓冲区收集执行过的命令。复用命令的最简单方法是输入 `!` 然后接最近使用过的命令的开头字母；当然也可以按键盘上的向上箭头，直到看到要复用的命令，然后按 Enter 键。还可以先使用 `history` 显示命令历史，然后输入 `!` 后面再接命令历史记录中需要复用的命令旁边的数字。 + +``` +!! <== 复用上一条命令 +!ec <== 复用上一条以 “ec” 开头的命令 +!76 <== 复用命令历史中的 76 号命令 +``` + +### 查看日志文件并动态显示更新内容 + +使用形如 `tail -f /var/log/syslog` 的命令可以查看指定的日志文件，并动态显示文件中增加的内容，需要监控向日志文件中追加内容的的事件时相当有用。这个命令会输出文件内容的末尾部分，并逐渐显示新增的内容。 + +``` +$ tail -f /var/log/auth.log +Sep 17 09:41:01 fly CRON[8071]: pam_unix(cron:session): session closed for user smmsp +Sep 17 09:45:01 fly CRON[8115]: pam_unix(cron:session): session opened for user root +Sep 17 09:45:01 fly CRON[8115]: pam_unix(cron:session): session closed for user root +Sep 17 09:47:00 fly sshd[8124]: Accepted password for shs from 192.168.0.22 port 47792 +Sep 17 09:47:00 fly sshd[8124]: pam_unix(sshd:session): session opened for user shs by +Sep 17 09:47:00 fly systemd-logind[776]: New session 215 of user shs. +Sep 17 09:55:01 fly CRON[8208]: pam_unix(cron:session): session opened for user root +Sep 17 09:55:01 fly CRON[8208]: pam_unix(cron:session): session closed for user root + <== 等待显示追加的内容 +``` + +### 寻求帮助 + +对于大多数 Linux 命令，都可以通过在输入命令后加上选项 `--help` 来获得这个命令的作用、用法以及它的一些相关信息。除了 `man` 命令之外， `--help` 选项可以让你在不使用所有扩展选项的情况下获取到所需要的内容。 + +``` +$ mkdir --help +Usage: mkdir [OPTION]... DIRECTORY... +Create the DIRECTORY(ies), if they do not already exist. + +Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too. + -m, --mode=MODE set file mode (as in chmod), not a=rwx - umask + -p, --parents no error if existing, make parent directories as needed + -v, --verbose print a message for each created directory + -Z set SELinux security context of each created directory + to the default type + --context[=CTX] like -Z, or if CTX is specified then set the SELinux + or SMACK security context to CTX + --help display this help and exit + --version output version information and exit + +GNU coreutils online help: +Full documentation at: +or available locally via: info '(coreutils) mkdir invocation' +``` + +### 谨慎删除文件 + +如果要谨慎使用 `rm` 命令，可以为它设置一个别名，在删除文件之前需要进行确认才能删除。有些系统管理员会默认使用这个别名，对于这种情况，你可能需要看看下一个技巧。 + +``` +$ rm -i <== 请求确认 +``` + +### 关闭别名 + +你可以使用 `unalias` 命令以交互方式禁用别名。它不会更改别名的配置，而仅仅是暂时禁用，直到下次登录或重新设置了这一个别名才会重新生效。 + +``` +$ unalias rm +``` + +如果已经将 `rm -i` 默认设置为 `rm` 的别名，但你希望在删除文件之前不必进行确认，则可以将 `unalias` 命令放在一个启动文件（例如 ~/.bashrc）中。 + +### 使用 sudo + +如果你经常在只有 root 用户才能执行的命令前忘记使用 `sudo`，这里有两个方法可以解决。一是利用命令历史记录，可以使用 `sudo !!`（使用 `!!` 来运行最近的命令，并在前面添加 `sudo`）来重复执行，二是设置一些附加了所需 `sudo` 的命令别名。 + +``` +$ alias update=’sudo apt update’ +``` + +### 更复杂的技巧 + +有时命令行技巧并不仅仅是一个别名。毕竟，别名能帮你做的只有替换命令以及增加一些命令参数，节省了输入的时间。但如果需要比别名更复杂功能，可以通过编写脚本、向 `.bashrc` 或其他启动文件添加函数来实现。例如，下面这个函数会在创建一个目录后进入到这个目录下。在设置完毕后，执行 `source .bashrc`，就可以使用 `md temp` 这样的命令来创建目录立即进入这个目录下。 + +``` +md () { mkdir -p "$@" && cd "$1"; } +``` + +### 总结 + +使用 Linux 命令行是在 Linux 系统上工作最有效也最有趣的方法，但配合命令行技巧和巧妙的别名可以让你获得更好的体验。 + +加入 [Facebook][1] 和 [LinkedIn][2] 上的 Network World 社区可以和我们一起讨论。 + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3305811/linux/linux-tricks-that-even-you-can-love.html + +作者：[Sandra Henry-Stocker][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[HankChow](https://github.com/HankChow) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Sandra-Henry_Stocker/ +[1]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/ +[2]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world + From 5fe1a903760a28633a343e7b56f634b2269fd12a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: LuMing <784315443@qq.com> Date: Wed, 26 Sep 2018 12:17:18 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 164/246] LuuMing translating (#10353) --- ...How to Use the Netplan Network Configuration Tool on Linux.md | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180907 How to Use the Netplan Network Configuration Tool on Linux.md b/sources/tech/20180907 How to Use the Netplan Network Configuration Tool on Linux.md index 9ba21a367f..a9d3eb0895 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180907 How to Use the Netplan Network Configuration Tool on Linux.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180907 How to Use the Netplan Network Configuration Tool on Linux.md @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +LuuMing translating How to Use the Netplan Network Configuration Tool on Linux ====== From 24b0867ee36f12df2aadfa08fa65fa95350217e7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: hopefully2333 <787016457@qq.com> Date: Wed, 26 Sep 2018 12:20:36 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 165/246] translated over (#10354) * translated over translated over * Update 20180824 Steam Makes it Easier to Play Windows Games on Linux.md * translated over translated over --- ...t Easier to Play Windows Games on Linux.md | 74 ------------------- ...t Easier to Play Windows Games on Linux.md | 73 ++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 73 insertions(+), 74 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180824 Steam Makes it Easier to Play Windows Games on Linux.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180824 Steam Makes it Easier to Play Windows Games on Linux.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180824 Steam Makes it Easier to Play Windows Games on Linux.md b/sources/tech/20180824 Steam Makes it Easier to Play Windows Games on Linux.md deleted file mode 100644 index 73080089bf..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180824 Steam Makes it Easier to Play Windows Games on Linux.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,74 +0,0 @@ -translated by hopefully2333 - -Steam Makes it Easier to Play Windows Games on Linux -====== -![Steam Wallpaper][1] - -It’s no secret that the [Linux gaming][2] library offers only a fraction of what the Windows library offers. In fact, many people wouldn’t even consider [switching to Linux][3] simply because most of the games they want to play aren’t available on the platform. - -At the time of writing this article, Linux has just over 5,000 games available on Steam compared to the library’s almost 27,000 total games. Now, 5,000 games may be a lot, but it isn’t 27,000 games, that’s for sure. - -And though almost every new indie game seems to launch with a Linux release, we are still left without a way to play many [Triple-A][4] titles. For me, though there are many titles I would love the opportunity to play, this has never been a make-or-break problem since almost all of my favorite titles are available on Linux since I primarily play indie and [retro games][5] anyway. - -### Meet Proton: a WINE Fork by Steam - -Now, that problem is a thing of the past since this week Valve [announced][6] a new update to Steam Play that adds a forked version of Wine to the Linux and Mac Steam clients called Proton. Yes, the tool is open-source, and Valve has made the source code available on [Github][7]. The feature is still in beta though, so you must opt into the beta Steam client in order to take advantage of this functionality. - -#### With proton, more Windows games are available for Linux on Steam - -What does that actually mean for us Linux users? In short, it means that both Linux and Mac computers can now play all 27,000 of those games without needing to configure something like [PlayOnLinux][8] or [Lutris][9] to do so! Which, let me tell you, can be quite the headache at times. - -The more complicated answer to this is that it sounds too good to be true for a reason. Though, in theory, you can play literally every Windows game on Linux this way, there is only a short list of games that are officially supported at launch, including DOOM, Final Fantasy VI, Tekken 7, Star Wars: Battlefront 2, and several more. - -#### You can play all Windows games on Linux (in theory) - -Though the list only has about 30 games thus far, you can force enable Steam to install and play any game through Proton by marking the “Enable Steam Play for all titles” checkbox. But don’t get your hopes too high. They do not guarantee the stability and performance you may be hoping for, so keep your expectations reasonable. - -![Steam Play][10] - -#### Experiencing Proton: Not as bad as I expected - -For example, I installed a few moderately taxing games to put Proton through its paces. One of which was The Elder Scrolls IV: Oblivion, and in the two hours I played the game, it only crashed once, and it was almost immediately after an autosave point during the tutorial. - -I have an Nvidia Gtx 1050 Ti, so I was able to play the game at 1080p with high settings, and I didn’t see a single problem outside of that one crash. The only negative feedback I really have is that the framerate was not nearly as high as it would have been if it was a native game. I got above 60 frames 90% of the time, but I admit it could have been better. - -Every other game that I have installed and launched has also worked flawlessly, granted I haven’t played any of them for an extended amount of time yet. Some games I installed include The Forest, Dead Rising 4, H1Z1, and Assassin’s Creed II (can you tell I like horror games?). - -#### Why is Steam (still) betting on Linux? - -Now, this is all fine and dandy, but why did this happen? Why would Valve spend the time, money, and resources needed to implement something like this? I like to think they did so because they value the Linux community, but if I am honest, I don’t believe we had anything to do with it. - -If I had to put money on it, I would say Valve has developed Proton because they haven’t given up on [Steam machines][11] yet. And since [Steam OS][12] is running on Linux, it is in their best interest financially to invest in something like this. The more games available on Steam OS, the more people might be willing to buy a Steam Machine. - -Maybe I am wrong, but I bet this means we will see a new wave of Steam machines coming in the not-so-distant future. Maybe we will see them in one year, or perhaps we won’t see them for another five, who knows! - -Either way, all I know is that I am beyond excited to finally play the games from my Steam library that I have slowly accumulated over the years from all of the Humble Bundles, promo codes, and random times I bought a game on sale just in case I wanted to try to get it running in Lutris. - -#### Excited for more gaming on Linux? - -What do you think? Are you excited about this, or are you afraid fewer developers will create native Linux games because there is almost no need to now? Does Valve love the Linux community, or do they love money? Let us know what you think in the comment section below, and check back in for more FOSS content like this. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://itsfoss.com/steam-play-proton/ - -作者：[Phillip Prado][a] -选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]:https://itsfoss.com/author/phillip/ -[1]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/steam-wallpaper.jpeg -[2]:https://itsfoss.com/linux-gaming-guide/ -[3]:https://itsfoss.com/reasons-switch-linux-windows-xp/ -[4]:https://itsfoss.com/triplea-game-review/ -[5]:https://itsfoss.com/play-retro-games-linux/ -[6]:https://steamcommunity.com/games/221410 -[7]:https://github.com/ValveSoftware/Proton/ -[8]:https://www.playonlinux.com/en/ -[9]:https://lutris.net/ -[10]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/SteamProton.jpg -[11]:https://store.steampowered.com/sale/steam_machines -[12]:https://itsfoss.com/valve-annouces-linux-based-gaming-operating-system-steamos/ diff --git a/translated/tech/20180824 Steam Makes it Easier to Play Windows Games on Linux.md b/translated/tech/20180824 Steam Makes it Easier to Play Windows Games on Linux.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..75c42b3ab3 --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180824 Steam Makes it Easier to Play Windows Games on Linux.md @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ + +steam 让我们在 Linux 上玩 Windows 的游戏更加容易 +====== +![Steam Wallpaper][1] + +总所周知，Linux 游戏库中的游戏只有 Windows 游戏库中的一部分，实际上，许多人甚至都不会考虑将操作系统转换为 Linux，原因很简单，因为他们喜欢的游戏，大多数都不能在这个平台上运行。 + +在撰写本文时，steam 上已有超过 5000 种游戏可以在 Linux 上运行，而 steam 上的游戏总数已经接近 27000 种了。现在 5000 种游戏可能看起来很多，但还没有达到 27000 种，确实没有。 + +虽然几乎所有的新的独立游戏都是在 Linux 中推出的，但我们仍然无法在这上面玩很多的 3A 大作。对我而言，虽然这其中有很多游戏我都很希望能有机会玩，但这从来都不是一个非黑即白的问题。因为我主要是玩独立游戏和复古游戏，所以几乎所有我喜欢的游戏都可以在 Linux 系统上运行。 + +### 认识 Proton，Steam 的一次 WINE 分叉。 + +现在，这个问题已经成为过去式了，因为本周 Valve 宣布要对 Steam Play 进行一次更新，此次更新会将一个名为 Proton 的分叉版本的 Wine 添加到 Linux 和 Mac 的客户端中。是的，这个工具是开源的，Valve 已经在 GitHub 上开源了源代码，但该功能仍然处于测试阶段，所以你必须使用测试版的 Steam 客户端才能使用这项功能。 + +#### 使用 proton ，可以在 Linux 系统上使用 Steam 运行更多的 Windows 上的游戏。 + +这对我们这些 Linux 用户来说，实际上意味着什么？简单来说，这意味着我们可以在 Linux 和 Mac 这两种操作系统的电脑上运行全部 27000 种游戏，而无需配置像 PlayOnLinux 或 Lutris 这样的服务。我要告诉你的是，配置这些东西有时候会非常让人头疼。 + +对此更为复杂的答案是，某种原因听起来非常美好。虽然在理论上，你可以用这种方式在 Linux 上玩所有的 Windows 平台上的游戏。但只有一少部分游戏在推出时会正式支持 Linux。这少部分游戏包括 DOOM，最终幻想 VI，铁拳 7，星球大战：前线 2，和其他几个。 + +#### 你可以在 Linux 上玩所有的 Windows 平台的游戏（理论上） + +虽然目前该列表只有大约 30 个游戏，你可以点击“为所有游戏使用 Steam play 进行运行”复选框来强制使用 Steam 的 Proton 来安装和运行任意游戏。但你最好不要有太高的期待，它们的稳定性和性能表现不一定有你希望的那么好，所以请把期望值压低一点。 + +![Steam Play][10] + +#### 体验 Proton，没有我想的那么烂。 + +例如，我安装了一些中等价格的游戏，使用 Proton 来进行安装。其中一个是上古卷轴 4：湮没，在我玩这个游戏的两个小时里，它只崩溃了一次，而且几乎是紧跟在游戏教程的自动保存点之后。 + +我有一块英伟达 Gtx 1050 Ti 的显卡。所以我可以使用 1080P 的高配置来玩这个游戏。而且我没有遇到除了这次崩溃之外的任何问题。我唯一真正感到不爽的只有它的帧数没有原本的高。在 90% 的时间里，游戏的帧数都在 60 帧以上，但我知道它的帧数应该能更高。 + +我安装和发布的其他所有游戏都运行得很完美，虽然我还没有较长时间地玩过它们中的任何一个。我安装的游戏中包括森林，丧尸围城 4，H1Z1，和刺客信条 2.（你能说我这是喜欢恐怖游戏吗？）。 + +#### 为什么 Steam（仍然）要下注在 Linux 上？ + +现在，一切都很好，这件事为什么会发生呢？为什么 Valve 要花费时间，金钱和资源来做这样的事？我倾向于认为，他们这样做是因为他们懂得 Linux 社区的价值，但是如果要我老实地说，我不相信我们和它有任何的关系。 + +如果我一定要在这上面花钱，我想说 Valve 开发了 Proton，因为他们还没有放弃 Steam 机器。因为 Steam OS 是基于 Linux 的发行版，在这类东西上面投资可以获取最大的利润，Steam OS 上可用的游戏越多，就会有更多的人愿意购买 Steam 的机器。 + +可能我是错的，但是我敢打赌啊，我们会在不远的未来看到新一批的 Steam 机器。可能我们会在一年内看到它们，也有可能我们再等五年都见不到，谁知道呢！ + +无论哪种方式，我所知道的是，我终于能兴奋地从我的 Steam 游戏库里玩游戏了。多年来我通过所有的收藏包，游戏促销，和不定时地买一个贱卖的游戏来以防万一，我想去尝试让它在 Lutris 中运行。 + +#### 为 Linux 上越来越多的游戏而激动？ + +你怎么看？你对此感到激动吗？或者说你会害怕只有很少的开发者会开发 Linux 平台上的游戏，因为现在几乎没有需求？Valve 喜欢 Linux 社区，还是说他们喜欢钱？请在下面的评论区告诉我们您的想法，然后重新搜索来查看更多类似这样的开源软件方面的文章。 + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://itsfoss.com/steam-play-proton/ + +作者：[Phillip Prado][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[hopefully2333](https://github.com/hopefully2333) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]:https://itsfoss.com/author/phillip/ +[1]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/steam-wallpaper.jpeg +[2]:https://itsfoss.com/linux-gaming-guide/ +[3]:https://itsfoss.com/reasons-switch-linux-windows-xp/ +[4]:https://itsfoss.com/triplea-game-review/ +[5]:https://itsfoss.com/play-retro-games-linux/ +[6]:https://steamcommunity.com/games/221410 +[7]:https://github.com/ValveSoftware/Proton/ +[8]:https://www.playonlinux.com/en/ +[9]:https://lutris.net/ +[10]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/SteamProton.jpg +[11]:https://store.steampowered.com/sale/steam_machines +[12]:https://itsfoss.com/valve-annouces-linux-based-gaming-operating-system-steamos/ From d5e112d38945d772a97645a90acd97eeb0290ebc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Wed, 26 Sep 2018 14:42:58 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 166/246] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20How=20to=20Replac?= =?UTF-8?q?e=20one=20Linux=20Distro=20With=20Another=20in=20Dual=20Boot=20?= =?UTF-8?q?[Guide]?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...Distro With Another in Dual Boot -Guide.md | 160 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 160 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180925 How to Replace one Linux Distro With Another in Dual Boot -Guide.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180925 How to Replace one Linux Distro With Another in Dual Boot -Guide.md b/sources/tech/20180925 How to Replace one Linux Distro With Another in Dual Boot -Guide.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ab9fa8acc3 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180925 How to Replace one Linux Distro With Another in Dual Boot -Guide.md @@ -0,0 +1,160 @@ +How to Replace one Linux Distro With Another in Dual Boot [Guide] +====== +**If you have a Linux distribution installed, you can replace it with another distribution in the dual boot. You can also keep your personal documents while switching the distribution.** + +![How to Replace One Linux Distribution With Another From Dual Boot][1] + +Suppose you managed to [successfully dual boot Ubuntu and Windows][2]. But after reading the [Linux Mint versus Ubuntu discussion][3], you realized that [Linux Mint][4] is more suited for your needs. What would you do now? How would you [remove Ubuntu][5] and [install Mint in dual boot][6]? + +You might think that you need to uninstall [Ubuntu][7] from dual boot first and then repeat the dual booting steps with Linux Mint. Let me tell you something. You don’t need to do all of that. + +If you already have a Linux distribution installed in dual boot, you can easily replace it with another. You don’t have to uninstall the existing Linux distribution. You simply delete its partition and install the new distribution on the disk space vacated by the previous distribution. + +Another good news is that you may be able to keep your Home directory with all your documents and pictures while switching the Linux distributions. + +Let me show you how to switch Linux distributions. + +### Replace one Linux with another from dual boot + + + +Let me describe the scenario I am going to use here. I have Linux Mint 19 installed on my system in dual boot mode with Windows 10. I am going to replace it with elementary OS 5. I’ll also keep my personal files (music, pictures, videos, documents from my home directory) while switching distributions. + +Let’s first take a look at the requirements: + + * A system with Linux and Windows dual boot + * Live USB of Linux you want to install + * Backup of your important files in Windows and in Linux on an external disk (optional yet recommended) + + + +#### Things to keep in mind for keeping your home directory while changing Linux distribution + +If you want to keep your files from existing Linux install as it is, you must have a separate root and home directory. You might have noticed that in my [dual boot tutorials][8], I always go for ‘Something Else’ option and then manually create root and home partitions instead of choosing ‘Install alongside Windows’ option. This is where all the troubles in manually creating separate home partition pay off. + +Keeping Home on a separate partition is helpful in situations when you want to replace your existing Linux install with another without losing your files. + +Note: You must remember the exact username and password of your existing Linux install in order to use the same home directory as it is in the new distribution. + +If you don’t have a separate Home partition, you may create it later as well BUT I won’t recommend that. That process is slightly complicated and I don’t want you to mess up your system. + +With that much background information, it’s time to see how to replace a Linux distribution with another. + +#### Step 1: Create a live USB of the new Linux distribution + +Alright! I already mentioned it in the requirements but I still included it in the main steps to avoid confusion. + +You can create a live USB using a start up disk creator like [Etcher][9] in Windows or Linux. The process is simple so I am not going to list the steps here. + +#### Step 2: Boot into live USB and proceed to installing Linux + +Since you have already dual booted before, you probably know the drill. Plugin the live USB, restart your system and at the boot time, press F10 or F12 repeatedly to enter BIOS settings. + +In here, choose to boot from the USB. And then you’ll see the option to try the live environment or installing it immediately. + +You should start the installation procedure. When you reach the ‘Installation type’ screen, choose the ‘Something else’ option. + +![Replacing one Linux with another from dual boot][10] +Select ‘Something else’ here + +#### Step 3: Prepare the partition + +You’ll see the partitioning screen now. Look closely and you’ll see your Linux installation with Ext4 file system type. + +![Identifying Linux partition in dual boot][11] +Identify where your Linux is installed + +In the above picture, the Ext4 partition labeled as Linux Mint 19 is the root partition. The second Ext4 partition of 82691 MB is the Home partition. I [haven’t used any swap space][12] here. + +Now, if you have just one Ext4 partition, that means that your home directory is on the same partition as root. In this case, you won’t be able to keep your Home directory. I suggest that you copy the important files to an external disk else you’ll lose them forever. + +It’s time to delete the root partition. Select the root partition and click the – sign. This will create some free space. + +![Delete root partition of your existing Linux install][13] +Delete root partition + +When you have the free space, click on + sign. + +![Create root partition for the new Linux][14] +Create a new root partition + +Now you should create a new partition out of this free space. If you had just one root partition in your previous Linux install, you should create root and home partitions here. You can also create the swap partition if you want to. + +If you had root and home partition separately, just create a root partition from the deleted root partition. + +![Create root partition for the new Linux][15] +Creating root partition + +You may ask why did I use delete and add instead of using the ‘change’ option. It’s because a few years ago, using change didn’t work for me. So I prefer to do a – and +. Is it superstition? Maybe. + +One important thing to do here is to mark the newly created partition for format. f you don’t change the size of the partition, it won’t be formatted unless you explicitly ask it to format. And if the partition is not formatted, you’ll have issues. + +![][16] +It’s important to format the root partition + +Now if you already had a separate Home partition on your existing Linux install, you should select it and click on change. + +![Recreate home partition][17] +Retouch the already existing home partition (if any) + +You just have to specify that you are mounting it as home partition. + +![Specify the home mount point][18] +Specify the home mount point + +If you had a swap partition, you can repeat the same steps as the home partition. This time specify that you want to use the space as swap. + +At this stage, you should have a root partition (with format option selected) and a home partition (and a swap if you want to). Hit the install now button to start the installation. + +![Verify partitions while replacing one Linux with another][19] +Verify the partitions + +The next few screens would be familiar to you. What matters is the screen where you are asked to create user and password. + +If you had a separate home partition previously and you want to use the same home directory, you MUST use the same username and password that you had before. Computer name doesn’t matter. + +![To keep the home partition intact, use the previous user and password][20] +To keep the home partition intact, use the previous user and password + +Your struggle is almost over. You don’t have to do anything else other than waiting for the installation to finish. + +![Wait for installation to finish][21] +Wait for installation to finish + +Once the installation is over, restart your system. You’ll have a new Linux distribution or version. + +In my case, I had the entire home directory of Linux Mint 19 as it is in the elementary OS. All the videos, pictures I had remained as it is. Isn’t that nice? + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://itsfoss.com/replace-linux-from-dual-boot/ + +作者：[Abhishek Prakash][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/ +[1]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Replace-Linux-Distro-from-dual-boot.png +[2]: https://itsfoss.com/install-ubuntu-1404-dual-boot-mode-windows-8-81-uefi/ +[3]: https://itsfoss.com/linux-mint-vs-ubuntu/ +[4]: https://www.linuxmint.com/ +[5]: https://itsfoss.com/uninstall-ubuntu-linux-windows-dual-boot/ +[6]: https://itsfoss.com/guide-install-linux-mint-16-dual-boot-windows/ +[7]: https://www.ubuntu.com/ +[8]: https://itsfoss.com/guide-install-elementary-os-luna/ +[9]: https://etcher.io/ +[10]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/replace-linux-with-another-1.jpg +[11]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/replace-linux-with-another-2.jpg +[12]: https://itsfoss.com/swap-size/ +[13]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/replace-linux-with-another-3.jpg +[14]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/replace-linux-with-another-4.jpg +[15]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/replace-linux-with-another-5.jpg +[16]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/replace-linux-with-another-6.jpg +[17]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/replace-linux-with-another-7.jpg +[18]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/replace-linux-with-another-8.jpg +[19]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/replace-linux-with-another-9.jpg +[20]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/replace-linux-with-another-10.jpg +[21]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/replace-linux-with-another-11.jpg From bade2cc0b46f98aaa8067426f60b1f9fc1ae2d6e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Wed, 26 Sep 2018 14:46:34 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 167/246] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20Why=20Linux=20use?= =?UTF-8?q?rs=20should=20try=20Rust?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...0180924 Why Linux users should try Rust.md | 171 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 171 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180924 Why Linux users should try Rust.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180924 Why Linux users should try Rust.md b/sources/tech/20180924 Why Linux users should try Rust.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..db60883eb9 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180924 Why Linux users should try Rust.md @@ -0,0 +1,171 @@ +Why Linux users should try Rust +====== + +![](https://images.idgesg.net/images/article/2018/09/rust-rusted-metal-100773678-large.jpg) + +Rust is a fairly young and modern programming language with a lot of features that make it incredibly flexible and very secure. It's also becoming quite popular, having won first place for the "most loved programming language" in the Stack Overflow Developer Survey three years in a row — [2016][1], [2017][2], and [2018][3]. + +Rust is also an _open-source_ language with a suite of special features that allow it to be adapted to many different programming projects. It grew out of what was a personal project of a Mozilla employee back in 2006, was picked up as a special project by Mozilla a few years later (2009), and then announced for public use in 2010. + +Rust programs run incredibly fast, prevent segfaults, and guarantee thread safety. These attributes make the language tremendously appealing to developers focused on application security. Rust is also a very readable language and one that can be used for anything from simple programs to very large and complex projects. + +Rust is: + + * Memory safe — Rust will not suffer from dangling pointers, buffer overflows, or other memory-related errors. And it provides memory safety without garbage collection. + * General purpose — Rust is an appropriate language for any type of programming + * Fast — Rust is comparable in performance to C/C++ but with far better security features. + * Efficient — Rust is built to facilitate concurrent programming. + * Project-oriented — Rust has a built-in dependency and build management system called Cargo. + * Well supported — Rust has an impressive [support community][4]. + + + +Rust also enforces RAII (Resource Acquisition Is Initialization). That means when an object goes out of scope, its destructor will be called and its resources will be freed, providing a shield against resource leaks. It provides functional abstractions and a great [type system][5] together with speed and mathematical soundness. + +In short, Rust is an impressive systems programming language with features that other most languages lack, making it a serious contender for languages like C, C++ and Objective-C that have been used for years. + +### Installing Rust + +Installing Rust is a fairly simple process. + +``` +$ curl https://sh.rustup.rs -sSf | sh +``` + +Once Rust in installed, calling rustc with the **\--version** argument or using the **which** command displays version information. + +``` +$ which rustc +rustc 1.27.2 (58cc626de 2018-07-18) +$ rustc --version +rustc 1.27.2 (58cc626de 2018-07-18) +``` + +### Getting started with Rust + +The simplest code example is not all that different from what you'd enter if you were using one of many scripting languages. + +``` +$ cat hello.rs +fn main() { + // Print a greeting + println!("Hello, world!"); +} +``` + +In these lines, we are setting up a function (main), adding a comment describing the function, and using a println statement to create output. You could compile and then run a program like this using the command shown below. + +``` +$ rustc hello.rs +$ ./hello +Hello, world! +``` + +Alternately, you might create a "project" (generally used only for more complex programs than this one!) to keep your code organized. + +``` +$ mkdir ~/projects +$ cd ~/projects +$ mkdir hello_world +$ cd hello_world +``` + +Notice that even a simple program, once compiled, becomes a fairly large executable. + +``` +$ ./hello +Hello, world! +$ ls -l hello* +-rwxrwxr-x 1 shs shs 5486784 Sep 23 19:02 hello <== executable +-rw-rw-r-- 1 shs shs 68 Sep 23 15:25 hello.rs +``` + +And, of course, that's just a start — the traditional "Hello, world!" program. The Rust language has a suite of features to get you moving quickly to advanced levels of programming skill. + +### Learning Rust + +![rust programming language book cover][6] +No Starch Press + +The Rust Programming Language book by Steve Klabnik and Carol Nichols (2018) provides one of the best ways to learn Rust. Written by two members of the core development team, this book is available in print from [No Starch Press][7] or in ebook format at [rust-lang.org][8]. It has earned its reference as "the book" among the Rust developer community. + +Among the many topics covered, you will learn about these advanced topics: + + * Ownership and borrowing + * Safety guarantees + * Testing and error handling + * Smart pointers and multi-threading + * Advanced pattern matching + * Using Cargo (the built-in package manager) + * Using Rust's advanced compiler + + + +#### Table of Contents + +The table of contents is shown below. + +``` +Foreword by Nicholas Matsakis and Aaron Turon +Acknowledgements +Introduction +Chapter 1: Getting Started +Chapter 2: Guessing Game +Chapter 3: Common Programming Concepts +Chapter 4: Understanding Ownership +Chapter 5: Structs +Chapter 6: Enums and Pattern Matching +Chapter 7: Modules +Chapter 8: Common Collections +Chapter 9: Error Handling +Chapter 10: Generic Types, Traits, and Lifetimes +Chapter 11: Testing +Chapter 12: An Input/Output Project +Chapter 13: Iterators and Closures +Chapter 14: More About Cargo and Crates.io +Chapter 15: Smart Pointers +Chapter 16: Concurrency +Chapter 17: Is Rust Object Oriented? +Chapter 18: Patterns +Chapter 19: More About Lifetimes +Chapter 20: Advanced Type System Features +Appendix A: Keywords +Appendix B: Operators and Symbols +Appendix C: Derivable Traits +Appendix D: Macros +Index + +``` + +[The Rust Programming Language][7] takes you from basic installation and language syntax to complex topics, such as modules, error handling, crates (synonymous with a ‘library’ or ‘package’ in other languages), modules (allowing you to partition your code within the crate itself), lifetimes, etc. + +Probably the most important thing to say is that the book can move you from basic programming skills to building and compiling complex, secure and very useful programs. + +### Wrap-up + +If you're ready to get into some serious programming with a language that's well worth the time and effort to study and becoming increasingly popular, Rust is a good bet! + +Join the Network World communities on [Facebook][9] and [LinkedIn][10] to comment on topics that are top of mind. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3308162/linux/why-you-should-try-rust.html + +作者：[Sandra Henry-Stocker][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.networkworld.com/author/Sandra-Henry_Stocker/ +[1]: https://insights.stackoverflow.com/survey/2016#technology-most-loved-dreaded-and-wanted +[2]: https://insights.stackoverflow.com/survey/2017#technology-most-loved-dreaded-and-wanted-languages +[3]: https://insights.stackoverflow.com/survey/2018#technology-most-loved-dreaded-and-wanted-languages +[4]: https://www.rust-lang.org/en-US/community.html +[5]: https://doc.rust-lang.org/reference/type-system.html +[6]: https://images.idgesg.net/images/article/2018/09/rust-programming-language_book-cover-100773679-small.jpg +[7]: https://nostarch.com/Rust +[8]: https://doc.rust-lang.org/book/2018-edition/index.html +[9]: https://www.facebook.com/NetworkWorld/ +[10]: https://www.linkedin.com/company/network-world From e0285aa5ab48a6ce7082ae736f307391f2291387 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Wed, 26 Sep 2018 14:50:23 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 168/246] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20Taking=20the=20Au?= =?UTF-8?q?diophile=20Linux=20distro=20for=20a=20spin?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ... the Audiophile Linux distro for a spin.md | 161 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 161 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180925 Taking the Audiophile Linux distro for a spin.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180925 Taking the Audiophile Linux distro for a spin.md b/sources/tech/20180925 Taking the Audiophile Linux distro for a spin.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1c813cb30a --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180925 Taking the Audiophile Linux distro for a spin.md @@ -0,0 +1,161 @@ +Taking the Audiophile Linux distro for a spin +====== + +This lightweight open source audio OS offers a rich feature set and high-quality digital sound. + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/LIFE_givingmusic.jpg?itok=xVKF1dlb) + +I recently stumbled on the [Audiophile Linux project][1], one of a number of special-purpose music-oriented Linux distributions. Audiophile Linux: + + 1. is based on [ArchLinux][2] + + 2. provides a real-time Linux kernel customized for playing music + + 3. uses the lightweight [Fluxbox][3] window manager + + 4. avoids unnecessary daemons and services + + 5. allows playback of DSF and supports the usual PCM formats + + 6. supports various music players, including one of my favorite combos: MPD + Cantata + + + + +The Audiophile Linux site hasn’t shown a lot of activity since April 2017, but it does contain some updates and commentary from this year. Given its orientation and feature set, I decided to take it for a spin on my old Toshiba laptop. + +### Installing Audiophile Linux + +The site provides [a clear set of install instructions][4] that require the use of the terminal. The first step after downloading the .iso is burning it to a USB stick. I used the GNOME Disks utility’s Restore Disk Image for this purpose. Once I had the USB set up and ready to go, I plugged it into the Toshiba and booted it. When the splash screen came up, I set the boot device to the USB stick and a minute or so later, the Arch Grub menu was displayed. I booted Linux from that menu, which put me in a root shell session, where I could carry out the install to the hard drive: + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/root_shell_session.jpg) + +I was willing to sacrifice the 320-GB hard drive in the Toshiba for this test, so I was able to use the previous Linux partitioning (from the last experiment). I then proceeded as follows: + +``` +fdisk -l              # find the disk / partition, in my case /dev/sda and /dev/sda1 +mkfs.ext4 /dev/sda1   # build the ext4 filesystem in the root partition +mount /dev/sda1 /mnt  # mount the new file system +time cp -ax / /mnt    # copy over the OS +        # reported back cp -ax / /mnt 1.36s user 136.54s system 88% cpu 2:36.37 total +arch-chroot /mnt /bin/bash # run in the new system root +cd /etc/apl-files +./runme.sh            # do the rest of the install +grub-install --target=i386-pc /dev/sda # make the new OS bootable part 1 +grub-mkconfig -o /boot/grub/grub.cfg   # part 2 +passwd root           # set root’s password +ln -s /usr/share/zoneinfo/America/Vancouver /etc/localtime # set my time zone +hwclock --systohc --utc # update the hardware clock +./autologin.sh        # set the system up so that it automatically logs in +exit                  # done with the chroot session +genfstab -U /mnt >> /mnt/etc/fstab # create the fstab for the new system +``` + +At that point, I was ready to boot the new operating system, so I did—and voilà, up came the system! + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/audiophile_linux.jpg) + +### Finishing the configuration + +Once Audiophile Linux was up and running, I needed to [finish the configuration][4] and load some music. Grabbing the application menu by right-clicking on the screen background, I started **X-terminal** and entered the remaining configuration commands: + +``` +ping 8.8.8.8 # check connectivity (works fine) +su # become root +pacman-key –init # create pacman’s encryption data part 1 +pacman-key --populate archlinux # part 2 +pacman -Sy # part 3 +pacman -S archlinux-keyring # part 4 +``` + +At this point, the install instructions note that there is a problem with updating software with the `pacman -Suy` command, and that first the **libxfont** package must be removed using `pacman -Rc libxfont`. I followed this instruction, but the second run of `pacman -Suy` led to another dependency error, this time with the **x265** package. I looked further down the page in the install instructions and saw this recommendation: + +_Again there is an error in upstream repo of Arch packages. Try to remove conflicting packages with “pacman -R ffmpeg2.8” and then do pacman -Suy later._ + +I chose to use `pacman -Rc ffmpeg2.8`, and then reran `pacman -Suy`. (As an aside, typing all these **pacman** commands made me realize how familiar I am with **apt** , and how much this whole process made me feel like I was trying to write an email in some language I don’t know using an online translator.) + +To be clear, here was my sequence of operations: + +``` +pacman -Suy # failed +pacman -Rc libxfont +pacman -Suy # failed, again +pacman -Rc ffmpeg2.8 # uninstalled Cantata, have to fix that later! +pacman -Suy # worked! +``` + +Now back to the rest of the instructions: + +``` +pacman -S terminus-font +pacman -S xorg-server +pacman -S firefox # the docs suggested installing chromium but I prefer FF +reboot +``` + +And the last little bit, fiddling `/etc/fstab` to avoid access time modifications. I also thought I’d try installing [Cantata][5] once more using `pacman -S cantata`, and it worked just fine (no `ffmpeg2.8` problems). + +I found the `DAC Setup > List cards` on the application menu, which showed the built-in Intel sound hardware plus my USB DAC that I had plugged in earlier. Then I selected `DAC Setup > Edit mpd.conf` and adjusted the output stanza of `mpd.conf`. I used `scp` to copy an album over from my main music server into **~/Music**. And finally, I used the application menu `DAC Setup > Restart mpd`. And… nothing… the **conky** info on the screen indicated “MPD not responding”. So I scanned again through the comments at the bottom of the installation instructions and spotted this: + +_After every update of mpd, you have to do: +1. Become root +``` +$su +``` +2. run this commands +``` +# cat /etc/apl-files/mpd.service > /usr/lib/systemd/system/mpd.service +# systemctl daemon-reload +# systemctl restart mpd.service_ +``` +_And this will be fixed._ + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/library.png) + +And it works! Right now I’m enjoying [Nils Frahm’s "All Melody"][6] from the album of the same name, playing over my [Schiit Fulla 2][7] in glorious high-resolution sound. Time to copy in some more music so I can give it a better listen. + +So… does it sound better than the same DAC connected to my regular work laptop and playing back through [Guayadeque][8] or [GogglesMM][9]? I’m going to see if I can detect a difference at some point, but right now all I can say is it sounds just wonderful; plus [I like the Cantata / mpd combo a lot][10], and I really enjoy having the heads-up display in the upper right of the screen. + +### As for the music... + +The other day I was reorganizing my work hard drive a bit and I decided to check to make sure that 1) all the music on it was also on the house music servers and 2) _vice versa_ (gotta set up `rsync` for that purpose one day soon). In doing so, I found some music I hadn’t enjoyed for a while, which is kind of like buying a brand-new album, except it costs much less. + +[Six Degrees Records][11] has long been one of my favorite purveyors of unusual music. A great example is the group [Zuco 103][12]'s album [Whaa!][13], whose CD version I purchased from Six Degrees’ online store some years ago. Check out [this fun documentary about the group][14]. + + + +For a completely different experience, take a look at the [Ragazze Quartet’s performance of Terry Riley’s "Four Four Three."][15] I picked up ahigh-resolutionn version of this fascinating music from [Channel Classics][16], which operates a Linux-friendly download store (no bloatware to install on your computer). + +And finally, I was saddened to hear of the recent passing of [Rachid Taha][17], whose wonderful blend of North African and French musical traditions, along with his frank confrontation of the challenges of being North African and living in Europe, has made some powerful—and fun—music. Check out [Taha’s version of "Rock the Casbah."][18] I have a few of his songs scattered around various compilation albums, and some time ago bought the CD version of [Rachid Taha: The Definitive Collection][19], which I’ve been enjoying again recently. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/audiophile-linux-distro + +作者：[Chris Hermansen][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/clhermansen +[1]: https://www.ap-linux.com/ +[2]: https://www.archlinux.org/ +[3]: http://fluxbox.org/ +[4]: https://www.ap-linux.com/documentation/ap-linux-v4-install-instructions/ +[5]: https://github.com/CDrummond/cantata +[6]: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1PTj1qIqcWM +[7]: https://www.audiostream.com/content/listening-session-history-lesson-bw-schiit-and-shinola-together-last +[8]: http://www.guayadeque.org/ +[9]: https://gogglesmm.github.io/ +[10]: https://opensource.com/article/17/8/cantata-music-linux +[11]: https://www.sixdegreesrecords.com/ +[12]: https://www.sixdegreesrecords.com/?s=zuco+103 +[13]: https://www.musicomh.com/reviews/albums/zuco-103-whaa +[14]: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ncaqD92cjQ8 +[15]: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DwMaO7bMVD4 +[16]: https://www.channelclassics.com/catalogue/37816-Riley-Four-Four-Three/ +[17]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rachid_Taha +[18]: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=n1p_dkJo6Y8 +[19]: http://www.bbc.co.uk/music/reviews/26rg/ From 02b69bf88a8005574b7cb77cd11908d2bb97e1b5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Wed, 26 Sep 2018 14:58:15 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 169/246] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20Clinews=20?= =?UTF-8?q?=E2=80=93=20Read=20News=20And=20Latest=20Headlines=20From=20Com?= =?UTF-8?q?mandline?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...s And Latest Headlines From Commandline.md | 136 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 136 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180921 Clinews - Read News And Latest Headlines From Commandline.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180921 Clinews - Read News And Latest Headlines From Commandline.md b/sources/tech/20180921 Clinews - Read News And Latest Headlines From Commandline.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..24ae89f461 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180921 Clinews - Read News And Latest Headlines From Commandline.md @@ -0,0 +1,136 @@ +Clinews – Read News And Latest Headlines From Commandline +====== + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/clinews-720x340.jpeg) + +A while ago, we have written about a CLI news client named [**InstantNews**][1] that helps you to read news and latest headlines from commandline instantly. Today, I stumbled upon a similar utility named **Clinews** which serves the same purpose – reading news and latest headlines from popular websites, blogs from Terminal. You don’t need to install GUI applications or mobile apps. You can read what’s happening in the world right from your Terminal. It is free, open source utility written using **NodeJS**. + +### Installing Clinews + +Since Clinews is written using NodeJS, you can install it using NPM package manager. If you haven’t install NodeJS, install it as described in the following link. + +Once node installed, run the following command to install Clinews: + +``` +$ npm i -g clinews +``` + +You can also install Clinews using **Yarn** : + +``` +$ yarn global add clinews +``` + +Yarn itself can installed using npm + +``` +$ npm -i yarn +``` + +### Configure News API + +Clinews retrieves all news headlines from [**News API**][2]. News API is a simple and easy-to-use API that returns JSON metadata for the headlines currently published on a range of news sources and blogs. It currently provides live headlines from 70 popular sources, including Ars Technica, BBC, Blooberg, CNN, Daily Mail, Engadget, ESPN, Financial Times, Google News, hacker News, IGN, Mashable, National Geographic, Reddit r/all, Reuters, Speigel Online, Techcrunch, The Guardian, The Hindu, The Huffington Post, The Newyork Times, The Next Web, The Wall street Journal, USA today and [**more**][3]. + +First, you need an API key from News API. Go to [**https://newsapi.org/register**][4] URL and register a free account to get the API key. + +Once you got the API key from News API site, edit your **.bashrc** file: + +``` +$ vi ~/.bashrc + +``` + +Add newsapi API key at the end like below: + +``` +export IN_API_KEY="Paste-API-key-here" + +``` + +Please note that you need to paste the key inside the double quotes. Save and close the file. + +Run the following command to update the changes. + +``` +$ source ~/.bashrc + +``` + +Done. Now let us go ahead and fetch the latest headlines from new sources. + +### Read News And Latest Headlines From Commandline + +To read news and latest headlines from specific new source, for example **The Hindu** , run: + +``` +$ news fetch the-hindu + +``` + +Here, **“the-hindu”** is the new source id (fetch id). + +The above command will fetch latest 10 headlines from The Hindu news portel and display them in the Terminal. Also, it displays a brief description of the news, the published date and time, and the actual link to the source. + +**Sample output:** + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/clinews-1.png) + +To read a news in your browser, hold Ctrl key and click on the URL. It will open in your default web browser. + +To view all the sources you can get news from, run: + +``` +$ news sources + +``` + +**Sample output:** + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/clinews-2.png) + +As you see in the above screenshot, Clinews lists all news sources including the name of the news source, fetch id, description of the site, website URL and the country where it is located. As of writing this guide, Clinews currently supports 70+ news sources. + +Clinews can also able to search for news stories across all sources matching search criteria/term. Say for example, to list all news stories with titles containing the words **“Tamilnadu”** , use the following command: + +``` +$ news search "Tamilnadu" +``` + +This command will scrap all news sources for stories that match term **Tamilnadu**. + +Clinews has some extra flags that helps you to + + * limit the amount of news stories you want to see, + * sort news stories (top, latest, popular), + * display news stories category wise (E.g. business, entertainment, gaming, general, music, politics, science-and-nature, sport, technology) + + + +For more details, see the help section: + +``` +$ clinews -h +``` + +And, that’s all for now. Hope this was useful. More good stuffs to come. Stay tuned! + +Cheers! + + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.ostechnix.com/clinews-read-news-and-latest-headlines-from-commandline/ + +作者：[SK][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ +[1]: https://www.ostechnix.com/get-news-instantly-commandline-linux/ +[2]: https://newsapi.org/ +[3]: https://newsapi.org/sources +[4]: https://newsapi.org/register From d3f075d5e18638fbd3054c4536d78bae33961719 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Wed, 26 Sep 2018 14:59:14 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 170/246] PRF:20180907 What do open source and cooking have in common.md @sd886393 --- ... open source and cooking have in common.md | 31 ++++++++----------- 1 file changed, 13 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/talk/20180907 What do open source and cooking have in common.md b/translated/talk/20180907 What do open source and cooking have in common.md index 2f5f150f1a..ae99bed725 100644 --- a/translated/talk/20180907 What do open source and cooking have in common.md +++ b/translated/talk/20180907 What do open source and cooking have in common.md @@ -3,48 +3,46 @@ ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/waffles-recipe-eggs-cooking-mix.png?itok=Fp06VOBx) -有什么好的方法，既可以宣传开源的精神又不用写代码呢？这里有个点子：“开源食堂”。在过去的8年间，这就是我们在慕尼黑做的事情。 +有什么好的方法，既可以宣传开源的精神又不用写代码呢？这里有个点子：“开源食堂open source cooking”。在过去的 8 年间，这就是我们在慕尼黑做的事情。 开源食堂已经是我们常规的开源宣传活动了，因为我们发现开源与烹饪有很多共同点。 ### 协作烹饪 -[慕尼黑开源聚会][1]自2009年7月在[Café Netzwerk][2]创办以来，已经组织了若干次活动，活动一般在星期五的晚上组织。该聚会为开源项目工作者或者开源爱好者们提供了相互认识的方式。我们的信条是：“每四周的星期五属于免费软件（Every fourth Friday for free software）”。当然在一些周末，我们还会举办一些研讨会。那之后，我们很快加入了很多其他的活动，包括白香肠早餐、桑拿与烹饪活动。 +[慕尼黑开源聚会][1]自 2009 年 7 月在 [Café Netzwerk][2] 创办以来，已经组织了若干次活动，活动一般在星期五的晚上组织。该聚会为开源项目工作者或者开源爱好者们提供了相互认识的方式。我们的信条是：“每四周的星期五属于自由软件Every fourth Friday for free software”。当然在一些周末，我们还会举办一些研讨会。那之后，我们很快加入了很多其他的活动，包括白香肠早餐、桑拿与烹饪活动。 -事实上，第一次开源烹饪聚会举办的有些混乱，但是我们经过这8年来以及15次的组织，已经可以为25-30个与会者提供丰盛的美食了。 +事实上，第一次开源烹饪聚会举办的有些混乱，但是我们经过这 8 年来以及 15 次的活动，已经可以为 25-30 个与会者提供丰盛的美食了。 回头看看这些夜晚，我们愈发发现共同烹饪与开源社区协作之间，有很多相似之处。 -### 烹饪步骤中的开源精神 +### 烹饪步骤中的自由开源精神 这里是几个烹饪与开源精神相同的地方： * 我们乐于合作且朝着一个共同的目标前进 - * 我们成立社区组织 + * 我们成了一个社区 * 由于我们有相同的兴趣与爱好，我们可以更多的了解我们自身与他人，并且可以一同协作 - * 我们也会犯错，但我们会从错误中学习，并为了共同的李医生去分享关于错误的经验，从而让彼此避免再犯相同的错误 + * 我们也会犯错，但我们会从错误中学习，并为了共同的利益去分享关于错误的经验，从而让彼此避免再犯相同的错误 * 每个人都会贡献自己擅长的事情，因为每个人都有自己的一技之长 * 我们会动员其他人去做出贡献并加入到我们之中 * 虽说协作是关键，但难免会有点混乱 * 每个人都会从中收益 - - ### 烹饪中的开源气息 同很多成功的开源聚会一样，开源烹饪也需要一些协作和组织结构。在每次活动之前，我们会组织所有的成员对菜单进行投票，而不单单是直接给每个人分一角披萨，我们希望真正的作出一道美味，迄今为止我们做过日本、墨西哥、匈牙利、印度等地区风味的美食，限于篇幅就不一一列举了。 -就像在生活中，共同烹饪一样需要各个成员之间相互的尊重和理解，所以我们也会试着为素食主义者、食物过敏者、或者对某些事物有偏好的人提供针对性的事物。正式开始烹饪之前，在家预先进行些小规模的测试会非常有帮助（乐趣！） +就像在生活中，共同烹饪同样需要各个成员之间相互的尊重和理解，所以我们也会试着为素食主义者、食物过敏者、或者对某些事物有偏好的人提供针对性的事物。正式开始烹饪之前，在家预先进行些小规模的测试会非常有帮助（和乐趣！） -可扩展性也很重要，在杂货店采购必要的食材很容易就消耗掉3个小时。所以我们使用一些表格工具（自然是 LibreOffice Calc）来做一些所需要的食材以及相应的成本。 +可扩展性也很重要，在杂货店采购必要的食材很容易就消耗掉 3 个小时。所以我们使用一些表格工具（自然是 LibreOffice Calc）来做一些所需要的食材以及相应的成本。 -我们会同志愿者一起，为每次晚餐准备一个“包管理器”，从而及时的制作出菜单并在问题产生的时候寻找一些独到的解决方法。 +我们会同志愿者一起，对于每次晚餐我们都有一个“包维护者”，从而及时的制作出菜单并在问题产生的时候寻找一些独到的解决方法。 虽然不是所有人都是大厨，但是只要给与一些帮助，并比较合理的分配任务和责任，就很容易让每个人都参与其中。某种程度上来说，处理 18kg 的西红柿和 100 个鸡蛋都不会让你觉得是件难事，相信我！唯一的限制是一个烤炉只有四个灶，所以可能是时候对基础设施加大投入了。 -发布有时间要求，当然要求也不那么严格，我们通常会在21:30和01:30之间的相当“灵活”时间内供应主菜，即便如此，这个时间也是硬性的发布规定。 +发布有时间要求，当然要求也不那么严格，我们通常会在 21:30 和 01:30 之间的相当“灵活”时间内供应主菜，即便如此，这个时间也是硬性的发布规定。 -最后，想很多开源项目一样，烹饪文档同样有提升的空间。类似洗碟子这样的扫尾工作同样也有可优化的地方。 +最后，像很多开源项目一样，烹饪文档同样有提升的空间。类似洗碟子这样的扫尾工作同样也有可优化的地方。 ### 未来的一些新功能点 @@ -54,21 +52,18 @@ * 购买和烹饪一个价值 700 欧元的大南瓜，并且 * 找家可以为我们采购提供折扣的商店 - 最后一点，也是开源软件的动机：永远记住，还有一些人们生活在阴影中，他们为没有同等的权限去访问资源而苦恼着。我们如何通过开源的精神去帮助他们呢？ 一想到这点，我便期待这下一次的开源烹饪聚会。如果读了上面的东西让你觉得不够完美，并且想自己运作这样的活动，我们非常乐意你能够借鉴我们的想法，甚至抄袭一个。我们也乐意你能够参与到我们其中，甚至做一些演讲和问答。 -Article originally appeared on [blog.effenberger.org][3]. Reprinted with permission. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/open-source-cooking 作者：[Florian Effenberger][a] 选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/sd886393) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +译者：[sd886393](https://github.com/sd886393) +校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From 2dd5f756e62d138abe843d914a3be0ed383e018b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Wed, 26 Sep 2018 14:59:32 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 171/246] PUB:20180907 What do open source and cooking have in common.md @sd886393 https://linux.cn/article-10052-1.html --- .../20180907 What do open source and cooking have in common.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/talk => published}/20180907 What do open source and cooking have in common.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/talk/20180907 What do open source and cooking have in common.md b/published/20180907 What do open source and cooking have in common.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/talk/20180907 What do open source and cooking have in common.md rename to published/20180907 What do open source and cooking have in common.md From f1e6337f2faa1d4b7d370ffa77ff197cb13d576e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Wed, 26 Sep 2018 15:19:09 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 172/246] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20How=20To=20Find?= =?UTF-8?q?=20Out=20Which=20Port=20Number=20A=20Process=20Is=20Using=20In?= =?UTF-8?q?=20Linux?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...Port Number A Process Is Using In Linux.md | 278 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 278 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180924 How To Find Out Which Port Number A Process Is Using In Linux.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180924 How To Find Out Which Port Number A Process Is Using In Linux.md b/sources/tech/20180924 How To Find Out Which Port Number A Process Is Using In Linux.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..21b6633730 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180924 How To Find Out Which Port Number A Process Is Using In Linux.md @@ -0,0 +1,278 @@ +How To Find Out Which Port Number A Process Is Using In Linux +====== +As a Linux administrator, you should know whether the corresponding service is binding/listening with correct port or not. + +This will help you to easily troubleshoot further when you are facing port related issues. + +A port is a logical connection that identifies a specific process on Linux. There are two kind of port are available like, physical and software. + +Since Linux operating system is a software hence, we are going to discuss about software port. + +Software port is always associated with an IP address of a host and the relevant protocol type for communication. The port is used to distinguish the application. + +Most of the network related services have to open up a socket to listen incoming network requests. Socket is unique for every service. + +**Suggested Read :** +**(#)** [4 Easiest Ways To Find Out Process ID (PID) In Linux][1] +**(#)** [3 Easy Ways To Kill Or Terminate A Process In Linux][2] + +Socket is combination of IP address, software Port and protocol. The port numbers area available for both TCP and UDP protocol. + +The Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) and the User Datagram Protocol (UDP) use port numbers for communication. It is a value from 0 to 65535. + +Below are port assignments categories. + + * `0-1023:` Well Known Ports or System Ports + * `1024-49151:` Registered Ports for applications + * `49152-65535:` Dynamic Ports or Private Ports + + + +You can check the details of the reserved ports in the /etc/services file on Linux. + +``` +# less /etc/services +# /etc/services: +# $Id: services,v 1.55 2013/04/14 ovasik Exp $ +# +# Network services, Internet style +# IANA services version: last updated 2013-04-10 +# +# Note that it is presently the policy of IANA to assign a single well-known +# port number for both TCP and UDP; hence, most entries here have two entries +# even if the protocol doesn't support UDP operations. +# Updated from RFC 1700, ``Assigned Numbers'' (October 1994). Not all ports +# are included, only the more common ones. +# +# The latest IANA port assignments can be gotten from +# http://www.iana.org/assignments/port-numbers +# The Well Known Ports are those from 0 through 1023. +# The Registered Ports are those from 1024 through 49151 +# The Dynamic and/or Private Ports are those from 49152 through 65535 +# +# Each line describes one service, and is of the form: +# +# service-name port/protocol [aliases ...] [# comment] + +tcpmux 1/tcp # TCP port service multiplexer +tcpmux 1/udp # TCP port service multiplexer +rje 5/tcp # Remote Job Entry +rje 5/udp # Remote Job Entry +echo 7/tcp +echo 7/udp +discard 9/tcp sink null +discard 9/udp sink null +systat 11/tcp users +systat 11/udp users +daytime 13/tcp +daytime 13/udp +qotd 17/tcp quote +qotd 17/udp quote +msp 18/tcp # message send protocol (historic) +msp 18/udp # message send protocol (historic) +chargen 19/tcp ttytst source +chargen 19/udp ttytst source +ftp-data 20/tcp +ftp-data 20/udp +# 21 is registered to ftp, but also used by fsp +ftp 21/tcp +ftp 21/udp fsp fspd +ssh 22/tcp # The Secure Shell (SSH) Protocol +ssh 22/udp # The Secure Shell (SSH) Protocol +telnet 23/tcp +telnet 23/udp +# 24 - private mail system +lmtp 24/tcp # LMTP Mail Delivery +lmtp 24/udp # LMTP Mail Delivery + +``` + +This can be achieved using the below six methods. + + * `ss:` ss is used to dump socket statistics. + * `netstat:` netstat is displays a list of open sockets. + * `lsof:` lsof – list open files. + * `fuser:` fuser – list process IDs of all processes that have one or more files open + * `nmap:` nmap – Network exploration tool and security / port scanner + * `systemctl:` systemctl – Control the systemd system and service manager + + + +In this tutorial we are going to find out which port number the SSHD daemon is using. + +### Method-1: Using ss Command + +ss is used to dump socket statistics. It allows showing information similar to netstat. It can display more TCP and state informations than other tools. + +It can display stats for all kind of sockets such as PACKET, TCP, UDP, DCCP, RAW, Unix domain, etc. + +``` +# ss -tnlp | grep ssh +LISTEN 0 128 *:22 *:* users:(("sshd",pid=997,fd=3)) +LISTEN 0 128 :::22 :::* users:(("sshd",pid=997,fd=4)) +``` + +Alternatively you can check this with port number as well. + +``` +# ss -tnlp | grep ":22" +LISTEN 0 128 *:22 *:* users:(("sshd",pid=997,fd=3)) +LISTEN 0 128 :::22 :::* users:(("sshd",pid=997,fd=4)) +``` + +### Method-2: Using netstat Command + +netstat – Print network connections, routing tables, interface statistics, masquerade connections, and multicast memberships. + +By default, netstat displays a list of open sockets. If you don’t specify any address families, then the active sockets of all configured address families will be printed. This program is obsolete. Replacement for netstat is ss. + +``` +# netstat -tnlp | grep ssh +tcp 0 0 0.0.0.0:22 0.0.0.0:* LISTEN 997/sshd +tcp6 0 0 :::22 :::* LISTEN 997/sshd +``` + +Alternatively you can check this with port number as well. + +``` +# netstat -tnlp | grep ":22" +tcp 0 0 0.0.0.0:22 0.0.0.0:* LISTEN 1208/sshd +tcp6 0 0 :::22 :::* LISTEN 1208/sshd +``` + +### Method-3: Using lsof Command + +lsof – list open files. The Linux lsof command lists information about files that are open by processes running on the system. + +``` +# lsof -i -P | grep ssh +COMMAND PID USER FD TYPE DEVICE SIZE/OFF NODE NAME +sshd 11584 root 3u IPv4 27625 0t0 TCP *:22 (LISTEN) +sshd 11584 root 4u IPv6 27627 0t0 TCP *:22 (LISTEN) +sshd 11592 root 3u IPv4 27744 0t0 TCP vps.2daygeek.com:ssh->103.5.134.167:49902 (ESTABLISHED) +``` + +Alternatively you can check this with port number as well. + +``` +# lsof -i tcp:22 +COMMAND PID USER FD TYPE DEVICE SIZE/OFF NODE NAME +sshd 1208 root 3u IPv4 20919 0t0 TCP *:ssh (LISTEN) +sshd 1208 root 4u IPv6 20921 0t0 TCP *:ssh (LISTEN) +sshd 11592 root 3u IPv4 27744 0t0 TCP vps.2daygeek.com:ssh->103.5.134.167:49902 (ESTABLISHED) +``` + +### Method-4: Using fuser Command + +The fuser utility shall write to standard output the process IDs of processes running on the local system that have one or more named files open. + +``` +# fuser -v 22/tcp + USER PID ACCESS COMMAND +22/tcp: root 1208 F.... sshd + root 12388 F.... sshd + root 49339 F.... sshd +``` + +### Method-5: Using nmap Command + +Nmap (“Network Mapper”) is an open source tool for network exploration and security auditing. It was designed to rapidly scan large networks, although it works fine against single hosts. + +Nmap uses raw IP packets in novel ways to determine what hosts are available on the network, what services (application name and version) those hosts are offering, what operating systems (and OS versions) they are running, what type of packet filters/firewalls are in use, and dozens of other characteristics. + +``` +# nmap -sV -p 22 localhost + +Starting Nmap 6.40 ( http://nmap.org ) at 2018-09-23 12:36 IST +Nmap scan report for localhost (127.0.0.1) +Host is up (0.000089s latency). +Other addresses for localhost (not scanned): 127.0.0.1 +PORT STATE SERVICE VERSION +22/tcp open ssh OpenSSH 7.4 (protocol 2.0) + +Service detection performed. Please report any incorrect results at http://nmap.org/submit/ . +Nmap done: 1 IP address (1 host up) scanned in 0.44 seconds +``` + +### Method-6: Using systemctl Command + +systemctl – Control the systemd system and service manager. This is the replacement of old SysV init system management and most of the modern Linux operating systems were adapted systemd. + +**Suggested Read :** +**(#)** [chkservice – A Tool For Managing Systemd Units From Linux Terminal][3] +**(#)** [How To Check All Running Services In Linux][4] + +``` +# systemctl status sshd +● sshd.service - OpenSSH server daemon + Loaded: loaded (/usr/lib/systemd/system/sshd.service; enabled; vendor preset: enabled) + Active: active (running) since Sun 2018-09-23 02:08:56 EDT; 6h 11min ago + Docs: man:sshd(8) + man:sshd_config(5) + Main PID: 11584 (sshd) + CGroup: /system.slice/sshd.service + └─11584 /usr/sbin/sshd -D + +Sep 23 02:08:56 vps.2daygeek.com systemd[1]: Starting OpenSSH server daemon... +Sep 23 02:08:56 vps.2daygeek.com sshd[11584]: Server listening on 0.0.0.0 port 22. +Sep 23 02:08:56 vps.2daygeek.com sshd[11584]: Server listening on :: port 22. +Sep 23 02:08:56 vps.2daygeek.com systemd[1]: Started OpenSSH server daemon. +Sep 23 02:09:15 vps.2daygeek.com sshd[11589]: Connection closed by 103.5.134.167 port 49899 [preauth] +Sep 23 02:09:41 vps.2daygeek.com sshd[11592]: Accepted password for root from 103.5.134.167 port 49902 ssh2 +``` + +The above out will be showing the actual listening port of SSH service when you start the SSHD service recently. Otherwise it won’t because it updates recent logs in the output frequently. + +``` +# systemctl status sshd +● sshd.service - OpenSSH server daemon + Loaded: loaded (/usr/lib/systemd/system/sshd.service; enabled; vendor preset: enabled) + Active: active (running) since Thu 2018-09-06 07:40:59 IST; 2 weeks 3 days ago + Docs: man:sshd(8) + man:sshd_config(5) + Main PID: 1208 (sshd) + CGroup: /system.slice/sshd.service + ├─ 1208 /usr/sbin/sshd -D + ├─23951 sshd: [accepted] + └─23952 sshd: [net] + +Sep 23 12:50:36 vps.2daygeek.com sshd[23909]: Invalid user pi from 95.210.113.142 port 51666 +Sep 23 12:50:36 vps.2daygeek.com sshd[23909]: input_userauth_request: invalid user pi [preauth] +Sep 23 12:50:37 vps.2daygeek.com sshd[23911]: pam_unix(sshd:auth): check pass; user unknown +Sep 23 12:50:37 vps.2daygeek.com sshd[23911]: pam_unix(sshd:auth): authentication failure; logname= uid=0 euid=0 tty=ssh ruser= rhost=95.210.113.142 +Sep 23 12:50:37 vps.2daygeek.com sshd[23909]: pam_unix(sshd:auth): check pass; user unknown +Sep 23 12:50:37 vps.2daygeek.com sshd[23909]: pam_unix(sshd:auth): authentication failure; logname= uid=0 euid=0 tty=ssh ruser= rhost=95.210.113.142 +Sep 23 12:50:39 vps.2daygeek.com sshd[23911]: Failed password for invalid user pi from 95.210.113.142 port 51670 ssh2 +Sep 23 12:50:39 vps.2daygeek.com sshd[23909]: Failed password for invalid user pi from 95.210.113.142 port 51666 ssh2 +Sep 23 12:50:40 vps.2daygeek.com sshd[23911]: Connection closed by 95.210.113.142 port 51670 [preauth] +Sep 23 12:50:40 vps.2daygeek.com sshd[23909]: Connection closed by 95.210.113.142 port 51666 [preauth] +``` + +Most of the time the above output won’t shows the process actual port number. in this case i would suggest you to check the details using the below command from the journalctl log file. + +``` +# journalctl | grep -i "openssh\|sshd" +Sep 23 02:08:56 vps138235.vps.ovh.ca sshd[997]: Received signal 15; terminating. +Sep 23 02:08:56 vps138235.vps.ovh.ca systemd[1]: Stopping OpenSSH server daemon... +Sep 23 02:08:56 vps138235.vps.ovh.ca systemd[1]: Starting OpenSSH server daemon... +Sep 23 02:08:56 vps138235.vps.ovh.ca sshd[11584]: Server listening on 0.0.0.0 port 22. +Sep 23 02:08:56 vps138235.vps.ovh.ca sshd[11584]: Server listening on :: port 22. +Sep 23 02:08:56 vps138235.vps.ovh.ca systemd[1]: Started OpenSSH server daemon. +``` + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.2daygeek.com/how-to-find-out-which-port-number-a-process-is-using-in-linux/ + +作者：[Prakash Subramanian][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.2daygeek.com/author/prakash/ +[1]: https://www.2daygeek.com/how-to-check-find-the-process-id-pid-ppid-of-a-running-program-in-linux/ +[2]: https://www.2daygeek.com/kill-terminate-a-process-in-linux-using-kill-pkill-killall-command/ +[3]: https://www.2daygeek.com/chkservice-a-tool-for-managing-systemd-units-from-linux-terminal/ +[4]: https://www.2daygeek.com/how-to-check-all-running-services-in-linux/ From 56e04296329b5b4357b9380e1584edc0adbf91a1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: HankChow <280630620@qq.com> Date: Wed, 26 Sep 2018 15:26:12 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 173/246] hankchow translating --- ...ke The Output Of Ping Command Prettier And Easier To Read.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180924 Make The Output Of Ping Command Prettier And Easier To Read.md b/sources/tech/20180924 Make The Output Of Ping Command Prettier And Easier To Read.md index 39ca57bc43..7ef713eae4 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180924 Make The Output Of Ping Command Prettier And Easier To Read.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180924 Make The Output Of Ping Command Prettier And Easier To Read.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +HankChow translating + Make The Output Of Ping Command Prettier And Easier To Read ====== From 757a39980406948b0b921d0398489c9b71f88c42 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: belitex Date: Wed, 26 Sep 2018 17:04:20 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 174/246] =?UTF-8?q?=E7=BF=BB=E8=AF=91=E5=AE=8C=E6=88=90:?= =?UTF-8?q?=208=20Python=20packages=20that=20will=20simplify=20your=20life?= =?UTF-8?q?=20with=20Django?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...hat will simplify your life with Django.md | 124 ------------------ ...hat will simplify your life with Django.md | 121 +++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 121 insertions(+), 124 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180920 8 Python packages that will simplify your life with Django.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180920 8 Python packages that will simplify your life with Django.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180920 8 Python packages that will simplify your life with Django.md b/sources/tech/20180920 8 Python packages that will simplify your life with Django.md deleted file mode 100644 index e341a8b0a6..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180920 8 Python packages that will simplify your life with Django.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,124 +0,0 @@ -belitex 翻译中 -8 Python packages that will simplify your life with Django -====== - -This month's Python column looks at Django packages that will benefit your work, personal, or side projects. - -![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/water-stone-balance-eight-8.png?itok=1aht_V5V) - -Django developers, we're devoting this month's Python column to packages that will help you. These are our favorite [Django][1] libraries for saving time, cutting down on boilerplate code, and generally simplifying our lives. We've got six packages for Django apps and two for Django's REST Framework, and we're not kidding when we say these packages show up in almost every project we work on. - -But first, see our tips for making the [Django Admin more secure][2] and an article on 5 favorite [open source Django packages][3]. - -### A kitchen sink of useful time-savers: django-extensions - -[Django-extensions][4] is a favorite Django package chock full of helpful tools like these management commands: - - * **shell_plus** starts the Django shell with all your database models already loaded. No more importing from several different apps to test one complex relationship! - * **clean_pyc** removes all .pyc projects from everywhere inside your project directory. - * **create_template_tags** creates a template tag directory structure inside the app you specify. - * **describe_form** displays a form definition for a model, which you can then copy/paste into forms.py. (Note that this produces a regular Django form, not a ModelForm.) - * **notes** displays all comments with stuff like TODO, FIXME, etc. throughout your project. - - - * **TimeStampedModel** : This base class includes the fields **created** and **modified** and a **save()** method that automatically updates these fields appropriately. - * **ActivatorModel** : If your model will need fields like **status** , **activate_date** , and **deactivate_date** , use this base class. It comes with a manager that enables **.active()** and **.inactive()** querysets. - * **TitleDescriptionModel** and **TitleSlugDescriptionModel** : These include the **title** and **description** fields, and the latter also includes a **slug** field. The **slug** field will automatically populate based on the **title** field. - - - -Django-extensions also includes useful abstract base classes to use for common patterns in your own models. Inherit from these base classes when you create your models to get their: - -Django-extensions has more features you may find useful in your projects, so take a tour through its [docs][5]! - -### 12-factor-app settings: django-environ - -[Django-environ][6] allows you to use [12-factor app][7] methodology to manage your settings in your Django project. It collects other libraries, including [envparse][8] and [honcho][9]. Once you install django-environ, create an .env file at your project's root. Define in that module any settings variables that may change between environments or should remain secret (like API keys, debug status, and database URLs). - -Then, in your project's settings.py file, import **environ** and set up variables for **environ.PATH()** and **environ.Env()** according to the [example][10]. Access settings variables defined in your .env file with **env('VARIABLE_NAME')**. - -### Creating great management commands: django-click - -[Django-click][11], based on [Click][12] (which we have recommended [before][13]… [twice][14]), helps you write Django management commands. This library doesn't have extensive documentation, but it does have a directory of [test commands][15] in its repository that are pretty useful. A basic Hello World command would look like this: - -``` -# app_name.management.commands.hello.py -import djclick as click - -@click.command() -@click.argument('name') -def command(name): -    click.secho(f'Hello, {name}') -``` - -Then in the command line, run: - -``` ->> ./manage.py hello Lacey -Hello, Lacey -``` - -### Handling finite state machines: django-fsm - -[Django-fsm][16] adds support for finite state machines to your Django models. If you run a news website and need articles to process through states like Writing, Editing, and Published, django-fsm can help you define those states and manage the rules and restrictions around moving from one state to another. - -Django-fsm provides an FSMField to use for the model attribute that defines the model instance's state. Then you can use django-fsm's **@transition** decorator to define methods that move the model instance from one state to another and handle any side effects from that transition. - -Although django-fsm is light on documentation, [Workflows (States) in Django][17] is a gist that serves as an excellent introduction to both finite state machines and django-fsm. - -### Contact forms: #django-contact-form - -A contact form is such a standard thing on a website. But don't write all that boilerplate code yourself—set yours up in minutes with [django-contact-form][18]. It comes with an optional spam-filtering contact form class (and a regular, non-filtering class) and a **ContactFormView** base class with methods you can override or customize, and it walks you through the templates you will need to create to make your form work. - -### Registering and authenticating users: django-allauth - -[Django-allauth][19] is an app that provides views, forms, and URLs for registering users, logging them in and out, resetting their passwords, and authenticating users with outside sites like GitHub or Twitter. It supports email-as-username authentication and is extensively documented. It can be a little confusing to set up the first time you use it; follow the [installation instructions][20] carefully and read closely when you [customize your settings][21] to make sure you're using all the settings you need to enable a specific feature. - -### Handling user authentication with Django REST Framework: django-rest-auth - -If your Django development includes writing APIs, you're probably using [Django REST Framework][22] (DRF). If you're using DRF, you should check out [django-rest-auth][23], a package that enables endpoints for user registration, login/logout, password reset, and social media authentication (by adding django-allauth, which works well with django-rest-auth). - -### Visualizing a Django REST Framework API: django-rest-swagger - -[Django REST Swagger][24] provides a feature-rich user interface for interacting with your Django REST Framework API. Once you've installed Django REST Swagger and added it to installed apps, add the Swagger view and URL pattern to your urls.py file; the rest is taken care of in the docstrings of your APIs. - -![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/swagger-ui.png) - -The UI for your API will include all your endpoints and available methods broken out by app. It will also list available operations for those endpoints and enable you to interact with the API (adding/deleting/fetching records, for example). It uses the docstrings in your API views to generate documentation for each endpoint, creating a set of API documentation for your project that's useful to you, your frontend developers, and your users. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/django-packages - -作者：[Jeff Triplett][a] -选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]: https://opensource.com/users/laceynwilliams -[1]: https://www.djangoproject.com/ -[2]: https://opensource.com/article/18/1/10-tips-making-django-admin-more-secure -[3]: https://opensource.com/business/15/12/5-favorite-open-source-django-packages -[4]: https://django-extensions.readthedocs.io/en/latest/ -[5]: https://django-extensions.readthedocs.io/ -[6]: https://django-environ.readthedocs.io/en/latest/ -[7]: https://www.12factor.net/ -[8]: https://github.com/rconradharris/envparse -[9]: https://github.com/nickstenning/honcho -[10]: https://django-environ.readthedocs.io/ -[11]: https://github.com/GaretJax/django-click -[12]: http://click.pocoo.org/5/ -[13]: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/python-libraries-side-projects -[14]: https://opensource.com/article/18/5/3-python-command-line-tools -[15]: https://github.com/GaretJax/django-click/tree/master/djclick/test/testprj/testapp/management/commands -[16]: https://github.com/viewflow/django-fsm -[17]: https://gist.github.com/Nagyman/9502133 -[18]: https://django-contact-form.readthedocs.io/en/1.5/ -[19]: https://django-allauth.readthedocs.io/en/latest/ -[20]: https://django-allauth.readthedocs.io/en/latest/installation.html -[21]: https://django-allauth.readthedocs.io/en/latest/configuration.html -[22]: http://www.django-rest-framework.org/ -[23]: https://django-rest-auth.readthedocs.io/ -[24]: https://django-rest-swagger.readthedocs.io/en/latest/ diff --git a/translated/tech/20180920 8 Python packages that will simplify your life with Django.md b/translated/tech/20180920 8 Python packages that will simplify your life with Django.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f242007433 --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180920 8 Python packages that will simplify your life with Django.md @@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ +简化 Django 开发的八个 Python 包 +====== + +这个月的 Python 专栏将介绍一些 Django 包，它们有益于你的工作，以及你的个人或业余项目。 + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/water-stone-balance-eight-8.png?itok=1aht_V5V) + +Django 开发者们，在这个月的 Python 专栏中，我们会介绍一些能帮助你们的软件包。这些软件包是我们最喜欢的 [Django][1] 库，能够节省开发时间，减少样板代码，通常来说，这会让我们的生活更加轻松。我们为 Django 应用准备了六个包，为 Django 的 REST 框架准备了两个包。几乎所有我们的项目里，都用到了这些包，真的，不是说笑。 + +不过在继续阅读之前，请先看看我们关于[让 Django 管理后台更安全][2]的几个提示，以及这篇关于 [5 个最受欢迎的开源 Django 包][3] 的文章。 + +### 有用又省时的工具集合：django-extensions + +[Django-extensions][4] 这个 Django 包非常受欢迎，全是有用的工具，比如下面这些管理命令： + + * **shell_plus** 打开 Django 的管理 shell，这个 shell 已经自动导入了所有的数据库模型。在测试复杂的数据关系时，就不需要再从几个不同的应用里做 import 的操作了。 + * **clean_pyc** 删除项目目录下所有位置的 .pyc 文件 + * **create_template_tags** 在指定的应用下，创建模板标签的目录结构。 + * **describe_form** 输出模型的表单定义，可以粘贴到 forms.py 文件中。（需要注意的是，这种方法创建的是普通 Django 表单，而不是模型表单。） + * **notes** 输出你项目里所有带 TODO，FIXME 等标记的注释。 + +Django-extensions 还包括几个有用的抽象基类，在定义模型时，它们能满足常见的模式。当你需要以下模型时，可以继承这些基类： + + + * **TimeStampedModel** : 这个模型的基类包含了 **created** 字段和 **modified** 字段，还有一个 **save()** 方法，在适当的场景下，该方法自动更新 created 和 modified 字段的值。 + * **ActivatorModel** : 如果你的模型需要像 **status**，**activate_date** 和 **deactivate_date** 这样的字段，可以使用这个基类。它还自带了一个启用 **.active()** 和 **.inactive()** 查询集的 manager。 + * **TitleDescriptionModel** 和 **TitleSlugDescriptionModel** : 这两个模型包括了 **title** 和 **description** 字段，其中 description 字段还包括 **slug**，它根据 **title** 字段自动产生。 + +Django-extensions 还有其他更多的功能，也许对你的项目有帮助，所以，去浏览一下它的[文档][5]吧！ + +### 12 因子应用的配置：django-environ + +在 Django 项目的配置方面，[Django-environ][6] 提供了符合 [12 因子应用][7] 方法论的管理方法。它是其他一些库的集合，包括 [envparse][8] 和 [honcho][9] 等。安装了 django-environ 之后，在项目的根目录创建一个 .env 文件，用这个文件去定义那些随环境不同而不同的变量，或者需要保密的变量。（比如 API keys，是否启用 debug，数据库的 URLs 等） + +然后，在项目的 settings.py 中引入 **environ**，并参考[官方文档的例子][10]设置好 **environ.PATH()** 和 **environ.Env()**。就可以通过 **env('VARIABLE_NAME')** 来获取 .env 文件中定义的变量值了。 + +### 创建出色的管理命令：django-click + +[Django-click][11] 是基于 [Click][12] 的， ( 我们[之前推荐过][13]… [两次][14] Click)，它对编写 Django 管理命令很有帮助。这个库没有很多文档，但是代码仓库中有个存放[测试命令][15]的目录，非常有参考价值。 Django-click 基本的 Hello World 命令是这样写的： + +``` +# app_name.management.commands.hello.py +import djclick as click + +@click.command() +@click.argument('name') +def command(name): + click.secho(f'Hello, {name}') +``` + +在命令行下调用它，这样执行即可： + +``` +>> ./manage.py hello Lacey +Hello, Lacey +``` + +### 处理有限状态机：django-fsm + +[Django-fsm][16] 给 Django 的模型添加了有限状态机的支持。如果你管理一个新闻网站，想用类似于“写作中”，“编辑中”，“已发布”来流转文章的状态，django-fsm 能帮你定义这些状态，还能管理状态变化的规则与限制。 + +Django-fsm 为模型提供了 FSMField 字段，用来定义模型实例的状态。用 django-fsm 的 **@transition** 修饰符，可以定义状态变化的方法，并处理状态变化的任何副作用。 + +虽然 django-fsm 文档很轻量，不过 [Django 中的工作流（状态）][17] 这篇 GitHubGist 对有限状态机和 django-fsm 做了非常好的介绍。 + +### 联系人表单：#django-contact-form + +联系人表单可以说是网站的标配。但是不要自己去写全部的样板代码，用 [django-contact-form][18] 在几分钟内就可以搞定。它带有一个可选的能过滤垃圾邮件的表单类（也有不过滤的普通表单类）和一个 **ContactFormView** 基类，基类的方法可以覆盖或自定义修改。而且它还能引导你完成模板的创建，好让表单正常工作。 + +### 用户注册和认证：django-allauth + +[Django-allauth][19] 是一个 Django 应用，它为用户注册，登录注销，密码重置，还有第三方用户认证（比如 GitHub 或 Twitter）提供了视图，表单和 URLs，支持邮件地址作为用户名的认证方式，而且有大量的文档记录。第一次用的时候，它的配置可能会让人有点晕头转向；请仔细阅读[安装说明][20]，在[自定义你的配置][21]时要专注，确保启用某个功能的所有配置都用对了。 + +### 处理 Django REST 框架的用户认证：django-rest-auth + +如果 Django 开发中涉及到对外提供 API，你很可能用到了 [Django REST Framework][22] (DRF)。如果你在用 DRF，那么你应该试试 django-rest-auth，它提供了用户注册，登录/注销，密码重置和社交媒体认证的 endpoints （是通过添加 django-allauth 的支持来实现的，这两个包协作得很好）。 + +### Django REST 框架的 API 可视化：django-rest-swagger + +[Django REST Swagger][24] 提供了一个功能丰富的用户界面，用来和 Django REST 框架的 API 交互。你只需要安装 Django REST Swagger，把它添加到 Django 项目的 installed apps 中，然后在 urls.py 中添加 Swagger 的视图和 URL 模式就可以了，剩下的事情交给 API 的 docstring 处理。 + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/swagger-ui.png) + +API 的用户界面按照 app 的维度展示了所有 endpoints 和可用方法，并列出了这些 endpoints 的可用操作，而且它提供了和 API 交互的功能（比如添加/删除/获取记录）。django-rest-swagger 从 API 视图中的 docstrings 生成每个 endpoint 的文档，通过这种方法，为你的项目创建了一份 API 文档，这对你，对前端开发人员和用户都很有用。 + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/django-packages + +作者：[Jeff Triplett][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[belitex](https://github.com/belitex) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/laceynwilliams +[1]: https://www.djangoproject.com/ +[2]: https://opensource.com/article/18/1/10-tips-making-django-admin-more-secure +[3]: https://opensource.com/business/15/12/5-favorite-open-source-django-packages +[4]: https://django-extensions.readthedocs.io/en/latest/ +[5]: https://django-extensions.readthedocs.io/ +[6]: https://django-environ.readthedocs.io/en/latest/ +[7]: https://www.12factor.net/ +[8]: https://github.com/rconradharris/envparse +[9]: https://github.com/nickstenning/honcho +[10]: https://django-environ.readthedocs.io/ +[11]: https://github.com/GaretJax/django-click +[12]: http://click.pocoo.org/5/ +[13]: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/python-libraries-side-projects +[14]: https://opensource.com/article/18/5/3-python-command-line-tools +[15]: https://github.com/GaretJax/django-click/tree/master/djclick/test/testprj/testapp/management/commands +[16]: https://github.com/viewflow/django-fsm +[17]: https://gist.github.com/Nagyman/9502133 +[18]: https://django-contact-form.readthedocs.io/en/1.5/ +[19]: https://django-allauth.readthedocs.io/en/latest/ +[20]: https://django-allauth.readthedocs.io/en/latest/installation.html +[21]: https://django-allauth.readthedocs.io/en/latest/configuration.html +[22]: http://www.django-rest-framework.org/ +[23]: https://django-rest-auth.readthedocs.io/ +[24]: https://django-rest-swagger.readthedocs.io/en/latest/ \ No newline at end of file From 50f53143e42ac21f9d481b03c218bbc076c656f1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: qhwdw Date: Wed, 26 Sep 2018 21:45:48 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 175/246] Translated by qhwdw --- ...Educational Software and Games for Kids.md | 82 ------------------- ...Educational Software and Games for Kids.md | 80 ++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 80 insertions(+), 82 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180813 5 of the Best Linux Educational Software and Games for Kids.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180813 5 of the Best Linux Educational Software and Games for Kids.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180813 5 of the Best Linux Educational Software and Games for Kids.md b/sources/tech/20180813 5 of the Best Linux Educational Software and Games for Kids.md deleted file mode 100644 index 66850b2260..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180813 5 of the Best Linux Educational Software and Games for Kids.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,82 +0,0 @@ -Translating by qhwdw -5 of the Best Linux Educational Software and Games for Kids -====== - -![](https://www.maketecheasier.com/assets/uploads/2018/07/Linux-educational-programs-for-kids-featured.jpg) - -Linux is a very powerful operating system, and that explains why it powers most of the servers on the Internet. Though it may not be the best OS in terms of user friendliness, its diversity is commendable. Everyone has their own need for Linux. Be it for coding, educational purposes or the internet of things (IoT), you’ll always find a suitable Linux distro for every use. To that end, many have dubbed Linux as the OS for future computing. - -Because the future belongs to the kids of today, introducing them to Linux is the best way to prepare them for what the future holds. This OS may not have a reputation for popular games such as FIFA or PES; however, it offers the best educational software and games for kids. These are five of the best Linux educational software to keep your kids ahead of the game. - -**Related** : [The Beginner’s Guide to Using a Linux Distro][1] - -### 1. GCompris - -If you’re looking for the best educational software for kids, [GCompris][2] should be your starting point. This software is specifically designed for kids education and is ideal for kids between two and ten years old. As the pinnacle of all Linux educational software suites for children, GCompris offers about 100 activities for kids. It packs everything you want for your kids from reading practice to science, geography, drawing, algebra, quizzes, and more. - -![Linux educational software and games][3] - -GCompris even has activities for helping your kids learn computer peripherals. If your kids are young and you want them to learn alphabets, colors, and shapes, GCompris has programmes for those, too. What’s more, it also comes with helpful games for kids such as chess, tic-tac-toe, memory, and hangman. GCompris is not a Linux-only app. It’s also available for Windows and Android. - -### 2. TuxMath - -Most students consider math a tough subject. You can change that perception by acquainting your kids with mathematical skills through Linux software applications such as [TuxMath][4]. TuxMath is a top-rated educational Math tutorial game for kids. In this game your role is to help Tux the penguin of Linux protect his planet from a rain of mathematical problems. - -![linux-educational-software-tuxmath-1][5] - -By finding the answer, you help Tux save the planet by destroying the asteroids with your laser before they make an impact. The difficulty of the math problems increases with each level you pass. This game is ideal for kids, as it can help them rack their brains for solutions. Besides making them good at math, it also helps them improve their mental agility. - -### 3. Sugar on a Stick - -[Sugar on a Stick][6] is a dedicated learning program for kids – a brand new pedagogy that has gained a lot of traction. This program provides your kids with a fully-fledged learning platform where they can gain skills in creating, exploring, discovering and also reflecting on ideas. Just like GCompris, Sugar on a Stick comes with a host of learning resources for kids, including games and puzzles. - -![linux-educational-software-sugar-on-a-stick][7] - -The best thing about Sugar on a Stick is that you can set it up on a USB Drive. All you need is an X86-based PC, then plug in the USB, and boot the distro from it. Sugar on a Stick is a project by Sugar Labs – a non-profit organization that is run by volunteers. - -### 4. KDE Edu Suite - -[KDE Edu Suite][8] is a package of software for different user purposes. With a host of applications from different fields, the KDE community has proven that it isn’t just serious about empowering adults; it also cares about bringing the young generation to speed with everything surrounding them. It comes packed with various applications for kids ranging from science to math, geography, and more. - -![linux-educational-software-kde-1][9] - -The KDE Suite can be used for adult needs based on necessities, as a school teaching software, or as a kid’s leaning app. It offers a huge software package and is free to download. The KDE Edu suite can be installed on most GNU/Linux Distros. - -### 5. Tux Paint - -![linux-educational-software-tux-paint-2][10] - -[Tux Paint][11] is another great Linux educational software for kids. This award-winning drawing program is used in schools around the world to help children nurture the art of drawing. It comes with a clean, easy-to-use interface and fun sound effects that help children use the program. There is also an encouraging cartoon mascot that guides kids as they use the program. Tux Paint comes with a variety of drawing tools that help kids unleash their creativity. - -### Summing Up - -Due to the popularity of these educational software for kids, many institutions have embraced these programs as teaching aids in schools and kindergartens. A typical example is [Edubuntu][12], an Ubuntu-derived distro that is widely used by teachers and parents for educating kids. - -Tux Paint is another great example that has grown in popularity over the years and is being used in schools to teach children how to draw. This list is by no means exhaustive. There are hundreds of other Linux educational software and games that can be very useful for your kids. - -If you know of any other great Linux educational software and games for kids, share with us in the comments section below. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://www.maketecheasier.com/5-best-linux-software-packages-for-kids/ - -作者：[Kenneth Kimari][a] -选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]:https://www.maketecheasier.com/author/kennkimari/ -[1]:https://www.maketecheasier.com/beginner-guide-to-using-linux-distro/ (The Beginner’s Guide to Using a Linux Distro) -[2]:http://www.gcompris.net/downloads-en.html -[3]:https://www.maketecheasier.com/assets/uploads/2018/07/Linux-educational-software-gcompris.jpg (Linux educational software and games) -[4]:https://tuxmath.en.uptodown.com/ubuntu -[5]:https://www.maketecheasier.com/assets/uploads/2018/07/Linux-educational-software-tuxmath-1.jpg (linux-educational-software-tuxmath-1) -[6]:http://wiki.sugarlabs.org/go/Sugar_on_a_Stick/Downloads -[7]:https://www.maketecheasier.com/assets/uploads/2018/07/Linux-educational-software-sugar-on-a-stick.png (linux-educational-software-sugar-on-a-stick) -[8]:https://edu.kde.org/ -[9]:https://www.maketecheasier.com/assets/uploads/2018/07/Linux-educational-software-kde-1.jpg (linux-educational-software-kde-1) -[10]:https://www.maketecheasier.com/assets/uploads/2018/07/Linux-educational-software-tux-paint-2.jpg (linux-educational-software-tux-paint-2) -[11]:http://www.tuxpaint.org/ -[12]:http://edubuntu.org/ diff --git a/translated/tech/20180813 5 of the Best Linux Educational Software and Games for Kids.md b/translated/tech/20180813 5 of the Best Linux Educational Software and Games for Kids.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3a1981f0bc --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180813 5 of the Best Linux Educational Software and Games for Kids.md @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# 5 个给孩子的非常好的 Linux 教育软件和游戏 + +![](https://www.maketecheasier.com/assets/uploads/2018/07/Linux-educational-programs-for-kids-featured.jpg) + +Linux 是一个非常强大的操作系统，因此因特网上的大多数服务器都使用它。尽管它算不上是对用户友好的最佳操作系统，但它的多元化还是值的称赞的。对于 Linux 来说，每个人都能在它上面找到他们自己的所需。不论你是用它来写代码、还是用于教学或物联网（IoT），你总能找到一个适合你用的 Linux 发行版。为此，许多人认为 Linux 是未来计算的最佳操作系统。 + +未来是属于孩子们的，让孩子们了解 Linux 是他们掌控未来的最佳方式。这个操作系统上或许并没有一些像 FIFA 或 PES 那样的声名赫赫的游戏；但是，它为孩子们提供了一些非常好的教育软件和游戏。这里有五款最好的 Linux 教育软件，可以让你的孩子远离游戏。 + +**相关阅读**：[使用一个 Linux 发行版的新手指南][1] + +### 1. GCompris + +如果你正在为你的孩子寻找一款最佳的教育软件，[GCompris][2] 将是你的最好的开端。这款软件专门为 2 到 10 岁的孩子所设计。作为所有的 Linux 教育软件套装的巅峰之作，GCompris 为孩子们提供了大约 100 项活动。它囊括了你期望你的孩子学习的所有内容，从阅读材料到科学、地理、绘画、代数、测验、等等。 + +![Linux educational software and games][3] + +GCompris 甚至有一项活动可以帮你的孩子学习计算机的相关知识。如果你的孩子还很小，你希望他去学习字母、颜色、和形状，GCompris 也有这方面的相关内容。更重要的是，它也为孩子们准备了一些益智类游戏，比如国际象棋、井字棋、好记性、以及猜词游戏。GCompris 并不是一个仅在 Linux 上可运行的游戏。它也可以运行在 Windows 和 Android 上。 + +### 2. TuxMath + +很多学生认为数学是们非常难的课程。你可以通过 Linux 教育软件如 [TuxMath][4] 来让你的孩子了解数学技能，从而来改变这种看法。TuxMath 是为孩子开发的顶级的数学教育辅助游戏。在这个游戏中，你的角色是在如雨点般下降的数学问题中帮助 Linux 企鹅 Tux 来保护它的星球。 + +![linux-educational-software-tuxmath-1][5] + +在它们落下来毁坏 Tux 的星球之前，找到问题的答案，就可以使用你的激光去帮助 Tux 拯救它的星球。数字问题的难度每过一关就会提升一点。这个游戏非常适合孩子，因为它可以让孩子们去开动脑筋解决问题。而且还有助他们学好数学，以及帮助他们开发智力。 + +### 3. Sugar on a Stick + +[Sugar on a Stick][6] 是献给孩子们的学习程序 —— 一个广受好评的全新教学法。这个程序为你的孩子提供一个成熟的教学平台，在那里，他们可以收获创造、探索、发现和思考方面的技能。和 GCompris 一样，Sugar on a Stick 为孩子们带来了包括游戏和谜题在内的大量学习资源。 + +![linux-educational-software-sugar-on-a-stick][7] + +关于 Sugar on a Stick 最大的一个好处是你可以将它配置在一个 U 盘上。你只要有一台 X86 的 PC，插入那个 U 盘，然后就可以从 U 盘引导这个发行版。Sugar on a Stick 是由 Sugar 实验室提供的一个项目 —— 这个实验室是一个由志愿者运作的非盈利组织。 + +### 4. KDE Edu Suite + +[KDE Edu Suite][8] 是一个用途与众不同的软件包。带来了大量不同领域的应用程序，KDE 社区已经证实，它不仅是一系列成年人授权的问题；它还关心年青一代如何适应他们周围的一切。它囊括了一系列孩子们使用的应用程序，从科学到数学、地理等等。 + +![linux-educational-software-kde-1][9] + +KDE Edu 套件根据长大后所必需的知识为基础，既能够用作学校的教学软件，也能够作为孩子们的学习 APP。它提供了大量的可免费下载的软件包。KDE Edu 套件在主流的 GNU/Linux 发行版都能安装。 + +### 5. Tux Paint + +![linux-educational-software-tux-paint-2][10] + +[Tux Paint][11] 是给孩子们的另一个非常好的 Linux 教育软件。这个屡获殊荣的绘画软件在世界各地被用于帮助培养孩子们的绘画技能，它有一个简洁的、易于使用的界面和有趣的音效，可以高效地帮助孩子去使用这个程序。它也有一个卡通吉祥物去鼓励孩子们使用这个程序。Tux Paint 中有许多绘画工具，它们可以帮助孩子们放飞他们的创意。 + +### 总结 + +由于这些教育软件深受孩子们的欢迎，许多学校和幼儿园都使用这些程序进行辅助教学。典型的一个例子就是 [Edubuntu][12]，它是儿童教育领域中广受老师和家长们欢迎的一个基于 Ubuntu 的发行版。 + +Tux Paint 是另一个非常好的例子，它在这些年越来越流行，它大量地用于学校中教孩子们如何绘画。以上的这个清单并不很详细。还有成百上千的对孩子有益的其它 Linux 教育软件和游戏。 + +如果你还知道给孩子们的其它非常好的 Linux 教育软件和游戏，在下面的评论区分享给我们吧。 + +------ + +via: https://www.maketecheasier.com/5-best-linux-software-packages-for-kids/ + +作者：[Kenneth Kimari][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[qhwdw](https://github.com/qhwdw) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.maketecheasier.com/author/kennkimari/ +[1]: https://www.maketecheasier.com/beginner-guide-to-using-linux-distro/ "The Beginner’s Guide to Using a Linux Distro" +[2]: http://www.gcompris.net/downloads-en.html +[3]: https://www.maketecheasier.com/assets/uploads/2018/07/Linux-educational-software-gcompris.jpg "Linux educational software and games" +[4]: https://tuxmath.en.uptodown.com/ubuntu +[5]: https://www.maketecheasier.com/assets/uploads/2018/07/Linux-educational-software-tuxmath-1.jpg "linux-educational-software-tuxmath-1" +[6]: http://wiki.sugarlabs.org/go/Sugar_on_a_Stick/Downloads +[7]: https://www.maketecheasier.com/assets/uploads/2018/07/Linux-educational-software-sugar-on-a-stick.png "linux-educational-software-sugar-on-a-stick" +[8]: https://edu.kde.org/ +[9]: https://www.maketecheasier.com/assets/uploads/2018/07/Linux-educational-software-kde-1.jpg "linux-educational-software-kde-1" +[10]: https://www.maketecheasier.com/assets/uploads/2018/07/Linux-educational-software-tux-paint-2.jpg "linux-educational-software-tux-paint-2" +[11]: http://www.tuxpaint.org/ +[12]: http://edubuntu.org/ \ No newline at end of file From 249d0c33d4d4ac1b33db6bb8818988ad9016c4fd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Wed, 26 Sep 2018 23:23:39 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 176/246] PRF:20180910 3 open source log aggregation tools.md @heguangzhi --- ...910 3 open source log aggregation tools.md | 76 +++++++++---------- 1 file changed, 34 insertions(+), 42 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180910 3 open source log aggregation tools.md b/translated/tech/20180910 3 open source log aggregation tools.md index a026b47625..0bad973eba 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180910 3 open source log aggregation tools.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180910 3 open source log aggregation tools.md @@ -1,83 +1,75 @@ - - - -3个开源日志聚合工具 +3 个开源日志聚合工具 ====== -日志聚合系统可以帮助我们故障排除并进行其他的任务。以下是三个主要工具介绍。 +> 日志聚合系统可以帮助我们进行故障排除和其它任务。以下是三个主要工具介绍。 ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/data_metrics_analytics_desktop_laptop.png?itok=9QXd7AUr) - - -指标聚合与日志聚合有何不同？日志不能包括指标吗？日志聚合系统不能做与指标聚合系统相同的事情吗？ +指标聚合metrics aggregation与日志聚合log aggregation有何不同？日志不能包括指标吗？日志聚合系统不能做与指标聚合系统相同的事情吗？ 这些是我经常听到的问题。我还看到供应商推销他们的日志聚合系统作为所有可观察问题的解决方案。日志聚合是一个有价值的工具，但它通常对时间序列数据的支持不够好。 -时间序列指标聚合系统中几个有价值的功能为规则间隔与专门为时间序列数据定制的存储系统。规则间隔允许用户一次性地导出真实的数据结果。如果要求日志聚合系统定期收集指标数据，它也可以。但是，它的存储系统没有针对指标聚合系统中典型的查询类型进行优化。使用日志聚合工具中的存储系统处理这些查询将花费更多的资源和时间。 +时间序列的指标聚合系统中几个有价值的功能是专门为时间序列数据定制的固定间隔regular interval和存储系统。固定间隔允许用户不断地收集实时的数据结果。如果要求日志聚合系统以固定间隔收集指标数据，它也可以。但是，它的存储系统没有针对指标聚合系统中典型的查询类型进行优化。使用日志聚合工具中的存储系统处理这些查询将花费更多的资源和时间。 -所以，我们知道日志聚合系统可能不适合时间序列数据，但是它有什么好处呢？日志聚合系统是收集事件数据的好地方。这些是非常重要的不规则活动。最好的例子为 web 服务的访问日志。这些都很重要，因为我们想知道什么东西正在访问我们的系统，什么时候访问。另一个例子是应用程序错误记录——因为它不是正常的操作记录，所以在故障排除过程中可能很有价值的。 +所以，我们知道日志聚合系统可能不适合时间序列数据，但是它有什么好处呢？日志聚合系统是收集事件数据的好地方。这些无规律的活动是非常重要的。最好的例子为 web 服务的访问日志，这些很重要，因为我们想知道什么正在访问我们的系统，什么时候访问的。另一个例子是应用程序错误记录 —— 因为它不是正常的操作记录，所以在故障排除过程中可能很有价值的。 -日志记录的一些规则: - - * 包含时间戳 - * 包含 JSON 格式 - * 不记录无关紧要的事件 - * 记录所有应用程序的错误 - * 记录警告错误 - * 日志记录开关 - * 以可读的形式记录信息 - * 不在生产环境中记录信息 - * 不记录任何无法阅读或无反馈的内容 +日志记录的一些规则： + * **须**包含时间戳 + * **须**格式化为 JSON + * **不**记录无关紧要的事件 + * **须**记录所有应用程序的错误 + * **可**记录警告错误 + * **可**开关的日志记录 + * **须**以可读的形式记录信息 + * **不**在生产环境中记录信息 + * **不**记录任何无法阅读或反馈的内容 ### 云的成本 -当研究日志聚合工具时，云可能看起来是一个有吸引力的选择。然而，这可能会带来巨大的成本。当跨数百或数千台主机和应用程序聚合时，日志数据是大量的。在基于云的系统中，数据的接收、存储和检索是昂贵的。 +当研究日志聚合工具时，云服务可能看起来是一个有吸引力的选择。然而，这可能会带来巨大的成本。当跨数百或数千台主机和应用程序聚合时，日志数据是大量的。在基于云的系统中，数据的接收、存储和检索是昂贵的。 -作为一个真实的系统，大约500个节点和几百个应用程序的集合每天产生 200GB 的日志数据。这个系统可能还有改进的空间，但是在许多 SaaS 产品中，即使将它减少一半，每月也要花费将近10，000美元。这通常包括仅保留30天，如果你想查看一年一年的趋势数据，就不可能了。 - -并不是要不使用这些系统，尤其是对于较小的组织它们可能非常有价值的。目的是指出可能会有很大的成本，当这些成本达到时，就可能令人非常的沮丧。本文的其余部分将集中讨论自托管的开源和商业解决方案。 +以一个真实的系统来参考，大约 500 个节点和几百个应用程序的集合每天产生 200GB 的日志数据。这个系统可能还有改进的空间，但是在许多 SaaS 产品中，即使将它减少一半，每月也要花费将近 10000 美元。而这通常仅保留 30 天，如果你想查看一年一年的趋势数据，就不可能了。 +并不是要不使用这些基于云的系统，尤其是对于较小的组织它们可能非常有价值的。这里的目的是指出可能会有很大的成本，当这些成本很高时，就可能令人非常的沮丧。本文的其余部分将集中讨论自托管的开源和商业解决方案。 ### 工具选择 #### ELK -[ELK][1] ，简称 Elasticsearch、Logstash 和 Kibana，是最流行的开源日志聚合工具。它被Netflix、Facebook、微软、LinkedIn 和思科使用。这三个组件都是由 [Elastic][2] 开发和维护的。[Elasticsearch][3] 本质上是一个NoSQL，Lucene 搜索引擎实现的。[Logstash][4] 是一个日志管道系统，可以接收数据，转换数据，并将其加载到像 Elasticsearch 这样的应用中。[Kibana][5] 是 Elasticsearch 之上的可视化层。 +[ELK][1]，即 Elasticsearch、Logstash 和 Kibana 简称，是最流行的开源日志聚合工具。它被 Netflix、Facebook、微软、LinkedIn 和思科使用。这三个组件都是由 [Elastic][2] 开发和维护的。[Elasticsearch][3] 本质上是一个 NoSQL 数据库，以 Lucene 搜索引擎实现的。[Logstash][4] 是一个日志管道系统，可以接收数据，转换数据，并将其加载到像 Elasticsearch 这样的应用中。[Kibana][5] 是 Elasticsearch 之上的可视化层。 -几年前，Beats 被引入。Beats 是数据采集器。它们简化了将数据运送到日志存储的过程。用户不需要了解每种日志的正确语法，而是可以安装一个 Beats 来正确导出 NGINX 日志或代理日志，以便在Elasticsearch 中有效地使用它们。 +几年前，引入了 Beats 。Beats 是数据采集器。它们简化了将数据运送到 Logstash 的过程。用户不需要了解每种日志的正确语法，而是可以安装一个 Beats 来正确导出 NGINX 日志或 Envoy 代理日志，以便在 Elasticsearch 中有效地使用它们。 -安装生产环境级 ELK stack 时，可能会包括其他几个部分，如 [Kafka][6], [Redis][7], and [NGINX][8]。此外，用 Fluentd 替换 Logstash 也很常见，我们将在后面讨论。这个系统操作起来很复杂，这在早期导致很多问题和投诉。目前，这些基本上已经被修复，不过它仍然是一个复杂的系统，如果你使用少部分的功能，建议不要使用它了。 +安装生产环境级 ELK 套件时，可能会包括其他几个部分，如 [Kafka][6]、[Redis][7] 和 [NGINX][8]。此外，用 Fluentd 替换 Logstash 也很常见，我们将在后面讨论。这个系统操作起来很复杂，这在早期导致了很多问题和抱怨。目前，这些问题基本上已经被修复，不过它仍然是一个复杂的系统，如果你使用少部分的功能，建议不要使用它了。 -也就是说，服务是可用的，所以你不必担心。[Logz.io][9] 也可以使用，但是如果你有很多数据，它的标价有点高。当然，你可能没有很多数据，来使用用它。如果你买不起 Logz.io，你可以看看 [AWS Elasticsearch Service][10] (ES) 。ES 是 Amazon Web Services (AWS) 提供的一项服务，它使得 Elasticsearch 很容易快速工作。它还拥有使用 Lambda 和 S3 将所有AWS日志记录到 ES 的工具。这是一个更便宜的选择，但是需要一些管理操作，并有一些功能限制。 +也就是说，有其它可用的服务，所以你不必苦恼于此。可以使用 [Logz.io][9]，但是如果你有很多数据，它的标价有点高。当然，你可能规模比较小，没有很多数据。如果你买不起 Logz.io，你可以看看 [AWS Elasticsearch Service][10] (ES) 。ES 是 Amazon Web Services (AWS) 提供的一项服务，它很容易就可以让 Elasticsearch 马上工作起来。它还拥有使用 Lambda 和 S3 将所有AWS 日志记录到 ES 的工具。这是一个更便宜的选择，但是需要一些管理操作，并有一些功能限制。 +ELK 套件的母公司 Elastic [提供][11] 一款更强大的产品，它使用开源核心open core模式，为分析工具和报告提供了额外的选项。它也可以在谷歌云平台或 AWS 上托管。由于这种工具和托管平台的组合提供了比大多数 SaaS 选项更加便宜，这也许是最好的选择，并且很有用。该系统可以有效地取代或提供 [安全信息和事件管理][12]（SIEM）系统的功能。 -Elastic [offers][11] 的母公司提供一款更强大的产品，它使用开放核心模型，为分析工具和报告提供了额外的选项。它也可以在谷歌云平台或 AWS 上托管。由于这种工具和托管平台的组合提供了比大多数 SaaS 选项更加便宜，这将是最好的选择并且具有很大的价值。该系统可以有效地取代或提供[security information and event management][12] ( SIEM )系统的功能。 - -ELK 栈通过 Kibana 提供了很好的可视化工具，但是它缺少警报功能。Elastic 在付费的 X-Pack 插件中提供了提醒功能，但是在开源系统没有内置任何功能。Yelp 已经开发了一种解决这个问题的方法，[ElastAlert][13], 不过还有其他方式。这个额外的软件相当健壮，但是它增加了已经复杂的系统的复杂性。 +ELK 套件通过 Kibana 提供了很好的可视化工具，但是它缺少警报功能。Elastic 在付费的 X-Pack 插件中提供了警报功能，但是在开源系统没有内置任何功能。Yelp 已经开发了一种解决这个问题的方法，[ElastAlert][13]，不过还有其他方式。这个额外的软件相当健壮，但是它增加了已经复杂的系统的复杂性。 #### Graylog -[Graylog][14] 最近越来越受欢迎，但它是在2010年 Lennart Koopmann 创建并开发的。两年后，一家公司以同样的名字诞生了。尽管它的使用者越来越多，但仍然远远落后于 ELK 栈。这也意味着它具有较少的社区开发特征，但是它可以使用与 ELK stack 相同的 Beats 。Graylog 由于 Graylog Collector Sidecar 使用 [Go][15] 编写所以在 Go 社区赢得了赞誉。 +[Graylog][14] 最近越来越受欢迎，但它是在 2010 年由 Lennart Koopmann 创建并开发的。两年后，一家公司以同样的名字诞生了。尽管它的使用者越来越多，但仍然远远落后于 ELK 套件。这也意味着它具有较少的社区开发特征，但是它可以使用与 ELK 套件相同的 Beats 。由于 Graylog Collector Sidecar 使用 [Go][15] 编写，所以 Graylog 在 Go 社区赢得了赞誉。 -Graylog 使用 Elasticsearch、[MongoDB][16] 并且 提供 Graylog Server 。这使得它像ELK 栈一样复杂，也许还要复杂一些。然而，Graylog 附带了内置于开源版本中的报警功能，以及其他一些值得注意的功能，如 streaming 、消息重写 和 地理定位。 +Graylog 使用 Elasticsearch、[MongoDB][16] 和底层的 Graylog Server 。这使得它像 ELK 套件一样复杂，也许还要复杂一些。然而，Graylog 附带了内置于开源版本中的报警功能，以及其他一些值得注意的功能，如流、消息重写和地理定位。 -streaming 能允许数据在被处理时被实时路由到特定的 Streams。使用此功能，用户可以在单个Stream 中看到所有数据库错误，在不同的 Stream 中看到 web 服务器错误。当添加新项目或超过阈值时，甚至可以基于这些 Stream 提供警报。延迟可能是日志聚合系统中最大的问题之一，Stream消除了灰色日志中的这一问题。一旦日志进入，它就可以通过 Stream 路由到其他系统，而无需全部处理。 +流功能可以允许数据在被处理时被实时路由到特定的 Stream。使用此功能，用户可以在单个 Stream 中看到所有数据库错误，在另外的 Stream 中看到 web 服务器错误。当添加新项目或超过阈值时，甚至可以基于这些 Stream 提供警报。延迟可能是日志聚合系统中最大的问题之一，Stream 消除了 Graylog 中的这一问题。一旦日志进入，它就可以通过 Stream 路由到其他系统，而无需完全处理好。 -消息重写功能使用开源规则引擎 [Drools][17] 。允许根据用户定义的规则文件评估所有传入的消息，从而可以删除消息(称为黑名单)、添加或删除字段或修改消息。 +消息重写功能使用开源规则引擎 [Drools][17] 。允许根据用户定义的规则文件评估所有传入的消息，从而可以删除消息（称为黑名单）、添加或删除字段或修改消息。 -Graylog 最酷的功能是它的地理定位功能，它支持在地图上绘制 IP 地址。这是一个相当常见的功能，在 Kibana 也可以这样使用，但是它增加了很多价值——特别是如果你想将它用作 SIEM 系统。地理定位功能在系统的开源版本中提供。 +Graylog 最酷的功能或许是它的地理定位功能，它支持在地图上绘制 IP 地址。这是一个相当常见的功能，在 Kibana 也可以这样使用，但是它增加了很多价值 —— 特别是如果你想将它用作 SIEM 系统。地理定位功能在系统的开源版本中提供。 -Graylog 如果你想要的话，它会对开源版本的支持收费。它还为其企业版提供了一个开放的核心模型，提供存档、审计日志记录和其他支持。如果你不需要 Graylog (the company) 支持或托管的，你可以独立使用。 +如果你需要的话，Graylog 公司会提供对开源版本的收费支持。它还为其企业版提供了一个开源核心模式，提供存档、审计日志记录和其他支持。其它提供支持或托管服务的不太多，如果你不需要 Graylog 公司的，你可以托管。 #### Fluentd -[Fluentd][18] 是 [Treasure Data][19] 开发的，[CNCF][20] 已经将它作为一个孵化项目。它是用 C 和 Ruby 编写的，并由[AWS][21] 和 [Google Cloud][22]推荐。fluentd已经成为许多装置中logstach的常用替代品。它充当本地聚合器，收集所有节点日志并将其发送到中央存储系统。它不是日志聚合系统。 +[Fluentd][18] 是 [Treasure Data][19] 开发的，[CNCF][20] 已经将它作为一个孵化项目。它是用 C 和 Ruby 编写的，并被 [AWS][21] 和 [Google Cloud][22] 所推荐。Fluentd 已经成为许多系统中 logstach 的常用替代品。它可以作为一个本地聚合器，收集所有节点日志并将其发送到中央存储系统。它不是日志聚合系统。 -它使用一个强大的插件系统，提供不同数据源和数据输出的快速和简单的集成功能。因为有超过500个插件可用，所以你的大多数用例都应该包括在内。如果没有，这听起来是一个为开源社区做出贡献的机会。 +它使用一个强大的插件系统，提供不同数据源和数据输出的快速和简单的集成功能。因为有超过 500 个插件可用，所以你的大多数用例都应该包括在内。如果没有，这听起来是一个为开源社区做出贡献的机会。 -Fluentd 由于占用内存少(只有几十兆字节)和高吞吐量特性，是 Kubernetes 环境中的常见选择。在像 [Kubernetes][23] 这样的环境中，每个pod 都有一个 Fluentd sidecar ，内存消耗会随着每个新 pod 的创建而线性增加。在这中情况下，使用 Fluentd 将大大降低你的系统利用率。这对于Java开发的工具来说，这是一个常见的问题，这些工具旨在为每个节点运行一个工具，而内存开销并不是主要问题。 +Fluentd 由于占用内存少（只有几十兆字节）和高吞吐量特性，是 Kubernetes 环境中的常见选择。在像 [Kubernetes][23] 这样的环境中，每个 pod 都有一个 Fluentd 附属件 ，内存消耗会随着每个新 pod 的创建而线性增加。在这种情况下，使用 Fluentd 将大大降低你的系统利用率。这对于 Java 开发的工具来说是一个常见的问题，这些工具旨在为每个节点运行一个工具，而内存开销并不是主要问题。 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -87,7 +79,7 @@ via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/open-source-log-aggregation-tools 作者：[Dan Barker][a] 选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者：[heguangzhi](https://github.com/heguangzhi) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From 521967e1f7aba7643d064fdab6992fc274458ca6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Wed, 26 Sep 2018 23:24:02 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 177/246] PUB:20180910 3 open source log aggregation tools.md @heguangzhi https://linux.cn/article-10053-1.html --- .../20180910 3 open source log aggregation tools.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180910 3 open source log aggregation tools.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180910 3 open source log aggregation tools.md b/published/20180910 3 open source log aggregation tools.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180910 3 open source log aggregation tools.md rename to published/20180910 3 open source log aggregation tools.md From f4c58714b3d1d30cce80bfa0bda7170cefd9ec07 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Thu, 27 Sep 2018 00:08:08 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 178/246] PRF:20180824 Steam Makes it Easier to Play Windows Games on Linux.md @hopefully2333 --- ...t Easier to Play Windows Games on Linux.md | 41 +++++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 23 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180824 Steam Makes it Easier to Play Windows Games on Linux.md b/translated/tech/20180824 Steam Makes it Easier to Play Windows Games on Linux.md index 75c42b3ab3..a257cee609 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180824 Steam Makes it Easier to Play Windows Games on Linux.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180824 Steam Makes it Easier to Play Windows Games on Linux.md @@ -1,47 +1,50 @@ -steam 让我们在 Linux 上玩 Windows 的游戏更加容易 +Steam 让我们在 Linux 上玩 Windows 的游戏更加容易 ====== + ![Steam Wallpaper][1] -总所周知，Linux 游戏库中的游戏只有 Windows 游戏库中的一部分，实际上，许多人甚至都不会考虑将操作系统转换为 Linux，原因很简单，因为他们喜欢的游戏，大多数都不能在这个平台上运行。 +总所周知，[Linux 游戏][2]库中的游戏只有 Windows 游戏库中的一部分，实际上，许多人甚至都不会考虑将操作系统[转换为 Linux][3]，原因很简单，因为他们喜欢的游戏，大多数都不能在这个平台上运行。 -在撰写本文时，steam 上已有超过 5000 种游戏可以在 Linux 上运行，而 steam 上的游戏总数已经接近 27000 种了。现在 5000 种游戏可能看起来很多，但还没有达到 27000 种，确实没有。 +在撰写本文时，Steam 上已有超过 5000 种游戏可以在 Linux 上运行，而 Steam 上的游戏总数已经接近 27000 种了。现在 5000 种游戏可能看起来很多，但还没有达到 27000 种，确实没有。 -虽然几乎所有的新的独立游戏都是在 Linux 中推出的，但我们仍然无法在这上面玩很多的 3A 大作。对我而言，虽然这其中有很多游戏我都很希望能有机会玩，但这从来都不是一个非黑即白的问题。因为我主要是玩独立游戏和复古游戏，所以几乎所有我喜欢的游戏都可以在 Linux 系统上运行。 +虽然几乎所有的新的独立游戏indie game都是在 Linux 中推出的，但我们仍然无法在这上面玩很多的 [3A 大作][4]。对我而言，虽然这其中有很多游戏我都很希望能有机会玩，但这从来都不是一个非黑即白的问题。因为我主要是玩独立游戏和[复古游戏][5]，所以几乎所有我喜欢的游戏都可以在 Linux 系统上运行。 -### 认识 Proton，Steam 的一次 WINE 分叉。 +### 认识 Proton，Steam 的一个 WINE 复刻 -现在，这个问题已经成为过去式了，因为本周 Valve 宣布要对 Steam Play 进行一次更新，此次更新会将一个名为 Proton 的分叉版本的 Wine 添加到 Linux 和 Mac 的客户端中。是的，这个工具是开源的，Valve 已经在 GitHub 上开源了源代码，但该功能仍然处于测试阶段，所以你必须使用测试版的 Steam 客户端才能使用这项功能。 +现在，这个问题已经成为过去式了，因为本周 Valve [宣布][6]要对 Steam Play 进行一次更新，此次更新会将一个名为 Proton 的 Wine 复刻版本添加到 Linux 客户端中。是的，这个工具是开源的，Valve 已经在 [GitHub][7] 上开源了源代码，但该功能仍然处于测试阶段，所以你必须使用测试版的 Steam 客户端才能使用这项功能。 -#### 使用 proton ，可以在 Linux 系统上使用 Steam 运行更多的 Windows 上的游戏。 +#### 使用 proton ，可以在 Linux 系统上通过 Steam 运行更多 Windows 游戏 -这对我们这些 Linux 用户来说，实际上意味着什么？简单来说，这意味着我们可以在 Linux 和 Mac 这两种操作系统的电脑上运行全部 27000 种游戏，而无需配置像 PlayOnLinux 或 Lutris 这样的服务。我要告诉你的是，配置这些东西有时候会非常让人头疼。 +这对我们这些 Linux 用户来说，实际上意味着什么？简单来说，这意味着我们可以在 Linux 电脑上运行全部 27000 种游戏，而无需配置像 [PlayOnLinux][8] 或 [Lutris][9] 这样的东西。我要告诉你的是，配置这些东西有时候会非常让人头疼。 -对此更为复杂的答案是，某种原因听起来非常美好。虽然在理论上，你可以用这种方式在 Linux 上玩所有的 Windows 平台上的游戏。但只有一少部分游戏在推出时会正式支持 Linux。这少部分游戏包括 DOOM，最终幻想 VI，铁拳 7，星球大战：前线 2，和其他几个。 +对此更为复杂的答案是，某种原因听起来非常美好。虽然在理论上，你可以用这种方式在 Linux 上玩所有的 Windows 平台上的游戏。但只有一少部分游戏在推出时会正式支持 Linux。这少部分游戏包括 《DOOM》、《最终幻想 VI》、《铁拳 7》、《星球大战：前线 2》，和其他几个。 -#### 你可以在 Linux 上玩所有的 Windows 平台的游戏（理论上） +#### 你可以在 Linux 上玩所有的 Windows 游戏（理论上） -虽然目前该列表只有大约 30 个游戏，你可以点击“为所有游戏使用 Steam play 进行运行”复选框来强制使用 Steam 的 Proton 来安装和运行任意游戏。但你最好不要有太高的期待，它们的稳定性和性能表现不一定有你希望的那么好，所以请把期望值压低一点。 +虽然目前该列表只有大约 30 个游戏，你可以点击“为所有游戏启用 Steam Play”复选框来强制使用 Steam 的 Proton 来安装和运行任意游戏。但你最好不要有太高的期待，它们的稳定性和性能表现不一定有你希望的那么好，所以请把期望值压低一点。 ![Steam Play][10] -#### 体验 Proton，没有我想的那么烂。 +据[这份报告][13]，已经有超过一千个游戏可以在 Linux 上玩了。按[此指南][14]来了解如何启用 Steam Play 测试版本。 -例如，我安装了一些中等价格的游戏，使用 Proton 来进行安装。其中一个是上古卷轴 4：湮没，在我玩这个游戏的两个小时里，它只崩溃了一次，而且几乎是紧跟在游戏教程的自动保存点之后。 +#### 体验 Proton，没有我想的那么烂 + +例如，我安装了一些难度适中的游戏，使用 Proton 来进行安装。其中一个是《上古卷轴 4：湮没》，在我玩这个游戏的两个小时里，它只崩溃了一次，而且几乎是紧跟在游戏教程的自动保存点之后。 我有一块英伟达 Gtx 1050 Ti 的显卡。所以我可以使用 1080P 的高配置来玩这个游戏。而且我没有遇到除了这次崩溃之外的任何问题。我唯一真正感到不爽的只有它的帧数没有原本的高。在 90% 的时间里，游戏的帧数都在 60 帧以上，但我知道它的帧数应该能更高。 -我安装和发布的其他所有游戏都运行得很完美，虽然我还没有较长时间地玩过它们中的任何一个。我安装的游戏中包括森林，丧尸围城 4，H1Z1，和刺客信条 2.（你能说我这是喜欢恐怖游戏吗？）。 +我安装和运行的其他所有游戏都运行得很完美，虽然我还没有较长时间地玩过它们中的任何一个。我安装的游戏中包括《森林》、《丧尸围城 4》和《刺客信条 2》。（你觉得我这是喜欢恐怖游戏吗？） #### 为什么 Steam（仍然）要下注在 Linux 上？ 现在，一切都很好，这件事为什么会发生呢？为什么 Valve 要花费时间，金钱和资源来做这样的事？我倾向于认为，他们这样做是因为他们懂得 Linux 社区的价值，但是如果要我老实地说，我不相信我们和它有任何的关系。 -如果我一定要在这上面花钱，我想说 Valve 开发了 Proton，因为他们还没有放弃 Steam 机器。因为 Steam OS 是基于 Linux 的发行版，在这类东西上面投资可以获取最大的利润，Steam OS 上可用的游戏越多，就会有更多的人愿意购买 Steam 的机器。 +如果我一定要在这上面花钱，我想说 Valve 开发了 Proton，因为他们还没有放弃 [Steam Machine][11]。因为 [Steam OS][12] 是基于 Linux 的发行版，在这类东西上面投资可以获取最大的利润，Steam OS 上可用的游戏越多，就会有更多的人愿意购买 Steam Machine。 -可能我是错的，但是我敢打赌啊，我们会在不远的未来看到新一批的 Steam 机器。可能我们会在一年内看到它们，也有可能我们再等五年都见不到，谁知道呢！ +可能我是错的，但是我敢打赌啊，我们会在不远的未来看到新一批的 Steam Machine。可能我们会在一年内看到它们，也有可能我们再等五年都见不到，谁知道呢！ -无论哪种方式，我所知道的是，我终于能兴奋地从我的 Steam 游戏库里玩游戏了。多年来我通过所有的收藏包，游戏促销，和不定时地买一个贱卖的游戏来以防万一，我想去尝试让它在 Lutris 中运行。 +无论哪种方式，我所知道的是，我终于能兴奋地从我的 Steam 游戏库里玩游戏了。这个游戏库是多年来我通过各种慈善包、促销码和不定时地买的游戏慢慢积累的，只不过是想试试让它在 Lutris 中运行。 #### 为 Linux 上越来越多的游戏而激动？ @@ -54,7 +57,7 @@ via: https://itsfoss.com/steam-play-proton/ 作者：[Phillip Prado][a] 选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者：[hopefully2333](https://github.com/hopefully2333) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 @@ -71,3 +74,5 @@ via: https://itsfoss.com/steam-play-proton/ [10]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/SteamProton.jpg [11]:https://store.steampowered.com/sale/steam_machines [12]:https://itsfoss.com/valve-annouces-linux-based-gaming-operating-system-steamos/ +[13]:https://spcr.netlify.com/ +[14]:https://itsfoss.com/steam-play/ From 82182f5de868fa6b1bb92811ed0fe4cd77ada7c4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Thu, 27 Sep 2018 00:08:33 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 179/246] PUB: 20180824 Steam Makes it Easier to Play Windows Games on Linux.md @hopefully2333 https://linux.cn/article-10054-1.html --- ...180824 Steam Makes it Easier to Play Windows Games on Linux.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180824 Steam Makes it Easier to Play Windows Games on Linux.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180824 Steam Makes it Easier to Play Windows Games on Linux.md b/published/20180824 Steam Makes it Easier to Play Windows Games on Linux.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180824 Steam Makes it Easier to Play Windows Games on Linux.md rename to published/20180824 Steam Makes it Easier to Play Windows Games on Linux.md From 53f290e1d854fd8584e6c3b7a96be75cf6a19f9c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: geekpi Date: Thu, 27 Sep 2018 08:59:31 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 180/246] translated --- .../tech/20180824 5 cool music player apps.md | 110 ------------------ .../tech/20180824 5 cool music player apps.md | 108 +++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 108 insertions(+), 110 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180824 5 cool music player apps.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180824 5 cool music player apps.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180824 5 cool music player apps.md b/sources/tech/20180824 5 cool music player apps.md deleted file mode 100644 index fbacc8f8b4..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180824 5 cool music player apps.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,110 +0,0 @@ -translating---geekpi - -5 cool music player apps -====== - -![](https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/5-cool-music-apps-816x345.jpg) -Do you like music? Then Fedora may have just what you’re looking for. This article introduces different music player apps that run on Fedora. You’re covered whether you have an extensive music library, a small one, or none at all. Here are four graphical application and one terminal-based music player that will have you jamming. - -### Quod Libet - -Quod Libet is a complete manager for your large audio library. If you have an extensive audio library that you would like not just listen to, but also manage, Quod Libet might a be a good choice for you. - -![][1] - -Quod Libet can import music from multiple locations on your disk, and allows you to edit tags of the audio files — so everything is under your control. As a bonus, there are various plugins available for anything from a simple equalizer to a [last.fm][2] sync. You can also search and play music directly from [Soundcloud][3]. - -Quod Libet works great on HiDPI screens, and is available as an RPM in Fedora or on [Flathub][4] in case you run [Silverblue][5]. Install it using Gnome Software or the command line: -``` -$ sudo dnf install quodlibet - -``` - -### Audacious - -If you like a simple music player that could even look like the legendary Winamp, Audacious might be a good choice for you. - -![][6] - -Audacious probably won’t manage all your music at once, but it works great if you like to organize your music as files. You can also export and import playlists without reorganizing the music files themselves. - -As a bonus, you can make it look likeWinamp. To make it look the same as on the screenshot above, go to Settings / Appearance, select Winamp Classic Interface at the top, and choose the Refugee skin right below. And Bob’s your uncle! - -Audacious is available as an RPM in Fedora, and can be installed using the Gnome Software app or the following command on the terminal: -``` -$ sudo dnf install audacious - -``` - -### Lollypop - -Lollypop is a music player that provides great integration with GNOME. If you enjoy how GNOME looks, and would like a music player that’s nicely integrated, Lollypop could be for you. - -![][7] - -Apart from nice visual integration with the GNOME Shell, it woks nicely on HiDPI screens, and supports a dark theme. - -As a bonus, Lollypop has an integrated cover art downloader, and a so-called Party Mode (the note button at the top-right corner) that selects and plays music automatically for you. It also integrates with online services such as [last.fm][2] or [libre.fm][8]. - -Available as both an RPM in Fedora or a [Flathub][4] for your [Silverblue][5] workstation, install it using the Gnome Software app or using the terminal: -``` -$ sudo dnf install lollypop - -``` - -### Gradio - -What if you don’t own any music, but still like to listen to it? Or you just simply love radio? Then Gradio is here for you. - -![][9] - -Gradio is a simple radio player that allows you to search and play internet radio stations. You can find them by country, language, or simply using search. As a bonus, it’s visually integrated into GNOME Shell, works great with HiDPI screens, and has an option for a dark theme. - -Gradio is available on [Flathub][4] which works with both Fedora Workstation and [Silverblue][5]. Install it using the Gnome Software app. - -### sox - -Do you like using the terminal instead, and listening to some music while you work? You don’t have to leave the terminal thanks to sox. - -![][10] - -sox is a very simple, terminal-based music player. All you need to do is to run a command such as: -``` -$ play file.mp3 - -``` - -…and sox will play it for you. Apart from individual audio files, sox also supports playlists in the m3u format. - -As a bonus, because sox is a terminal-based application, you can run it over ssh. Do you have a home server with speakers attached to it? Or do you want to play music from a different computer? Try using it together with [tmux][11], so you can keep listening even when the session closes. - -sox is available in Fedora as an RPM. Install it by running: -``` -$ sudo dnf install sox - -``` - - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://fedoramagazine.org/5-cool-music-player-apps/ - -作者：[Adam Šamalík][a] -选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]:https://fedoramagazine.org/author/asamalik/ -[1]:https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/qodlibet-300x217.png -[2]:https://last.fm -[3]:https://soundcloud.com/ -[4]:https://flathub.org/home -[5]:https://teamsilverblue.org/ -[6]:https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/audacious-300x136.png -[7]:https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/lollypop-300x172.png -[8]:https://libre.fm -[9]:https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/gradio.png -[10]:https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/sox-300x179.png -[11]:https://fedoramagazine.org/use-tmux-more-powerful-terminal/ diff --git a/translated/tech/20180824 5 cool music player apps.md b/translated/tech/20180824 5 cool music player apps.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fb301ed4dd --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180824 5 cool music player apps.md @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ +5 个很酷的音乐播放器 +====== + +![](https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/5-cool-music-apps-816x345.jpg) +你喜欢音乐吗？那么 Fedora 中可能有你正在寻找的东西。本文介绍在 Fedora 上运行的不同音乐播放器。无论你有大量的音乐库，还是小型音乐库，或者根本没有音乐库，你都会被覆盖到。这里有四个图形程序和一个基于终端的音乐播放器，可以让你挑选。 + +### Quod Libet + +Quod Libet 是你的大型音频库的管理员。如果你有一个大量的音频库，你不想只听，但也要管理，Quod Libet 可能是一个很好的选择。 + +![][1] + +Quod Libet 可以从磁盘上的多个位置导入音乐，并允许你编辑音频文件的标签 - 因此一切都在你的控制之下。额外地，它还有各种插件可用，从简单的均衡器到 [last.fm][2] 同步。你也可以直接从 [Soundcloud][3] 搜索和播放音乐。 + +Quod Libet 在 HiDPI 屏幕上工作得很好，它有 Fedora 的 RPM 包，如果你运行[Silverblue][5]，它在 [Flathub][4] 中也有。使用 Gnome Software 或命令行安装它： +``` +$ sudo dnf install quodlibet + +``` + +### Audacious + +如果你喜欢简单的音乐播放器，甚至可能看起来像传说中的 Winamp，Audacious 可能是你的不错选择。 + +![][6] + +Audacious 可能不会立即管理你的所有音乐，但你如果想将音乐组织为文件，它能做得很好。你还可以导出和导入播放列表，而无需重新组织音乐文件本身。 + +额外地，你可以让它看起来像 Winamp。要让它与上面的截图相同，请进入 “Settings/Appearance,”，选择顶部的 “Winamp Classic Interface”，然后选择右下方的 “Refugee” 皮肤。而鲍勃是你的叔叔！这就完成了。 + +Audacious 在 Fedora 中作为 RPM 提供，可以使用 Gnome Software 或在终端运行以下命令安装： +``` +$ sudo dnf install audacious + +``` + +### Lollypop + +Lollypop 是一个音乐播放器，它与 GNOME 集成良好。如果你喜欢 GNOME 的外观，并且想要一个集成良好的音乐播放器，Lollypop 可能适合你。 + +![][7] + +除了与 GNOME Shell 的良好视觉集成之外，它还可以很好地用于 HiDPI 屏幕，并支持黑暗主题。 + +额外地，Lollypop 有一个集成的封面下载器和一个所谓的派对模式（右上角的音符按钮），它可以自动选择和播放音乐。它还集成了 [last.fm][2] 或 [libre.fm][8] 等在线服务。 + +它有 Fedora 的 RPM 也有用于 [Silverblue][5] 工作站的 [Flathub][4]，使用 Gnome Software 或终端进行安装： +``` +$ sudo dnf install lollypop + +``` + +### Gradio + +如果你没有任何音乐但仍喜欢听怎么办？或者你只是喜欢收音机？Gradio 就是为你准备的。 + +![][9] + +Gradio 是一个简单的收音机，它允许你搜索和播放网络电台。你可以按国家、语言或直接搜索找到它们。额外地，它可视化地集成到了 GNOME Shell 中，可以与 HiDPI 屏幕配合使用，并且可以选择黑暗主题。 + +可以在 [Flathub][4] 中找到 Gradio，它同时可以运行在 Fedora Workstation 和 [Silverblue][5] 中。使用 Gnome Software 安装它 + +### sox + +你喜欢使用终端在工作时听一些音乐吗？多亏有了 sox，你不必离开终端。 + +![][10] + +sox 是一个非常简单的基于终端的音乐播放器。你需要做的就是运行如下命令： +``` +$ play file.mp3 + +``` + +接着 sox 就会为你播放。除了单独的音频文件外，sox 还支持 m3u 格式的播放列表。 + +额外地，因为 sox 是基于终端的程序，你可以在 ssh 中运行它。你有一个带扬声器的家用服务器吗？或者你想从另一台电脑上播放音乐吗？尝试将它与 [tmux][11] 一起使用，这样即使会话关闭也可以继续听。 + +sox 在 Fedora 中以 RPM 提供。运行下面的命令安装： +``` +$ sudo dnf install sox + +``` + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://fedoramagazine.org/5-cool-music-player-apps/ + +作者：[Adam Šamalík][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]:https://fedoramagazine.org/author/asamalik/ +[1]:https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/qodlibet-300x217.png +[2]:https://last.fm +[3]:https://soundcloud.com/ +[4]:https://flathub.org/home +[5]:https://teamsilverblue.org/ +[6]:https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/audacious-300x136.png +[7]:https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/lollypop-300x172.png +[8]:https://libre.fm +[9]:https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/gradio.png +[10]:https://fedoramagazine.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/sox-300x179.png +[11]:https://fedoramagazine.org/use-tmux-more-powerful-terminal/ From 424e63e8e49a0bc7d4004d12516c5b98073110a9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Thu, 27 Sep 2018 09:05:24 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 181/246] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20Hegemon=20?= =?UTF-8?q?=E2=80=93=20A=20Modular=20System=20Monitor=20Application=20Writ?= =?UTF-8?q?ten=20In=20Rust?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...tem Monitor Application Written In Rust.md | 78 +++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 78 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180925 Hegemon - A Modular System Monitor Application Written In Rust.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180925 Hegemon - A Modular System Monitor Application Written In Rust.md b/sources/tech/20180925 Hegemon - A Modular System Monitor Application Written In Rust.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..14f6a2e947 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180925 Hegemon - A Modular System Monitor Application Written In Rust.md @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +Hegemon – A Modular System Monitor Application Written In Rust +====== + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/hegemon-720x340.png) + +When it comes to monitor running processes in Unix-like systems, the most commonly used applications are **top** and **htop** , which is an enhanced version of top. My personal favorite is htop. However, the developers are releasing few alternatives to these applications every now and then. One such alternative to top and htop utilities is **Hegemon**. It is a modular system monitor application written using **Rust** programming language. + +Concerning about the features of Hegemon, we can list the following: + + * Hegemon will monitor the usage of CPU, memory and Swap. + * It monitors the system’s temperature and fan speed. + * The update interval time can be adjustable. The default value is 3 seconds. + * We can reveal more detailed graph and additional information by expanding the data streams. + * Unit tests + * Clean interface + * Free and open source. + + + +### Installing Hegemon + +Make sure you have installed **Rust 1.26** or later version. To install Rust in your Linux distribution, refer the following guide: + +[Install Rust Programming Language In Linux][2] + +Also, install [libsensors][1] library. It is available in the default repositories of most Linux distributions. For example, you can install it in RPM based systems such as Fedora using the following command: + +``` +$ sudo dnf install lm_sensors-devel +``` + +On Debian-based systems like Ubuntu, Linux Mint, it can be installed using command: + +``` +$ sudo apt-get install libsensors4-dev +``` + +Once you installed Rust and libsensors, install Hegemon using command: + +``` +$ cargo install hegemon +``` + +Once hegemon installed, start monitoring the running processes in your Linux system using command: + +``` +$ hegemon +``` + +Here is the sample output from my Arch Linux desktop. + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Hegemon-in-action.gif) + +To exit, press **Q**. + + +Please be mindful that hegemon is still in its early development stage and it is not complete replacement for **top** command. There might be bugs and missing features. If you came across any bugs, report them in the project’s github page. The developer is planning to bring more features in the upcoming versions. So, keep an eye on this project. + +And, that’s all for now. Hope this helps. More good stuffs to come. Stay tuned! + +Cheers! + + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.ostechnix.com/hegemon-a-modular-system-monitor-application-written-in-rust/ + +作者：[SK][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ +[1]: https://github.com/lm-sensors/lm-sensors +[2]: https://www.ostechnix.com/install-rust-programming-language-in-linux/ From 40f74a4ac5ff341a4b5d656ddbebfeb606897db6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Thu, 27 Sep 2018 09:08:01 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 182/246] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20CPU=20Power=20Man?= =?UTF-8?q?ager=20=E2=80=93=20Control=20And=20Manage=20CPU=20Frequency=20I?= =?UTF-8?q?n=20Linux?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...ntrol And Manage CPU Frequency In Linux.md | 74 +++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 74 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/talk/20180926 CPU Power Manager - Control And Manage CPU Frequency In Linux.md diff --git a/sources/talk/20180926 CPU Power Manager - Control And Manage CPU Frequency In Linux.md b/sources/talk/20180926 CPU Power Manager - Control And Manage CPU Frequency In Linux.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..aeffd1f144 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/talk/20180926 CPU Power Manager - Control And Manage CPU Frequency In Linux.md @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +CPU Power Manager – Control And Manage CPU Frequency In Linux +====== + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Manage-CPU-Frequency-720x340.jpeg) + +If you are a laptop user, you probably know that power management on Linux isn’t really as good as on other OSes. While there are tools like **TLP** , [**Laptop Mode Tools** and **powertop**][1] to help reduce power consumption, overall battery life on Linux isn’t as good as Windows or Mac OS. Another way to reduce power consumption is to limit the frequency of your CPU. While this is something that has always been doable, it generally requires complicated terminal commands, making it inconvenient. But fortunately, there’s a gnome extension that helps you easily set and manage your CPU’s frequency – **CPU Power Manager**. CPU Power Manager uses the **intel_pstate** frequency scaling driver (supported by almost every Intel CPU) to control and manage CPU frequency in your GNOME desktop. + +Another reason to use this extension is to reduce heating in your system. There are many systems out there which can get uncomfortably hot in normal usage. Limiting your CPU’s frequency could reduce heating. It will also decrease the wear and tear on your CPU and other components. + +### Installing CPU Power Manager + +First, go to the [**extension’s page**][2], and install the extension. + +Once the extension has installed, you’ll get a CPU icon at the right side of the Gnome top bar. Click the icon, and you get an option to install the extension: + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/CPU-Power-Manager-icon.png) + +If you click **“Attempt Installation”** , you’ll get a password prompt. The extension needs root privileges to add policykit rule for controlling CPU frequency. This is what the prompt looks like: + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/CPU-Power-Manager-1.png) + +Type in your password and Click **“Authenticate”** , and that finishes installation. The last action adds a policykit file – **mko.cpupower.setcpufreq.policy** at **/usr/share/polkit-1/actions**. + +After installation is complete, if you click the CPU icon at the top right, you’ll get something like this: + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/CPU-Power-Manager.png) + +### Features + + * **See the current CPU frequency:** Obviously, you can use this window to see the frequency that your CPU is running at. + * **Set maximum and minimum frequency:** With this extension, you can set maximum and minimum frequency limits in terms of percentage of max frequency. Once these limits are set, the CPU will operate only in this range of frequencies. + * **Turn Turbo Boost On and Off:** This is my favorite feature. Most Intel CPU’s have “Turbo Boost” feature, whereby the one of the cores of the CPU is boosted past the normal maximum frequency for extra performance. While this can make your system more performant, it also increases power consumption a lot. So if you aren’t doing anything intensive, it’s nice to be able to turn off Turbo Boost and save power. In fact, in my case, I have Turbo Boost turned off most of the time. + * **Make Profiles:** You can make profiles with max and min frequency that you can turn on/off easily instead of fiddling with max and frequencies. + + + +### Preferences + +You can also customize the extension via the preferences window: + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/CPU-Power-Manager-preferences.png) + +As you can see, you can set whether CPU frequency is to be displayed, and whether to display it in **Mhz** or **Ghz**. + +You can also edit and create/delete profiles: + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/CPU-Power-Manager-preferences-1.png) + +You can set maximum and minimum frequencies, and turbo boost for each profile. + +### Conclusion + +As I said in the beginning, power management on Linux is not the best, and many people are always looking to eek out a few minutes more out of their Linux laptop. If you are one of those, check out this extension. This is a unconventional method to save power, but it does work. I certainly love this extension, and have been using it for a few months now. + +What do you think about this extension? Put your thoughts in the comments below! + +Cheers! + + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.ostechnix.com/cpu-power-manager-control-and-manage-cpu-frequency-in-linux/ + +作者：[EDITOR][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/editor/ +[1]: https://www.ostechnix.com/improve-laptop-battery-performance-linux/ +[2]: https://extensions.gnome.org/extension/945/cpu-power-manager/ From 7e099356134a14883aa35081fbda3d25a61b0fea Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: geekpi Date: Thu, 27 Sep 2018 09:08:10 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 183/246] translating --- ...led Packages And Restore Them On Freshly Installed Ubuntu.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180915 Backup Installed Packages And Restore Them On Freshly Installed Ubuntu.md b/sources/tech/20180915 Backup Installed Packages And Restore Them On Freshly Installed Ubuntu.md index d5927effee..c775fd5040 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180915 Backup Installed Packages And Restore Them On Freshly Installed Ubuntu.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180915 Backup Installed Packages And Restore Them On Freshly Installed Ubuntu.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +translating---geekpi + Backup Installed Packages And Restore Them On Freshly Installed Ubuntu ====== From 8a1bd55b95dae3a227404ca4b0d9a88966f5a0a7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Thu, 27 Sep 2018 09:11:35 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 184/246] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20How=20to=20Boot?= =?UTF-8?q?=20Ubuntu=2018.04=20/=20Debian=209=20Server=20in=20Rescue=20(Si?= =?UTF-8?q?ngle=20User=20mode)=20/=20Emergency=20Mode?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...cue (Single User mode) - Emergency Mode.md | 88 +++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 88 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180925 How to Boot Ubuntu 18.04 - Debian 9 Server in Rescue (Single User mode) - Emergency Mode.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180925 How to Boot Ubuntu 18.04 - Debian 9 Server in Rescue (Single User mode) - Emergency Mode.md b/sources/tech/20180925 How to Boot Ubuntu 18.04 - Debian 9 Server in Rescue (Single User mode) - Emergency Mode.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ff33e7c175 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180925 How to Boot Ubuntu 18.04 - Debian 9 Server in Rescue (Single User mode) - Emergency Mode.md @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +How to Boot Ubuntu 18.04 / Debian 9 Server in Rescue (Single User mode) / Emergency Mode +====== +Booting a Linux Server into a single user mode or **rescue mode** is one of the important troubleshooting that a Linux admin usually follow while recovering the server from critical conditions. In Ubuntu 18.04 and Debian 9, single user mode is known as a rescue mode. + +Apart from the rescue mode, Linux servers can be booted in **emergency mode** , the main difference between them is that, emergency mode loads a minimal environment with read only root file system file system, also it does not enable any network or other services. But rescue mode try to mount all the local file systems & try to start some important services including network. + +In this article we will discuss how we can boot our Ubuntu 18.04 LTS / Debian 9 Server in rescue mode and emergency mode. + +#### Booting Ubuntu 18.04 LTS Server in Single User / Rescue Mode: + +Reboot your server and go to boot loader (Grub) screen and Select “ **Ubuntu** “, bootloader screen would look like below, + +![](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Bootloader-Screen-Ubuntu18-04-Server.jpg) + +Press “ **e** ” and then go the end of line which starts with word “ **linux** ” and append “ **systemd.unit=rescue.target** “. Remove the word “ **$vt_handoff** ” if it exists. + +![](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/rescue-target-ubuntu18-04.jpg) + +Now Press Ctrl-x or F10 to boot, + +![](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/rescue-mode-ubuntu18-04.jpg) + +Now press enter and then you will get the shell where all file systems will be mounted in read-write mode and do the troubleshooting. Once you are done with troubleshooting, you can reboot your server using “ **reboot** ” command. + +#### Booting Ubuntu 18.04 LTS Server in emergency mode + +Reboot the server and go the boot loader screen and select “ **Ubuntu** ” and then press “ **e** ” and go to the end of line which starts with word linux, and append “ **systemd.unit=emergency.target** ” + +![](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Emergecny-target-ubuntu18-04-server.jpg) + +Now Press Ctlr-x or F10 to boot in emergency mode, you will get a shell and do the troubleshooting from there. As we had already discussed that in emergency mode, file systems will be mounted in read-only mode and also there will be no networking in this mode, + +![](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Emergency-prompt-debian9.jpg) + +Use below command to mount the root file system in read-write mode, + +``` +# mount -o remount,rw / + +``` + +Similarly, you can remount rest of file systems in read-write mode . + +#### Booting Debian 9 into Rescue & Emergency Mode + +Reboot your Debian 9.x server and go to grub screen and select “ **Debian GNU/Linux** ” + +![](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Debian9-Grub-Screen.jpg) + +Press “ **e** ” and go to end of line which starts with word linux and append “ **systemd.unit=rescue.target** ” to boot the system in rescue mode and to boot in emergency mode then append “ **systemd.unit=emergency.target** ” + +#### Rescue mode : + +![](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Rescue-mode-Debian9.jpg) + +Now press Ctrl-x or F10 to boot in rescue mode + +![](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Rescue-Mode-Shell-Debian9.jpg) + +Press Enter to get the shell and from there you can start troubleshooting. + +#### Emergency Mode: + +![](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Emergency-target-grub-debian9.jpg) + +Now press ctrl-x or F10 to boot your system in emergency mode + +![](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Emergency-prompt-debian9.jpg) + +Press enter to get the shell and use “ **mount -o remount,rw /** ” command to mount the root file system in read-write mode. + +**Note:** In case root password is already set in Ubuntu 18.04 and Debian 9 Server then you must enter root password to get shell in rescue and emergency mode + +That’s all from this article, please do share your feedback and comments in case you like this article. + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.linuxtechi.com/boot-ubuntu-18-04-debian-9-rescue-emergency-mode/ + +作者：[Pradeep Kumar][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: http://www.linuxtechi.com/author/pradeep/ From 6b52471d8f5834463e97f3f4c6b5e3680ee2e1c8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Thu, 27 Sep 2018 09:19:52 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 185/246] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20An=20introduction?= =?UTF-8?q?=20to=20swap=20space=20on=20Linux=20systems?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...oduction to swap space on Linux systems.md | 300 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 300 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180926 An introduction to swap space on Linux systems.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180926 An introduction to swap space on Linux systems.md b/sources/tech/20180926 An introduction to swap space on Linux systems.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..036890ef4b --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180926 An introduction to swap space on Linux systems.md @@ -0,0 +1,300 @@ +An introduction to swap space on Linux systems +====== + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/fail_progress_cycle_momentum_arrow.png?itok=q-ZFa_Eh) + +Swap space is a common aspect of computing today, regardless of operating system. Linux uses swap space to increase the amount of virtual memory available to a host. It can use one or more dedicated swap partitions or a swap file on a regular filesystem or logical volume. + +There are two basic types of memory in a typical computer. The first type, random access memory (RAM), is used to store data and programs while they are being actively used by the computer. Programs and data cannot be used by the computer unless they are stored in RAM. RAM is volatile memory; that is, the data stored in RAM is lost if the computer is turned off. + +Hard drives are magnetic media used for long-term storage of data and programs. Magnetic media is nonvolatile; the data stored on a disk remains even when power is removed from the computer. The CPU (central processing unit) cannot directly access the programs and data on the hard drive; it must be copied into RAM first, and that is where the CPU can access its programming instructions and the data to be operated on by those instructions. During the boot process, a computer copies specific operating system programs, such as the kernel and init or systemd, and data from the hard drive into RAM, where it is accessed directly by the computer’s processor, the CPU. + +### Swap space + +Swap space is the second type of memory in modern Linux systems. The primary function of swap space is to substitute disk space for RAM memory when real RAM fills up and more space is needed. + +For example, assume you have a computer system with 8GB of RAM. If you start up programs that don’t fill that RAM, everything is fine and no swapping is required. But suppose the spreadsheet you are working on grows when you add more rows, and that, plus everything else that's running, now fills all of RAM. Without swap space available, you would have to stop working on the spreadsheet until you could free up some of your limited RAM by closing down some other programs. + +The kernel uses a memory management program that detects blocks, aka pages, of memory in which the contents have not been used recently. The memory management program swaps enough of these relatively infrequently used pages of memory out to a special partition on the hard drive specifically designated for “paging,” or swapping. This frees up RAM and makes room for more data to be entered into your spreadsheet. Those pages of memory swapped out to the hard drive are tracked by the kernel’s memory management code and can be paged back into RAM if they are needed. + +The total amount of memory in a Linux computer is the RAM plus swap space and is referred to as virtual memory. + +### Types of Linux swap + +Linux provides for two types of swap space. By default, most Linux installations create a swap partition, but it is also possible to use a specially configured file as a swap file. A swap partition is just what its name implies—a standard disk partition that is designated as swap space by the `mkswap` command. + +A swap file can be used if there is no free disk space in which to create a new swap partition or space in a volume group where a logical volume can be created for swap space. This is just a regular file that is created and preallocated to a specified size. Then the `mkswap` command is run to configure it as swap space. I don’t recommend using a file for swap space unless absolutely necessary. + +### Thrashing + +Thrashing can occur when total virtual memory, both RAM and swap space, become nearly full. The system spends so much time paging blocks of memory between swap space and RAM and back that little time is left for real work. The typical symptoms of this are obvious: The system becomes slow or completely unresponsive, and the hard drive activity light is on almost constantly. + +If you can manage to issue a command like `free` that shows CPU load and memory usage, you will see that the CPU load is very high, perhaps as much as 30 to 40 times the number of CPU cores in the system. Another symptom is that both RAM and swap space are almost completely allocated. + +After the fact, looking at SAR (system activity report) data can also show these symptoms. I install SAR on every system I work on and use it for post-repair forensic analysis. + +### What is the right amount of swap space? + +Many years ago, the rule of thumb for the amount of swap space that should be allocated on the hard drive was 2X the amount of RAM installed in the computer (of course, that was when most computers' RAM was measured in KB or MB). So if a computer had 64KB of RAM, a swap partition of 128KB would be an optimum size. This rule took into account the facts that RAM sizes were typically quite small at that time and that allocating more than 2X RAM for swap space did not improve performance. With more than twice RAM for swap, most systems spent more time thrashing than actually performing useful work. + +RAM has become an inexpensive commodity and most computers these days have amounts of RAM that extend into tens of gigabytes. Most of my newer computers have at least 8GB of RAM, one has 32GB, and my main workstation has 64GB. My older computers have from 4 to 8 GB of RAM. + +When dealing with computers having huge amounts of RAM, the limiting performance factor for swap space is far lower than the 2X multiplier. The Fedora 28 online Installation Guide, which can be found online at [Fedora Installation Guide][1], defines current thinking about swap space allocation. I have included below some discussion and the table of recommendations from that document. + +The following table provides the recommended size of a swap partition depending on the amount of RAM in your system and whether you want sufficient memory for your system to hibernate. The recommended swap partition size is established automatically during installation. To allow for hibernation, however, you will need to edit the swap space in the custom partitioning stage. + +_Table 1: Recommended system swap space in Fedora 28 documentation_ + +| **Amount of system RAM** | **Recommended swap space** | **Recommended swap with hibernation** | +|--------------------------|-----------------------------|---------------------------------------| +| less than 2 GB | 2 times the amount of RAM | 3 times the amount of RAM | +| 2 GB - 8 GB | Equal to the amount of RAM | 2 times the amount of RAM | +| 8 GB - 64 GB | 0.5 times the amount of RAM | 1.5 times the amount of RAM | +| more than 64 GB | workload dependent | hibernation not recommended | + +At the border between each range listed above (for example, a system with 2 GB, 8 GB, or 64 GB of system RAM), use discretion with regard to chosen swap space and hibernation support. If your system resources allow for it, increasing the swap space may lead to better performance. + +Of course, most Linux administrators have their own ideas about the appropriate amount of swap space—as well as pretty much everything else. Table 2, below, contains my recommendations based on my personal experiences in multiple environments. These may not work for you, but as with Table 1, they may help you get started. + +_Table 2: Recommended system swap space per the author_ + +| Amount of RAM | Recommended swap space | +|---------------|------------------------| +| ≤ 2GB | 2X RAM | +| 2GB – 8GB | = RAM | +| >8GB | 8GB | + +One consideration in both tables is that as the amount of RAM increases, beyond a certain point adding more swap space simply leads to thrashing well before the swap space even comes close to being filled. If you have too little virtual memory while following these recommendations, you should add more RAM, if possible, rather than more swap space. As with all recommendations that affect system performance, use what works best for your specific environment. This will take time and effort to experiment and make changes based on the conditions in your Linux environment. + +#### Adding more swap space to a non-LVM disk environment + +Due to changing requirements for swap space on hosts with Linux already installed, it may become necessary to modify the amount of swap space defined for the system. This procedure can be used for any general case where the amount of swap space needs to be increased. It assumes sufficient available disk space is available. This procedure also assumes that the disks are partitioned in “raw” EXT4 and swap partitions and do not use logical volume management (LVM). + +The basic steps to take are simple: + + 1. Turn off the existing swap space. + + 2. Create a new swap partition of the desired size. + + 3. Reread the partition table. + + 4. Configure the partition as swap space. + + 5. Add the new partition/etc/fstab. + + 6. Turn on swap. + + + + +A reboot should not be necessary. + +For safety's sake, before turning off swap, at the very least you should ensure that no applications are running and that no swap space is in use. The `free` or `top` commands can tell you whether swap space is in use. To be even safer, you could revert to run level 1 or single-user mode. + +Turn off the swap partition with the command which turns off all swap space: + +``` +swapoff -a + +``` + +Now display the existing partitions on the hard drive. + +``` +fdisk -l + +``` + +This displays the current partition tables on each drive. Identify the current swap partition by number. + +Start `fdisk` in interactive mode with the command: + +``` +fdisk /dev/ + +``` + +For example: + +``` +fdisk /dev/sda + +``` + +At this point, `fdisk` is now interactive and will operate only on the specified disk drive. + +Use the fdisk `p` sub-command to verify that there is enough free space on the disk to create the new swap partition. The space on the hard drive is shown in terms of 512-byte blocks and starting and ending cylinder numbers, so you may have to do some math to determine the available space between and at the end of allocated partitions. + +Use the `n` sub-command to create a new swap partition. fdisk will ask you the starting cylinder. By default, it chooses the lowest-numbered available cylinder. If you wish to change that, type in the number of the starting cylinder. + +The `fdisk` command now allows you to enter the size of the partitions in a number of formats, including the last cylinder number or the size in bytes, KB or MB. Type in 4000M, which will give about 4GB of space on the new partition (for example), and press Enter. + +Use the `p` sub-command to verify that the partition was created as you specified it. Note that the partition will probably not be exactly what you specified unless you used the ending cylinder number. The `fdisk` command can only allocate disk space in increments on whole cylinders, so your partition may be a little smaller or larger than you specified. If the partition is not what you want, you can delete it and create it again. + +Now it is necessary to specify that the new partition is to be a swap partition. The sub-command `t` allows you to specify the type of partition. So enter `t`, specify the partition number, and when it asks for the hex code partition type, type 82, which is the Linux swap partition type, and press Enter. + +When you are satisfied with the partition you have created, use the `w` sub-command to write the new partition table to the disk. The `fdisk` program will exit and return you to the command prompt after it completes writing the revised partition table. You will probably receive the following message as `fdisk` completes writing the new partition table: + +``` +The partition table has been altered! +Calling ioctl() to re-read partition table. +WARNING: Re-reading the partition table failed with error 16: Device or resource busy. +The kernel still uses the old table. +The new table will be used at the next reboot. +Syncing disks. +``` + +At this point, you use the `partprobe` command to force the kernel to re-read the partition table so that it is not necessary to perform a reboot. + +``` +partprobe +``` + +Now use the command `fdisk -l` to list the partitions and the new swap partition should be among those listed. Be sure that the new partition type is “Linux swap”. + +It will be necessary to modify the /etc/fstab file to point to the new swap partition. The existing line may look like this: + +``` +LABEL=SWAP-sdaX   swap        swap    defaults        0 0 + +``` + +where `X` is the partition number. Add a new line that looks similar this, depending upon the location of your new swap partition: + +``` +/dev/sdaY         swap        swap    defaults        0 0 + +``` + +Be sure to use the correct partition number. Now you can perform the final step in creating the swap partition. Use the `mkswap` command to define the partition as a swap partition. + +``` +mkswap /dev/sdaY + +``` + +The final step is to turn swap on using the command: + +``` +swapon -a + +``` + +Your new swap partition is now online along with the previously existing swap partition. You can use the `free` or `top` commands to verify this. + +#### Adding swap to an LVM disk environment + +If your disk setup uses LVM, changing swap space will be fairly easy. Again, this assumes that space is available in the volume group in which the current swap volume is located. By default, the installation procedures for Fedora Linux in an LVM environment create the swap partition as a logical volume. This makes it easy because you can simply increase the size of the swap volume. + +Here are the steps required to increase the amount of swap space in an LVM environment: + + 1. Turn off all swap. + + 2. Increase the size of the logical volume designated for swap. + + 3. Configure the resized volume as swap space. + + 4. Turn on swap. + + + + +First, let’s verify that swap exists and is a logical volume using the `lvs` command (list logical volume). + +``` +[root@studentvm1 ~]# lvs +  LV     VG                Attr       LSize  Pool   Origin Data%  Meta%  Move Log Cpy%Sync Convert +  home   fedora_studentvm1 -wi-ao----  2.00g                                                       +  pool00 fedora_studentvm1 twi-aotz--  2.00g               8.17   2.93                             +  root   fedora_studentvm1 Vwi-aotz--  2.00g pool00        8.17                                   +  swap   fedora_studentvm1 -wi-ao----  8.00g                                                       +  tmp    fedora_studentvm1 -wi-ao----  5.00g                                                       +  usr    fedora_studentvm1 -wi-ao---- 15.00g                                                       +  var    fedora_studentvm1 -wi-ao---- 10.00g                                                       +[root@studentvm1 ~]# +``` + +You can see that the current swap size is 8GB. In this case, we want to add 2GB to this swap volume. First, stop existing swap. You may have to terminate running programs if swap space is in use. + +``` +swapoff -a + +``` + +Now increase the size of the logical volume. + +``` +[root@studentvm1 ~]# lvextend -L +2G /dev/mapper/fedora_studentvm1-swap +  Size of logical volume fedora_studentvm1/swap changed from 8.00 GiB (2048 extents) to 10.00 GiB (2560 extents). +  Logical volume fedora_studentvm1/swap successfully resized. +[root@studentvm1 ~]# +``` + +Run the `mkswap` command to make this entire 10GB partition into swap space. + +``` +[root@studentvm1 ~]# mkswap /dev/mapper/fedora_studentvm1-swap +mkswap: /dev/mapper/fedora_studentvm1-swap: warning: wiping old swap signature. +Setting up swapspace version 1, size = 10 GiB (10737414144 bytes) +no label, UUID=3cc2bee0-e746-4b66-aa2d-1ea15ef1574a +[root@studentvm1 ~]# +``` + +Turn swap back on. + +``` +[root@studentvm1 ~]# swapon -a +[root@studentvm1 ~]# +``` + +Now verify the new swap space is present with the list block devices command. Again, a reboot is not required. + +``` +[root@studentvm1 ~]# lsblk +NAME                                 MAJ:MIN RM  SIZE RO TYPE MOUNTPOINT +sda                                    8:0    0   60G  0 disk +|-sda1                                 8:1    0    1G  0 part /boot +`-sda2                                 8:2    0   59G  0 part +  |-fedora_studentvm1-pool00_tmeta   253:0    0    4M  0 lvm   +  | `-fedora_studentvm1-pool00-tpool 253:2    0    2G  0 lvm   +  |   |-fedora_studentvm1-root       253:3    0    2G  0 lvm  / +  |   `-fedora_studentvm1-pool00     253:6    0    2G  0 lvm   +  |-fedora_studentvm1-pool00_tdata   253:1    0    2G  0 lvm   +  | `-fedora_studentvm1-pool00-tpool 253:2    0    2G  0 lvm   +  |   |-fedora_studentvm1-root       253:3    0    2G  0 lvm  / +  |   `-fedora_studentvm1-pool00     253:6    0    2G  0 lvm   +  |-fedora_studentvm1-swap           253:4    0   10G  0 lvm  [SWAP] +  |-fedora_studentvm1-usr            253:5    0   15G  0 lvm  /usr +  |-fedora_studentvm1-home           253:7    0    2G  0 lvm  /home +  |-fedora_studentvm1-var            253:8    0   10G  0 lvm  /var +  `-fedora_studentvm1-tmp            253:9    0    5G  0 lvm  /tmp +sr0                                   11:0    1 1024M  0 rom   +[root@studentvm1 ~]# +``` + +You can also use the `swapon -s` command, or `top`, `free`, or any of several other commands to verify this. + +``` +[root@studentvm1 ~]# free +              total        used        free      shared  buff/cache   available +Mem:        4038808      382404     2754072        4152      902332     3404184 +Swap:      10485756           0    10485756 +[root@studentvm1 ~]# +``` + +Note that the different commands display or require as input the device special file in different forms. There are a number of ways in which specific devices are accessed in the /dev directory. My article, [Managing Devices in Linux][2], includes more information about the /dev directory and its contents. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/swap-space-linux-systems + +作者：[David Both][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/dboth +[1]: https://docs.fedoraproject.org/en-US/fedora/f28/install-guide/ +[2]: https://opensource.com/article/16/11/managing-devices-linux From 982cca6773a6fdba251cff08e669b1e5bf2fd46c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Thu, 27 Sep 2018 09:22:13 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 186/246] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=209=20Easiest=20Way?= =?UTF-8?q?s=20To=20Find=20Out=20Process=20ID=20(PID)=20In=20Linux?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...s To Find Out Process ID (PID) In Linux.md | 208 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 208 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180925 9 Easiest Ways To Find Out Process ID (PID) In Linux.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180925 9 Easiest Ways To Find Out Process ID (PID) In Linux.md b/sources/tech/20180925 9 Easiest Ways To Find Out Process ID (PID) In Linux.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ae353bf11f --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180925 9 Easiest Ways To Find Out Process ID (PID) In Linux.md @@ -0,0 +1,208 @@ +9 Easiest Ways To Find Out Process ID (PID) In Linux +====== +Everybody knows about PID, Exactly what is PID? Why you want PID? What are you going to do using PID? Are you having the same questions on your mind? If so, you are in the right place to get all the details. + +Mainly, we are looking PID to kill an unresponsive program and it’s similar to Windows task manager. Linux GUI also offering the same feature but CLI is an efficient way to perform the kill operation. + +### What Is Process ID? + +PID stands for process identification number which is generally used by most operating system kernels such as Linux, Unix, macOS and Windows. It is a unique identification number that is automatically assigned to each process when it is created in an operating system. A process is a running instance of a program. + +**Suggested Read :** +**(#)** [How To Find Out Which Port Number A Process Is Using In Linux][1] +**(#)** [3 Easy Ways To Kill Or Terminate A Process In Linux][2] + +Each time process ID will be getting change to all the processes except init because init is always the first process on the system and is the ancestor of all other processes. It’s PID is 1. + +The default maximum value of PIDs is `32,768`. The same has been verified by running the following command on your system `cat /proc/sys/kernel/pid_max`. On 32-bit systems 32768 is the maximum value but we can set to any value up to 2^22 (approximately 4 million) on 64-bit systems. + +You may ask, why we need such amount of PIDs? because we can’t reused the PIDs immediately that’s why. Also in order to prevent possible errors. + +The PID for the running processes on the system can be found by using the below nine methods such as pidof command, pgrep command, ps command, pstree command, ss command, netstat command, lsof command, fuser command and systemctl command. + +This can be achieved using the below six methods. + + * `pidof:` pidof — find the process ID of a running program. + * `pgrep:` pgre – look up or signal processes based on name and other attributes. + * `ps:` ps – report a snapshot of the current processes. + * `pstree:` pstree – display a tree of processes. + * `ss:` ss is used to dump socket statistics. + * `netstat:` netstat is displays a list of open sockets. + * `lsof:` lsof – list open files. + * `fuser:` fuser – list process IDs of all processes that have one or more files open + * `systemctl:` systemctl – Control the systemd system and service manager + + + +In this tutorial we are going to find out the Apache process id to test this article. Make sure your need to input your process name instead of us. + +### Method-1 : Using pidof Command + +pidof used to find the process ID of a running program. It’s prints those id’s on the standard output. To demonstrate this, we are going to find out the Apache2 process id from Debian 9 (stretch) system. + +``` +# pidof apache2 +3754 2594 2365 2364 2363 2362 2361 + +``` + +From the above output you may face difficulties to identify the Process ID because it’s shows all the PIDs (included Parent and Childs) aginst the process name. Hence we need to find out the parent PID (PPID), which is the one we are looking. It could be the first number. In my case it’s `3754` and it’s shorted in descending order. + +### Method-2 : Using pgrep Command + +pgrep looks through the currently running processes and lists the process IDs which match the selection criteria to stdout. + +``` +# pgrep apache2 +2361 +2362 +2363 +2364 +2365 +2594 +3754 + +``` + +This also similar to the above output but it’s shorting the results in ascending order, which clearly says that the parent PID is the last one. In my case it’s `3754`. + +**Note :** If you have more than one process id of the process, you may face trouble to identify the parent process id when using pidof & pgrep command. + +### Method-3 : Using pstree Command + +pstree shows running processes as a tree. The tree is rooted at either pid or init if pid is omitted. If a user name is specified in the pstree command then it’s shows all the process owned by the corresponding user. + +pstree visually merges identical branches by putting them in square brackets and prefixing them with the repetition count. + +``` +# pstree -p | grep "apache2" + |-apache2(3754)-|-apache2(2361) + | |-apache2(2362) + | |-apache2(2363) + | |-apache2(2364) + | |-apache2(2365) + | `-apache2(2594) + +``` + +To get parent process alone, use the following format. + +``` +# pstree -p | grep "apache2" | head -1 + |-apache2(3754)-|-apache2(2361) + +``` + +pstree command is very simple because it’s segregating the Parent and Child processes separately but it’s not easy when using pidof & pgrep command. + +### Method-4 : Using ps Command + +ps displays information about a selection of the active processes. It displays the process ID (pid=PID), the terminal associated with the process (tname=TTY), the cumulated CPU time in [DD-]hh:mm:ss format (time=TIME), and the executable name (ucmd=CMD). Output is unsorted by default. + +``` +# ps aux | grep "apache2" +www-data 2361 0.0 0.4 302652 9732 ? S 06:25 0:00 /usr/sbin/apache2 -k start +www-data 2362 0.0 0.4 302652 9732 ? S 06:25 0:00 /usr/sbin/apache2 -k start +www-data 2363 0.0 0.4 302652 9732 ? S 06:25 0:00 /usr/sbin/apache2 -k start +www-data 2364 0.0 0.4 302652 9732 ? S 06:25 0:00 /usr/sbin/apache2 -k start +www-data 2365 0.0 0.4 302652 8400 ? S 06:25 0:00 /usr/sbin/apache2 -k start +www-data 2594 0.0 0.4 302652 8400 ? S 06:55 0:00 /usr/sbin/apache2 -k start +root 3754 0.0 1.4 302580 29324 ? Ss Dec11 0:23 /usr/sbin/apache2 -k start +root 5648 0.0 0.0 12784 940 pts/0 S+ 21:32 0:00 grep apache2 + +``` + +From the above output we can easily identify the parent process id (PPID) based on the process start date. In my case apache2 process was started @ `Dec11` which is the parent and others are child’s. PID of apache2 is `3754`. + +### Method-5: Using ss Command + +ss is used to dump socket statistics. It allows showing information similar to netstat. It can display more TCP and state informations than other tools. + +It can display stats for all kind of sockets such as PACKET, TCP, UDP, DCCP, RAW, Unix domain, etc. + +``` +# ss -tnlp | grep apache2 +LISTEN 0 128 :::80 :::* users:(("apache2",pid=3319,fd=4),("apache2",pid=3318,fd=4),("apache2",pid=3317,fd=4)) + +``` + +### Method-6: Using netstat Command + +netstat – Print network connections, routing tables, interface statistics, masquerade connections, and multicast memberships. +By default, netstat displays a list of open sockets. + +If you don’t specify any address families, then the active sockets of all configured address families will be printed. This program is obsolete. Replacement for netstat is ss. + +``` +# netstat -tnlp | grep apache2 +tcp6 0 0 :::80 :::* LISTEN 3317/apache2 + +``` + +### Method-7: Using lsof Command + +lsof – list open files. The Linux lsof command lists information about files that are open by processes running on the system. + +``` +# lsof -i -P | grep apache2 +apache2 3317 root 4u IPv6 40518 0t0 TCP *:80 (LISTEN) +apache2 3318 www-data 4u IPv6 40518 0t0 TCP *:80 (LISTEN) +apache2 3319 www-data 4u IPv6 40518 0t0 TCP *:80 (LISTEN) + +``` + +### Method-8: Using fuser Command + +The fuser utility shall write to standard output the process IDs of processes running on the local system that have one or more named files open. + +``` +# fuser -v 80/tcp + USER PID ACCESS COMMAND +80/tcp: root 3317 F.... apache2 + www-data 3318 F.... apache2 + www-data 3319 F.... apache2 + +``` + +### Method-9: Using systemctl Command + +systemctl – Control the systemd system and service manager. This is the replacement of old SysV init system management and +most of the modern Linux operating systems were adapted systemd. + +``` +# systemctl status apache2 +● apache2.service - The Apache HTTP Server + Loaded: loaded (/lib/systemd/system/apache2.service; disabled; vendor preset: enabled) + Drop-In: /lib/systemd/system/apache2.service.d + └─apache2-systemd.conf + Active: active (running) since Tue 2018-09-25 10:03:28 IST; 3s ago + Process: 3294 ExecStart=/usr/sbin/apachectl start (code=exited, status=0/SUCCESS) + Main PID: 3317 (apache2) + Tasks: 55 (limit: 4915) + Memory: 7.9M + CPU: 71ms + CGroup: /system.slice/apache2.service + ├─3317 /usr/sbin/apache2 -k start + ├─3318 /usr/sbin/apache2 -k start + └─3319 /usr/sbin/apache2 -k start + +Sep 25 10:03:28 ubuntu systemd[1]: Starting The Apache HTTP Server... +Sep 25 10:03:28 ubuntu systemd[1]: Started The Apache HTTP Server. + +``` + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.2daygeek.com/9-methods-to-check-find-the-process-id-pid-ppid-of-a-running-program-in-linux/ + +作者：[Magesh Maruthamuthu][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.2daygeek.com/author/magesh/ +[1]: https://www.2daygeek.com/how-to-find-out-which-port-number-a-process-is-using-in-linux/ +[2]: https://www.2daygeek.com/kill-terminate-a-process-in-linux-using-kill-pkill-killall-command/ From cbb1782339f6b596c3188d6e248460475a5c45ce Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Thu, 27 Sep 2018 09:24:34 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 187/246] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20How=20to=20use=20?= =?UTF-8?q?the=20Scikit-learn=20Python=20library=20for=20data=20science=20?= =?UTF-8?q?projects?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...ython library for data science projects.md | 258 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 258 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180926 How to use the Scikit-learn Python library for data science projects.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180926 How to use the Scikit-learn Python library for data science projects.md b/sources/tech/20180926 How to use the Scikit-learn Python library for data science projects.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4f5d9aedf6 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180926 How to use the Scikit-learn Python library for data science projects.md @@ -0,0 +1,258 @@ +How to use the Scikit-learn Python library for data science projects +====== + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/brain_data.png?itok=RH6NA32X) + +The Scikit-learn Python library, initially released in 2007, is commonly used in solving machine learning and data science problems—from the beginning to the end. The versatile library offers an uncluttered, consistent, and efficient API and thorough online documentation. + +### What is Scikit-learn? + +[Scikit-learn][1] is an open source Python library that has powerful tools for data analysis and data mining. It's available under the BSD license and is built on the following machine learning libraries: + + * **NumPy** , a library for manipulating multi-dimensional arrays and matrices. It also has an extensive compilation of mathematical functions for performing various calculations. + * **SciPy** , an ecosystem consisting of various libraries for completing technical computing tasks. + * **Matplotlib** , a library for plotting various charts and graphs. + + + +Scikit-learn offers an extensive range of built-in algorithms that make the most of data science projects. + +Here are the main ways the Scikit-learn library is used. + +#### 1. Classification + +The [classification][2] tools identify the category associated with provided data. For example, they can be used to categorize email messages as either spam or not. + + * Support vector machines (SVMs) + * Nearest neighbors + * Random forest + + + +#### 2. Regression + +Classification algorithms in Scikit-learn include: + +Regression involves creating a model that tries to comprehend the relationship between input and output data. For example, regression tools can be used to understand the behavior of stock prices. + +Regression algorithms include: + + * SVMs + * Ridge regression + * Lasso + + + +#### 3. Clustering + +The Scikit-learn clustering tools are used to automatically group data with the same characteristics into sets. For example, customer data can be segmented based on their localities. + +Clustering algorithms include: + + * K-means + * Spectral clustering + * Mean-shift + + + +#### 4. Dimensionality reduction + +Dimensionality reduction lowers the number of random variables for analysis. For example, to increase the efficiency of visualizations, outlying data may not be considered. + +Dimensionality reduction algorithms include: + + * Principal component analysis (PCA) + * Feature selection + * Non-negative matrix factorization + + + +#### 5. Model selection + +Model selection algorithms offer tools to compare, validate, and select the best parameters and models to use in your data science projects. + +Model selection modules that can deliver enhanced accuracy through parameter tuning include: + + * Grid search + * Cross-validation + * Metrics + + + +#### 6. Preprocessing + +The Scikit-learn preprocessing tools are important in feature extraction and normalization during data analysis. For example, you can use these tools to transform input data—such as text—and apply their features in your analysis. + +Preprocessing modules include: + + * Preprocessing + * Feature extraction + + + +### A Scikit-learn library example + +Let's use a simple example to illustrate how you can use the Scikit-learn library in your data science projects. + +We'll use the [Iris flower dataset][3], which is incorporated in the Scikit-learn library. The Iris flower dataset contains 150 details about three flower species: + + * Setosa—labeled 0 + * Versicolor—labeled 1 + * Virginica—labeled 2 + + + +The dataset includes the following characteristics of each flower species (in centimeters): + + * Sepal length + * Sepal width + * Petal length + * Petal width + + + +#### Step 1: Importing the library + +Since the Iris dataset is included in the Scikit-learn data science library, we can load it into our workspace as follows: + +``` +from sklearn import datasets +iris = datasets.load_iris() +``` + +These commands import the **datasets** module from **sklearn** , then use the **load_digits()** method from **datasets** to include the data in the workspace. + +#### Step 2: Getting dataset characteristics + +The **datasets** module contains several methods that make it easier to get acquainted with handling data. + +In Scikit-learn, a dataset refers to a dictionary-like object that has all the details about the data. The data is stored using the **.data** key, which is an array list. + +For instance, we can utilize **iris.data** to output information about the Iris flower dataset. + +``` +print(iris.data) +``` + +Here is the output (the results have been truncated): + +``` +[[5.1 3.5 1.4 0.2] + [4.9 3.  1.4 0.2] + [4.7 3.2 1.3 0.2] + [4.6 3.1 1.5 0.2] + [5.  3.6 1.4 0.2] + [5.4 3.9 1.7 0.4] + [4.6 3.4 1.4 0.3] + [5.  3.4 1.5 0.2] + [4.4 2.9 1.4 0.2] + [4.9 3.1 1.5 0.1] + [5.4 3.7 1.5 0.2] + [4.8 3.4 1.6 0.2] + [4.8 3.  1.4 0.1] + [4.3 3.  1.1 0.1] + [5.8 4.  1.2 0.2] + [5.7 4.4 1.5 0.4] + [5.4 3.9 1.3 0.4] + [5.1 3.5 1.4 0.3] +``` + +Let's also use **iris.target** to give us information about the different labels of the flowers. + +``` +print(iris.target) +``` + +Here is the output: + +``` +[0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 + 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 + 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 + 2 2] + +``` + +If we use **iris.target_names** , we'll output an array of the names of the labels found in the dataset. + +``` +print(iris.target_names) +``` + +Here is the result after running the Python code: + +``` +['setosa' 'versicolor' 'virginica'] +``` + +#### Step 3: Visualizing the dataset + +We can use the [box plot][4] to produce a visual depiction of the Iris flower dataset. The box plot illustrates how the data is distributed over the plane through their quartiles. + +Here's how to achieve this: + +``` +import seaborn as sns +box_data = iris.data #variable representing the data array +box_target = iris.target #variable representing the labels array +sns.boxplot(data = box_data,width=0.5,fliersize=5) +sns.set(rc={'figure.figsize':(2,15)}) +``` + +Let's see the result: + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/scikit_boxplot.png) + +On the horizontal axis: + + * 0 is sepal length + * 1 is sepal width + * 2 is petal length + * 3 is petal width + + + +The vertical axis is dimensions in centimeters. + +### Wrapping up + +Here is the entire code for this simple Scikit-learn data science tutorial. + +``` +from sklearn import datasets +iris = datasets.load_iris() +print(iris.data) +print(iris.target) +print(iris.target_names) +import seaborn as sns +box_data = iris.data #variable representing the data array +box_target = iris.target #variable representing the labels array +sns.boxplot(data = box_data,width=0.5,fliersize=5) +sns.set(rc={'figure.figsize':(2,15)}) +``` + +Scikit-learn is a versatile Python library you can use to efficiently complete data science projects. + +If you want to learn more, check out the tutorials on [LiveEdu][5], such as Andrey Bulezyuk's video on using the Scikit-learn library to create a [machine learning application][6]. + +Do you have any questions or comments? Feel free to share them below. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/how-use-scikit-learn-data-science-projects + +作者：[Dr.Michael J.Garbade][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/drmjg +[1]: http://scikit-learn.org/stable/index.html +[2]: https://blog.liveedu.tv/regression-versus-classification-machine-learning-whats-the-difference/ +[3]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Iris_flower_data_set +[4]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Box_plot +[5]: https://www.liveedu.tv/guides/data-science/ +[6]: https://www.liveedu.tv/andreybu/REaxr-machine-learning-model-python-sklearn-kera/oPGdP-machine-learning-model-python-sklearn-kera/ From 05902bc1d225b9c9c5d54acd86b2df582a491cc8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: HankChow <280630620@qq.com> Date: Thu, 27 Sep 2018 09:51:24 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 188/246] translated --- ...ing Command Prettier And Easier To Read.md | 131 ------------------ ...ing Command Prettier And Easier To Read.md | 128 +++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 128 insertions(+), 131 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180924 Make The Output Of Ping Command Prettier And Easier To Read.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180924 Make The Output Of Ping Command Prettier And Easier To Read.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180924 Make The Output Of Ping Command Prettier And Easier To Read.md b/sources/tech/20180924 Make The Output Of Ping Command Prettier And Easier To Read.md deleted file mode 100644 index 7ef713eae4..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180924 Make The Output Of Ping Command Prettier And Easier To Read.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,131 +0,0 @@ -HankChow translating - -Make The Output Of Ping Command Prettier And Easier To Read -====== - -![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/prettyping-720x340.png) - -As we all know, the **ping** command is used to check if a target host is reachable or not. Using Ping command, we can send ICMP Echo request to our target host, and verify whether the destination host is up or down. If you use ping command often, I’d like to recommend you to try **“Prettyping”**. Prettyping is just a wrapper for the standard ping tool and makes the output of the ping command prettier, easier to read, colorful and compact. The prettyping runs the standard ping command in the background and parses the output with colors and unicode characters. It is free and open source tool written in **Bash** and **awk** and supports most Unix-like operating systems such as GNU/Linux, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. Prettyping is not only used to make the output of ping command prettier, but also ships with other notable features as listed below. - - * Detects the lost or missing packets and marks them in the output. - * Shows live statistics. The statistics are constantly updated after each response is received, while ping only shows after it ends. - * Smart enough to handle “unknown messages” (like error messages) without messing up the output. - * Avoids printing the repeated messages. - * You can use most common ping parameters with Prettyping. - * Can run as normal user. - * Can be able to redirect the output to a file. - * Requires no installation. Just download the binary, make it executable and run. - * Fast and lightweight. - * And, finally makes the output pretty, colorful and very intuitive. - - - -### Installing Prettyping - -Like I said already, Prettyping does not requires any installation. It is portable application! Just download the Prettyping binary file using command: - -``` -$ curl -O https://raw.githubusercontent.com/denilsonsa/prettyping/master/prettyping -``` - -Move the binary file to your $PATH, for example **/usr/local/bin**. - -``` -$ sudo mv prettyping /usr/local/bin -``` - -And, make it executable as like below: - -``` -$ sudo chmod +x /usr/local/bin/prettyping -``` - -It’s that simple. - -### Let us Make The Output Of Ping Command Prettier And Easier To Read - -Once installed, ping any host or IP address and see the ping command output in graphical way. - -``` -$ prettyping ostechnix.com -``` - -Here is the visually displayed ping output: - -![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/prettyping-in-action.gif) - -If you run Prettyping without any arguments, it will keep running until you manually stop it by pressing **Ctrl+c**. - -Since Prettyping is just a wrapper to the ping command, you can use most common ping parameters. For instance, you can use **-c** flag to ping a host only a specific number of times, for example **5** : - -``` -$ prettyping -c 5 ostechnix.com -``` - -By default, prettynping displays the output in colored format. Don’t like the colored output? No problem! Use `--nocolor` option. - -``` -$ prettyping --nocolor ostechnix.com -``` - -Similarly, you can disable mult-color support using `--nomulticolor` option: - -``` -$ prettyping --nomulticolor ostechnix.com -``` - -To disable unicode characters, use `--nounicode` option: - -![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/prettyping-without-unicode-support.png) - -This can be useful if your terminal does not support **UTF-8**. If you can’t fix the unicode (fonts) in your system, simply pass `--nounicode` option. - -Prettyping can redirect the output to a file as well. The following command will write the output of `prettyping ostechnix.com` command in `ostechnix.txt` file. - -``` -$ prettyping ostechnix.com | tee ostechnix.txt -``` - -Prettyping has few more options which helps you to do various tasks, such as, - - * Enable/disable the latency legend. (default value is: enabled) - * Force the output designed to a terminal. (default: auto) - * Use the last “n” pings at the statistics line. (default: 60) - * Override auto-detection of terminal dimensions. - * Override the awk interpreter. (default: awk) - * Override the ping tool. (default: ping) - - - -For more details, view the help section: - -``` -$ prettyping --help -``` - -Even though Prettyping doesn’t add any extra functionality, I personally like the following feature implementations in it: - - * Live statistics – You can see all the live statistics all the time. The standard ping command will only shows the statistics after it ends. - * Compact – You can see a longer timespan at your terminal. - * Prettyping detects missing responses. - - - -If you’re ever looking for a way to visually display the output of the ping command, Prettyping will definitely help. Give it a try, you won’t be disappointed. - -And, that’s all for now. Hope this was useful. More good stuffs to come. Stay tuned! - - - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://www.ostechnix.com/prettyping-make-the-output-of-ping-command-prettier-and-easier-to-read/ - -作者：[SK][a] -选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ diff --git a/translated/tech/20180924 Make The Output Of Ping Command Prettier And Easier To Read.md b/translated/tech/20180924 Make The Output Of Ping Command Prettier And Easier To Read.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..efca96da23 --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180924 Make The Output Of Ping Command Prettier And Easier To Read.md @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +如何让 Ping 的输出更简单易读 +====== + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/prettyping-720x340.png) + +众所周知，`ping` 命令可以用来检查目标主机是否可达。使用 `ping` 命令的时候，会发送一个 ICMP Echo 请求，通过目标主机的响应与否来确定目标主机的状态。如果你经常使用 `ping` 命令，你可以尝试一下 `prettyping`。Prettyping 只是将一个标准的 ping 工具增加了一层封装，在运行标准 ping 命令的同时添加了颜色和 unicode 字符解析输出，所以它的输出更漂亮紧凑、清晰易读。它是用 `bash` 和 `awk` 编写的免费开源工具，支持大部分类 Unix 操作系统，包括 GNU/Linux、FreeBSD 和 Mac OS X。Prettyping 除了美化 ping 命令的输出，还有很多值得注意的功能。 + + * 检测丢失的数据包并在输出中标记出来。 + * 显示实时数据。每次收到响应后，都会更新统计数据，而对于普通 ping 命令，只会在执行结束后统计。 + * 能够在输出结果不混乱的前提下灵活处理“未知信息”（例如错误信息）。 + * 能够避免输出重复的信息。 + * 兼容常用的 ping 工具命令参数。 + * 能够由普通用户执行。 + * 可以将输出重定向到文件中。 + * 不需要安装，只需要下载二进制文件，赋予可执行权限即可执行。 + * 快速且轻巧。 + * 输出结果清晰直观。 + + + +### 安装 Prettyping + +如上所述，Prettyping 是一个绿色软件，不需要任何安装，只要使用以下命令下载 Prettyping 二进制文件： + +``` +$ curl -O https://raw.githubusercontent.com/denilsonsa/prettyping/master/prettyping +``` + +将二进制文件放置到 `$PATH`（例如 `/usr/local/bin`）中： + +``` +$ sudo mv prettyping /usr/local/bin +``` + +然后对其赋予可执行权限： + +``` +$ sudo chmod +x /usr/local/bin/prettyping +``` + +就可以使用了。 + +### 让 ping 的输出清晰易读 + +安装完成后，通过 `prettyping` 来 ping 任何主机或 IP 地址，就可以以图形方式查看输出。 + +``` +$ prettyping ostechnix.com +``` + +输出效果大概会是这样： + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/prettyping-in-action.gif) + +如果你不带任何参数执行 `prettyping`，它就会一直运行直到被 ctrl + c 中断。 + +由于 Prettyping 只是一个对普通 ping 命令的封装，所以常用的 ping 参数也是有效的。例如使用 `-c 5` 来指定 ping 一台主机的 5 次： + +``` +$ prettyping -c 5 ostechnix.com +``` + +Prettyping 默认会使用彩色输出，如果你不喜欢彩色的输出，可以加上 `--nocolor` 参数： + +``` +$ prettyping --nocolor ostechnix.com +``` + +同样的，也可以用 `--nomulticolor` 参数禁用多颜色支持： + +``` +$ prettyping --nomulticolor ostechnix.com +``` + +使用 `--nounicode` 参数禁用 unicode 字符： + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/prettyping-without-unicode-support.png) + +如果你的终端不支持 **UTF-8**，或者无法修复系统中的 unicode 字体，只需要加上 `--nounicode` 参数就能轻松解决。 + +Prettyping 支持将输出的内容重定向到文件中，例如执行以下这个命令会将 `prettyping ostechnix.com` 的输出重定向到 `ostechnix.txt` 中： + +``` +$ prettyping ostechnix.com | tee ostechnix.txt +``` + +Prettyping 还有很多选项帮助你完成各种任务，例如： + + * 启用/禁用延时图例（默认启用） + * 强制按照终端的格式输出（默认自动） + * 在统计数据中统计最后的 n 次 ping（默认 60 次） + * 覆盖对终端尺寸的检测 + * 覆盖 awk 解释器（默认不覆盖） + * 覆盖 ping 工具（默认不覆盖） + + + +查看帮助文档可以了解更多： + +``` +$ prettyping --help +``` + +尽管 prettyping 没有添加任何额外功能，但我个人喜欢它的这些优点： + + * 实时统计 - 可以随时查看所有实时统计信息，标准 `ping` 命令只会在命令执行结束后才显示统计信息。 + * 紧凑的显示 - 可以在终端看到更长的时间跨度。 + * 检测丢失的数据包并显示出来。 + + + +如果你一直在寻找可视化显示 `ping` 命令输出的工具，那么 Prettyping 肯定会有所帮助。尝试一下，你不会失望的。 + + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.ostechnix.com/prettyping-make-the-output-of-ping-command-prettier-and-easier-to-read/ + +作者：[SK][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[HankChow](https://github.com/HankChow) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ + From cef6b4d99f7e92f4c82a1b411db32b0072be16fa Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Thu, 27 Sep 2018 09:52:20 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 189/246] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20Control=20your=20?= =?UTF-8?q?data=20with=20Syncthing:=20An=20open=20source=20synchronization?= =?UTF-8?q?=20tool?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...ng- An open source synchronization tool.md | 108 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 108 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180921 Control your data with Syncthing- An open source synchronization tool.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180921 Control your data with Syncthing- An open source synchronization tool.md b/sources/tech/20180921 Control your data with Syncthing- An open source synchronization tool.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..32be152b4c --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180921 Control your data with Syncthing- An open source synchronization tool.md @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ +Control your data with Syncthing: An open source synchronization tool +====== +Decide how to store and share your personal information. + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/bus_cloud_database.png?itok=lhhU42fg) + +These days, some of our most important possessions—from pictures and videos of family and friends to financial and medical documents—are data. And even as cloud storage services are booming, so there are concerns about privacy and lack of control over our personal data. From the PRISM surveillance program to Google [letting app developers scan your personal emails][1], the news is full of reports that should give us all pause regarding the security of our personal information. + +[Syncthing][2] can help put your mind at ease. An open source peer-to-peer file synchronization tool that runs on Linux, Windows, Mac, Android, and others (sorry, no iOS), Syncthing uses its own protocol, called [Block Exchange Protocol][3]. In brief, Syncthing lets you synchronize your data across many devices without owning a server. + +### Linux + +In this post, I will explain how to install and synchronize files between a Linux computer and an Android phone. + +Syncthing is readily available for most popular distributions. Fedora 28 includes the latest version. + +To install Syncthing in Fedora, you can either search for it in Software Center or execute the following command: + +``` +sudo dnf install syncthing syncthing-gtk + +``` + +Once it’s installed, open it. You’ll be welcomed by an assistant to help configure Syncthing. Click **Next** until it asks to configure the WebUI. The safest option is to keep the option **Listen on localhost**. That will disable the web interface and keep unauthorized users away. + +![Syncthing in Setup WebUI dialog box][5] + +Syncthing in Setup WebUI dialog box + +Close the dialog. Now that Syncthing is installed, it’s time to share a folder, connect a device, and start syncing. But first, let’s continue with your other client. + +### Android + +Syncthing is available in Google Play and in F-Droid app stores. + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/syncthing2.png) + +Once the application is installed, you’ll be welcomed by a wizard. Grant Syncthing permissions to your storage. You might be asked to disable battery optimization for this application. It is safe to do so as we will optimize the app to synchronize only when plugged in and connected to a wireless network. + +Click on the main menu icon and go to **Settings** , then **Run Conditions**. Tick **Always run in** **the background** , **Run only when charging** , and **Run only on wifi**. Now your Android client is ready to exchange files with your devices. + +There are two important concepts to remember in Syncthing: folders and devices. Folders are what you want to share, but you must have a device to share with. Syncthing allows you to share individual folders with different devices. Devices are added by exchanging device IDs. A device ID is a unique, cryptographically secure identifier that is created when Syncthing starts for the first time. + +### Connecting devices + +Now let’s connect your Linux machine and your Android client. + +In your Linux computer, open Syncthing, click on the **Settings** icon and click **Show ID**. A QR code will show up. + +In your Android mobile, open Syncthing. In the main screen, click the **Devices** tab and press the **+** symbol. In the first field, press the QR code symbol to open the QR scanner. + +Point your mobile camera to the computer QR code. The Device ID** **field will be populated with your desktop client Device ID. Give it a friendly name and save. Because adding a device goes two ways, you now need to confirm on the computer client that you want to add the Android mobile. It might take a couple of minutes for your computer client to ask for confirmation. When it does, click **Add**. + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/syncthing6.png) + +In the **New Device** window, you can verify and configure some options about your new device, like the **Device Name** and **Addresses**. If you keep dynamic, it will try to auto-discover the device IP, but if you want to force one, you can add it in this field. If you already created a folder (more on this later), you can also share it with this new device. + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/syncthing7.png) + +Your computer and Android are now paired and ready to exchange files. (If you have more than one computer or mobile phone, simply repeat these steps.) + +### Sharing folders + +Now that the devices you want to sync are already connected, it’s time to share a folder. You can share folders on your computer and the devices you add to that folder will get a copy. + +To share a folder, go to **Settings** and click **Add Shared Folder** : + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/syncthing8.png) + +In the next window, enter the information of the folder you want to share: + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/syncthing9.png) + +You can use any label you want. **Folder ID** will be generated randomly and will be used to identify the folder between the clients. In **Path** , click **Browse** and locate the folder you want to share. If you want Syncthing to monitor the folder for changes (such as deletes, new files, etc.), click **Monitor filesystem for changes**. + +Remember, when you share a folder, any change that happens on the other clients will be reflected on every single device. That means that if you share a folder containing pictures with other computers or mobile devices, changes in these other clients will be reflected everywhere. If this is not what you want, you can make your folder “Send Only” so it will send files to the clients, but the other clients’ changes won’t be synced. + +When this is done, go to **Share with Devices** and select the hosts you want to sync with your folder: + +All the devices you select will need to accept the share request; you will get a notification from the devices: + +Just as when you shared the folder, you must configure the new shared folder: + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/syncthing12.png) + +Again, here you can define any label, but the ID must match each client. In the folder option, select the destination for the folder and its files. Remember that any change done in this folder will be reflected with every device allowed in the folder. + +These are the steps to connect devices and share folders with Syncthing. It might take a few minutes to start copying, depending on your network settings or if you are not on the same network. + +Syncthing offers many more great features and options. Try it—and take control of your data. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/take-control-your-data-syncthing + +作者：[Michael Zamot][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/mzamot +[1]: https://gizmodo.com/google-says-it-doesnt-go-through-your-inbox-anymore-bu-1827299695 +[2]: https://syncthing.net/ +[3]: https://docs.syncthing.net/specs/bep-v1.html +[4]: /file/410191 +[5]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/syncthing1.png (Syncthing in Setup WebUI dialog box) From f068057d362c6ec76f86eeae022fa459306ae2a8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Thu, 27 Sep 2018 09:55:43 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 190/246] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20How=20to=20Instal?= =?UTF-8?q?l=20Cinnamon=20Desktop=20on=20Ubuntu?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...w to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md | 80 +++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 80 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20140805 How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20140805 How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md b/sources/tech/20140805 How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..78ba32e2a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20140805 How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu +====== +**This tutorial shows you how to install Cinnamon desktop environment on Ubuntu.** + +[Cinnamon][1] is the default desktop environment of [Linux Mint][2]. Unlike Unity desktop environment in Ubuntu, Cinnamon is more traditional but elegant looking desktop environment with the bottom panel and app menu etc. Many Windows migrants [prefer Linux Mint over Ubuntu][3] because of Cinnamon desktop and its Windows-resembling user interface. + +Now, you don’t need to [install Linux Mint][4] just for trying Cinnamon. In this tutorial, I’ll show you **how to install Cinnamon in Ubuntu 18.04, 16.04 and 14.04**. + +You should note something before you install Cinnamon desktop on Ubuntu. Sometimes, installing additional desktop environments leads to conflict between the desktop environments. This may result in a broken session, broken applications and features etc. This is why you should be careful in making this choice. + +### How to Install Cinnamon on Ubuntu + +![How to install cinnamon desktop on Ubuntu Linux][5] + +There used to be a-sort-of official PPA from Cinnamon team for Ubuntu but it doesn’t exist anymore. Don’t lose heart. There is an unofficial PPA available and it works perfectly. This PPA consists of the latest Cinnamon version. + +Open a terminal and use the following commands: + +``` +sudo add-apt-repository ppa:embrosyn/cinnamon +sudo apt update && sudo apt install cinnamon + +``` + +It will download files of around 150 MB in size (if I remember correctly). This also provides you with Nemo (Nautilus fork) and Cinnamon Control Center. This bonus stuff gives a closer feel of Linux Mint. + +### Using Cinnamon desktop environment in Ubuntu + +Once you have installed Cinnamon, log out of the current session. At the login screen, click on the Ubuntu symbol beside the username: + +![](https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/08/Change_Desktop_Environment_Ubuntu.jpeg) + +When you do this, it will give you all the desktop environments available for your system. No need to tell you that you have to choose Cinnamon: + +![](https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/08/Install_Cinnamon_Ubuntu.jpeg) + +Now you should be logged in to Ubuntu with Cinnamon desktop environment. Remember, you can do the same to switch back to Unity. Here is a quick screenshot of what it looked like to run **Cinnamon in Ubuntu** : + +![](https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/08/Cinnamon_Ubuntu_1404.jpeg) + +Looks completely like Linux Mint, isn’t it? I didn’t find any compatibility issue between Cinnamon and Unity. I switched back and forth between Unity and Cinnamon and both worked perfectly. + +#### Remove Cinnamon from Ubuntu + +It is understandable that you might want to uninstall Cinnamon. We will use PPA Purge for this purpose. Let’s install PPA Purge first: + +``` +sudo apt-get install ppa-purge + +``` + +Afterward, use the following command to purge the PPA: + +``` +sudo ppa-purge ppa:embrosyn/cinnamon + +``` + +In related articles, I suggest you to read more about [how to remove PPA in Linux][6]. + +I hope this post helps you to **install Cinnamon in Ubuntu**. Do share your experience with Cinnamon. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://itsfoss.com/install-cinnamon-on-ubuntu/ + +作者：[Abhishek Prakash][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/ +[1]: http://cinnamon.linuxmint.com/ +[2]: http://www.linuxmint.com/ +[3]: https://itsfoss.com/linux-mint-vs-ubuntu/ +[4]: https://itsfoss.com/guide-install-linux-mint-16-dual-boot-windows/ +[5]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/install-cinnamon-ubuntu.png +[6]: https://itsfoss.com/how-to-remove-or-delete-ppas-quick-tip/ From 34d2cd8445f64a60f280c7577f5995cedb1f8ce6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Thu, 27 Sep 2018 10:01:51 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 191/246] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20Distributed=20tra?= =?UTF-8?q?cing=20in=20a=20microservices=20world?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...ibuted tracing in a microservices world.md | 113 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 113 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180920 Distributed tracing in a microservices world.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180920 Distributed tracing in a microservices world.md b/sources/tech/20180920 Distributed tracing in a microservices world.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1b39a5e30a --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180920 Distributed tracing in a microservices world.md @@ -0,0 +1,113 @@ +Distributed tracing in a microservices world +====== +What is distributed tracing and why is it so important in a microservices environment? + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/pixelated-world.png?itok=fHjM6m53) + +[Microservices][1] have become the default choice for greenfield applications. After all, according to practitioners, microservices provide the type of decoupling required for a full digital transformation, allowing individual teams to innovate at a far greater speed than ever before. + +Microservices are nothing more than regular distributed systems, only at a larger scale. Therefore, they exacerbate the well-known problems that any distributed system faces, like lack of visibility into a business transaction across process boundaries. + +Given that it's extremely common to have multiple versions of a single service running in production at the same time—be it in a [A/B testing][2] scenario or as part of rolling out a new release following the [Canary release][3] technique—when we account for the fact that we are talking about hundreds of services, it's clear that what we have is chaos. It's almost impossible to map the interdependencies and understand the path of a business transaction across services and their versions. + +### Observability + +This chaos ends up being a good thing, as long as we can observe what's going on and diagnose the problems that will eventually occur. + +A system is said to be observable when we can understand its state based on the [metrics, logs, and traces][4] it emits. Given that we are talking about distributed systems, knowing the state of a single instance of a single service isn't enough; we need to be able to aggregate the metrics for all instances of a given service, perhaps grouped by version. Metrics solutions like [Prometheus][5] are very popular in tackling this aspect of the observability problem. Similarly, we need logs to be stored in a central location, as it's impossible to analyze the logs from the individual instances of each service. [Logstash][6] is usually applied here, in combination with a backing storage like [Elasticsearch][7]. And finally, we need to get end-to-end traces to understand the path a given transaction has taken. This is where distributed tracing solutions come into play. + +### Distributed tracing + +In monolithic web applications, logging frameworks provide enough capabilities to do a basic root-cause analysis when something fails. A developer just needs to place log statements in the code. Information like "context" (usually "thread") and "timestamp" are automatically added to the log entry, making it easier to understand the execution of a given request and correlate the entries. + +``` +Thread-1 2018-09-03T15:52:54+02:00 Request started +Thread-2 2018-09-03T15:52:55+02:00 Charging credit card x321 +Thread-1 2018-09-03T15:52:55+02:00 Order submitted +Thread-1 2018-09-03T15:52:56+02:00 Charging credit card x123 +Thread-1 2018-09-03T15:52:57+02:00 Changing order status +Thread-1 2018-09-03T15:52:58+02:00 Dispatching event to inventory +Thread-1 2018-09-03T15:52:59+02:00 Request finished +``` + +We can safely say that the second log entry above is not related to the other entries, as it's being executed in a different thread. + +In microservices architectures, logging alone fails to deliver the complete picture. Is this service the first one in the call chain? And what happened at the inventory service (where we apparently dispatched an event)? + +A common strategy to answer this question is creating an identifier at the very first building block of our transaction and propagating this identifier across all the calls, probably by sending it as an HTTP header whenever a remote call is made. + +In a central log collector, we could then see entries like the ones below. Note how we could log the correlation ID (the first column in our example), so we know that the second entry is not related to the other entries. + +``` +abc123 Order     2018-09-03T15:52:58+02:00 Dispatching event to inventory +def456 Order     2018-09-03T15:52:58+02:00 Dispatching event to inventory +abc123 Inventory 2018-09-03T15:52:59+02:00 Received `order-submitted` event +abc123 Inventory 2018-09-03T15:53:00+02:00 Checking inventory status +abc123 Inventory 2018-09-03T15:53:01+02:00 Updating inventory +abc123 Inventory 2018-09-03T15:53:02+02:00 Preparing order manifest +``` + +This technique is one of the concepts at the core of any modern distributed tracing solution, but it's not really new; correlating log entries is decades old, probably as old as "distributed systems" itself. + +What sets distributed tracing apart from regular logging is that the data structure that holds tracing data is more specialized, so we can also identify causality. Looking at the log entries above, it's hard to tell if the last step was caused by the previous entry, if they were performed concurrently, or if they share the same caller. Having a dedicated data structure also allows distributed tracing to record not only a message in a single point in time but also the start and end time of a given procedure. + +![Trace showing spans][9] + +Trace showing spans similar to the logs described above + +[Click to enlarge][10] + +Most of the modern distributed tracing tools are inspired by a 2010 [paper about Dapper][11], the distributed tracing solution used at Google. In that paper, the data structure described above was called a span, and you can see nine of them in the image above. This particular "forest" of spans is called a trace and is equivalent to the correlated log entries we've seen before. + +The image above is a screenshot of a trace displayed in [Jaeger][12], an open source distributed tracing solution hosted by the [Cloud Native Computing Foundation (CNCF)][13]. It marks each service with a color to make it easier to see the process boundaries. Timing information can be easily visualized, both by looking at the macro timeline at the top of the screen or at the individual spans, giving a sense of how long each span takes and how impactful it is in this particular execution. It's also easy to observe when processes are asynchronous and therefore may outlive the initial request. + +Like with logging, we need to annotate or instrument our code with the data we want to record. Unlike logging, we record spans instead of messages and do some demarcation to know when the span starts and finishes so we can get accurate timing information. As we would probably like to have our business code independent from a specific distributed tracing implementation, we can use an API such as [OpenTracing][14], leaving the decision about the concrete implementation as a packaging or runtime concern. Following is pseudo-Java code showing such demarcation. + +``` +try (Scope scope = tracer.buildSpan("submitOrder").startActive(true)) { +    scope.span().setTag("order-id", "c85b7644b6b5"); +    chargeCreditCard(); +    changeOrderStatus(); +    dispatchEventToInventory(); +} +``` + +Given the nature of the distributed tracing concept, it's clear the code executed "between" our business services can also be part of the trace. For instance, we could [turn on][15] the distributed tracing integration for [Istio][16], a service mesh solution that helps in the communication between microservices, and we'll suddenly have a better picture about the network latency and routing decisions made at this layer. Another example is the work done in the OpenTracing community to provide instrumentation for popular stacks, frameworks, and APIs, such as Java's [JAX-RS][17], [Spring Cloud][18], or [JDBC][19]. This enables us to see how our business code interacts with the rest of the middleware, understand where a potential problem might be happening, and identify the best areas to improve. In fact, today's middleware instrumentation is so rich that it's common to get started with distributed tracing by using only the so-called "framework instrumentation," leaving the business code free from any tracing-related code. + +While a microservices architecture is almost unavoidable nowadays for established companies to innovate faster and for ambitious startups to achieve web scale, it's easy to feel helpless while conducting a root cause analysis when something eventually fails and the right tools aren't available. The good news is tools like Prometheus, Logstash, OpenTracing, and Jaeger provide the pieces to bring observability to your application. + +Juraci Paixão Kröhling will present [What are My Microservices Doing?][20] at [Open Source Summit Europe][21], October 22-24 in Edinburgh, Scotland. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/distributed-tracing-microservices-world + +作者：[Juraci Paixão Kröhling][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/jpkroehling +[1]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Microservices +[2]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/A/B_testing +[3]: https://martinfowler.com/bliki/CanaryRelease.html +[4]: https://blog.twitter.com/engineering/en_us/a/2016/observability-at-twitter-technical-overview-part-i.html +[5]: https://prometheus.io/ +[6]: https://github.com/elastic/logstash +[7]: https://github.com/elastic/elasticsearch +[8]: /file/409621 +[9]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/distributed-trace.png (Trace showing spans) +[10]: /sites/default/files/uploads/trace.png +[11]: https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub36356 +[12]: https://www.jaegertracing.io/ +[13]: https://www.cncf.io/ +[14]: http://opentracing.io/ +[15]: https://istio.io/docs/tasks/telemetry/distributed-tracing/ +[16]: https://istio.io/ +[17]: https://github.com/opentracing-contrib/java-jaxrs +[18]: https://github.com/opentracing-contrib/java-spring-cloud +[19]: https://github.com/opentracing-contrib/java-jdbc +[20]: https://osseu18.sched.com/event/FxW3/what-are-my-microservices-doing-juraci-paixao-krohling-red-hat# +[21]: https://osseu18.sched.com/ From 5e8fd9321d044fb0d573b835cfec1124215130ca Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: HankChow <280630620@qq.com> Date: Thu, 27 Sep 2018 10:08:24 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 192/246] hankchow translating --- ...To Find Out Which Port Number A Process Is Using In Linux.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180924 How To Find Out Which Port Number A Process Is Using In Linux.md b/sources/tech/20180924 How To Find Out Which Port Number A Process Is Using In Linux.md index 21b6633730..add3ce719e 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180924 How To Find Out Which Port Number A Process Is Using In Linux.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180924 How To Find Out Which Port Number A Process Is Using In Linux.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +HankChow translating + How To Find Out Which Port Number A Process Is Using In Linux ====== As a Linux administrator, you should know whether the corresponding service is binding/listening with correct port or not. From 5adaffeea5ff72b674b3bfcb52fbd2f59413ff98 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Thu, 27 Sep 2018 10:28:38 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 193/246] PRF:20180910 13 Keyboard Shortcut Every Ubuntu 18.04 User Should Know.md @XiatianSummer --- ...cut Every Ubuntu 18.04 User Should Know.md | 97 ++++++++++--------- 1 file changed, 49 insertions(+), 48 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180910 13 Keyboard Shortcut Every Ubuntu 18.04 User Should Know.md b/translated/tech/20180910 13 Keyboard Shortcut Every Ubuntu 18.04 User Should Know.md index c946493a6c..461e586b2d 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180910 13 Keyboard Shortcut Every Ubuntu 18.04 User Should Know.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180910 13 Keyboard Shortcut Every Ubuntu 18.04 User Should Know.md @@ -1,82 +1,83 @@ 每位 Ubuntu 18.04 用户都应该知道的快捷键 ====== + 了解快捷键能够提升您的生产力。这里有一些实用的 Ubuntu 快捷键助您像专业人士一样使用 Ubuntu。 -您可以使用有键盘和鼠标组合的操作系统。 +您可以用键盘和鼠标组合来使用操作系统。 -注意：本文中提到的键盘快捷键适用于 Ubuntu 18.04 GNOME 版。 通常，它们中的大多数（或者全部）也适用于其他的 Ubuntu 版本，但我不能够保证。 +> 注意：本文中提到的键盘快捷键适用于 Ubuntu 18.04 GNOME 版。 通常，它们中的大多数（或者全部）也适用于其他的 Ubuntu 版本，但我不能够保证。 ![Ubuntu keyboard shortcuts][1] ### 实用的 Ubuntu 快捷键 -让我们来看一看 Ubuntu GNOME 必备的快捷键吧！通用的快捷键如 Ctrl+C（复制），Ctrl+V（粘贴）或者 Ctrl+S（保存）不再赘述。 +让我们来看一看 Ubuntu GNOME 必备的快捷键吧！通用的快捷键如 `Ctrl+C`（复制）、`Ctrl+V`（粘贴）或者 `Ctrl+S`（保存）不再赘述。 -注意：Linux 中的 Super 键即键盘上带有 Windows 图标的键，本文中我使用了大写字母，但这不代表你需要按下 shift 键，比如，T 代表键盘上的‘t’键，而不代表 Shift+t。 +注意：Linux 中的 Super 键即键盘上带有 Windows 图标的键，本文中我使用了大写字母，但这不代表你需要按下 `shift` 键，比如，`T` 代表键盘上的 ‘t’ 键，而不代表 `Shift+t`。 -#### 1\. Super 键：打开活动搜索界面 +#### 1、 Super 键：打开活动搜索界面 -使用 Super 键可以打开活动菜单。如果你只能在 Ubuntu 上使用一个快捷键，那只能是 Super 键。 +使用 `Super` 键可以打开活动菜单。如果你只能在 Ubuntu 上使用一个快捷键，那只能是 `Super` 键。 -想要打开一个应用程序？按下 Super 键然后搜索应用程序。如果搜索的应用程序未安装，它会推荐来自应用中心的应用程序。 +想要打开一个应用程序？按下 `Super` 键然后搜索应用程序。如果搜索的应用程序未安装，它会推荐来自应用中心的应用程序。 -想要看看有哪些正在运行的程序？按下 Super 键，屏幕上就会显示所有正在运行的 GUI 应用程序。 +想要看看有哪些正在运行的程序？按下 `Super` 键，屏幕上就会显示所有正在运行的 GUI 应用程序。 -想要使用工作区吗？只需按下 Super 键，您就可以在屏幕右侧看到工作区选项。 +想要使用工作区吗？只需按下 `Super` 键，您就可以在屏幕右侧看到工作区选项。 -#### 2\. Ctrl+Alt+T：打开 Ubuntu 终端窗口 +#### 2、 Ctrl+Alt+T：打开 Ubuntu 终端窗口 ![Ubuntu Terminal Shortcut][2] *使用 Ctrl+alt+T 来打开终端窗口* -想要打开一个新的终端，您只需使用快捷键 Ctrl+Alt+T。这是我在 Ubuntu 中最喜欢的键盘快捷键。 甚至在我的许多 FOSS 教程中，当需要打开终端窗口是，我都会提到这个快捷键。 +想要打开一个新的终端，您只需使用快捷键 `Ctrl+Alt+T`。这是我在 Ubuntu 中最喜欢的键盘快捷键。 甚至在我的许多 FOSS 教程中，当需要打开终端窗口是，我都会提到这个快捷键。 -#### 3\. Super+L 或 Ctrl——Alt+L：锁屏 +#### 3、 Super+L 或 Ctrl+Alt+L：锁屏 -当您离开电脑时锁定屏幕，是最基本的安全习惯之一。您可以使用 Super + L 快捷键，而不是繁琐地点击屏幕右上角然后选择锁定屏幕选项。 +当您离开电脑时锁定屏幕，是最基本的安全习惯之一。您可以使用 `Super+L` 快捷键，而不是繁琐地点击屏幕右上角然后选择锁定屏幕选项。 -有些系统也会使用 Ctrl+Alt+L 键锁定屏幕。 +有些系统也会使用 `Ctrl+Alt+L` 键锁定屏幕。 -#### 4\. Super+D or Ctrl+Alt+D：显示桌面 +#### 4、 Super+D or Ctrl+Alt+D：显示桌面 -按下 Super + D 可以最小化所有正在运行的应用程序窗口并显示桌面。 +按下 `Super+D` 可以最小化所有正在运行的应用程序窗口并显示桌面。 -再次按 Super + D 将重新打开所有正在运行的应用程序窗口，像之前一样。 +再次按 `Super+D` 将重新打开所有正在运行的应用程序窗口，像之前一样。 -您也可以使用 Ctrl + Alt + D 来实现此目的。 +您也可以使用 `Ctrl+Alt+D` 来实现此目的。 -#### 5\. Super+A：显示应用程序菜单 +#### 5、 Super+A：显示应用程序菜单 -您可以通过单击屏幕左下角的 9个点打开 Ubuntu 18.04 GNOME 中的应用程序菜单。 但是一个更快捷的方法是使用 Super + A 快捷键。 +您可以通过单击屏幕左下角的 9 个点打开 Ubuntu 18.04 GNOME 中的应用程序菜单。 但是一个更快捷的方法是使用 `Super+A` 快捷键。 它将显示应用程序菜单，您可以在其中查看或搜索系统上已安装的应用程序。 -您可以使用 Esc 键退出应用程序菜单界面。 +您可以使用 `Esc` 键退出应用程序菜单界面。 -#### 6\. Super+Tab or Alt+Tab：在运行中的应用程序间切换 +#### 6、 Super+Tab 或 Alt+Tab：在运行中的应用程序间切换 -如果您运行的应用程序不止一个，则可以使用 Super + Tab 或 Alt + Tab 快捷键在应用程序之间切换。 +如果您运行的应用程序不止一个，则可以使用 `Super+Tab` 或 `Alt+Tab` 快捷键在应用程序之间切换。 -按住 Super 键同时按下 Tab 键，即可显示应用程序切换器。 按住 Super 的同时，继续点击 Tab 键在应用程序之间进行选择。 当光标在所需的应用程序上时，松开 Super 和 Tab 键。 +按住 `Super` 键同时按下 `Tab` 键，即可显示应用程序切换器。 按住 `Super` 的同时，继续按下 `Tab` 键在应用程序之间进行选择。 当光标在所需的应用程序上时，松开 `Super` 和 `Tab` 键。 -默认情况下，应用程序切换器从左向右移动。 如果要从右向左移动，可使用 Super + Shift + Tab 快捷键。 +默认情况下，应用程序切换器从左向右移动。 如果要从右向左移动，可使用 `Super+Shift+Tab` 快捷键。 -在这里您也可以用 Alt 键代替 Super 键。 +在这里您也可以用 `Alt` 键代替 `Super` 键。 -提示：如果有多个应用程序实例，您可以使用 Super + \` 快捷键在这些实例之间切换。 +> 提示：如果有多个应用程序实例，您可以使用 Super+` 快捷键在这些实例之间切换。 -#### 7\. Super+Arrow keys: 移动窗口位置 +#### 7、 Super+箭头：移动窗口位置 -这个快捷键也适用于 Windows 系统。 使用应用程序时，按下 Super 和左箭头键，应用程序将贴合屏幕的左边缘，占用屏幕的左半边。 +这个快捷键也适用于 Windows 系统。 使用应用程序时，按下 `Super+左箭头`，应用程序将贴合屏幕的左边缘，占用屏幕的左半边。 -同样，按下 Super 和右箭头键会使应用程序贴合右边缘。 +同样，按下 `Super+右箭头`会使应用程序贴合右边缘。 -按下 Super 和上箭头键将最大化应用程序窗口，超级和下箭头将使应用程序恢复到其正常的大小。 +按下 `Super+上箭头`将最大化应用程序窗口，`Super+下箭头`将使应用程序恢复到其正常的大小。 -#### 8\. Super+M: 切换到通知栏 +#### 8、 Super+M：切换到通知栏 GNOME 中有一个通知栏，您可以在其中查看系统和应用程序活动的通知，这里也有一个日历。 @@ -84,19 +85,19 @@ GNOME 中有一个通知栏，您可以在其中查看系统和应用程序活 *通知栏* -使用 Super + M 快捷键，您可以打开此通知栏。 如果再次按这些键，将关闭打开的通知托盘。 +使用 `Super+M` 快捷键，您可以打开此通知栏。 如果再次按这些键，将关闭打开的通知托盘。 -使用 Super+V 也可实现相同的功能。 +使用 `Super+V` 也可实现相同的功能。 -#### 9\. Super+Space：切换输入法（用于多语言设置） +#### 9、 Super+空格：切换输入法（用于多语言设置） 如果您使用多种语言，可能您的系统上安装了多个输入法。 例如，我需要在 Ubuntu 上同时使用[印地语] [4]和英语，所以我安装了印地语（梵文）输入法以及默认的英语输入法。 -如果您也使用多语言设置，则可以使用 Super + Space 快捷键快速更改输入法。 +如果您也使用多语言设置，则可以使用 `Super+空格` 快捷键快速更改输入法。 -#### 10\. Alt+F2：运行控制台 +#### 10、 Alt+F2：运行控制台 -这适用于高级用户。 如果要运行快速命令，而不是打开终端并在其中运行命令，则可以使用 Alt + F2 运行控制台。 +这适用于高级用户。 如果要运行快速命令，而不是打开终端并在其中运行命令，则可以使用 `Alt+F2` 运行控制台。 ![Alt+F2 to run commands in Ubuntu][5] @@ -104,31 +105,31 @@ GNOME 中有一个通知栏，您可以在其中查看系统和应用程序活 当您使用只能在终端运行的应用程序时，这尤其有用。 -#### 11\. Ctrl+Q：关闭应用程序窗口 +#### 11、 Ctrl+Q：关闭应用程序窗口 -如果您有正在运行的应用程序，可以使用 Ctrl + Q 快捷键关闭应用程序窗口。您也可以使用 Ctrl + W 来实现此目的。 +如果您有正在运行的应用程序，可以使用 `Ctrl+Q` 快捷键关闭应用程序窗口。您也可以使用 `Ctrl+W` 来实现此目的。 -Alt + F4 是关闭应用程序窗口更“通用”的快捷方式。 +`Alt+F4` 是关闭应用程序窗口更“通用”的快捷方式。 它不适用于一些应用程序，如 Ubuntu 中的默认终端。 -#### 12\. Ctrl+Alt+arrow：切换工作区 +#### 12、 Ctrl+Alt+箭头：切换工作区 ![Workspace switching][6] *切换工作区* -如果您是使用工作区的重度用户，可以使用 Ctrl + Alt + 上箭头和 Ctrl + Alt + 下箭头键在工作区之间切换。 +如果您是使用工作区的重度用户，可以使用 `Ctrl+Alt+上箭头`和 `Ctrl+Alt+下箭头`在工作区之间切换。 -#### 13\. Ctrl+Alt+Del：注销 +#### 13、 Ctrl+Alt+Del：注销 -不会！在 Linux 中使用著名的快捷键 Ctrl+Alt+Del 并不会像在 Windows 中一样打开任务管理器（除非您使用自定义快捷键）。 +不！在 Linux 中使用著名的快捷键 `Ctrl+Alt+Del` 并不会像在 Windows 中一样打开任务管理器（除非您使用自定义快捷键）。 ![Log Out Ubuntu][7] *注销* -在普通的 GNOME 桌面环境中，您可以使用 Ctrl + Alt + Del 键打开关机菜单，但 Ubuntu 并不总是遵循此规范，因此当您在 Ubuntu 中使用 Ctrl + Alt + Del 键时，它会打开注销菜单。 +在普通的 GNOME 桌面环境中，您可以使用 `Ctrl+Alt+Del` 键打开关机菜单，但 Ubuntu 并不总是遵循此规范，因此当您在 Ubuntu 中使用 `Ctrl+Alt+Del` 键时，它会打开注销菜单。 ### 在 Ubuntu 中使用自定义键盘快捷键 @@ -142,7 +143,7 @@ Alt + F4 是关闭应用程序窗口更“通用”的快捷方式。 ### Ubuntu 中你最喜欢的键盘快捷键是什么？ -快捷键永无止境。如果需要，你可以看一看所有可能的 [GNOME 快捷键][9]，看其中有没有你需要用到的快捷键。 +快捷键无穷无尽。如果需要，你可以看一看所有可能的 [GNOME 快捷键][9]，看其中有没有你需要用到的快捷键。 您可以学习使用您经常使用应用程序的快捷键，这是很有必要的。例如，我使用 Kazam 进行[屏幕录制][10]，键盘快捷键帮助我方便地暂停和开始录像。 @@ -155,7 +156,7 @@ via: https://itsfoss.com/ubuntu-shortcuts/ 作者：[Abhishek Prakash][a] 选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者：[XiatianSummer](https://github.com/XiatianSummer) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From 0df4be75d82336f5d52527caeed0bb6e0048a64e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Thu, 27 Sep 2018 10:29:05 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 194/246] PUB: 20180910 13 Keyboard Shortcut Every Ubuntu 18.04 User Should Know.md @XiatianSummer https://linux.cn/article-10055-1.html --- ...10 13 Keyboard Shortcut Every Ubuntu 18.04 User Should Know.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180910 13 Keyboard Shortcut Every Ubuntu 18.04 User Should Know.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180910 13 Keyboard Shortcut Every Ubuntu 18.04 User Should Know.md b/published/20180910 13 Keyboard Shortcut Every Ubuntu 18.04 User Should Know.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180910 13 Keyboard Shortcut Every Ubuntu 18.04 User Should Know.md rename to published/20180910 13 Keyboard Shortcut Every Ubuntu 18.04 User Should Know.md From 5adec56c31704b87574b79172f08a84067a47903 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: qhwdw <33189910+qhwdw@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Thu, 27 Sep 2018 11:02:04 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 195/246] Translating by qhwdw (#10386) --- ...jarne Stroustrup warns of dangerous future plans for his C.md | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180618 What-s all the C Plus Fuss- Bjarne Stroustrup warns of dangerous future plans for his C.md b/sources/tech/20180618 What-s all the C Plus Fuss- Bjarne Stroustrup warns of dangerous future plans for his C.md index 04644aebb2..2f9a6636e7 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180618 What-s all the C Plus Fuss- Bjarne Stroustrup warns of dangerous future plans for his C.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180618 What-s all the C Plus Fuss- Bjarne Stroustrup warns of dangerous future plans for his C.md @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +Translating by qhwdw What's all the C Plus Fuss? Bjarne Stroustrup warns of dangerous future plans for his C++ ====== From cd46ac6cdcad976bf41515ada5417effc6f328e8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: MjSeven <33125422+MjSeven@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Thu, 27 Sep 2018 11:08:55 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 196/246] Update 20171129 How to Install and Use Wireshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md --- ...stall and Use Wireshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20171129 How to Install and Use Wireshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md b/sources/tech/20171129 How to Install and Use Wireshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md index ce2ed658a4..05e441207f 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20171129 How to Install and Use Wireshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md +++ b/sources/tech/20171129 How to Install and Use Wireshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md @@ -1,3 +1,6 @@ +Translating by MjSeven + + How to Install and Use Wireshark on Debian 9 / Ubuntu 16.04 / 17.10 ============================================================ From c1072e3ab6e5cab92e016228e0b937ffa77f63d0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: MjSeven <33125422+MjSeven@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Thu, 27 Sep 2018 15:52:30 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 197/246] =?UTF-8?q?=20=E7=BF=BB=E8=AF=91=E5=AE=8C=E6=AF=95?= =?UTF-8?q?=20(#10388)?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit * Delete 20171129 How to Install and Use Wireshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md * Create 20171129 How to Install and Use Wireshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md --- ...eshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md | 185 ------------------ ...eshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md | 183 +++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 183 insertions(+), 185 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20171129 How to Install and Use Wireshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20171129 How to Install and Use Wireshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20171129 How to Install and Use Wireshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md b/sources/tech/20171129 How to Install and Use Wireshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md deleted file mode 100644 index 05e441207f..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20171129 How to Install and Use Wireshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,185 +0,0 @@ -Translating by MjSeven - - -How to Install and Use Wireshark on Debian 9 / Ubuntu 16.04 / 17.10 -============================================================ - -by [Pradeep Kumar][1] · Published November 29, 2017 · Updated November 29, 2017 - - [![wireshark-Debian-9-Ubuntu 16.04 -17.10](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/wireshark-Debian-9-Ubuntu-16.04-17.10.jpg)][2] - -Wireshark is free and open source, cross platform, GUI based Network packet analyzer that is available for Linux, Windows, MacOS, Solaris etc. It captures network packets in real time & presents them in human readable format. Wireshark allows us to monitor the network packets up to microscopic level. Wireshark also has a command line utility called ‘tshark‘ that performs the same functions as Wireshark but through terminal & not through GUI. - -Wireshark can be used for network troubleshooting, analyzing, software & communication protocol development & also for education purposed. Wireshark uses a library called ‘pcap‘ for capturing the network packets. - -Wireshark comes with a lot of features & some those features are; - -* Support for a hundreds of protocols for inspection, - -* Ability to capture packets in real time & save them for later offline analysis, - -* A number of filters to analyzing data, - -* Data captured can be compressed & uncompressed on the fly, - -* Various file formats for data analysis supported, output can also be saved to XML, CSV, plain text formats, - -* data can be captured from a number of interfaces like ethernet, wifi, bluetooth, USB, Frame relay , token rings etc. - -In this article, we will discuss how to install Wireshark on Ubuntu/Debain machines & will also learn to use Wireshark for capturing network packets. - -#### Installation of Wireshark on Ubuntu 16.04 / 17.10 - -Wireshark is available with default Ubuntu repositories & can be simply installed using the following command. But there might be chances that you will not get the latest version of wireshark. - -``` -linuxtechi@nixworld:~$ sudo apt-get update -linuxtechi@nixworld:~$ sudo apt-get install wireshark -y -``` - -So to install latest version of wireshark we have to enable or configure official wireshark repository. - -Use the beneath commands one after the another to configure repository and to install latest version of Wireshark utility - -``` -linuxtechi@nixworld:~$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:wireshark-dev/stable -linuxtechi@nixworld:~$ sudo apt-get update -linuxtechi@nixworld:~$ sudo apt-get install wireshark -y -``` - -Once the Wireshark is installed execute the below command so that non-root users can capture live packets of interfaces, - -``` -linuxtechi@nixworld:~$ sudo setcap 'CAP_NET_RAW+eip CAP_NET_ADMIN+eip' /usr/bin/dumpcap -``` - -#### Installation of Wireshark on Debian 9 - -Wireshark package and its dependencies are already present in the default debian 9 repositories, so to install latest and stable version of Wireshark on Debian 9, use the following command: - -``` -linuxtechi@nixhome:~$ sudo apt-get update -linuxtechi@nixhome:~$ sudo apt-get install wireshark -y -``` - -During the installation, it will prompt us to configure dumpcap for non-superusers, - -Select ‘yes’ and then hit enter. - - [![Configure-Wireshark-Debian9](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Configure-Wireshark-Debian9-1024x542.jpg)][3] - -Once the Installation is completed, execute the below command so that non-root users can also capture the live packets of the interfaces. - -``` -linuxtechi@nixhome:~$ sudo chmod +x /usr/bin/dumpcap -``` - -We can also use the latest source package to install the wireshark on Ubuntu/Debain & many other Linux distributions. - -#### Installing Wireshark using source code on Debian / Ubuntu Systems - -Firstly download the latest source package (which is 2.4.2 at the time for writing this article), use the following command, - -``` -linuxtechi@nixhome:~$ wget https://1.as.dl.wireshark.org/src/wireshark-2.4.2.tar.xz -``` - -Next extract the package & enter into the extracted directory, - -``` -linuxtechi@nixhome:~$ tar -xf wireshark-2.4.2.tar.xz -C /tmp -linuxtechi@nixhome:~$ cd /tmp/wireshark-2.4.2 -``` - -Now we will compile the code with the following commands, - -``` -linuxtechi@nixhome:/tmp/wireshark-2.4.2$ ./configure --enable-setcap-install -linuxtechi@nixhome:/tmp/wireshark-2.4.2$ make -``` - -Lastly install the compiled packages to install Wireshark on the system, - -``` -linuxtechi@nixhome:/tmp/wireshark-2.4.2$ sudo make install -linuxtechi@nixhome:/tmp/wireshark-2.4.2$ sudo ldconfig -``` - -Upon installation a separate group for Wireshark will also be created, we will now add our user to the group so that it can work with wireshark otherwise you might get ‘permission denied‘ error when starting wireshark. - -To add the user to the wireshark group, execute the following command, - -``` -linuxtechi@nixhome:~$ sudo usermod -a -G wireshark linuxtechi -``` - -Now we can start wireshark either from GUI Menu or from terminal with this command, - -``` -linuxtechi@nixhome:~$ wireshark -``` - -#### Access Wireshark on Debian 9 System - - [![Access-wireshark-debian9](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Access-wireshark-debian9-1024x664.jpg)][4] - -Click on Wireshark icon - - [![Wireshark-window-debian9](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Wireshark-window-debian9-1024x664.jpg)][5] - -#### Access Wireshark on Ubuntu 16.04 / 17.10 - - [![Access-wireshark-Ubuntu](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Access-wireshark-Ubuntu-1024x664.jpg)][6] - -Click on Wireshark icon - - [![Wireshark-window-Ubuntu](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Wireshark-window-Ubuntu-1024x664.jpg)][7] - -#### Capturing and Analyzing packets - -Once the wireshark has been started, we should be presented with the wireshark window, example is shown above for Ubuntu and Debian system. - - [![wireshark-Linux-system](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/wireshark-Linux-system.jpg)][8] - -All these are the interfaces from where we can capture the network packets. Based on the interfaces you have on your system, this screen might be different for you. - -We are selecting ‘enp0s3’ for capturing the network traffic for that inteface. After selecting the inteface, network packets for all the devices on our network start to populate (refer to screenshot below) - - [![Capturing-Packet-from-enp0s3-Ubuntu-Wireshark](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Capturing-Packet-from-enp0s3-Ubuntu-Wireshark-1024x727.jpg)][9] - -First time we see this screen we might get overwhelmed by the data that is presented in this screen & might have thought how to sort out this data but worry not, one the best features of Wireshark is its filters. - -We can sort/filter out the data based on IP address, Port number, can also used source & destination filters, packet size etc & can also combine 2 or more filters together to create more comprehensive searches. We can either write our filters in ‘Apply a Display Filter‘ tab , or we can also select one of already created rules. To select pre-built filter, click on ‘flag‘ icon , next to ‘Apply a Display Filter‘ tab, - - [![Filter-in-wireshark-Ubuntu](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Filter-in-wireshark-Ubuntu-1024x727.jpg)][10] - -We can also filter data based on the color coding, By default, light purple is TCP traffic, light blue is UDP traffic, and black identifies packets with errors , to see what these codes mean, click View -> Coloring Rules, also we can change these codes. - - [![Packet-Colouring-Wireshark](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Packet-Colouring-Wireshark-1024x682.jpg)][11] - -After we have the results that we need, we can then click on any of the captured packets to get more details about that packet, this will show all the data about that network packet. - -Wireshark is an extremely powerful tool takes some time to getting used to & make a command over it, this tutorial will help you get started. Please feel free to drop in your queries or suggestions in the comment box below. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://www.linuxtechi.com - -作者：[Pradeep Kumar][a] -译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/author/pradeep/ -[1]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/author/pradeep/ -[2]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/wireshark-Debian-9-Ubuntu-16.04-17.10.jpg -[3]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Configure-Wireshark-Debian9.jpg -[4]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Access-wireshark-debian9.jpg -[5]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Wireshark-window-debian9.jpg -[6]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Access-wireshark-Ubuntu.jpg -[7]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Wireshark-window-Ubuntu.jpg -[8]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/wireshark-Linux-system.jpg -[9]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Capturing-Packet-from-enp0s3-Ubuntu-Wireshark.jpg -[10]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Filter-in-wireshark-Ubuntu.jpg -[11]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Packet-Colouring-Wireshark.jpg diff --git a/translated/tech/20171129 How to Install and Use Wireshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md b/translated/tech/20171129 How to Install and Use Wireshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0bcbe0d3e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20171129 How to Install and Use Wireshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md @@ -0,0 +1,183 @@ +在 Debian 9 / Ubuntu 16.04 / 17.10 中如何安装并使用 Wireshark +====== + +作者 [Pradeep Kumar][1]，首发于 2017 年 11 月 29 日，更新于 2017 年 11 月 29 日 + +[![wireshark-Debian-9-Ubuntu 16.04 -17.10](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/wireshark-Debian-9-Ubuntu-16.04-17.10.jpg)][2] + +Wireshark 是免费的，开源的，跨平台的基于 GUI 的网络数据包分析器，可用于 Linux, Windows, MacOS, Solaris 等。它可以实时捕获网络数据包，并以人性化的格式呈现。Wireshark 允许我们监控网络数据包上升到微观层面。Wireshark 还有一个名为 `tshark` 的命令行实用程序，它与 Wireshark 执行相同的功能，但它是通过终端而不是 GUI。 + +Wireshark 可用于网络故障排除，分析，软件和通信协议开发以及用于教育目的。Wireshark 使用 `pcap` 库来捕获网络数据包。 + +Wireshark 具有许多功能： + +* 支持数百项协议检查 + +* 能够实时捕获数据包并保存，以便以后进行离线分析 + +* 许多用于分析数据的过滤器 + +* 捕获的数据可以被压缩和解压缩（to 校正：on the fly 什么意思？） + +* 支持各种文件格式的数据分析，输出也可以保存为 XML, CSV 和纯文本格式 + +* 数据可以从以太网，wifi，蓝牙，USB，帧中继，令牌环等多个接口中捕获 + +在本文中，我们将讨论如何在 Ubuntu/Debian 上安装 Wireshark，并将学习如何使用 Wireshark 捕获网络数据包。 + +#### 在 Ubuntu 16.04 / 17.10 上安装 Wireshark + +Wireshark 在 Ubuntu 默认仓库中可用，只需使用以下命令即可安装。但有可能得不到最新版本的 wireshark。 + +``` +linuxtechi@nixworld:~$ sudo apt-get update +linuxtechi@nixworld:~$ sudo apt-get install wireshark -y +``` + +因此，要安装最新版本的 wireshark，我们必须启用或配置官方 wireshark 仓库。 + +使用下面的命令来配置仓库并安装最新版本的 wireshark 实用程序。 + +``` +linuxtechi@nixworld:~$ sudo add-apt-repository ppa:wireshark-dev/stable +linuxtechi@nixworld:~$ sudo apt-get update +linuxtechi@nixworld:~$ sudo apt-get install wireshark -y +``` + +一旦安装了 wireshark，执行以下命令，以便非 root 用户也可以捕获接口的实时数据包。 + +``` +linuxtechi@nixworld:~$ sudo setcap 'CAP_NET_RAW+eip CAP_NET_ADMIN+eip' /usr/bin/dumpcap +``` + +#### 在 Debian 9 上安装 Wireshark + +Wireshark 包及其依赖项已存在于 debian 9 的默认仓库中，因此要在 Debian 9 上安装最新且稳定版本的 Wireshark，请使用以下命令： + +``` +linuxtechi@nixhome:~$ sudo apt-get update +linuxtechi@nixhome:~$ sudo apt-get install wireshark -y +``` + +在安装过程中，它会提示我们为非超级用户配置 dumpcap， + +选择 `yes` 并回车。 + +[![Configure-Wireshark-Debian9](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Configure-Wireshark-Debian9-1024x542.jpg)][3] + +安装完成后，执行以下命令，以便非 root 用户也可以捕获接口的实时数据包。 + +``` +linuxtechi@nixhome:~$ sudo chmod +x /usr/bin/dumpcap +``` + +我们还可以使用最新的源代码包在 Ubuntu/Debian 和其它 Linux 发行版上安装 wireshark。 + +#### 在 Debian / Ubuntu 系统上使用源代码安装 Wireshark + +首先下载最新的源代码包（写这篇文章时它的最新版本是 2.4.2），使用以下命令： + +``` +linuxtechi@nixhome:~$ wget https://1.as.dl.wireshark.org/src/wireshark-2.4.2.tar.xz +``` + +然后解压缩包，进入解压缩的目录： + +``` +linuxtechi@nixhome:~$ tar -xf wireshark-2.4.2.tar.xz -C /tmp +linuxtechi@nixhome:~$ cd /tmp/wireshark-2.4.2 +``` + +现在我们使用以下命令编译代码： + +``` +linuxtechi@nixhome:/tmp/wireshark-2.4.2$ ./configure --enable-setcap-install +linuxtechi@nixhome:/tmp/wireshark-2.4.2$ make +``` + +最后安装已编译的软件包以便在系统上安装 Wireshark： + +``` +linuxtechi@nixhome:/tmp/wireshark-2.4.2$ sudo make install +linuxtechi@nixhome:/tmp/wireshark-2.4.2$ sudo ldconfig +``` + +在安装后，它将创建一个单独的 Wireshark 组，我们现在将我们的用户添加到组中，以便它可以与 Wireshark 一起使用，否则在启动 wireshark 时可能会出现 `permission denied（权限被拒绝）`错误。 + +要将用户添加到 wireshark 组，执行以下命令： + +``` +linuxtechi@nixhome:~$ sudo usermod -a -G wireshark linuxtechi +``` + +现在我们可以使用以下命令从 GUI 菜单或终端启动 wireshark： + +``` +linuxtechi@nixhome:~$ wireshark +``` + +#### 在 Debian 9 系统上使用 Wireshark + +[![Access-wireshark-debian9](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Access-wireshark-debian9-1024x664.jpg)][4] + +点击 Wireshark 图标 + +[![Wireshark-window-debian9](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Wireshark-window-debian9-1024x664.jpg)][5] + +#### 在 Ubuntu 16.04 / 17.10 上使用 Wireshark + +[![Access-wireshark-Ubuntu](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Access-wireshark-Ubuntu-1024x664.jpg)][6] + +点击 Wireshark 图标 + +[![Wireshark-window-Ubuntu](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Wireshark-window-Ubuntu-1024x664.jpg)][7] + +#### 捕获并分析数据包 + +一旦 wireshark 启动，我们就会看到 wireshark 窗口，上面有 Ubuntu 和 Debian 系统的示例。 + +[![wireshark-Linux-system](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/wireshark-Linux-system.jpg)][8] + +所有这些都是我们可以捕获网络数据包的接口。根据你系统上的界面，此屏幕可能与你的不同。 + +我们选择 `enp0s3` 来捕获该接口的网络流量。选择接口后，在我们网络上所有设备的网络数据包开始填充（参考下面的屏幕截图）： + +[![Capturing-Packet-from-enp0s3-Ubuntu-Wireshark](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Capturing-Packet-from-enp0s3-Ubuntu-Wireshark-1024x727.jpg)][9] + +第一次看到这个屏幕，我们可能会被这个屏幕上显示的数据所淹没，并且可能已经想过如何整理这些数据，但不用担心，Wireshark 的最佳功能之一就是它的过滤器。 + +我们可以根据 IP 地址，端口号，也可以使用来源和目标过滤器，数据包大小等对数据进行排序和过滤，也可以将两个或多个过滤器组合在一起以创建更全面的搜索。我们也可以在 `Apply a Display Filter(应用显示过滤器)`选项卡中编写过滤规则，也可以选择已创建的规则。要选择之前构建的过滤器，请单击 `Apply a Display Filter(应用显示过滤器)`选项卡旁边的 `flag` 图标。 + +[![Filter-in-wireshark-Ubuntu](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Filter-in-wireshark-Ubuntu-1024x727.jpg)][10] + +我们还可以根据颜色编码过滤数据，默认情况下，浅紫色是 TCP 流量，浅蓝色是 UDP 流量，黑色标识有错误的数据包，看看这些编码是什么意思，点击 `View -> Coloring Rules`，我们也可以改变这些编码。 + +[![Packet-Colouring-Wireshark](https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Packet-Colouring-Wireshark-1024x682.jpg)][11] + +在我们得到我们需要的结果之后，我们可以点击任何捕获的数据包以获得有关该数据包的更多详细信息，这将显示该网络数据包的所有数据。 + +Wireshark 是一个非常强大的工具，需要一些时间来习惯并对其进行命令操作，本教程将帮助你入门。请随时在下面的评论框中提出你的疑问或建议。 + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.linuxtechi.com + +作者：[Pradeep Kumar][a] +译者：[MjSeven](https://github.com/MjSeven) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/author/pradeep/ +[1]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/author/pradeep/ +[2]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/wireshark-Debian-9-Ubuntu-16.04-17.10.jpg +[3]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Configure-Wireshark-Debian9.jpg +[4]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Access-wireshark-debian9.jpg +[5]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Wireshark-window-debian9.jpg +[6]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Access-wireshark-Ubuntu.jpg +[7]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Wireshark-window-Ubuntu.jpg +[8]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/wireshark-Linux-system.jpg +[9]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Capturing-Packet-from-enp0s3-Ubuntu-Wireshark.jpg +[10]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Filter-in-wireshark-Ubuntu.jpg +[11]:https://www.linuxtechi.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Packet-Colouring-Wireshark.jpg From c53b2655fc156299aec7867641f7500f9863ab69 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: BayarHwasaii <20964952+bayar199468@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Thu, 27 Sep 2018 20:45:47 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 198/246] 7 Best eBook Readers for Linux (#10390) --- sources/tech/20171012 7 Best eBook Readers for Linux.md | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20171012 7 Best eBook Readers for Linux.md b/sources/tech/20171012 7 Best eBook Readers for Linux.md index 5198f1bdc0..128c667d88 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20171012 7 Best eBook Readers for Linux.md +++ b/sources/tech/20171012 7 Best eBook Readers for Linux.md @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +Translating by bayar199468 7 Best eBook Readers for Linux ====== **Brief:** In this article, we are covering some of the best ebook readers for Linux. These apps give a better reading experience and some will even help in managing your ebooks. From 4dc49729c51ef9ef2e0cf59df3c82e8a5ed05586 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: MjSeven <33125422+MjSeven@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Thu, 27 Sep 2018 21:05:05 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 199/246] Update 20180816 An introduction to the Django Python web app framework.md (#10389) * Delete 20171129 How to Install and Use Wireshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md * Create 20171129 How to Install and Use Wireshark on Debian and Ubuntu 16.04_17.10.md * Update 20180816 An introduction to the Django Python web app framework.md --- ...6 An introduction to the Django Python web app framework.md | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180816 An introduction to the Django Python web app framework.md b/sources/tech/20180816 An introduction to the Django Python web app framework.md index 21ab9d21ae..ab7dba9526 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180816 An introduction to the Django Python web app framework.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180816 An introduction to the Django Python web app framework.md @@ -1,3 +1,6 @@ +Translating by MjSeven + + An introduction to the Django Python web app framework ====== From 75f16370efdde027a5c4753cd3a397e6dcf1f987 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Thu, 27 Sep 2018 22:03:12 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 200/246] PRF:20180806 Anatomy of a Linux DNS Lookup - Part IV.md @pinewall --- ...Anatomy of a Linux DNS Lookup - Part IV.md | 40 +++++++++---------- 1 file changed, 18 insertions(+), 22 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180806 Anatomy of a Linux DNS Lookup - Part IV.md b/translated/tech/20180806 Anatomy of a Linux DNS Lookup - Part IV.md index 9f3dd93437..e2f893b210 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180806 Anatomy of a Linux DNS Lookup - Part IV.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180806 Anatomy of a Linux DNS Lookup - Part IV.md @@ -16,12 +16,8 @@ Linux DNS 查询剖析（第四部分） 在第四部分中，我将介绍容器如何完成 DNS 查询。你想的没错，也不是那么简单。 -* * * - ### 1) Docker 和 DNS -============================================================ - 在 [Linux DNS 查询剖析（第三部分）][3] 中，我们介绍了 `dnsmasq`，其工作方式如下：将 DNS 查询指向到 localhost 地址 `127.0.0.1`，同时启动一个进程监听 `53` 端口并处理查询请求。 在按上述方式配置 DNS 的主机上，如果运行了一个 Docker 容器，容器内的 `/etc/resolv.conf` 文件会是怎样的呢？ @@ -72,29 +68,29 @@ google.com.             112     IN      A       172.217.23.14 在这个问题上，Docker 的解决方案是忽略所有可能的复杂情况，即无论主机中使用什么 DNS 服务器，容器内都使用 Google 的 DNS 服务器 `8.8.8.8` 和 `8.8.4.4` 完成 DNS 查询。 - _我的经历：在 2013 年，我遇到了使用 Docker 以来的第一个问题，与 Docker 的这种 DNS 解决方案密切相关。我们公司的网络屏蔽了 `8.8.8.8` 和 `8.8.4.4`，导致容器无法解析域名。_ +_我的经历：在 2013 年，我遇到了使用 Docker 以来的第一个问题，与 Docker 的这种 DNS 解决方案密切相关。我们公司的网络屏蔽了 `8.8.8.8` 和 `8.8.4.4`，导致容器无法解析域名。_ -这就是 Docker 容器的情况，但对于包括 Kubernetes 在内的容器 _编排引擎orchestrators_，情况又有些不同。 +这就是 Docker 容器的情况，但对于包括 Kubernetes 在内的容器 编排引擎orchestrators，情况又有些不同。 ### 2) Kubernetes 和 DNS -在 Kubernetes 中，最小部署单元是 `pod`；`pod` 是一组相互协作的容器，共享 IP 地址（和其它资源）。 +在 Kubernetes 中，最小部署单元是 pod；它是一组相互协作的容器，共享 IP 地址（和其它资源）。 Kubernetes 面临的一个额外的挑战是，将 Kubernetes 服务请求（例如，`myservice.kubernetes.io`）通过对应的解析器resolver，转发到具体服务地址对应的内网地址private network。这里提到的服务地址被称为归属于“集群域cluster domain”。集群域可由管理员配置，根据配置可以是 `cluster.local` 或 `myorg.badger` 等。 -在 Kubernetes 中，你可以为 `pod` 指定如下四种 `pod` 内 DNS 查询的方式。 +在 Kubernetes 中，你可以为 pod 指定如下四种 pod 内 DNS 查询的方式。 -* Default +**Default** -在这种（名称容易让人误解）的方式中，`pod` 与其所在的主机采用相同的 DNS 查询路径，与前面介绍的主机 DNS 查询一致。我们说这种方式的名称容易让人误解，因为该方式并不是默认选项！`ClusterFirst` 才是默认选项。 +在这种（名称容易让人误解）的方式中，pod 与其所在的主机采用相同的 DNS 查询路径，与前面介绍的主机 DNS 查询一致。我们说这种方式的名称容易让人误解，因为该方式并不是默认选项！`ClusterFirst` 才是默认选项。 如果你希望覆盖 `/etc/resolv.conf` 中的条目，你可以添加到 `kubelet` 的配置中。 -* ClusterFirst +**ClusterFirst** 在 `ClusterFirst` 方式中，遇到 DNS 查询请求会做有选择的转发。根据配置的不同，有以下两种方式： -第一种方式配置相对古老但更简明，即采用一个规则：如果请求的域名不是集群域的子域，那么将其转发到 `pod` 所在的主机。 +第一种方式配置相对古老但更简明，即采用一个规则：如果请求的域名不是集群域的子域，那么将其转发到 pod 所在的主机。 第二种方式相对新一些，你可以在内部 DNS 中配置选择性转发。 @@ -115,27 +111,27 @@ data: 在 `stubDomains` 条目中，可以为特定域名指定特定的 DNS 服务器；而 `upstreamNameservers` 条目则给出，待查询域名不是集群域子域情况下用到的 DNS 服务器。 -这是通过在一个 `pod` 中运行我们熟知的 `dnsmasq` 实现的。 +这是通过在一个 pod 中运行我们熟知的 `dnsmasq` 实现的。 ![kubedns](https://zwischenzugs.files.wordpress.com/2018/08/kubedns.png?w=525) 剩下两种选项都比较小众： -* ClusterFirstWithHostNet +**ClusterFirstWithHostNet** -适用于 `pod` 使用主机网络的情况，例如绕开 Docker 网络配置，直接使用与 `pod` 对应主机相同的网络。 +适用于 pod 使用主机网络的情况，例如绕开 Docker 网络配置，直接使用与 pod 对应主机相同的网络。 -* None +**None** `None` 意味着不改变 DNS，但强制要求你在 `pod` 规范文件specification的 `dnsConfig` 条目中指定 DNS 配置。 ### CoreDNS 即将到来 -除了上面提到的那些，一旦 `CoreDNS` 取代Kubernetes 中的 `kube-dns`，情况还会发生变化。`CoreDNS` 相比 `kube-dns` 具有可配置性更高、效率更高等优势。 +除了上面提到的那些，一旦 `CoreDNS` 取代 Kubernetes 中的 `kube-dns`，情况还会发生变化。`CoreDNS` 相比 `kube-dns` 具有可配置性更高、效率更高等优势。 如果想了解更多，参考[这里][5]。 -如果你对 OpenShift 的网络感兴趣，我曾写过一篇[文章][6]可供你参考。但文章中 OpenShift 的版本是 `3.6`，可能有些过时。 +如果你对 OpenShift 的网络感兴趣，我曾写过一篇[文章][6]可供你参考。但文章中 OpenShift 的版本是 3.6，可能有些过时。 ### 第四部分总结 @@ -152,14 +148,14 @@ via: https://zwischenzugs.com/2018/08/06/anatomy-of-a-linux-dns-lookup-part-iv/ 作者：[zwischenzugs][a] 译者：[pinewall](https://github.com/pinewall) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 [a]:https://zwischenzugs.com/ -[1]:https://zwischenzugs.com/2018/06/08/anatomy-of-a-linux-dns-lookup-part-i/ -[2]:https://zwischenzugs.com/2018/06/18/anatomy-of-a-linux-dns-lookup-part-ii/ -[3]:https://zwischenzugs.com/2018/07/06/anatomy-of-a-linux-dns-lookup-part-iii/ +[1]:https://linux.cn/article-9943-1.html +[2]:https://linux.cn/article-9949-1.html +[3]:https://linux.cn/article-9972-1.html [4]:https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/dns-custom-nameservers/#impacts-on-pods [5]:https://coredns.io/ [6]:https://zwischenzugs.com/2017/10/21/openshift-3-6-dns-in-pictures/ From c12499182602eb52d877518d3b323dbf4c4ef4cb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Thu, 27 Sep 2018 22:03:39 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 201/246] PUB:20180806 Anatomy of a Linux DNS Lookup - Part IV.md @pinewall https://linux.cn/article-10056-1.html --- .../20180806 Anatomy of a Linux DNS Lookup - Part IV.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180806 Anatomy of a Linux DNS Lookup - Part IV.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180806 Anatomy of a Linux DNS Lookup - Part IV.md b/published/20180806 Anatomy of a Linux DNS Lookup - Part IV.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180806 Anatomy of a Linux DNS Lookup - Part IV.md rename to published/20180806 Anatomy of a Linux DNS Lookup - Part IV.md From 06dfdbd0cc6eb2802e08ffe92c9a855a7fc02bf2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Thu, 27 Sep 2018 23:40:31 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 202/246] PRF:20180201 Here are some amazing advantages of Go that you dont hear much about.md @imquanquan --- ...ges of Go that you dont hear much about.md | 104 +++++++----------- 1 file changed, 41 insertions(+), 63 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180201 Here are some amazing advantages of Go that you dont hear much about.md b/translated/tech/20180201 Here are some amazing advantages of Go that you dont hear much about.md index 954d800b25..c1e3c36951 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180201 Here are some amazing advantages of Go that you dont hear much about.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180201 Here are some amazing advantages of Go that you dont hear much about.md @@ -1,65 +1,58 @@ 你没听说过的 Go 语言惊人优点 -============================================================ +========= ![](https://cdn-images-1.medium.com/max/2000/1*NDXd5I87VZG0Z74N7dog0g.png) -来自 [https://github.com/ashleymcnamara/gophers][1] 的图稿 +*来自 [https://github.com/ashleymcnamara/gophers][1] 的图稿* -在这篇文章中，我将讨论为什么你需要尝试一下 Go，以及应该从哪里学起。 +在这篇文章中，我将讨论为什么你需要尝试一下 Go 语言，以及应该从哪里学起。 -Golang 是可能是最近几年里你经常听人说起的编程语言。尽管它在 2009 年已经发布，但它最近才开始流行起来。 +Go 语言是可能是最近几年里你经常听人说起的编程语言。尽管它在 2009 年已经发布了，但它最近才开始流行起来。 ![](https://cdn-images-1.medium.com/max/2000/1*cQ8QzhCPiFXqk_oQdUk_zw.png) -根据 Google 趋势，Golang 语言非常流行。 +*根据 Google 趋势，Go 语言非常流行。* -这篇文章不会讨论一些你经常看到的 Golang 的主要特性。 +这篇文章不会讨论一些你经常看到的 Go 语言的主要特性。 -相反，我想向您介绍一些相当小众但仍然很重要的功能。在您决定尝试Go后，您才会知道这些功能。 +相反，我想向您介绍一些相当小众但仍然很重要的功能。只有在您决定尝试 Go 语言后，您才会知道这些功能。 这些都是表面上没有体现出来的惊人特性，但它们可以为您节省数周或数月的工作量。而且这些特性还可以使软件开发更加愉快。 -阅读本文不需要任何语言经验，所以不比担心 Golang 对你来说是新的事物。如果你想了解更多，可以看看我在底部列出的一些额外的链接，。 +阅读本文不需要任何语言经验，所以不必担心你还不了解 Go 语言。如果你想了解更多，可以看看我在底部列出的一些额外的链接。 我们将讨论以下主题： * GoDoc - * 静态代码分析 - * 内置的测试和分析框架 - * 竞争条件检测 - * 学习曲线 - -* 反射（Reflection） - -* Opinionatedness（专制独裁的 Go） - +* 反射 +* Opinionatedness * 文化 请注意，这个列表不遵循任何特定顺序来讨论。 ### GoDoc -Golang 非常重视代码中的文档，简洁也是如此。 +Go 语言非常重视代码中的文档，所以也很简洁。 -[GoDoc][4] 是一个静态代码分析工具，可以直接从代码中创建漂亮的文档页面。GoDoc 的一个显着特点是它不使用任何其他的语言，如 JavaDoc，PHPDoc 或 JSDoc 来注释代码中的结构，只需要用英语。 +[GoDoc][4] 是一个静态代码分析工具，可以直接从代码中创建漂亮的文档页面。GoDoc 的一个显著特点是它不使用任何其他的语言，如 JavaDoc、PHPDoc 或 JSDoc 来注释代码中的结构，只需要用英语。 -它使用从代码中获取的尽可能多的信息来概述、构造和格式化文档。它有多而全的功能，比如：交叉引用，代码示例以及一个指向版本控制系统仓库的链接。 +它使用从代码中获取的尽可能多的信息来概述、构造和格式化文档。它有多而全的功能，比如：交叉引用、代码示例，并直接链接到你的版本控制系统仓库。 -而你需要做的只有添加一些好的，像 `// MyFunc transforms Foo into Bar` 这样子的注释，而这些注释也会反映在的文档中。你甚至可以添加一些通过网络接口或者在本地可以实际运行的 [代码示例][5]。 +而你需要做的只有添加一些像 `// MyFunc transforms Foo into Bar` 这样子的老牌注释，而这些注释也会反映在的文档中。你甚至可以添加一些通过网络界面或者在本地可以实际运行的 [代码示例][5]。 -GoDoc 是 Go 的唯一文档引擎，供整个社区使用。这意味着用 Go 编写的每个库或应用程序都具有相同的文档格式。从长远来看，它可以帮你在浏览这些文档时节省大量时间。 +GoDoc 是 Go 的唯一文档引擎，整个社区都在使用。这意味着用 Go 编写的每个库或应用程序都具有相同的文档格式。从长远来看，它可以帮你在浏览这些文档时节省大量时间。 例如，这是我最近一个小项目的 GoDoc 页面：[pullkee — GoDoc][6]。 ### 静态代码分析 -Go 严重依赖于静态代码分析。例子包括 godoc 文档，gofmt 代码格式化，golint 代码风格统一，等等。 +Go 严重依赖于静态代码分析。例如用于文档的 [godoc][7]，用于代码格式化的 [gofmt][8]，用于代码风格的 [golint][9]，等等。 -其中有很多甚至全部包含在类似 [gometalinter][10] 的项目中，这些将它们全部组合成一个实用程序。 +它们是如此之多，甚至有一个总揽了它们的项目 [gometalinter][10] ，将它们组合成了单一的实用程序。 这些工具通常作为独立的命令行应用程序实现，并可轻松与任何编码环境集成。 @@ -67,21 +60,21 @@ Go 严重依赖于静态代码分析。例子包括 godoc 文档，gofmt 代码 创建自己的分析器非常简单，因为 Go 有专门的内置包来解析和加工 Go 源码。 -你可以从这个链接中了解到更多相关内容: [GothamGo Kickoff Meetup: Go Static Analysis Tools by Alan Donovan][11]. +你可以从这个链接中了解到更多相关内容: [GothamGo Kickoff Meetup: Alan Donovan 的 Go 静态分析工具][11]。 ### 内置的测试和分析框架 -您是否曾尝试为一个从头开始的 Javascript 项目选择测试框架？如果是这样，你可能会明白经历这种分析瘫痪的斗争。您可能也意识到您没有使用其中 80％ 的框架。 +您是否曾尝试为一个从头开始的 JavaScript 项目选择测试框架？如果是这样，你或许会理解经历这种过度分析analysis paralysis的痛苦。您可能也意识到您没有使用其中 80％ 的框架。 一旦您需要进行一些可靠的分析，问题就会重复出现。 -Go 附带内置测试工具，旨在简化和提高效率。它为您提供了最简单的 API，并做出最小的假设。您可以将它用于不同类型的测试，分析，甚至可以提供可执行代码示例。 +Go 附带内置测试工具，旨在简化和提高效率。它为您提供了最简单的 API，并做出最小的假设。您可以将它用于不同类型的测试、分析，甚至可以提供可执行代码示例。 -它可以开箱即用地生成持续集成友好的输出，而且它的用法很简单，只需运行 `go test`。当然，它还支持高级功能，如并行运行测试，跳过标记代码，以及其他更多功能。 +它可以开箱即用地生成便于持续集成的输出，而且它的用法很简单，只需运行 `go test`。当然，它还支持高级功能，如并行运行测试，跳过标记代码，以及其他更多功能。 ### 竞争条件检测 -您可能已经了解了 Goroutines，它们在 Go 中用于实现并发代码执行。如果你未曾了解过，[这里][12]有一个非常简短的解释。 +您可能已经听说了 Goroutine，它们在 Go 中用于实现并发代码执行。如果你未曾了解过，[这里][12]有一个非常简短的解释。 无论具体技术如何，复杂应用中的并发编程都不容易，部分原因在于竞争条件的可能性。 @@ -93,13 +86,13 @@ Go 附带内置测试工具，旨在简化和提高效率。它为您提供了 ### 学习曲线 -您可以在一个晚上学习所有 Go 的语言功能。我是认真的。当然，还有标准库，以及不同，更具体领域的最佳实践。但是两个小时就足以让你自信地编写一个简单的 HTTP 服务器或命令行应用程序。 +您可以在一个晚上学习**所有**的 Go 语言功能。我是认真的。当然，还有标准库，以及不同的，更具体领域的最佳实践。但是两个小时就足以让你自信地编写一个简单的 HTTP 服务器或命令行应用程序。 -Golang 拥有[出色的文档][14]，大部分高级主题已经在博客上进行了介绍：[The Go Programming Language Blog][15]。 +Go 语言拥有[出色的文档][14]，大部分高级主题已经在他们的博客上进行了介绍：[Go 编程语言博客][15]。 -比起 Java（以及 Java 家族的语言），Javascript，Ruby，Python 甚至 PHP，你可以更轻松地把 Go 语言带到你的团队中。由于环境易于设置，您的团队在完成第一个生产代码之前需要进行的投资要小得多。 +比起 Java（以及 Java 家族的语言）、Javascript、Ruby、Python 甚至 PHP，你可以更轻松地把 Go 语言带到你的团队中。由于环境易于设置，您的团队在完成第一个生产代码之前需要进行的投资要小得多。 -### 反射（Reflection） +### 反射 代码反射本质上是一种隐藏在编译器下并访问有关语言结构的各种元信息的能力，例如变量或函数。 @@ -107,19 +100,19 @@ Golang 拥有[出色的文档][14]，大部分高级主题已经在博客上进 此外，Go [没有实现一个名为泛型的概念][16]，这使得以抽象方式处理多种类型更具挑战性。然而，由于泛型带来的复杂程度，许多人认为不实现泛型对语言实际上是有益的。我完全同意。 -根据 Go 的理念（这是一个单独的主题），您应该努力不要过度设计您的解决方案。这也适用于动态类型编程。尽可能坚持使用静态类型，并在确切知道要处理的类型时使用接口（interfaces）。接口在 Go 中非常强大且无处不在。 +根据 Go 的理念（这是一个单独的主题），您应该努力不要过度设计您的解决方案。这也适用于动态类型编程。尽可能坚持使用静态类型，并在确切知道要处理的类型时使用接口interface。接口在 Go 中非常强大且无处不在。 -但是，仍然存在一些情况，你无法知道你处理的数据类型。一个很好的例子是 JSON。您可以在应用程序中来回转换所有类型的数据。字符串，缓冲区，各种数字，嵌套结构等。 +但是，仍然存在一些情况，你无法知道你处理的数据类型。一个很好的例子是 JSON。您可以在应用程序中来回转换所有类型的数据。字符串、缓冲区、各种数字、嵌套结构等。 -为了解决这个问题，您需要一个工具来检查运行时的数据并根据其类型和结构采取不同行为。反射（Reflect）可以帮到你。Go 拥有一流的反射包，使您的代码能够像 Javascript 这样的语言一样动态。 +为了解决这个问题，您需要一个工具来检查运行时的数据并根据其类型和结构采取不同行为。反射Reflect可以帮到你。Go 拥有一流的反射包，使您的代码能够像 Javascript 这样的语言一样动态。 -一个重要的警告是知道你使用它所带来的代价 - 并且只有知道在没有更简单的方法时才使用它。 +一个重要的警告是知道你使用它所带来的代价 —— 并且只有知道在没有更简单的方法时才使用它。 你可以在这里阅读更多相关信息: [反射的法则 — Go 博客][18]. 您还可以在此处阅读 JSON 包源码中的一些实际代码: [src/encoding/json/encode.go — Source Code][19] -### Opinionatedness +### Opinionatedness（专制独裁的 Go） 顺便问一下，有这样一个单词吗？ @@ -127,9 +120,9 @@ Golang 拥有[出色的文档][14]，大部分高级主题已经在博客上进 这有时候基本上让我卡住了。我需要花时间思考这些事情而不是编写代码并满足用户。 -首先，我应该注意到我完全可以得到这些惯例的来源，它总是来源于你或者你的团队。无论如何，即使是一群经验丰富的 Javascript 开发人员也可以轻松地发现自己拥有完全不同的工具和范例的大部分经验，以实现相同的结果。 +首先，我应该注意到我完全知道这些惯例的来源，它总是来源于你或者你的团队。无论如何，即使是一群经验丰富的 Javascript 开发人员也很容易发现他们在实现相同的结果时，而大部分的经验却是在完全不同的工具和范例上。 -这导致整个团队中分析的瘫痪，并且使得个体之间更难以相互协作。 +这导致整个团队中出现过度分析，并且使得个体之间更难以相互协作。 嗯，Go 是不同的。即使您对如何构建和维护代码有很多强烈的意见，例如：如何命名，要遵循哪些结构模式，如何更好地实现并发。但你只有一个每个人都遵循的风格指南。你只有一个内置在基本工具链中的测试框架。 @@ -141,11 +134,11 @@ Golang 拥有[出色的文档][14]，大部分高级主题已经在博客上进 人们说，每当你学习一门新的口语时，你也会沉浸在说这种语言的人的某些文化中。因此，您学习的语言越多，您可能会有更多的变化。 -编程语言也是如此。无论您将来如何应用新的编程语言，它总能给的带来新的编程视角或某些特别的技术。 +编程语言也是如此。无论您将来如何应用新的编程语言，它总能给你带来新的编程视角或某些特别的技术。 -无论是函数式编程，模式匹配（pattern matching）还是原型继承（prototypal inheritance）。一旦你学会了它们，你就可以随身携带这些编程思想，这扩展了你作为软件开发人员所拥有的问题解决工具集。它们也改变了你阅读高质量代码的方式。 +无论是函数式编程，模式匹配pattern matching还是原型继承prototypal inheritance。一旦你学会了它们，你就可以随身携带这些编程思想，这扩展了你作为软件开发人员所拥有的问题解决工具集。它们也改变了你阅读高质量代码的方式。 -而 Go 在方面有一项了不起的财富。Go 文化的主要支柱是保持简单，脚踏实地的代码，而不会产生许多冗余的抽象概念，并将可维护性放在首位。大部分时间花费在代码的编写工作上，而不是在修补工具和环境或者选择不同的实现方式上，这也是 Go文化的一部分。 +而 Go 在这方面有一项了不起的财富。Go 文化的主要支柱是保持简单，脚踏实地的代码，而不会产生许多冗余的抽象概念，并将可维护性放在首位。大部分时间花费在代码的编写工作上，而不是在修补工具和环境或者选择不同的实现方式上，这也是 Go 文化的一部分。 Go 文化也可以总结为：“应当只用一种方法去做一件事”。 @@ -161,12 +154,11 @@ Go 文化也可以总结为：“应当只用一种方法去做一件事”。 这不是 Go 的所有惊人的优点的完整列表，只是一些被人低估的特性。 -请尝试一下从 [Go 之旅（A Tour of Go）][20]来开始学习 Go，这将是一个令人惊叹的开始。 +请尝试一下从 [Go 之旅][20] 来开始学习 Go，这将是一个令人惊叹的开始。 如果您想了解有关 Go 的优点的更多信息，可以查看以下链接： * [你为什么要学习 Go？ - Keval Patel][2] - * [告别Node.js - TJ Holowaychuk][3] 并在评论中分享您的阅读感悟！ @@ -175,30 +167,16 @@ Go 文化也可以总结为：“应当只用一种方法去做一件事”。 不断为您的工作寻找最好的工具！ -* * * - -If you like this article, please consider following me for more, and clicking on those funny green little hands right below this text for sharing. 👏👏👏 - -Check out my [Github][21] and follow me on [Twitter][22]! - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -作者简介： - -Software Engineer and Traveler. Coding for fun. Javascript enthusiast. Tinkering with Golang. A lot into SOA and Docker. Architect at Velvica. - ------------- - - +------------------------------------------------------- via: https://medium.freecodecamp.org/here-are-some-amazing-advantages-of-go-that-you-dont-hear-much-about-1af99de3b23a 作者：[Kirill Rogovoy][a] -译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/imquanquan) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +译者：[imquanquan](https://github.com/imquanquan) +校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 -[a]: +[a]:https://twitter.com/krogovoy [1]:https://github.com/ashleymcnamara/gophers [2]:https://medium.com/@kevalpatel2106/why-should-you-learn-go-f607681fad65 [3]:https://medium.com/@tjholowaychuk/farewell-node-js-4ba9e7f3e52b From 402ec00da9d48f2bd1d549dc6585ccb306fbf083 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: chenliang Date: Fri, 28 Sep 2018 01:40:48 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 203/246] translated by Flowsnow --- ...20180528 What is behavior-driven Python.md | 308 ------------------ ...20180528 What is behavior-driven Python.md | 237 ++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 237 insertions(+), 308 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180528 What is behavior-driven Python.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180528 What is behavior-driven Python.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180528 What is behavior-driven Python.md b/sources/tech/20180528 What is behavior-driven Python.md deleted file mode 100644 index 100e0b0313..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180528 What is behavior-driven Python.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,308 +0,0 @@ -translating by Flowsnow -What is behavior-driven Python? -====== -![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/checklist_hands_team_collaboration.png?itok=u82QepPk) -Have you heard about [behavior-driven development][1] (BDD) and wondered what all the buzz is about? Maybe you've caught team members talking in "gherkin" and felt left out of the conversation. Or perhaps you're a Pythonista looking for a better way to test your code. Whatever the circumstance, learning about BDD can help you and your team achieve better collaboration and test automation, and Python's `behave` framework is a great place to start. - -### What is BDD? - - * Submitting forms on a website - * Searching for desired results - * Saving a document - * Making REST API calls - * Running command-line interface commands - - - -In software, a behavior is how a feature operates within a well-defined scenario of inputs, actions, and outcomes. Products can exhibit countless behaviors, such as: - -Defining a product's features based on its behaviors makes it easier to describe them, develop them, and test them. This is the heart of BDD: making behaviors the focal point of software development. Behaviors are defined early in development using a [specification by example][2] language. One of the most common behavior spec languages is [Gherkin][3], the Given-When-Then scenario format from the [Cucumber][4] project. Behavior specs are basically plain-language descriptions of how a behavior works, with a little bit of formal structure for consistency and focus. Test frameworks can easily automate these behavior specs by "gluing" step texts to code implementations. - -Below is an example of a behavior spec written in Gherkin: -``` -Scenario: Basic DuckDuckGo Search - -  Given the DuckDuckGo home page is displayed - -  When the user searches for "panda" - -  Then results are shown for "panda" - -``` - -At a quick glance, the behavior is intuitive to understand. Except for a few keywords, the language is freeform. The scenario is concise yet meaningful. A real-world example illustrates the behavior. Steps declaratively indicate what should happen—without getting bogged down in the details of how. - -The [main benefits of BDD][5] are good collaboration and automation. Everyone can contribute to behavior development, not just programmers. Expected behaviors are defined and understood from the beginning of the process. Tests can be automated together with the features they cover. Each test covers a singular, unique behavior in order to avoid duplication. And, finally, existing steps can be reused by new behavior specs, creating a snowball effect. - -### Python's behave framework - -`behave` is one of the most popular BDD frameworks in Python. It is very similar to other Gherkin-based Cucumber frameworks despite not holding the official Cucumber designation. `behave` has two primary layers: - - 1. Behavior specs written in Gherkin `.feature` files - 2. Step definitions and hooks written in Python modules that implement Gherkin steps - - - -As shown in the example above, Gherkin scenarios use a three-part format: - - 1. Given some initial state - 2. When an action is taken - 3. Then verify the outcome - - - -Each step is "glued" by decorator to a Python function when `behave` runs tests. - -### Installation - -As a prerequisite, make sure you have Python and `pip` installed on your machine. I strongly recommend using Python 3. (I also recommend using [`pipenv`][6], but the following example commands use the more basic `pip`.) - -Only one package is required for `behave`: -``` -pip install behave - -``` - -Other packages may also be useful, such as: -``` -pip install requests    # for REST API calls - -pip install selenium    # for Web browser interactions - -``` - -The [behavior-driven-Python][7] project on GitHub contains the examples used in this article. - -### Gherkin features - -The Gherkin syntax that `behave` uses is practically compliant with the official Cucumber Gherkin standard. A `.feature` file has Feature sections, which in turn have Scenario sections with Given-When-Then steps. Below is an example: -``` -Feature: Cucumber Basket - -  As a gardener, - -  I want to carry many cucumbers in a basket, - -  So that I don’t drop them all. - -  - -  @cucumber-basket - -  Scenario: Add and remove cucumbers - -    Given the basket is empty - -    When "4" cucumbers are added to the basket - -    And "6" more cucumbers are added to the basket - -    But "3" cucumbers are removed from the basket - -    Then the basket contains "7" cucumbers - -``` - -There are a few important things to note here: - - * Both the Feature and Scenario sections have [short, descriptive titles][8]. - * The lines immediately following the Feature title are comments ignored by `behave`. It is a good practice to put the user story there. - * Scenarios and Features can have tags (notice the `@cucumber-basket` mark) for hooks and filtering (explained below). - * Steps follow a [strict Given-When-Then order][9]. - * Additional steps can be added for any type using `And` and `But`. - * Steps can be parametrized with inputs—notice the values in double quotes. - - - -Scenarios can also be written as templates with multiple input combinations by using a Scenario Outline: -``` -Feature: Cucumber Basket - - - -  @cucumber-basket - -  Scenario Outline: Add cucumbers - -    Given the basket has “” cucumbers - -    When "" cucumbers are added to the basket - -    Then the basket contains "" cucumbers - - - -    Examples: Cucumber Counts - -      | initial | more | total | - -      |    0    |   1  |   1   | - -      |    1    |   2  |   3   | - -      |    5    |   4  |   9   | - -``` - -Scenario Outlines always have an Examples table, in which the first row gives column titles and each subsequent row gives an input combo. The row values are substituted wherever a column title appears in a step surrounded by angle brackets. In the example above, the scenario will be run three times because there are three rows of input combos. Scenario Outlines are a great way to avoid duplicate scenarios. - -There are other elements of the Gherkin language, but these are the main mechanics. To learn more, read the Automation Panda articles [Gherkin by Example][10] and [Writing Good Gherkin][11]. - -### Python mechanics - -Every Gherkin step must be "glued" to a step definition, a Python function that provides the implementation. Each function has a step type decorator with the matching string. It also receives a shared context and any step parameters. Feature files must be placed in a directory named `features/`, while step definition modules must be placed in a directory named `features/steps/`. Any feature file can use step definitions from any module—they do not need to have the same names. Below is an example Python module with step definitions for the cucumber basket features. -``` -from behave import * - -from cucumbers.basket import CucumberBasket - - - -@given('the basket has "{initial:d}" cucumbers') - -def step_impl(context, initial): - -    context.basket = CucumberBasket(initial_count=initial) - - - -@when('"{some:d}" cucumbers are added to the basket') - -def step_impl(context, some): - -    context.basket.add(some) - - - -@then('the basket contains "{total:d}" cucumbers') - -def step_impl(context, total): - -    assert context.basket.count == total - -``` - -Three [step matchers][12] are available: `parse`, `cfparse`, and `re`. The default and simplest marcher is `parse`, which is shown in the example above. Notice how parametrized values are parsed and passed into the functions as input arguments. A common best practice is to put double quotes around parameters in steps. - -Each step definition function also receives a [context][13] variable that holds data specific to the current scenario being run, such as `feature`, `scenario`, and `tags` fields. Custom fields may be added, too, to share data between steps. Always use context to share data—never use global variables! - -`behave` also supports [hooks][14] to handle automation concerns outside of Gherkin steps. A hook is a function that will be run before or after a step, scenario, feature, or whole test suite. Hooks are reminiscent of [aspect-oriented programming][15]. They should be placed in a special `environment.py` file under the `features/` directory. Hook functions can check the current scenario's tags, as well, so logic can be selectively applied. The example below shows how to use hooks to set up and tear down a Selenium WebDriver instance for any scenario tagged as `@web`. -``` -from selenium import webdriver - - - -def before_scenario(context, scenario): - -    if 'web' in context.tags: - -        context.browser = webdriver.Firefox() - -        context.browser.implicitly_wait(10) - - - -def after_scenario(context, scenario): - -    if 'web' in context.tags: - -        context.browser.quit() - -``` - -Note: Setup and cleanup can also be done with [fixtures][16] in `behave`. - -To offer an idea of what a `behave` project should look like, here's the example project's directory structure: - -![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/behave_dir_layout.png) - -Any Python packages and custom modules can be used with `behave`. Use good design patterns to build a scalable test automation solution. Step definition code should be concise. - -### Running tests - -To run tests from the command line, change to the project's root directory and run the `behave` command. Use the `–help` option to see all available options. - -Below are a few common use cases: -``` -# run all tests - -behave - - - -# run the scenarios in a feature file - -behave features/web.feature - - - -# run all tests that have the @duckduckgo tag - -behave --tags @duckduckgo - - - -# run all tests that do not have the @unit tag - -behave --tags ~@unit - - - -# run all tests that have @basket and either @add or @remove - -behave --tags @basket --tags @add,@remove - -``` - -For convenience, options may be saved in [config][17] files. - -### Other options - -`behave` is not the only BDD test framework in Python. Other good frameworks include: - - * `pytest-bdd` , a plugin for `pytest``behave`, it uses Gherkin feature files and step definition modules, but it also leverages all the features and plugins of `pytest`. For example, it can run Gherkin scenarios in parallel using `pytest-xdist`. BDD and non-BDD tests can also be executed together with the same filters. `pytest-bdd` also offers a more flexible directory layout. - - * `radish` is a "Gherkin-plus" framework—it adds Scenario Loops and Preconditions to the standard Gherkin language, which makes it more friendly to programmers. It also offers rich command line options like `behave`. - - * `lettuce` is an older BDD framework very similar to `behave`, with minor differences in framework mechanics. However, GitHub shows little recent activity in the project (as of May 2018). - - - -Any of these frameworks would be good choices. - -Also, remember that Python test frameworks can be used for any black box testing, even for non-Python products! BDD frameworks are great for web and service testing because their tests are declarative, and Python is a [great language for test automation][18]. - -This article is based on the author's [PyCon Cleveland 2018][19] talk, [Behavior-Driven Python][20]. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://opensource.com/article/18/5/behavior-driven-python - -作者：[Andrew Knight][a] -选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]:https://opensource.com/users/andylpk247 -[1]:https://automationpanda.com/bdd/ -[2]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Specification_by_example -[3]:https://automationpanda.com/2017/01/26/bdd-101-the-gherkin-language/ -[4]:https://cucumber.io/ -[5]:https://automationpanda.com/2017/02/13/12-awesome-benefits-of-bdd/ -[6]:https://docs.pipenv.org/ -[7]:https://github.com/AndyLPK247/behavior-driven-python -[8]:https://automationpanda.com/2018/01/31/good-gherkin-scenario-titles/ -[9]:https://automationpanda.com/2018/02/03/are-gherkin-scenarios-with-multiple-when-then-pairs-okay/ -[10]:https://automationpanda.com/2017/01/27/bdd-101-gherkin-by-example/ -[11]:https://automationpanda.com/2017/01/30/bdd-101-writing-good-gherkin/ -[12]:http://behave.readthedocs.io/en/latest/api.html#step-parameters -[13]:http://behave.readthedocs.io/en/latest/api.html#detecting-that-user-code-overwrites-behave-context-attributes -[14]:http://behave.readthedocs.io/en/latest/api.html#environment-file-functions -[15]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Aspect-oriented_programming -[16]:http://behave.readthedocs.io/en/latest/api.html#fixtures -[17]:http://behave.readthedocs.io/en/latest/behave.html#configuration-files -[18]:https://automationpanda.com/2017/01/21/the-best-programming-language-for-test-automation/ -[19]:https://us.pycon.org/2018/ -[20]:https://us.pycon.org/2018/schedule/presentation/87/ diff --git a/translated/tech/20180528 What is behavior-driven Python.md b/translated/tech/20180528 What is behavior-driven Python.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..16edc3c802 --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180528 What is behavior-driven Python.md @@ -0,0 +1,237 @@ +什么是行为驱动的Python？ +====== +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/checklist_hands_team_collaboration.png?itok=u82QepPk) + +您是否听说过[行为驱动开发][1]（BDD），并想知道所有的新奇事物是什么？ 也许你已经发现了团队成员在使用“gherkin”了，并感到被排除在外无法参与其中。 或许你是一个Python爱好者，正在寻找更好的方法来测试你的代码。 无论在什么情况下，了解BDD都可以帮助您和您的团队实现更好的协作和测试自动化，而Python的`行为`框架是一个很好的起点。 + +### 什么是BDD？ + + * 在网站上提交表单 + * 搜索想要的结果 + * 保存文档 + * 进行REST API调用 + * 运行命令行界面命令 + +在软件中，行为是指在明确定义的输入，行为和结果场景中功能是如何运转的。 产品可以表现出无数的行为，例如： + +根据产品的行为定义产品的功能可以更容易地描述产品，并对其进行开发和测试。 BDD的核心是：使行为成为软件开发的焦点。 在开发早期使用示例语言的规范来定义行为。 最常见的行为规范语言之一是Gherkin，Cucumber项目中的Given-When-Then场景格式。 行为规范基本上是对行为如何工作的简单语言描述，具有一致性和焦点的一些正式结构。 通过将步骤文本“粘合”到代码实现，测试框架可以轻松地自动化这些行为规范。 + +下面是用Gherkin编写的行为规范的示例： + +根据产品的行为定义产品的功能可以更容易地描述产品，开发产品并对其进行测试。 这是BDD的核心：使行为成为软件开发的焦点。 在开发早期使用[示例规范][2]的语言来定义行为。 最常见的行为规范语言之一是[Gherkin][3]，[Cucumber][4]项目中的Given-When-Then场景格式。 行为规范基本上是对行为如何工作的简单语言描述，具有一致性和焦点的一些正式结构。 通过将步骤文本“粘合”到代码实现，测试框架可以轻松地自动化这些行为规范。 + +下面是用Gherkin编写的行为规范的示例： + +``` +Scenario: Basic DuckDuckGo Search + Given the DuckDuckGo home page is displayed + When the user searches for "panda" + Then results are shown for "panda" +``` + +快速浏览一下，行为是直观易懂的。 除少数关键字外，该语言为自由格式。 场景简洁而有意义。 一个真实的例子说明了这种行为。 步骤以声明的方式表明应该发生什么——而不会陷入如何如何的细节中。 + +[BDD的主要优点][5]是良好的协作和自动化。 每个人都可以为行为开发做出贡献，而不仅仅是程序员。 从流程开始就定义并理解预期的行为。 测试可以与它们涵盖的功能一起自动化。 每个测试都包含一个单一的，独特的行为，以避免重复。 最后，现有的步骤可以通过新的行为规范重用，从而产生雪球效果。 + +### Python的behave框架 + +`behave`是Python中最流行的BDD框架之一。 它与其他基于Gherkin的Cucumber框架非常相似，尽管没有得到官方的Cucumber定名。 `behave`有两个主要层： + +1. 用Gherkin的`.feature`文件编写的行为规范 +2. 用Python模块编写的步骤定义和钩子，用于实现Gherkin步骤 + +如上例所示，Gherkin场景有三部分格式： + +1. 鉴于一些初始状态 +2. 当行为发生时 +3. 然后验证结果 + +当`behave`运行测试时，每个步骤由装饰器“粘合”到Python函数。 + +### 安装 + +作为先决条件，请确保在你的计算机上安装了Python和`pip`。 我强烈建议使用Python 3.（我还建议使用[`pipenv`][6]，但以下示例命令使用更基本的`pip`。） + +`behave`框架只需要一个包： + +``` +pip install behave +``` + +其他包也可能有用，例如： +``` +pip install requests    # 用于调用REST API +pip install selenium    # 用于web浏览器交互 +``` + +GitHub上的[behavior-driven-Python][7]项目包含本文中使用的示例。 + +### Gherkin特点 + +`behave`框架使用的Gherkin语法实际上是符合官方的Cucumber Gherkin标准的。 `.feature`文件包含功能Feature部分，而Feature部分又包含具有Given-When-Then步骤的场景Scenario部分。 以下是一个例子： + +``` +Feature: Cucumber Basket +  As a gardener, +  I want to carry many cucumbers in a basket, +  So that I don’t drop them all. + +  @cucumber-basket +  Scenario: Add and remove cucumbers +    Given the basket is empty +    When "4" cucumbers are added to the basket +    And "6" more cucumbers are added to the basket +    But "3" cucumbers are removed from the basket +    Then the basket contains "7" cucumbers +``` + +这里有一些重要的事情需要注意： + +- Feature和Scenario部分都有[简短的描述性标题][8]。 +- 紧跟在Feature标题后面的行是会被`behave`框架忽略掉的注释。将功能描述放在那里是一种很好的做法。 +- Scenarios和Features可以有标签（注意`@cucumber-basket`标记）用于钩子和过滤（如下所述）。 +- 步骤都遵循[严格的Given-When-Then顺序][9]。 +- 使用`And`和`Bu`t可以为任何类型添加附加步骤。 +- 可以使用输入对步骤进行参数化——注意双引号里的值。 + +通过使用场景大纲，场景也可以写为具有多个输入组合的模板： + +``` +Feature: Cucumber Basket + + @cucumber-basket + Scenario Outline: Add cucumbers + Given the basket has “” cucumbers + When "" cucumbers are added to the basket + Then the basket contains "" cucumbers + + Examples: Cucumber Counts + | initial | more | total | + | 0 | 1 | 1 | + | 1 | 2 | 3 | + | 5 | 4 | 9 | +``` + +场景大纲总是有一个Examples表，其中第一行给出列标题，后续每一行给出一个输入组合。 只要列标题出现在由尖括号括起的步骤中，行值就会被替换。 在上面的示例中，场景将运行三次，因为有三行输入组合。 场景大纲是避免重复场景的好方法。 + +Gherkin语言还有其他元素，但这些是主要的机制。 想了解更多信息，请阅读Automation Panda这个网站的文章[Gherkin by Example][10]和[Writing Good Gherkin][11]。 + +### Python机制 + +每个Gherkin步骤必须“粘合”到步骤定义，即提供了实现的Python函数。 每个函数都有一个带有匹配字符串的步骤类型装饰器。 它还接收共享的上下文和任何步骤参数。 功能文件必须放在名为`features/`的目录中，而步骤定义模块必须放在名为`features/steps/`的目录中。 任何功能文件都可以使用任何模块中的步骤定义——它们不需要具有相同的名称。 下面是一个示例Python模块，其中包含cucumber basket功能的步骤定义。 + +``` +from behave import * +from cucumbers.basket import CucumberBasket + +@given('the basket has "{initial:d}" cucumbers') +def step_impl(context, initial): + context.basket = CucumberBasket(initial_count=initial) + +@when('"{some:d}" cucumbers are added to the basket') +def step_impl(context, some): + context.basket.add(some) + +@then('the basket contains "{total:d}" cucumbers') +def step_impl(context, total): + assert context.basket.count == total +``` + +可以使用三个[步骤匹配器][12]：`parse`，`cfparse`和`re`。默认和最简单的匹配器是`parse`，如上例所示。注意如何解析参数化值并将其作为输入参数传递给函数。一个常见的最佳实践是在步骤中给参数加双引号。 + +每个步骤定义函数还接收一个[上下文][13]变量，该变量保存当前正在运行的场景的数据，例如`feature`, `scenario`和`tags`字段。也可以添加自定义字段，用于在步骤之间共享数据。始终使用上下文来共享数据——永远不要使用全局变量！ + +`behave`框架还支持[钩子][14]来处理Gherkin步骤之外的自动化问题。钩子是一个将在步骤，场景，功能或整个测试套件之前或之后运行的功能。钩子让人联想到[面向方面的编程][15]。它们应放在`features/`目录下的特殊`environment.py`文件中。钩子函数也可以检查当前场景的标签，因此可以有选择地应用逻辑。下面的示例显示了如何使用钩子为标记为`@web`的任何场景生成和销毁一个Selenium WebDriver实例。 + +``` +from selenium import webdriver + +def before_scenario(context, scenario): + if 'web' in context.tags: + context.browser = webdriver.Firefox() + context.browser.implicitly_wait(10) + +def after_scenario(context, scenario): + if 'web' in context.tags: + context.browser.quit() +``` + +注意：也可以使用[fixtures][16]进行构建和清理。 + +要了解一个`behave`项目应该是什么样子，这里是示例项目的目录结构： + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/behave_dir_layout.png) + +任何Python包和自定义模块都可以与`behave`框架一起使用。 使用良好的设计模式构建可扩展的测试自动化解决方案。步骤定义代码应简明扼要。 + +### 运行测试 + +要从命令行运行测试，请切换到项目的根目录并运行`behave`命令。 使用`-help`选项查看所有可用选项。 + +以下是一些常见用例： + +``` +# run all tests +behave + +# run the scenarios in a feature file +behave features/web.feature + +# run all tests that have the @duckduckgo tag +behave --tags @duckduckgo + +# run all tests that do not have the @unit tag +behave --tags ~@unit + +# run all tests that have @basket and either @add or @remove +behave --tags @basket --tags @add,@remove +``` + +为方便起见，选项可以保存在[config][17]文件中。 + +### 其他选择 + +`behave`不是Python中唯一的BDD测试框架。其他好的框架包括： + +- `pytest-bdd`，`pytest`的插件，和`behave`一样，它使用Gherkin功能文件和步骤定义模块，但它也利用了`pytest`的所有功能和插件。例如，它可以使用`pytest-xdist`并行运行Gherkin场景。 BDD和非BDD测试也可以与相同的过滤器一起执行。 `pytest-bdd`还提供更灵活的目录布局。 +- `radish`是一个“Gherkin增强版”框架——它将Scenario循环和前提条件添加到标准的Gherkin语言中，这使得它对程序员更友好。它还提供丰富的命令行选项，如`behave`。 +- `lettuce`是一种较旧的BDD框架，与`behave`非常相似，在框架机制方面存在细微差别。然而，GitHub最近显示该项目的活动很少（截至2018年5月）。 + +任何这些框架都是不错的选择。 + +另外，请记住，Python测试框架可用于任何黑盒测试，即使对于非Python产品也是如此！ BDD框架非常适合Web和服务测试，因为它们的测试是声明性的，而Python是一种[很好的测试自动化语言][18]。 + +本文基于作者的[PyCon Cleveland 2018][19]演讲，[行为驱动的Python][20]。 + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/5/behavior-driven-python + +作者：[Andrew Knight][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[Flowsnow](https://github.com/Flowsnow) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]:https://opensource.com/users/andylpk247 +[1]:https://automationpanda.com/bdd/ +[2]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Specification_by_example +[3]:https://automationpanda.com/2017/01/26/bdd-101-the-gherkin-language/ +[4]:https://cucumber.io/ +[5]:https://automationpanda.com/2017/02/13/12-awesome-benefits-of-bdd/ +[6]:https://docs.pipenv.org/ +[7]:https://github.com/AndyLPK247/behavior-driven-python +[8]:https://automationpanda.com/2018/01/31/good-gherkin-scenario-titles/ +[9]:https://automationpanda.com/2018/02/03/are-gherkin-scenarios-with-multiple-when-then-pairs-okay/ +[10]:https://automationpanda.com/2017/01/27/bdd-101-gherkin-by-example/ +[11]:https://automationpanda.com/2017/01/30/bdd-101-writing-good-gherkin/ +[12]:http://behave.readthedocs.io/en/latest/api.html#step-parameters +[13]:http://behave.readthedocs.io/en/latest/api.html#detecting-that-user-code-overwrites-behave-context-attributes +[14]:http://behave.readthedocs.io/en/latest/api.html#environment-file-functions +[15]:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Aspect-oriented_programming +[16]:http://behave.readthedocs.io/en/latest/api.html#fixtures +[17]:http://behave.readthedocs.io/en/latest/behave.html#configuration-files +[18]:https://automationpanda.com/2017/01/21/the-best-programming-language-for-test-automation/ +[19]:https://us.pycon.org/2018/ +[20]:https://us.pycon.org/2018/schedule/presentation/87/ From 4c3c8a118a85f48fd89b02d7255f65e983c9c58e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: chenliang Date: Fri, 28 Sep 2018 01:56:52 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 204/246] translating by Flowsnow --- ...the Scikit-learn Python library for data science projects.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180926 How to use the Scikit-learn Python library for data science projects.md b/sources/tech/20180926 How to use the Scikit-learn Python library for data science projects.md index 4f5d9aedf6..e8b108720e 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180926 How to use the Scikit-learn Python library for data science projects.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180926 How to use the Scikit-learn Python library for data science projects.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +translating by Flowsnow + How to use the Scikit-learn Python library for data science projects ====== From fd13a34ddec92ab34bdad8c6ea9ae79af15dd761 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: chenliang Date: Fri, 28 Sep 2018 01:58:27 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 205/246] translating by Flowsnow --- sources/tech/20180912 How to build rpm packages.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180912 How to build rpm packages.md b/sources/tech/20180912 How to build rpm packages.md index 97b630707d..3d14a8c797 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180912 How to build rpm packages.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180912 How to build rpm packages.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +translating by Flowsnow + How to build rpm packages ====== From 43fb88f670b73fa0f23aa2baebf07e065dff7240 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: chenliang Date: Fri, 28 Sep 2018 01:59:59 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 206/246] translating by Flowsnow --- ...180924 A Simple, Beautiful And Cross-platform Podcast App.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180924 A Simple, Beautiful And Cross-platform Podcast App.md b/sources/tech/20180924 A Simple, Beautiful And Cross-platform Podcast App.md index ae9f91b548..628a805144 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180924 A Simple, Beautiful And Cross-platform Podcast App.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180924 A Simple, Beautiful And Cross-platform Podcast App.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +translating by Flowsnow + A Simple, Beautiful And Cross-platform Podcast App ====== From b94aa078bc68a4c585ed334b34350f75acf91217 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Fri, 28 Sep 2018 09:03:13 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 207/246] PRF:20180918 How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md @geekpi --- ...ce APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md | 9 ++++----- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180918 How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md b/translated/tech/20180918 How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md index 02bc39addc..36c159ac16 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180918 How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180918 How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ ![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/ipv4-720x340.png) -**APT**, 是 **A** dvanced **P** ackage **T** ool 的缩写，是基于 Debian 的系统的默认包管理器。我们可以使用 APT 安装、更新、升级和删除应用程序。最近，我一直遇到一个奇怪的错误。每当我尝试更新我的 Ubuntu 16.04 时，我都会收到此错误 - **“0% [Connecting to in.archive.ubuntu.com (2001:67c:1560:8001::14)]”** ，同时更新流程会卡住很长时间。我的网络连接没问题，我可以 ping 通所有网站，包括 Ubuntu 官方网站。在搜索了一番谷歌后，我意识到 Ubuntu 镜像有时无法通过 IPv6 访问。在我强制将 APT 包管理器在更新系统时使用 IPv4 代替 IPv6 访问 Ubuntu 镜像后，此问题得以解决。如果你遇到过此错误，可以按照以下说明解决。 +**APT**, 是 **A** dvanced **P** ackage **T** ool 的缩写，是基于 Debian 的系统的默认包管理器。我们可以使用 APT 安装、更新、升级和删除应用程序。最近，我一直遇到一个奇怪的错误。每当我尝试更新我的 Ubuntu 16.04 时，我都会收到此错误 - **“0% [Connecting to in.archive.ubuntu.com (2001:67c:1560:8001::14)]”** ，同时更新流程会卡住很长时间。我的网络连接没问题，我可以 ping 通所有网站，包括 Ubuntu 官方网站。在搜索了一番谷歌后，我意识到 Ubuntu 镜像站点有时无法通过 IPv6 访问。在我强制将 APT 包管理器在更新系统时使用 IPv4 代替 IPv6 访问 Ubuntu 镜像站点后，此问题得以解决。如果你遇到过此错误，可以按照以下说明解决。 ### 强制 APT 包管理器在 Ubuntu 16.04 中使用 IPv4 @@ -11,13 +11,12 @@ ``` $ sudo apt-get -o Acquire::ForceIPv4=true update - $ sudo apt-get -o Acquire::ForceIPv4=true upgrade ``` 瞧！这次更新很快就完成了。 -你还可以使用以下命令在 **/etc/apt/apt.conf.d/99force-ipv4** 中添加以下行，以便将来对所有 **apt-get** 事务保持持久性： +你还可以使用以下命令在 `/etc/apt/apt.conf.d/99force-ipv4` 中添加以下行，以便将来对所有 `apt-get` 事务保持持久性： ``` $ echo 'Acquire::ForceIPv4 "true";' | sudo tee /etc/apt/apt.conf.d/99force-ipv4 @@ -25,7 +24,7 @@ $ echo 'Acquire::ForceIPv4 "true";' | sudo tee /etc/apt/apt.conf.d/99force-ipv4 **免责声明：** -我不知道最近是否有人遇到这个问题，但我今天在我的 Ubuntu 16.04 LTS 虚拟机中遇到了至少四五次这样的错误，我按照上面的说法解决了这个问题。我不确定这是推荐的解决方案。请浏览 Ubuntu 论坛来确保此方法合法。由于我只是一个 VM，我只将它用于测试和学习目的，我不介意这种方法的真实性。请自行承担使用风险。 +我不知道最近是否有人遇到这个问题，但我今天在我的 Ubuntu 16.04 LTS 虚拟机中遇到了至少四、五次这样的错误，我按照上面的说法解决了这个问题。我不确定这是推荐的解决方案。请浏览 Ubuntu 论坛来确保此方法合法。由于我只是一个 VM，我只将它用于测试和学习目的，我不介意这种方法的真实性。请自行承担使用风险。 希望这有帮助。还有更多的好东西。敬请关注！ @@ -40,7 +39,7 @@ via: https://www.ostechnix.com/how-to-force-apt-package-manager-to-use-ipv4-in-u 作者：[SK][a] 选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From 62d627d9242e78e075a7f944ed2cee3a9d0275d3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Fri, 28 Sep 2018 09:03:34 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 208/246] PUB:20180918 How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md @geekpi https://linux.cn/article-10058-1.html --- ...ow To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180918 How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180918 How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md b/published/20180918 How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180918 How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md rename to published/20180918 How To Force APT Package Manager To Use IPv4 In Ubuntu 16.04.md From 79cd02e2946a8790db3140cf5a4c9389e538b384 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: geekpi Date: Fri, 28 Sep 2018 09:18:13 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 209/246] translated --- ...turned an error code 1- Error in Ubuntu.md | 118 ------------------ ...turned an error code 1- Error in Ubuntu.md | 116 +++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 116 insertions(+), 118 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180824 [Solved] -sub process usr bin dpkg returned an error code 1- Error in Ubuntu.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180824 [Solved] -sub process usr bin dpkg returned an error code 1- Error in Ubuntu.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180824 [Solved] -sub process usr bin dpkg returned an error code 1- Error in Ubuntu.md b/sources/tech/20180824 [Solved] -sub process usr bin dpkg returned an error code 1- Error in Ubuntu.md deleted file mode 100644 index 0200dfffdb..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180824 [Solved] -sub process usr bin dpkg returned an error code 1- Error in Ubuntu.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,118 +0,0 @@ -translating---geekpi - -[Solved] “sub process usr bin dpkg returned an error code 1″ Error in Ubuntu -====== -If you are encountering “sub process usr bin dpkg returned an error code 1” while installing software on Ubuntu Linux, here is how you can fix it. - -One of the common issue in Ubuntu and other Debian based distribution is the broken packages. You try to update the system or install a new package and you encounter an error like ‘Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code’. - -That’s what happened to me the other day. I was trying to install a radio application in Ubuntu when it threw me this error: -``` -Unpacking python-gst-1.0 (1.6.2-1build1) ... -Selecting previously unselected package radiotray. -Preparing to unpack .../radiotray_0.7.3-5ubuntu1_all.deb ... -Unpacking radiotray (0.7.3-5ubuntu1) ... -Processing triggers for man-db (2.7.5-1) ... -Processing triggers for desktop-file-utils (0.22-1ubuntu5.2) ... -Processing triggers for bamfdaemon (0.5.3~bzr0+16.04.20180209-0ubuntu1) ... -Rebuilding /usr/share/applications/bamf-2.index... -Processing triggers for gnome-menus (3.13.3-6ubuntu3.1) ... -Processing triggers for mime-support (3.59ubuntu1) ... -Setting up polar-bookshelf (1.0.0-beta56) ... -ln: failed to create symbolic link '/usr/local/bin/polar-bookshelf': No such file or directory -dpkg: error processing package polar-bookshelf (--configure): -subprocess installed post-installation script returned error exit status 1 -Setting up python-appindicator (12.10.1+16.04.20170215-0ubuntu1) ... -Setting up python-gst-1.0 (1.6.2-1build1) ... -Setting up radiotray (0.7.3-5ubuntu1) ... -Errors were encountered while processing: -polar-bookshelf -E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1) - -``` - -The last three lines are of the utmost importance here. -``` -Errors were encountered while processing: -polar-bookshelf -E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1) - -``` - -It tells me that the package polar-bookshelf is causing and issue. This might be crucial to how you fix this error here. - -### Fixing Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1) - -![Fix update errors in Ubuntu Linux][1] - -Let’s try to fix this broken error package. I’ll show several methods that you can try one by one. The initial ones are easy to use and simply no-brainers. - -You should try to run sudo apt update and then try to install a new package or upgrade after trying each of the methods discussed here. - -#### Method 1: Reconfigure Package Database - -The first method you can try is to reconfigure the package database. Probably the database got corrupted while installing a package. Reconfiguring often fixes the problem. -``` -sudo dpkg --configure -a - -``` - -#### Method 2: Use force install - -If a package installation was interrupted previously, you may try to do a force install. -``` -sudo apt-get install -f - -``` - -#### Method 3: Try removing the troublesome package - -If it’s not an issue for you, you may try to remove the package manually. Please don’t do it for Linux Kernels (packages starting with linux-). -``` -sudo apt remove - -``` - -#### Method 4: Remove post info files of the troublesome package - -This should be your last resort. You can try removing the files associated to the package in question from /var/lib/dpkg/info. - -**You need to know a little about basic Linux commands to figure out what’s happening and how can you use the same with your problem.** - -In my case, I had an issue with polar-bookshelf. So I looked for the files associated with it: -``` -ls -l /var/lib/dpkg/info | grep -i polar-bookshelf --rw-r--r-- 1 root root 2324811 Aug 14 19:29 polar-bookshelf.list --rw-r--r-- 1 root root 2822824 Aug 10 04:28 polar-bookshelf.md5sums --rwxr-xr-x 1 root root 113 Aug 10 04:28 polar-bookshelf.postinst --rwxr-xr-x 1 root root 84 Aug 10 04:28 polar-bookshelf.postrm - -``` - -Now all I needed to do was to remove these files: -``` -sudo mv /var/lib/dpkg/info/polar-bookshelf.* /tmp - -``` - -Use the sudo apt update and then you should be able to install software as usual. - -#### Which method worked for you (if it worked)? - -I hope this quick article helps you in fixing the ‘E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)’ error. - -If it did work for you, which method was it? Did you manage to fix this error with some other method? If yes, please share that to help others with this issue. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://itsfoss.com/dpkg-returned-an-error-code-1/ - -作者：[Abhishek Prakash][a] -选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/ -[1]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/fix-common-update-errors-ubuntu.jpeg diff --git a/translated/tech/20180824 [Solved] -sub process usr bin dpkg returned an error code 1- Error in Ubuntu.md b/translated/tech/20180824 [Solved] -sub process usr bin dpkg returned an error code 1- Error in Ubuntu.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..96eecf8936 --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180824 [Solved] -sub process usr bin dpkg returned an error code 1- Error in Ubuntu.md @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +[已解决] Ubuntu 中的 “sub process usr bin dpkg returned an error code 1” 错误 +====== +如果你在 Ubuntu Linux 上安装软件时遇到 “sub process usr bin dpkg returned an error code 1”，请按照以下步骤进行修复。 + +Ubuntu 和其他基于 Debian 的发行版中的一个常见问题是已经损坏的包。你尝试更新系统或安装新软件包时遇到类似 “Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code” 的错误。 + +这就是前几天发生在我身上的事。我试图在 Ubuntu 中安装一个电台程序时，它给我了这个错误： +``` +Unpacking python-gst-1.0 (1.6.2-1build1) ... +Selecting previously unselected package radiotray. +Preparing to unpack .../radiotray_0.7.3-5ubuntu1_all.deb ... +Unpacking radiotray (0.7.3-5ubuntu1) ... +Processing triggers for man-db (2.7.5-1) ... +Processing triggers for desktop-file-utils (0.22-1ubuntu5.2) ... +Processing triggers for bamfdaemon (0.5.3~bzr0+16.04.20180209-0ubuntu1) ... +Rebuilding /usr/share/applications/bamf-2.index... +Processing triggers for gnome-menus (3.13.3-6ubuntu3.1) ... +Processing triggers for mime-support (3.59ubuntu1) ... +Setting up polar-bookshelf (1.0.0-beta56) ... +ln: failed to create symbolic link '/usr/local/bin/polar-bookshelf': No such file or directory +dpkg: error processing package polar-bookshelf (--configure): +subprocess installed post-installation script returned error exit status 1 +Setting up python-appindicator (12.10.1+16.04.20170215-0ubuntu1) ... +Setting up python-gst-1.0 (1.6.2-1build1) ... +Setting up radiotray (0.7.3-5ubuntu1) ... +Errors were encountered while processing: +polar-bookshelf +E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1) + +``` + +这里最后三行非常重要。 +``` +Errors were encountered while processing: +polar-bookshelf +E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1) + +``` + +它告诉我 polar-bookshelf 包引发了问题。这可能对你如何修复这个错误至关重要。 + +### 修复 Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1) + +![Fix update errors in Ubuntu Linux][1] + +让我们尝试修复这个损坏的错误包。我将展示几种你可以逐一尝试的方法。最初的那些易于使用，几乎不用动脑子。 + +你应该尝试运行 sudo apt update，接着尝试安装新的包或尝试升级这里讨论的每个包。 + +#### 方法 1：重新配包数据库 + +你可以尝试的第一种方法是重新配置包数据库。数据库可能在安装包时损坏了。重新配置通常可以解决问题。 +``` +sudo dpkg --configure -a + +``` + +#### 方法 2：强制安装 + +如果是之前中断安装的包，你可以尝试强制安装。 +``` +sudo apt-get install -f + +``` + +#### 方法3：尝试删除有问题的包 + +如果这不是你的问题，你可以尝试手动删除包。请不要在 Linux Kernels（以 linux- 开头的软件包）中执行此操作。 +``` +sudo apt remove + +``` + +#### 方法 4：删除有问题的包中的信息文件 + +这应该是你最后的选择。你可以尝试从 /var/lib/dpkg/info 中删除与相关软件包关联的文件。 + +**你需要了解一些基本的 Linux 命令来了解发生了什么以及如何对应你的问题** + +就我而言，我在 polar-bookshelf 中遇到问题。所以我查找了与之关联的文件： +``` +ls -l /var/lib/dpkg/info | grep -i polar-bookshelf +-rw-r--r-- 1 root root 2324811 Aug 14 19:29 polar-bookshelf.list +-rw-r--r-- 1 root root 2822824 Aug 10 04:28 polar-bookshelf.md5sums +-rwxr-xr-x 1 root root 113 Aug 10 04:28 polar-bookshelf.postinst +-rwxr-xr-x 1 root root 84 Aug 10 04:28 polar-bookshelf.postrm + +``` + +现在我需要做的就是删除这些文件： +``` +sudo mv /var/lib/dpkg/info/polar-bookshelf.* /tmp + +``` + +使用 sudo apt update，接着你应该就能像往常一样安装软件了。 + +#### 哪种方法适合你（如果有效）？ + +我希望这篇快速文章可以帮助你修复 “E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)” 的错误 + +如果它对你有用，是那种方法？你是否设法使用其他方法修复此错误？如果是，请分享一下以帮助其他人解决此问题。 + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://itsfoss.com/dpkg-returned-an-error-code-1/ + +作者：[Abhishek Prakash][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/ +[1]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/fix-common-update-errors-ubuntu.jpeg From 1afa4c167954c07ba878ae995aafa53adb7aed58 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: geekpi Date: Fri, 28 Sep 2018 09:21:05 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 210/246] translating --- ...on - A Modular System Monitor Application Written In Rust.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180925 Hegemon - A Modular System Monitor Application Written In Rust.md b/sources/tech/20180925 Hegemon - A Modular System Monitor Application Written In Rust.md index 14f6a2e947..a75c1f3e9a 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180925 Hegemon - A Modular System Monitor Application Written In Rust.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180925 Hegemon - A Modular System Monitor Application Written In Rust.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +translating---geekpi + Hegemon – A Modular System Monitor Application Written In Rust ====== From ee3c73bc72e472820cc6442b5b3b79643a4b6a2a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: HankChow <280630620@qq.com> Date: Fri, 28 Sep 2018 10:18:40 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 211/246] translated --- ...Port Number A Process Is Using In Linux.md | 102 ++++++++---------- 1 file changed, 46 insertions(+), 56 deletions(-) rename {sources => translated}/tech/20180924 How To Find Out Which Port Number A Process Is Using In Linux.md (61%) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180924 How To Find Out Which Port Number A Process Is Using In Linux.md b/translated/tech/20180924 How To Find Out Which Port Number A Process Is Using In Linux.md similarity index 61% rename from sources/tech/20180924 How To Find Out Which Port Number A Process Is Using In Linux.md rename to translated/tech/20180924 How To Find Out Which Port Number A Process Is Using In Linux.md index add3ce719e..ed3402e0fa 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180924 How To Find Out Which Port Number A Process Is Using In Linux.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180924 How To Find Out Which Port Number A Process Is Using In Linux.md @@ -1,36 +1,24 @@ -HankChow translating - -How To Find Out Which Port Number A Process Is Using In Linux +如何在 Linux 中查看进程占用的端口号 ====== -As a Linux administrator, you should know whether the corresponding service is binding/listening with correct port or not. +对于 Linux 系统管理员来说，清楚某个服务是否正确地绑定或监听某个端口，是至关重要的。如果你需要处理端口相关的问题，这篇文章可能会对你有用。 -This will help you to easily troubleshoot further when you are facing port related issues. +端口是 Linux 系统上特定进程之间逻辑连接的标识，包括物理端口和软件端口。由于 Linux 操作系统是一个软件，因此本文只讨论软件端口。软件端口始终与主机的 IP 地址和相关的通信协议相关联，因此端口常用于区分应用程序。大部分涉及到网络的服务都必须打开一个套接字来监听传入的网络请求，而每个服务都使用一个独立的套接字。 -A port is a logical connection that identifies a specific process on Linux. There are two kind of port are available like, physical and software. +**推荐阅读：** +**(#)** [在 Linux 上查看进程 ID 的 4 种方法][1] +**(#)** [在 Linux 上终止进程的 3 种方法][2] -Since Linux operating system is a software hence, we are going to discuss about software port. +套接字是和 IP 地址，软件端口和协议结合起来使用的，而端口号对传输控制协议（Transmission Control Protocol, TCP）和 用户数据报协议（User Datagram Protocol, UDP）协议都适用，TCP 和 UDP 都可以使用0到65535之间的端口号进行通信。 -Software port is always associated with an IP address of a host and the relevant protocol type for communication. The port is used to distinguish the application. +以下是端口分配类别： -Most of the network related services have to open up a socket to listen incoming network requests. Socket is unique for every service. - -**Suggested Read :** -**(#)** [4 Easiest Ways To Find Out Process ID (PID) In Linux][1] -**(#)** [3 Easy Ways To Kill Or Terminate A Process In Linux][2] - -Socket is combination of IP address, software Port and protocol. The port numbers area available for both TCP and UDP protocol. - -The Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) and the User Datagram Protocol (UDP) use port numbers for communication. It is a value from 0 to 65535. - -Below are port assignments categories. - - * `0-1023:` Well Known Ports or System Ports - * `1024-49151:` Registered Ports for applications - * `49152-65535:` Dynamic Ports or Private Ports + * `0-1023:` 常用端口和系统端口 + * `1024-49151:` 软件的注册端口 + * `49152-65535:` 动态端口或私有端口 -You can check the details of the reserved ports in the /etc/services file on Linux. +在 Linux 上的 `/etc/services` 文件可以查看到更多关于保留端口的信息。 ``` # less /etc/services @@ -89,24 +77,25 @@ lmtp 24/udp # LMTP Mail Delivery ``` -This can be achieved using the below six methods. +可以使用以下六种方法查看端口信息。 - * `ss:` ss is used to dump socket statistics. - * `netstat:` netstat is displays a list of open sockets. - * `lsof:` lsof – list open files. - * `fuser:` fuser – list process IDs of all processes that have one or more files open - * `nmap:` nmap – Network exploration tool and security / port scanner - * `systemctl:` systemctl – Control the systemd system and service manager + * `ss:` ss 可以用于转储套接字统计信息。 + * `netstat:` netstat 可以显示打开的套接字列表。 + * `lsof:` lsof 可以列出打开的文件。 + * `fuser:` fuser 可以列出那些打开了文件的进程的进程 ID。 + * `nmap:` nmap 是网络检测工具和端口扫描程序。 + * `systemctl:` systemctl 是 systemd 系统的控制管理器和服务管理器。 -In this tutorial we are going to find out which port number the SSHD daemon is using. +以下我们将找出 `sshd` 守护进程所使用的端口号。 -### Method-1: Using ss Command +### 方法1：使用 ss 命令 -ss is used to dump socket statistics. It allows showing information similar to netstat. It can display more TCP and state informations than other tools. +`ss` 一般用于转储套接字统计信息。它能够输出类似于 `netstat` 输出的信息，但它可以比其它工具显示更多的 TCP 信息和状态信息。 + +它还可以显示所有类型的套接字统计信息，包括 PACKET、TCP、UDP、DCCP、RAW、Unix 域等。 -It can display stats for all kind of sockets such as PACKET, TCP, UDP, DCCP, RAW, Unix domain, etc. ``` # ss -tnlp | grep ssh @@ -114,7 +103,7 @@ LISTEN 0 128 *:22 *:* users:(("sshd",pid=997,fd=3)) LISTEN 0 128 :::22 :::* users:(("sshd",pid=997,fd=4)) ``` -Alternatively you can check this with port number as well. +也可以使用端口号来检查。 ``` # ss -tnlp | grep ":22" @@ -122,11 +111,11 @@ LISTEN 0 128 *:22 *:* users:(("sshd",pid=997,fd=3)) LISTEN 0 128 :::22 :::* users:(("sshd",pid=997,fd=4)) ``` -### Method-2: Using netstat Command +### 方法2：使用 netstat 命令 -netstat – Print network connections, routing tables, interface statistics, masquerade connections, and multicast memberships. +`netstat` 能够显示网络连接、路由表、接口统计信息、伪装连接以及多播成员。 -By default, netstat displays a list of open sockets. If you don’t specify any address families, then the active sockets of all configured address families will be printed. This program is obsolete. Replacement for netstat is ss. +默认情况下，`netstat` 会列出打开的套接字。如果不指定任何地址族，则会显示所有已配置地址族的活动套接字。但 `netstat` 已经过时了，一般会使用 `ss` 来替代。 ``` # netstat -tnlp | grep ssh @@ -134,7 +123,7 @@ tcp 0 0 0.0.0.0:22 0.0.0.0:* LISTEN 997/sshd tcp6 0 0 :::22 :::* LISTEN 997/sshd ``` -Alternatively you can check this with port number as well. +也可以使用端口号来检查。 ``` # netstat -tnlp | grep ":22" @@ -142,9 +131,9 @@ tcp 0 0 0.0.0.0:22 0.0.0.0:* LISTEN 1208/sshd tcp6 0 0 :::22 :::* LISTEN 1208/sshd ``` -### Method-3: Using lsof Command +### 方法3：使用 lsof 命令 -lsof – list open files. The Linux lsof command lists information about files that are open by processes running on the system. +`lsof` 能够列出打开的文件，并列出系统上被进程打开的文件的相关信息。 ``` # lsof -i -P | grep ssh @@ -154,7 +143,7 @@ sshd 11584 root 4u IPv6 27627 0t0 TCP *:22 (LISTEN) sshd 11592 root 3u IPv4 27744 0t0 TCP vps.2daygeek.com:ssh->103.5.134.167:49902 (ESTABLISHED) ``` -Alternatively you can check this with port number as well. +也可以使用端口号来检查。 ``` # lsof -i tcp:22 @@ -164,9 +153,9 @@ sshd 1208 root 4u IPv6 20921 0t0 TCP *:ssh (LISTEN) sshd 11592 root 3u IPv4 27744 0t0 TCP vps.2daygeek.com:ssh->103.5.134.167:49902 (ESTABLISHED) ``` -### Method-4: Using fuser Command +### 方法4：使用 fuser 命令 -The fuser utility shall write to standard output the process IDs of processes running on the local system that have one or more named files open. +`fuser` 工具会将本地系统上打开了文件的进程的进程 ID 显示在标准输出中。 ``` # fuser -v 22/tcp @@ -176,11 +165,11 @@ The fuser utility shall write to standard output the process IDs of processes ru root 49339 F.... sshd ``` -### Method-5: Using nmap Command +### 方法5：使用 nmap 命令 -Nmap (“Network Mapper”) is an open source tool for network exploration and security auditing. It was designed to rapidly scan large networks, although it works fine against single hosts. +`nmap`（“Network Mapper”）是一款用于网络检测和安全审计的开源工具。它最初用于对大型网络进行快速扫描，但它对于单个主机的扫描也有很好的表现。 -Nmap uses raw IP packets in novel ways to determine what hosts are available on the network, what services (application name and version) those hosts are offering, what operating systems (and OS versions) they are running, what type of packet filters/firewalls are in use, and dozens of other characteristics. +`nmap` 使用原始 IP 数据包来确定网络上可用的主机，这些主机的服务（包括应用程序名称和版本）、主机运行的操作系统（包括操作系统版本等信息）、正在使用的数据包过滤器或防火墙的类型，以及很多其它信息。 ``` # nmap -sV -p 22 localhost @@ -196,13 +185,13 @@ Service detection performed. Please report any incorrect results at http://nmap. Nmap done: 1 IP address (1 host up) scanned in 0.44 seconds ``` -### Method-6: Using systemctl Command +### 方法6：使用 systemctl 命令 -systemctl – Control the systemd system and service manager. This is the replacement of old SysV init system management and most of the modern Linux operating systems were adapted systemd. +`systemctl` 是 systemd 系统的控制管理器和服务管理器。它取代了旧的 SysV init 系统管理，目前大多数现代 Linux 操作系统都采用了 systemd。 -**Suggested Read :** -**(#)** [chkservice – A Tool For Managing Systemd Units From Linux Terminal][3] -**(#)** [How To Check All Running Services In Linux][4] +**推荐阅读：** +**(#)** [chkservice – Linux 终端上的 systemd 单元管理工具][3] +**(#)** [如何查看 Linux 系统上正在运行的服务][4] ``` # systemctl status sshd @@ -223,7 +212,7 @@ Sep 23 02:09:15 vps.2daygeek.com sshd[11589]: Connection closed by 103.5.134.167 Sep 23 02:09:41 vps.2daygeek.com sshd[11592]: Accepted password for root from 103.5.134.167 port 49902 ssh2 ``` -The above out will be showing the actual listening port of SSH service when you start the SSHD service recently. Otherwise it won’t because it updates recent logs in the output frequently. +以上输出的内容显示了最近一次启动 `sshd` 服务时 `ssh` 服务的监听端口。但它不会将最新日志更新到输出中。 ``` # systemctl status sshd @@ -250,7 +239,7 @@ Sep 23 12:50:40 vps.2daygeek.com sshd[23911]: Connection closed by 95.210.113.14 Sep 23 12:50:40 vps.2daygeek.com sshd[23909]: Connection closed by 95.210.113.142 port 51666 [preauth] ``` -Most of the time the above output won’t shows the process actual port number. in this case i would suggest you to check the details using the below command from the journalctl log file. +大部分情况下，以上的输出不会显示进程的实际端口号。这时更建议使用以下这个 `journalctl` 命令检查日志文件中的详细信息。 ``` # journalctl | grep -i "openssh\|sshd" @@ -268,7 +257,7 @@ via: https://www.2daygeek.com/how-to-find-out-which-port-number-a-process-is-usi 作者：[Prakash Subramanian][a] 选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +译者：[HankChow](https://github.com/HankChow) 校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 @@ -278,3 +267,4 @@ via: https://www.2daygeek.com/how-to-find-out-which-port-number-a-process-is-usi [2]: https://www.2daygeek.com/kill-terminate-a-process-in-linux-using-kill-pkill-killall-command/ [3]: https://www.2daygeek.com/chkservice-a-tool-for-managing-systemd-units-from-linux-terminal/ [4]: https://www.2daygeek.com/how-to-check-all-running-services-in-linux/ + From f5e554b0f5d92d9c174e868d701f69aee955e2b8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Fri, 28 Sep 2018 10:19:05 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 212/246] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=203=20open=20source?= =?UTF-8?q?=20distributed=20tracing=20tools?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...3 open source distributed tracing tools.md | 88 +++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 88 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180926 3 open source distributed tracing tools.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180926 3 open source distributed tracing tools.md b/sources/tech/20180926 3 open source distributed tracing tools.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..197fd9450e --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180926 3 open source distributed tracing tools.md @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +3 open source distributed tracing tools +====== + +Find performance issues quickly with these tools, which provide a graphical view of what's happening across complex software systems. + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/server_data_system_admin.png?itok=q6HCfNQ8) + +Distributed tracing systems enable users to track a request through a software system that is distributed across multiple applications, services, and databases as well as intermediaries like proxies. This allows for a deeper understanding of what is happening within the software system. These systems produce graphical representations that show how much time the request took on each step and list each known step. + +A user reviewing this content can determine where the system is experiencing latencies or blockages. Instead of testing the system like a binary search tree when requests start failing, operators and developers can see exactly where the issues begin. This can also reveal where performance changes might be occurring from deployment to deployment. It’s always better to catch regressions automatically by alerting to the anomalous behavior than to have your customers tell you. + +How does this tracing thing work? Well, each request gets a special ID that’s usually injected into the headers. This ID uniquely identifies that transaction. This transaction is normally called a trace. The trace is the overall abstract idea of the entire transaction. Each trace is made up of spans. These spans are the actual work being performed, like a service call or a database request. Each span also has a unique ID. Spans can create subsequent spans called child spans, and child spans can have multiple parents. + +Once a transaction (or trace) has run its course, it can be searched in a presentation layer. There are several tools in this space that we’ll discuss later, but the picture below shows [Jaeger][1] from my [Istio walkthrough][2]. It shows multiple spans of a single trace. The power of this is immediately clear as you can better understand the transaction’s story at a glance. + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/monitoring_guide_jaeger_istio_0.png) + +This demo uses Istio’s built-in OpenTracing implementation, so I can get tracing without even modifying my application. It also uses Jaeger, which is OpenTracing-compatible. + +So what is OpenTracing? Let’s find out. + +### OpenTracing API + +[OpenTracing][3] is a spec that grew out of [Zipkin][4] to provide cross-platform compatibility. It offers a vendor-neutral API for adding tracing to applications and delivering that data into distributed tracing systems. A library written for the OpenTracing spec can be used with any system that is OpenTracing-compliant. Zipkin, Jaeger, and Appdash are examples of open source tools that have adopted the open standard, but even proprietary tools like [Datadog][5] and [Instana][6] are adopting it. This is expected to continue as OpenTracing reaches ubiquitous status. + +### OpenCensus + +Okay, we have OpenTracing, but what is this [OpenCensus][7] thing that keeps popping up in my searches? Is it a competing standard, something completely different, or something complementary? + +The answer depends on who you ask. I will do my best to explain the difference (as I understand it): OpenCensus takes a more holistic or all-inclusive approach. OpenTracing is focused on establishing an open API and spec and not on open implementations for each language and tracing system. OpenCensus provides not only the specification but also the language implementations and wire protocol. It also goes beyond tracing by including additional metrics that are normally outside the scope of distributed tracing systems. + +OpenCensus allows viewing data on the host where the application is running, but it also has a pluggable exporter system for exporting data to central aggregators. The current exporters produced by the OpenCensus team include Zipkin, Prometheus, Jaeger, Stackdriver, Datadog, and SignalFx, but anyone can create an exporter. + +From my perspective, there’s a lot of overlap. One isn’t necessarily better than the other, but it’s important to know what each does and doesn’t do. OpenTracing is primarily a spec, with others doing the implementation and opinionation. OpenCensus provides a holistic approach for the local component with more opinionation but still requires other systems for remote aggregation. + +### Tool options + +#### Zipkin + +Zipkin was one of the first systems of this kind. It was developed by Twitter based on the [Google Dapper paper][8] about the internal system Google uses. Zipkin was written using Java, and it can use Cassandra or ElasticSearch as a scalable backend. Most companies should be satisfied with one of those options. The lowest supported Java version is Java 6. It also uses the [Thrift][9] binary communication protocol, which is popular in the Twitter stack and is hosted as an Apache project. + +The system consists of reporters (clients), collectors, a query service, and a web UI. Zipkin is meant to be safe in production by transmitting only a trace ID within the context of a transaction to inform receivers that a trace is in process. The data collected in each reporter is then transmitted asynchronously to the collectors. The collectors store these spans in the database, and the web UI presents this data to the end user in a consumable format. The delivery of data to the collectors can occur in three different methods: HTTP, Kafka, and Scribe. + +The [Zipkin community][10] has also created [Brave][11], a Java client implementation compatible with Zipkin. It has no dependencies, so it won’t drag your projects down or clutter them with libraries that are incompatible with your corporate standards. There are many other implementations, and Zipkin is compatible with the OpenTracing standard, so these implementations should also work with other distributed tracing systems. The popular Spring framework has a component called [Spring Cloud Sleuth][12] that is compatible with Zipkin. + +#### Jaeger + +[Jaeger][1] is a newer project from Uber Technologies that the [CNCF][13] has since adopted as an Incubating project. It is written in Golang, so you don’t have to worry about having dependencies installed on the host or any overhead of interpreters or language virtual machines. Similar to Zipkin, Jaeger also supports Cassandra and ElasticSearch as scalable storage backends. Jaeger is also fully compatible with the OpenTracing standard. + +Jaeger’s architecture is similar to Zipkin, with clients (reporters), collectors, a query service, and a web UI, but it also has an agent on each host that locally aggregates the data. The agent receives data over a UDP connection, which it batches and sends to a collector. The collector receives that data in the form of the [Thrift][14] protocol and stores that data in Cassandra or ElasticSearch. The query service can access the data store directly and provide that information to the web UI. + +By default, a user won’t get all the traces from the Jaeger clients. The system samples 0.1% (1 in 1,000) of traces that pass through each client. Keeping and transmitting all traces would be a bit overwhelming to most systems. However, this can be increased or decreased by configuring the agents, which the client consults with for its configuration. This sampling isn’t completely random, though, and it’s getting better. Jaeger uses probabilistic sampling, which tries to make an educated guess at whether a new trace should be sampled or not. [Adaptive sampling is on its roadmap][15], which will improve the sampling algorithm by adding additional context for making decisions. + +#### Appdash + +[Appdash][16] is a distributed tracing system written in Golang, like Jaeger. It was created by [Sourcegraph][17] based on Google’s Dapper and Twitter’s Zipkin. Similar to Jaeger and Zipkin, Appdash supports the OpenTracing standard; this was a later addition and requires a component that is different from the default component. This adds risk and complexity. + +At a high level, Appdash’s architecture consists mostly of three components: a client, a local collector, and a remote collector. There’s not a lot of documentation, so this description comes from testing the system and reviewing the code. The client in Appdash gets added to your code. Appdash provides Python, Golang, and Ruby implementations, but OpenTracing libraries can be used with Appdash’s OpenTracing implementation. The client collects the spans and sends them to the local collector. The local collector then sends the data to a centralized Appdash server running its own local collector, which is the remote collector for all other nodes in the system. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/distributed-tracing-tools + +作者：[Dan Barker][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/barkerd427 +[1]: https://www.jaegertracing.io/ +[2]: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=T8BbeqZ0Rls +[3]: http://opentracing.io/ +[4]: https://zipkin.io/ +[5]: https://www.datadoghq.com/ +[6]: https://www.instana.com/ +[7]: https://opencensus.io/ +[8]: https://research.google.com/archive/papers/dapper-2010-1.pdf +[9]: https://thrift.apache.org/ +[10]: https://zipkin.io/pages/community.html +[11]: https://github.com/openzipkin/brave +[12]: https://cloud.spring.io/spring-cloud-sleuth/ +[13]: https://www.cncf.io/ +[14]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Apache_Thrift +[15]: https://www.jaegertracing.io/docs/roadmap/#adaptive-sampling +[16]: https://github.com/sourcegraph/appdash +[17]: https://about.sourcegraph.com/ From 32a36c59a19c92a6ccada27c495b06bbb6839419 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Fri, 28 Sep 2018 10:19:56 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 213/246] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20How=20to=20Use=20?= =?UTF-8?q?RAR=20files=20in=20Ubuntu=20Linux?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...27 How to Use RAR files in Ubuntu Linux.md | 97 +++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 97 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180927 How to Use RAR files in Ubuntu Linux.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180927 How to Use RAR files in Ubuntu Linux.md b/sources/tech/20180927 How to Use RAR files in Ubuntu Linux.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..63b03182b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180927 How to Use RAR files in Ubuntu Linux.md @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +How to Use RAR files in Ubuntu Linux +====== +[RAR][1] is a quite good archive file format. But, it isn’t the best when you’ve got 7-zip offering great compression ratios and Zip files being easily supported across multiple platforms by default. It is one of the most popular archive formats, but, [Ubuntu][2]‘s archive manager does not support extracting RAR files nor does it let you create RAR files. + +Fret not, we have a solution for you. To enable the support to extract RAR files, you need to install **UNRAR** – which is a freeware by [RARLAB][3]. And, to create and manage RAR files, you need to install **RAR** – which is available as a trial. + +![RAR files in Ubuntu Linux][4] + +### Extracting RAR Files + +Unless you have it installed, extracting RAR files will show you an error “Extraction not performed“. Here’s how it should look like ([ **Ubuntu 18.04**][5]): + +![Error in RAR extraction in Ubuntu][6] + +If you want to resolve the error and easily be able to extract RAR files, follow the instructions below to install unrar: + +**- >** Launch the terminal and type in: + +``` + sudo apt-get install unrar + +``` + +-> After installing unrar, you may choose to type in “ **unrar** ” (without the inverted commas) to know more about its usage and how to use RAR files with the help of it. + +The most common usage would obviously be extracting the RAR file you have. So, **you can either perform a right-click on the file and proceed to extract it** from there or you can do it via the terminal with the help of this command: + +``` +unrar x FileName.rar + +``` + +You can see that in action here: + +![Using unrar in Ubuntu][7] + +If the file isn’t present in the Home directory, then you have to navigate to the target folder by using the “ **cd** ” command. For instance, if you have the archive in the Music directory, simply type in “ **cd Music** ” to navigate to the location and then extract the RAR file. + +### Creating & Managing RAR files + +![Using rar archive in Ubuntu Linux][8] + +UNRAR does not let you create RAR files. So, you need to install the RAR command-line tool to be able to create RAR archives. + +To do that, you need to type in the following command: + +``` +sudo apt-get install rar + +``` + +Here, we will help you create a RAR file. In order to do that, follow the command syntax below: + +``` +rar a ArchiveName File_1 File_2 Dir_1 Dir_2 + +``` + +When you type a command in this format, it will add every item inside the directory to the archive. In either case, if you want specific files, just mention the exact name/path. + +By default, the RAR files reside in **HOME** directory. + +In the same way, you can update/manage the RAR files. Just type in a command using the following syntax: + +``` +rar u ArchiveName Filename + +``` + +To get the list of commands for the RAR tool, just type “ **rar** ” in the terminal. + +### Wrapping Up + +Now that you’ve known how to use RAR files on Ubuntu, will you prefer using it over 7-zip, Zip, or Tar.xz? + +Let us know your thoughts in the comments below. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://itsfoss.com/use-rar-ubuntu-linux/ + +作者：[Ankush Das][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/ +[1]: https://www.rarlab.com/rar_file.htm +[2]: https://www.ubuntu.com/ +[3]: https://www.rarlab.com/ +[4]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/rar-ubuntu-linux.png +[5]: https://itsfoss.com/things-to-do-after-installing-ubuntu-18-04/ +[6]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/extract-rar-error.jpg +[7]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/unrar-rar-extraction.jpg +[8]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/rar-update-create.jpg From 6236c9211504e0b8d90f22862c077d5656932514 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Fri, 28 Sep 2018 10:23:09 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 214/246] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20How=20To=20Find?= =?UTF-8?q?=20And=20Delete=20Duplicate=20Files=20In=20Linux?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...ind And Delete Duplicate Files In Linux.md | 441 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 441 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180927 How To Find And Delete Duplicate Files In Linux.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180927 How To Find And Delete Duplicate Files In Linux.md b/sources/tech/20180927 How To Find And Delete Duplicate Files In Linux.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e3a0a9d561 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180927 How To Find And Delete Duplicate Files In Linux.md @@ -0,0 +1,441 @@ +How To Find And Delete Duplicate Files In Linux +====== + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Find-And-Delete-Duplicate-Files-720x340.png) + +I always backup the configuration files or any old files to somewhere in my hard disk before edit or modify them, so I can restore them from the backup if I accidentally did something wrong. But the problem is I forgot to clean up those files and my hard disk is filled with a lot of duplicate files after a certain period of time. I feel either too lazy to clean the old files or afraid that I may delete an important files. If you’re anything like me and overwhelming with multiple copies of same files in different backup directories, you can find and delete duplicate files using the tools given below in Unix-like operating systems. + +**A word of caution:** + +Please be careful while deleting duplicate files. If you’re not careful, it will lead you to [**accidental data loss**][1]. I advice you to pay extra attention while using these tools. + +### Find And Delete Duplicate Files In Linux + +For the purpose of this guide, I am going to discuss about three utilities namely, + + 1. Rdfind, + 2. Fdupes, + 3. FSlint. + + + +These three utilities are free, open source and works on most Unix-like operating systems. + +##### 1. Rdfind + +**Rdfind** , stands for **r** edundant **d** ata **find** , is a free and open source utility to find duplicate files across and/or within directories and sub-directories. It compares files based on their content, not on their file names. Rdfind uses **ranking** algorithm to classify original and duplicate files. If you have two or more equal files, Rdfind is smart enough to find which is original file, and consider the rest of the files as duplicates. Once it found the duplicates, it will report them to you. You can decide to either delete them or replace them with [**hard links** or **symbolic (soft) links**][2]. + +**Installing Rdfind** + +Rdfind is available in [**AUR**][3]. So, you can install it in Arch-based systems using any AUR helper program like [**Yay**][4] as shown below. + +``` +$ yay -S rdfind + +``` + +On Debian, Ubuntu, Linux Mint: + +``` +$ sudo apt-get install rdfind + +``` + +On Fedora: + +``` +$ sudo dnf install rdfind + +``` + +On RHEL, CentOS: + +``` +$ sudo yum install epel-release + +$ sudo yum install rdfind + +``` + +**Usage** + +Once installed, simply run Rdfind command along with the directory path to scan for the duplicate files. + +``` +$ rdfind ~/Downloads + +``` + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/rdfind-1.png) + +As you see in the above screenshot, Rdfind command will scan ~/Downloads directory and save the results in a file named **results.txt** in the current working directory. You can view the name of the possible duplicate files in results.txt file. + +``` +$ cat results.txt +# Automatically generated +# duptype id depth size device inode priority name +DUPTYPE_FIRST_OCCURRENCE 1469 8 9 2050 15864884 1 /home/sk/Downloads/tor-browser_en-US/Browser/TorBrowser/Tor/PluggableTransports/fte/tests/dfas/test5.regex +DUPTYPE_WITHIN_SAME_TREE -1469 8 9 2050 15864886 1 /home/sk/Downloads/tor-browser_en-US/Browser/TorBrowser/Tor/PluggableTransports/fte/tests/dfas/test6.regex +[...] +DUPTYPE_FIRST_OCCURRENCE 13 0 403635 2050 15740257 1 /home/sk/Downloads/Hyperledger(1).pdf +DUPTYPE_WITHIN_SAME_TREE -13 0 403635 2050 15741071 1 /home/sk/Downloads/Hyperledger.pdf +# end of file + +``` + +By reviewing the results.txt file, you can easily find the duplicates. You can remove the duplicates manually if you want to. + +Also, you can **-dryrun** option to find all duplicates in a given directory without changing anything and output the summary in your Terminal: + +``` +$ rdfind -dryrun true ~/Downloads + +``` + +Once you found the duplicates, you can replace them with either hardlinks or symlinks. + +To replace all duplicates with hardlinks, run: + +``` +$ rdfind -makehardlinks true ~/Downloads + +``` + +To replace all duplicates with symlinks/soft links, run: + +``` +$ rdfind -makesymlinks true ~/Downloads + +``` + +You may have some empty files in a directory and want to ignore them. If so, use **-ignoreempty** option like below. + +``` +$ rdfind -ignoreempty true ~/Downloads + +``` + +If you don’t want the old files anymore, just delete duplicate files instead of replacing them with hard or soft links. + +To delete all duplicates, simply run: + +``` +$ rdfind -deleteduplicates true ~/Downloads + +``` + +If you do not want to ignore empty files and delete them along with all duplicates, run: + +``` +$ rdfind -deleteduplicates true -ignoreempty false ~/Downloads + +``` + +For more details, refer the help section: + +``` +$ rdfind --help + +``` + +And, the manual pages: + +``` +$ man rdfind + +``` + +##### 2. Fdupes + +**Fdupes** is yet another command line utility to identify and remove the duplicate files within specified directories and the sub-directories. It is free, open source utility written in **C** programming language. Fdupes identifies the duplicates by comparing file sizes, partial MD5 signatures, full MD5 signatures, and finally performing a byte-by-byte comparison for verification. + +Similar to Rdfind utility, Fdupes comes with quite handful of options to perform operations, such as: + + * Recursively search duplicate files in directories and sub-directories + * Exclude empty files and hidden files from consideration + * Show the size of the duplicates + * Delete duplicates immediately as they encountered + * Exclude files with different owner/group or permission bits as duplicates + * And a lot more. + + + +**Installing Fdupes** + +Fdupes is available in the default repositories of most Linux distributions. + +On Arch Linux and its variants like Antergos, Manjaro Linux, install it using Pacman like below. + +``` +$ sudo pacman -S fdupes + +``` + +On Debian, Ubuntu, Linux Mint: + +``` +$ sudo apt-get install fdupes + +``` + +On Fedora: + +``` +$ sudo dnf install fdupes + +``` + +On RHEL, CentOS: + +``` +$ sudo yum install epel-release + +$ sudo yum install fdupes + +``` + +**Usage** + +Fdupes usage is pretty simple. Just run the following command to find out the duplicate files in a directory, for example **~/Downloads**. + +``` +$ fdupes ~/Downloads + +``` + +Sample output from my system: + +``` +/home/sk/Downloads/Hyperledger.pdf +/home/sk/Downloads/Hyperledger(1).pdf + +``` + +As you can see, I have a duplicate file in **/home/sk/Downloads/** directory. It shows the duplicates from the parent directory only. How to view the duplicates from sub-directories? Just use **-r** option like below. + +``` +$ fdupes -r ~/Downloads + +``` + +Now you will see the duplicates from **/home/sk/Downloads/** directory and its sub-directories as well. + +Fdupes can also be able to find duplicates from multiple directories at once. + +``` +$ fdupes ~/Downloads ~/Documents/ostechnix + +``` + +You can even search multiple directories, one recursively like below: + +``` +$ fdupes ~/Downloads -r ~/Documents/ostechnix + +``` + +The above commands searches for duplicates in “~/Downloads” directory and “~/Documents/ostechnix” directory and its sub-directories. + +Sometimes, you might want to know the size of the duplicates in a directory. If so, use **-S** option like below. + +``` +$ fdupes -S ~/Downloads +403635 bytes each: +/home/sk/Downloads/Hyperledger.pdf +/home/sk/Downloads/Hyperledger(1).pdf + +``` + +Similarly, to view the size of the duplicates in parent and child directories, use **-Sr** option. + +We can exclude empty and hidden files from consideration using **-n** and **-A** respectively. + +``` +$ fdupes -n ~/Downloads + +$ fdupes -A ~/Downloads + +``` + +The first command will exclude zero-length files from consideration and the latter will exclude hidden files from consideration while searching for duplicates in the specified directory. + +To summarize duplicate files information, use **-m** option. + +``` +$ fdupes -m ~/Downloads +1 duplicate files (in 1 sets), occupying 403.6 kilobytes + +``` + +To delete all duplicates, use **-d** option. + +``` +$ fdupes -d ~/Downloads + +``` + +Sample output: + +``` +[1] /home/sk/Downloads/Hyperledger Fabric Installation.pdf +[2] /home/sk/Downloads/Hyperledger Fabric Installation(1).pdf + +Set 1 of 1, preserve files [1 - 2, all]: + +``` + +This command will prompt you for files to preserve and delete all other duplicates. Just enter any number to preserve the corresponding file and delete the remaining files. Pay more attention while using this option. You might delete original files if you’re not be careful. + +If you want to preserve the first file in each set of duplicates and delete the others without prompting each time, use **-dN** option (not recommended). + +``` +$ fdupes -dN ~/Downloads + +``` + +To delete duplicates as they are encountered, use **-I** flag. + +``` +$ fdupes -I ~/Downloads + +``` + +For more details about Fdupes, view the help section and man pages. + +``` +$ fdupes --help + +$ man fdupes + +``` + +##### 3. FSlint + +**FSlint** is yet another duplicate file finder utility that I use from time to time to get rid of the unnecessary duplicate files and free up the disk space in my Linux system. Unlike the other two utilities, FSlint has both GUI and CLI modes. So, it is more user-friendly tool for newbies. FSlint not just finds the duplicates, but also bad symlinks, bad names, temp files, bad IDS, empty directories, and non stripped binaries etc. + +**Installing FSlint** + +FSlint is available in [**AUR**][5], so you can install it using any AUR helpers. + +``` +$ yay -S fslint + +``` + +On Debian, Ubuntu, Linux Mint: + +``` +$ sudo apt-get install fslint + +``` + +On Fedora: + +``` +$ sudo dnf install fslint + +``` + +On RHEL, CentOS: + +``` +$ sudo yum install epel-release + +``` + +$ sudo yum install fslint + +Once it is installed, launch it from menu or application launcher. + +This is how FSlint GUI looks like. + +![](http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/fslint-1.png) + +As you can see, the interface of FSlint is user-friendly and self-explanatory. In the **Search path** tab, add the path of the directory you want to scan and click **Find** button on the lower left corner to find the duplicates. Check the recurse option to recursively search for duplicates in directories and sub-directories. The FSlint will quickly scan the given directory and list out them. + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/fslint-2.png) + +From the list, choose the duplicates you want to clean and select any one of them given actions like Save, Delete, Merge and Symlink. + +In the **Advanced search parameters** tab, you can specify the paths to exclude while searching for duplicates. + +![](http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/fslint-3.png) + +**FSlint command line options** + +FSlint provides a collection of the following CLI utilities to find duplicates in your filesystem: + + * **findup** — find DUPlicate files + * **findnl** — find Name Lint (problems with filenames) + * **findu8** — find filenames with invalid utf8 encoding + * **findbl** — find Bad Links (various problems with symlinks) + * **findsn** — find Same Name (problems with clashing names) + * **finded** — find Empty Directories + * **findid** — find files with dead user IDs + * **findns** — find Non Stripped executables + * **findrs** — find Redundant Whitespace in files + * **findtf** — find Temporary Files + * **findul** — find possibly Unused Libraries + * **zipdir** — Reclaim wasted space in ext2 directory entries + + + +All of these utilities are available under **/usr/share/fslint/fslint/fslint** location. + +For example, to find duplicates in a given directory, do: + +``` +$ /usr/share/fslint/fslint/findup ~/Downloads/ + +``` + +Similarly, to find empty directories, the command would be: + +``` +$ /usr/share/fslint/fslint/finded ~/Downloads/ + +``` + +To get more details on each utility, for example **findup** , run: + +``` +$ /usr/share/fslint/fslint/findup --help + +``` + +For more details about FSlint, refer the help section and man pages. + +``` +$ /usr/share/fslint/fslint/fslint --help + +$ man fslint + +``` + +##### Conclusion + +You know now about three tools to find and delete unwanted duplicate files in Linux. Among these three tools, I often use Rdfind. It doesn’t mean that the other two utilities are not efficient, but I am just happy with Rdfind so far. Well, it’s your turn. Which is your favorite tool and why? Let us know them in the comment section below. + +And, that’s all for now. Hope this was useful. More good stuffs to come. Stay tuned! + +Cheers! + + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.ostechnix.com/how-to-find-and-delete-duplicate-files-in-linux/ + +作者：[SK][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ +[1]: https://www.ostechnix.com/prevent-files-folders-accidental-deletion-modification-linux/ +[2]: https://www.ostechnix.com/explaining-soft-link-and-hard-link-in-linux-with-examples/ +[3]: https://aur.archlinux.org/packages/rdfind/ +[4]: https://www.ostechnix.com/yay-found-yet-another-reliable-aur-helper/ +[5]: https://aur.archlinux.org/packages/fslint/ From 88fed60cb1ab8521b77a2fb5d963671754d0bfd2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: HankChow <280630620@qq.com> Date: Fri, 28 Sep 2018 11:15:07 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 215/246] hankchow translating --- sources/tech/20180927 How to Use RAR files in Ubuntu Linux.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180927 How to Use RAR files in Ubuntu Linux.md b/sources/tech/20180927 How to Use RAR files in Ubuntu Linux.md index 63b03182b4..da0b9c8fad 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180927 How to Use RAR files in Ubuntu Linux.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180927 How to Use RAR files in Ubuntu Linux.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +HankChow translating + How to Use RAR files in Ubuntu Linux ====== [RAR][1] is a quite good archive file format. But, it isn’t the best when you’ve got 7-zip offering great compression ratios and Zip files being easily supported across multiple platforms by default. It is one of the most popular archive formats, but, [Ubuntu][2]‘s archive manager does not support extracting RAR files nor does it let you create RAR files. From 4ff32a9bf088cbed5ec2ae22efcf0dffb101f1c5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: heguangzhi <7731226@qq.com> Date: Fri, 28 Sep 2018 12:12:01 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 216/246] heguangzhi translating (#10406) --- .../20180926 An introduction to swap space on Linux systems.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180926 An introduction to swap space on Linux systems.md b/sources/tech/20180926 An introduction to swap space on Linux systems.md index 036890ef4b..da50208533 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180926 An introduction to swap space on Linux systems.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180926 An introduction to swap space on Linux systems.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +heguangzhi Translating + An introduction to swap space on Linux systems ====== From 63c573af0dda2a31b20506f9224ff5b7b697892f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Hank Chow <280630620@qq.com> Date: Fri, 28 Sep 2018 12:21:40 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 217/246] translated (#10407) --- ...27 How to Use RAR files in Ubuntu Linux.md | 99 ------------------- ...27 How to Use RAR files in Ubuntu Linux.md | 98 ++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 98 insertions(+), 99 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180927 How to Use RAR files in Ubuntu Linux.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180927 How to Use RAR files in Ubuntu Linux.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180927 How to Use RAR files in Ubuntu Linux.md b/sources/tech/20180927 How to Use RAR files in Ubuntu Linux.md deleted file mode 100644 index da0b9c8fad..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180927 How to Use RAR files in Ubuntu Linux.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,99 +0,0 @@ -HankChow translating - -How to Use RAR files in Ubuntu Linux -====== -[RAR][1] is a quite good archive file format. But, it isn’t the best when you’ve got 7-zip offering great compression ratios and Zip files being easily supported across multiple platforms by default. It is one of the most popular archive formats, but, [Ubuntu][2]‘s archive manager does not support extracting RAR files nor does it let you create RAR files. - -Fret not, we have a solution for you. To enable the support to extract RAR files, you need to install **UNRAR** – which is a freeware by [RARLAB][3]. And, to create and manage RAR files, you need to install **RAR** – which is available as a trial. - -![RAR files in Ubuntu Linux][4] - -### Extracting RAR Files - -Unless you have it installed, extracting RAR files will show you an error “Extraction not performed“. Here’s how it should look like ([ **Ubuntu 18.04**][5]): - -![Error in RAR extraction in Ubuntu][6] - -If you want to resolve the error and easily be able to extract RAR files, follow the instructions below to install unrar: - -**- >** Launch the terminal and type in: - -``` - sudo apt-get install unrar - -``` - --> After installing unrar, you may choose to type in “ **unrar** ” (without the inverted commas) to know more about its usage and how to use RAR files with the help of it. - -The most common usage would obviously be extracting the RAR file you have. So, **you can either perform a right-click on the file and proceed to extract it** from there or you can do it via the terminal with the help of this command: - -``` -unrar x FileName.rar - -``` - -You can see that in action here: - -![Using unrar in Ubuntu][7] - -If the file isn’t present in the Home directory, then you have to navigate to the target folder by using the “ **cd** ” command. For instance, if you have the archive in the Music directory, simply type in “ **cd Music** ” to navigate to the location and then extract the RAR file. - -### Creating & Managing RAR files - -![Using rar archive in Ubuntu Linux][8] - -UNRAR does not let you create RAR files. So, you need to install the RAR command-line tool to be able to create RAR archives. - -To do that, you need to type in the following command: - -``` -sudo apt-get install rar - -``` - -Here, we will help you create a RAR file. In order to do that, follow the command syntax below: - -``` -rar a ArchiveName File_1 File_2 Dir_1 Dir_2 - -``` - -When you type a command in this format, it will add every item inside the directory to the archive. In either case, if you want specific files, just mention the exact name/path. - -By default, the RAR files reside in **HOME** directory. - -In the same way, you can update/manage the RAR files. Just type in a command using the following syntax: - -``` -rar u ArchiveName Filename - -``` - -To get the list of commands for the RAR tool, just type “ **rar** ” in the terminal. - -### Wrapping Up - -Now that you’ve known how to use RAR files on Ubuntu, will you prefer using it over 7-zip, Zip, or Tar.xz? - -Let us know your thoughts in the comments below. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://itsfoss.com/use-rar-ubuntu-linux/ - -作者：[Ankush Das][a] -选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/ -[1]: https://www.rarlab.com/rar_file.htm -[2]: https://www.ubuntu.com/ -[3]: https://www.rarlab.com/ -[4]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/rar-ubuntu-linux.png -[5]: https://itsfoss.com/things-to-do-after-installing-ubuntu-18-04/ -[6]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/extract-rar-error.jpg -[7]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/unrar-rar-extraction.jpg -[8]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/rar-update-create.jpg diff --git a/translated/tech/20180927 How to Use RAR files in Ubuntu Linux.md b/translated/tech/20180927 How to Use RAR files in Ubuntu Linux.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3521b21a8a --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180927 How to Use RAR files in Ubuntu Linux.md @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +如何在 Ubuntu Linux 中使用 RAR 文件 +====== +[RAR][1] 是一种非常好的归档文件格式。但相比之下 7-zip 能提供了更好的压缩率，并且默认情况下还可以在多个平台上轻松支持 Zip 文件。不过 RAR 仍然是最流行的归档格式之一。然而 [Ubuntu][2] 自带的归档管理器却不支持提取 RAR 文件，也不允许创建 RAR 文件。 + +方法总比问题多。只要安装 `unrar` 这款由 [RARLAB][3] 提供的免费软件，就能在 Ubuntu 上支持提取RAR文件了。你也可以试安装 `rar` 来创建和管理 RAR 文件。 + +![RAR files in Ubuntu Linux][4] + +### 提取 RAR 文件 + +在未安装 unrar 的情况下，提取 RAR 文件会报出“未能提取”错误，就像下面这样（以 [Ubuntu 18.04][5] 为例）： + +![Error in RAR extraction in Ubuntu][6] + +如果要解决这个错误并提取 RAR 文件，请按照以下步骤安装 unrar： + +打开终端并输入： + +``` + sudo apt-get install unrar + +``` + +安装 unrar 后，直接输入 `unrar` 就可以看到它的用法以及如何使用这个工具处理 RAR 文件。 + +最常用到的功能是提取 RAR 文件。因此，可以**通过右键单击 RAR 文件并执行提取**，也可以借助此以下命令通过终端执行操作： + +``` +unrar x FileName.rar + +``` + +结果类似以下这样： + +![Using unrar in Ubuntu][7] + +如果家目录中不存在对应的文件，就必须使用 `cd` 命令移动到目标目录下。例如 RAR 文件如果在 `Music` 目录下，只需要使用 `cd Music` 就可以移动到相应的目录，然后提取 RAR 文件。 + +### 创建和管理 RAR 文件 + +![Using rar archive in Ubuntu Linux][8] + +`unrar` 不允许创建 RAR 文件。因此还需要安装 `rar` 命令行工具才能创建 RAR 文件。 + +要创建 RAR 文件，首先需要通过以下命令安装 rar： + +``` +sudo apt-get install rar + +``` + +按照下面的命令语法创建 RAR 文件： + +``` +rar a ArchiveName File_1 File_2 Dir_1 Dir_2 + +``` + +按照这个格式输入命令时，它会将目录中的每个文件添加到 RAR 文件中。如果需要某一个特定的文件，就要指定文件确切的名称或路径。 + +默认情况下，RAR 文件会放置在**家目录**中。 + +以类似的方式，可以更新或管理 RAR 文件。同样是使用以下的命令语法： + +``` +rar u ArchiveName Filename + +``` + +在终端输入 `rar` 就可以列出 RAR 工具的相关命令。 + +### 总结 + +现在你已经知道如何在 Ubuntu 上管理 RAR 文件了，你会更喜欢使用 7-zip、Zip 或 Tar.xz 吗？ + +欢迎在评论区中评论。 + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://itsfoss.com/use-rar-ubuntu-linux/ + +作者：[Ankush Das][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[HankChow](https://github.com/HankChow) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/ankush/ +[1]: https://www.rarlab.com/rar_file.htm +[2]: https://www.ubuntu.com/ +[3]: https://www.rarlab.com/ +[4]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/rar-ubuntu-linux.png +[5]: https://itsfoss.com/things-to-do-after-installing-ubuntu-18-04/ +[6]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/extract-rar-error.jpg +[7]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/unrar-rar-extraction.jpg +[8]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/rar-update-create.jpg + From e3ce1dac16b501714ca365eb7be59acef51ecd7b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: BeliteX <43316924+belitex@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Fri, 28 Sep 2018 12:22:11 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 218/246] =?UTF-8?q?=E7=BF=BB=E8=AF=91=E7=94=B3=E9=A2=86:?= =?UTF-8?q?=203=20open=20source=20distributed=20tracing=20tools=20(#10408)?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- .../tech/20180926 3 open source distributed tracing tools.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180926 3 open source distributed tracing tools.md b/sources/tech/20180926 3 open source distributed tracing tools.md index 197fd9450e..9879302d38 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180926 3 open source distributed tracing tools.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180926 3 open source distributed tracing tools.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +translating by belitex + 3 open source distributed tracing tools ====== From 142afa3d8a493aa0ee6c9b804f44c0ef7c87aa4f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: way-ww <40491614+way-ww@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Fri, 28 Sep 2018 13:05:26 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 219/246] Delete 20180516 Manipulating Directories in Linux.md MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit 删除原文 --- ...80516 Manipulating Directories in Linux.md | 183 ------------------ 1 file changed, 183 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180516 Manipulating Directories in Linux.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180516 Manipulating Directories in Linux.md b/sources/tech/20180516 Manipulating Directories in Linux.md deleted file mode 100644 index 4cc8ca4ea1..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180516 Manipulating Directories in Linux.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,183 +0,0 @@ -Translating by way-ww -Manipulating Directories in Linux -====== - -![](https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/branches-238379_1920_0.jpg?itok=2PlNpsVu) - -If you are new to this series (and to Linux), [take a look at our first installment][1]. In that article, we worked our way through the tree-like structure of the Linux filesystem, or more precisely, the File Hierarchy Standard. I recommend reading through it to make sure you understand what you can and cannot safely touch. Because this time around, I’ll show how to get all touchy-feely with your directories. - -### Making Directories - -Let's get creative before getting destructive, though. To begin, open a terminal window and use `mkdir` to create a new directory like this: -``` -mkdir - -``` - -If you just put the directory name, the directory will appear hanging off the directory you are currently in. If you just opened a terminal, that will be your home directory. In a case like this, we say the directory will be created _relative_ to your current position: -``` -$ pwd #This tells you where you are now -- see our first tutorial -/home/ -$ mkdir newdirectory #Creates /home//newdirectory - -``` - -(Note that you do not have to type the text following the `#`. Text following the pound symbol `#` is considered a comment and is used to explain what is going on. It is ignored by the shell). - -You can create a directory within an existing directory hanging off your current location by specifying it in the command line: -``` -mkdir Documents/Letters - -``` - -Will create the _Letters_ directory within the _Documents_ directory. - -You can also create a directory above where you are by using `..` in the path. Say you move into the _Documents/Letters/_ directory you just created and you want to create a _Documents/Memos/_ directory. You can do: -``` -cd Documents/Letters # Move into your recently created Letters/ directory -mkdir ../Memos - -``` - -Again, all of the above is done relative to you current position. This is called using a _relative path_. - -You can also use an _absolute path_ to directories: This means telling `mkdir` where to put your directory in relation to the root (`/`) directory: -``` -mkdir /home//Documents/Letters - -``` - -Change `` to your user name in the command above and it will be equivalent to executing `mkdir Documents/Letters` from your home directory, except that it will work from wherever you are located in the directory tree. - -As a side note, regardless of whether you use a relative or an absolute path, if the command is successful, `mkdir` will create the directory silently, without any apparent feedback whatsoever. Only if there is some sort of trouble will `mkdir` print some feedback after you hit _[Enter]_. - -As with most other command-line tools, `mkdir` comes with several interesting options. The `-p` option is particularly useful, as it lets you create directories within directories within directories, even if none exist. To create, for example, a directory for letters to your Mom within _Documents/_ , you could do: -``` -mkdir -p Documents/Letters/Family/Mom - -``` - -And `mkdir` will create the whole branch of directories above _Mom/_ and also the directory _Mom/_ for you, regardless of whether any of the parent directories existed before you issued the command. - -You can also create several folders all at once by putting them one after another, separated by spaces: -``` -mkdir Letters Memos Reports - -``` - -will create the directories _Letters/_ , _Memos/_ and _Reports_ under the current directory. - -### In space nobody can hear you scream - -... Which brings us to the tricky question of spaces in directory names. Can you use spaces in directory names? Yes, you can. Is it advised you use spaces? No, absolutely not. Spaces make everything more complicated and, potentially, dangerous. - -Say you want to create a directory called _letters mom/_. If you didn't know any better, you could type: -``` -mkdir letters mom - -``` - -But this is WRONG! WRONG! WRONG! As we saw above, this will create two directories, _letters/_ and _mom/_ , but not _letters mom/_. - -Agreed that this is a minor annoyance: all you have to do is delete the two directories and start over. No big deal. - -But, wait! Deleting directories is where things get dangerous. Imagine you did create _letters mom/_ using a graphical tool, like, say [Dolphin][2] or [Nautilus][3]. If you suddenly decide to delete _letters mom/_ from a terminal, and you have another directory just called _letters/_ under the same directory, and said directory is full of important documents, and you tried this: -``` -rmdir letters mom - -``` - -You would risk removing _letters/_. I say "risk" because fortunately `rmdir`, the instruction used to remove directories, has a built in safeguard and will warn you if you try to delete a non-empty directory. - -However, this: -``` -rm -Rf letters mom - -``` - -(and this is a pretty standard way of getting rid of directories and their contents) will completely obliterate _letters/_ and will never even tell you what just happened. - -The `rm` command is used to delete files and directories. When you use it with the options `-R` (delete _recursively_ ) and `-f` ( _force_ deletion), it will burrow down into a directory and its subdirectories, deleting all the files they contain, then deleting the subdirectories themselves, then it will delete all the files in the top directory and then the directory itself. - -`rm -Rf` is an instruction you must handle with extreme care. - -My advice is, instead of spaces, use underscores (`_`), but if you still insist on spaces, there are two ways of getting them to work. You can use single or double quotes (`'` or `"`) like so: -``` -mkdir 'letters mom' -mkdir "letters dad" - -``` - -Or, you can _escape_ the spaces. Some characters have a special meaning for the shell. Spaces, as you have seen, are used to separate options and arguments on the command line. "Separating options and arguments" falls under the category of "special meaning". When you want the shell to ignore the special meaning of a character, you need to _escape_ it and to escape a character, you put a backslash (`\`) in front of it: -``` -mkdir letters\ mom -mkdir letter\ dad - -``` - -There are other special characters that would need escaping, like the apostrophe or single quote (`'`), double quotes (`"`), and the ampersand (`&`): -``` -mkdir mom\ \&\ dad\'s\ letters - -``` - -I know what you're thinking: If the backslash has a special meaning (to wit, telling the shell it has to escape the next character), that makes it a special character, too. Then, how would you escape the escape character which is `\`? - -Turns out, the exact way you escape any other special character: -``` -mkdir special\\characters - -``` - -will produce a directory called _special\characters_. - -Confusing? Of course. That's why you should avoid using special characters, including spaces, in directory names. - -For the record, here is a list of special characters you can refer to just in case. - -### Things to Remember - - * Use `mkdir ` to create a new directory. - * Use `rmdir ` to delete a directory (only works if it is empty). - * Use `rm -Rf ` to annihilate a directory -- use with extreme caution. - * Use a relative path to create directories relative to your current directory: `mkdir newdir.`. - * Use an absolute path to create directories relative to the root directory (`/`): `mkdir /home//newdir` - * Use `..` to create a directory in the directory above the current directory: `mkdir ../newdir` - * You can create several directories all in one go by separating them with spaces on the command line: `mkdir onedir twodir threedir` - * You can mix and mash relative and absolute paths when creating several directories simultaneously: `mkdir onedir twodir /home//threedir` - * Using spaces and special characters in directory names guarantees plenty of headaches and heartburn. Don't do it. - - - -For more information, you can look up the manuals of `mkdir`, `rmdir` and `rm`: -``` -man mkdir -man rmdir -man rm - -``` - -To exit the man pages, press _[q]_. - -### Next Time - -In the next installment, you'll learn about creating, modifying, and erasing files, as well as everything you need to know about permissions and privileges. See you then! - -Learn more about Linux through the free ["Introduction to Linux" ][4]course from The Linux Foundation and edX. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://www.linux.com/blog/learn/2018/5/manipulating-directories-linux - -作者：[Paul Brown][a] -选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]:https://www.linux.com/users/bro66 -[1]:https://www.linux.com/blog/learn/intro-to-linux/2018/4/linux-filesystem-explained -[2]:https://userbase.kde.org/Dolphin -[3]:https://projects-old.gnome.org/nautilus/screenshots.html -[4]:https://training.linuxfoundation.org/linux-courses/system-administration-training/introduction-to-linux From fc6b2678f34df234d219dcbc4d400beceea7c25c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: way-ww <40491614+way-ww@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Fri, 28 Sep 2018 13:10:34 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 220/246] Create 20180516 Manipulating Directories in Linux.md MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit 翻译完成 --- ...80516 Manipulating Directories in Linux.md | 166 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 166 insertions(+) create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180516 Manipulating Directories in Linux.md diff --git a/translated/tech/20180516 Manipulating Directories in Linux.md b/translated/tech/20180516 Manipulating Directories in Linux.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9e62973064 --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180516 Manipulating Directories in Linux.md @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +在Linux上操作目录 +====== + +![](https://www.linux.com/sites/lcom/files/styles/rendered_file/public/branches-238379_1920_0.jpg?itok=2PlNpsVu) + +如果你不熟悉本系列（以及Linux），[请查看我们的第一部分][1]。在那篇文章中，我们通过Linux文件系统的树状结构，或者更确切地说以文件层次结构标准工作。我建议你仔细阅读，确保你理解自己能安全的做哪些操作。因为这一次，我将向你展示目录操作的魅力。 + +### 新建目录 + +在操作变得具有破坏性之前，让我们发挥创意创造。首先，打开一个终端窗口并使用命令mkdir创建一个新目录，如下所示： +``` +mkdir + +``` +如果你只输入了目录名称，该目录将显示在您当前所在目录中。如果你刚刚打开一个终端，你当前位置为你的家目录。下面这个例子，我们展示了将要创建的目录与你当前所处位置的关系： +``` +$ pwd #This tells you where you are now -- see our first tutorial +/home/ +$ mkdir newdirectory #Creates /home//newdirectory + +``` +(注 你不用输入＃后面的文本。#后面的文本为注释内容，用于解释发生了什么。它会被shell忽略，不会被执行). + +你可以在当前位置中已经存在的某个目录下创建新的目录，方法是在命令行中指定它： +``` +mkdir Documents/Letters + +``` +这将在Documents目录中创建Letters目录。 + +你还可以在路径中使用..在当前目录的上一级目录中创建目录。假设你进入刚刚创建的Documents/Letters/目录，并且想要创建Documents/Memos/目录。你可以这样做： +``` +cd Documents/Letters # Move into your recently created Letters/ directory +mkdir ../Memos + +``` +同样，以上所有内容都是相对于你当前的位置做的。这就是使用了相对路径。 +你还可以使用目录的绝对路径：这意味着告诉mkdir命令将目录放在和根目录（/）有关的位置： +``` +mkdir /home//Documents/Letters + +``` +在上面的命令中将更改为你的用户名，这相当于从你的主目录执行mkdir Documents / Letters，通过使用绝对路径你可以在目录树中的任何位置完成这项工作。 + +无论你使用相对路径还是绝对路径，只要命令成功执行，mkdir将静默的创建新目录，而没有任何明显的反馈。只有当遇到某种问题时，mkdir才会在你敲下[Enter]后打印一些反馈。 + +与大多数其他命令行工具一样，mkdir提供了几个有趣的选项。 -p选项特别有用，因为它允许你创建嵌套目录，即使目录不存在也可以。例如，要在Documents /中创建一个目录存放写给妈妈的信，你可以这样做： +``` +mkdir -p Documents/Letters/Family/Mom + +``` +And `mkdir` will create the whole branch of directories above _Mom/_ and also the directory _Mom/_ for you, regardless of whether any of the parent directories existed before you issued the command. + +你也可以用空格来分隔目录名，来同时创建几个目录： +``` +mkdir Letters Memos Reports + +``` +这将在当前目录下创建目录Letters，Memos和Reports。 + +### 目录名中可怕的空格 + +... 这带来了目录名称中关于空格的棘手问题。你能在目录名中使用空格吗？是的你可以。那么建议你使用空格吗？不，绝对不是。空格使一切变得更加复杂，并且可能是危险的操作。 + +假设您要创建一个名为letters mom的目录。如果你不知道如何更好处理，你可能会输入： +``` +mkdir letters mom + +``` +但这是错误的！错误的！错误的！正如我们在上面介绍的，这将创建两个目录letters和mom，而不是一个目录letters mom。 + +得承认这是一个小麻烦：你所要做的就是删除这两个目录并重新开始，这没什么大不了。 + +可是等等！删除目录可是个危险的操作。想象一下，你确实使用图形工具[Dolphin][2]或[Nautilus][3]创建了目录letters mom。如果你突然决定从终端删除目录letters mom，并且您在同一目录下有另一个名为letters的目录，并且该目录中包含重要的文档，结果你为了删除错误的目录尝试了以下操作： +``` +rmdir letters mom + +``` +你将会有风险删除目录letters。这里说“风险”，是因为幸运的是rmdir这条用于删除目录的指令，有一个内置的安全措施，如果你试图删除一个非空目录时，它会发出警告。 + +但是，下面这个： +``` +rm -Rf letters mom + +``` +（注 这是删除目录及其内容的一种非常标准的方式）将完全删除letters目录，甚至永远不会告诉你刚刚发生了什么。 + +rm命令用于删除文件和目录。当你将它与选项-R（递归删除）和-f（强制删除）一起使用时，它会深入到目录及其子目录中，删除它们包含的所有文件，然后删除子目录本身，然后它将删除所有顶层目录中的文件，再然后是删除目录本身。 + +`rm -Rf` 是你必须非常小心处理的命令。 + +我的建议是，你可以使用下划线来代替空格，但如果你仍然坚持使用空格，有两种方法可以使它们起作用。您可以使用单引号或双引号，如下所示： +``` +mkdir 'letters mom' +mkdir "letters dad" + +``` +或者，你可以转义空格。有些字符对shell有特殊意义。正如你所见，空格用于在命令行上分隔选项和参数。 “分离选项和参数”属于“特殊含义”范畴。当你想让shell忽略一个字符的特殊含义时，你需要转义，你可以在它前面放一个反斜杠（\）如： +``` +mkdir letters\ mom +mkdir letter\ dad + +``` +还有其他特殊字符需要转义，如撇号或单引号（'），双引号（“）和＆符号（＆）： +``` +mkdir mom\ \&\ dad\'s\ letters + +``` +我知道你在想什么：如果反斜杠有一个特殊的含义（即告诉shell它必须转义下一个字符），这也使它成为一个特殊的字符。然后，你将如何转义转义字符(\)？ + +事实证明，你转义任何其他特殊字符都是同样的方式： +``` +mkdir special\\characters + +``` +这将生成一个名为special\characters的目录。 + +感觉困惑？当然。这就是为什么你应该避免在目录名中使用特殊字符，包括空格。 + +以防误操作你可以参考下面这个记录特殊字符的列表。 + +### 总结 + + * 使用 `mkdir ` 创建新目录。 + * 使用 `rmdir ` 删除目录（仅在目录为空时才有效）。 + * 使用 `rm -Rf ` 来完全删除目录及其内容 - 请务必谨慎使用。 + * 使用相对路径创建相对于当前目录的目录： `mkdir newdir.`. + * 使用绝对路径创建相对于根目录(`/`)的目录: `mkdir /home//newdir` + * 使用 `..` 在当前目录的上级目录中创建目录： `mkdir ../newdir` + * 你可以通过在命令行上使用空格分隔目录名来创建多个目录: `mkdir onedir twodir threedir` + * 同时创建多个目录时，你可以混合使用相对路径和绝对路径: `mkdir onedir twodir /home//threedir` + * 在目录名称中使用空格和特殊字符真的会让你很头疼，你最好不要那样做。 + + + +有关更多信息，您可以查看`mkdir`, `rmdir` 和 `rm`的手册: +``` +man mkdir +man rmdir +man rm + +``` +要退出手册页，请按键盘[q]键。 + +### 下次预告 + +在下一部分中，你将学习如何创建，修改和删除文件，以及你需要了解的有关权限和特权的所有信息! + +通过Linux Foundation和edX免费提供的["Introduction to Linux" ][4]课程了解有关Linux的更多信息。 + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.linux.com/blog/learn/2018/5/manipulating-directories-linux + +作者：[Paul Brown][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[way-ww](https://github.com/way-ww) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]:https://www.linux.com/users/bro66 +[1]:https://www.linux.com/blog/learn/intro-to-linux/2018/4/linux-filesystem-explained +[2]:https://userbase.kde.org/Dolphin +[3]:https://projects-old.gnome.org/nautilus/screenshots.html +[4]:https://training.linuxfoundation.org/linux-courses/system-administration-training/introduction-to-linux From 0e1bfd595bcaf47f2ba897d9cb05216bd17b94ce Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: qhwdw Date: Fri, 28 Sep 2018 14:28:42 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 221/246] Translated by qhwdw --- ...rns of dangerous future plans for his C.md | 155 ----------------- ...rns of dangerous future plans for his C.md | 163 ++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 163 insertions(+), 155 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180618 What-s all the C Plus Fuss- Bjarne Stroustrup warns of dangerous future plans for his C.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180618 What-s all the C Plus Fuss- Bjarne Stroustrup warns of dangerous future plans for his C.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180618 What-s all the C Plus Fuss- Bjarne Stroustrup warns of dangerous future plans for his C.md b/sources/tech/20180618 What-s all the C Plus Fuss- Bjarne Stroustrup warns of dangerous future plans for his C.md deleted file mode 100644 index 2f9a6636e7..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180618 What-s all the C Plus Fuss- Bjarne Stroustrup warns of dangerous future plans for his C.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,155 +0,0 @@ -Translating by qhwdw -What's all the C Plus Fuss? Bjarne Stroustrup warns of dangerous future plans for his C++ -====== - -![](https://regmedia.co.uk/2018/06/15/shutterstock_38621860.jpg?x=442&y=293&crop=1) - -**Interview** Earlier this year, Bjarne Stroustrup, creator of C++, managing director in the technology division of Morgan Stanley, and a visiting professor of computer science at Columbia University in the US, wrote [a letter][1] inviting those overseeing the evolution of the programming language to “Remember the Vasa!” - -Easy for a Dane to understand no doubt, but perhaps more of a stretch for those with a few gaps in their knowledge of 17th century Scandinavian history. The Vasa was a Swedish warship, commissioned by King Gustavus Adolphus. It was the most powerful warship in the Baltic Sea from its maiden voyage on the August 10, 1628, until a few minutes later when it sank. - -The formidable Vasa suffered from a design flaw: it was top-heavy, so much so that it was [undone by a gust of wind][2]. By invoking the memory of the capsized ship, Stroustrup served up a cautionary tale about the risks facing C++ as more and more features get added to the language. - -Quite a few such features have been suggested. Stroustrup cited 43 proposals in his letter. He contends those participating in the evolution of the ISO standard language, a group known as [WG21][3], are working to advance the language but not together. - -In his letter, he wrote: - ->Individually, many proposals make sense. Together they are insanity to the point of endangering the future of C++. - -He makes clear that he doesn’t interpret the fate of the Vasa to mean that incremental improvements spell doom. Rather, he takes it as a lesson to build a solid foundation, to learn from experience and to test thoroughly. - -With the recent conclusion of the C++ Standardization Committee Meeting in Rapperswil, Switzerland, earlier this month, Stroustrup addressed a few questions put to him by _The Register_ about what's next for the language. (The most recent version is C++17, which arrived last year; the next version C++20 is under development and expected in 2020.) - -**_Register:_ In your note, Remember the Vasa!, you wrote:** - ->The foundation begun in C++11 is not yet complete, and C++17 did little to make our foundation more solid, regular, and complete. Instead, it added significant surface complexity and increased the number of features people need to learn. C++ could crumble under the weight of these – mostly not quite fully-baked – proposals. We should not spend most our time creating increasingly complicated facilities for experts, such as ourselves. - -**Is C++ too challenging for newcomers, and if so, what features do you believe would make the language more accessible?** - -_**Stroustrup:**_ Some parts of C++ are too challenging for newcomers. - -On the other hand, there are parts of C++ that makes it far more accessible to newcomers than C or 1990s C++. The difficulty is to get the larger community to focus on those parts and help beginners and casual C++ users to avoid the parts that are there to support implementers of advanced libraries. - -I recommend the [C++ Core Guidelines][4] as an aide for that. - -Also, my “A Tour of C++” can help people get on the right track with modern C++ without getting lost in 1990s complexities or ensnarled by modern facilities meant for expert use. The second edition of “A Tour of C++” covering C++17 and parts of C++20 is on its way to the stores. - -I and others have taught C++ to 1st year university students with no previous programming experience in 3 months. It can be done as long as you don’t try to dig into every obscure corner of the language and focus on modern C++. - -“Making simple things simple” is a long-term goal of mine. Consider the C++11 range-for loop: -``` -for (int& x : v) ++x; // increment each element of the container v - -``` - -where v can be just about any container. In C and C-style C++, that might look like this: -``` -for (int i=0; i 分开来看，许多提议都很有道理。但将它们综合到一起，这些提议是很愚蠢的，将危害 C++ 的未来。 + +他明确表示，不希望 C++ 重蹈瓦萨号的覆辙，这种渐近式的改进将敲响 C++ 的丧钟。相反，应该吸取瓦萨号的教训，构建一个坚实的基础，吸取经验教训，并做彻底的测试。 + +在瑞士拉普斯威尔（Rapperswill）召开的 C++ 标准化委员会会议之后，本月早些时候，Stroustrup 接受了_《The Register》_ 的采访，回答了有关 C++ 语言下一步发展方向方面的几个问题。（最新版是 C++17，它去年刚发布；下一个版本是 C++20，它正在开发中，预计于 2020 年发布。） + +**Register：在你的信件《想想瓦萨号！》中，你写道：** + +> 在 C++11 开始基础不再完整，而 C++17 中在使基础更加稳固、规范和完整方面几乎没有改善。相反地，却增加了重要接口的复杂度，让人们需要学习的特性数量越来越多。C++ 可能在这种提议的重压之下崩溃 —— 这些提议大多数都不成熟。我们不应该花费大量的时间为专家级用户们（比如我们自己）去创建越来越复杂的东西。~~（还要考虑普通用户的学习曲线，越复杂的东西越不易普及。）~~ + +**对新人来说，C++ 很难吗？如果是这样，你认为怎样的特性让新人更易理解？** + +**Stroustrup：**C++ 的有些东西对于新人来说确实很难。 + +换句话说，C++ 中有些东西对于新人来说，比起 C 或上世纪九十年代的 C++ 更容易理解了。而难点是让大型社区专注于这些部分，并且帮助新手和普通 C++ 用户去规避那些对高级库实现提供支持的部分。 + +我建议使用 [C++ 核心准则][4] 作为实现上述目标的一个辅助。 + +此外，我的 “C++ 教程” 也可以帮助人们在使用现代 C++ 时走上正确的方向，而不会迷失在自上世纪九十年代以来的复杂性中，或困惑于只有专家级的用户才能理解的东西中。第二版的 “C++ 教程” 涵盖了 C++17 和部分 C++20 的内容，这本书即将要出版了。 + +我和其他人给没有编程经验的大一新生教过 C++，只要你不去深挖编程语言的每个晦涩难懂的角落，把注意力集中到 C++ 中最主流的部分，在三个月内新可以学会 C++。 + +“让简单的东西保持简单” 是我长期追求的目标。比如 C++11 的 `range-for` 循环： + +``` +for (int& x : v) ++x; // increment each element of the container v + +``` + +`v` 的位置可以是任何容器。在 C 和 C 风格的 C++ 中，它可能看到的是这样： + +``` +for (int i=0; i Date: Fri, 28 Sep 2018 15:04:25 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 222/246] dianbanjiu translating --- .../tech/20140805 How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/sources/tech/20140805 How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md b/sources/tech/20140805 How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md index 78ba32e2a2..6c6e54934b 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20140805 How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md +++ b/sources/tech/20140805 How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu +dianbanjiu Tranting How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu ====== **This tutorial shows you how to install Cinnamon desktop environment on Ubuntu.** From 9b9f18a2bca51c27c04e6be6d89524c9841c662e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: way-ww <40491614+way-ww@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Fri, 28 Sep 2018 15:34:12 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 223/246] Update 20180917 4 scanning tools for the Linux desktop.md request to translate --- sources/tech/20180917 4 scanning tools for the Linux desktop.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180917 4 scanning tools for the Linux desktop.md b/sources/tech/20180917 4 scanning tools for the Linux desktop.md index a239c87768..7da24d3a90 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180917 4 scanning tools for the Linux desktop.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180917 4 scanning tools for the Linux desktop.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +Translating by way-ww + 4 scanning tools for the Linux desktop ====== Go paperless by driving your scanner with one of these open source applications. From 3913f43fd58a9a2e81d43f32d65d031ba3902367 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Fri, 28 Sep 2018 15:52:15 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 224/246] =?UTF-8?q?=E8=B6=85=E6=9C=9F=E5=9B=9E=E6=94=B6?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit @leowang @ynmlml @FelixYFZ @runningwater @aiwhj @jessie-pang @mandeler @HankChow @auk7f7 @heart4lor @amwps290 @bestony @leemeans @wyxplus @stephenxs --- .../20180123 Moving to Linux from dated Windows machines.md | 1 - sources/talk/20180127 Write Dumb Code.md | 2 -- ...stions DevOps job candidates should be prepared to answer.md | 2 +- sources/talk/20180410 Microservices Explained.md | 1 - ... organizing your open source project-s workflow on GitHub.md | 1 - ... Why moving all your workloads to the cloud is a bad idea.md | 2 -- sources/tech/20171111 A CEOs Guide to Emacs.md | 2 +- .../20180215 Build a bikesharing app with Redis and Python.md | 2 -- sources/tech/20180518 How to Manage Fonts in Linux.md | 2 -- .../20180531 How to Build an Amazon Echo with Raspberry Pi.md | 2 -- ...ete Sed Command Guide [Explained with Practical Examples].md | 1 - ...ecoming a senior developer 9 experiences you ll encounter.md | 2 -- .../tech/20180723 Setting Up a Timer with systemd in Linux.md | 1 - ...ing a network attached storage device with a Raspberry Pi.md | 1 - ...80814 Top Linux developers- recommended programming books.md | 2 -- 15 files changed, 2 insertions(+), 22 deletions(-) diff --git a/sources/talk/20180123 Moving to Linux from dated Windows machines.md b/sources/talk/20180123 Moving to Linux from dated Windows machines.md index 74bf66df68..6acd6e53f2 100644 --- a/sources/talk/20180123 Moving to Linux from dated Windows machines.md +++ b/sources/talk/20180123 Moving to Linux from dated Windows machines.md @@ -1,4 +1,3 @@ -translating by leowang Moving to Linux from dated Windows machines ====== diff --git a/sources/talk/20180127 Write Dumb Code.md b/sources/talk/20180127 Write Dumb Code.md index 505e8198df..acc647b0e5 100644 --- a/sources/talk/20180127 Write Dumb Code.md +++ b/sources/talk/20180127 Write Dumb Code.md @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -translating by ynmlml - Write Dumb Code ====== The best way you can contribute to an open source project is to remove lines of code from it. We should endeavor to write code that a novice programmer can easily understand without explanation or that a maintainer can understand without significant time investment. diff --git a/sources/talk/20180308 20 questions DevOps job candidates should be prepared to answer.md b/sources/talk/20180308 20 questions DevOps job candidates should be prepared to answer.md index b862ce311e..da43855266 100644 --- a/sources/talk/20180308 20 questions DevOps job candidates should be prepared to answer.md +++ b/sources/talk/20180308 20 questions DevOps job candidates should be prepared to answer.md @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Translating by FelixYFZ 20 questions DevOps job candidates should be prepared to answer +20 questions DevOps job candidates should be prepared to answer ====== ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/hire-job-career.png?itok=SrZo0QJ3) diff --git a/sources/talk/20180410 Microservices Explained.md b/sources/talk/20180410 Microservices Explained.md index 5a2151a00b..1d7e946a12 100644 --- a/sources/talk/20180410 Microservices Explained.md +++ b/sources/talk/20180410 Microservices Explained.md @@ -1,4 +1,3 @@ -（translating by runningwater） Microservices Explained ====== diff --git a/sources/talk/20180419 3 tips for organizing your open source project-s workflow on GitHub.md b/sources/talk/20180419 3 tips for organizing your open source project-s workflow on GitHub.md index 1f9b80cd13..29e4ea2f48 100644 --- a/sources/talk/20180419 3 tips for organizing your open source project-s workflow on GitHub.md +++ b/sources/talk/20180419 3 tips for organizing your open source project-s workflow on GitHub.md @@ -1,4 +1,3 @@ -translating by aiwhj 3 tips for organizing your open source project's workflow on GitHub ====== diff --git a/sources/talk/20180724 Why moving all your workloads to the cloud is a bad idea.md b/sources/talk/20180724 Why moving all your workloads to the cloud is a bad idea.md index c4a6162068..1d97805178 100644 --- a/sources/talk/20180724 Why moving all your workloads to the cloud is a bad idea.md +++ b/sources/talk/20180724 Why moving all your workloads to the cloud is a bad idea.md @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -Translating by jessie-pang - Why moving all your workloads to the cloud is a bad idea ====== diff --git a/sources/tech/20171111 A CEOs Guide to Emacs.md b/sources/tech/20171111 A CEOs Guide to Emacs.md index ad75b856f0..a694d07917 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20171111 A CEOs Guide to Emacs.md +++ b/sources/tech/20171111 A CEOs Guide to Emacs.md @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -# mandeler translating A CEO's Guide to Emacs +A CEO's Guide to Emacs ============================================================ Years—no, decades—ago, I lived in Emacs. I wrote code and documents, managed email and calendar, and shelled all in the editor/OS. I was quite happy. Years went by and I moved to newer, shinier things. As a result, I forgot how to do tasks as basic as efficiently navigating files without a mouse. About three months ago, noticing just how much of my time was spent switching between applications and computers, I decided to give Emacs another try. It was a good decision for several reasons that will be covered in this post. Covered too are `.emacs` and Dropbox tips so that you can set up a good, movable environment. diff --git a/sources/tech/20180215 Build a bikesharing app with Redis and Python.md b/sources/tech/20180215 Build a bikesharing app with Redis and Python.md index 67ddd07730..06e4c6949a 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180215 Build a bikesharing app with Redis and Python.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180215 Build a bikesharing app with Redis and Python.md @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -hankchow translating - Build a bikesharing app with Redis and Python ====== diff --git a/sources/tech/20180518 How to Manage Fonts in Linux.md b/sources/tech/20180518 How to Manage Fonts in Linux.md index 12b450c778..0faca7fa17 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180518 How to Manage Fonts in Linux.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180518 How to Manage Fonts in Linux.md @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -translating by Auk7F7 - How to Manage Fonts in Linux ====== diff --git a/sources/tech/20180531 How to Build an Amazon Echo with Raspberry Pi.md b/sources/tech/20180531 How to Build an Amazon Echo with Raspberry Pi.md index 0bf792f769..a5d4767706 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180531 How to Build an Amazon Echo with Raspberry Pi.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180531 How to Build an Amazon Echo with Raspberry Pi.md @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -heart4lor translating - How to Build an Amazon Echo with Raspberry Pi ====== diff --git a/sources/tech/20180615 Complete Sed Command Guide [Explained with Practical Examples].md b/sources/tech/20180615 Complete Sed Command Guide [Explained with Practical Examples].md index a1d721ae3c..e548213483 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180615 Complete Sed Command Guide [Explained with Practical Examples].md +++ b/sources/tech/20180615 Complete Sed Command Guide [Explained with Practical Examples].md @@ -1,4 +1,3 @@ -translating by amwps290 Complete Sed Command Guide [Explained with Practical Examples] ====== In a previous article, I showed the [basic usage of Sed][1], the stream editor, on a practical use case. Today, be prepared to gain more insight about Sed as we will take an in-depth tour of the sed execution model. This will be also an opportunity to make an exhaustive review of all Sed commands and to dive into their details and subtleties. So, if you are ready, launch a terminal, [download the test files][2] and sit comfortably before your keyboard: we will start our exploration right now! diff --git a/sources/tech/20180711 Becoming a senior developer 9 experiences you ll encounter.md b/sources/tech/20180711 Becoming a senior developer 9 experiences you ll encounter.md index 1ca6e94ef3..7ff8e59007 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180711 Becoming a senior developer 9 experiences you ll encounter.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180711 Becoming a senior developer 9 experiences you ll encounter.md @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -bestony is translating - Becoming a senior developer: 9 experiences you'll encounter ============================================================ diff --git a/sources/tech/20180723 Setting Up a Timer with systemd in Linux.md b/sources/tech/20180723 Setting Up a Timer with systemd in Linux.md index a6295faefe..27841dec61 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180723 Setting Up a Timer with systemd in Linux.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180723 Setting Up a Timer with systemd in Linux.md @@ -1,4 +1,3 @@ -Translating by leemeans Setting Up a Timer with systemd in Linux ====== diff --git a/sources/tech/20180724 Building a network attached storage device with a Raspberry Pi.md b/sources/tech/20180724 Building a network attached storage device with a Raspberry Pi.md index 4083023ca4..3144efd4ee 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180724 Building a network attached storage device with a Raspberry Pi.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180724 Building a network attached storage device with a Raspberry Pi.md @@ -1,4 +1,3 @@ -translating by wyxplus Building a network attached storage device with a Raspberry Pi ====== diff --git a/sources/tech/20180814 Top Linux developers- recommended programming books.md b/sources/tech/20180814 Top Linux developers- recommended programming books.md index f93ba6cadc..d9337ed319 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180814 Top Linux developers- recommended programming books.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180814 Top Linux developers- recommended programming books.md @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -translated by stephenxs - Top Linux developers' recommended programming books ====== Without question, Linux was created by brilliant programmers who employed good computer science knowledge. Let the Linux programmers whose names you know share the books that got them started and the technology references they recommend for today's developers. How many of them have you read? From 65f974e58f7b5ed7038e198e22dcf809d695e83f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: jayli Date: Fri, 28 Sep 2018 17:38:47 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 225/246] moria translating --- ...80925 9 Easiest Ways To Find Out Process ID (PID) In Linux.md | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180925 9 Easiest Ways To Find Out Process ID (PID) In Linux.md b/sources/tech/20180925 9 Easiest Ways To Find Out Process ID (PID) In Linux.md index ae353bf11f..f542b15808 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180925 9 Easiest Ways To Find Out Process ID (PID) In Linux.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180925 9 Easiest Ways To Find Out Process ID (PID) In Linux.md @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +【moria(knuth.fan at gmail.com)翻译中】 9 Easiest Ways To Find Out Process ID (PID) In Linux ====== Everybody knows about PID, Exactly what is PID? Why you want PID? What are you going to do using PID? Are you having the same questions on your mind? If so, you are in the right place to get all the details. From 3c2fbb3eeea2f3047c97719869a227f829415536 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: dianbanjiu Date: Fri, 28 Sep 2018 18:10:16 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 226/246] translated --- ...w to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md | 80 ------------------- ...w to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md | 77 ++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 77 insertions(+), 80 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20140805 How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20140805 How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20140805 How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md b/sources/tech/20140805 How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md deleted file mode 100644 index 6c6e54934b..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20140805 How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,80 +0,0 @@ -dianbanjiu Tranting How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu -====== -**This tutorial shows you how to install Cinnamon desktop environment on Ubuntu.** - -[Cinnamon][1] is the default desktop environment of [Linux Mint][2]. Unlike Unity desktop environment in Ubuntu, Cinnamon is more traditional but elegant looking desktop environment with the bottom panel and app menu etc. Many Windows migrants [prefer Linux Mint over Ubuntu][3] because of Cinnamon desktop and its Windows-resembling user interface. - -Now, you don’t need to [install Linux Mint][4] just for trying Cinnamon. In this tutorial, I’ll show you **how to install Cinnamon in Ubuntu 18.04, 16.04 and 14.04**. - -You should note something before you install Cinnamon desktop on Ubuntu. Sometimes, installing additional desktop environments leads to conflict between the desktop environments. This may result in a broken session, broken applications and features etc. This is why you should be careful in making this choice. - -### How to Install Cinnamon on Ubuntu - -![How to install cinnamon desktop on Ubuntu Linux][5] - -There used to be a-sort-of official PPA from Cinnamon team for Ubuntu but it doesn’t exist anymore. Don’t lose heart. There is an unofficial PPA available and it works perfectly. This PPA consists of the latest Cinnamon version. - -Open a terminal and use the following commands: - -``` -sudo add-apt-repository ppa:embrosyn/cinnamon -sudo apt update && sudo apt install cinnamon - -``` - -It will download files of around 150 MB in size (if I remember correctly). This also provides you with Nemo (Nautilus fork) and Cinnamon Control Center. This bonus stuff gives a closer feel of Linux Mint. - -### Using Cinnamon desktop environment in Ubuntu - -Once you have installed Cinnamon, log out of the current session. At the login screen, click on the Ubuntu symbol beside the username: - -![](https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/08/Change_Desktop_Environment_Ubuntu.jpeg) - -When you do this, it will give you all the desktop environments available for your system. No need to tell you that you have to choose Cinnamon: - -![](https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/08/Install_Cinnamon_Ubuntu.jpeg) - -Now you should be logged in to Ubuntu with Cinnamon desktop environment. Remember, you can do the same to switch back to Unity. Here is a quick screenshot of what it looked like to run **Cinnamon in Ubuntu** : - -![](https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/08/Cinnamon_Ubuntu_1404.jpeg) - -Looks completely like Linux Mint, isn’t it? I didn’t find any compatibility issue between Cinnamon and Unity. I switched back and forth between Unity and Cinnamon and both worked perfectly. - -#### Remove Cinnamon from Ubuntu - -It is understandable that you might want to uninstall Cinnamon. We will use PPA Purge for this purpose. Let’s install PPA Purge first: - -``` -sudo apt-get install ppa-purge - -``` - -Afterward, use the following command to purge the PPA: - -``` -sudo ppa-purge ppa:embrosyn/cinnamon - -``` - -In related articles, I suggest you to read more about [how to remove PPA in Linux][6]. - -I hope this post helps you to **install Cinnamon in Ubuntu**. Do share your experience with Cinnamon. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://itsfoss.com/install-cinnamon-on-ubuntu/ - -作者：[Abhishek Prakash][a] -选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/ -[1]: http://cinnamon.linuxmint.com/ -[2]: http://www.linuxmint.com/ -[3]: https://itsfoss.com/linux-mint-vs-ubuntu/ -[4]: https://itsfoss.com/guide-install-linux-mint-16-dual-boot-windows/ -[5]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/install-cinnamon-ubuntu.png -[6]: https://itsfoss.com/how-to-remove-or-delete-ppas-quick-tip/ diff --git a/translated/tech/20140805 How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md b/translated/tech/20140805 How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..087cd3cea1 --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20140805 How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +# 如何在 Ubuntu 上安装 Cinnamon 桌面环境 + +**这篇教程将会为你展示如何在 Ubuntu 上安装 Cinnamon 桌面环境** + +[Cinnamon][1]是 [Linux Mint][2] 的默认桌面环境。不同于 Ubuntu 的 Unity 桌面环境，Cinnamon 通过底部面板和应用菜单等查看桌面信息的方式更加传统和优雅。由于 Cinnamon 桌面以及它类 Windows 的用户界面，许多桌面用户[相较于 Ubuntu 更喜欢 Linux Mint][3]。 + +现在你无需[安装 Linux Mint][4] 就能够体验到 Cinnamon了。在这篇教程，我将会展示给你 **如何在 Ubuntu 18.04，16.04 和 14.04 上安装 Cinnamon**。 + +在 Ubuntu 上安装 Cinnamon 之前，有一些事情需要你注意。有时候，安装的额外桌面环境可能会与你当前的桌面环境有冲突。可能导致会话，应用程序或功能等的崩溃。这就是为什么你需要在做这个决定时谨慎一点的原因。 + +![如何在 Ubuntu 上安装 Cinnamon 桌面环境][5] + +过去有一系列 Cinnamon team 为 Ubuntu 提供的官方 PPA，但现在都已经失效了。不过不用担心，还有一个非官方的 PPA，而且它运行的很完美。这个 PPA 里包含了最新的 Cinnamon 版本。 + +``` +sudo add-apt-repository +ppa:embrosyn/cinnamon +sudo apt update && sudo apt install cinnamon + +``` + +下载的大小大概是 150 MB（如果我没记错的话）。这其中提供的 Nemo（Cinnamon 的文件管理器，基于Nautilus）和 Cinnamon 控制中心。这些东西提供了一个更加接近于 Linux Mint 的感觉。 + +### 在 Ubuntu 上使用 Cinnamon 桌面环境 + +Cinnamon安装完成后，退出当前会话，在登陆界面，点击用户名旁边的 Ubuntu 符号： + +![](https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/08/Change_Desktop_Environment_Ubuntu.jpeg) + +之后，它将会显示所有系统可用的桌面环境。选择 Cinnamon。 + +![](https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/08/Install_Cinnamon_Ubuntu.jpeg) + +现在你应该已经登陆到有着 Cinnamon 桌面环境的 Ubuntu 中了。你还可以通过同样的方式再回到 Unity 桌面。这里有一张以 Cinnaon 做为桌面环境的 Ubuntu 桌面截图。 + +![](https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/08/Cinnamon_Ubuntu_1404.jpeg) + +看起来是不是像极了 Linux Mint。此外，我并没有发现任何有关 Cinnamon 和 Unity 的兼容性问题。在 Unity 和 Cinnamon 来回切换，他们也依旧工作的很完美。 + +#### 从 Ubuntu 卸载 Cinnamon + +如果你想卸载 Cinnamon，可以使用 PPA Purge 来完成。首先安装 PPA Purge： + +``` +sudo apt-get install ppa-purge + +``` + +安装完成之后，使用下面的命令去移除 PPA： + +``` +sudo ppa-purge ppa:embrosyn/cinnamon + +``` + +更多的信息，我建议你去阅读 [如何从 Linux 移除 PPA][6] 这篇文章。 + +我希望这篇文章能够帮助你在 Ubuntu 上安装 Cinnamon。也可以分享一下你使用 Cinnamon 的经验。 + +------ + +via: https://itsfoss.com/install-cinnamon-on-ubuntu/ + +作者：[Abhishek Prakash][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[dianbanjiu](https://github.com/dianbanjiu) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/ +[1]: http://cinnamon.linuxmint.com/ +[2]: http://www.linuxmint.com/ +[3]: https://itsfoss.com/linux-mint-vs-ubuntu/ +[4]: https://itsfoss.com/guide-install-linux-mint-16-dual-boot-windows/ +[5]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/install-cinnamon-ubuntu.png +[6]: https://itsfoss.com/how-to-remove-or-delete-ppas-quick-tip/ From 40c52f820375f2f58a66d13f0e80d4c8e29752af Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: dianbanjiu Date: Fri, 28 Sep 2018 18:15:57 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 227/246] translated --- .../tech/20140805 How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20140805 How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md b/translated/tech/20140805 How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md index 087cd3cea1..a9f0690ff7 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20140805 How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md +++ b/translated/tech/20140805 How to Install Cinnamon Desktop on Ubuntu.md @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Cinnamon安装完成后，退出当前会话，在登陆界面，点击用户名 ![](https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/08/Install_Cinnamon_Ubuntu.jpeg) -现在你应该已经登陆到有着 Cinnamon 桌面环境的 Ubuntu 中了。你还可以通过同样的方式再回到 Unity 桌面。这里有一张以 Cinnaon 做为桌面环境的 Ubuntu 桌面截图。 +现在你应该已经登陆到有着 Cinnamon 桌面环境的 Ubuntu 中了。你还可以通过同样的方式再回到 Unity 桌面。这里有一张以 Cinnamon 做为桌面环境的 Ubuntu 桌面截图。 ![](https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/08/Cinnamon_Ubuntu_1404.jpeg) From 0a74c03586c9197656acba758bc8febe4fdfc3c1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: zhousiyu325 Date: Fri, 28 Sep 2018 19:34:29 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 228/246] translate 20140412 My Lisp Experiences and the Development of GNU Emacs.md --- ...40412 My Lisp Experiences and the Development of GNU Emacs.md | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/sources/talk/20140412 My Lisp Experiences and the Development of GNU Emacs.md b/sources/talk/20140412 My Lisp Experiences and the Development of GNU Emacs.md index 7be913c3bf..9bed3b36c1 100644 --- a/sources/talk/20140412 My Lisp Experiences and the Development of GNU Emacs.md +++ b/sources/talk/20140412 My Lisp Experiences and the Development of GNU Emacs.md @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +Translating by zhousiyu325 My Lisp Experiences and the Development of GNU Emacs ====== From 2aa738ca23201466e14a2946aa375fa3a91ae24e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: heguangzhi <7731226@qq.com> Date: Fri, 28 Sep 2018 20:25:42 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 229/246] Translate 20180920 (#10405) MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit * heguangzhi translating Linux firewalls: What you need to know about iptables and firewalld * 翻译 * The firewall * Configure HTTP access using firewalld * Configure a locked-down customer kiosk using iptables * The script * Configuring iptables to load on system boot * translated Linux 防火墙: 关于 iptables 和 firewalld，你需要知道些什么 * translated Linux 防火墙: 关于 iptables 和 firewalld，你需要知道些什么 --- ...ed to know about iptables and firewalld.md | 170 ----------------- ...ed to know about iptables and firewalld.md | 178 ++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 178 insertions(+), 170 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180918 Linux firewalls- What you need to know about iptables and firewalld.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180918 Linux firewalls- What you need to know about iptables and firewalld.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180918 Linux firewalls- What you need to know about iptables and firewalld.md b/sources/tech/20180918 Linux firewalls- What you need to know about iptables and firewalld.md deleted file mode 100644 index 98e38a02cd..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180918 Linux firewalls- What you need to know about iptables and firewalld.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,170 +0,0 @@ -heguangzhi translating - -Linux firewalls: What you need to know about iptables and firewalld -====== -Here's how to use the iptables and firewalld tools to manage Linux firewall connectivity rules. - -![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/openwires_fromRHT_520_0612LL.png?itok=PqZi55Ab) -This article is excerpted from my book, [Linux in Action][1], and a second Manning project that’s yet to be released. - -### The firewall - -A firewall is a set of rules. When a data packet moves into or out of a protected network space, its contents (in particular, information about its origin, target, and the protocol it plans to use) are tested against the firewall rules to see if it should be allowed through. Here’s a simple example: - -![firewall filtering request][3] - -A firewall can filter requests based on protocol or target-based rules. - -On the one hand, [iptables][4] is a tool for managing firewall rules on a Linux machine. - -On the other hand, [firewalld][5] is also a tool for managing firewall rules on a Linux machine. - -You got a problem with that? And would it spoil your day if I told you that there was another tool out there, called [nftables][6]? - -OK, I’ll admit that the whole thing does smell a bit funny, so let me explain. It all starts with Netfilter, which controls access to and from the network stack at the Linux kernel module level. For decades, the primary command-line tool for managing Netfilter hooks was the iptables ruleset. - -Because the syntax needed to invoke those rules could come across as a bit arcane, various user-friendly implementations like [ufw][7] and firewalld were introduced as higher-level Netfilter interpreters. Ufw and firewalld are, however, primarily designed to solve the kinds of problems faced by stand-alone computers. Building full-sized network solutions will often require the extra muscle of iptables or, since 2014, its replacement, nftables (through the nft command line tool). - -iptables hasn’t gone anywhere and is still widely used. In fact, you should expect to run into iptables-protected networks in your work as an admin for many years to come. But nftables, by adding on to the classic Netfilter toolset, has brought some important new functionality. - -From here on, I’ll show by example how firewalld and iptables solve simple connectivity problems. - -### Configure HTTP access using firewalld - -As you might have guessed from its name, firewalld is part of the [systemd][8] family. Firewalld can be installed on Debian/Ubuntu machines, but it’s there by default on Red Hat and CentOS. If you’ve got a web server like Apache running on your machine, you can confirm that the firewall is working by browsing to your server’s web root. If the site is unreachable, then firewalld is doing its job. - -You’ll use the `firewall-cmd` tool to manage firewalld settings from the command line. Adding the `–state` argument returns the current firewall status: - -``` -# firewall-cmd --state -running -``` - -By default, firewalld will be active and will reject all incoming traffic with a couple of exceptions, like SSH. That means your website won’t be getting too many visitors, which will certainly save you a lot of data transfer costs. As that’s probably not what you had in mind for your web server, though, you’ll want to open the HTTP and HTTPS ports that by convention are designated as 80 and 443, respectively. firewalld offers two ways to do that. One is through the `–add-port` argument that references the port number directly along with the network protocol it’ll use (TCP in this case). The `–permanent` argument tells firewalld to load this rule each time the server boots: - -``` -# firewall-cmd --permanent --add-port=80/tcp -# firewall-cmd --permanent --add-port=443/tcp -``` - -The `–reload` argument will apply those rules to the current session: - -``` -# firewall-cmd --reload -``` - -Curious as to the current settings on your firewall? Run `–list-services`: - -``` -# firewall-cmd --list-services -dhcpv6-client http https ssh -``` - -Assuming you’ve added browser access as described earlier, the HTTP, HTTPS, and SSH ports should now all be open—along with `dhcpv6-client`, which allows Linux to request an IPv6 IP address from a local DHCP server. - -### Configure a locked-down customer kiosk using iptables - -I’m sure you’ve seen kiosks—they’re the tablets, touchscreens, and ATM-like PCs in a box that airports, libraries, and business leave lying around, inviting customers and passersby to browse content. The thing about most kiosks is that you don’t usually want users to make themselves at home and treat them like their own devices. They’re not generally meant for browsing, viewing YouTube videos, or launching denial-of-service attacks against the Pentagon. So to make sure they’re not misused, you need to lock them down. - -One way is to apply some kind of kiosk mode, whether it’s through clever use of a Linux display manager or at the browser level. But to make sure you’ve got all the holes plugged, you’ll probably also want to add some hard network controls through a firewall. In the following section, I'll describe how I would do it using iptables. - -There are two important things to remember about using iptables: The order you give your rules is critical, and by themselves, iptables rules won’t survive a reboot. I’ll address those here one at a time. - -### The kiosk project - -To illustrate all this, let’s imagine we work for a store that’s part of a larger chain called BigMart. They’ve been around for decades; in fact, our imaginary grandparents probably grew up shopping there. But these days, the guys at BigMart corporate headquarters are probably just counting the hours before Amazon drives them under for good. - -Nevertheless, BigMart’s IT department is doing its best, and they’ve just sent you some WiFi-ready kiosk devices that you’re expected to install at strategic locations throughout your store. The idea is that they’ll display a web browser logged into the BigMart.com products pages, allowing them to look up merchandise features, aisle location, and stock levels. The kiosks will also need access to bigmart-data.com, where many of the images and video media are stored. - -Besides those, you’ll want to permit updates and, whenever necessary, package downloads. Finally, you’ll want to permit inbound SSH access only from your local workstation, and block everyone else. The figure below illustrates how it will all work: - -![kiosk traffic flow ip tables][10] - -The kiosk traffic flow being controlled by iptables. - -### The script - -Here’s how that will all fit into a Bash script: - -``` -#!/bin/bash -iptables -A OUTPUT -p tcp -d bigmart.com -j ACCEPT -iptables -A OUTPUT -p tcp -d bigmart-data.com -j ACCEPT -iptables -A OUTPUT -p tcp -d ubuntu.com -j ACCEPT -iptables -A OUTPUT -p tcp -d ca.archive.ubuntu.com -j ACCEPT -iptables -A OUTPUT -p tcp --dport 80 -j DROP -iptables -A OUTPUT -p tcp --dport 443 -j DROP -iptables -A INPUT -p tcp -s 10.0.3.1 --dport 22 -j ACCEPT -iptables -A INPUT -p tcp -s 0.0.0.0/0 --dport 22 -j DROP -``` - -The basic anatomy of our rules starts with `-A`, telling iptables that we want to add the following rule. `OUTPUT` means that this rule should become part of the OUTPUT chain. `-p` indicates that this rule will apply only to packets using the TCP protocol, where, as `-d` tells us, the destination is [bigmart.com][11]. The `-j` flag points to `ACCEPT` as the action to take when a packet matches the rule. In this first rule, that action is to permit, or accept, the request. But further down, you can see requests that will be dropped, or denied. - -Remember that order matters. And that’s because iptables will run a request past each of its rules, but only until it gets a match. So an outgoing browser request for, say, [youtube.com][12] will pass the first four rules, but when it gets to either the `–dport 80` or `–dport 443` rule—depending on whether it’s an HTTP or HTTPS request—it’ll be dropped. iptables won’t bother checking any further because that was a match. - -On the other hand, a system request to ubuntu.com for a software upgrade will get through when it hits its appropriate rule. What we’re doing here, obviously, is permitting outgoing HTTP or HTTPS requests to only our BigMart or Ubuntu destinations and no others. - -The final two rules will deal with incoming SSH requests. They won’t already have been denied by the two previous drop rules since they don’t use ports 80 or 443, but 22. In this case, login requests from my workstation will be accepted but requests for anywhere else will be dropped. This is important: Make sure the IP address you use for your port 22 rule matches the address of the machine you’re using to log in—if you don’t do that, you’ll be instantly locked out. It's no big deal, of course, because the way it’s currently configured, you could simply reboot the server and the iptables rules will all be dropped. If you’re using an LXC container as your server and logging on from your LXC host, then use the IP address your host uses to connect to the container, not its public address. - -You’ll need to remember to update this rule if my machine’s IP ever changes; otherwise, you’ll be locked out. - -Playing along at home (hopefully on a throwaway VM of some sort)? Great. Create your own script. Now I can save the script, use `chmod` to make it executable, and run it as `sudo`. Don’t worry about that `bigmart-data.com not found` error—of course it’s not found; it doesn’t exist. - -``` -chmod +X scriptname.sh -sudo ./scriptname.sh -``` - -You can test your firewall from the command line using `cURL`. Requesting ubuntu.com works, but [manning.com][13] fails. - -``` -curl ubuntu.com -curl manning.com -``` - -### Configuring iptables to load on system boot - -Now, how do I get these rules to automatically load each time the kiosk boots? The first step is to save the current rules to a .rules file using the `iptables-save` tool. That’ll create a file in the root directory containing a list of the rules. The pipe, followed by the tee command, is necessary to apply my `sudo` authority to the second part of the string: the actual saving of a file to the otherwise restricted root directory. - -I can then tell the system to run a related tool called `iptables-restore` every time it boots. A regular cron job of the kind we saw in the previous module won’t help because they’re run at set times, but we have no idea when our computer might decide to crash and reboot. - -There are lots of ways to handle this problem. Here’s one: - -On my Linux machine, I’ll install a program called [anacron][14] that will give us a file in the /etc/ directory called anacrontab. I’ll edit the file and add this `iptables-restore` command, telling it to load the current values of that .rules file into iptables each day (when necessary) one minute after a boot. I’ll give the job an identifier (`iptables-restore`) and then add the command itself. Since you’re playing along with me at home, you should test all this out by rebooting your system. - -``` -sudo iptables-save | sudo tee /root/my.active.firewall.rules -sudo apt install anacron -sudo nano /etc/anacrontab -1 1 iptables-restore iptables-restore < /root/my.active.firewall.rules - -``` - -I hope these practical examples have illustrated how to use iptables and firewalld for managing connectivity issues on Linux-based firewalls. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/linux-iptables-firewalld - -作者：[David Clinton][a] -选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]: https://opensource.com/users/remyd -[1]: https://www.manning.com/books/linux-in-action?a_aid=bootstrap-it&a_bid=4ca15fc9&chan=opensource -[2]: /file/409116 -[3]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/iptables1.jpg (firewall filtering request) -[4]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Iptables -[5]: https://firewalld.org/ -[6]: https://wiki.nftables.org/wiki-nftables/index.php/Main_Page -[7]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Uncomplicated_Firewall -[8]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Systemd -[9]: /file/409121 -[10]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/iptables2.jpg (kiosk traffic flow ip tables) -[11]: http://bigmart.com/ -[12]: http://youtube.com/ -[13]: http://manning.com/ -[14]: https://sourceforge.net/projects/anacron/ diff --git a/translated/tech/20180918 Linux firewalls- What you need to know about iptables and firewalld.md b/translated/tech/20180918 Linux firewalls- What you need to know about iptables and firewalld.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c3ecb7b1d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180918 Linux firewalls- What you need to know about iptables and firewalld.md @@ -0,0 +1,178 @@ +Linux 防火墙: 关于 iptables 和 firewalld，你需要知道些什么 +====== + +以下是如何使用 iptables 和 firewalld 工具来管理 Linux 防火墙规则。 + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/openwires_fromRHT_520_0612LL.png?itok=PqZi55Ab) +这篇文章摘自我的书[Linux in Action][1]，第二 Manning project 尚未发布。 + +### 防火墙 + + +防火墙是一组规则。当数据包进出受保护的网络时，进出内容(特别是关于其来源、目标和使用的协议等信息)会根据防火墙规则进行检测，以确定是否允许其通过。下面是一个简单的例子: + + +![防火墙过滤请求] [3] + +防火墙可以根据协议或基于目标的规则过滤请求。 + +一方面， [iptables][4] 是 Linux 机器上管理防火墙规则的工具。 + +另一方面，[firewalld][5]也是 Linux 机器上管理防火墙规则的工具。 + +你有什么问题吗？如果我告诉你还有另外一种工具，叫做 [nftables][6]，这会不会糟蹋你的一天呢？ + +好吧，我承认整件事确实有点好笑，所以让我解释一下了。这一切都从 Netfilter 开始，在 Linux 内核模块级别， Netfilter 控制访问网络栈。几十年来，管理 Netfilter 钩子的主要命令行工具是 iptables 规则集。 + +因为调用这些规则所需的语法看起来有点晦涩难懂，所以各种用户友好的实现方式，如[ufw][7] 和 firewalld 被引入作，并为更高级别的 Netfilter 解释器。然而，Ufw 和 firewalld 主要是为解决独立计算机面临的各种问题而设计的。构建全方面的网络解决方案通常需要 iptables，或者从2014年起，它的替代品 nftables (nft 命令行工具)。 + + +iptables 没有消失，仍然被广泛使用着。事实上，在未来的许多年里，作为一名管理员，你应该会使用 iptables 来保护的网络。但是nftables 通过操作经典的 Netfilter 工具集带来了一些重要的崭新的功能。 + + +从现在开始，我将通过示例展示 firewalld 和 iptables 如何解决简单的连接问题。 + +### 使用 firewalld 配置 HTTP 访问 + +正如你能从它的名字中猜到的，firewalld 是 [systemd][8] 家族的一部分。Firewalld 可以安装在 Debian/Ubuntu 机器上，不过， 它默认安装在 RedHat 和 CentOS 上。如果您的计算机上运行着像 Apache 这样的 web 服务器，您可以通过浏览服务器的 web 根目录来确认防火墙是否正在工作。如果网站不可访问，那么 firewalld 正在工作。 + +你可以使用 `firewall-cmd` 工具从命令行管理 firewalld 设置。添加 `–state` 参数将返回当前防火墙的状态: + +``` +# firewall-cmd --state +running +``` + +默认情况下，firewalld 将处于运行状态，并将拒绝所有传入流量，但有几个例外，如 SSH。这意味着你的网站不会有太多的访问者，这无疑会为你节省大量的数据传输成本。然而，这不是你对 web 服务器的要求，你希望打开 HTTP 和 HTTPS 端口，按照惯例，这两个端口分别被指定为80和443。firewalld 提供了两种方法来实现这个功能。一个是通过 `–add-port` 参数，该参数直接引用端口号及其将使用的网络协议(在本例中为TCP )。 另外一个是通过`–permanent` 参数，它告诉 firewalld 在每次服务器启动时加载此规则: + + +``` +# firewall-cmd --permanent --add-port=80/tcp +# firewall-cmd --permanent --add-port=443/tcp +``` + + `–reload` 参数将这些规则应用于当前会话: + +``` +# firewall-cmd --reload +``` + +查看当前防火墙上的设置, 运行 `–list-services` : + +``` +# firewall-cmd --list-services +dhcpv6-client http https ssh +``` + +假设您已经如前所述添加了浏览器访问，那么 HTTP、HTTPS 和 SSH 端口现在都应该是开放的—— `dhcpv6-client` ，它允许 Linux 从本地 DHCP 服务器请求 IPv6 IP地址。 + +### 使用 iptables 配置锁定的客户信息亭 + +我相信你已经看到了信息亭——它们是放在机场、图书馆和商务场所的盒子里的平板电脑、触摸屏和ATM类电脑，邀请顾客和路人浏览内容。大多数信息亭的问题是，你通常不希望用户像在自己家一样，把他们当成自己的设备。它们通常不是用来浏览、观看 YouTube 视频或对五角大楼发起拒绝服务攻击的。因此，为了确保它们没有被滥用，你需要锁定它们。 + + +一种方法是应用某种信息亭模式，无论是通过巧妙使用Linux显示管理器还是在浏览器级别。但是为了确保你已经堵塞了所有的漏洞，你可能还想通过防火墙添加一些硬网络控制。在下一节中，我将讲解如何使用iptables 来完成。 + + +关于使用iptables，有两件重要的事情需要记住:你给规则的顺序非常关键，iptables 规则本身在重新启动后将无法存活。我会一次一个地在解释这些。 + +### 信息亭项目 + +为了说明这一切，让我们想象一下，我们为一家名为 BigMart 的大型连锁商店工作。它们已经存在了几十年；事实上，我们想象中的祖父母可能是在那里购物并长大的。但是这些天，BigMart 公司总部的人可能只是在数着亚马逊将他们永远赶下去的时间。 + +尽管如此，BigMart 的IT部门正在尽他们最大努力提供解决方案，他们向你发放了一些具有 WiFi 功能信息亭设备，你在整个商店的战略位置使用这些设备。其想法是，登录到 BigMart.com 产品页面，允许查找商品特征、过道位置和库存水平。信息亭还允许进入 bigmart-data.com，那里储存着许多图像和视频媒体信息。 + +除此之外，您还需要允许下载软件包更新。最后，您还希望只允许从本地工作站访问SSH，并阻止其他人登录。下图说明了它将如何工作: + +![信息亭流量IP表] [10] + +信息亭业务流由 iptables 控制。 + +### 脚本 + +以下是 Bash 脚本内容: + +``` +#!/bin/bash +iptables -A OUTPUT -p tcp -d bigmart.com -j ACCEPT +iptables -A OUTPUT -p tcp -d bigmart-data.com -j ACCEPT +iptables -A OUTPUT -p tcp -d ubuntu.com -j ACCEPT +iptables -A OUTPUT -p tcp -d ca.archive.ubuntu.com -j ACCEPT +iptables -A OUTPUT -p tcp --dport 80 -j DROP +iptables -A OUTPUT -p tcp --dport 443 -j DROP +iptables -A INPUT -p tcp -s 10.0.3.1 --dport 22 -j ACCEPT +iptables -A INPUT -p tcp -s 0.0.0.0/0 --dport 22 -j DROP +``` + +我们从基本规则 `-A` 开始分析，它告诉iptables 我们要添加规则。`OUTPUT` 意味着这条规则应该成为输出的一部分。`-p` 表示该规则仅使用TCP协议的数据包，正如`-d` 告诉我们的，目的地址是 [bigmart.com][11]。`-j` 参数作用为数据包符合规则时要采取的操作是 `ACCEPT`。第一条规则表示允许或接受请求。但，最后一条规则表示删除或拒绝的请求。 + +规则顺序是很重要的。iptables 仅仅允许匹配规则的内容请求通过。一个向外发出的浏览器请求，比如访问[youtube.com][12] 是会通过的，因为这个请求匹配第四条规则，但是当它到达“dport 80”或“dport 443”规则时——取决于是HTTP还是HTTPS请求——它将被删除。iptables不再麻烦检查了，因为那是一场比赛。 + +另一方面，向ubuntu.com 发出软件升级的系统请求，只要符合其适当的规则，就会通过。显然，我们在这里做的是，只允许向我们的 BigMart 或 Ubuntu 发送 HTTP 或 HTTPS 请求，而不允许向其他目的地发送。 + +最后两条规则将处理 SSH 请求。因为它不使用端口80或443端口，而是使用22端口，所以之前的两个丢弃规则不会拒绝它。在这种情况下，来自我的工作站的登录请求将被接受，但是对其他任何地方的请求将被拒绝。这一点很重要:确保用于端口22规则的IP地址与您用来登录的机器的地址相匹配——如果不这样做，将立即被锁定。当然，这没什么大不了的，因为按照目前的配置方式，只需重启服务器，iptables 规则就会全部丢失。如果使用 LXC 容器作为服务器并从 LXC 主机登录，则使用主机 IP 地址连接容器，而不是其公共地址。 + +如果机器的IP发生变化，请记住更新这个规则；否则，你会被拒绝访问。 + +在家玩(是在某种性虚拟机上)？太好了。创建自己的脚本。现在我可以保存脚本，使用`chmod` 使其可执行，并以`sudo` 的形式运行它。不要担心 `igmart-data.com没找到`错误——当然没找到；它不存在。 + +``` +chmod +X scriptname.sh +sudo ./scriptname.sh +``` + +你可以使用`cURL` 命令行测试防火墙。请求 ubuntu.com 奏效，但请求 [manning.com][13]是失败的 。 + + +``` +curl ubuntu.com +curl manning.com +``` + +### 配置 iptables 以在系统启动时加载 + +现在，我如何让这些规则在每次 kiosk 启动时自动加载？第一步是将当前规则保存。使用`iptables-save` 工具保存规则文件。将在根目录中创建一个包含规则列表的文件。管道后面跟着 tee 命令，是将我的`sudo` 权限应用于字符串的第二部分:将文件实际保存到否则受限的根目录。 + +然后我可以告诉系统每次启动时运行一个相关的工具，叫做`iptables-restore` 。我们在上一模块中看到的常规cron 作业，因为它们在设定的时间运行，但是我们不知道什么时候我们的计算机可能会决定崩溃和重启。 + +有许多方法来处理这个问题。这里有一个: + + +在我的 Linux 机器上，我将安装一个名为 [anacron][14] 的程序，该程序将在 /etc/ 目录中为我们提供一个名为anacrondab 的文件。我将编辑该文件并添加这个 `iptables-restore` 命令，告诉它加载该文件的当前值。引导后一分钟，规则每天(必要时)加载到 iptables 中。我会给作业一个标识符( `iptables-restore` )，然后添加命令本身。如果你在家和我一起这样，你应该通过重启系统来测试一下。 + +``` +sudo iptables-save | sudo tee /root/my.active.firewall.rules +sudo apt install anacron +sudo nano /etc/anacrontab +1 1 iptables-restore iptables-restore < /root/my.active.firewall.rules + +``` + +我希望这些实际例子已经说明了如何使用 iptables 和 firewalld 来管理基于Linux的防火墙上的连接问题。 + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/linux-iptables-firewalld + +作者：[David Clinton][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[heguangzhi](https://github.com/heguangzhi) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/remyd +[1]: https://www.manning.com/books/linux-in-action?a_aid=bootstrap-it&a_bid=4ca15fc9&chan=opensource +[2]: /file/409116 +[3]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/iptables1.jpg (firewall filtering request) +[4]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Iptables +[5]: https://firewalld.org/ +[6]: https://wiki.nftables.org/wiki-nftables/index.php/Main_Page +[7]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Uncomplicated_Firewall +[8]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Systemd +[9]: /file/409121 +[10]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/iptables2.jpg (kiosk traffic flow ip tables) +[11]: http://bigmart.com/ +[12]: http://youtube.com/ +[13]: http://manning.com/ +[14]: https://sourceforge.net/projects/anacron/ From b5c72f4681d1e28fd08151b00351a4b78764bf01 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: FelixYFZ <33593534+FelixYFZ@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Fri, 28 Sep 2018 20:36:00 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 230/246] Update 20180308 20 questions DevOps job candidates should be prepared to answer.md (#10416) --- ...stions DevOps job candidates should be prepared to answer.md | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/sources/talk/20180308 20 questions DevOps job candidates should be prepared to answer.md b/sources/talk/20180308 20 questions DevOps job candidates should be prepared to answer.md index da43855266..beb6f372b9 100644 --- a/sources/talk/20180308 20 questions DevOps job candidates should be prepared to answer.md +++ b/sources/talk/20180308 20 questions DevOps job candidates should be prepared to answer.md @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -20 questions DevOps job candidates should be prepared to answer +20 questions DevOps job candidates should be prepared to answer Translating by FelixYFZ ====== ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/hire-job-career.png?itok=SrZo0QJ3) From 6dd5d1372fdbfdb4c71cdbc0ed33cbae26829a30 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: zhousiyu325 Date: Fri, 28 Sep 2018 21:16:29 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 231/246] there exist a chinese article for it , so i plan to change one --- ...40412 My Lisp Experiences and the Development of GNU Emacs.md | 1 - 1 file changed, 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/sources/talk/20140412 My Lisp Experiences and the Development of GNU Emacs.md b/sources/talk/20140412 My Lisp Experiences and the Development of GNU Emacs.md index 9bed3b36c1..7be913c3bf 100644 --- a/sources/talk/20140412 My Lisp Experiences and the Development of GNU Emacs.md +++ b/sources/talk/20140412 My Lisp Experiences and the Development of GNU Emacs.md @@ -1,4 +1,3 @@ -Translating by zhousiyu325 My Lisp Experiences and the Development of GNU Emacs ====== From 9adba22715d59ad2fe4110b29cc7d2022961263d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: geekpi Date: Sat, 29 Sep 2018 08:50:43 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 232/246] translated --- ...estore Them On Freshly Installed Ubuntu.md | 109 ------------------ ...estore Them On Freshly Installed Ubuntu.md | 107 +++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 107 insertions(+), 109 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 sources/tech/20180915 Backup Installed Packages And Restore Them On Freshly Installed Ubuntu.md create mode 100644 translated/tech/20180915 Backup Installed Packages And Restore Them On Freshly Installed Ubuntu.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180915 Backup Installed Packages And Restore Them On Freshly Installed Ubuntu.md b/sources/tech/20180915 Backup Installed Packages And Restore Them On Freshly Installed Ubuntu.md deleted file mode 100644 index c775fd5040..0000000000 --- a/sources/tech/20180915 Backup Installed Packages And Restore Them On Freshly Installed Ubuntu.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,109 +0,0 @@ -translating---geekpi - -Backup Installed Packages And Restore Them On Freshly Installed Ubuntu -====== - -![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/apt-clone-720x340.png) - -Installing the same set of packages on multiple Ubuntu systems is time consuming and boring task. You don’t want to spend your time to install the same packages over and over on multiple systems. When it comes to install packages on similar architecture Ubuntu systems, there are many methods available to make this task easier. You could simply migrate your old Ubuntu system’s applications, settings and data to a newly installed system with a couple mouse clicks using [**Aptik**][1]. Or, you can take the [**backup entire list of installed packages**][2] using your package manager (Eg. APT), and install them later on a freshly installed system. Today, I learned that there is also yet another dedicated utility available to do this job. Say hello to **apt-clone** , a simple tool that lets you to create a list of installed packages for Debian/Ubuntu systems that can be restored on freshly installed systems or containers or into a directory. - -Apt-clone will help you on situations where you want to, - - * Install consistent applications across multiple systems running with similar Ubuntu (and derivatives) OS. - * Install same set of packages on multiple systems often. - * Backup the entire list of installed applications and restore them on demand wherever and whenever necessary. - - - -In this brief guide, we will be discussing how to install and use Apt-clone on Debian-based systems. I tested this utility on Ubuntu 18.04 LTS system, however it should work on all Debian and Ubuntu-based systems. - -### Backup Installed Packages And Restore Them Later On Freshly Installed Ubuntu System - -Apt-clone is available in the default repositories. To install it, just enter the following command from the Terminal: - -``` -$ sudo apt install apt-clone -``` - -Once installed, simply create the list of installed packages and save them in any location of your choice. - -``` -$ mkdir ~/mypackages - -$ sudo apt-clone clone ~/mypackages -``` - -The above command saved all installed packages in my Ubuntu system in a file named **apt-clone-state-ubuntuserver.tar.gz** under **~/mypackages** directory. - -To view the details of the backup file, run: - -``` -$ apt-clone info mypackages/apt-clone-state-ubuntuserver.tar.gz -Hostname: ubuntuserver -Arch: amd64 -Distro: bionic -Meta: -Installed: 516 pkgs (33 automatic) -Date: Sat Sep 15 10:23:05 2018 -``` - -As you can see, I have 516 packages in total in my Ubuntu server. - -Now, copy this file on your USB or external drive and go to any other system that want to install the same set of packages. Or you can also transfer the backup file to the system on the network and install the packages by using the following command: - -``` -$ sudo apt-clone restore apt-clone-state-ubuntuserver.tar.gz -``` - -Please be mindful that this command will overwrite your existing **/etc/apt/sources.list** and will install/remove packages. You have been warned! Also, just make sure the destination system is on same arch and same OS. For example, if the source system is running with 18.04 LTS 64bit, the destination system must also has the same. - -If you don’t want to restore packages on the system, you can simply use `--destination /some/location` option to debootstrap the clone into this directory. - -``` -$ sudo apt-clone restore apt-clone-state-ubuntuserver.tar.gz --destination ~/oldubuntu -``` - -In this case, the above command will restore the packages in a folder named **~/oldubuntu**. - -For more details, refer help section: - -``` -$ apt-clone -h -``` - -Or, man pages: - -``` -$ man apt-clone -``` - -**Suggested read:** - -+ [Systemback – Restore Ubuntu Desktop and Server to previous state][3] -+ [Cronopete – An Apple’s Time Machine Clone For Linux][4] - -And, that’s all for now. Hope this was useful. More good stuffs to come. Stay tuned! - -Cheers! - - - - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -via: https://www.ostechnix.com/backup-installed-packages-and-restore-them-on-freshly-installed-ubuntu-system/ - -作者：[SK][a] -选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) -译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) - -本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 - -[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ -[1]: https://www.ostechnix.com/how-to-migrate-system-settings-and-data-from-an-old-system-to-a-newly-installed-ubuntu-system/ -[2]: https://www.ostechnix.com/create-list-installed-packages-install-later-list-centos-ubuntu/#comment-12598 - -[3]: https://www.ostechnix.com/systemback-restore-ubuntu-desktop-and-server-to-previous-state/ - -[4]: https://www.ostechnix.com/cronopete-apples-time-machine-clone-linux/ diff --git a/translated/tech/20180915 Backup Installed Packages And Restore Them On Freshly Installed Ubuntu.md b/translated/tech/20180915 Backup Installed Packages And Restore Them On Freshly Installed Ubuntu.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1b21607ee9 --- /dev/null +++ b/translated/tech/20180915 Backup Installed Packages And Restore Them On Freshly Installed Ubuntu.md @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ +备份安装包并在全新安装的 Ubuntu 上恢复它们 +====== + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/apt-clone-720x340.png) + +在多个 Ubuntu 系统上安装同一组软件包是一项耗时且无聊的任务。你不会想花时间在多个系统上反复安装相同的软件包。在类似架构的 Ubuntu 系统上安装软件包时，有许多方法可以使这项任务更容易。你可以方便地通过 [**Aptik**][1] 并点击几次鼠标将以前的 Ubuntu 系统的应用程序、设置和数据迁移到新安装的系统中。或者，你可以使用软件包管理器（例如 APT）获取[**备份的已安装软件包的完整列表**][2]，然后在新安装的系统上安装它们。今天，我了解到还有另一个专用工具可以完成这项工作。来看一下 **apt-clone**，这是一个简单的工具，可以让你为 Debian/Ubuntu 系统创建一个已安装的软件包列表，这些软件包可以在新安装的系统或容器上或目录中恢复。 + +Apt-clone 会帮助你处理你想要的情况， + + * 在运行类似 Ubuntu（及衍生版）的多个系统上安装一致的应用程序。 +  * 经常在多个系统上安装相同的软件包。 +  * 备份已安装的应用程序的完整列表，并在需要时随时随地恢复它们。 + + + +在本简要指南中，我们将讨论如何在基于 Debian 的系统上安装和使用 Apt-clone。我在 Ubuntu 18.04 LTS 上测试了这个程序，但它应该适用于所有基于 Debian 和 Ubuntu 的系统。 + +### 备份已安装的软件包并在新安装的 Ubuntu 上恢复它们 + +Apt-clone 在默认仓库中有。要安装它，只需在终端输入以下命令： + +``` +$ sudo apt install apt-clone +``` + +安装后，只需创建已安装软件包的列表，并将其保存在你选择的任何位置。 + +``` +$ mkdir ~/mypackages + +$ sudo apt-clone clone ~/mypackages +``` + +上面的命令将我的 Ubuntu 中所有已安装的软件包保存在 **~/mypackages** 目录下名为 **apt-clone-state-ubuntuserver.tar.gz** 的文件中。 + +要查看备份文件的详细信息，请运行： + +``` +$ apt-clone info mypackages/apt-clone-state-ubuntuserver.tar.gz +Hostname: ubuntuserver +Arch: amd64 +Distro: bionic +Meta: +Installed: 516 pkgs (33 automatic) +Date: Sat Sep 15 10:23:05 2018 +``` + +如你所见，我的 Ubuntu 服务器总共有 516 个包。 + +现在，将此文件复制到 USB 或外部驱动器上，并转至要安装同一套软件包的任何其他系统。或者，你也可以将备份文件传输到网络上的系统，并使用以下命令安装软件包： + +``` +$ sudo apt-clone restore apt-clone-state-ubuntuserver.tar.gz +``` + +请注意，此命令将覆盖你现有的 **/etc/apt/sources.list** 并将安装/删除软件包。警告过你了！此外，只需确保目标系统是相同的架构和操作系统。例如，如果源系统是 18.04 LTS 64位，那么目标系统必须也是相同的。 + +如果你不想在系统上恢复软件包，可以使用 `--destination /some/location` 选项将克隆复制到这个文件夹中。 + +``` +$ sudo apt-clone restore apt-clone-state-ubuntuserver.tar.gz --destination ~/oldubuntu +``` + +在此例中，上面的命令将软件包恢复到 **~/oldubuntu** 中。 + +有关详细信息，请参阅帮助部分： + +``` +$ apt-clone -h +``` + +或者手册页： + +``` +$ man apt-clone +``` + +**建议阅读：** + ++ [Systemback - 将 Ubuntu 桌面版和服务器版恢复到以前的状态][3] ++ [Cronopete - Linux 下的苹果时间机器][4] + +就是这些了。希望这个有用。还有更多好东西。敬请期待! + +干杯! + + + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.ostechnix.com/backup-installed-packages-and-restore-them-on-freshly-installed-ubuntu-system/ + +作者：[SK][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ +[1]: https://www.ostechnix.com/how-to-migrate-system-settings-and-data-from-an-old-system-to-a-newly-installed-ubuntu-system/ +[2]: https://www.ostechnix.com/create-list-installed-packages-install-later-list-centos-ubuntu/#comment-12598 + +[3]: https://www.ostechnix.com/systemback-restore-ubuntu-desktop-and-server-to-previous-state/ + +[4]: https://www.ostechnix.com/cronopete-apples-time-machine-clone-linux/ From dd493f766bc1d9f1cd860d50de41705608caddb3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: geekpi Date: Sat, 29 Sep 2018 09:00:12 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 233/246] translating --- ...Clinews - Read News And Latest Headlines From Commandline.md | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/sources/tech/20180921 Clinews - Read News And Latest Headlines From Commandline.md b/sources/tech/20180921 Clinews - Read News And Latest Headlines From Commandline.md index 24ae89f461..b7082ea141 100644 --- a/sources/tech/20180921 Clinews - Read News And Latest Headlines From Commandline.md +++ b/sources/tech/20180921 Clinews - Read News And Latest Headlines From Commandline.md @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +translating----geekpi + Clinews – Read News And Latest Headlines From Commandline ====== From 1017866948187e299f8713c55e2c5798cf7995fe Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: darksun Date: Sat, 29 Sep 2018 10:00:01 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 234/246] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20A=20Free=20And=20?= =?UTF-8?q?Secure=20Online=20PDF=20Conversion=20Suite?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ... And Secure Online PDF Conversion Suite.md | 111 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 111 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180928 A Free And Secure Online PDF Conversion Suite.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180928 A Free And Secure Online PDF Conversion Suite.md b/sources/tech/20180928 A Free And Secure Online PDF Conversion Suite.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..afb66e43ee --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180928 A Free And Secure Online PDF Conversion Suite.md @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +A Free And Secure Online PDF Conversion Suite +====== + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/easypdf-720x340.jpg) + +We are always in search for a better and more efficient solution that can make our lives more convenient. That is why when you are working with PDF documents you need a fast and reliable tool that you can use in every situation. Therefore, we wanted to introduce you to **EasyPDF** Online PDF Suite for every occasion. The promise behind this tool is that it can make your PDF management easier and we tested it to check that claim. + +But first, here are the most important things you need to know about EasyPDF: + + * EasyPDF is free and anonymous online PDF Conversion Suite. + * Convert PDF to Word, Excel, PowerPoint, AutoCAD, JPG, GIF and Text. + * Create PDF from Word, PowerPoint, JPG, Excel files and many other formats. + * Manipulate PDFs with PDF Merge, Split and Compress. + * OCR conversion of scanned PDFs and images. + * Upload files from your device or the Cloud (Google Drive and DropBox). + * Available on Windows, Linux, Mac, and smartphones via any browser. + * Multiple languages supported. + + + +### EasyPDF User Interface + +![](http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/easypdf-interface.png) + +One of the first things that catches your eye is the sleek user interface which gives the tool clean and functional environment in where you can work comfortably. The whole experience is even better because there are no ads on a website at all. + +All different types of conversions have their dedicated menu with a simple box to add files, so you don’t have to wonder about what you need to do. + +Most websites aren’t optimized to work well and run smoothly on mobile phones, but EasyPDF is an exception from that rule. It opens almost instantly on smartphone and is easy to navigate. You can also add it as the shortcut on your home screen from the **three dots menu** on the Chrome app. + +![](http://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/EasyPDF-fs8.png) + +### Functionality + +Apart from looking nice, EasyPDF is pretty straightforward to use. You **don’t need to register** or leave an **email** to use the tool. It is completely anonymous. Additionally, it doesn’t put any limitations to the number or size of files for conversion. No installation required either! Cool, yeah? + +You choose a desired conversion format, for example, PDF to Word. Select the PDF file you want to convert. You can upload a file from the device by either drag & drop or selecting the file from the folder. There is also an option to upload a document from [**Google Drive**][1] or [**Dropbox**][2]. + +After you choose the file, press the Convert button to start the conversion process. You won’t wait for a long time to get your file because conversion will finish in a minute. If you have some more files to convert, remember to download the file before you proceed further. If you don’t download the document first, you will lose it. + +![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/EasyPDF1.png) + +For a different type of conversion, return to the homepage. + +The currently available types of conversions are: + + * **PDF to Word** – Convert PDF documents to Word documents + + * **PDF to PowerPoint** – Convert PDF documents to PowerPoint Presentations + + * **PDF to Excel** – Convert PDF documents to Excel documents + + * **PDF Creation** – Create PDF documents from any type of file (E.g text, doc, odt) + + * **Word to PDF** – Convert Word documents to PDF documents + + * **JPG to PDF** – Convert JPG images to PDF documents + + * **PDF to AutoCAD** – Convert PDF documents to .dwg format (DWG is native format for CAD packages) + + * **PDF to Text** – Convert PDF documents to Text documents + + * **PDF Split** – Split PDF files into multiple parts + + * **PDF Merge** – Merge multiple PDF files into one + + * **PDF Compress** – Compress PDF documents + + * **PDF to JPG** – Convert PDF documents to JPG images + + * **PDF to PNG** – Convert PDF documents to PNG images + + * **PDF to GIF** – Convert PDF documents to GIF files + + * **OCR Online** – + +Convert scanned paper documents + +to editable files (E.g Word, Excel, Text) + + + + +Want to give it a try? Great! Click the following link and start converting! + +[![](https://www.ostechnix.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/EasyPDF-online-pdf.png)][https://easypdf.com/] + +### Conclusion + +EasyPDF lives up to its name and enables easier PDF management. As far as I tested EasyPDF service, It offers out of the box conversion feature completely **FREE!** It is fast, secure and reliable. You will find the quality of services most satisfying without having to pay anything or leaving your personal data like email address. Give it a try and who knows maybe you will find your new favorite PDF tool. + +And, that’s all for now. More good stuffs to come. Stay tuned! + +Cheers! + + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://www.ostechnix.com/easypdf-a-free-and-secure-online-pdf-conversion-suite/ + +作者：[SK][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://www.ostechnix.com/author/sk/ +[1]: https://www.ostechnix.com/how-to-mount-google-drive-locally-as-virtual-file-system-in-linux/ +[2]: https://www.ostechnix.com/install-dropbox-in-ubuntu-18-04-lts-desktop/ From 12d0e9e9e4d3e15fbe72bfc94fd02048ea22dabb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Sat, 29 Sep 2018 10:49:16 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 235/246] PRF:20180730 7 Python libraries for more maintainable code.md MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit @HankChow 翻译的不错 --- ...on libraries for more maintainable code.md | 68 ++++++++++--------- 1 file changed, 36 insertions(+), 32 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180730 7 Python libraries for more maintainable code.md b/translated/tech/20180730 7 Python libraries for more maintainable code.md index de08df9304..051ad79f2c 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180730 7 Python libraries for more maintainable code.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180730 7 Python libraries for more maintainable code.md @@ -1,80 +1,84 @@ -这 7 个 Python 库让你写出更易维护的代码 +让 Python 代码更易维护的七种武器 ====== +> 检查你的代码的质量，通过这些外部库使其更易维护。 + ![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/programming_keyboard_coding.png?itok=E0Vvam7A) > 可读性很重要。 -> — [Python 之禅（The Zen of Python）][1], Tim Peters +> — [Python 之禅][1]The Zen of Python，Tim Peters -尽管很多项目一开始的时候就有可读性和编码标准的要求，但随着项目进入“维护模式”，这些要求都会变得虎头蛇尾。然而，在代码库中保持一致的代码风格和测试标准能够显著减轻维护的压力，也能确保新的开发者能够快速了解项目的情况，同时能更好地保持应用程序的运行良好。 +随着软件项目进入“维护模式”，对可读性和编码标准的要求很容易落空（甚至从一开始就没有建立过那些标准）。然而，在代码库中保持一致的代码风格和测试标准能够显著减轻维护的压力，也能确保新的开发者能够快速了解项目的情况，同时能更好地全程保持应用程序的质量。 + +使用外部库来检查代码的质量不失为保护项目未来可维护性的一个好方法。以下会推荐一些我们最喜爱的[检查代码][2]（包括检查 PEP 8 和其它代码风格错误）的库，用它们来强制保持代码风格一致，并确保在项目成熟时有一个可接受的测试覆盖率。 ### 检查你的代码风格 -使用外部库来检查代码运行情况不失为保护项目未来可维护性的一个好方法。以下会推荐一些我们最喜爱的[检查代码][2]（包括检查 PEP 8 和其它代码风格错误）的库，用它们来强制保持代码风格一致，并确保在项目成熟时有一个可接受的测试覆盖率。 +[PEP 8][3] 是 Python 代码风格规范，它规定了类似行长度、缩进、多行表达式、变量命名约定等内容。尽管你的团队自身可能也会有稍微不同于 PEP 8 的代码风格规范，但任何代码风格规范的目标都是在代码库中强制实施一致的标准，使代码的可读性更强、更易于维护。下面三个库就可以用来帮助你美化代码。 -[PEP 8][3]是Python代码风格规范，规定了行长度，缩进，多行表达式、变量命名约定等内容。尽管你的团队自身可能也会有不同于 PEP 8 的代码风格规范，但任何代码风格规范的目标都是在代码库中强制实施一致的标准，使代码的可读性更强、更易于维护。下面三个库就可以用来帮助你美化代码。 +#### 1、 Pylint -#### 1\. Pylint +[Pylint][4] 是一个检查违反 PEP 8 规范和常见错误的库。它在一些流行的[编辑器和 IDE][5] 中都有集成，也可以单独从命令行运行。 -[Pylint][4] 是一个检查违反 PEP 8 规范和常见错误的库。它在一些流行的编辑器和 IDE 中都有集成，也可以单独从命令行运行。 - -执行 `pip install pylint`安装 Pylint 。然后运行 `pylint [options] path/to/dir` 或者 `pylint [options] path/to/module.py` 就可以在命令行中使用 Pylint，它会向控制台输出代码中违反规范和出现错误的地方。 +执行 `pip install pylint` 安装 Pylint 。然后运行 `pylint [options] path/to/dir` 或者 `pylint [options] path/to/module.py` 就可以在命令行中使用 Pylint，它会向控制台输出代码中违反规范和出现错误的地方。 你还可以使用 `pylintrc` [配置文件][6]来自定义 Pylint 对哪些代码错误进行检查。 -#### 2\. Flake8 +#### 2、 Flake8 -对 [Flake8][7] 的描述是“将 PEP 8、Pyflakes（类似 Pylint）、McCabe（代码复杂性检查器）、第三方插件整合到一起，以检查 Python 代码风格和质量的一个 Python 工具”。 +[Flake8][7] 是“将 PEP 8、Pyflakes（类似 Pylint）、McCabe（代码复杂性检查器）和第三方插件整合到一起，以检查 Python 代码风格和质量的一个 Python 工具”。 执行 `pip install flake8` 安装 flake8 ，然后执行 `flake8 [options] path/to/dir` 或者 `flake8 [options] path/to/module.py` 可以查看报出的错误和警告。 和 Pylint 类似，Flake8 允许通过[配置文件][8]来自定义检查的内容。它有非常清晰的文档，包括一些有用的[提交钩子][9]，可以将自动检查代码纳入到开发工作流程之中。 -Flake8 也允许集成到一些流行的编辑器和 IDE 当中，但在文档中并没有详细说明。要将 Flake8 集成到喜欢的编辑器或 IDE 中，可以搜索插件（例如 [Sublime Text 的 Flake8 插件][10]）。 +Flake8 也可以集成到一些流行的编辑器和 IDE 当中，但在文档中并没有详细说明。要将 Flake8 集成到喜欢的编辑器或 IDE 中，可以搜索插件（例如 [Sublime Text 的 Flake8 插件][10]）。 -#### 3\. Isort +#### 3、 Isort -[Isort][11] 这个库能将你在项目中导入的库按字母顺序，并将其[正确划分为不同部分][12]（例如标准库、第三方库，自建的库等）。这样提高了代码的可读性，并且可以在导入的库较多的时候轻松找到各个库。 +[Isort][11] 这个库能将你在项目中导入的库按字母顺序排序，并将其[正确划分为不同部分][12]（例如标准库、第三方库、自建的库等）。这样提高了代码的可读性，并且可以在导入的库较多的时候轻松找到各个库。 -执行 `pip install isort` 安装 isort，然后执行 `isort path/to/module.py` 就可以运行了。文档中还提供了更多的配置项，例如通过配置 `.isort.cfg` 文件来决定 isort 如何处理一个库的多行导入。 +执行 `pip install isort` 安装 isort，然后执行 `isort path/to/module.py` 就可以运行了。[文档][13]中还提供了更多的配置项，例如通过[配置][14] `.isort.cfg` 文件来决定 isort 如何处理一个库的多行导入。 和 Flake8、Pylint 一样，isort 也提供了将其与流行的[编辑器和 IDE][15] 集成的插件。 -### 共享代码风格 +### 分享你的代码风格 -每次文件发生变动之后都用命令行手动检查代码是一件痛苦的事，你可能也不太喜欢通过运行 IDE 中某个插件来实现这个功能。同样地，你的同事可能会用不同的代码检查方式，也许他们的编辑器中也没有安装插件，甚至自己可能也不会严格检查代码和按照警告来更正代码。总之，你共享的代码库将会逐渐地变得混乱且难以阅读。 +每次文件发生变动之后都用命令行手动检查代码是一件痛苦的事，你可能也不太喜欢通过运行 IDE 中某个插件来实现这个功能。同样地，你的同事可能会用不同的代码检查方式，也许他们的编辑器中也没有那种插件，甚至你自己可能也不会严格检查代码和按照警告来更正代码。总之，你分享出来的代码库将会逐渐地变得混乱且难以阅读。 -一个很好的解决方案是使用一个库，自动将代码按照 PEP 8 规范进行格式化。我们推荐的三个库都有不同的自定义级别来控制如何格式化代码。其中有一些设置较为特殊，例如 Pylint 和 Flake8 ，你需要先行测试，看看是否有你无法忍受蛋有不能修改的默认配置。 +一个很好的解决方案是使用一个库，自动将代码按照 PEP 8 规范进行格式化。我们推荐的三个库都有不同的自定义级别来控制如何格式化代码。其中有一些设置较为特殊，例如 Pylint 和 Flake8 ，你需要先行测试，看看是否有你无法忍受但又不能修改的默认配置。 -#### 4\. Autopep8 +#### 4、 Autopep8 -[Autopep8][16] 可以自动格式化指定的模块中的代码，包括重新缩进行，修复缩进，删除多余的空格，并重构常见的比较错误（例如布尔值和 `None` 值）。你可以查看文档中完整的[更正列表][17]。 +[Autopep8][16] 可以自动格式化指定的模块中的代码，包括重新缩进行、修复缩进、删除多余的空格，并重构常见的比较错误（例如布尔值和 `None` 值）。你可以查看文档中完整的[更正列表][17]。 -运行 `pip install --upgrade autopep8` 安装 autopep8。然后执行 `autopep8 --in-place --aggressive --aggressive ` 就可以重新格式化你的代码。`aggressive` 标记的数量表示 auotopep8 在代码风格控制上有多少控制权。在这里可以详细了解 [aggressive][18] 选项。 +运行 `pip install --upgrade autopep8` 安装 Autopep8。然后执行 `autopep8 --in-place --aggressive --aggressive ` 就可以重新格式化你的代码。`aggressive` 选项的数量表示 Auotopep8 在代码风格控制上有多少控制权。在这里可以详细了解 [aggressive][18] 选项。 -#### 5\. Yapf +#### 5、 Yapf -[Yapf][19] 是另一种有自己的[配置项][20]列表的重新格式化代码的工具。它与 autopep8 的不同之处在于它不仅会指出代码中违反 PEP 8 规范的地方，还会对没有违反 PEP 8 但代码风格不一致的地方重新格式化，旨在令代码的可读性更强。 +[Yapf][19] 是另一种有自己的[配置项][20]列表的重新格式化代码的工具。它与 Autopep8 的不同之处在于它不仅会指出代码中违反 PEP 8 规范的地方，还会对没有违反 PEP 8 但代码风格不一致的地方重新格式化，旨在令代码的可读性更强。 -执行`pip install yapf` 安装 Yapf，然后执行 `yapf [options] path/to/dir` 或 `yapf [options] path/to/module.py` 可以对代码重新格式化。 +执行 `pip install yapf` 安装 Yapf，然后执行 `yapf [options] path/to/dir` 或 `yapf [options] path/to/module.py` 可以对代码重新格式化。[定制选项][20]的完整列表在这里。 -#### 6\. Black +#### 6、 Black -[Black][21] 在代码检查工具当中算是比较新的一个。它与 autopep8 和 Yapf 类似，但限制较多，没有太多的自定义选项。这样的好处是你不需要去决定使用怎么样的代码风格，让 black 来给你做决定就好。你可以在这里查阅 black 的[自定义选项][22]以及[如何在配置文件中对其进行设置][23]。 +[Black][21] 在代码检查工具当中算是比较新的一个。它与 Autopep8 和 Yapf 类似，但限制较多，没有太多的自定义选项。这样的好处是你不需要去决定使用怎么样的代码风格，让 Black 来给你做决定就好。你可以在这里查阅 Black [有限的自定义选项][22]以及[如何在配置文件中对其进行设置][23]。 -Black 依赖于 Python 3.6+，但它可以格式化用 Python 2 编写的代码。执行 `pip install black` 安装 black，然后执行 `black path/to/dir` 或 `black path/to/module.py` 就可以使用 black 优化你的代码。 +Black 依赖于 Python 3.6+，但它可以格式化用 Python 2 编写的代码。执行 `pip install black` 安装 Black，然后执行 `black path/to/dir` 或 `black path/to/module.py` 就可以使用 Black 优化你的代码。 ### 检查你的测试覆盖率 -如果你正在进行测试工作，你需要确保提交到代码库的新代码都已经测试通过，并且不会降低测试覆盖率。虽然测试覆盖率不是衡量测试有效性和充分性的唯一指标，但它是确保项目遵循基本测试标准的一种方法。对于计算测试覆盖率，我们推荐使用 Coverage 这个库。 +如果你正在进行编写测试，你需要确保提交到代码库的新代码都已经测试通过，并且不会降低测试覆盖率。虽然测试覆盖率不是衡量测试有效性和充分性的唯一指标，但它是确保项目遵循基本测试标准的一种方法。对于计算测试覆盖率，我们推荐使用 Coverage 这个库。 -#### 7\. Coverage +#### 7、 Coverage -[Coverage][24] 有数种显示测试覆盖率的方式，包括将结果输出到控制台或 HTML 页面，并指出哪些具体哪些地方没有被覆盖到。你可以通过配置文件自定义 Coverage 检查的内容，让你更方便使用。 +[Coverage][24] 有数种显示测试覆盖率的方式，包括将结果输出到控制台或 HTML 页面，并指出哪些具体哪些地方没有被覆盖到。你可以通过[配置文件][25]自定义 Coverage 检查的内容，让你更方便使用。 执行 `pip install coverage` 安装 Converage 。然后执行 `coverage [path/to/module.py] [args]` 可以运行程序并查看输出结果。如果要查看哪些代码行没有被覆盖，执行 `coverage report -m` 即可。 -持续集成（Continuous integration, CI）是在合并和部署代码之前自动检查代码风格错误和测试覆盖率最小值的过程。很多免费或付费的工具都可以用于执行这项工作，具体的过程不在本文中赘述，但 CI 过程是令代码更易读和更易维护的重要步骤，关于这一部分可以参考 [Travis CI][26] 和 [Jenkins][27]。 +### 持续集成工具 + +持续集成Continuous integration（CI）是在合并和部署代码之前自动检查代码风格错误和测试覆盖率最小值的过程。很多免费或付费的工具都可以用于执行这项工作，具体的过程不在本文中赘述，但 CI 过程是令代码更易读和更易维护的重要步骤，关于这一部分可以参考 [Travis CI][26] 和 [Jenkins][27]。 以上这些只是用于检查 Python 代码的各种工具中的其中几个。如果你有其它喜爱的工具，欢迎在评论中分享。 @@ -85,7 +89,7 @@ via: https://opensource.com/article/18/7/7-python-libraries-more-maintainable-co 作者：[Jeff Triplett][a] 选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者：[HankChow](https://github.com/HankChow) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From 3860a5edf93f351991780ce359f1a9f0f85e46c1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Sat, 29 Sep 2018 10:49:35 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 236/246] PUB:20180730 7 Python libraries for more maintainable code.md @HankChow https://linux.cn/article-10059-1.html --- .../20180730 7 Python libraries for more maintainable code.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180730 7 Python libraries for more maintainable code.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180730 7 Python libraries for more maintainable code.md b/published/20180730 7 Python libraries for more maintainable code.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180730 7 Python libraries for more maintainable code.md rename to published/20180730 7 Python libraries for more maintainable code.md From 0936fec6dcb82e8ce8f536258d9d5d80536e5615 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Sat, 29 Sep 2018 11:28:25 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 237/246] PUB:20180201 Here are some amazing advantages of Go that you dont hear much about.md @imquanquan https://linux.cn/article-10057-1.html --- ...some amazing advantages of Go that you dont hear much about.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180201 Here are some amazing advantages of Go that you dont hear much about.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180201 Here are some amazing advantages of Go that you dont hear much about.md b/published/20180201 Here are some amazing advantages of Go that you dont hear much about.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180201 Here are some amazing advantages of Go that you dont hear much about.md rename to published/20180201 Here are some amazing advantages of Go that you dont hear much about.md From cb7b4653ccdf4a590f234893e8c41d699bb2adff Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: DarkSun Date: Sat, 29 Sep 2018 11:55:14 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 238/246] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20How=20to=20Instal?= =?UTF-8?q?l=20Popcorn=20Time=20on=20Ubuntu=2018.04=20and=20Other=20Linux?= =?UTF-8?q?=20Distributions=20(#10425)?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...ntu 18.04 and Other Linux Distributions.md | 233 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 233 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180928 How to Install Popcorn Time on Ubuntu 18.04 and Other Linux Distributions.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180928 How to Install Popcorn Time on Ubuntu 18.04 and Other Linux Distributions.md b/sources/tech/20180928 How to Install Popcorn Time on Ubuntu 18.04 and Other Linux Distributions.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..01fbef0292 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180928 How to Install Popcorn Time on Ubuntu 18.04 and Other Linux Distributions.md @@ -0,0 +1,233 @@ +How to Install Popcorn Time on Ubuntu 18.04 and Other Linux Distributions +====== +**Brief: This tutorial shows you how to install Popcorn Time on Ubuntu and other Linux distributions. Some handy Popcorn Time tips have also been discussed.** + +[Popcorn Time][1] is an open source [Netflix][2] inspired [torrent][3] streaming application for Linux, Mac and Windows. + +With the regular torrents, you have to wait for the download to finish before you could watch the videos. + +[Popcorn Time][4] is different. It uses torrent underneath but allows you to start watching the videos (almost) immediately. It’s like you are watching videos on streaming websites like YouTube or Netflix. You don’t have to wait for the download to finish here. + +![Popcorn Time in Ubuntu Linux][5] +Popcorn Time + +If you want to watch movies online without those creepy ads, Popcorn Time is a good alternative. Keep in mind that the streaming quality depends on the number of available seeds. + +Popcorn Time also provides a nice user interface where you can browse through available movies, tv-series and other contents. If you ever used [Netflix on Linux][6], you will find it’s somewhat a similar experience. + +Using torrent to download movies is illegal in several countries where there are strict laws against piracy. In countries like the USA, UK and West European you may even get legal notices. That said, it’s up to you to decide if you want to use it or not. You have been warned. +(If you still want to take the risk and use Popcorn Time, you should use a VPN service like [Ivacy][7] that has been specifically designed for using Torrents and protecting your identity. Even then it’s not always easy to avoid the snooping authorities.) + +Some of the main features of Popcorn Time are: + + * Watch movies and TV Series online using Torrent + * A sleek user interface lets you browse the available movies and TV series + * Change streaming quality + * Bookmark content for watching later + * Download content for offline viewing + * Ability to enable subtitles by default, change the subtitles size etc + * Keyboard shortcuts to navigate through Popcorn Time + + + +### How to install Popcorn Time on Ubuntu and other Linux Distributions + +I am using Ubuntu 18.04 in this tutorial but you can use the same instructions for other Linux distributions such as Linux Mint, Debian, Manjaro, Deepin etc. + +Let’s see how to install Popcorn time on Linux. It’s really easy actually. Simply follow the instructions and copy paste the commands I have mentioned. + +#### Step 1: Download Popcorn Time + +You can download Popcorn Time from its official website. The download link is present on the homepage itself. + +[Get Popcorn Time](https://popcorntime.sh/) + +#### Step 2: Install Popcorn Time + +Once you have downloaded Popcorn Time, it’s time to use it. The downloaded file is a tar file that consists of an executable among other files. While you can extract this tar file anywhere, the [Linux convention is to install additional software in][8] /[opt directory.][8] + +Create a new directory in /opt: + +``` +sudo mkdir /opt/popcorntime +``` + +Now go to the Downloads directory. + +``` +cd ~/Downloads +``` + +Extract the downloaded Popcorn Time files into the newly created /opt/popcorntime directory. + +``` +sudo tar Jxf Popcorn-Time-* -C /opt/popcorntime +``` + +#### Step 3: Make Popcorn Time accessible for everyone + +You would want every user on your system to be able to run Popcorn Time without sudo access, right? To do that, you need to create a [symbolic link][9] to the executable in /usr/bin directory. + +``` +ln -sf /opt/popcorntime/Popcorn-Time /usr/bin/Popcorn-Time +``` + +#### Step 4: Create desktop launcher for Popcorn Time + +So far so good. But you would also like to see Popcorn Time in the application menu, add it to your favorite application list etc. + +For that, you need to create a desktop entry. + +Open a terminal and create a new file named popcorntime.desktop in /usr/share/applications. + +You can use any [command line based text editor][10]. Ubuntu has [Nano][11] installed by default so you can use that. + +``` +sudo nano /usr/share/applications/popcorntime.desktop +``` + +Insert the following lines here: + +``` +[Desktop Entry] +Version = 1.0 +Type = Application +Terminal = false +Name = Popcorn Time +Exec = /usr/bin/Popcorn-Time +Icon = /opt/popcorntime/popcorn.png +Categories = Application; +``` + +If you used Nano editor, save it using shortcut Ctrl+X. When asked for saving, enter Y and then press enter again to save and exit. + +We are almost there. One last thing to do here is to have the correct icon for Popcorn Time. For that, you can download a Popcorn Time icon and save it as popcorn.png in /opt/popcorntime directory. + +You can do that using the command below: + +``` +sudo wget -O /opt/popcorntime/popcorn.png https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/d/df/Pctlogo.png + +``` + +That’s it. Now you can search for Popcorn Time and click on it to launch it. + +![Popcorn Time installed on Ubuntu][12] +Search for Popcorn Time in Menu + +On the first launch, you’ll have to accept the terms and conditions. + +![Popcorn Time in Ubuntu Linux][13] +Accept the Terms of Service + +Once you do that, you can enjoy the movies and TV shows. + +![Watch movies on Popcorn Time][14] + +Well, that’s all you needed to install Popcorn Time on Ubuntu or any other Linux distribution. You can start watching your favorite movies straightaway. + +However, if you are interested, I would suggest reading these Popcorn Time tips to get more out of it. + +[![][15]][16] +![][17] + +### 7 Tips for using Popcorn Time effectively + +Now that you have installed Popcorn Time, I am going to tell you some nifty Popcorn Time tricks. I assure you that it will enhance your experience with Popcorn Time multiple folds. + +#### 1\. Use advanced settings + +Always have the advanced settings enabled. It gives you more options to tweak Popcorn Time. Go to the top right corner and click on the gear symbol. Click on it and check advanced settings on the next screen. + +![](https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Popcorn_Time_Tricks.jpeg) + +#### 2\. Watch the movies in VLC or other players + +Did you know that you can choose to watch a file in your preferred media player instead of the default Popcorn Time player? Of course, that media player should have been installed in the system. + +Now you may ask why would one want to use another player. And my answer is because other players like VLC has hidden features which you might not find in the Popcorn Time player. + +For example, if a file has very low volume, you can use VLC to enhance the audio by 400 percent. You can also [synchronize incoherent subtitles with VLC][18]. You can switch between media players before you start to play a file: + +![](https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Pocorn_Time_Tricks_1.png) + +#### 3\. Bookmark movies and watch it later + +Just browsing through movies and TV series but don’t have time or mood to watch those? No issues. You can add the movies to the bookmark and can access these bookmarked videos from the Favorites tab. This enables you to create a list of movies you would watch later. + +![](https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Pocorn_Time_Tricks2.png) + +#### 4\. Check torrent health and seed information + +As I had mentioned earlier, your viewing experience in Popcorn Times depends on torrent speed. Good thing is that Popcorn time shows the health of the torrent file so that you can be aware of the streaming speed. + +You will see a green/yellow/red dot on the file. Green means there are plenty of seeds and the file will stream easily. Yellow means a medium number of seeds, streaming should be okay. Red means there are very few seeds available and the streaming will be poor or won’t work at all. + +![](https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Pocorn_Time_Tricks3.jpg) + +#### 5\. Add custom subtitles + +If you need subtitles and it is not available in your preferred language, you can add custom subtitles downloaded from external websites. Get the .srt files and use it inside Popcorn Time: + +![](https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Pocporn_Time_Tricks5.png) + +This is where VLC comes handy as you can [download subtitles automatically with VLC][19]. + + +#### 6\. Save the files for offline viewing + +When Popcorn Times stream a content, it downloads it and store temporarily. When you close the app, it’s cleaned out. You can change this behavior so that the downloaded file remains there for your future use. + +In the advanced settings, scroll down a bit. Look for Cache directory. You can change this to some other directory like Downloads. This way, even if you close Popcorn Time, the file will be available for viewing. + +![](https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Popcorn_Time_Tips.jpg) + +#### 7\. Drag and drop external torrent files to play immediately + +I bet you did not know about this one. If you don’t find a certain movie on Popcorn Time, download the torrent file from your favorite torrent website. Open Popcorn Time and just drag and drop the torrent file in Popcorn Time. It will start playing the file, depending upon seeds. This way, you don’t need to download the entire file before watching it. + +When you drag and drop the torrent file in Popcorn Time, it will give you the option to choose which video file should it play. If there are subtitles in it, it will play automatically or else, you can add external subtitles. + +![](https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Pocorn_Time_Tricks4.png) + +There are plenty of other features in Popcorn Time. But I’ll stop with my list here and let you explore Popcorn Time on Ubuntu Linux. I hope you find these Popcorn Time tips and tricks useful. + +I am repeating again. Using Torrents is illegal in many countries. If you do that, take precaution and use a VPN service. If you are looking for my recommendation, you can go for [Swiss-based privacy company ProtonVPN][20] (of [ProtonMail][21] fame). Singapore based [Ivacy][7] is another good option. If you think these are expensive, you can look for [cheap VPN deals on It’s FOSS Shop][22]. + +Note: This article contains affiliate links. Please read our [affiliate policy][23]. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://itsfoss.com/popcorn-time-ubuntu-linux/ + +作者：[Abhishek Prakash][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/ +[1]: https://popcorntime.sh/ +[2]: https://netflix.com/ +[3]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Torrent_file +[4]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Popcorn_Time +[5]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/popcorn-time-linux.jpeg +[6]: https://itsfoss.com/netflix-firefox-linux/ +[7]: https://billing.ivacy.com/page/23628 +[8]: http://tldp.org/LDP/Linux-Filesystem-Hierarchy/html/opt.html +[9]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Symbolic_link +[10]: https://itsfoss.com/command-line-text-editors-linux/ +[11]: https://itsfoss.com/nano-3-release/ +[12]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/popcorn-time-ubuntu-menu.jpg +[13]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/popcorn-time-ubuntu-license.jpeg +[14]: https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/popcorn-time-watch-movies.jpeg +[15]: https://ivacy.postaffiliatepro.com/accounts/default1/vdegzkxbw/7f82d531.png +[16]: https://billing.ivacy.com/page/23628/7f82d531 +[17]: http://ivacy.postaffiliatepro.com/scripts/vdegzkxiw?aff=23628&a_bid=7f82d531 +[18]: https://itsfoss.com/how-to-synchronize-subtitles-with-movie-quick-tip/ +[19]: https://itsfoss.com/download-subtitles-automatically-vlc-media-player-ubuntu/ +[20]: https://protonvpn.net/?aid=chmod777 +[21]: https://itsfoss.com/protonmail/ +[22]: https://shop.itsfoss.com/search?utf8=%E2%9C%93&query=vpn +[23]: https://itsfoss.com/affiliate-policy/ From 741e70adb23a44ba4db98baa9feafd7a7e7e6a8e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: DarkSun Date: Sat, 29 Sep 2018 12:16:33 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 239/246] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20What=20containers?= =?UTF-8?q?=20can=20teach=20us=20about=20DevOps=20(#10426)?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...at containers can teach us about DevOps.md | 99 +++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 99 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180928 What containers can teach us about DevOps.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180928 What containers can teach us about DevOps.md b/sources/tech/20180928 What containers can teach us about DevOps.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..610a68b2d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180928 What containers can teach us about DevOps.md @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +What containers can teach us about DevOps +====== + +The use of containers supports the three pillars of DevOps practices: flow, feedback, and continual experimentation and learning. + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/LAW-patent_reform_520x292_10136657_1012_dc.png?itok=Cd2PmDWf) + +One can argue that containers and DevOps were made for one another. Certainly, the container ecosystem benefits from the skyrocketing popularity of DevOps practices, both in design choices and in DevOps’ use by teams developing container technologies. Because of this parallel evolution, the use of containers in production can teach teams the fundamentals of DevOps and its three pillars: [The Three Ways][1]. + +### Principles of flow + +**Container flow** + +A container can be seen as a silo, and from inside, it is easy to forget the rest of the system: the host node, the cluster, the underlying infrastructure. Inside the container, it might appear that everything is functioning in an acceptable manner. From the outside perspective, though, the application inside the container is a part of a larger ecosystem of applications that make up a service: the web API, the web app user interface, the database, the workers, and caching services and garbage collectors. Teams put constraints on the container to limit performance impact on infrastructure, and much has been done to provide metrics for measuring container performance because overloaded or slow container workloads have downstream impact on other services or customers. + +**Real-world flow** + +This lesson can be applied to teams functioning in a silo as well. Every process (be it code release, infrastructure creation or even, say, manufacturing of [Spacely’s Sprockets][2]), follows a linear path from conception to realization. In technology, this progress flows from development to testing to operations and release. If a team working alone becomes a bottleneck or introduces a problem, the impact is felt all along the entire pipeline. A defect passed down the line destroys productivity downstream. While the broken process within the scope of the team itself may seem perfectly correct, it has a negative impact on the environment as a whole. + +**DevOps and flow** + +The first way of DevOps, principles of flow, is about approaching the process as a whole, striving to comprehend how the system works together and understanding the impact of issues on the entire process. To increase the efficiency of the process, pain points and waste are identified and removed. This is an ongoing process; teams must continually strive to increase visibility into the process and find and fix trouble spots and waste. + +> “The outcomes of putting the First Way into practice include never passing a known defect to downstream work centers, never allowing local optimization to create global degradation, always seeking to increase flow, and always seeking to achieve a profound understanding of the system (as per Deming).” + +–Gene Kim, [The Three Ways: The Principles Underpinning DevOps][3], IT Revolution, 25 Apr. 2017 + +### Principles of feedback + +**Container feedback** + +In addition to limiting containers to prevent impact elsewhere, many products have been created to monitor and trend container metrics in an effort to understand what they are doing and notify when they are misbehaving. [Prometheus][4], for example, is [all the rage][5] for collecting metrics from containers and clusters. Containers are excellent at separating applications and providing a way to ship an environment together with the code, sometimes at the cost of opacity, so much is done to try to provide rapid feedback so issues can be addressed promptly within the silo. + +**Real-world feedback** + +The same is necessary for the flow of the system. From inception to realization, an efficient process quickly provides relevant feedback to identify when there is an issue. The key words here are “quick” and “relevant.” Burying teams in thousands of irrelevant notifications make it difficult or even impossible to notice important events that need immediate action, and receiving even relevant information too late may allow small, easily solved issues to move downstream and become bigger problems. Imagine [if Lucy and Ethel][6] had provided immediate feedback that the conveyor belt was too fast—there would have been no problem with the chocolate production (though that would not have been nearly as funny). + +**DevOps and feedback** + +The Second Way of DevOps, principles of feedback, is all about getting relevant information quickly. With immediate, useful feedback, problems can be identified as they happen and addressed before impact is felt elsewhere in the development process. DevOps teams strive to “optimize for downstream” and immediately move to fix problems that might impact other teams that come after them. As with flow, feedback is a continual process to identify ways to quickly get important data and act on problems as they occur. + +> “Creating fast feedback is critical to achieving quality, reliability, and safety in the technology value stream.” + +–Gene Kim, et al., The DevOps Handbook: How to Create World-Class Agility, Reliability, and Security in Technology Organizations, IT Revolution Press, 2016 + +### Principles of continual experimentation and learning + +**Container continual experimentation and learning** + +It is a bit more challenging applying operational learning to the Third Way of DevOps:continual experimentation and learning. Trying to salvage what we can grasp of the very edges of the metaphor, containers make development easy, allowing developers and operations teams to test new code or configurations locally and safely outside of production and incorporate discovered benefits into production in a way that was difficult in the past. Changes can be radical and still version-controlled, documented, and shared quickly and easily. + +**Real-world continual experimentation and learning** + +For example, consider this anecdote from my own experience: Years ago, as a young, inexperienced sysadmin (just three weeks into the job), I was asked to make changes to an Apache virtual host running the website of the central IT department for a university. Without an easy-to-use test environment, I made a configuration change to the production site that I thought would accomplish the task and pushed it out. Within a few minutes, I overheard coworkers in the next cube: + +“Wait, is the website down?” + +“Hrm, yeah, it looks like it. What the heck?” + +There was much eye-rolling involved. + +Mortified (the shame is real, folks), I sunk down as far as I could into my seat and furiously tried to back out the changes I’d introduced. Later that same afternoon, the director of the department—the boss of my boss’s boss—appeared in my cube to talk about what had happened. “Don’t worry,” she told me. “We’re not mad at you. It was a mistake and now you have learned.” + +In the world of containers, this could have been easily changed and tested on my own laptop and the broken configuration identified by more skilled team members long before it ever made it into production. + +**DevOps continual experimentation and learning** + +A real culture of experimentation promotes the individual’s ability to find where a change in the process may be beneficial, and to test that assumption without the fear of retaliation if they fail. For DevOps teams, failure becomes an educational tool that adds to the knowledge of the individual and organization, rather than something to be feared or punished. Individuals in the DevOps team dedicate themselves to continuous learning, which in turn benefits the team and wider organization as that knowledge is shared. + +As the metaphor completely falls apart, focus needs to be given to a specific point: The other two principles may appear at first glance to focus entirely on process, but continual learning is a human task—important for the future of the project, the person, the team, and the organization. It has an impact on the process, but it also has an impact on the individual and other people. + +> “Experimentation and risk-taking are what enable us to relentlessly improve our system of work, which often requires us to do things very differently than how we’ve done it for decades.” + +–Gene Kim, et al., [The Phoenix Project: A Novel about IT, DevOps, and Helping Your Business Win][7], IT Revolution Press, 2013 + +### Containers can teach us DevOps + +Learning to work effectively with containers can help teach DevOps and the Three Ways: principles of flow, principles of feedback, and principles of continuous experimentation and learning. Looking holistically at the application and infrastructure rather than putting on blinders to everything outside the container teaches us to take all parts of the system and understand their upstream and downstream impacts, break out of silos, and work as a team to increase global performance and deep understanding of the entire system. Working to provide timely and accurate feedback teaches us to create effective feedback patterns within our organizations to identify problems before their impact grows. Finally, providing a safe environment to try new ideas and learn from them teaches us to create a culture where failure represents a positive addition to our knowledge and the ability to take big chances with educated guesses can result in new, elegant solutions to complex problems. + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/containers-can-teach-us-devops + +作者：[Chris Hermansen][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/clhermansen +[1]: https://itrevolution.com/the-three-ways-principles-underpinning-devops/ +[2]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Jetsons +[3]: http://itrevolution.com/the-three-ways-principles-underpinning-devops +[4]: https://prometheus.io/ +[5]: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/prometheus-operational-advantage +[6]: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8NPzLBSBzPI +[7]: https://itrevolution.com/book/the-phoenix-project/ From 2e2cd3dc6c708e43563e113653072dbffcd44d3c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: DarkSun Date: Sat, 29 Sep 2018 12:17:12 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 240/246] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=2010=20handy=20Bash?= =?UTF-8?q?=20aliases=20for=20Linux=20(#10427)?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...0180928 10 handy Bash aliases for Linux.md | 116 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 116 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180928 10 handy Bash aliases for Linux.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180928 10 handy Bash aliases for Linux.md b/sources/tech/20180928 10 handy Bash aliases for Linux.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b69b2f8aab --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180928 10 handy Bash aliases for Linux.md @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +10 handy Bash aliases for Linux +====== +Get more efficient by using condensed versions of long Bash commands. + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/bash_command_line.png?itok=k4z94W2U) + +How many times have you repeatedly typed out a long command on the command line and wished there was a way to save it for later? This is where Bash aliases come in handy. They allow you to condense long, cryptic commands down to something easy to remember and use. Need some examples to get you started? No problem! + +To use a Bash alias you've created, you need to add it to your .bash_profile file, which is located in your home folder. Note that this file is hidden and accessible only from the command line. The easiest way to work with this file is to use something like Vi or Nano. + +### 10 handy Bash aliases + + 1. How many times have you needed to unpack a .tar file and couldn't remember the exact arguments needed? Aliases to the rescue! Just add the following to your .bash_profile file and then use **untar FileName** to unpack any .tar file. + + + +``` +alias untar='tar -zxvf ' + +``` + + 2. Want to download something but be able to resume if something goes wrong? + + + +``` +alias wget='wget -c ' + +``` + + 3. Need to generate a random, 20-character password for a new online account? No problem. + + + +``` +alias getpass="openssl rand -base64 20" + +``` + + 4. Downloaded a file and need to test the checksum? We've got that covered too. + + + +``` +alias sha='shasum -a 256 ' + +``` + + 5. A normal ping will go on forever. We don't want that. Instead, let's limit that to just five pings. + + + +``` +alias ping='ping -c 5' + +``` + + 6. Start a web server in any folder you'd like. + + + +``` +alias www='python -m SimpleHTTPServer 8000' + +``` + + 7. Want to know how fast your network is? Just download Speedtest-cli and use this alias. You can choose a server closer to your location by using the **speedtest-cli --list** command. + + + +``` +alias speed='speedtest-cli --server 2406 --simple' + +``` + + 8. How many times have you needed to know your external IP address and had no idea how to get that info? Yeah, me too. + + + +``` +alias ipe='curl ipinfo.io/ip' + +``` + + 9. Need to know your local IP address? + + + +``` +alias ipi='ipconfig getifaddr en0' + +``` + + 10. Finally, let's clear the screen. + + + +``` +alias c='clear' + +``` + +As you can see, Bash aliases are a super-easy way to simplify your life on the command line. Want more info? I recommend a quick Google search for "Bash aliases" or a trip to GitHub. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/handy-bash-aliases + +作者：[Patrick H.Mullins][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/pmullins From a4f6c95179923f327cc56e1e9c6fbd3be5ccdec0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Sat, 29 Sep 2018 12:18:08 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 241/246] PRF&PUB:20180917 Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble (#10428) MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit * PRF:20180917 Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble.md @HankChow 翻译的不错 * PUB:20180917 Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble.md @HankChow https://linux.cn/article-10060-1.html --- ...tricks that can save you time and trouble.md | 17 ++++++++--------- 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+), 9 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180917 Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble.md (87%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180917 Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble.md b/published/20180917 Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble.md similarity index 87% rename from translated/tech/20180917 Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble.md rename to published/20180917 Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble.md index 1dbc81bfbd..6c9f3d3247 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180917 Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble.md +++ b/published/20180917 Linux tricks that can save you time and trouble.md @@ -1,14 +1,15 @@ 让你提高效率的 Linux 技巧 ====== -想要在 Linux 命令行工作中提高效率，你需要使用一些技巧。 + +> 想要在 Linux 命令行工作中提高效率，你需要使用一些技巧。 ![](https://images.idgesg.net/images/article/2018/09/boy-jumping-off-swing-100772498-large.jpg) -巧妙的 Linux 命令行技巧能让你节省时间、避免出错，还能让你记住和复用各种复杂的命令，专注在需要做的事情本身，而不是做事的方式。以下介绍一些好用的命令行技巧。 +巧妙的 Linux 命令行技巧能让你节省时间、避免出错，还能让你记住和复用各种复杂的命令，专注在需要做的事情本身，而不是你要怎么做。以下介绍一些好用的命令行技巧。 ### 命令编辑 -如果要对一个已输入的命令进行修改，可以使用 ^a（ctrl + a）或 ^e（ctrl + e）将光标快速移动到命令的开头或命令的末尾。 +如果要对一个已输入的命令进行修改，可以使用 `^a`（`ctrl + a`）或 `^e`（`ctrl + e`）将光标快速移动到命令的开头或命令的末尾。 还可以使用 `^` 字符实现对上一个命令的文本替换并重新执行命令，例如 `^before^after^` 相当于把上一个命令中的 `before` 替换为 `after` 然后重新执行一次。 @@ -59,11 +60,11 @@ alias show_dimensions='xdpyinfo | grep '\''dimensions:'\''' ### 冻结、解冻终端界面 -^s（ctrl + s）将通过执行流量控制命令 XOFF 来停止终端输出内容，这会对 PuTTY 会话和桌面终端窗口产生影响。如果误输入了这个命令，可以使用 ^q（ctrl + q）让终端重新响应。所以只需要记住^q 这个组合键就可以了，毕竟这种情况并不多见。 +`^s`（`ctrl + s`）将通过执行流量控制命令 XOFF 来停止终端输出内容，这会对 PuTTY 会话和桌面终端窗口产生影响。如果误输入了这个命令，可以使用 `^q`（`ctrl + q`）让终端重新响应。所以只需要记住 `^q` 这个组合键就可以了，毕竟这种情况并不多见。 ### 复用命令 -Linux 提供了很多让用户复用命令的方法，其核心是通过历史缓冲区收集执行过的命令。复用命令的最简单方法是输入 `!` 然后接最近使用过的命令的开头字母；当然也可以按键盘上的向上箭头，直到看到要复用的命令，然后按 Enter 键。还可以先使用 `history` 显示命令历史，然后输入 `!` 后面再接命令历史记录中需要复用的命令旁边的数字。 +Linux 提供了很多让用户复用命令的方法，其核心是通过历史缓冲区收集执行过的命令。复用命令的最简单方法是输入 `!` 然后接最近使用过的命令的开头字母；当然也可以按键盘上的向上箭头，直到看到要复用的命令，然后按回车键。还可以先使用 `history` 显示命令历史，然后输入 `!` 后面再接命令历史记录中需要复用的命令旁边的数字。 ``` !! <== 复用上一条命令 @@ -129,7 +130,7 @@ $ rm -i <== 请求确认 $ unalias rm ``` -如果已经将 `rm -i` 默认设置为 `rm` 的别名，但你希望在删除文件之前不必进行确认，则可以将 `unalias` 命令放在一个启动文件（例如 ~/.bashrc）中。 +如果已经将 `rm -i` 默认设置为 `rm` 的别名，但你希望在删除文件之前不必进行确认，则可以将 `unalias` 命令放在一个启动文件（例如 `~/.bashrc`）中。 ### 使用 sudo @@ -151,8 +152,6 @@ md () { mkdir -p "$@" && cd "$1"; } 使用 Linux 命令行是在 Linux 系统上工作最有效也最有趣的方法，但配合命令行技巧和巧妙的别名可以让你获得更好的体验。 -加入 [Facebook][1] 和 [LinkedIn][2] 上的 Network World 社区可以和我们一起讨论。 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3305811/linux/linux-tricks-that-even-you-can-love.html @@ -160,7 +159,7 @@ via: https://www.networkworld.com/article/3305811/linux/linux-tricks-that-even-y 作者：[Sandra Henry-Stocker][a] 选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者：[HankChow](https://github.com/HankChow) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From 9eb6ce1f9a6c368c067c8ad7be9dec2e81020d94 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: DarkSun Date: Sat, 29 Sep 2018 12:18:37 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 242/246] =?UTF-8?q?=E9=80=89=E9=A2=98:=20Using=20Grails=20?= =?UTF-8?q?with=20jQuery=20and=20DataTables=20(#10429)?= MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit --- ...Using Grails with jQuery and DataTables.md | 544 ++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 544 insertions(+) create mode 100644 sources/tech/20180928 Using Grails with jQuery and DataTables.md diff --git a/sources/tech/20180928 Using Grails with jQuery and DataTables.md b/sources/tech/20180928 Using Grails with jQuery and DataTables.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9a9ad08fb0 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/tech/20180928 Using Grails with jQuery and DataTables.md @@ -0,0 +1,544 @@ +Using Grails with jQuery and DataTables +====== + +Learn to build a Grails-based data browser that lets users visualize complex tabular data. + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/styles/image-full-size/public/lead-images/data_container_block.png?itok=S8MbXEYw) + +I’m a huge fan of [Grails][1]. Granted, I’m mostly a data person who likes to explore and analyze data using command-line tools. But even data people sometimes need to _look at_ the data, and sometimes using data means having a great data browser. With Grails, [jQuery][2], and the [DataTables jQuery plugin][3], we can make really nice tabular data browsers. + +The [DataTables website][3] offers a lot of decent “recipe-style” documentation that shows how to put together some fine sample applications, and it includes the necessary JavaScript, HTML, and occasional [PHP][4] to accomplish some pretty spiffy stuff. But for those who would rather use Grails as their backend, a bit of interpretation is necessary. Also, the sample application data used is a single flat table of employees of a fictional company, so the complexity of dealing with table relations serves as an exercise for the reader. + +In this article, we’ll fill those two gaps by creating a Grails application with a slightly more complex data structure and a DataTables browser. In doing so, we’ll cover Grails criteria, which are [Groovy][5] -fied Java Hibernate criteria. I’ve put the code for the application on [GitHub][6] , so this article is oriented toward explaining the nuances of the code. + +For prerequisites, you will need Java, Groovy, and Grails environments set up. With Grails, I tend to use a terminal window and [Vim][7], so that’s what’s used here. To get a modern Java, I suggest downloading and installing the [Open Java Development Kit][8] (OpenJDK) provided by your Linux distro (which should be Java 8, 9, 10 or 11; at the time of writing, I’m working with Java 8). From my point of view, the best way to get up-to-date Groovy and Grails is to use [SDKMAN!][9]. + +Readers who have never tried Grails will probably need to do some background reading. As a starting point, I recommend [Creating Your First Grails Application][10]. + +### Getting the employee browser application + +As mentioned above, I’ve put the source code for this sample employee browser application on [GitHub][6]. For further explanation, the application **embrow** was built using the following commands in a Linux terminal window: + +``` +cd Projects +grails create-app com.nuevaconsulting.embrow +``` + +The domain classes and unit tests are created as follows: + +``` +grails create-domain-class com.nuevaconsulting.embrow.Position +grails create-domain-class com.nuevaconsulting.embrow.Office +grails create-domain-class com.nuevaconsulting.embrow.Employeecd embrowgrails createdomaincom.grails createdomaincom.grails createdomaincom. +``` + +The domain classes built this way have no attributes, so they must be edited as follows: + +The Position domain class: + +``` +package com.nuevaconsulting.embrow +  +class Position { + +    String name +    int starting + +    static constraints = { +        name nullable: false, blank: false +        starting nullable: false +    } +}com.Stringint startingstatic constraintsnullableblankstarting nullable +``` + +The Office domain class: + +``` +package com.nuevaconsulting.embrow +  +class Office { + +    String name +    String address +    String city +    String country + +    static constraints = { +        name nullable: false, blank: false +        address nullable: false, blank: false +        city nullable: false, blank: false +        country nullable: false, blank: false +    } +} +``` + +And the Employee domain class: + +``` +package com.nuevaconsulting.embrow +  +class Employee { + +    String surname +    String givenNames +    Position position +    Office office +    int extension +    Date hired +    int salary +    static constraints = { +        surname nullable: false, blank: false +        givenNames nullable: false, blank: false +        : false +        office nullable: false +        extension nullable: false +        hired nullable: false +        salary nullable: false +    } +} +``` + +Note that whereas the Position and Office domain classes use predefined Groovy types String and int, the Employee domain class defines fields that are of type Position and Office (as well as the predefined Date). This causes the creation of the database table in which instances of Employee are stored to contain references, or foreign keys, to the tables in which instances of Position and Office are stored. + +Now you can generate the controllers, views, and various other test components: + +``` +-all com.nuevaconsulting.embrow.Position +grails generate-all com.nuevaconsulting.embrow.Office +grails generate-all com.nuevaconsulting.embrow.Employeegrails generateall com.grails generateall com.grails generateall com. +``` + +At this point, you have a basic create-read-update-delete (CRUD) application ready to go. I’ve included some base data in the **grails-app/init/com/nuevaconsulting/BootStrap.groovy** to populate the tables. + +If you run the application with the command: + +``` +grails run-app +``` + +you will see the following screen in the browser at **** + +![Embrow home screen][12] + +The Embrow application home screen + +Clicking on the link for the OfficeController gives you a screen that looks like this: + +![Office list][14] + +The office list + +Note that this list is generated by the **OfficeController index** method and displayed by the view `office/index.gsp`. + +Similarly, clicking on the **EmployeeController** gives a screen that looks like this: + +![Employee controller][16] + +The employee controller + +Ok, that’s pretty ugly—what’s with the Position and Office links? + +Well, the views generated by the `generate-all` commands above create an **index.gsp** file that uses the Grails tag that by default shows the class name ( **com.nuevaconsulting.embrow.Position** ) and the persistent instance identifier ( **30** ). This behavior can be customized to yield something better looking, and there is some pretty neat stuff with the autogenerated links, the autogenerated pagination, and the autogenerated sortable columns. + +But even when it's fully cleaned up, this employee browser offers limited functionality. For example, what if you want to find all employees whose position includes the text “dev”? What if you want to combine columns for sorting so that the primary sort key is a surname and the secondary sort key is an office name? Or what if you want to export a sorted subset to a spreadsheet or PDF to email to someone who doesn’t have access to the browser? + +The jQuery DataTables plugin provides this kind of extra functionality and allows you to create a full-fledged tabular data browser. + +### Creating the employee browser view and controller methods + +In order to create an employee browser based on jQuery DataTables, you must complete two tasks: + + 1. Create a Grails view that incorporates the HTML and JavaScript required to enable the DataTables + + 2. Add a method to the Grails controller to handle the new view + + + + +#### The employee browser view + +In the directory **embrow/grails-app/views/employee** , start by making a copy of the **index.gsp** file, calling it **browser.gsp** : + +``` +cd Projects +cd embrow/grails-app/views/employee +cp gsp browser.gsp +``` + +At this point, you want to customize the new **browser.gsp** file to add the relevant jQuery DataTables code. + +As a rule, I like to grab my JavaScript and CSS from a content provider when feasible; to do so in this case, after the line: + +``` +<g:message code="default.list.label" args="[entityName]" /> +``` + +insert the following lines: + +``` + + + + + + + + + + + + +``` + +Next, remove the code that provided the data pagination in **index.gsp** : + +``` +
+

+ +
${flash.message}
+ + + + +
+``` + +and insert the code that materializes the jQuery DataTables. + +The first part to insert is the HTML that creates the basic tabular structure of the browser. For the application where DataTables talks to a database backend, provide only the table headers and footers; the DataTables JavaScript takes care of the table contents. + +``` +
+

Employee Browser

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
SurnameGiven name(s)PositionOfficeExtensionHiredSalary
SurnameGiven name(s)PositionOfficeExtensionHiredSalary
+
+``` + +Next, insert a JavaScript block, which serves three primary functions: It sets the size of the text boxes shown in the footer for column filtering, it establishes the DataTables table model, and it creates a handler to do the column filtering. + +``` + +$('#employee_dt tfoot th').each( function() {javascript +``` + +The code below handles sizing the filter boxes at the bottoms of the table columns: + +``` +var title = $(this).text(); +if (title == 'Extension' || title == 'Hired') +$(this).html(''); +else +$(this).html(''); +});titletitletitletitletitle +``` + +Next, define the table model. This is where all the table options are provided, including the scrolling, rather than paginated, nature of the interface, the cryptic decorations to be provided according to the dom string, the ability to export data to CSV and other formats, as well as where the Ajax connection to the server is established. Note that the URL is created with a Groovy GString call to the Grails **createLink()** method, referring to the **browserLister** action in the **EmployeeController**. Also of interest is the definition of the columns of the table. This information is sent across to the back end, which queries the database and returns the appropriate records. + +``` +var table = $('#employee_dt').DataTable( { +"scrollY": 500, +"deferRender": true, +"scroller": true, +"dom": "Brtip", +"buttons": [ 'copy', 'csv', 'excel', 'pdf', 'print' ], +"processing": true, +"serverSide": true, +"ajax": { +"url": "${createLink(controller: 'employee', action: 'browserLister')}", +"type": "POST", +}, +"columns": [ +{ "data": "surname" }, +{ "data": "givenNames" }, +{ "data": "position" }, +{ "data": "office" }, +{ "data": "extension" }, +{ "data": "hired" }, +{ "data": "salary" } +] +}); +``` + +Finally, monitor the filter columns for changes and use them to apply the filter(s). + +``` +table.columns().every(function() { +var that = this; +$('input', this.footer()).on('keyup change', function(e) { +if (that.search() != this.value && 8 < e.keyCode && e.keyCode < 32) +that.search(this.value).draw(); +}); +``` + +And that’s it for the JavaScript. This completes the changes to the view code. + +``` +}); + +``` + +Here’s a screenshot of the UI this view creates: + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/screen_4.png) + +Here’s another screenshot showing the filtering and multi-column sorting at work (looking for employees whose positions include the characters “dev”, ordering first by office, then by surname): + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/screen_5.png) + +Here’s another screenshot, showing what happens when you click on the CSV button: + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/screen6.png) + +And finally, here’s a screenshot showing the CSV data opened in LibreOffice: + +![](https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/screen7.png) + +Ok, so the view part looked pretty straightforward; therefore, the controller action must do all the heavy lifting, right? Let’s see… + +#### The employee controller browserLister action + +Recall that we saw this string + +``` +"${createLink(controller: 'employee', action: 'browserLister')}" +``` + +as the URL used for the Ajax calls from the DataTables table model. [createLink() is the method][17] behind a Grails tag that is used to dynamically generate a link as the HTML is preprocessed on the Grails server. This ends up generating a link to the **EmployeeController** , located in + +``` +embrow/grails-app/controllers/com/nuevaconsulting/embrow/EmployeeController.groovy +``` + +and specifically to the controller method **browserLister()**. I’ve left some print statements in the code so that the intermediate results can be seen in the terminal window where the application is running. + +``` +    def browserLister() { +        // Applies filters and sorting to return a list of desired employees +``` + +First, print out the parameters passed to **browserLister()**. I usually start building controller methods with this code so that I’m completely clear on what my controller is receiving. + +``` +      println "employee browserLister params $params" +        println() +``` + +Next, process those parameters to put them in a more usable shape. First, the jQuery DataTables parameters, a Groovy map called **jqdtParams** : + +``` +def jqdtParams = [:] +params.each { key, value -> + def keyFields = key.replace(']','').split(/\[/) + def table = jqdtParams + for (int f = 0; f < keyFields.size() - 1; f++) { + def keyField = keyFields[f] + if (!table.containsKey(keyField)) + table[keyField] = [:] + table = table[keyField] + } + table[keyFields[-1]] = value +} +println "employee dataTableParams $jqdtParams" +println() +``` + +Next, the column data, a Groovy map called **columnMap** : + +``` +def columnMap = jqdtParams.columns.collectEntries { k, v -> + def whereTerm = null + switch (v.data) { + case 'extension': + case 'hired': + case 'salary': + if (v.search.value ==~ /\d+(,\d+)*/) + whereTerm = v.search.value.split(',').collect { it as Integer } + break + default: + if (v.search.value ==~ /[A-Za-z0-9 ]+/) + whereTerm = "%${v.search.value}%" as String + break + } + [(v.data): [where: whereTerm]] +} +println "employee columnMap $columnMap" +println() +``` + +Next, a list of all column names, retrieved from **columnMap** , and a corresponding list of how those columns should be ordered in the view, Groovy lists called **allColumnList** and **orderList** , respectively: + +``` +def allColumnList = columnMap.keySet() as List +println "employee allColumnList $allColumnList" +def orderList = jqdtParams.order.collect { k, v -> [allColumnList[v.column as Integer], v.dir] } +println "employee orderList $orderList" +``` + +We’re going to use Grails’ implementation of Hibernate criteria to actually carry out the selection of elements to be displayed as well as their ordering and pagination. Criteria requires a filter closure; in most examples, this is given as part of the creation of the criteria instance itself, but here we define the filter closure beforehand. Note in this case the relatively complex interpretation of the “date hired” filter, which is treated as a year and applied to establish date ranges, and the use of **createAlias** to allow us to reach into related classes Position and Office: + +``` +def filterer = { + createAlias 'position', 'p' + createAlias 'office', 'o' + + if (columnMap.surname.where) ilike 'surname', columnMap.surname.where + if (columnMap.givenNames.where) ilike 'givenNames', columnMap.givenNames.where + if (columnMap.position.where) ilike 'p.name', columnMap.position.where + if (columnMap.office.where) ilike 'o.name', columnMap.office.where + if (columnMap.extension.where) inList 'extension', columnMap.extension.where + if (columnMap.salary.where) inList 'salary', columnMap.salary.where + if (columnMap.hired.where) { + if (columnMap.hired.where.size() > 1) { + or { + columnMap.hired.where.each { + between 'hired', Date.parse('yyyy/MM/dd',"${it}/01/01" as String), + Date.parse('yyyy/MM/dd',"${it}/12/31" as String) + } + } + } else { + between 'hired', Date.parse('yyyy/MM/dd',"${columnMap.hired.where[0]}/01/01" as String), + Date.parse('yyyy/MM/dd',"${columnMap.hired.where[0]}/12/31" as String) + } + } +} +``` + +At this point, it’s time to apply the foregoing. The first step is to get a total count of all the Employee instances, required by the pagination code: + +``` +        def recordsTotal = Employee.count() +        println "employee recordsTotal $recordsTotal" +``` + +Next, apply the filter to the Employee instances to get the count of filtered results, which will always be less than or equal to the total number (again, this is for the pagination code): + +``` +        def c = Employee.createCriteria() +        def recordsFiltered = c.count { +            filterer.delegate = delegate +            filterer() +        } +        println "employee recordsFiltered $recordsFiltered" + +``` + +Once you have those two counts, you can get the actual filtered instances using the pagination and ordering information as well. + +``` + def orderer = Employee.withCriteria { + filterer.delegate = delegate + filterer() + orderList.each { oi -> + switch (oi[0]) { + case 'surname': order 'surname', oi[1]; break + case 'givenNames': order 'givenNames', oi[1]; break + case 'position': order 'p.name', oi[1]; break + case 'office': order 'o.name', oi[1]; break + case 'extension': order 'extension', oi[1]; break + case 'hired': order 'hired', oi[1]; break + case 'salary': order 'salary', oi[1]; break + } + } + maxResults (jqdtParams.length as Integer) + firstResult (jqdtParams.start as Integer) + } +``` + +To be completely clear, the pagination code in JTables manages three counts: the total number of records in the data set, the number resulting after the filters are applied, and the number to be displayed on the page (whether the display is scrolling or paginated). The ordering is applied to all the filtered records and the pagination is applied to chunks of those filtered records for display purposes. + +Next, process the results returned by the orderer, creating links to the Employee, Position, and Office instance in each row so the user can click on these links to get all the detail on the relevant instance: + +``` +        def dollarFormatter = new DecimalFormat('$##,###.##') +        def employees = orderer.collect { employee -> +            ['surname': "${employee.surname}", +                'givenNames': employee.givenNames, +                'position': "${employee.position?.name}", +                'office': "${employee.office?.name}", +                'extension': employee.extension, +                'hired': employee.hired.format('yyyy/MM/dd'), +                'salary': dollarFormatter.format(employee.salary)] +        } +``` + +And finally, create the result you want to return and give it back as JSON, which is what jQuery DataTables requires. + +``` + def result = [draw: jqdtParams.draw, recordsTotal: recordsTotal, recordsFiltered: recordsFiltered, data: employees] + render(result as JSON) + } +``` + +That’s it. + +If you’re familiar with Grails, this probably seems like more work than you might have originally thought, but there’s no rocket science here, just a lot of moving parts. However, if you haven’t had much exposure to Grails (or to Groovy), there’s a lot of new stuff to understand—closures, delegates, and builders, among other things. + +In that case, where to start? The best place is to learn about Groovy itself, especially [Groovy closures][18] and [Groovy delegates and builders][19]. Then go back to the reading suggested above on Grails and Hibernate criteria queries. + +### Conclusions + +jQuery DataTables make awesome tabular data browsers for Grails. Coding the view isn’t too tricky, but the PHP examples provided in the DataTables documentation take you only so far. In particular, they aren’t written with Grails programmers in mind, nor do they explore the finer details of using elements that are references to other classes (essentially lookup tables). + +I’ve used this approach to make a couple of data browsers that allow the user to select which columns to view and accumulate record counts, or just to browse the data. The performance is good even in million-row tables on a relatively modest VPS. + +One caveat: I have stumbled upon some problems with the various Hibernate criteria mechanisms exposed in Grails (see my other GitHub repositories), so care and experimentation is required. If all else fails, the alternative approach is to build SQL strings on the fly and execute them instead. As of this writing, I prefer to work with Grails criteria, unless I get into messy subqueries, but that may just reflect my relative lack of experience with subqueries in Hibernate. + +I hope you Grails programmers out there find this interesting. Please feel free to leave comments or suggestions below. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +via: https://opensource.com/article/18/9/using-grails-jquery-and-datatables + +作者：[Chris Hermansen][a] +选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) +译者：[译者ID](https://github.com/译者ID) +校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) + +本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 + +[a]: https://opensource.com/users/clhermansen +[1]: https://grails.org/ +[2]: https://jquery.com/ +[3]: https://datatables.net/ +[4]: http://php.net/ +[5]: http://groovy-lang.org/ +[6]: https://github.com/monetschemist/grails-datatables +[7]: https://www.vim.org/ +[8]: http://openjdk.java.net/ +[9]: http://sdkman.io/ +[10]: http://guides.grails.org/creating-your-first-grails-app/guide/index.html +[11]: https://opensource.com/file/410061 +[12]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/screen_1.png (Embrow home screen) +[13]: https://opensource.com/file/410066 +[14]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/screen_2.png (Office list screenshot) +[15]: https://opensource.com/file/410071 +[16]: https://opensource.com/sites/default/files/uploads/screen3.png (Employee controller screenshot) +[17]: https://gsp.grails.org/latest/ref/Tags/createLink.html +[18]: http://groovy-lang.org/closures.html +[19]: http://groovy-lang.org/dsls.html From fac2c6cf15f8350c918ae772ad652f023edfd0ee Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Sat, 29 Sep 2018 12:48:08 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 243/246] PRF:20180828 How to Play Windows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play.md @geekpi --- ...ows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play.md | 37 +++++++++---------- 1 file changed, 17 insertions(+), 20 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180828 How to Play Windows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play.md b/translated/tech/20180828 How to Play Windows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play.md index 52a919ea57..3d5d3a20bc 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20180828 How to Play Windows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play.md +++ b/translated/tech/20180828 How to Play Windows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play.md @@ -1,8 +1,9 @@ 如何使用 Steam Play 在 Linux 上玩仅限 Windows 的游戏 ====== -Steam 的新实验功能允许你在 Linux 上玩仅限 Windows 的游戏。以下是如何在 Steam 中使用此功能。 -你已经听说过这个消息。游戏发行平台[ Steam 正在实现一个 WINE 分支来允许你玩仅在 Windows 上的游戏][1]。对于 Linux 用户来说，这绝对是一个好消息，因为我们抱怨 Linux 的游戏数量不足。 +> Steam 的新实验功能允许你在 Linux 上玩仅限 Windows 的游戏。以下是如何在 Steam 中使用此功能。 + +你已经听说过这个消息。游戏发行平台 [Steam 正在复刻一个 WINE 分支来允许你玩仅限于 Windows 上的游戏][1]。对于 Linux 用户来说，这绝对是一个好消息，因为我们总抱怨 Linux 的游戏数量不足。 这个新功能仍处于测试阶段，但你现在可以在 Linux 上试用它并在 Linux 上玩仅限 Windows 的游戏。让我们看看如何做到这一点。 @@ -14,20 +15,19 @@ Steam 的新实验功能允许你在 Linux 上玩仅限 Windows 的游戏。以 安装了 Steam 并且你已登录到 Steam 帐户，就可以了解如何在 Steam Linux 客户端中启用 Windows 游戏。 - #### 步骤 1：进入帐户设置 -运行 Steam 客户端。在左上角，单击 Steam，然后单击 Settings。 +运行 Steam 客户端。在左上角，单击 “Steam”，然后单击 “Settings”。 ![Enable steam play beta on Linux][4] #### 步骤 2：选择加入测试计划 -在“设置”中，从左侧窗口中选择“帐户”，然后单击 “Beta participation” 下的 “CHANGE” 按钮。 +在“Settings”中，从左侧窗口中选择“Account”，然后单击 “Beta participation” 下的 “CHANGE” 按钮。 ![Enable beta feature in Steam Linux][5] -你应该在此处选择 Steam Beta Update。 +你应该在此处选择 “Steam Beta Update”。 ![Enable beta feature in Steam Linux][6] @@ -37,32 +37,29 @@ Steam 的新实验功能允许你在 Linux 上玩仅限 Windows 的游戏。以 下载好 Steam 新的测试版更新后，它将重新启动。到这里就差不多了。 -再次进入“设置”。你现在可以在左侧窗口看到新的 Steam Play 选项。单击它并选中复选框： +再次进入“Settings”。你现在可以在左侧窗口看到新的 “Steam Play” 选项。单击它并选中复选框： * Enable Steam Play for supported titles （你可以玩列入白名单的 Windows 游戏） * Enable Steam Play for all titles （你可以尝试玩所有仅限 Windows 的游戏） - - ![Play Windows games on Linux using Steam Play][7] -我不记得 Steam 是否会再次重启，但我想这是微不足道的。你现在应该可以在 Linux 上看到安装仅限 Windows 的游戏的选项了。 +我不记得 Steam 是否会再次重启，但我想这无所谓。你现在应该可以在 Linux 上看到安装仅限 Windows 的游戏的选项了。 -比如，我的 Steam 库中有 Age of Empires，正常情况下这个在 Linux 中没有。但我在 Steam Play 测试版启用所有 Windows 游戏后，现在我可以选择在 Linux 上安装 Age of Empires 了。 +比如，我的 Steam 库中有《Age of Empires》，正常情况下这个在 Linux 中没有。但我在 Steam Play 测试版启用所有 Windows 游戏后，现在我可以选择在 Linux 上安装《Age of Empires》了。 ![Install Windows-only games on Linux using Steam][8] -现在可以在 Linux 上安装仅限 Windows 的游戏 + +*现在可以在 Linux 上安装仅限 Windows 的游戏* ### 有关 Steam Play 测试版功能的信息 在 Linux 上使用 Steam Play 测试版玩仅限 Windows 的游戏有一些事情你需要知道并且牢记。 - * If you have games downloaded on Windows via Steam, you can save some download data by [sharing Steam game files between Linux and Windows][12]. - * 目前，[只有 27 个 Steam Play 中的 Windows 游戏被列入白名单][9]。这些白名单游戏在 Linux 上无缝运行。 - * 你可以使用 Steam Play 测试版尝试任何 Windows 游戏，但它可能无法一直运行。有些游戏有时会崩溃，而某些游戏可能根本无法运行。 + * 目前，[只有 27 个 Steam Play 中的 Windows 游戏被列入白名单][9]。这些白名单游戏可以在 Linux 上无缝运行。 + * 你可以使用 Steam Play 测试版尝试任何 Windows 游戏，但它可能不是总能运行。有些游戏有时会崩溃，而某些游戏可能根本无法运行。 * 在测试版中，你无法 Steam 商店中看到适用于 Linux 的 Windows 限定游戏。你必须自己尝试游戏或参考[这个社区维护的列表][10]以查看该 Windows 游戏的兼容性状态。你也可以通过填写[此表][11]来为列表做出贡献。 - * 如果你通过 Steam 在 Windows 上下载游戏，那么可以通过[在 Linux 和 Windows 之间共享 Steam 游戏文件][12]来保存一些下载数据。 - + * 如果你在 Windows 中通过 Steam 下载了游戏，你可以[在 Linux 和 Windows 之间共享 Steam 游戏文件][12]来节省下载的数据。 我希望本教程能帮助你在 Linux 上运行仅限 Windows 的游戏。你期待在 Linux 上玩哪些游戏？ @@ -73,12 +70,12 @@ via: https://itsfoss.com/steam-play/ 作者：[Abhishek Prakash][a] 选题：[lujun9972](https://github.com/lujun9972) 译者：[geekpi](https://github.com/geekpi) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 [a]: https://itsfoss.com/author/abhishek/ -[1]:https://itsfoss.com/steam-play-proton/ +[1]:https://linux.cn/article-10054-1.html [2]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/play-windows-games-on-linux-featured.jpeg [3]:https://itsfoss.com/install-steam-ubuntu-linux/ [4]:https://4bds6hergc-flywheel.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/enable-steam-play-beta.jpeg @@ -89,4 +86,4 @@ via: https://itsfoss.com/steam-play/ [9]:https://steamcommunity.com/games/221410 [10]:https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1DcZZQ4HL_Ol969UbXJmFG8TzOHNnHoj8Q1f8DIFe8-8/htmlview?sle=true# [11]:https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSeefaYQduMST_lg0IsYxZko8tHLKe2vtVZLFaPNycyhY4bidQ/viewform -[12]:https://itsfoss.com/share-steam-files-linux-windows/ +[12]:https://linux.cn/article-8027-1.html From 56688366cb9d05f1f0cb90c2c7fe5a2245342f4e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Sat, 29 Sep 2018 12:48:29 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 244/246] PUB:20180828 How to Play Windows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play.md @geekpi https://linux.cn/article-10061-1.html --- ...828 How to Play Windows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20180828 How to Play Windows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20180828 How to Play Windows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play.md b/published/20180828 How to Play Windows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20180828 How to Play Windows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play.md rename to published/20180828 How to Play Windows-only Games on Linux with Steam Play.md From 4e8d4f92ee194f60378f6a184d57ae8b34ff9a27 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Sat, 29 Sep 2018 13:24:25 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 245/246] PRF:20171124 How do groups work on Linux.md @DavidChenLiang --- .../20171124 How do groups work on Linux.md | 102 +++++++----------- 1 file changed, 41 insertions(+), 61 deletions(-) diff --git a/translated/tech/20171124 How do groups work on Linux.md b/translated/tech/20171124 How do groups work on Linux.md index ace322775a..f9134ca619 100644 --- a/translated/tech/20171124 How do groups work on Linux.md +++ b/translated/tech/20171124 How do groups work on Linux.md @@ -1,60 +1,49 @@ -"组"在 Linux 上到底是怎么工作的? -============================================================ +“用户组”在 Linux 上到底是怎么工作的？ +======== +嗨！就在上周，我还自认为对 Linux 上的用户和组的工作机制了如指掌。我认为它们的关系是这样的： -你好！就在上周，我还自认为对 Linux 上的用户和组的工作机制了如指掌。我认为它们的关系是这样的： +1. 每个进程都属于一个用户（比如用户 `julia`） +2. 当这个进程试图读取一个被某个组所拥有的文件时， Linux 会 + a. 先检查用户`julia` 是否有权限访问文件。（LCTT 译注：此处应该是指检查文件的所有者是否就是 `julia`） + b. 检查 `julia` 属于哪些组，并进一步检查在这些组里是否有某个组拥有这个文件或者有权限访问这个文件。 +3. 如果上述 a、b 任一为真（或者“其它”位设为有权限访问），那么这个进程就有权限访问这个文件。 -1. 每个进程都属于一个用户( 比如用户`julia`) - -2. 当这个进程试图读取一个被某个组所拥有的文件时， Linux 会 a）先检查用户`julia` 是否有权限访问文件。(LCTT译注：检查文件的所有者是否就是`julia`) b）检查`julia` 属于哪些组，并进一步检查在这些组里是否有某个组拥有这个文件或者有权限访问这个文件。 - -3. 如果上述a,b任一为真（ 或者`其他`位设为有权限访问）,那么这个进程就有权限访问这个文件。 - -比如说，如果一个进程被用户`julia`拥有并且`julia` 在`awesome`组，那么这个进程就能访问下面这个文件。 +比如说，如果一个进程被用户 `julia` 拥有并且 `julia` 在`awesome` 组，那么这个进程就能访问下面这个文件。 ``` r--r--r-- 1 root awesome 6872 Sep 24 11:09 file.txt - ``` -然而上述的机制我并没有考虑得非常清楚，如果你硬要我阐述清楚，我会说进程可能会在**运行时**去检查`/etc/group` 文件里是否有某些组拥有当前的用户。 +然而上述的机制我并没有考虑得非常清楚，如果你硬要我阐述清楚，我会说进程可能会在**运行时**去检查 `/etc/group` 文件里是否有某些组拥有当前的用户。 -### 然而这并不是Linux 里“组”的工作机制 +### 然而这并不是 Linux 里“组”的工作机制 -我在上个星期的工作中发现了一件有趣的事，事实证明我前面的理解错了，我对组的工作机制的描述并不准确。特别是Linux**并不会**在进程每次试图访问一个文件时就去检查这个进程的用户属于哪些组。 +我在上个星期的工作中发现了一件有趣的事，事实证明我前面的理解错了，我对组的工作机制的描述并不准确。特别是 Linux **并不会**在进程每次试图访问一个文件时就去检查这个进程的用户属于哪些组。 -我在读了[The Linux Programming -Interface][1]这本书的第九章后才恍然大悟（这本书真是太棒了。）这才是组真正的工作方式！我意识到之前我并没有真正理解用户和组是怎么工作的，我信心满满的尝试了下面的内容并且验证到底发生了什么，事实证明现在我的理解才是对的。 +我在读了《[Linux 编程接口][1]》这本书的第九章（“进程资格”）后才恍然大悟（这本书真是太棒了），这才是组真正的工作方式！我意识到之前我并没有真正理解用户和组是怎么工作的，我信心满满的尝试了下面的内容并且验证到底发生了什么，事实证明现在我的理解才是对的。 ### 用户和组权限检查是怎么完成的 -现在这些关键的知识在我看来非常简单! 这本书的第九章上来就告诉我如下事实：用户和组ID是**进程的属性**，它们是： +现在这些关键的知识在我看来非常简单! 这本书的第九章上来就告诉我如下事实：用户和组 ID 是**进程的属性**，它们是： -* 真实用户ID和组ID； +* 真实用户 ID 和组 ID； +* 有效用户 ID 和组 ID； +* 保存的 set-user-ID 和保存的 set-group-ID； +* 文件系统用户 ID 和组 ID（特定于 Linux); +* 补充的组 ID； -* 有效用户ID和组ID； - -* 被保存的set-user-ID和被保存的set-group-ID; - -* 文件系统用户ID和组ID（特定于 Linux); - -* 增补的组ID； - -这说明Linux**实际上**检查一个进程能否访问一个文件所做的组检查是这样的： - -* 检查一个进程的组ID和补充组ID（这些ID就在进程的属性里，**并不是**实时在`/etc/group`里查找这些ID） +这说明 Linux **实际上**检查一个进程能否访问一个文件所做的组检查是这样的： +* 检查一个进程的组 ID 和补充组 ID（这些 ID 就在进程的属性里，**并不是**实时在 `/etc/group` 里查找这些 ID） * 检查要访问的文件的访问属性里的组设置 - - * 确定进程对文件是否有权限访问（LCTT 译注：即文件的组是否是以上的组之一） -通常当访问控制的时候使用的是**有效**用户/组ID，而不是**真实**用户/组ID。技术上来说当访问一个文件时使用的是**文件系统**ID,他们实际上和有效用户/组ID一样。（LCTT译注：这句话针对 Linux 而言。） +通常当访问控制的时候使用的是**有效**用户/组 ID，而不是**真实**用户/组 ID。技术上来说当访问一个文件时使用的是**文件系统**的 ID，它们通常和有效用户/组 ID 一样。（LCTT 译注：这句话针对 Linux 而言。） ### 将一个用户加入一个组并不会将一个已存在的进程（的用户）加入那个组 -下面是一个有趣的例子：如果我创建了一个新的组:`panda` 组并且将我自己(bork)加入到这个组，然后运行`groups` 来检查我是否在这个组里：结果是我（bork）竟然不在这个组？！ - +下面是一个有趣的例子：如果我创建了一个新的组：`panda` 组并且将我自己（`bork`）加入到这个组，然后运行 `groups` 来检查我是否在这个组里：结果是我（`bork`）竟然不在这个组？！ ``` bork@kiwi~> sudo addgroup panda @@ -69,8 +58,7 @@ bork adm cdrom sudo dip plugdev lpadmin sambashare docker lxd ``` -`panda`并不在上面的组里！为了再次确定我们的发现，让我们建一个文件，这个文件被`panda`组拥有，看看我能否访问它。 - +`panda` 并不在上面的组里！为了再次确定我们的发现，让我们建一个文件，这个文件被 `panda` 组拥有，看看我能否访问它。 ``` $ touch panda-file.txt @@ -78,73 +66,65 @@ $ sudo chown root:panda panda-file.txt $ sudo chmod 660 panda-file.txt $ cat panda-file.txt cat: panda-file.txt: Permission denied - ``` -好吧，确定了，我(bork)无法访问`panda-file.txt`。这一点都不让人吃惊,我的命令解释器并没有`panda` 组作为补充组ID，运行`adduser bork panda`并不会改变这一点。 - +好吧，确定了，我（`bork`）无法访问 `panda-file.txt`。这一点都不让人吃惊，我的命令解释器并没有将 `panda` 组作为补充组 ID，运行 `adduser bork panda` 并不会改变这一点。 ### 那进程一开始是怎么得到用户的组的呢？ +这真是个非常令人困惑的问题，对吗？如果进程会将组的信息预置到进程的属性里面，进程在初始化的时候怎么取到组的呢？很明显你无法给你自己指定更多的组（否则就会和 Linux 访问控制的初衷相违背了……） -这真是个非常令人困惑的问题，对吗？如果进程会将组的信息预置到进程的属性里面，进程在初始化的时候怎么取到组的呢？很明显你无法给你自己指定更多的组（否则就会和Linux访问控制的初衷相违背了。。。） - -有一点还是很清楚的：一个新的进程是怎么从我的命令行解释器（/bash/fish）里被**执行**而得到它的组的。（新的）进程将拥有我的用户 ID（bork），并且进程属性里还有很多组ID。从我的命令解释器里执行的所有进程是从这个命令解释器里`复刻`而来的，所以这个新进程得到了和命令解释器同样的组。 - -因此一定存在一个“第一个”进程来把你的组设置到进程属性里，而所有由此进程而衍生的进程将都设置这些组。而那个“第一个”进程就是你的**登录命令**,在我的笔记本电脑上，它是由‘登录’程序(`/bin/login`)实例化而来。` 登录程序` 以root身份运行,然后调用了一个 C 的库函数-`initgroups`来设置你的进程的组（具体来说是通过读取`/etc/group` 文件）,因为登录程序是以root运行的，所以它能设置你的进程的组。 +有一点还是很清楚的：一个新的进程是怎么从我的命令行解释器（`/bash/fish`）里被**执行**而得到它的组的。（新的）进程将拥有我的用户 ID（`bork`），并且进程属性里还有很多组 ID。从我的命令解释器里执行的所有进程是从这个命令解释器里 `fork()` 而来的，所以这个新进程得到了和命令解释器同样的组。 +因此一定存在一个“第一个”进程来把你的组设置到进程属性里，而所有由此进程而衍生的进程将都设置这些组。而那个“第一个”进程就是你的登录程序login shell，在我的笔记本电脑上，它是由 `login` 程序（`/bin/login`）实例化而来。登录程序以 root 身份运行，然后调用了一个 C 的库函数 —— `initgroups` 来设置你的进程的组（具体来说是通过读取 `/etc/group` 文件），因为登录程序是以 root 运行的，所以它能设置你的进程的组。 ### 让我们再登录一次 -好了！既然我们的`login shell`正在运行,而我又想刷新我的进程的组设置，从我们前面所学到的进程是怎么初始化组ID的，我应该可以通过再次运行`login` 程序来刷新我的进程组并启动一个新的`login shell`！ +好了！假如说我们正处于一个登录程序中，而我又想刷新我的进程的组设置，从我们前面所学到的进程是怎么初始化组 ID 的，我应该可以通过再次运行登录程序来刷新我的进程组并启动一个新的登录命令！ -让我们试试下边的方法: +让我们试试下边的方法： ``` $ sudo login bork $ groups bork adm cdrom sudo dip plugdev lpadmin sambashare docker lxd panda $ cat panda-file.txt # it works! I can access the file owned by `panda` now! - ``` -当然，成功了！现在由登录程序衍生的程序的用户是组`panda`的一部分了！太棒了！这并不会影响我其他的已经在运行的登录程序（及其子进程），如果我真的希望“所有的”进程都能对`panda` -组有访问权限。我必须完全的重启我的登陆会话，这意味着我必须退出我的窗口管理器然后再重新`login`。(LCTT译注：即更新进程树的树根进程，这里是窗口管理器进程。) +当然，成功了！现在由登录程序衍生的程序的用户是组 `panda` 的一部分了！太棒了！这并不会影响我其他的已经在运行的登录程序（及其子进程），如果我真的希望“所有的”进程都能对 `panda` 组有访问权限。我必须完全的重启我的登录会话，这意味着我必须退出我的窗口管理器然后再重新登录。（LCTT 译注：即更新进程树的树根进程，这里是窗口管理器进程。） -### newgrp命令 +### newgrp 命令 - -在 Twitter 上有人告诉我如果只是想启动一个刷新了组信息的命令解释器的话，你可以使用`newgrp`（LCTT译注：不启动新的命令解释器）,如下： +在 Twitter 上有人告诉我如果只是想启动一个刷新了组信息的命令解释器的话，你可以使用 `newgrp`（LCTT 译注：不启动新的命令解释器），如下： ``` sudo addgroup panda sudo adduser bork panda newgrp panda # starts a new shell, and you don't have to be root to run it! - ``` - -你也可以用`sg panda bash` 来完成同样的效果，这个命令能启动一个`bash` 登录程序，而这个程序就有`panda` 组。 +你也可以用 `sg panda bash` 来完成同样的效果，这个命令能启动一个`bash` 登录程序，而这个程序就有 `panda` 组。 ### seduid 将设置有效用户 ID -其实我一直对一个进程如何以`setuid root`的权限来运行意味着什么有点似是而非。现在我知道了，事实上所发生的是：setuid 设置了`有效用户ID`! 如果我（'julia'）运行了一个`setuid root` 的进程（ 比如`passwd`）,那么进程的**真实**用户 ID 将为`julia`,而**有效**用户 ID 将被设置为`root`。 +其实我一直对一个进程如何以 `setuid root` 的权限来运行意味着什么有点似是而非。现在我知道了，事实上所发生的是：`setuid` 设置了 +“有效用户 ID”! 如果我（`julia`）运行了一个 `setuid root` 的进程（ 比如 `passwd`），那么进程的**真实**用户 ID 将为 `julia`，而**有效**用户 ID 将被设置为 `root`。 -`passwd` 需要以root权限来运行，但是它能看到进程的真实用户ID是`julia` ,是`julia`启动了这个进程，`passwd`会阻止这个进程修改除了`julia`之外的用户密码。 +`passwd` 需要以 root 权限来运行，但是它能看到进程的真实用户 ID 是 `julia` ，是 `julia` 启动了这个进程，`passwd` 会阻止这个进程修改除了 `julia` 之外的用户密码。 ### 就是这些了！ -在 Linux Programming Interface 这本书里有很多Linux上一些功能的罕见使用方法以及Linux上所有的事物到底是怎么运行的详细解释，这里我就不一一展开了。那本书棒极了，我上面所说的都在该书的第九章，这章在1300页的书里只占了17页。 +在《[Linux 编程接口][1]》这本书里有很多 Linux 上一些功能的罕见使用方法以及 Linux 上所有的事物到底是怎么运行的详细解释，这里我就不一一展开了。那本书棒极了，我上面所说的都在该书的第九章，这章在 1300 页的书里只占了 17 页。 -我最爱这本书的一点是我只用读17页关于用户和组是怎么工作的内容，而这区区17页就能做到内容完备，详实有用。我不用读完所有的1300页书就能得到有用的东西，太棒了！ +我最爱这本书的一点是我只用读 17 页关于用户和组是怎么工作的内容，而这区区 17 页就能做到内容完备、详实有用。我不用读完所有的 1300 页书就能得到有用的东西，太棒了！ -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- via: https://jvns.ca/blog/2017/11/20/groups/ -作者：[Julia Evans ][a] +作者：[Julia Evans][a] 译者：[DavidChen](https://github.com/DavidChenLiang) -校对：[校对者ID](https://github.com/校对者ID) +校对：[wxy](https://github.com/wxy) 本文由 [LCTT](https://github.com/LCTT/TranslateProject) 原创编译，[Linux中国](https://linux.cn/) 荣誉推出 From 24d069dd4d4c1b2b57c759eef650ee4483b7d99d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Xingyu.Wang" Date: Sat, 29 Sep 2018 13:24:49 +0800 Subject: [PATCH 246/246] PUB: 20171124 How do groups work on Linux.md @DavidChenLiang https://linux.cn/article-10062-1.html --- .../tech => published}/20171124 How do groups work on Linux.md | 0 1 file changed, 0 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) rename {translated/tech => published}/20171124 How do groups work on Linux.md (100%) diff --git a/translated/tech/20171124 How do groups work on Linux.md b/published/20171124 How do groups work on Linux.md similarity index 100% rename from translated/tech/20171124 How do groups work on Linux.md rename to published/20171124 How do groups work on Linux.md